Return to
LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY
WOODS HOLE, MASS.
Loaned by American Museum of Natural History
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
OF PHILADELPHIA.
1859.
PHILADELPHIA:
PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY.
1860.
\
AS9
t-4—
INDEX.
Abbott, Charles C, don. to mus. iii. vii.
Academy, American, of Arts and
Sciences, don. to lib. xv.
Academy, C. L. C. Naturae Curiosorum,
don. to lib. xiv. xvii.
Academy, Imp. of Arts, Belles-Lettres,
and Sciences, Bordeaux, don. to lib.
ix. xix.
Academy Imp. of Arts, Belles-Lettres
and Sciences, Caen, don. to lib. ix.
Academy, Imp. of Sciences, Vienna,
don. to lib. xvi.
Academy, Imp. of Sciences, &c, Dijon,
don. to lib. xiv.
Academy, Royal of Sciences, Berlin,
don. to lib. x. xx.
Academy, Royal of Sciences, Munich,
don. to lib. xiii. xiv.
Academy, Royal Swedish, Stockholm,
don. to lib. x.
Academy of Sciences, St. Louis, don.
to lib. xix. xxii.
Agassiz, Prof. L., letter from, 185.
Agnew, Rev. W. Gr. E., don. to mus.
ii. x.
Akademie der Koninklijke Van Weten-
schappen, don. to lib. iv.
Allibone, S. Austin, don. to lib. v.
Association, American, for Advance-
ment of Science, don. to lib. vi. vii.
Association, Mercantile Library of New
York, don. to lib. xviii.
Association, Young Men's Mercantile
Library, Cincinnati, don. to lib. v.
Bache, Prof. A. D., don. to lib. xiv.
Baer, C. E. de, don. to lib. xxii.
Baird, D., don. to mus. ii.
Baird, Prof. S. F., notes on a collection
of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus,
at Cape San Lucas, Lower California,
293, 299.
Beok, Dr. C. F., announcement of death
of, 91; Executors of, 164; don. to
mus. iv.
Beck, Mrs. S. R. G., resolution of
thanks to, 164 ; don. to lib. xi.
Bell, J. J., don. to mus. v.
1859.]
Bertholet, Dr. P. P., don. to mus. i.
Betton, Dr. Thos. F., don. to lib. xxiii.
Binney, W. Gr., Notes on American
Land Shells, No. 5, 187; don. to
mus. vii. don. to lib. ii.
Biological Department, Report of Pro-
ceedings for Jan. 4 ; do. for Feb. 90 :
do. for March, 93 ; do. for April, 112 ;
do. for Mav, 151 ; do. for June, 165 :
do. for Sept. 256; do. for Nov. 294:
don. to lib. xxii. xxiii. xxiv.
Boker, Dr. C. S., don. to mus. vi.
Bologna, Municipality of, don. to lib.
viii.
Borda, Eugene, letter from, on locality
of two specimens of Lepidodendron.
293; don. to mus. vii.
Bowditch, H. Gr., M.D., don. to lib. v.
Bridges, Dr. Robert, V. Pres. Acad.
Nat. Sc, announced the death of
Dr. Mutter, 92 ; don. to lib. v., don.
to mus. vii.
Broderip. W. J., announcement of
death of, 110.
Broun, Dr. H. C, don. to lib. ix. xiv.
xx. xxiii.
Brown, Dr. S. P., don. to mus. iv.
Bruns, Dr. J. Dickson, don. to mus. v
Bryant, Dr. Alexander, vote of thanks
to, 110, don. to mus. ii.
Buckalew, Hon. Charles R., don. to
mus. vi.
Buckley, S. B., don. to mus. i.
Caldwell, Dr. H. C, announcement of
death of, 330.
Carbonell, Celedonio, don. to lib. viii.
Carpenter, P. P., notice of a collection
of shells made at Cape San Lucas.
Lower California, &c, 331.
Carson, Dr. J., Remarks on Chines-
chemicals, 150 ; don. to lib. xxiv.
Cassin, John, read letter from P. B.
Duchaillu, 1 ; Catalogue of Bird*
collected by P. B. Duchaillu, on the
rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western
Africa, 3, 3D ; Motion for a vote of
thanks to James Hammill, 55 , Cata-
IT.
INDEX.
logne of Birds collected by P. B. Du-
chaillu, on the rivers Camma and
Ogobai, Western Africa in 1858, &c,
91, 133, 172; don. to lib. i.
Claparede, Edouard, don. to lib. xv.
xvii.
Clark, Edward L., don. to mus. iv.
Clark. J. Hinckley, don. to mus. iv.
Clemens, Dr. Brackenridge, Synopsis
of North American Sphingidae, 161 ;
Contributions to American Lepidop-
terology, 256, 293.
Coates, B. H., don. to lib. i.
Collet, Dr. M. W., don. to lib. i.
Committee, Publication, don. to lib. i.
xviii.
Committee of five appointed to take
measures for the formation of a per-
manent fund, 90.
Committees, Election of Standing, 55.
Commit ees on scientific papers : by
Spencer F. Baird, Notes on a collec-
tion of Birds made by Mr. Xantus, at
Cape San Lucas, Lower California,
293 ; by Wm. G. Binney, Notes on
American land shells, No. 5, 187 ;
by P. P. Carpenter, Notice of a col-
lection of shells made at Cape San
Lucas, Lower California, &c. 331 ;
by John Cassin, Catalogue of Birds
collected by P. B. Duchaillu, on the
Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western
Africa, in 1858, with notes and de-
scriptions of new species, 3, 91 ; by
Brackenridge Clemens, Synopsis of
North American Sphingidae, 1G2 ;
Contributions to American Lepidop-
terology, 256, 293 ; by E. D. Cope, On
the primary divisions of the Sala-
mandridre, 111 ; Notes and descrip-
tions of foreign Reptiles, 292 ; Cata-
logue of the venomous Serpents in
the museum of the Academy, with
notes on the Families, Genera, and
Hpecies. 331 ; by T. A. Cor.rad, De-
scriptions of new Cretaceous and Eo-
cene shells of Mississippi and Ala-
bama, .and with notes on Eocene fos-
sil shells, 330 ; by Wm. M. Gabb,
Catalogue of the Invertebrate fossils
of the Cretaceous formation of the U.
States, 2o5 ; Description of two new
species of Carboniferous Fossils,
292; by Theodore Gill, on Dacty-
loscopus and Leptoscopus, two new
genera of the family of Uranosco-
pidae ; on the genus Callionymus of
authors ; on description of Hypo-
rhampus, a new genus of fishes al-
lied to Hem rhampus ; on notes on a
collection of fishes from Jap:m, made
by Dr. J. Morrow, 109 ; Description
of a third genus of Hemiramphinae,
150 ; Description of a new genus of
Salarianse, 162 ; Description of a new
species of Callinidea, and description
of new generic types of Cottoids, 164 ;
Description of a type ofGobioids in-
termediate between Solinae and Tri-
dentigerinse, and description of a
new South American type of Siluroids
allied to Callophysus, 194; by Chae.
Girard, M. D., Ichthyological No-
tices, 164; by R. Kennicott, Notes
on Coluber calligaster, Say, and de-
scription of new species of Serpents
in the collection of the North-wesi-
ern University of Evanston, 111., 91 :
by Isaac Lea, Description of 8 new
species of Unionidse from Georgia.
Mississippi, and Texas, 109 ; De-
scription of twenty-one new species
of Exotic Unionidae, and description
of two new species from Georgia.
Ill ; Description of seven new spe-
cies of Uniones, 150 ; New Unionidae
of the United States, 151 ; Descrip-
tion of twelve new species of Uniones
from Georgia, 164 ; Descriptions of
four new species of Unionidas, 177 :
Description of anew species of Unio,
280 ; Descriptions of three specie;- of
Exotic Unionidae, 329 ; Descriptions
of Exotic Unionida?, 330 ; by John Le
Conte, descriptions of two new spe-
cies of tortoises, 3 ; Observations on
the species of Nicotiana, 56 ; de-
scriptions of new species of the
Coleopterous family Histeridae, 293 :
by John L. Le Conte, Catalogue
of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon.
California, 56 ; Additions to the Co-
leopterous Fauna of Northern Cali-
fornia and Oregon, 280 ; by F. B.
Meek, and F. V. Hayden, Geological
Explorations in Kansas Territory, 3 ;
by Dr. J. Aitken Meigs, Descrip-
tion of a deformed fragmentary Hu-
man Skull found in an ancient quarry
cave at Jerusalem, with an attempt
to determine by its configuration
alone the Ethnical type to which it
belongs, 256 ; by R. Osten Sacken.
new genera and species of North
American Tipulidae with short Palpi,
&c. 194 ; by Wm. J Taylor, Minerab
ogical Notes, No. 2 ; by Wm. Stimp-
son, Prodromus descriptionis ani-
[18£S
INDEX.
v.
malium Evertebratoruni quae in ex-
peditione ad Oceanum Pacificum,
Septentr. a Rep. Fed. missa Cad.
Ringgold et Job. Rogers ducibus,
&c, pars vii. Crustacea macrura,
331; by A. Wilcocks, Reflections
upon the nature of the temporary
star of 1572, an application of the
nebular hypothesis, 330 ; by John
Xantus, Catalogue of Birds collected
in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, Cali-
fornia, with a description of a new
species of Syrnium, 187 ; Descrip-
tions of new species of Birds from
Cape San Lucas, Lower California,
292.
Connaroe, Geo. M., don. to lib. v.
Conrad, T. A., Descriptions of new
Cretaceous and Eocene shells from
Miss., and Ala., and also with notes
on Eocene fossil shells, 330 ; don. to
mus. vii.
Cooper, Dr. J. G., don. to mus. vi.
don. to lib. xvi.
Cope, E. D. on the primary divisions
of the Salamandridse, with a descrip
tion of two new species, 111, 112 ;
Notes and descriptions of foreign
Reptiles, 292, 294 ; Catalogue of the
venomous serpents in the museum
of the Academy, with notes on the
Families, Genera and Species, 331.
332.
Corse, Dr. J. M., don. to mus. vi.
Dana, J. D., don. to lib. i. v.
Darrach, Dr. James A., don. to lib.
xvi.
Davids, R. W., don. to mus. vi.
Davidson, George, letter from, 293 ;
thanks of the Academy to, for dona-
tion, 294 ; don. to mus. ii. v. vi.
Davidson, R. 0., don. to lib. xii.
Davis, J. Barnard, remarks of, review-
ing the method of measurement as
a diagnostic means of distinguishing
human races, (adopted by Drs.
Schertzer and Schwarz,) 330.
Dawson, J. W., don. to lib. vii. viii.
xxii.
De Camp, Dr. W. H., don. to mus. v.
Department of War, don. to lib. ix.
Dinipfels, Mr. F. don. to mus. i.
Dowler, Dr. Bennet, don. to lib. i. ix.
Duchaillu, P. B., Letter from, read, i.
Dunn, Dr. Theophilus, don. to mus.
vi.
Durand, Mr. E., Remarks on cones of
Pinus pungens, 1.
1859.]
East India Company, don. to lib. xviii.
Editors of Allgemeine Zeituiigfur Wis
senschaften, don. to lib. xv.
Editors of American Journal of Medi-
cal Sciences, don. to lib. xxi.
Editor of American Journal of Phar-
macy, don. to lib. ii. vi. viii. xv.
xvii. xxii.
Editors of American Journal of Science
and Arts, don. to lib. ii. iv. xv. xvii.
xx.
Editors of Architects and Mechanics
Joiirnal, don. to lib. xix.
Editors of Archiv fur Naturgeschichte.
don. to lib. iv. x.
Editors of Atlantis, Dublin, don. to lib.
xiv. xxi.
Editors of Charleston Medical Journ-
al, &c, don. to lib. ii. iv. x. xv.
xvii. xviii. xxi.
Editors of Dental Cosmos, don. to lib.
xviii. xix. xxii.
Editors of Druggist, don. to lib. xv.
Editors of Edinburgh New Philosphi-
cal Journal, don. to lib. xvii. xxii.
Editors of Farmer and Gardener, don.
to lib. xix.
Editors of Gardener's Monthly, &c.
don. to lib. xv.
Editors of Hutching's California Maga-
zine, don. to lib. xvii. xx.
Editors of Journal of the Indian Archi-
pelago, don. to lib. v.
Editors of La Bourgogne Revue cenolo-
gique et Viticole, don. to lib. xiv.
Editors of Medical and Surgical Re-
porter, don. to lib. xii.
Editors of Natural History Review,
don. to lib. x.
Editors of Neues Jahrbuch fur Miner.
&c.j don. to lib. ix. iv.
Editors of New Orleans Medical and
Surgical Journal, don. to lib. ii. vi.
xv. xvii. xxi.
Editors of New York Journal of Medi-
cine, don. to lib. ii. vi.
Editors of North American Medico-
Chirurgical Review, don. to lib. xv.
xviii. xxi.
Editors of Pacific Medical and Surgical
Journal, don. to lib. x.
Editors of Revue et Magasin de Zoolo-
gie, &c, don. to lib. xvii. xviii. xix.
xxii.
Editors of Southern Medical and Surgi-
cal Journal, don. to lib. v. vi. viii.
x. xi. xv. xvi. xvii. xix. xxi.
Editors of Weiner Entomologische
VI
INDEX.
Mouatschrift, don. to lib. xiii. xv.
xvii. xviii. xix. xxii.
Edwards, Arthur M. don. to lib.
Election, Annual, of Officers, 353 ; of
members and correspondents, 354.
Emmons, Prof. E., Remarks on head
of Clepsysaurus, 151 ; Remarks on
the debituminization of coal 162 ;
don. to mus. iii. iv.; don. to lib. ii.
Kngelmann, Dr., don. to mus. vii.;
don. to lib. xxi.
Etting, Henry, U. S. N., don. to mus.
iii.
Evans, Dr. John, don. to mus. v.
Pahnestock, G. W., don. to mus. v.
Farquhar, G. W., don. to mus. v.
Field, Lieut. Thos. Y., U. S. N., don.
to mus. v. vi.
Fisher, Dr. James C, elected Libra-
rian, 176 ; presented for publication
Index to the genera described or
referred to in the Proceedings of the
Academy, Vols. I.— VIII., 329 ; Re-
marks on changing Argynnis Astarte
to A. Ashtaroth, 352 ; don. to lib.
xxii.
Fisher, Dr. G. J., Letter from, 194.
Florat, J. A., don. to mus. vi.
Forman, Mr., don. to mus. ii.
Foulke, Wm. Parker, presented pine
cones, 1 ; announced death of Dr.
C. F. Beck, 91 ; don. to mus. i. ii.
v. vi.
Fricke, Dr. don. to lib. xix.
Gabb, Wm. M., Catalogue of the inver-
tebrate fossils of the cretaceous for-
mation of the United States, 255,
256 ; Description of two new species
of carboniferous fossils. 292, 297 ;
don. to mus. i. ii. iv. v. vii.
Gallaer, Dr. John, don. to mus. i.
Gill, Theodore, on Dactyloscopus and
Leptoscopus, two new genera of the
family of Uranoscopidse ; on the
genus Callionymus of authors ; De-
scription of Hyporhaniphus, a new
genus of fishes allied to Hemiram-
phus ; Notes on a collection of Japa-
nese fishes, made by Dr. J. Morrow,
109 ; Description of a third genus
of Hemiramphinse, 150 ; Description
of anew genus of Salariana?, 162;
description of a new species Collini-
dea, 164 ; Description of new generic
types of Cottoids from the collection
of the North Pacific Exploring Ex-
pedition, under Com. John Rodgers,
164 ; Description of a type of Gobi-
oids intermediate between Solinre
and Tridentigerince, 194, 195 ; De-
scription of a new South American
type of Siluroids allied to Callophy-
sus, 194, 196 ; don. to lib. x.
Girard, Charles, M. D., Ichthyological
notices, 91, 111, 151 ; Herpetologi-
cal notices, 164.
Goodrich, S. G., don. to lib. xxii.
Goucher, Mr. J., don. to mus. ii.
Gould, B. A., Jr., don. to lib. iv.
Graham, Col. J. D., don. to lib. v. vi.
Gray, Prof. Asa, M. D.. don. to mus.
iv.; don. to lib. xxi.
Gregory, J. W., vote of thanks to, 112:
don. to mus iii.
Grier, Dr. W. P., don. to mus. vi.
Guerin-Meneville, M. F. E., don. to
lib. vii.
Hall, Prof. James, don. to lib. xi.
Hamilton, Wm. J., don. to lib. xvii.
Hammill, Mr. James, vote of thanks
to, 55 ; don. to mus. i.
Hammond, Dr. Wm. A., Observations
on the colorless blood-corpuscle, 56;
Read letter from Miss M. H. Morris,
193 ; don. to nrus. iv.
Hankel, W. G., don. to lib. iv.
Hanson, H. C, don. to mus. iv.
Hanson, Joseph B,, don. to mus. iii. v.
Hanson, P. A., don. to lib. iv.
Hare, Lieut. Geo. H., don. to mus. i.
vi.
Harris, Thomas, don. to mus. i.
Harrison, Joseph, don. to mus. i.
Hartman, Dr., don. to mus. iv.
Hass & Brenizer, don. to mus. iii.
Hawkins, J. S., don. to mus. i.
Hayes, Dr. I. I., don. to mus. iii.
Helmuth, Dr. C. A., letter from, 164.
Holbrook, Dr. J. C, don. to mus. vi.
Holmes, Prof. F. S., Remarks on Post-
Pleiocene fossils of South Carolina.
177 ; don. to mus. v.
Henderson, Dr. A. A., U. S. N., don.
to mus. ii.
Henry, Dr. T. Charlton, U. S. A.,
Catalogue of the birds of New
Mexico, as compiled from notes and
observations made while in that
Territory, d\iring a residence of six
years, 104 ; don. to mus. i. ii.
Hering, C- J., don. to mus. v.; don.
to lib. xvi.
Hoopes, B. A., don. to mus. 1.
Hoopes, Joshua, don. to mus. iv.
[1859.
INDEX.
vn.
Horsfield, Dr. Thomas, announcement
of death of, 292.
Humboldt, Baron Alex, von, announce-
ment of death of, 154.
Institute, Albany, don. to lib. iii.
Institute, Canadian, don. to lib. iii. v.
viii. xi. xv. xix. xxii,
Institute, Essex, don. to lib. v.
Institute, Franklin, don. to lib. v.
Institute, Imperial Royal Geological of
Vienna, don. to lib. iv. xiv. xx.
xxiii.
Institute, Imperial Royal, of Science,
Lombardy, don. to lib. iv. xix.
Institute, Maryland, don. to lib. i. xvi.
Institute, Pennsylvania, for instruc-
tion of the Blind, don. to lib. ix.
Jan, Prof. M. Le, don. to lib. xiv.
•feanes, Joseph, elected to Committee
on Library, 109 ; don. to mus. i.
Jessup, Augustus E., announcement
of death of, 352,
Jones, John Matthew, don. to lib. xviii.
Kane, Dr. John K., don. to lib. xxi.
Kennicott, R., Notes on Coluber cali-
gaster Say. and description of new
species of serpents in the collection
of the North-western University of
Evanston, 111., 91.
Kintzing, W. F., don. to lib. xvii.
Kolenati; Dr. F. A., don. to lib. vii.
Kollar, Dr. Noah, don. to mus. iv.
Krider, Mr. John, don. to mus. iv. v.
vii.
Lacordaire, Prof. Th., don. to lib.
xxii.
Lapham, F. A., don. to mus. i.
Latour, M. Huguet, don. to lib. iii. v.
Lea, Isaac, LL. D., Prest. Acad. Nat.
Sciences, Description of eight new
species of Unionida?, from Georgia,
Mississippi and Texas, 109 ; Descrip-
tion of twenty-one new species of
Exotic Unionidse, and descriptions
of two new species of Uniones from
Georgia, 111 ; Descriptions of seven
new species of Uniones, &c, 150;
New Unionidse of the United States,
151 ; Notice of the death of Baron
von Humboldt, 162; Resolutions
by, 163 ; Description of twelve new
species of Uniones from Georgia,
164 ; Descriptions of four new
species of Unionida?, and Remarks
1859.]
on dead shells Anodonta Lewisii,
177 ; Description of a new species of
Unio from the Isthmus of Darien,
280, 281 ; change of name of Mar-
garitana Etowahensis to M. Georgi-
ana, 280 ; Resolutions by, on the
death of Thomas Nuttall, 281 ; De-
scriptions of three new species of
Exotic Uniones, 329, 331 ; Descrip-
tions of Exotic Unionida?, 330 ;
Remarks on embryonic shells of
Uniones, 329 ; don. to mus. i. ii.
vii.; don. to lib. xviii. xxii.
Le Conte, Maj. John, V. Pres. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Descriptions of two new
species of Tortoises, 3 ; Observations
on the species of Nicotiana, 56; De-
scriptions of new species of the Cole-
opterous family Histeridae, 293, 310;
don. to mus. v.
Le Conte, Dr. John L., Catalogue of
the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, Cali-
fornia, 56, 69 ; Remarks on Paleo-
trochus from Keewenaw Point, 150 ;
Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna
of Northern California and Oregon,
280, 281 ; don. to mus. iv., don. to
lib. xi.
Leidy, Prof. Joseph, M.D., Remarks on
Manayunkia speciosa, 2 ; Re-
marks on Xystiacanthus Arcuatus,
and Cladodus occidentalis, 3 ; Re-
marks on tooth of Mastodon and
bones of Mosasaurus, 91 ; Remarks
on teeth of Clepsysaurus, Eurydorus
serridens, and Compsosaurus, from
Phoenixville tunnel, Chester co.,
110 ; Remarks on fossils from Beth-
any, Va., and also from the Green
Sand, Monmouth co., N. J., 110;
Remarks on Ossite from Sombrero,
W. I., on skull of Ursus Americanus
from the drift, Claiborne, Miss., Ill ;
Remarks on fragment of jaw of Mo-
sasaurus, 150 ; On specimens of
Palseotrochus from snb-silurian
strata, 150 ; Remarks on Droma-
therium sylvestre and other fossils
from Chatham co., N. C, 162; Ex-
tract of letter from, 1 80 ; Letter from
Dr. J. G. Fisher, and remarks on
antler of the Reindeer found at Sing-
Sing, and remarks on Freija ameri-
cana from Newport, 194 ; On the
seat of the vesicating principle of
Lytta vittata, 256 ; don. to mus. i.
ii. iii. vii. don. to lib. i. v. vii. viii.
x. xix.
Lennig, Charles, don. to mus. iii.
via.
INDEX.
Leonhard, Prof., don. to lib. xiv. xx.
xxiii.
Lesley, J. P., elected to Committee
on Palaeontology, 109 ; Read letter
from Ed. A. Spring on capture of a
fish by a spider, 255.
Letterman, Dr. J., U. S. A., don. to
mus. i.
Lewis, Miss Maria, don. to mus. vi.
Lyceum of Nat. History, New York,
don. to lib. viii.
Marcou, Jules, don. to lib. i. xii. xxii.
Meek, F. B. and F. V. Hayden, M.D.,
Geological explorations in Kansas
Territory, 3.
Meigs, Dr. J. Aitken, resignation as
Librarian, 161 ; Description of a
deformed fragmentary human skull
found in an ancient quarry cave at
Jerusalem, with an attempt to deter-
mine by its configuration alone tbe
Ethnical type to which it belongs,
256, 262; Read remarks of J. Bar-
nard Davis, 330 ; don. to mus. iii.
Minister of Public Works, France, don.
to lib. iii. v. xi. xiv. xix.
Mitchell, S. Weir, M. D., observations
on exposed hearts of animals, 56.
Moore, Cornelius, don. to mus. v.
Moore, Dr. Francis, don. to mus. v. vi.
vii.
Moore, W. D., don. to mus. iii.
Morris, Dr. J. Cheston, description of
a new species of Pomotis, 3.
Mosblech, P. W., don. to mus. ii.
Mueller, Charles, don. to lib. xiv. xviii.
Mueller, Ferdinand, don. to lib. xvii.
Mutter, Dr. Thomas D., announcement
of death of, 92.
Norcom, Dr., don. to mus. ii.
Norton, C. B., don. to lib. i.
Nuttall, Thomas, announcement of
death of, 280 ; don. to lib. xviii.
Ondarza, Col. Juan, don. to lib. xi.
Osborn, H. S., don. to mus. ii.
Osten-Sacken, Baron R., new genera
and species of N. American Tipulidse
with short palpi, with an attempt at
a new classification of the tribe, 194,
•197 ; don. to lib. vi.
Owen, Dr. David Dale, don. to lib. xv.
Owen, Richard, don. to lib. vii.
Peale, Franklin, don. to mus. vi.
Pea'rsall, Robt., don. to mus. vi.
Perrine, F. M., don. to mus. ii.
Postell, James, don. to mus. vii.
Powel, Miss Mary, don. to mus. i.
Powel, Samuel, read extracts from a
letter on fossil bones near Enfield,
North Carolina, 56 ; don. to mus. ii.
vii.
Prime, Temple, don. to lib. xii.
Publication Committee, don. to lib.
i. xviii.
Queen, J. W., don. to mus. ii.
Rand, Dr. B. IL, announced death of
Capt. McMichael, 56 ; don. to mus.
iii.
Rand, Theodore D., don. to mus. ii.
Reed, A. G., don. to mus. vii.
Remont, J. R., don. to mus. iii.
Report of Committee of Biological De-
partment on paper of Dr. Wm. A.
Hammond, 56, 165, 151 ; Of Dr. J.
J. Hayes, 149 ; On paper of Dr. S.
Weir Mitchell, 56, 151, 165 ; Of Dr.
.'. H. Packard, 151 : Of J. J. Wood-
ward, 93.
Report of Committee on paper of Prof.
S. F. Baird, 299 ; Of Wm. G. Binney,
188 ; Of John Cassin, 30, 133 ; Of
P, P. Carpenter, 331; Of Dr. Bracken-
ridge Clemens, 163, 317; Of E. D.
Cope, 122, 294, 332 ; Of Wm. M.
Gabb, 297 ; Of Theodore Gill, 128,
131, 132, 144, 155, 165, 167, 168,
195, 196 ; Of Dr. Charles Girard. 56,
100, 113, 157, 169 ; Of Dr. T. Charl-
ton Henry, 104; Of Robert Kenni-
cott, 98 ; Of Isaac Lea, LL.D., 112.
151, 154, 170, 187, 221, 331 ; Of John
LeConte, 4, 93,310; Of; Dr. John
L. Le Conte, 69, 281 ; Of Dr. Joseph
Leidy, 256 ; Of F. B. Meek and F.
V. Hayden, M.D., 8; Of Dr. J.
Aitken Meigs, 262 ; Of Dr. S. Weir
Mitchell, 281 ; Of Baron R. Osten-
Sacken, 197 ; Of H. D. Schmidt, 256:
Of Wm. J. Tavlor, 306 ; Of John
Xantus, 189, 297.
Report of Curators, Annual, 351.
" Librarian, Annual, 350.
' ' Recording Secretary, Annual,
343.
Resolutions of Committee of Proceed-
ings, 149, 150.
Richards, Francis, don. to mus. v.
Richardson, Dr. F. G., don. to mus. i.
Roepper, W. Thomas, don. to mus. vii.
Rogers, Prof. R. E., M.D., exhibited
Ritchie's Riihmkorff apparatus and
Wagner's electrical machine, with
[1859.
tNDEX.
IX.
his alteration, 90; Lecture on the cor-
relation of forces 150 ; Remarks on
coal, 162; Remarks on specimens
from the Geysers of Pluton Canon,
Cal., 294; don. to mus. iii.
Rue, Mr. M. P., vote of thanks to, 92 ;
don. to mus. ii.
Ruschenberger, Dr.*W. S. W., don. to
mus. v.
Safford, Prof. J. M., don. to mus. v.
Sandberger, Dr. G., don. to lib. vii.
Say, Mrs. Lucy W., don. to lib. xxi.
Saussure, H. de, don. to lib. ix. xiv.
Schell, Dr. William, don. to lib. xx.
Schmidt, Dr. H. D., abstract of the
most important points of researches
on the minute anatomy of the liver,
256.
Secretary of the Commonwealth of
Penn., don. to lib. iii.
Semple, Dr. J. E , U. S. N., don. to
lib. iii.
Sergeant, J. D., don. to mus. ii. vi.
vii.
Slack, J. H., don. to mus. i. ii. iii. v.
vi. vii.
Smith, Aubrey H., don. to. mus. vi.
Smith, E., don. to lib. ix.
Smithsonian Institution, don. to mus.
i. ii. iii. v. vi. vii., don. to lib. ii.
vii. viii.
Society, American Antiquarian, don. to
lib. i. vi. vii.
Society, American Geographical and
Statistical, don. to lib. xxi. xxii.
xxiv.
Society, American Philosophical, don.
to lib. vii. xix.
Society, Arts and Institutions in Union,
don. to lib. v. x. xi. xx. xxii.
Society, Batavian Nat. Hist'y &c, don.
to lib. iv. vii.
Society, Belfast Nat. History, S. Phil.,
don. to lib. xii.
Society, Boston, of Nat. History, don.
to lib. vi. xi. xv. xvii. Xix.
Society, Deutschen Geoiogischen, Ber-
lin, don. to lib. iv. x. xiv.
Society, Drontheim, R. Nat. History,
don. to lib. iv.
Society, Dublin Geological, don. to lib.
x.
Society, Elliot Nat. History, Charles-
ton, S. C, don. to lib. xv. xviii.
Society, Entomological, of Berlin, don.
to lib. xviii.
Society, Entomological, of Stettin, don.
to lib. xiv.
1859.]
Society, Finnish, of Sciences, Helsim
fors, don. to lib. ix.
Society, Imp. of Nat. Sciences, Cher-
bourg, don. to lib. ix.
Society, Imp. of Naturalists, Moscow,
don. to lib. iv.
Society, Leeds Philosophical, &c, don
to lib. xv. xx.
Society, Linnean, of Normandy, don.
to lib. xx.
Society, Literary and Philos., Liver-
pool, don. to lib. xxiii.
Society, Literary and Philos., Man-
chester, don. to lib. x.
Society, London Geological, don. to
lib. viii. xii. xix.
Society, Medical, Frankfurt, A. M.,
don. to lib. xx.
Society, Natura Artis Magistra, Am-
sterdam, don. to lib. iv.
Society, Natural History, Augsburg.
don. to. lib. xiv.
Society, Natural History, Basel, don.
to lib. iv.
Society, Nat. History, Montreal, don.
to lib. iii. vi. viii. xv. xviii. xx.
Society, Nat. History, Prussian Rhine-
land, &c, don. to lib. xx.
Society, Natural History, Saxony and
Thuringia in Halle, don. to lib. xx.
Society, Natural History, Wiesbaden,
don. to lib. x.
Society, Nat. History, Wiirttemban.-,
don. to lib. xxiii.
Society, Nat. History, Wurzburg, don.
to lib. xx.
Society, Naturalists of New Grenada,
don. to lib. xiv.
Society, Natural Sciences, Emden, don.
to lib. iv. xx.
Society, Natural Sciences, NeucL
don. to lib. xx.
Society, Oberhessischen fiirNatur.- und
Heilkunde, don. to lib. xiv.
Society, Palaeontolcgical, Belgium, don,
to lib. xviii.
Society, Physics and Natural History.
Geneva, don. to lib. xiv.
Society, Royal Gardeners, Berlin, den.
to lib. xx. xxiii.
Society, Imp. Geological, St. Peters-
burg, don. to lib. ix.
Society, Royal of London, don. to lib.
xii. xviii. xx.
Society, Royal of Northern Antique
ries, don. to lib. v.
Society, Royal Saxon in Leipzig, don,
to lib. iv. xxiii.
INDEX.
Society, Royal of Sciences at Gottiugen,
don. to lib. xx.
Society, Royal of Stuttgart, don. to lib.
xiii.
Society, Senckenburg Natural History,
don. to lib. x.
Society, Vaudois, of Nat. Sciences, don.
to lib. iv. ix.
Society, Zoological and Mineralogical,
Regensberg, don. to lib. xiv.
Sorby, H. C, don. to lib. i.
Spring, Edward A., letter from, on
capture of a fish by a spider, 255.
Storer D. Humphreys, don. to lib. vi.
Stimpson, Wm., Prodromus Descrip-
tions Animalium evertebratorum
qufe in expeditione ad Oceanuni Pa-
cificum Septentrionalem a Repub.
Feder. missa, Cad. Ringgold, et Job..
' Rodgers ducibus, observavit et de-
scripsit, pars viii. Crustacea macrou-
ra, 331 ; don. to nius. vi.
Struthers, Mr., don. to mus. ii.
Survey Geological of India, don. to
lib. xi.
Swallow, G. C, don. to lib. xviii. xxii.
Swift, Robt., don. to mus. vi.
Taylor, Alex. S., don. to lib. xx.
Taylor, Wm. J., Mineralogical notes
No. II. 293, 30G ; don. to mus. iv.
vii.
Thomas, Dr. J., don. to mus. iv.
Thurman, J., don. to lib. xi.
Trautwine, J. C, don. to mus. i. ii.
Troschel, Prof., don. to lib. xiv. xx.
xxiii.
Trustees New York State Library, don.
to lib. xv.
Tufts, S. Jr., don. to mus. vi.
Turner, Dr. S. J., U. S. N. don. to
mus. iii.
• Ukler, Dr. Wm. M., remarks on anes-
thetic effect of bi-sulphide of carbon,
164.
Union Deutscher Aerzte in Paris, don.
to lib. iii.
Oniversity of Michigan, don. to lib. v.
Vanderslice, Mr. Andrew, don. to mus.
90, i.
Vaux, Wm. S., don. to mus. i. ii.
Verreaux, E. S. & J. G., don. to lib.
xxii.
War Department, don. to lib. xv.
Warren, David M., don. to lib. xviii.
Warren, Lieut. G. H., don. to lib. vii.
Weigel, F. 0. don. to lib. xx.
Weiss, Adolf, don. to lib. xiii.
Westermau, B. & Co. don. to lib. xxii.
Wheatley, Charles M., don. to nms.
vii.
Whelen, Edward S., don. to mus. ii.
viii.
Wilcoxks, Dr. Alexander, reflections
on the nature of the temporary star
of 1572, an application of the Nebu-
lar hypothesis, 330.
Willcox, Edward J., don. to mus. vii.
Williams, John, don. to mus. vii.
Willis, 0. R., don. to mus. iii.
Wilson, Dr. G. B. don. to mus. i.
Wilson, Dr. S. W., don. to mus. v.
Wilson, Dr. Thomas B., resigna-
tion of, from Committee on Pahe-
ontology and Library 55 ; don.
to mus. i. don. to lib. i. ii. iii. v. vi.
vii. viii. ix. xi. xii. xiii. xv. xvi.
xvii. xviii. xix. xxi. xxii. xxiii.
xxiv.
Wood Horatio C. Jr., don. to mus. vii.
Woodhouse, Dr. S. W. don. to mil*,
ii. v.
Woodward, Dr. J. J., on suppuration
in cancerous growths, 93.
Worrell, Wm. don. to mus. vi.
Xantus, John, Catalogue of birds col-
lected in the vicinity of Fort Tejon.
California, with a description of a
new species of Syrnium, 189 ; Cata-
logue of Birds from Cape San Lucas.
Lower California, 292, 297; don. to
mus. iii.
Zigno, Barone Achille, don.
xiv.
to lib.
[1859.
INDEX
TO
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT
For 1859.
Atlee, Dr. Walter F., Remarks oa white
corpuscles in dried blood, 3; Remarks
on a Hydatid Mole, 6.
Election of officers for 18G0, 20.
Hammond, Dr. Wrn. A., Remarks on
stomach of Fiber zibethicus, Castor
fiber, Arvicola, 1 ; Observations on
the colorless blood corpuscles, and
remarks on eggs of parasites, in the
liver of a rabbit and the spleen of
Chelonian reptiles, 4 ; Remarks on
the excitability of heart containing
blood, 6.
Hammond and Mitchell, Experimental
researches relating to Corroval and
Vao, two new varieties of Woorara,
the South American arrow poison,
11 ; Experimental examination of the
physiological effects of Sassy-bark,
the ordeal poison of the Western
Coast of Africa, 13.
Hayes, Dr. I. I., On the relations exist-
ing between food and the capacity of
man to resist low temperatures, 8.
Leidy, Dr. Joseph, Remarks on impos-
sibility of determining the source of
dried blood, 3 .; exhibited specimen
of a Trichina found in human mus-
cle, 3 ; Remarks on human muscle
containing peculiar cysts, 4 ; Re-
marks on dipterous larvae from man,
7 ; on the vesicating principle of the
Lytta vittata, 18.
Mitchell, Dr. S. Weir, Remarks on
blood crystals of the opossum and
muskrat, 1 ; Gall stone found in the
gall-bladder of a muskrat, 3 ; Re-
marks on the death of an infant in
ulero. before the mother, 4; Remarks
on the circulatory apparatus of the
Lepidosteus, 5 ; Remarks on peculiar
contraction of muscles not bound by
fascia, when struck, 5 ; Remarks on
the effect of sugar in rendering the
eyes of frogs cataractous, 16; On the
production of cataract in frogs by the
injection of large doses of sugar, 20.
Morris, Dr. J. Cheston, Remarks on
human Embryo in its membranes, 7 :
Remarks on poisoning from the sting
of the common bee, 18 ; Remarks on
the digestive principle, 19.
Packard, Dr. A. F., Remarks on the
swimming bladder of Lepidosteus, 4 ;
On the pathological relations of Can-
cer and Tubercle, 10.
Woodward, Dr. J. J., Remarks on im-
possibility of determining to what
mammal dried blood has belonged, 2 ;
Remarks on cysts in human muscle,
4 ; On suppuration in cancerous
growths, 7 ; Remarks on phosphates
in urine, and also on highly acid
urine, 20.
Uhler, Dr. Win. M., Remarks on or-
ganic substances not found in the
organism during life, 3.
1859.]
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
OF PHILADELPHIA.
1859.
January 4tli.
President Lea in the Chair.
Forty-eight members present.
Mr. W. Parker Foulke presented some cones found in April, 1858, by Mr.
Samuel I. Goucher, on a peak of the Blue Mountain, near Mount Holly Springs,
Cumberland County, Pennsylvania.
Mr. Durand stated that he had examined these cones, with a few leaves ac-
companying them, and had no doubt they were from the Pinuspungens, or table
mountain pine, which he believed had not been previously recognized so far
north.
January Will.
Dr. Carson in the Chair.
Thirty-seven members present.
Mr. Cassin read a letter from Mr, P. B. Duchaillu, dated Fernando
Vaz River, Western Africa, September 28th, 1858, containing the
following passages:
" Since I left the Gaboon in 1857, I have explored the Camma or Fernando
Vaz river and the Ogobai river, which is a branch of the Camma, but was pre-
vented from ascending the latter by the natives. I have ascended also to the
distance of about two hundred miles the Rembo and the Ovenga rivers.
"The country of the Nazareth and the Camma is intercepted by large rivers,
creeks and lagoons going in every direction into the interior, and to all of
which the natives have given distinct names. Some of these rivers are wide
and deep, and would be navigable for steamers to a great distance. In some
places the soil is very rich and in others sandy ; the ebony and red wood trees
are very abundant.
" One of the most interesting facts that I have determined is, that the Cannibal
tribe (the Paueins) which I met with on the head waters of the river Muni,
seem to terminate in the interior, up the Nazareth river, the banks of which are
inhabited by various tribes calling themselves Orounga, Ogobai, Pandjai,
Aninga, Okanda and Apindgi ; none of these are cannibals, and they speak of
the Paueins as farther north and in the interior, and my conclusion is, that
this cannibal people either follow the mountains, which I think take here an
eastern direction, or that they cease. Up the Rernbo, which is the main branch
1 [Jan.
2 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
of the Fernando Vaz, the Bakalai tribes disappear ; then follow a people calling
themselves Ashira, and next to them come the Apindgi.
"Up the Oveuga, I left it and went into the interior amidst the Bakalai people
and afterwards into the Ashira country. The Ashiras are quite a different peo-
ple from any that I have yet seen in Western Africa. They cultivate tobacco
extensively, and cotton to some extent also, but the principal cloth made by
them is from a kind of grass which is very fine. Food with this people is
abundant, and they are the only people I have yet seen in this country that had
domesticated hogs.
" Immense forests, in which the ebony tree is very abundant, border the
banks of the Fernando Vaz, but at the highest point that I reached, the coun-
try was more open, and grassy plains frequently presented themselves. I was
assured by the natives that this was the character of the country still higher up
the river and its branches, and they speak of a large prairie and of a large lake
also further in the interior. The latter, as far as I can judge from the accounts
of the natives, is about 600 miles from the coast. At present my intention is
to make another journey about in the latitude of the Fernando Vaz in search of
this lake, which I have some hopes may prove to be the source of the Congo.
In this journey I may perhaps also ascertain the course of the mountains
that I reached in ascending the Muni river.
I have made maps of all the rivers that I have ascended, and have, with much
difficulty, kept my journal without intermission, and hope to lay it before the
Academy on my return to the United States. I send by this vessel four boxes
and three barrels containing collections of quadrupeds and birds, in which are
many interesting specimens, and some that I have never collected before. All
are from the Fernando Vaz or Camma, the Ogobai, Rembo and Ovenga rivers."
Dr. Leidy exhibited a drawing of the worm described by him at a
former meeting as Manayunkia speciosa.
Dr. Leidy remarked, that perhaps some of the members present would recol-
lect he had some time since, (Proc. 1858, p. 90,) described a curious fresh
water worm, Manayunkia speciosa, from the river Schuylkill. It was observed
that it appeared to be most nearly allied to the marine genus Fabricia. During
the last summer, Dr. L. in company with Mr. Powel sought for the latter at
Newport, R. I. They found it in very great abundance at the foot of the cliffs
bathed by the ocean. In its curved tubes of tenacious mud, adhering to stones,
and with ito projecting tentacles, it very much resembles a ciliated polype, es-
pecially Plumatella.
The worm is about U lines long, demi-cylindroid, with 12 annuli, of which
all except the first are setigerous. The cephalic annulus has a short proboscis ;
is provided with one or two pairs of eyes, and supports six arms with about
80 ciliated tentacles. The succeeding 7 or 8 annuli are provided on each side
with fascicles of from 5 to 7 setae and as many podal spines. The posterior
three annuli are provided on each side with fascicles of 2 setae and from 12 to
15 short podal spines. Anterior setae terminating in a linear lanceolate
blade ; posterior setae aristate. Anterior spines terminating in a hook which
is dentate on its convex border; posterior spines expanded at the extremity,
which is dentated on the convex border. Caudal annulus with a pair of eyes.
Eyes exist in the cephalic and caudal annuli, also in the young worm. From
the "want of a good description and figures of the European species of Fabricia.,
it was not to be determined whether the American species was different from it.
January Y&tli.
President Lea in the Chair.
Forty-one members present.
The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceedings.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3
Catalogue of Birds collected on the rivers Camma and Ogobai, Wes-
tern Africa, by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and descrip-
tions of new species, by John Cassin.
Descriptions of two new species of tortoises, by John Le Conte.
Geological Explorations in Kansas Territory, by F. B. Meek and F.
V. Hayden, M. D.,
And were referred to Committees.
Dr. Morris described a new species of Pomotis very common in the vicinity
of Philadelphia, and characterised by a short auricular appendage and rounded
caudal fin. The numbers of the rays are as follows :
D. 9-10. A. 3-9. P. 9. C. 16. V. 1-5.
The dorsal, anal and caudal fins are covered with spots of a lighter color
than the fins themselves. The body of the fish is traversed by seven or eight
blackish bands, the first passing through the eye, the second near the margin
of the opercle, the third behind the pectoral, the fourth and fifth opposite the
dorsal, the sixth, seventh and eighth from opposite the end of the dorsal to the
root of the caudal. An opaline bluish spot is found on the opercular appen-
dage, the general color of which is black. This species approaches the P.
catesbei of Cuv. and Val. but is believed to be distinct. Dr. M. proposed for
it the name of Pomotis guttatus.
Dr. Leidy called the attention of the members to some remains of cartila-
ginous fishes, discovered by Dr. F. V. Hayden and F. B. Meek, during the last
summer, in the carboniferous formations of Kansas. One of these is a muti-
lated dorsal spine included in a fragment of rock, from ihe upper carbonife-
rous formation of Leavenworth City. The spine may perhaps belong to one
of the same fishes, to which the other specimens appertain, but there was no
means at present to determine this fact. It was characterised as follows :
Xystracanthus arcuatus Leidy. Spine much curved ; its posterior border
formiDg the segment of a circle whose diameter would be about 2 inches.
Length along the convex border, when perfect, about 2| inches. Lower ex-
tremity 3| lines wide. Section ovoid with the broader part posterior. Sides
of the spine finely ridged longitudinally, and furnished anteriorly with small,
oblique, hemi-elliptical tubercles ; posteriorly provided, on the two sides together,
with six rows of odontoid tubercles, of which those of the first row on each
side are minute, and of the last row are the largest. Osseous structure of the
specimen brown ; odontoid tubercles invested with smooth, shining gray, ename-
loid substance, demi-conoidal, those of the posterior pair of rows sometimes
coalescing across the back border of the spine and assuming a crescentoid
form.
The second specimen was the fragment of a tooth, of a species of Cla-
dodus, obtained from the Manhattan upper coal measures. It was characterised
as follows :
Cladodus occidentalis Leidy. Enameled crown, when perfect, about an
inch in length, demi-conical ; the outer convex side provided with narrow ob-
lique folds. Lateral denticles two, the outer one the larger. Base of the tooth
reniform, with a breadth of about an inch, and the short diameter about 5
lines ; lateral extremities provided with a pair of large ovoid tubercles, one
above the inner margin, the other below the outer margin.
The third specimen is a tooth, apparently of Petalodus alleghaniensis,*
from the upper carboniferous rocks, near Fort Riley. It differs from the tooth,
upon which the species was originally founded, in no important point, except
that it is larger. The breadth of the crown is about twenty lines ; its height
on the convex side 10 lines, on the concave side 1 inch.
* Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. iii, 161.
1859.]
4 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
January 25(h.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Forty-six members present.
The Report of Proceedings of the Biological Department for the
present month was read.
On report of the respective committees, the following papers were
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings.
Description of two New Species of Tortoises .
BY JOHN LE CONTE.
Kinosternum Henrici. — Testa regulari-ovali, convexa, dorso subcarinato,
postice valde decliva, margine non dispanso, laterali perpendiculari, sterno
testam non omnino occludente, cauda longa, unguiculata.
Habitat New Mexico.
Head and neck dusky, on the top slightly varied with paler, beneath and on
the sides, including the jaws, thickly speckled with yellow. Upper jaw entire,
hooked. Chin with two small warts. Legs and tail dusky, fore feet with two
folds on the upper side ; hind legs squamous on the hinder side and likewise
with two folds ; tail black and rather long, furnished with a long, broad and
rather pointed nail. Shell brownish yellow, regularly elliptic, convex, very
declivous behind, with the remains of an evident keel on the three last scut;e,
anterior and posterior margins not expanded, the lateral perpendicular with
a considerable furrow for the greatest part of its length. Vertebral scutae im-
bricate, the first one triangular with the apex truncate, applied to the nuchal
and first marginal scuta, second, third and fourth urceolate, six-sided, the
lower side of the fourth very short, the fifth triangular with all the angles
truncate, so as to form a six-sided figure, of which the apical side is very short,
the two upper lateral sides long and incurved, the two lower lateral short and
perpendicular to the base which is doubly incurved so as to form a waving line ;
this scuta is applied to the two caudal marginals, the first lateral is irregularly
four-sided, the second and third five-sided, the fourth four-sided, the anterior
side straight, the superior oblique, the posterior curved first outward and then
inward, so as to fit into the sides of the fifth vertebral and the last marginal ;
the nuchal scuta is small and square ; the rest of the marginals except the last
one, the caudals being excluded, are oblong, more or less angled on the top;
the last one is larger than the rest, three-sided, pointed above and entering a
cavity between the last vertebral and the last lateral ; the base is straight and
the two sides curved ; the caudals are four-sided, the upper side curved. Ster-
num large and yellow, emarginate behind, jointed before by a ligament, be-
hind by a suture anteriorly closing up the box of the shell, posteriorly very
partially so ; gular scuta very large, triangular, pectorals irregularly four-sided,
the outer side a little wider than the inner, the lower side curved, the interior
anterior angle very obtuse, the interior posterior rather acute, the two exterior
right ; brachials triangular with the apex truncate, and the upper side incurved;
abdominals quadrangular, the membrane joining them with the femorals so
wide as to make the joint appear double, femorals quadrangular, the inner side
short, caudals right angled triangular.
Length of the shell 4-7 inches, height 1-9, of head and neck 2'8, of the tail 2.
This new tortoise was brought from New Mexico by Dr. T. C. Henry of the
United States Army, and by him through Mr. Cassin presented to the Academy.
It is an old individual. It appears that when young the scutas of the back are
marked with concentric striae, and no doubt the whole of the upper surface
varied in some degree with darker. When the K. odoratum is found in clear
water streams it is beautifully varied, thus, for instance, those found in the
Ogeechee river, in Georgia, which has a sandy bottom and is seldom or never
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 0
polluted with mud, they are marked on each scuta with diverging or radiating
lines of dnrker.
I have not adopted Mr. Agassiz's name in describing this animal, as I do not
think that his arrangement of Kinosternoids founded on a proper basis. If I
were to adopt his classification, I should describe three of his genera as follows,
premising that I think it is offering a violence to nature to separate the two
first.
KlNOSTERNUM.
Sternum entirely closing up the box of the shell, with eleven scutae and eight
bones, there being no entosternal, but the whole piece may be divided longitu-
dinally from front to rear into two pieces, which are afterwards subdivided.
The sternum is bilobed, each lobe moveable from the side of the abdominals on
the posterior joint of the hyosternals and the anterior of the hyosternal bones.
By closing the two lobes it is enabled to cover entirely the head and limbs ;
the posterior lobe being as wide as any part of the sternum, there can be of
course but very small wings by which it is attached to the carapace. In fact
they are scarcely perceptible. The upper jaw is most frequently hooked and
the tail armed with a nail.
Thyrosternum.
This genus differs from the preceding in the shape and mode of attachment
of the sternum to the carapace, the number of bones and of scutae is the same,
but the wings are much longer; it has likewise two moveable lobes, the anterior
attached by suture at the sides and by ligament in the centre ; the posterior
one entirely by suture, both of them narrower than the opening of the carapace,
particularly the posterior one ; consequently the animal is not able to with-
draw its softer parts entirely from view. It is always emarginate behind, the
upper jaw is almost always hooked, and the tail generally armed with a nail.
The transitus from Kinosternum to Thyrosternum is so perfect, that it becomes
difficult in some instances to say to which genus a specimen belongs.
Ozotheca.
Sternum very much shorter and narrower than in the other two genera, con-
stituted in the same manner, but the gular plate is generally very small. It is
jointed like the others both before and behind. The upper lobe is quite movea-
ble, but the lower little so, inasmuch as the fourth scuta projects somewhat
beyond the suture connecting this part with the abdominals, but there is a wide
space above it filled with ligamentous matter, which allows of some degree of
motion. This joint early in life becomes immoveable. The anterior joint in old
animals is apt to become permanently soldered to the adjoining bone. The
wings are longer and uarrower than in the others.
The following characteristics are common to all these three genera. The
chin is furnished with two or more small warts, and the feet have some folds or
large scales, the fore feet on the anterior side, the hind feet on the posterior.
They all have a strong musky odor.
' Although it may appear perfectly proper to separate the last genus from the
two others, yet in Wagler's K. hirtipes a very near approach is made to
Ozotheca, it has a very narrow sternum, emarginate behind and the branchial
plate is quadrangular, very much resembling what we see in 0. odo?-ata, the
jugular scuta is large and triangular, the upper jaw hooked, and the tail ungi-
culate ; in these three particulars exactly like the T. Pennsylvanicum. In the
young of the 0. odorata it is impossible to distinguish the sternum from that of
the T. Pennsylvanicum, except by the form of the brachial scuta ; it is very
remarkable, however, that the first which in the adult state has the nuchal scuta
small and irregular in shape, when very young has it very large and perfectly
triangular. The most of the Kinosterna and Thyrosterna have the tail armed
with a nail. Whether any of the Ozotheca are thus furnished I do not know,
never having had an opportunity of examining more than two species (unless
Wagler's K. hirtipes is admitted to be one). Should one, however, be found
1859.]
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OE
perfectly agreeing in every respect with the 0. odorata, with the tail unguicu-
late, I would not hesitate to say at once, that my learned friend's division was
unnatural. In all species that I have seen, except those brought from Mexico
by Mr. Pease, the posterior lobe of the sternum is emarginate behind, and is
but slightly moveable ; in the Mexican species, on the contrary, it is entire and
capable of entirely closing up the box of the shell ; in both cases the faculty
arises from the peculiar formation of the joint, being either sutural or liga-
mentous.
The following is the distribution according to Mr. Agassiz's system of such
Kinosternoids as I have had an opportunity of examining.
KlNOSTERNUM.
Mexicanum, integrum, triliratum.
Thyrosternum.
Scorpioides, leucostomum, longe caudatum, pennsylvanicum, sonoriense and
Henrici.
Ozotheca.
Odorata, guttata, hirtipes ?
The animal, the description of which follows, was somehow omitted in
my monograph in vol. vii. Proc. A. N. S.; it differs remarkably from others
of Mr. Agassiz's genus Kinosternum, in having the upper jaw not hooked, and
the tail not unguiculate.
K. triliratdm. — Head and neck above spotted with yellow, the spots on the
cheeks larger, beneath yellowish irregularly varied with dusky, jaws yellow
varied with black, the upper entire, not hooked. Chin with four small warts. Fore
legs above dusky, beneath yellowish brown with three plicae or large scales ;
hind legs cinereous brown with four large scales near the heel. Tail short,
black, pointed, without a nail at the end. Shell regularly oval, brown, very
convex, strongly tricarinate on the back, very declivous on the sides, the
outer edge of the margin sharp and projecting, the scutae with more or less
concentric striae, and others radiating from behind. Vertebral scuta? elon-
gated, imbricate, emarginate behind, the first triangular with the apex some-
what truncate and the base angled, applied to the nuchal and first marginal
only, the second, third and fourth hexagonal, the anterior and posterior sides
very short, the fourth with the two lower sides much shorter than the upper,
the fifth triangular with the apex truncate and the base a little angled ; the
first lateral is four-sided, the lower side with four facets, second and third pen-
tagonal, fourth irregularly five-sided ; the nuchal scuta is wider at the base,
the rest of the marginals square and oblong, increasing in size to the extremity
of the shell : sternum yellow, varied with black, entire and rather poised be-
hind, bivalved, completely closing up the box of the shell, wings very short,
applied partially to the fourth and entirely to the fifth, sixth and seventh mar-
ginal scuta?, all the scuta? of the sternum are concentrically striate; the gular
large, triangular, pectorals irregularly four-sided, the anterior side curved,
brachials triangular with the apices truncate and the base rounded, caudals
right angled triangular ; inguinal scuta long, rather wide, joining the axillary.
Length of the shell 5 inches, height 2-5, tail -8. Brought from Mexico by
Mr. Pease.
I conclude by observing that Mr. Agassiz thinks my K. Mexicanum is the
same as Mr. Bell's K. Shavianum. The author last named supposed that he
possessed the identical specimen from which Dr. Shaw made his figure.
There can be no doubt that Dr. Shaw's figure represents my K. Mexicanum,
although the shell is represented without a nuchal and without caudal
marginals. Mr. Bell's species has the tternum narrower than the shell,
and emarginate behind ; it undoubtedly belongs to the scorpioides. In the
seventh volume of Proc. A. N. S., in my description of this species, it is
said that the sternum is entire ; it is really shallowly emarginate. They
[J;
an.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7
both belong to the genus Thyrosternum. Mr. Agassiz likewise thinks that my
Emys concinna and Dr. Holbrook's E. Floridana are the same. My friend will
pardon me when I say, that he probably has not had an opportunity of examin-
ing my species. There is no specimen in the collection of the Academy which
I can recognise as the animal once described by me. These two species are by
no means alike. The E. concinna is most beautifully smooth, nothing can be
more so; the E. Floridana is extremely rough with longitudinal rugae, it is besides
sometimes three times the size of the other, and the marks on the head and neck
are entirely different. According to this excellent naturalist the K. lonyicau-
datum and K. brevicaudalum of Spix, form but one species. They differ, however ;
the first has the sternum sharply emarginate behind, and the brachial scuta is
narrow, triangular and very much truncate at the apex. In the other the sternum
is bluntly emarginate behind and the brachial perfectly and acutely triangular.
Mr. Bell's scorpioides is not the animal described so long ago under that name,
as the want of the caudal nail sufficiently shews ; the specific name of this
tortoise was given it on account of that appendage. Neither is it the K. brevi-
caudatum nor the lonyicaudatum of Spix. This author thinks that the female
tortoises have long and the males short tails ; it is just the reverse.
When my son was in Honduras, he obtained a species of tortoise much
larger than any that we have seen in the United States. The shell was nearly
two feet long; unfortunately this was afterwards destroj'ed, but the head and
limbs having been put into a jar of alcohol reached here in safety. In order
to keep alive the remembrance of this animal and to induce others to look for
it, I add a description of the head and tail, the only parts to which I can
have access at present, premising that it belongs to the genus Emys (Ptjxhe-
mys Agass.) and has the jaws serrate in the same manner as the E. niobiliensis .
Emys valida. — Head and neck above dusky inclining to brown, striped with
yellow, the stripes on the top very few, on the sides very numerous, one of them
running from the middle of the orbit to the back part of the neck, widens con-
siderably after it passes the superior part of the cheek; beneath yellow with
numerous lines of dusky; nose and jaws striped with yellow, jaws serrate, the
lower one hooked, the upper emarginate. Tail dusky with two yellow lines on
the top and three on the under side, the outer one of which on each side
branches off in such a manner as to surround the vent, above which it crosses
the tail transversely. Head 4 inches long, tail 3 inches.
Sixty years ago, in the Tammany Museum in New York, there was the shell
of an Emys three feet long ; it had been used by an Indian as a shield and had
varied devices painted on it ; it was said to come from Lake Erie. Nothing like
this has since been seen, but I am told that in the head waters of the Missis-
sippi tortoises of an immense size and in great quantity have been observed.
Since writing the above, Prof. Baird has called my attention to the Atlantic
Journal of Mr. Rafinesque, where there are some remarks on the tortoises of
the United States. This author names the Testudo Carolina, the Kerobates of
Agassiz, Gopherus ; his Cheliphus appears to be the true Kinosternum Agassiz,
the Vronyx the Thyrosternum of the same ; Didicla is the Cistudo, Chelopus is
Nanemys and Cheliurus is the Chelydra.
Although it has become customary to pay no attention to any thing publish-
ed by this very indefatigable explorer of the productions of our country, I do
not think it right when a genus or a species has been announced as suggested
or discovered by him, to pass it over without notice. From an unfortunate
shipwreck in which he lost every thing that he possessed in the world, he be-
came disordered in his intellect. Notwithstanding his propensity for seeing
differences which were not apparent to others, many of his observations are
truly valuable, and no naturalist should think his labors perfect unless he has
searched through the many publications of this unfortunate naturalist, and dis-
covered whether or no he had been anticipated by him. No one seems ever to
have looked for his Opalone, a soft shelled tortoise with five nails, found in the
upper branches of the Hudson River.
1859.]
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
/
Geological Explorations in Kansas Territory.
BY F. B. MEEK and F. V. HAYDEN.
As it is merely our purpose, on the present occasion, to give rather briefly,
the results of some geological examinations made by us last summer in eastern
Kansas, it will perhaps scarcely be expected that we should here enter into a
historical review of the valuable labors of other explorers in that region.
Hence we proceed at once to present such facts as came under our observa-
tion, and the conclusions they seem to warrant.
The route pursued by us while making these investigations, was first from
Leavenworth city on the Missouri, accross the country to Indianola, near the
mouth of Soldier creek, on the Kansas ; thence up the north side of Kansas and
and Smoky Hill rivers, to the mouth of Solomon's fork. Here we crossed the
Smoky Hill, and followed it up on the south side to a point near the ninety-
eighth degree of west longitude ; from which point we struck across the country
in a south east direction to the Santa Fe road, which we followed north east-
ward to the head of Cottonwood creek. Leaving the road here, we went down
the Cottonwood valley some thirty miles, when we turned across the country
nearly due northward to Council Grove. From the latter place we followed
the Santa Fe road back southwestward about twenty-four miles to a watering
place known as " Lost Spring ;" here we again left the road and struck across
the country in a northwest direction to Smoky Hill river, at a point nearly op-
posite the mouth of Solomon's fork. We then traveled down the south side of
Smoky Hill and Kansas rivers to Lawrence, where we crossed the Kansas and
proceeded in a northeast direction back to Leavenworth city.
The first outcrop of rocks examined by us during the expedition is at a point
just below the steamboat landing at Leavenworth city. At this place and for
some distance above on the river, the formation is well known to belong to the
upper, but not the highest portions, of the great western coal measures.
The section here near the Leavenworth landing, presents the following beds,
in descending order :
Feet.
1. Bluish gray clay, exposing a thickness of about 3
2. Hard gray layer of Fusulina limestone l£
3. Yellow laminated clay 7
4. Hard gray argillaceous limestone with Fasulina 1
5. Gray fine grained argillaceous sandstone with fucoidal markings,
sometimes contains seams of limestone lto3
6. Gray, green and blue, rather indurated clay, with sometimes near
the base many compact concretions limestone 2
7. Hard light yellowish gray limestone, usually of bluish tinge far in
beyond the effects of weathering. Contains Spirifer cameratus, S. Ken-
tuckensis, S. lineatus, Spirigera subtilita, Orthisina 3Iissouriensis, Productus
splendens ? P. semireticulatus ? P. puslulosus and Fusulina cylindrica, together
with colums of Crinoids, and spines and plates of Archceocidaris ; also jaws
teeth of Xystracanthus arcuatus 15
8. Dark shale, passing up into gray less distinctly laminated clay 5
9. Hard dark bluish impure limestone, containing Fusulina cylindrica,
Spirigera subtilita, Productus Rogersi, P. Prattenianus, Area carbonaria?
an undetermined Monotis, Attorisma 9 Leavenworthensis, A. subcuneala, Mgalina
subquadrata, Leptodomus granosus, and a large Belerophon lg-2
10. Gray, more or less laminated clay, becoming darker near the upper
part, rising above the river 11
Attached to the surfaces of bed No. 9 there is usually from one to two inches
of soft dark argillo-calcareous matter containing great numbers of Orthisina
crassa, with the undetermined species of Pecten, Mytilus, Sckizodus, Pleuroto-
maria, &c.
All this section above No. 1 appears to vary considerably, at different places
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9
some of the beds, being entirely wanting, or presenting quite different litbologi-
cal characters at other localities not far from here. Owing to the dip of the
strata, and partly to the fall of the river, the bed of limestone No. 7, which is
elevated eighteen feet above the river where this section was taken, rises as
much as twenty-five feet above the level of the river, at a distance of one mile
or less below ; and on following the outcrop of these rocks along the shore
above Leavenworth city, they were found to sink gradually beneath the water,
so that at Fort Leavenworth landing, two miles above, (in a north direction
from the exposure first examined) all of beds No. 8, 9 and 10, as well as two
or three feet of No. 7, were submerged. Should this dip continue at the same
rate, without local undulations, the whole of No. 7 must pass beneath the river
in less than two miles above the Fort.
Immediately above No. 1 of this section, we saw no exposures of rock in
place, but on a small stream about two and a half miles below Leavenworth
city, and perhaps one and a half miles back from the river, there is an outcrop
of soft fine grained yellow sandstone, showing a thickness of twenty-four feet,
underlaid by a bed of blue clay of which a thickness of about four feet was ex-
posed. We had no opportunity to determine the elevation of these beds above
the river with sufficient accuracy to form a definite conclusion whether
or not they hold a position above the section seen near the Leavenworth land-
ing, though we incline to the opinion that they come in above it.
In ascending the hills back of Leavenworth city we observed no outcrops of
rock along the slopes, until near the summit, where at an (estimated) elevation
of about two hundred feet above the highest bed of the section at the river,
there is an exposure of hard bluish-gray impure limestone, weathering to a
yellowish tinge, the beds of which are separated at places, by partings of clay.
Of this rock we saw a thickness of sixteen feet. It is much used for building
purposes and quarried rather extensively back of Fort Leavenworth .At one of
these quarries, amongst the loose material thrown out by the workmen we
found specimens of Spirifer cameratus, S. Kentuckensis, S. planoconvexa, S. hemipli-
cata, Spirigera subtilita, Productus semireticulatus, P. Noriooodi, Leplodomus
Topekaensis, Fusulina cylindrica, Tercbratula millepunctata, and fragments of
Crinoids, with Chtztetes and Fenestella of undetermined species.
Above the quarry there is a slope of some forty or more feet to the summit
of the hills, apparently occupied by clays ; and the quarrymen informed us that
there is immediately under the bed of limestone an eight feet bed of clay,
beneath which they had made no excavations.
West of this locality, the surface of the country soon descends gradually into
a depression connected on the north with the valley of a small stream flowing
into the Missouri above Fort Leavenworth. In this immediate neighborhood
the face of the country is slightly inclined to be hilly, but the soil is rich, and
the long gentle slopes are clothed in the spring and summer months with a
luxuriant growth of prairie grass. From several points near here, we had a
fine view of the broad rich valley, with its beautiful groves and scattering farm
houses along the little stream to the north of us.
Beyond this, the road after passing over some undulations, ascends to the
summit of the country, which is rich elevated prairie land. At several places
near the upper part of the slopes some five or six miles from Leavenworth, we
met with outcrops of light grey limestone, apparently in ten to twelve inch
layers, containing Fusulina, Productus semireticulatus, Chcetetes, and small
Cyathophylloid corals. These beds probably belong to the same horizon as the
limestone near the top of the bluff's back of Leavenworth, or may even hold a
higher position.
At Big Stranger creek, some fourteen or fifteen miles west of Leavenworth
city, the following section was abserved in descending order :
Feet.
1. Slope, without any exposure of rocks, 60
2. Layers of limestone, weathering yellowish, containing Spirifer came-
ratus and Fusulina cylindrica 8
1859.]
10 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
3. Slope probably occupied by shale or clay 40
4. Grayish yellow limestone, with Fusulina cylindrica and Spirigera sub-
tilita 5
5. Bluish gray soft shale, or laminated clay with occasional harder
sandy seams 38
6. Coal immediately overlaid by one inch of cone-in-cone J
7. Bluish gray laminated clay or soft shale, extending down to the creek 18
Again, on Little Stranger creek, some twelve miles south west of Leaven-
worth city, there is a somewhat similar exposure, containing a twenty inch
bed of coal. This bed is worked to some extent on the land of Mr. Charles
Stone, where the following section may be seen in the descending order :
Feet,
1. Light gray, or bluish gray, soft calcareous sandstone with harder
layers containing much argillaceous matter, with Productus splendens ?
Myalina subquadrata, an undetermined Jllonotis, and many fucoidal mark-
ings ; exposing a thickness of 15
2. Blue laminated clays more or less arenaceous above 26
3. Coal If
4. Bluish gray somewhat ferruginous clay rising above the creek 4
We have no means of determining what relations the rocks composing these
two sections bear to the exposure at Leavenworth, but we think- they hold a
position between the bed of limestone seen near the top of the hills back
of Leavenworth city, and the upper bed of the section near the Leavenworth
landing.
Between Big Stranger and Grasshopper creeks, the road passes over a beauti-
ful rich prairie, elevated about 350 or 400 feet above the Missouri. In cross-
ing this prairie we met with no exposures of rock, the whole being covered by
heavy Quaternary deposits, into which wells have been sunk at several places,
from thirty to seventy feet without striking solid rock in situ. At one or two
places, however, we saw masses of limestone which had been quarried for
building purposes along a little stream two or three miles north of the road.
These contained amongst other fossils Spirifer cameratus, Orthisina umbraculum?
Fusulina cylindrica, and fragments of Fenestella, with spines and plates of Archao-
cidaris. We had no opportunity to examine the quarry from which this rock
was obtained, but were informed that the bed is some sixty or seventy feet
below the summit of the higher portions of the surrounding country.
In descending from this elevated prairie into the valley of Grasshopper creek,
at Osawkee village, we observed,
Feet.
1. A bed of hard gray limestone near the summit of the slopes, contain-
ing great numbers of Fusulina 8
2. Slope, no rocks exposed, about 55
3. Outcrop of Fusulina limestone, apparently 3
4. Slope, no rocks exposed ."."■• ^
5. Gray or bluish gray limestone, weathering yellowish, containing
Pleurotomaria humerosa, P. subturbinata, and a large undetermined species
of Bellerophon ; also Allorisma ? Leavemuorthensis, Myalina subquadrata,
Pinna undt., Spirifer cameratus, S. planoconvcza and Productus aquicostatus,
with great numbers of Fusulina cylindrica 3
6. Dark gray indurated clay 2
7. Rather soft argillaceous limestone 4
The fact that several of the fossils seen here in bed No. 4 are the same spe-
cies found in No. 5, of the section at Leavenworth landing, would seem to in-
dicate that these beds occupy the same geological horizon. It is very difficult,
however, to identify the same beds at different localities amongst these forma-
tions, in consequence of the fact that the fossils found in them usually have a
great vertical range, and exactly similar strata are often repeated in various
parts of the series. Should it prove *o be the case that they do occupy the
same geological horizon, it would show that there is here a gentle eastward
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 11
dip ; for the lowest bed of this section on Grasshopper creek, cannot be less
than 100 feet higher than the base of the section at Leavenworth city.
Still we incline to the opinion that the strata near here, if not almost hori-
zontal, or merely undulating, have a general inclination towards the west, or
somewhat north of west, and that the exposure on Grasshopper creek, is com-
posed of much more modern beds than those near the landing at Leavenworth
city. At any rate we saw an exposure at Lawrence landing, on the Kan-
sas, composed of ledges of limestone, overlaid by clay, and having a decided
dip to the west or north of west, at a rate of not less than fifty feet to the mile.
This limestone consists of an upper hard gray layer, about three feet in thick-
ness, resting on a soft gray arenaceous bed, of which some one or two feet were
visible above the surface of the river when examined by us. In these beds we
saw Spirigera subtilita, Productus splendens? and Myalina subquadrata. Above
these, about eleven feet of gray laminated clay were exposed, the upper part of
the bed having a more yellowish tinge, and containing more arenaceous matter
than the lower.
If these beds continue to rise at the same rate towards the east, they must of
course run out on the summit of the highest part of the country not far east of
Lawrence ; and the same inclination to the west or north west, would take them
far beneath the horizon of the base of the section seen on Grasshopper creek.
Above this exposure at Lawrence landing, there is a space of about 160 feet
in which no outcrops were seen excepting some red and blue clays near the
upper part of the hills, back of the town. Just above these clays, some ledges
of gray limestone were seen, apparently altogether about eight feet in thick-
ness, containing Fusulina cylindrica, Spirigera subtilita, and Spirifer cameratus.
West of Grasshopper creek, on both sides of the Kansas, the country becomes
lower near the river, but at a distance of some ten or twelve miles back, on the
north side, it appears to be nearly as elevated as on the east of Grasshopper
creek. Between this higher country and the Kansas, there is a plateau, appa-
rently elevated not more than sixty feet above the broad level prairie bottoms
along the river; while on the south of the Kansas, some five or six miles south
west of Topeka, there are some isolated hills apparently of the same elevation
as the high country north of the Kansas.
At several places soon after crossing Grasshopper creek, we met with some
highly fossiliferous beds along the small streams, at an elevation of apparently
about eighty feet above the Kansas. Below we give a section of these beds
seen at a locality some eight miles south west of the point where the exposures
mentioned on Grasshopper creek were observed :
Feet.
1. Rough seams and layers of concretionary limestone of bluish tinge
with partings of clay, containing Terebr alula millepunctata, Spirigera subtilita,
Spirifer cameratus, S. Kenluckensis, Retzia Mormonii, Rhynchonella Uta, Pro-
ductus Norwoodii,P. splendens ?P. semireticulatus, P. Prattenianus, Orthisina,
similar to 0. umbraculum, also Fenestella and Chcetetes of undetermined
species 4
2. Black shale, shading upwards gradually into laminated blue clay 2\
3. Hard blue or gray limestone, with Spirifer cameratus, Spirigera subtilita,
Myalina, Fecial, §c 1
4. Bluish gray soft clay, with seams of hard limestone 3
5. Light gray, somewhat granular limestone with a few round grains,
and very small pebbles of quartz 2
At another place on the south side of the Kansas, about twelve miles south
west of the point where the last section was seen, there is an abrupt bluff near
the old Baptist Mission, composed of the following beds in the descending
order :
Feet,
1. Slope, no rocks exposed 20
2. Hard yellowish gray limestone, with fragments of fossils 4
3. Slope, no rock exposed IS
1859.]
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
4. Light gray, rather hard fine grained sandstone 3
5. Slope 20
6. Fine grained sandstone, in thin layers, not well exposed — apparently 2
7. Slope, with occasional outcrops hard gray limestone 16
8. Yellowish and dark gray laminated clay, or soft shale, with layers and
nodular concretions of argillaceous carbonate of iron, near base* 90
9. Hard bluish argillaceous limestone, of which there was exposed in the
bed of a small stream, not more than 13 or 15 feet above the river, a thick-
ness of 1
After passing this locality, we heard of a coal mine some three or four miles
south of here, near the base of an isolated hill, known as Shunganunga Mound.
We did not visit this mine, but were informed that it is considerably above the
summit of the last section, and that the bed is about 18 inches in thickness.
The coal is said to be of good quality.
Above here on both sides of the Kansas, the country continues to be rather
low, no part of it being apparently more than two hundred feet above the river.
For a long distance above this, there is a beautiful broad, level bottom prairie,
on the nonh side of the Kansas, extending back from four to six miles, and as
much as eighteen or twenty miles along the river. Bounding this on the north,
the country rises by a gentle grassy slope to an elevation of from sixty to about
one hundred feet, furnishing the most beautiful sites for dwelling houses.
For a considerable distance above the locality where the exposure near the
old Baptist Mission was examined, the hills especially near the river on the
south side, appear to be mainly composed of rather heavy deposits of laminated
clays and shales, with soft sandstones and occasional thin beds of limestone,
containing the usual fossils of the upper carboniferous series. At the crossing
of Mission creek, at an elevation of perhaps not more than twenty-five or
thirty feet above the Kansas, exposures were observed consisting first above of
five feet of light gray laminated clay, resting upon two or three feet of soft
yellow sandstone, which passes down into laminated arenaceous clays, of which
some eight or ten feet were exposed above the creek.
Some fifteen or sixteen miles west of the point where the road crosses Mis-
sion creek, at a locality six or seven miles south of the Kansas, there is a high
elevation known by the name of Buffalo mound, rising as much as four hun-
dred and fifty or sixty feet above the river. At one place a large creek called
on the maps, Upper Mill creek, sweeps close along the northern base of this
elevation, and has carried away the loose debris so as to leave the lower strata
well exposed. The section here beginning at the summit of this hill is,
Feet.
1. A slope of about 160 feet, along the lower forty feet of which we
found loose specimens of Spirifer cameratus, S. planoconvexa, Eetzia Mor-
monii, Productus splendens? Chenctes Verneuiliana, C. mucronata, and Fusulina
cylindrica, var. veniricosa, with fragments of Chcetetes, Crinoids, §c, of unde-
termined species ••••
2. Bluish gray limestone in two layers, the upper of which contains
columns of Crinoids, Productus Calhounianus, #c, while Myalina subquad-
rata, Orthisina Missouriensis, Allorisma, Pinna, Monolis, Sfc, of undetermined
species, occur in the lower 3
3. Slope with no exposures of rock •••• 96
4. Rather hard mottled brown and light gray compact limestone, with
a few Orinoid columns ; may be thicker, but only showing a thickness of.... 3
5. Brown, whitish and green clays, with rugged white calcareous con-
cretions 4
6. Fine argillaceous sandstone, with streaks of yellow and brown colors.. l£
7. Ash colored clay • 10
*There may be some thin beds of limestone in this portion of the section, as every
part of this ninety foot bed was not well exposed,
[[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13
8. Clays of red or brownish colors above ; blue and green below 3|
9. Deep brown clay, with rugged concretions of same color ... 3
10. Hard light bluish limestone, with some rather large columns of
Crinoids, Choneles, Vernez/iliana, Sfc 2J
11. Brown, ash colored, and blue laminated clays, which are more or
less arenaceous, with near the middle some 5 or 6 inches black shale 46
12. Gray and purple argillaceous limestone, with Pinna, Productus,
and a few Fusulina 1^
13. Green laminated clay 4
14. Two or three layers of soft fine grained sandstone, more or less ar-
gillaceous, and separated by seams of clay 2
15. Bluish and ash colored clays 21
16. Alternate layers of hard bluish gray limestone, and seams of clay
with sandy concretions 3
17. Rather hard yellowish limestone, with Fusulina 2£
18. Ash colored clay, not very well exposed 15
19. Yellowish impure limestone with Fusulina 2
20. Ash colored laminated clays — above the creek 5
About three hundred yards below where this section was taken, the creek
was observed to fall nearly a foot, over a ledge of hard limestone ; and one
mile further down, the bed of the creek is composed of a hard yellow lime-
stone containing great numbers of Fusulina. At these localities Mill creek is
probably not elevated more than thirty feet above the Kansas.
Near half a mile east, or south east, of the point where the Fusulina lime-
stone was seen in the bed of Mill creek, and at a somewhat higher elevation,
we saw apparently the same bed of Fusulina limestone showing a thickness of
three feet. Under this there was at one place exposed a thickness of some
four or five feet of very fine yellow sandstone with minute specks of Mica.
These exposures indicate a moderate dip of the strata towards the west or
north west.
On the north side of Kansas, in a direction a little west of north, and about
sixteen miles from the last mentioned localities, we observed an outcrop on a
small stream marked " Last Creek" on the maps, presenting the following sec-
tion, descending :—
Feet.
1. Seams yellow magnesian limestone, alternating with clay, showing a
thickness of about 8
2. Yellow soft granular magnesian limestone, containing Productus Nor-
woodi, and an undetermined species of Myalina 4
3. Fine laminated black shale 1
4. Gray rather soft argillaceous limestone 1
5. Blue somewhat indurated very fine calcareous clay containing at its
junction with the next bed below, Chonctes, Synocladia biserialis, Chcstetes,
and fragments of Crinoids 9
6. Seams hard, compact gray limestone, alternating with softer argillo-
calcareous matter, and containing casts of many small Cypricardia-like
shells, small Murchisonia, Pleurotomaria, Macrocheilus, Naticopsis, Bcllero-
phon} &c 2
7. Bluish laminated clays weathering to drab color 4
8. Yellow rather soft granular magnesian limestone, with embedded
fragments of harder more compact do o£
9. Bluish indurated calcareous clays 3
The base of this section is evidently not elevated much above the Kansas,
as it extends down to the bottom of a deep ravine formed by the creek, while
its top appeared to be nearly on a level with the surface of the bottom prairie in
the Kansas valley. These beds dip a little to the north west, and are very si-
milar, especially the magnesian limestones, to some of the Permian strata hold-
ing a position far above this in the series, some considerable distance west of
1859.]
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
here. Only about three miles further west, we saw the following exposure on
Vermilion creek : —
Feet.
1. Slope of about fifteen feet, with near the base some ledges of gray lime-
stone, amongst loose fragments of which we picked up specimens of" Spiri-
gera subtilita, Spirifer hemiplicata, Productus Norwoodi, and P. splendens? ... 15
2. Slope, no rock seen 26
3. Soft bluish and gray more or less laminated clays with irregular
sandy seams and concretions 12
4. Irregular hard blue calcareous seam one to six inches &
5. Blue clay 2
6. Soft decomposing more or less laminated sandstone 4
7. Blue clay one foot above the creek 1
Almost directly opposite these localities, on the south side of the Kansas,
some three or four miles back from the river, and nearly on a line between the
locality where we saw the exposures on " Last Creek " and Buffalo mound, —
but considerably below the level of the summit of the latter, we examined
some exposures presenting beneath a slope of about eighty feet, in descend-
ing order :
Feet.
1. Hard bluish gray limestone of which there was exposed 1
2. Rough yellowish magnesian limestone with cavities lined with chal-
cedony 3
3. Bluish and ash colored clays 5
4. Layer much like No. 2 1
5. Yellowish green clay 20
6. Bluish gray limestone in two layers, the upper of which contains
columns of Crinoids, Productus Calhounianus, &c, while Myalina subquad-
rata, Orthisina Missouricnsis, Allorisma, Pinna, Monotis, &c, occur in the
lower 3
7. Bluish and ash colored clays exposing a thickness of 5
The bed No. 6 of this section is evidently the same as No. 2 of the section at
Buffalo mound (page 12), though here the dip of the strata has brought it
lower. Its elevation above the Kansas at Buffalo mound must be about two
hundred and fifty feet. "We had no means of estimating very accurately its
elevation where the last section was taken, though we do not think it as much
as one hundred and seventy-five feet above tbe Kansas.
Ten miles farther west, on the same side of the river, along a small, stream
marked " Deep creek " on the maps, at a point some four or five miles back
from the Kansas, and elevated perhaps as much as forty feet above it, some
outcrops were examined near Zeandale, presenting the following section, de-
scending : —
Feet.
1. Long slope of about one hundred feet, no rocks seen 100
2. Dark argillaceous limestone, stained with iron, and containing frag-
ments of Crinoids 4
3. Soft decomposing argillaceous limestone 2
4. Very hard light yellow compact limestone in one massive bed, — con-
taining great numbers of Fusulina, also Productus Calhounianus, &c 6
5. Ash-colored laminated clay 22
6. Hard decomposing argillaceous limestone with Fusulina 3
7. Blue, green, and ash-colored clay 18
8. Gray argillaceous limestone, with more or less ferruginous matter... 3
9. Light bluish clay somewhat laminated..... 7
10. White decomposing argillaceous limestone with Productus Calhoun-
ianus 1
We heard of a bed of coal some four or five miles above this on the same
creek, but were unsuccessful in an attempt to find the locality where it crops
out. We were informed, however, by Mr. Pillsbury, an intelligent gentleman
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 15
living at Zeandale, that the bed is from four to six inches in thickness, and
overlaid by about three and a half feet of blue shale, strongly impregnated
with alum. Above the latter, he said there is an eight or ten inch layer of dark
argillaceous material, weathering to an iron rust color, and containing many
nodular concretions, — perhaps of carbonate of iron. From the information
obtained in regard to the location and elevation of this coal bed, we are in-
clined to believe it must hold a position a little below the horizon of the mid-
dle of the slope at the top of the foregoing section. It is probably the
highest bed of coal in the whole series of this region, — at any rate we saw no
indications of coal above it.
About a mile or a mile and a half north of the locality where this coal bed
has been seen, the dividing ridge between the Kansas and Deep creek, rises to
an elevation of near three hundred and twenty feet above the latter stream at
the nearest point. Here at the summit of this ridge there are some thin out-
crops of gray and whitish argillaceous limestone, showing on weathered sur-
faces a somewhat laminated structure, and containing at places large spines of
a species of Archaocidaris ; beneath this there is about two feet of gray frag-
mentary limestone reposing on a more compact bed of hard gray limestone
near three feet in thickness, and often cellular in the middle. Along the slope
about one hundred and twenty feet below the horizon of these beds, we found
loose specimens of Spirifer cameratus, Orthisina wnbraculum? Rhynchonella Ula,Al-
lorisma, Synocladia biserialis, &c. Just below these, there were many loose slabs of
light yellowish fine grained calcareous sandstone, containing Productus, Pecten,
and Fucoidal markings. About forty-seven feet lower down the slope, and
near one hundred and fifteen feet above the level of the Kansas, there is an
exposure of light grayish yellow granular limestone, showing a thickness of
three feet, in which we only saw fragments of a Choneles, and Crinoid columns :
large tabular masses of this rock were strewed along the slope for some distance
below.
At the mouth of Big Blue river, on the south side of the Kansas, there is an
abrupt bluff, along which several slides have exposed many of the beds com-
posing the high ridge mentioned six or seven miles below here. The dip, how-
ever, of the strata towards the west, or north west, is so great that the lime-
stone containing spines of Archceocidaris, seen on the summit of the ridge be-
low this, at an elevation of about 320 feet above the Kansas, is here, opposite
the mouth of Big Blue river, only elevated about 214 feet above the Kansas ;
consequently the three feet of grayish yellow limestone cropping out 115 feet
above the Kansas along the slope of the ridge above mentioned, at the mouth
of Blue river, has sunk beneath the level of the Kansas.
This far we have scarcely attempted to draw parallels between the various
beds seen by us at different places, in consequence of the fact that our obser-
vations were isolated, as must necessarily be the case in a mere reconnois-
sance, extended over a large area in a short space of time. In addition to this,
the group of rocks examined presents no extensive beds of limestone or other
hard material, forming well marked horizons, or continuous lines of outcrop,
by which the relations between strata seen at different localities could be traced
out. This difficulty is also greatly increased by the frequent repetition of pre-
cisely similar beds at different horizons in the series, and above all by the
great vertical range of the organic remains. Consequently we have pre-
ferred to present separately the local sections examined, instead of attempting
to construct a continuous general vertical section showing the order of super-
position of the various strata. To do this successfully throughout all the va-
rious rocks of the whole Kansas valley, would require much more time than
we had at our command.
As our examinations along the Kansas and Smoky Hill rivers above this
point were made in more detail, where the outcrops were more frequent and
continuous, we have, as we believe, been able to trace out the connections and
order of succession of the various strata with considerable accuracy. Hence,
we give below a general section of the rocks in this region, commencing with
1859.]
16 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
the Cretaceous sandstones on the summits of the Smoky Hills, lat. 38° 30/ N.,
long. 98° W., and descending through the various intermediate formations
seen along the Smoky Hill and Kansas rivers, to the base of the bluff already
mentioned, opposite the mouth of Big Blue river, on the Kansas. It is true,
there are a few gaps in this section, where we were unable to see the beds
along some of the slopes, but as we know the position in the series, as well as
the extent of these gaps, it will be easy to determine, when a greater number
of exposures have been examined, the nature of the beds occupying them.
General section of the Rocks of Kansas Valley from the Cretaceous down, so as to
include portions of the upper Coal measures.
Feet.
1. Red, brown, and yellowish, rather coarse grained sandstone, often
obliquely laminated, and containing many ferruginous concretions ; also,
fossil wood and many leaves of dicotyledonous trees, some of which belong
to existing genera, and others to genera peculiar to the Cretaceous epoch.
Locality, summit of Smoky Hills 60
2. Whitish, very fine grained argillaceous sandstone, underlaid by bluish
purple and ash colored clays. Locality same as preceding 15
3. Long, gentle slope, with occasional outcrops of ash colored red, blue,
and whitish, more or less laminated clays, with thin beds of sandstone.
Locality same as preceding, and extending down at places nearly or quite to the
bluffs of Smoky IIUl river; thickness about 200
4. Red sandstone, with some layers of hard, light gray calcareous,
do., and both containing ferruginous concretions. Locality, bluffs Smoky
Hill river, five or six miles above Grand Saline river. Probably local, thick-
ness seen about 15
5. Bluish, red, light yellow, and gray clays, and soft claystones, with
sometimes a few thin layers of magnesian limestone. In many places
these clays have been traversed in every direction by cracks, into which
calcareous and argillaceous matter have found their way, and subsequently
become consolidated so as to form thin seams of impure yellowish
limestone, which cross and intersect each other at every angle. The
red clays are usually less distinctly laminated, contain more arenaceous
matter, and often show ripple marks on the surfaces. Locality, Bluffs along
Smoky Hill river, above the mouth of the Grand Salme 60
6. Light gray, ash colored, and red clays, sometimes arenaceous, and
often traversed by cracks, filled with calcareous matter as in the bed
above, — alternating with thin layers and seams of gypsum. Locality, near
mouth Smoky Hill river 40
7. Rather compact amorphous white gypsum, with near the base dissemi-
nated crystals, dark colored do. Locality same as last 4 -J to 5
8. Alternations of ash colored, more or less arenaceous clays, with thin
beds and seams of gypsum above ; towards lower part, thin layers of clay-
stone, and at some places soft magnesian limestone. Locality same as last.. 50
9. Rough conglomerated mass, composed of fragments magnesian lime-
stone and sandstone, with sometimes a few quartz pebbles, cemented by
calcareous and arenaceous matter ; variable in the thickness and probably
local. Locality, south side Smoky Hill river, ten or twelve miles below Solo-
mon's Fork seen 18
10. Bluish, light gray, and red laminated clays, with seams and beds of
yellowish magnesian limestone, containing Monotis Hawni, Myalina perat-
tenuata, Pleurophorous? subcuneata, Edmondia"? Calhouni, Pecten undt. and
Spirigera near S. subtilita ; also Nautilus eccentricus, Bakevellia parva, Leda
subscilula, Axinus rotundatus, and undetermined species of Eellerophon,
Murchisonia, $c. Locality, near Smoky Hill river, on high country south of
Fort Riley, as well as on Cottonwood creek 90
11. Light grayish and yellow magnesian limestone, in layers and beds
sometimes alternating with bluish and other colored clays, and containing
[Jan
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17
Solemya, a Myalina near M. squamosa, Pleurophorous? subcuneata, Bakevellia
parva, Pecten undt., and a Euomphalus near E. rugosus ; also, a Spirigera
allied to S. subtilita, but more gibbous, Orthisina umbraculum? 0. Shumardi-
ana, &c. Locality, summit of the hills, near Fort Riley and above there ; also
seen on Cottonwood creek 25 to 3."
12. Light grayish yellow, rather granular magnesian limestone, con-
taining spines and plates of Archaocidaris ; a few fragments of small Crinoid
columns, Spirifer similar to S. linealus, but perhaps distinct ; 'also same
Spirigera seen in beds above, Orthisina Shumardiana, 0. umbraculum? and Pro-
ductus Calhounianus. Forms distinct horizon near summit of hills in vicinity
of Fort Riley, also seen on Cottonwood creek 7 to 8
13. Soft argillo-calcareous bed, apparently local. Kansas Falls 5
14. Light grayish and yellowish magnesian limestone, containing many
concretions of flint, also the same Spirigera found in beds above, and Pro-
ductus Norwoodi P. Calhounianus, with Discina tenuilineata and an undeter-
mined Monotis. Fort Riley and below, also at Kansas Falls and on Cotton-
wood creek 38
15. Alternations, bluish, yellowish and brown clays, with a few thin
seams of limestone. Fort Riley, Kansas Falls; also beloiv Fort Riley, and
on Cottonwood creek 35
16. Light yellowish magnesian limestone, containing fucoidal markings,
fragments of small Crinoid columns, Pecten, Allorisma, Spirigera, Orthisina
umbraculum? 0. Shumardiana, Discina tenuilineata, §c. Lower quarry at Fort
Riley, and at other places above and beloiv Fort R., as well as on Cottonwood
creek 4 to
17. Alternations of blue, red, and light gray clays, with sometimes thin
layers and seams of magnesian limestone. Fort Riley 28
18. Light gray and whitish magnesian limestone, containing Spirigera,
Orthisina umbraculum? 0. Shumardiana, Productus Calhounianus, Acantho-
ctadia Americana, and undt. sp. Cyathocrinus. Lower part containing many
concretions of flint. Fort Riley and on Cottonwood creek. Whole thickness
about 40
19. Brown, green, and very light gray clays, alternating ; contains near
the upper part fragments of Crinoid columns, Synocladia biserialis, spirigera,
Productus Norwoodi, Chonetes mucronata, Orthisina Shumardiana, Orthisina
umbraculum, fix., with teeth of Petalodus Alleghaniensis. Fort Riley 14
20. Alternations of rather thin layers light yellowish magnesian lime-
stone, and various colored clays ; the limestone layers containing 3Ionotis,
Synocladia biserialis, <$fc. Locality same as last 33
21. Slope, no rocks seen. Beloiv Fort Riley 25
22. Whitish, or very light gray magnesian limestone, rendered porous by
cavities left by the weathering out of numerous Fusulina. This is the high-
est horizon at which any remains of Fusulina were met with. Some four
miles below Fort Riley, along a creek on the south side of the Kansas, and appa-
rently not more than ten feet above it 2
23. Bluish, light gray, and brown clays, with occasional layers of mag-
nesian limestone. Chonetes mucronata, Orthisina umbraculum? Monotis, Fu-
sulina, Qc. Ten miles beloiv Fort Riley 35
24 Hard, very light yellowish gray magnesian limestone, with Fusulina,
and spines of Archaocidaris. Forms a marked horizon near the same locality
as last 6
25. Slope, with occasional exposures, thin layers of Fusulina, limestone,
and seams of gray limestone containing Myalina, Monotis, Pecten and frag-
ments of Synocladia biserialis. Near same locality as last 36
26. Light gray argillaceous limestone, showing on weathered surfaces a
somewhat laminated structure; contains large spines of Archaocidaris. Near
Ogden Ferry, and Manhattan 9
27. Gray limestone, often fragmentary, with much clay above ; lower
part hard, and more or less cellular in middle. Locality, same as last 5
1859.]
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
28. Whitish clays and claystones, with a thin layer of hard compact
gray limestone near the middle. Locality same as last 10
29. Light greenish indurated clays. Same locality.. 3
30. Hard, heavy bedded, white argillaceous limestone, containing Mono-
lis and Avicula. Ogden Ferry, and below there 5
31. Very thinly laminated dark green shale. Three miles nearly east of
Ogden Ferry, on McDoioelVs creek ; also at Manhattan, on the Kansas 1
32. Light greenish and flesh-colored hard argillaceous limestone, with
Spirifer cameratvs. This is the highest horizon at which we found this
species. Same localities 3
33. Alternations of bluish, green, and red more or less calcareous lami-
nated clays, light gray limestones and claystones, with Pecten, Monotis and
fragments of Crinoid columns. Same localities 30
34. Alternations bluish, purple, and ash colored calcareous clays, passing
at places into claystones, and containing in a thin bed near the middle,
Spirifer planoconvexa, Spirigera subtilita, Productus splendens? Rhynchonella
Uta,kc. Locality same as preceding 12
35. Blue, light gray, and greenish clays, with occasional harder seams
and layers of claystone and limestone. Same locality 33
36. Somewhat laminated claystone of light gray color, with more or less
calc spar near lower part. Manhattan 19
37. Alternations of dark gray and blue, soft decomposing argillaceous
limestone, with dark laminated clays, or soft shale, containing great quan-
tities of Fusulina cylindrica, F. cylindrica, var. ventricosa, Discina Manhattan-
ensis, Uhoztetes, and fragments Crinoids; also, Choneles, Verneuiliana, C. mucro-
nata, Productus splendens? Retzia Mormonii, Rhynchonella Uta, Spirigera subti-
lita, Spirifer cameratus, S. planoconvexa, Euomphalus, near E. rugosus and
Synocladia biserialis ; also Cladodus occidentalis. Locality , same as last 18
38. Soft bluish shale, with yellow laminated arenaceous seams below,
containing Fucoidal markings. Same locality 25
39. Two layers gray argillo-calcareous rock, separated by two feet of
dark green and ash colored clays. The calcareous beds contain fragments
of Crinoids, Chonetes, and Myalina of undt. species. Same locality as last... 4J
40. Light greenish, yellow, and gray clays and claystones, extending
down nearly to high water mark of the Kansas, opposite the mouth of Blue
River 27
The foregoing general section of the strata seen along the valley of Kansas
and Smoky Hil! rivers, from the mouth of Blue river to the 98th degree of
west longitude, is presented in its present form more with a view of illustrat-
ing the vertical range of the organic remains found in these rocks, than as an
attempt to group the beds into formations that may be expected to preserve
their distinctive lithological characters throughout areas of any great extent.
As this has necessarily been done from a knowledge of only a portion of the
fossils characterizing these strata, it is quite probable, when more extensive
collections are obtained, that it may be found necessary even on this principle,
to classify and group the beds somewhat differently. We are also aware that,
some of these beds probably increase or diminish greatly in thickness, or may
even entirely thin out, at no very great distances from the localities where we
saw them.
Among the more peculiar features of the series of rocks represented by this
general section, and in part by the preceding local sections, may be mentioned
first, the great number of thin layers and beds ; and secondly, the frequent
repetition of similar beds at various horizons. Again, the almost entire ab-
sence of heavy massive strata of limestone, or other hard material possessing
sufficient durability to form perpendicular escarpments of much extent, is
worthy of note. As a general thing, the limestones vary from only a few inches
in thickness, to from one to three or four feet, and rarely, as in Nos. 14 and 18,
attain a thickness of from thirty-eight to forty feet. Although various light
colored laminated clays, and soft argillaceous shaly beds predominate, and
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 19
arenaceous material is not unfrequently present, it is somewhat remarkable,
that dark bituminous shales and beds of coal are rarely met with, even among
the outcrops seen along the Kansas, below the mouth of Blue river, belonging
to the upper coal measures, and holding a position below the base of the fore-
going general section ; while through a considerable thickness of beds belong-
ing to higher portions of the coal measures included in the lower part of this
section, as well as through the strata containing Permian fossils above, beds of
coal and dark carbonaceous shales appear to be almost, if not entirely wanting.
It will be observed we have in this general section, without attempting to
draw lines between the systems or great primary divisions, presented in regular
succession the various beds with the fossils found in each, from the Cretaceous
sandstone on the summits of the Smoky Hills, down through several hundred
feet of intermediate doubtful strata, so as to include the beds containing Permian
types of fossils, and a considerable thickness of rocks in which we find great
numbers of upper coal measure forms. We have preferred to give the section
in this form because, in the first place, the upper Coal measures of this region
pass by such imperceptible gradations into the Permian above, that it is very
difficult to determine, with our present information, at what particular horizon
we should draw the line between them, while on the other hand, it is equally
difficult to define the limits between the Permian and beds above, in which we
found no fossils.
Beginning near the base of this section, we find we have in great numbers
the following well known and widely distributed Coal measure fossils, viz. :
Fusulina cylindrical Chonetes Verneuiliana, Productus splendens, (or a closely al-
lied species,) Retzia Mormonii, Rhynchonella Uta, Spirigera subtilita, Spirifer ca-
meratus, S. planoconvexa, and a Euomphalus similar to E. rugosus of the Coal
measures, while the few new and undetermined species associated with these,
are, tor the most part, also decidedly more nearly allied to Carboniferous than
Permian forms. We should here remark, however, that we occasionally met
with a species of Monotis, allied to the Permian species M. Speluncaria and Sy-
nocladia biserialis, also regarded in the old world as a Permian genus, at horizons
far beneath the base of this section, between Manhattan and the Missouri. We
even found a single specimen of this Monotis as low down as bed No. 9, of the
section taken near the landing at Leavenworth City, which must occupy a
position several hundred feet below the lowest beds of the above section. Still
as this shell is very rare in these lower rocks, and the Synocladia is a distinct
species from the well known Permian form of the old world, while they are
both, at these horizons, associated with great numbers of the common well
known Coal measure species we can only regard their presence in these beds as
establishing the existence of these genera at an earlier period in this country,
than in the old world. This, it seems to us, is more philosophical than it
would be to place all this great thickness of strata, with their vast numbers of
well known Coal measure species, in the Permian, merely because we also find
with these occasionally a few forms which would in the old world be regarded
as characteristic of the Permian epoch.
Taking it for granted then, that we have carried this section down far enough
to include, not only all the beds containing almost exclusively Permian forms,
but a considerable portion of the upper Coal measures, it will be interesting
to notice, as we ascend in the series, how far each of the Coal measure species
mentioned in the lower part of the section, as well as of a few others that occur
above and below, range upwards. Thus we see that Fusulina cylindrica var.
Ventricosa, Chonetes Verneuiliana and Retzia Mormonii were not met with above
division No. 37 ; while Spirifer planoconvexa,Productus splendens ? and Rhynchonella
Uta, were not observed above 34, nor Spirifer cameralus above 32. Fusulina
* In Russia, Fusulina cylindrica is said to occur only in the upper part of the lower
Carboniferous series; but the fossil generally referred to that species in this country,
appears to be confined to the Coal measures. We have some doubts in regard to it*
identity with the Russian species.
1859.]
20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
cylindrica, of the slender variety so common in the Coal measures of Kansas
and Missouri, was not seen above 22; nor was any species or variety of
that genus observed above this horizon.
Apparently, the same species of Monotis, mentioned at various horizons far
beneath, were occasionally met with in 30, 25, 23, and 20, generally associated
with the same species of Synocladia, ranging far down into the upper Coal
measures. In division No. 19, we again met with the Synocladia biserialis, and
a Spirigera allied to S. subtilita, if not identical, along with a new species of
Chonetes we have called C. murcronata, which ranges down into the beds near
the base of the section. Along with these, were also Productus N~orwoodi, and
Orthisina, Shumardiana, both of which are common in the Coal measures far
below, and a large Orthisina similar to 0. umbraculum, but apparently more
findy striate.
Ascending through the intermediate beds to No. 12, we continue to meet with
nearly all the species mentioned in 19, with the exception of Chonetes mucronata.
We also have, first in 18, a large species of Productus, called P. Calhounianus
by Professor Swallow ; very similar to some varieties of P. semireticulatus, but
thought by Prof. S.,to present well marked internal differences. There is likewise
added in 16, a large Allorisma and a Spiriger similar to S. subtilita, hut much
more gibbous ; and in 14, Distina tenuilineatus, together with apparently the
same Monotis, so often mentioned below. In 12, we also have added a small
Spirifer, similar to S. lineatus, but perhaps more nearly allied to the Permian
species Martinia Clannyana, King.
The succeeding bed above, No. 11, appears also to contain a mingling
of Permian with Coal measure forms, for we have in it the following Permian
types, viz.: My aim a very similar to M. Squamosa, Pleurophorus ? subcuneata,
Bakevellia parva and Monotis Haumi along with a Euomplialus near E. rugosus,
the same gibbous Spirigera, similar to S. subtilita, Orthisina umbraculum? and
O. Shumardiana.
On passing into the next division above, No. 10, we find we have lost sight
of all the characteristic Carboniferous forms, unless the Spirigera mentioned in
some of the beds below be regarded as only a variety of S. subtilita, from which
however, we think it specifically distinct ; for with this exception, nearly all the
fossils seen by us in this division, are such as would be regarded as Permian
types. Although the number of species found by us in No. 10 is not great,
individual specimens are often numerous. Above this horizon we saw no more
fossils through a great thickness of various colored clays, claystoues, &c, until
ascending to the Cretaceous sandstones crowning the Smoky Hills.
If we do not admit the existence in this region of an intermediate group of
rocks, connecting by slight gradations the Permian above, with the Coal meas-
ures below, and must draw a line somewhere, below which all is to be regarded
as Carboniferous, and all above as Permian, we should certainly, upon palae-
ontological principles alone, carry this line up as far as the top of division
No. 11. The passage from the Carboniferous to the strata, containing Per-
mian types, however, is so gradual here, that it seems to us no one, under-
taking to classify these rocks without any knowledge of the classification
adopted in the old world, would have separated them into distinct systems,
either upon lithological or palaeontological grounds, especially as they are not,
so far as our knowledge extends, separated by any discordance of stratifica-
tion, or other physical break.* Indeed the fact that some of the Permian types
occurring in No. 10, were first introduced in beds below this, containing many
Carboniferous species, would seem to indicate that even No. 10, may possibly
* We have been informed by Dr. J. G. Norwood, former State Geologist of Illinois,
that the rocks in that State, referred by him and others to the same epoch as the Kansas
Permian beds, rest unconformably upon the Coal measures. This, however, would be
impossible in Kansas, since no disturbances of the strata occurred there, until after the
close of the Cretaceous era, which would, of course, not only cause the Cretaceous and
Carboniferous, but all intermediate beds, to dip at the same angle.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21
have been deposited just before the close of a period of transition from the con-
ditions of the Carboniferous, to those of the Permian epoch.
The apparent absence of fossils in the beds above No. 10, renders it impossi-
ble, with our present information, to determine with certainty the upper limits
of the series containing Permian forms. It is true, there is at places a
kind of conglomerated mass, occupying the horizon No. 9, which might appear
to form a natural line of division between the beds containing the Permian
fossils, and those above, in which we found no organic remains ; but this
seems to be local, and although there is a new feature presented by the zone
of gypsum deposits above it, we find between the beds and layers of gypsum,
and far above the horizon at which they occur, bluish, greenish, and other
colored clays, not only similar to those between the beds and layers of limestone
containing the Permian fossils in division No. 10, but also precisely like the
laminated clays between the beds of limestone of the upper Carboniferous
series far below. Again, in these clays of the gypsum zone, as well as through
a considerable thickness of clays above it, there are occasional seams of clay-
stone, which sometimes pass into seams of magnesian limestone, exactly like
some of those containing Permian fossils, in division No. 10. We saw no
fossils in these seams amongst the gypsum bearing beds, nor higher in the
series, but it is probable they may yet be found in some of the more calcareous
portions.
Another fact apparently indicating some kind of relation between the gypsum-
bearing beds, as well as some of the higher deposits, and the rocks below,
is, that we often find both in the clays between the beds of gypsum, and those
between the limestone containing the Permian fossils, the same peculiar appear-
ance caused by the cracking of the clays and subsequent infiltration of calcare-
ous matter, seen in division No. 5. At some places the thin plates of limestone
formed by the impure calcareous matter filling these cracks, may be seen rami-
fying through some rather thin beds of these clays in all directions, so as to
cross and intersect each other at every angle. Where beds of this kind have
been exposed for any length of time along near the tops of bluffs, the softer
clays filling the interstices, often weather out, so as to have a curious cellular
mass, with the numerous angular cavities.
From these fact3 we are inclined to suspect, — though we are fully aware that
it is a question which can only be determined upon evidence derived from or-
ganic remains, — that not only the gypsum-bearing deposits, but a large portion,
if not all, of division No. 5, belongs to the same epoch as the beds containing
the Permian fossils below.
Between No. 5, and the Cretaceous above, there is still a rather extensive
series of beds in which we found no organic remains ; these may be Jurassic
or Triassic, or both, though as we have elsewhere suggested, we rather incline
to the opinion that they may prove to belong to the former. As we have fully
discussed the question in regard to the Cretaceous age of the highest division
of the foregoing section in a paper read before the Academy in December last,
and in an article in the American Journal of Science, January, 1859, it is un-
necessary for us to add any thing further on that subject here.
As already stated, our observations along the Kansas valley, to within twelve
or fourteen miles of the mouth of the Big Blue river, were too isolated toadeter-
mine in all cases the relations between outcrops seen at different places. Con-
sequently, although we saw at several points along this part of the valley, in-
dications of a westward or north-westward inclination of the strata, we were
left in some doubt whether or not there is a general inclination of the rocks in
that direction, between Wabounse and the Missouri. Above this point, how-
ever, our observations being more connected, and the exposuies more continu-
ous, we were able to determine very satisfactorily that there is at least from
near Wabounse, a uniform dip towards the west or north-west, so that in as-
cending the Kansas valley from this region, we are constantly meeting with
more and more modern rocks, as those we leave behind pass beneath the level
of Kansas.
1859.]
22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
To illustrate this more clearly, we would, in the first place, remark that a
bed of light greyish yellow granular magnesian limestone, mentioned on page
12, as occupying a horizon about 115 feet above the Kansas, two or three miles
west of Zeandale, passes beneath the level of Kansas before reaching the
mouth of the Big Blue river, a distance of near seven miles ; while another
bed (No. 26 of the foregoing section) seen on the very summit of the hills two
or three miles north of Zeandale, at an elevation of about 320 feet above the
Kansas, was observed opposite Manhattan at the mouth of Big Blue river, only
some 214 feet above the Kansas. Again, bed No. 12 of the foregoing general
section, which was seen at a locality nearly opposite Ogden, at an elevation of
about 363 feet above the Kansas, is at Fort Riley, eight or nine miles further
west, elevated only some 215 feet above Kansas. Above Fort Riley tbis bed
forms a marked horizon, and can be followed by the eye without interruption
for several miles along the hills on both sides of the river. We observed it
gradually sinking as we ascended the Kansas valley, until at a point on Chap-
man's Creek, some fifteen miles a little south of west from Fort Riley, we saw it
nearly down on a level with the Kansas ; beyond this it was not again met with
on the noith side of the Kansas, but we saw it at somewhat higher elevations
on the south side of the river a little west of this.
As the distance by an air-line, from the locality nearly opposite Ogden,
where this rock occupies a horizon at an elevation of 363 feet above the Kansas
to the mouth of Chapman's Creek, is about 23 miles, the dip would appear to
be not far from 15^ feet to the mile. It must be borne in mind, however, that
the average fall of the Kansas, — at least below Fort Riley, — according to the
Barometrical observations of Col. Fremont and others, is near one and a half
feet to the mile, and that if we assume the distance by the windings of the
river between Chapman's Creek and Ogden, to be about thirty miles, it would
make the elevation of the Kansas at the former locality some forty-five feet
greater than at Ogden, which would reduce the dip to a fraction less than 14
feet to the mile. Still as the direction of the dip in this region is to the north
of west, and the direction of the mouth of Chapman's Creek from Ogden is
considerably south of west, it is probable the inclination of the strata here is
greater than the above figures would indicate, and that it may not be less than
twenty feet to the mile, in a north-west direction.
From the foregoing statements it will be seen that in consequence of the dip
of tbe strata to the north-west, and in some slight degree to the fall of the
Kansas and Smoky Hill rivers, the whole of the foregoing general section be-
low No. 12 passes beneath the level of the Smoky Hill, between the mouth of
Blue river and Chapman's Creek. Consequently, the limestones of the succeed-
ing beds above being thinner and less durable than those below, and separated
by heavy beds of clay; we find, as might be expected, that the country here in
the region of the mouth of Chapman's Creek, is much lower than at Fort Riley
and. below.
On reaching the mouth of Solomon's Fork, we found the face of the country
characterized by long gentle grassy slopes, no part of it near the river being
apparently elevated more than about 60 or TO feet above its surface. A short
distance beyond this, we caught the first glimpse of the Smoky Hills, which
were seen in a direction a little south of west from us, rising above the sur-
rounding low country like dark blue clouds above the horizon. On approach-
ing these, we found them always situated several miles back from the river,
and rising some tbree hundred and fifty feet above it. The immediate bluffs
of the river here, are generally composed of divisions No. 4 and 5 of the fore-
going general section, and that portion of these hills above the level of the
summits of the bluffs along the river, is made up of division Nos. 3, 2, 1, of the
same section. On the south side of the river these hill have but a compara-
tively thin capping of the sandstone No. 1, but on the north side we saw it
showing a thickening on some of them of sixty feet.
From some of these hills on the north side of Smoky Hill river, between it
and the Grand Saline, we had an extensive and beautiful view of the surround-
[J
an.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 23
ing country. In the north and north-west, many similar hills were in sight,
and as the dip of the strata here is in that direction, it is probable some of
this are not only chiefly made up of the sandstone No. 1, but surmounted by
the other Cretaceous beds Nos. 2 and 3 of the Nebraska Cretaceous series ; in-
deed, Dr. Engleman found all these formations occupying this relation on Re-
publican river, not more than seventy miles north of this.*
Although this paper is merely designed to give a brief sketch of the leading
geological feature of those portions of north-eastern Kansas visited by us, we
cannot close it without alluding to the truly great agricultural and other natural
resources of this new and interesting Territory. We mean no disparagement
to other portions of the Mississippi valley, when we state, that after having
travelled extensively in the Great West, and after having seen many of its
most favored spots, we have met with no country combining more attractive
features than Kansas Territory. Her geographical position gives her a com-
paratively mild and genial climate, intermediate between the extremes of heat
and cold, while the rich virgin soil of her beautiful prairies is admirably
adapted to the growth of all the great staple grain and root crops of the west.
It is true that in some districts there is rather a deficiency of timber, but as
a general thing there is along the streams sufficient for the immediate wants of
the country. In addition to this, the wonderful rapidity with which forests
are known to have sprung up on similar prairie lands in Missouri, as the
country became settled so as to keep out the annual fires, shows that the
present scarcity of timber should not be regarded as presenting any serious
obstacle to the settlement of the most extensive prairie district in Kansas.
Before going out into the interior of the Territory, we had expected to find
the whole country immediately west of Fort Riley comparatively sterile ; on
the contrary, however, we were agreeably disappointed at meeting with scarcely
any indications of decreasing fertility as far as our travels extended, which
was about sixty miles west of Fort Riley. Here we found the prairies clothed
with a luxuriant growth of grass, and literally alive with vast herds of Buffalo
that were seen quietly grazing as far as the eye could reach in every direction.
Even on the high divide between the Smoky Hill and Arkansas rivers, south of
this, we found the soil rich and supporting a dense growth of grass ; and from all
we could learn from persons who have gone further out, the same kind of
country extends for a long distance beyond this, towards the west. Hence we
infer that the belt of unproductive lands between the rich country on the east,
and the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains on the west, is much narrower than
is generally supposed ; and even this so-called desert country is known to pos-
sess a good soil, which may be rendered fruitful by artificial irrigation.
In regard to the mineral resources of Kansas, we have at present only time
and space to say a few words. As already stated, coal is known to exist,
though its extent is not yet fully determined, at several localities in the region
of Leavenworth City, while the geological structure of the country, as well as
discoveries already made, warrant the conclusion that this important and useful
mineral abounds at many localities south of there. Limestone suitable for
building purposes, and the production of quicklime, exist throughout large areas,
while inexhaustible beds of gypsum are known to occur at several places not
far west of the mouth of Solomon's river. Near this place we likewise saw in
the lower Cretaceous rocks crowning the summits of the Smoky Hills, deposits
of iron ore, but were unable to determine in the limited time at our command,
whether or not it exists in large quantities.
Of the discoveries of gold in the mountains on the western borders of Kan-
sas, much has been said ; nothing, however, but a thorough geological survey,
by authority of the Territorial or State government, (for Kansas must soon be
a State,) can lay before the public such full, accurate, and reliable information
on these subjects as will bring from the older States the capital, skill and
enterprise necessary to develop the great natural resources of the country.
1859.]
1 See Report of Secretary of War, Dec. 5th, 1857, page 497.
24 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Note. — It affords us much pleasure to acknowledge here our obligations to
Prof. Henry, of the Smithsonian Institution, for free access to the extensive
series of books on Geology, Palaeontology, &c, in the Smithsonian Library,
while investigating these and our former collections from the west : also for
the use of rooms in the Institution, and for many other favors of great value
to us.
We are likewise under especial obligations to Capt. Stewart Vanvliet, and
Mr. Levi Wilson of Fort Leavenworth, for favors while out in Kansas, without
which we could have accomplished nothing : we also received many civilities
from Major Sedgwick, Dr. T. G. Madison, Capt. W. S. Walker, and other officers
of the army at Fort Riley.
List of the species mentioned in this paper with some remarks on the synonymy, and
references to the works, in which they are described.
FORAMINIPERA.
Fusulina cylindrica, Fischer, Oryct. Moscow, p. 126, p. 18, fag. 1 — 5.
In Russia this species is said to occur only in the upper part of lower carbo-
niferous or mountain limestone. Yet the species usually referred to F. cylin-
drica in this country, so far as our knowledge extends, is not found below the
coal measures. From this fact, and some slight differences we observe between
our specimens and the figures of the Russian species, we suspect a careful
comparison of good specimens may possibly prove them to be distinct.
Ranges in Kansas from division No. 22, of the foregoing section, far down into
the coal measures. Found at numerous localities between Manhattan and the
Missouri, usually in great numbers.
Fusulina cylindrica, Tar. ventricosa, Meek and Hayden, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. Dec. 1858, page 261. Division No. 37, of foregoing general sectional
Manhattan on the Kansas, and at Juniata on big Blue river.
Bryozoa.
Synocladia biserialis. Prof. Swallow refers this species with doubt to S. virgu-
lacea, Philips, sp. in Transactions Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 179, and points
out some of the characters in which it differs, stating at the same time, in case
it should prove to be distinct, that biserialis would be a good specific name for
it. We regard it as quite distinct from Phillips' species, not only in scarcely
ever having more than two rows of cellules, but also because the ?gemuliferous
vesicles, instead of being merely " tubercular and open at the summit," have
the form of short, but distinct spines apparently closed and rather obtusely
pointed at the apex. The branches or connecting process are likewise less
distinctly angulated between the longitudinal stems, than in S. viryulacea.
Occurs at Fort Riley in No. 19 of foregoing general section, and at various lower
horizons on the Kansas below there, down into the upper coal measures.
Acanthocladia Americana. In the Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 180,
Prof. Swallow refers this species with a query to A. anceps, Schlot. sp. and re-
marks that it differs from that species in having "the rows of cellules diagonal
to the axis of the stems, instead of longitudinal, as represented by King, and
on ridges like that figured by Goldfuss.'' He also further remarks that " it is
less regularly branched, and not so distinctly pinnated as those delineated by
Goldfuss and King." In the specimens in our collection, the cellules are more
numerous, and much more crowded, than in A. anceps as figured by King The
specific name Americana, was suggested by Prof. Swallow.
We found this species in Division No. 18, of the foregoing general section, on
Cottonwood Creek.
ECHINODERMATA.
Cyathocrinus — ■ — ? A few scapular plates bearing some similarity to those of C.
ramosus, Schlot. sp. were met with by us in division No. 18, but they are pro-
portionably much thicker, and the articulating surfaces quite different.
Cottonwood Creek.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 25
Archceocidaris ? In No. 12, we found spines and detached plates of apparent-
ly an undescribed species of this genus, but they were too much weathered to
show clearly the specific characters. The spines are rather slender, terete,
nearly straight, and provided with short scattering spinous processes, directed
rather obliquely outwards and forward.
Cottonwood Creek.
Archceocidaris ? The spines of this species are much larger than the last,
and apparently destitute of spinous processes. They are as much as from three
to four inches in length, nearly or quite straight, and not flattened or com-
pressed.
Division No. 26, Manhattan and in same position on Cottonwood Creek.
Brachiopoda.
Discina tenuilineata n. sp. — We have only seen the lower valve of this species,
which is extremely thin, nearly orbicular, and provided with a narrow perforation
extending from very near the centre about half way out to the margin. The
inner surface is ornamented by distant, extremely slender, distinctly elevated
lines of growth, arranged concentrically around a point very nearly in the mid-
dle of the valve. The apex of the upper valve was probably nearly central.
Diameter 0-50 inch.
Locality and position. — Cottonwood Creek, division No. 16.
Discina Manhattanensisn. sp. — Shell rather small, nearly circular ; upper valve
moderately elevated, apex rather obtusely pointed, located a little less than half
the diameter of the shell from the posterior edge. Surface black and shining,
marked by fine closely set concentric lines. Lower valve unknown. Greater
diameter from 0-32 in. to 0-46.
Found in great numbers in division No. 37, opposite Manhattan, on Kansas
river.
Productus splendens (.?), Norwood and Pratten, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
N. S. vol. 3, pi. fig. 5. We refer this shell to the above species with some doubt ;
it is always smaller than the figure given by Norwood and Pratten, and rather
more convex over the visceral region of the larger valve, while the smaller valve
appears to want the band-like flattening around the border mentioned in the
description of P. splendens. The ears extend beyond the body of the shell,
are distinctly vaulted, and rarely have more than one spine on each, often none.
The spines, however, are more numerous over the surface of the larger valve,
being in this respect more like P. muricatus'8. and P., but both valves want the
concentric wrinkles represented in the figures of that species.
This neat little Productus is found in great numbers between Fort Riley and
Manhattan, as well as at the latter place, in Division No. 34 ; also at various
horizons below that in the upper coal measures of Kansas.
Productus Norivoodi, Swallow, Trans. Acad. Sci. St, Louis, vol. 1, p. 182. A
few specimens of this species in our possession have the extreme point of the
beak of the larger valve flattened or truncate, aa though it had in the young
state been attached to some marine body by that part of the shell. We have
also in several instances found other shells associated with this species, with
small discs not more than 0-20 inch in diameter, attached by the whole surface,
as well as by a series of small spines seen radiating from the margin. May not
these little bodies be the young of this species?
We think the specimen figured by Prof. Marcou in his work on the Geology
of North America, plate 6, fig. 1, as P. pustidosus, is the same as the above spe-
cies, and quite distinct from P. pustidosus. It occurs in Kansas at various ho-
rizons from No. 14 far down in the upper Coal measures. We found it at Fort
Riley and numerous places between there and the Missouri, as well as at Leav-
enworth city.
1859.]
26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Productus Rogersi, Norwood and Pratten, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. N. S.
vol. ill, page 9, pi. 1, fig. 3. This species is nearly related to the last, and
when the shell is exfoliated, may be easily confounded with it. P. Nor-
woodi, however, appears never to have the distinct concentric wrinkles of this
species, nor do the pustules, at the base of the spines have the tendency to elon-
gate into indistinct ribs as in P. Rogersi. Prof. Marcou has figured in N. Am.
Geol. pi. 5, fig. 6, as Productus scabriculus, a shell very like this.
Kansas valley below Mouth Blue river, in upper Coal measures.
Productus pustulosus (?) Phillips' Geol. Yorkshire, vol. 2, p. 316, pi. 7, fig 15.
We have a specimen agreeing very nearly with this species in its external
markings, but it is much narrower, and the beak of the larger valve more ex-
tended, in which respect it differs quite as much from P. punctatus.
Near Steam Boat Landing at Leavenworth city, in Coal measures.
Productus Prattenianus, Norwood, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. N. S. vol. 3, p.
L7, pi. 1, fig. 10. In Coal measures at Indian creek and at Leavenworth city.
Productus Calhounianus, Swallow, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 181.
This fine large shell is scarcely distinguishable from P. semireticulatus var. anti-
qvus. but Prof. Swallow, who has seen the interior, thinks it presents well
marked internal differences. It occurs in No. 12 and below, at Fort Riley, also
on Cotton-wood creek. Prof. S. thinks it even ranges down into the lower Car-
boniferous.
Chonetes Verneuiliana, Norwood and Pratten, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vol.
3, p. 26, pi. 2, fig. 6, N. S. Occurs in Kansas in division No. 37, at Manhattan,
and perhaps in upper Coal measures at lower horizons.
Chonetes mucronata, Meek and Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec,
1838, page 262. Lower part of the section at Fort Riley, (division 9) and down
near the base of the foregoing general section, also in same position on Cotton-
wood creek.
Orthisina crassa, Meek and Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec. 1858,
p. 261. Occurs in Coal measures near landing at Leavenworth city.
Orthisina umbraculum? Schlot. sp. Petrefakt. 1, p. 256, et 2, p. 67. We find
in Kansas, ranging from 16 to 19 of foregoing sections, many specimens of a
large species of Orthisina having almost exactly the form and other characters
of 0. umbraculum, excepting that the striae appear to be more numerous. Ac-
cording to Koninck that species has about 108 striae on each valve, while on our
Kansas specimens, we count from 160 to 200 ; consequently we suspect it may
be a distinct but closely allied species; if so, we would propose to designate it
by the name of O. multistriata. We found it at Fort Riley and at several lo-
calities between there and Blue river; also in same position on Cottonwood
creek.
Orthisina Missouriensis, Swallow, Tra ns. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 219.
This is a very peculiar plicated species, often much distorted. When partly
embedded in the matrix, it frequently bears a striking resemblance to Plicatula
striato-costata, Cox, 3d vol. Dr. Owen;s report on the Geol. Survey of Kentucky,
page 558, pi. 8, fig. 7, of Atlas. Common in the upper Coal measures of Kan-
sas, at Leavenworth city and west of there.
Orthisina Shumardiana, Swallow, Trans, St. Louis Acad. Sci. vol. 1, p. 183-
Although like the last, a plicated species, this is more symmetrical, and
presents other well marked differences. Ranges from No. 11, down some dis-
tance in upper Coal measures. Found at Fort Riley and between there and
Blue River.
Terebratula millepunctata, Hall, Pacific Rail Road Report, vol. 3, p. 101, plate
2, figs. 1 2. We have the impression that this species is probably identical
with T. bovidens, Morton (Silliman's Jour. vol. 29, p. ) from Ohio. Our Kan-
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 27
sas specimens appear, however, to be more elongated than those figures by Dr.
Morton, and may be distinct. In form they resemble very much some varieties
of Epithyris elongata, Schlot. sp. as figured by King, in Perm. Fos. Eng. pi. vi.,
particularly the narrower varieties, such as fig. 35. The beak of our Kansas
shell, however, is not truncate but pointed, the perforation being on the outside,
and a little removed from the extremity. If it is identical with T. bovidcns,
Morton's specific name will have to take precedence, being the older. It re-
mains to be determined whether its internal characters agree with Terebratula,
as now restricted.
Thi3 is a rather common form in the upper Coal measures of Kansas, and
southward. We found it near the summit of the hills back of Leavenworth city,
also at Indian creek near Indianola, &c.
Rhynchonella Uta. {Terebratula Ufa, Marcou, Geol. N. A., p. 51, pi. vi.'fig 12.)
We have from the upper Coal measures in Kansas many specimens of a species
agreeing exactly with Prof. Marcou's description of the above species. These
we suspect may possibly go into the genus Carrier ophoria, King, if not into Rhyn-
chonella] at any rate they are certainly not Terebratula. We are inclined to the
opinion that ashell described by Prof. Swallow, in the Trans. Acad- Sci. St.
Louis, vol. 1, page 219, under the name of Rhynchonella (Camerophoria) Osagen-
$is, may be identical also with the above ; yet Prof. S. says his species has from
" two to six " plications in the sinus of the dorsal valve, while in the shell
before us, of which we have quite a number of specimens, there are invariably
but two plications in the sinus.
Quite common in division No. 94 at Manhattan and at several localities be-
tween there and the Missouri, in the Upper Coal Measures. Prof. Marcou, cites
it as a mountain limestone species, but we know nothing of its existence in
rocks of that age.
Retzia Mormonii. 'Terebratula Mormonii, Marcou, Geol. N. A., p. 51,pl.vi., f. 11.)
We found this species quite abundant in division 37, at Manhattan, where it is
associated with the last. It also ranges far below this in the upper Coal meas-
ures between Manhattan and the Missouri, being quite common near the sum-
mits of the hills back of Leavenworth city. Dr. B. F. Shumard has described
a species in the Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, under the name of Retzia punctilife-
ra, which we suspect may possibly be a variety of the above; but as he de-
scribes it as having usually in the dorsal valve " a moderately wide, shallow si-
nus, which extends from the front nearly to the beak," and the species before
us, of which we have many specimens, has no traces of a sinus, we are left in
doubt. In other respects his description agrees exactly with our shell, and he
also states that he has it from K. T. Prof. Marcou found this species at the
Salt Like City, Utah, in a rock he refers to the mountain limestone. We have
never seen it from below the Coal measures.
Spirifer Kentuckensis, Shumard, Geol. Survey of Missouri, part 2, page 203.
Found in upper Coal Measures near the top of bluffs, back of Fort Leavenworth,
also near the landing at Leavenworth City, and at other localities between the
Missouri and Blue river.
Spirifer cameratus, Morton, American Jour. Sci. vol. 29, p. 150, plate 11, fig 3.
This is the same species — as has been determined by Prof. Hall, — described by
Dr. Roemer as S. Meusebachanus. (Kreid von Texas, p. 88, pi. xi. fig. 7) and sub-
sequently by himself as S. triplicatus, in Stansburv's Rept. p. 420, pi. iv. fig. 5.
Prof. Marcou has recently figured it in his work on the Geol. North America,
page 49, pi. viii. fig. 3, as a variety of Spirifer striatus, Martin, from which it is
quite distinct. He found it at Pecos Village in a rock he refers to the lower
Carboniferous or mountain limestone. It has a great geographical range, be-
ing common in the coal Measures from Pennsylvania to the Rocky Mountains,
and from Nebraska to New Mexico; we have never seen it, however, from lower
Carboniferous rocks.
1859.]
28 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Spirifer hemiplicata, Hall. Stansbury's report, p. 409, pi. 4, fig. 3. Upper
Coal Measures near summit of hills back of Leavenworth, and at other local-
ities between there and Blue River.
Spirifer lineatus. Anomites lineatus, Martin. Spirifer lineatus of Phillips. Geol-
Yorks., 2, p. 219, pi. 10, tig. 17, and of other authors. We have, from near
Leavenworth landing, in the coal measures, a Spirifer, apparently identical with
the above. It appears not to range very high in the upper coal measures of
Kansas.
Spirifer . In division No. 12, above Fort Riley, we found a few imperfect
specimens of a small, smooth Spirifer, similar in some respects, to S. lineatus,
but apparently more like Martinia Clannyana, King, from the Permian of Eng-
land.
Spirifer planoconvexa, Shumard. Geol. Report, Missouri, 2d part, p. 202.
We found this handsome little shell quite abundant in the upper coal measures
(divisions 34 and 37,) at Manhattan ; also at Juniata, on Big Blue River, and near
summit of hills, back of Leavenworth City.
Spirigera subtilita. (Terebratula subtilita, Hall. Stansbury's Report, p. 409,
pi. 4. fig. 1-2.) Spirigera subtilita of Dr. George Shumard. Trans. St. Louis
Acad. Sci., vol. i.
This is a very abundant species in Kansas ; we found it ranging up, at least as
far as division No. 37, at Manhattan, and met with some obscure forms re-
sembling it, still higher in the series. From these horizons, it, ranges far down
in the other members of the coal measures. Several of our specimens col-
lected at Leavenworth City, show that it was provided with internal spiral ap-
pendages, as in the Spirifer, and consequently cannot remain in the genus Te-
rebratula, as now restricted. It has a wide geographical range, and is almost
everywhere the companion of Spirifer earner atus. Prof. Marcou figures it in
his work on the Geology of North America, pi. vi. fig. 9, from a formation in
the Rocky Mountains, which he refers to, the lower carboniferous ; but we have
never seen it from any position below the coal measures.
Spirigera ? At Fort Riley, and above there, as well as in the same position on
Cottonwood Creek, we found, ranging from division 18 up to 10 of the fore-
going section, a Spirigera resembling S. subtilita, but much more gibbous in
form ; it also appears to have a much thicker shell. If distinct from S. subtilita
this might be designated by the specific name gibbosa.
Lamellibranchiata.
Monotis Hawni, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March 2,
1858. Prof. Swallow thinks this species not distinct from M. speluncaria, Schot
sp. Although, like that species, it is quite variable, and some of its varieties
are very similar to it; after a careful comparison of a large number of indi-
viduals with King's figures and descriptions, we still regard it as distinct. We
have never seen any of its various forms with the beak of the larger valve ele-
vated so far above the hinge, as in fig. 5, 6, 7 and 8, pi. 13, of King's work.
Nor do any of our specimens possess the peculiar oblique posterior sulcus, seen
in the figures cited above. High Country, south of Kansas Falls ; also above
there, on Smoky Hill River and Cottonwood Creek, in division 10.
Myalina [Mytilus) peraltenuata, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol.
iv., March 2d, 1858. Our description of this species was made out from one
of the more slender varieties of this shell, sent to us from near Smoky Hill
River by Mr. Hawn. We were probably wrong, however, in refering to it a
specimen in our possession from a locality on the Missouri, opposite the north-
ern boundary of Missouri; and we even suspect the rock from which this latter
specimen was obtained may belong to an older epoch.
The species above cited, is we think identical with M. permianus of Swallow,
Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, vol. i. p. 187. And we also suspect the form he de-
scribes in the same paper, as Mytilus {Myalina) concavus, is only a broader va-
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. ' 29
riety of the same ; at any rate, we have these two forms, and every intermediate
gradation between them, from the same bed. Locality and position same, as
the preceding.
Myalina squamosa. (Jfutilus squamosa, J. de C. Sowerby. Morris's Cata-
logue, p. 93. Myalina squamosa of some other authors.)
Of the form, we refer with doubt to the above species; we have but one im-
perfect specimen. As far as the characters can be made out, it agrees with this
species. We found it iu division No 11, at Kansas Falls, above Fort Riley.
Myalina subquadraia, Shumard. Missouri Geol. Rept., 2d part, p. 207, pi. c,
fig. 17. Upper coal measures, Leavenworth City, on t lie Kansas, at Lawrence
and otber localities in Kansas Valley, below mouth of Big Blue River.
Edmondia? Calhouni, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March
2, 1858. We are still in doubt in regard to the generic relations of this species,
having procured no better specimens thau that first described by us. We
suspect it may be a Cardinia. NearSmoky Hill river, in division 10.
Bakevellia parva, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albauy Inst., vol. iv., March 2d,
1858. This is probably the same species referred by Prof. Swallow to Avicula
antiqua, Minister, — Bakevellia antiqua of King, and others. In describing this spe-
cies, we spoke of its very near relation to B. antiqua, but pointed out some
characters in which it differs. At that time we had seen but a few imperfect
specimens; since then, however, we have obtained many others, a careful ex-
amination of which causes us still to regard it as distinct from B. antiqua.
Of a large number of individuals, we have never seen any one-half the size
of the smallest, nor one-eighth the size of the largest figures of that species
given by King, while the cardinal area is also proportionably much narrower iu
our shell. Division No. 10. On Smoky Hill river and Cottonwood creek.
Area carbonaria, Cox. Vol. iii. Geol. Report, Ky., p. 567, pi. 8, fig. 5. Our
fossil is smaller, and less distinctly striate, but exactly the form of the above.
Near Leavenworth landing, coal measures.
Leda subscilula, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv. March 2d,
1858. Division No. 10. Smoky Hill river and Cottonwood creek.
Pleurophorus ? subcuneata, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst,, vol. iv.,
March 2d, 185S. Our specimens of this species being casts we are left in doubt
in regard to its generic relations. We suspect it may be a Cardinia. Same
locality and position as preceding.
Axinus (Schizodus) ovatus, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Dec, 1858. This is very much like the Permian forms, S. roiundatus and <S. irun-
catus, but we found it in a rock on Cottonwood creek which we regard as below
the Permian.
Axinus roiundatus, Brown. Trans. Manch. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 31, pi. 6, fig. 29.
We have refeired this little shell to the above species with some doubt, but
we have seen no characters by which it can be distinguished. No. 10. Near
Smoky Hill river.
Allorisma? Lmvenworthcnsis, Meek and Hayden. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.,
Dec, 1858, p. 263. Upper coal measures, Leavenworth City.
Allorisma subcuneata, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
ec, 1858, p. 263. Localiry and position same as last.
Allorisma ? altirostrata, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila
Dec. 1858, p. 263. Upper coal measures, Grasshopper creek.
Allorismv? Cooperi, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. Dec,
1858, p. 264. {Panopcea Cooperi, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol.
iv., March 2,1858.) Near Helena, in upper coal measures.
Leptodomus granosus, Shumard. Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, vol. i. p. 207.
Upper coal measures, near summit of hills, back of Leavenworth City; also
near Leavenworth landing.
1859.]
30 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Gasteropoda.
Pleurotomaria humerosa, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.
Dec, 1858. la upper coal measures, at Grasshopper creek.
Pleurotomaria subturbinata, Meek and Hayden. Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.
Dec, 1858, p. 264. Locality and position same as last. In the Proceedings of
the Academy above cited, the locality of this species is erroneously given as at
Helena.
Bellerophon -? We found a small undetermined species of this genus in divi-
sion 10. Oa Smoky Hill river and near Cottonwood creek; also casts of a large
species at Leavenworth landing and Grasshopper creek, in the upper coal
measures.
Euomphalus •? The species here alluded to, was found in No. 11 and 37 of
the foregoing general section. Either it or a very closely allied species, also
ranges far below this, in the upper coal measures. It is nearly related to, if not
identical with a species Prof. Hall has described in the Iowa Report, under the
name of E. rugosus.
Cephalapoda.
Nautilus cccentricus, Meek and Hayden. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. iv., March
2d, 1858. Smoky Hill river, division No. 10.
Fishes.
Xystr acanthus arcuaius, Leidy. Upper carboniferous rocks af, Leavenworth
landing.
Cladodus occidentalism Leidy. Division No. 37 of foregoing general section.
At Manhattan.
Peialodus Allegh vnien&is, Leidy. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. vo!. iii. p. 161. Divi-
sion No. 10, of foregoing general section. Fort Riley.
Catalogue of Birds collected on the Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western Africa,
by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu in 1858, with notes and descriptions of new species.
BY JOHN CASSIN.
The collection made by Mr. Duchaillu on the River Camma or Fernando Vaz
and its tributaries, the Ogobai, Rembo, and Ovenga rivers, is the most exten-
sive and interesting yet made by him, or ever yet received from Western Africa,
in the Museum of this Academy. The two last names of rivers I have not used
in the localities given in the succeeding catalogue, mainly because I have not
succeeded in finding them in any geographical work to which I have access,
but now state that these names occur in Mr. Duchaillu's letters, and that they
appear to be tributaries to the River Camma. Much valuable information will
undoubtedly be added to the geography of this part of Western Africa by Mr.
Duchaillu.
As in former collections, Mr. Duchaillu has not sent birds of which numerous
specimens had already been sent in former collections. This fact will account
for the absence of the names of some well known species from the present cata-
logue.
1. Gypohierax angolensis, (Gmelin.)
Falco angolensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 252 (1788.)
Polyborus hypoleucus, Bennett.
Gray's Genera, i. pi. 4. Jard. and Selby, 111. N. S., pi. 13.
From the Camma and Ogobai. Young, with plumage entirely dull ashy
brown, the head only becoming spotted with white. This is the only vulture
received from Mr. Duchaillu, and has come in all his collections.
2. Polyboroides typicus, Smith.
Polyboroides typicus, A. Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. Birds.
" Polyboroides radiatus, (Scopoli,)" Auct.
Smith, 111. S. Afr. Birds, pi. 81, 82.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. SI
Adults in fine plumage, from the Camma, — the same species as formerly, re-
ceived in Mr. Duchaillu's collection from the River Muni, and identical with
South African specimens. The species from Madagascar, which is Polyboroidet
radiatus, (Scopoli,) and the same as Falco gymnogenys, Temm., is smaller and
lighter colored, and has the transverse stripes on the abdomen much less nu-
merous and wider apart than in the present bird.
3. Haliaetos vocifeb, (Daudin.)
Falco vocifer, Daud. Traite d'Orn, ii. p. 65.
Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr., i. pi. 4.
From the Camma. Identical with South African specimens.
4. Haliaetus blagrus, (Daudin.)
Falco blagrus, Daud. Traite d'Orn, ii. p. 70.
Le Vaill., Ois. d'Afr. pi. 5.
The synonymes given by authors for this species are rather extended, and i
suspect not entirely correct; in fact, perhaps, making a heavy draft on proba-
bility. At present I regard F. blagrus as a distinct and well characterized spe-
cies. From the Ogobai, and identical with others from South Africa.
5. Spizaetos coronatus, (Linnseus.)
Falco coronatus, Linn. Syst. Nat., i. p. 124 (1766.)
Falco albescens, Daud. Traite d'Orn. ii. p. 45.
Edwards' Birds, v. pi. 224. Le Vaill Ois. d'Afr., i. pi. 3. Smith, 111. S. Afr.
Birds, pi. 40, 41. Identical with specimens in the Acad. Mus., from South
Africa, and in adult plumage. From the Ogabai river.
6. Spizaetus occipitalis, (Daudin.)
Falco occipitalis, Daud. Traite d'Orn., ii. p. 40.
Le Vail, Ois. d'Afr. i. pi. 2.
From the Ogabai river. Adults in black plumage.
7. Spiloenis bacha, (Daudin.)
Falco bacha, Daudin.
Falco albidus, Cuvier.
Circaetus melanotis, Verreaux in Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 7 ?
Le Vaill, Ois. d'Afr., i. pi. 15. Temm. PI. Col., i. pi. 19.
The present specimen is in very light colored plumage, undoubtedly young, and
much as described and figured by Cuvier and Temminck, as above cited. It is,
however, quite identical with the bacha of Southern Africa, of which a very
complete series of specimens is in the Academy's Museum. The young is
nearly white, though even when fully grown and in a more advanced plumage
has the head white, and a large spot of black in the region of the eye and ear.
In the last plumage I suspect this bird is the species recently described by our
friend, Mr. Verreaux, of Paris, as cited above.
Young % . Upper part3 white, tinged with yellow, every feather with a sub-
terminal spot of dark brown ; lanceolate and ovate on the head and neck ;
larger and more circular on the back ; every feather narrowly tipped with
white. Under paits white, with a few spear-heads of brownish black on the
breast and sides. Quills and superior wing coverts dark brown ; all the quills
and every feather of the coverts tipped with white ; tail ashy brown, with about
six transverse bands of black, and tipped with white. Total length 23 inches r
wing 12 ; tail 10 inches.
Hab. — Ogobai river, a branch of the Camma river, Western Africa.
8. Accipiter Toussenelli, (Verreaux.)
Nisus Toussenelli, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 101.
Very fine specimens of this handsome Hawk, are now for the first time gent
by Mr. Duchaillu. From the Ogobai.
9. Accipiter Hartlaobii, (Verreaux.)
Nisus Hartlaubii, J. Verr. in Hartl. Orn. West Af. p. 15,
1859.]
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Apparently the bird described by that accurate and reliable naturalist Mr.
Verreaux, and happily named in honor of the most accomplished living orni-
thologist of Europe. From the Ogobai.
10. Miceastur macrourus, (Hartlaub.)
" Astur macrourus, Temm." Hartl. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 353.
One of the most beautiful of the Falconidse, and having for its nearest rela-
tives the American birds forming the genus Micrastur, G. R. Gray, and espe-
cially the larger M. brachypterus, (Temminck.) The present specimen is in
mature plumage, but is probably a different sex from that described as above,
and has the entire under parts of the body dark rufous chestnut. In the de-
scription by Dr. Hartlaub, the under parts are given as white, but the differ-
ence of the two specimens in color is not greater than, and in fact is similar
in some degree to, that of the male and female of Micrastur brachypterus.
Adult ^ . Upper parts dark bluish brown ; upper tail coverts white ; under
parts dark reddish chestnut ; under wing coverts chestnut ; under tail coverts
white. Quills ashy brown, white beneath and with transverse bands of black ;
tail black, tipped with white and with about four irregular narrow bands of
white. Throat light cinereous ; feathers of the occiput and neck behind white at
base. Bill short, strong, rather abruptly curved, cere large; nostrils circular;
wings short, rounded, fifth quill longest ; tail very long, graduated ; feet
moderate. Total length about 25 inches, wing 11, tail 15, tarsus 3 inches.
From the Ogobai river.
1 1. Aviceda cuculoides, Swainson.
Aviceda cuculoides, Sw. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 104, (1837.)
Falco frontalis, Daudin?
Sw. B. of W. Afr. i. pi. 1.
A single specimen in mature plumage from the Camma. If this bird is
Falco frontalis, Daudin, as stated by the Prince Bonaparte in Conspectus Avium,
p. 20, the description and figure of Le Yaillant are amongst the most astonish-
ing aberrations of ornithologists, which is saying much !
12. Scotopelia Pelii, (Kaup.)
Ketupa Peli, Kaup. Jard. Cont. 1852, p. 117.
Scotopelia typica, Bonap.
A singular species with naked tarsi and nearly related to the genus Ketupa,
It is well described by Dr. Hartlaub in Cabanis' Journal, 1855, p. 358. From
the Camma river.
13. Bubo leucostictus, Hartlaub.
" Bubo leucostictus, Temm." Hartl. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 354.
From the Camma river.
14. Syrnium Woodfordii, (Smith).
Athene Woodfordii, Smith Zool. S. Afr.
Smith, 111. S. Afr. Aves, pi. 71.
Adults and young of this species from the Camma.
15. Caprimulgus Fossir, J. Verreaux.
Caprimulgus Fossii, J. Verreaux, in Hartl. Orn. W. Afr., p. 23 (1857.)
This is the only species received from Mr. Duchaillu, and is given erroneously
as C. binotatus in my catalogue of birds from the river Muni. In adult plu-
mage this species is easily recognized by the white tips of the larger external
coverts of the wings, and in nearly all the specimens that I have seen this
character can be traced.
Specimens from Borneo and Sumatra in the Acad. Mus. which were received
from the Leyden Museum, appear to be the C. binotatus of Bonaparte's Con-
spectus, (i. p. 60) but came labelled " C. bisignatus Boie," and seem to be the
same as C. affinis, Horsfield. It is probable that the present species is C.
concretus, Bonap. Consp. as just cited. From the Camma and formerly re-
ceived from the Muni river.
[Jan
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33
16. Cypselus ambrohiacus, (Gmelin.)
Hirundo ambrosiaca, Gm. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1051.
Cypselus parvus, Liclit. Verz. p. 58.
Temm. PI. col. 460, fig. 2.
All the specimens that I have ever seen from Western Africa are darker co-
lored than others from Eastern Africa and Madagascar in the Acad. Mus. In
other respects they are very similar, and I cannot distinguish them specifi-
cally. From the Camma and Ogobai rivers.
17. Chaetura Sabinei, (Gray.)
Acanthylis Sabinei, Gray in Griff. Cuv. ii. p. 70.
Chaetura bicolor, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 6.
Pallene leucopygia, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 168.
From the Camma.
18. Atticora melbina, Verreaux.
Atticora melbina, J. & E. Verreaux, Mag. et Rev. Zool. 1851, p. 310.
From the Camma and formerly received from Cape Lopez.
19. Atticora nitens, Cassin.
Atticora nitens, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 38.
Several specimens show no other characters than as above described. From
the Ogobai.
20. Hirundo cahirica, Lichtenstein.
Hirundo cahirica, Liclit. Verz. p. 58.
Hirundo Boissoneauii, Temm.
A single specimen from the Camma river. Very light colored on the un-
der parts of the body but apparently this species.
21. Hirundo nigrita, G. R. Gray.
Hirundo nigrita, Gray, Genera of Birds i. p. 58, (1845.)
Gray, Gen. i. pi. 20.
This fine species seems to indicate a distinct subgeneric group, having the
bill and general form of typical Hirundo with a shorter tail. Its color too,
pure black with the throat white, are quite characteristic. It does not appear
to be a common species, a few specimens only having been received from the
Camma.
In this species the white spot on the throat is much larger in the adult than
is represented in Mr. Gray's plate above cited, inner webs of tail feathers
white, except at the ends, all other parts lustrous metallic purplish black.
22. Cecropis Gordoni, (Jardine.)
Hirundo Gordoni, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1851 p. 141.
This is a quite distinct and well characterized species of the same group . s
the large C. senegalensis. Received for the first time in the collection from the
Ogobai river.
23. Eurystomus afer, (Latham.)
Coracias afra, Lath.
Eurystomus purpurascens et rubescens, Vieill.
Colaris viridis, Wagler, Syst. Av.
Le Vaill. Ois. Par., pi. 35.
From the Ogobai. Rather smaller than specimens from Sierra Leone.
24. Eurystomus gularis, Vieillot.
Eurystomus gularis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet.
Le Vaill. Ois. Par., pi. 36.
From the Ogobai.
25. Halcyon senegalensis, (Linnseus.)
Alcedo senegalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180 (1766.)
Buff. PI. Enl. 594. Swains. Zool. 111., pi. 27.
From the Camma.
1859.] 3
34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
26. Halcyon Dryas, Hartlaub.
Halcyon Dryas, Hartl. Cab. Jour. 1854, p. 2.
Von Muller, Beitr. Orn. Afr., pi. 11.
Perhaps the most handsome species of Kingfisher of Western Africa, and of
the same group as H. cinereifrons. From the Camma river.
27. Halcyon badia, Verreaux.
Halcyon badia, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 264.
From the Ogobai.
28. Alcedo quadribrachys, Bonaparte.
"Alcedo quadribrachys, Temm." Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 158.
Jard. Contr. Orn., 1851, pi. 79.
From the Camma.
29. Corythornis ceruleocephala, (Gmelin.)
Alcedo cseruleocephala, 6m. Syst. Nat. i. p. 449 (1788.)
Quite identical with specimens from Southern Africa. From the Camma.
30. Ceryle rddis, (Limueus.)
Alcedo rudis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181.
Ispida bicincta, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 95.
From the Camma and Ogobai.
31. Merops variegatus, Vieillot.
Merops variegatus, Vieill. Ency. Meth. p. 390.
Merops cyanipectus, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 269.
Le Vaill. Guep., pi. 7.
Evidently an abundant species on the Camma and Ogobai rivers.
32. Merops albicollis, Vieillot.
Merops albicollis, Vieill.
Merops Cuvieri, Licht. Verz. p. 13.
Le Vaill. Guep., pi. 9.
Rarely received in Mr. Duchaillu's collections, and seems to be more numerous
further north. From the Ogobai.
33. Merops bicolor, Daudin.
Merops bicolor, Daud., Ann. du Mus., ii. p. 440, pi. 62, fig. 1.
Merops malimbus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xvii. pi. 701.
Vieill. Gal. i. pi. 186. Le Vaill. Guep., pi. 5,
Frequently received in Mr. Duchaillu's collections. From the Camma and
Rembo rivers.
34. Meropogon Breweri, nobis.
Large, bill compressed, curved, wings rather short, fourth quill longest, first
quill short, tail rather long, the two in the middle much the longest and at-
tenuated at the end, others truncate or emarginate at the tips, all the second-
ary quills emarginate at the tips, feathers of the throat and neck in front
somewhat lengthened. Total length about 13^ inches, wing 4|, tail 7^, bill
from corner of mouth direct to tip of upper mandible 2 inches, middle tail
feathers 7 J, outer 4^ inches.
Head glossy black, back, wings and middle tail feathers green, under parts
fine reddish fulvous with a tinge of green, a transverse band of chestnut on
the breast immediately below the long black feathers of the neck. Quills
green, inner edges of primaries black, of secondaries rufous, tail feathers (ex-
cept two in the middle) fine dark chestnut, and tipped with green. Bill black,
feet light colored.
Hab. — Ogobai river, a branch of the Camma river, Western Africa. Dis-
covered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This very handsome bird seems to belong to the genus Meropogon, Bonap.
Consp. Av. i. p. 164, being in fact a large Mellitophagus, with the feathers of
the throat and neck lengthened, though not so distinctly as in Nyctiornis. It
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 35
is easily distinguished from all other species by its colors, and especially by
its black head, which color terminates abruptly on the breast and is succeeded
by a band of dark chestnut. It is nearly as large as Nyctiornis amictus or
Athertoni.
It is with great gratification that I dedicate this fine bird to my valued and
constant friend Thomas M. Brewer, M. D., of the city of Boston, one of the
most distinguished of American ornithologists.
35. Meropiscus gularis, (Shaw.)
Merops gularis, Shaw, Nat. Misc. ix. pi. 337 (1798.)
Gray, Gen. i. pi. 30.
Apparently of frequent occurrence in the country on the Camma and Ogobai.
The adult of this species is very handsomely figured by Mr. Gray as above,
but the young bird is quite different, and might readily be mistaken for a dis-
tinct species. Young <5 • Entire upper parts, throat and breast dark green,
on the throat mixed with a few red feathers, rump light blue, abdomen and
under tail coverts blue ; quills black with a spot of chestnut at the base of the
secondaries, tail black, bill black, shorter than in adult.
36. Apaloderma narina, (Vieillot.)
Trogon narina, Vieill.
Gould, Monog., pi. 26.
From the Camma river, and formerly received from the river Muni. Young % .
Upper parts like the adult, but with the throat and breast light ashy, a few
feathers only green at the end, abdomen pale rose-red, upper mandible dark
brown, under mandible yellow.
37. Nectarinia fuliginosa, (Shaw.)
Certhia fuliginosa, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 223.
Vieill. Ois. dor., pi. 20, Nat. Lib. Sunbirds, pi. 14.
From the Camma, and formerly received from the Moondah river. The very
peculiar color given as "fuliginous" by authors, assumes a variety of shades
in this species, apparently depending on age and season. It is frequently very
pale, giving the entire bird a dull brownish yellow or ochre color, and the me-
tallic violet of the rump is frequently wanting.
38. Nectarinia angolensis, (Lesson.)
Cinnyris angolensis, Lesson, Traite d'Orn. i. p. 295.
Nectarinia Stangeri, Jardine, Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 187, pi. 13.
Jard. and Selb. 111. Orn., N. S., pi. 48.
From the Muni, Moondah and Camma rivers, and evidently of frequent oc-
currence in this region of Western Africa. Young % . Upper parts dull dark
brown, a few metallic violet feathers in front, throat lustrous metallic green
succeeded by a band of violet and scarlet on the breast. Abdomen dull yel-
lowish with longitudinal and irregular stripes of brownish black, wings and
tail dark brown.
39. Nectarinia chxoropygia, Jardine.
Nectarinia chloropygia, Jard. Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 188, pi. 14.
Cinnyris chalybea, Swains. B. of W. Africa, ii. p. 132.
Jard. and Selb., 111. N. S., pi. 50, Swains. Zool. 111., pi. 95.
Apparently one of the most abundant species of Equatorial Africa, and re-
ceived in all Mr. Duchaillu's collections. Yonng £ . Upper parts yellowish
green, a few feathers tipped and edged with metallic golden green, under parts
yellow, mixed with dark green on the throat, and scarlet on the breast.
From the Moonda, Muni, and Camma rivers.
40. Nectarinia cuprea, (Shaw.)
Certhia cuprea, Shaw. Gen. Zool. viii. p. 201, (1811.)
Cinnyris erythronotus, Swaius. B. of W. Africa, ii. p. 30, pi. 15.
Vieill. Ois. Dor., pi. 23, 27.
1859.]
36 PROCEEDINGS OF TIIE ACADEMY OF
Evidently not very common in the countries traversed by Mr. Duchaillu.
Adult 9. Upper parts olive, tinged with yellow on the rump, under parts
greenish yellow, darker on the throat and breast, the yellow more clear on the
abdomen.
From the Camma.
41. Nectarinia cyanocephala, (Vieillot.)
Certhia cyanocephala, Vieill.
Cinnyris chloronota, Swains. B. of W. Africa, ii. p. 136, pi. 16.
Nectarinia obscura, Jard. Nat. Lib. Birds, xiii. p. 253, (1842.)
Vieill. Ois. Dor., pi. 7.
This appears to be an abundant species in Equatorial Africa on the Atlantic,
and seems to have a wide diffusion. Young % . Like the female, but with the
under parts more strongly tinged with yellow, and with the top of the head
dark brown. In this species the young birds have the under mandible white
at base, and frequently for half or two-thirds of its length, which is not the
case in the allied species immediately succeeding (jV. cyanolcema). From the
Camma and Ogobai, and formerly received from the Moondaand Muni rivers.
42. Nectarinia cyanolaema, Jardine.
Nectarinia cyanolaema, Jard., Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 154.
Young '8 . Upper parts dark olive, tinged with yellow, under parts pale
yellowish green, with obscure spots of dark green, nearly black on the throat.
Bill always black. From the Camma, and formerly received from the Moonda
river.
43. Nectarinia Reichexbachii, Hartlaub.
Nectarinia Reichenbachii, Hartl. Orn. W. Africa, p. 50.
Several specimens from the Camma appear to be this species, though rather
larger than as given by Dr. Hartlaub, as above. Young % . Like the female,
but with the throat, abdomen and under tail coverts yellow, the former with a
few lustrous metallic green feathers.
44. Nectarinia tephrolaejia, Jardine.
Nectarinia tephrolaema, Jard., Contr. Orn., 1851, p. 154.
From the Ogobai and Moonda rivers. The description of the female given
by Dr. Hartlaub applies to young males in the present collection, but unfor-
tunately I am not fully assured of the correctness of the supposed females of
this species in this collection, and do not therefore describe with con-
fidence. The specimens alluded to are entirely dark ashy, (about the color of
the throat in the male,) darker above and lighter on the under parts.
This appears to be a rare species in Equatorial Africa, and is remarkable in
having' the throat pale cinereous, though surrounded with a large space of
brilliant metallic green. It is probably the type of a subgenus and does not
belong to the same group as the preceding (iV. cyanolaema,) though given so,
erroneously, by Dr. Reichenbach in his genus Anthodiceta. This author is,
however, not acquainted with the genera of birds.
45. Nectarinia sdbcollaris, Reichenbach.
Nectarinia subcollaris, Reich.
N. metallicus, Licht.?
N. collaris, (Vieill.) ?
Specimens in the collection are evidently the species intended by the name
here adopted ; but with numerous specimens before me purporting from Euro-
pean labels to be N. collaris and N. metallicus I am under the necessity of enter-
taining a suspicion that all are identical. These specimens are perhaps not
correctly labelled, but at present my leisure does not warrant an extended ex-
amination. These species are assuredly very nearly related. From the Camma.
46. Nectarinia verticalis, (Reichenbach.)
Leucochloridia verticalis, Reich.
"Nectarinia Vieilloti, Verreaux." Label of spec, in Acad. Mus.
Vieill. Ois. Dor., pi. 25.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87
An obscure species, of which two specimens only are in the collection from
Mr. Duchaillu, one in the present collection and another formerly from the
Moonda. In the Acad. Mus. are several specimens from the Rivoli collection,
all of which are labelled ' ' Cinnyris cyanocephala, $ . " It may be that species
jn immature plumage, or in the plumage of the rainy season.*
47. Anthreptes Fraseri, Jardine and Selby.
Anthreptes Fraseri, Jard. and Selb., 111. Orn. N. S. pi. 52, (1843.)
Several specimens of this species are in the present collection from the Camma
and Ogobai. The adult is well represented and described in the work cited
above, though in the figure the tail is quite erroneous. The middle feathers
of the latter are greenish yellow, which is also the color of the outer webs, and
a large portion of the inner webs of all the other feathers of the tail. 5
Smaller than the male but very similar in colors. Young 5 • Like the female,
but with the colors duller and of darker green in all the plumage, no axillary
tufts.
48. Anthreptes aurantia, Verreaux.
Anthreptes aurantia, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 417.
The adult male is described by our valued friend as above cited, and the
type of his description is now in the Museum of this Academy. The female
is so entirely different that it might readily be regarded as a distinct species.
Adult 2 • Upper parts lustrous metallic dark green, purple on the rump
and tail, throat and breast pale ashy, abdomen pale yellow. A stripe of white
through and behind the eye. Young 5 . Upper parts dull yellowish green,
under parts pale yellow, tinged with very pale asby on the throat, very dis-
tinct stripe of pale yellowish white through the eye, tail metallic green, outer
feathers tipped with dull white. From the Camma and Ogobai.
49. Drymoica ruficeps, (Riippell.)
Malurus ruficeps, Riipp. Zool. Atlas, p. 54, (1826.)
Riipp. Zool. Atlas, pi. 36, fig. 1.
Several specimens from the Camma and Ogobai seem to be this species, but
are rather larger than South African specimens in the Acad. Mus.
50. Drtmoica njevia, Hartlaub.
Drymoica naevia, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 56.
A single specimen from the Camma and another in a former collection from
Cape Lopez, appear to be this species, though not in adult plumage. Related
to the preceding, but larger and with the bill much stronger ; and also related
to the succeeding.
51. Drymoica fortirostris, Jardine.
Drymoica fortirostris, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 60.
Drymoica robusta, Riippell, Syst. Uebers. p. 35, pi. 13?
From the Camma and formerly received from Cape Lopez. In a young bird
the bill is pale yellow, except the tip of the upper mandible. The birds re-
garded by me as the present species and the preceding (D. ncevid) are both
nearly related to D. robusta, Riippell, Syst. Ueb. pi. 13.
52. Drtmoica lateralis, Fraser.
Drymoica lateralis, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 16.
Numerous specimens from the Camma, Moonda and Muni rivers appear to
be this species, though utterly impossible to determine satisfactorily from the
published descriptions. It seems to be the most abundant species of this
genus in Equatorial Western Africa.
*Two other species complete the Nectarinice, found by Mr. Duchaillu :
1. Nectarinia superba, (Vieillot), from the river Muni.
2. Nectarinia Johannae, Verreaux, from the river Moonda.
1859.]
38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Genus Euprinodes, nobis.
Size small, bill rather long, slightly curved, nostril large, wings short, first
quill spurious, fourth and fifth longest and nearly equal, tail rather long, gra-
duated, legs moderate, slender. More nearly related to Prinia, (P. familiaris)
than to either of the preceding species of Drymoica.
53. Eppkinodes rufogularis, (Fraser.)
Drymoica rufogularis, Frazer, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 17.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pi. 42, fig. 1.
A very pretty and well marked little bird now for the first time received
from the Camma. Mr. Fraser's figure seems to represent a bird not mature,
but the species is easily recognized by its rufous throat and white tail
feathers.
54. Euprinodes olivaceus, (Strickland.)
Prinia olivacea, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 99.
The species to which I apply this name is labelled by Mr. Duchaillu as dis-
tinct, but no one of several specimens is mature, though agreeing precisely
with the description cited above. I am not without a suspicion that this bird
is the young of the preceding. From the Camma.
55. Euprinodes schistaceus, nobis.
Strictly congeneric with the two preceding. Head, breast and entire upper parts
bluish cinereous, with a slight tinge of olive on the back; abdomen, under wing
coverts and under tail coverts, white. Quills brownish black, four middle tail
feathers brownish black, with obscure tranverse narrow stripes of a darker
shade of the same color, four external tail feathers on each side, pure white,
bill black, legs light colored. Total length about 4^ inches, wing If, tail 2
inches.
Hab. — River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
The preceding three species are very similar in their general organization,
and form a very natural group. All have the outer tail feathers white. The
present species is easily recognized by the entire head and upper breast being
bluish ashy, which color is abruptly succeeded by white on the lower part of
the breast. One specimen only, labelled as an adult male, is in the collection
from the Camma.
56. Camaroptera tincta, (Cassin.)
Syncopta tincta, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. vii. p. 325, (1855.)
The adult is described by me as above. In the present collection are speci-
mens that we regard as the young, and so different from the adult that for the
first time we perceive this to be rather a difficult species. Young. — Upper
parts yellowish olive green, under parts cinereous, mixed with yellow on the
breast and sides, tibise greenish ochre yellow, under wing coverts and edge of
wing at shoulder, dull yellow. Younger. — Entire plumage yellowish olive
green, paler on the under parts and nearly white on the abdomen, tibiae brown-
ish ochre yellow, edge of wing and under coverts yellow. The last plumage
much resembles that of C. concolor, Hartlaub.
From the Camma and formerly from the Muni and Cape Lopez.
57. Camaroptera superciliaris, (Fraser.)
Sylvicola superciliaris, Fraser, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 440, 1843.
Prinia icterica, Strickland, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100.
Evidently the bird described by both of the authors here cited, but only
ascertained to belong to this genus on inspection of the original specimen by
Dr. Hartlaub. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1858, p. 470). A single specimen
from the Camma.
58. Camaroptera caniceps, nobis.
About the size of C. tincta, but rather smaller than C. superciliaris, and
strictly congeneric with both species. Head above and cheeks light cinereous,
other upper parts yellowish olive. Breast with a wide transverse band of
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39
yellow, throat and abdomen white. Quills brownish black, edged externally
with olive, tail dark olive, with an obscure subterminal band of brownish
black, and outer feathers narrowly tipped with white. Under wing coverts,
under tail coverts and tibice ashy white. Bill bluish black, legs light colored.
Total length about 4J inches, wing 2, tail If inches.
Hah. — Camnia River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This handsome and rather singular species may be easily recognized by its
yellow breast, which color assumes the form of a wide transverse band and
contrasts strongly with the white color of the throat and abdomen. One speci-
men only which is a male adult is in the collection from the Gamma.
59. Camakoptera badiceps, (Fraser.)
Sylvia badiceps, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1842, p. 144.
The form and general characters of this bird are more those of the genus
Camaroptera than of Drymoica, but it is very probably the type of a distinct
generic or subgeneric group. It is a strongly marked species. From the Cam-
ma and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez.
60. Stiphrornis erythrothorax, Hartlaub.
" Stiphrornis erythrothorax, Temm." Hartl. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 355 (1855.)
Three specimens only of this beautiful bird are in the collection from the
Gamma, and are labelled as males. The adult is described by Dr. Hartlaub
as above. Young % . Upper parts, including head, dull olive, cheeks ashy
spot in front of the eye, white. Throat and breast dull yellowish, every feath-
er edged with ashy black, abdomen white.
61. Pratincola salax, Verreaux.
Pratincola salax, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 307.
From the Camma and formerly received in Mr. Duchaillu's collections from
Gape Lopez.
62. Sylvietta virens, nobis.
"Sylvietta microura, Ruppell," Cassin, Cat. B. from Cape Lopez. Proc.
Acad. Philada., 1856, p. 318.
Small, tail very short, legs long, slender, feathers of the back and rump
long. Head above dark greenish brown, back, wings and tail olive green.
Line over the eye, throat and breast light rufous, abdomen white tinged
with yellow in the middle, flanks ashy, tibiae dark yellowish green (ashy
brown in young birds) under wing coverts yellow, quills light brown edged ex-
ternally with greenish yellow. Bill light brown, under mandible nearly white,
legs light colored. Total length from tip of bill to end of tail about 3 inches,
wing If, tail f, tarsus f inches. Sexes alike, female rather smaller.
Hab. — Camma river and Cape Lopez, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr.
P. B. Duchaillu.
Having now several specimens, adult and young, and of both sexes of this
curious little bird, and various " Crombecs " also from Africa,* I cannot jus-
*The two species of Sylvietta in the Acad. Mus. seem to be as follows :
1. Sylvietta rufescens, (Vieillot.)
Dicoeum rufescens, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, ix., p. 407 (1817.)
Sylvietta crombec, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 258.
Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 135.
Specimens from various localities in Southern Africa, also from " Elephant's
Bay, Western Africa." The latter were collected and presented by A. A.
Henderson, M. D., Surgeon U. S. Navy.
2. Sylvietta brachyura, Lafresnaye.
Sylvietta brachyura, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 258.
" Sylvietta brevicauda, De La Fresnaye." Name on plate in Lefebvre's
Voy. Abyssinia.
Troglodytes microurus, Ruppell, Neue Wirbelth. Abyss. Voeg. p. 109 ?
Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. Ois. pi. 6. Riipp. Neue. Wirbelth. Voeg., pi. 41, fig. 1 ?
Much smaller than the preceding and more uniformly colored on the under
1859.]
40 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
s
tify niy former conclusion that the species is identical with Riippell's Troglodyte
micrurus, Neue Wirb. Abyss, pi. 41, fig. 2. The upper parts of the body are
constantly clear yellowish olive, with the head above dark brown, throat and
breast only rufous, abdomen white with a yellow tinge in the middle. It is
clearly not the bird figured in Lefebvre's Abyssinia Ois., pi. 6, which is in the
Acad. Coll. labelled "Senegal." The present bird has the bill shorter and less
curved, and the wings and even the tail shorter than in either of the species
of Sylvietta now before me. It may, indeed, indicate a distinct generic or sub-
generic group.
Genus Htlia, nobis.
■)
Small, in general appearance sylviform. Bill curved, upper mandible thick
or wide on the lateral view, compressed towards the end, carinated, nostril in a
large membrane. Wing moderate, first quill spurious, third and fourth long-
est and nearly equal, tail rather long, legs moderate, tarsus with about four
large scales in front, toes slender, claws rather large. Type Sylvia prasina,
Cassin.
63. Htlia prasina, (Cassin.)
Sylvia prasina, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1845, p. 325.
"Stiphrornis superciliaris, Temm. Mus. Lugd." ?
This bird is by no manner of means a Stiphrornis, if S. eryththrothorax is the
type, which appears to be the case, nor is it a Chloropeta of which C. natalensis,
Smith, is the type, nor moreover do we know any other genus to which it be-
longs, and so set up for ourselves as best we may. Numerous specimens from
the Camma and the Moonda.
64. Phyllopneuste umbrovirens, (Riippell) ?
Sylvia (Ficedula) umbrovirens, Riipp. Neue. Wirb., p. 112?
Two specimens in immature plumage, exceedingly like S. sibillatrix and S.
icterina of the Acad. Coll. These specimens are much as described by Riip-
pell as above. From the Camma.
65. Cisticola cursitans, (Franklin.)
Prinia cursitans, Frankl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1841, p. 118.
Sylvia cisticola, Temm. ?
Gould B. of Eur., pi. 113. ?
Several specimens now received from the Camma are scarcely different from
the bird of Europe or that of Asia. Specimens from the Cape of Good Hope
and from Northern Africa, strictly the same as the present specimens so far
as I can see, are in the Acad. Coll. They rather more closely resemble
Asiatic specimens, but are scarcely different specifically from those of South-
ern Europe.
Genus Parmoptila, nobis.
Allied to Pardalotus. Size small, bill thick, rather wide at base, depressed,
curved. Wing moderate, first quill spurious, second and third longest,
tail moderate, legs rather strong, toes moderate, claws strong. Feathers of
the head and throat in the present species, scale-like.
66. Parmoptila Woodhousei, nobis.
5 . Head and throat covered with rounded scale-like feathers, which are
rufous, lighter on the throat, brighter and nearly brick-red on the forehead.
Back, wings and tail light umber brown with a slight tinge of greenish on
the back, quills brownish black edged internally with reddish white. En-
tire under parts (except the throat) white, thickly spotted with brownish
black. Bill bluish black, legs yellowish white (in skin.)
5 . Upper parts including head, brown tinged with olive, under parts
parts of the body. Possibly the birds represented in the two plates cited may
not be identical. The species described by Lafresnaye as above, is labelled
" Senegal."
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41
lighter, nearly white on the abdomen, with obscure traces of the black spots
of the male. No rufous on the head nor throat. Total length, % about 4
inches, wing 2, tail 1^ inches. ? Total length, 3| inches.
flah. — River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This is the only bird from Western Africa that I have ever seen which be-
longs to the Pardalotinee. It is easily distinguished specifically by its rufous
head and throat and spotted under parts, and is a very curious and hand-
some little bird.
This bird is named in honor of my friend Samuel W. Woodhouse, M. D.,
of this city, an accomplished and promising young naturalist and scientific
traveller in the western countries of the United States.
67. yEGITHALUS FLAYIFRONS, CaSSill.
iEgithalus flavifrons, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 325.
Proc. Acad. Philada, 1858, pi. 1, fig. 2.
The male is described and figured by me as above. In the collection from
the Camma are females which are very similar to the males but rather small-
er and lighter colored. Both sexes have the forehead yellow.
68. Motacilla capensis, Linnseus.
Motacilla capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333 (1766.)
Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr., pi. 178. Kittl. Kupf., pi. 20, fig. 2.
The first appearance of this species in the fauna of Western Africa. Seve-
ral specimens from the Ogobai are not to be distinguished from others in the
Acad. Mus. from Southern Africa.
69. Anthus Gouldii, Fraser.
Anthus Gouldii, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 27.
Numerous specimens, impossible to determine conclusively from the short
and imperfect descriptions. From the Camma and formerly received in every
collection from Mr. Duchaillu.
Genus Macrosphenps, nobis.
General aspect of Orthotomus (0. sericeus, Temm.) and Ramphocanus {R.
mdanurus, Vieill,) but with the bill stronger, wider laterally and more com-
pressed, and with the legs and feet stronger. Bill long, rather strong, straight,
wide at base, compressed towards the end, upper mandible carinated, curved
and distinctly notched at the tip, nostril in a large membrane, under mandible
rather thick, somewhat curved in its outline, ascending towards its tip. Wing
moderate, first quill spurious, fourth, fifth and sixth longest and nearly equal,
tail moderate or rather short, legs moderate, claws rather strong, curved.
This genus, which I propose for the species immediately succeeding, is ex-
actly that of a bird in the Rivoli collection now in the Museum of this Academy,
labelled " Ramphocene vert, Ramphocenus viridis, Madagascar." The hand-
writing of this label I am not acquainted with, but the same specimen bears
another label of locality only : "Madagascar," which I suppose to be in the
handwriting of Mons. Victor Massena, and having his initials appended. This
bird may be Ramphoceenus viridis, Lesson, Traite d'Orn, p. 377, but which is
stated by M. Lesson to be a species of Brazil.*
* Macrosphenus viridis, (Lesson ?)
Ramphocaenus viridis. Lesson, Traite d'Orn. i. p. 377, (1831) ?
Larger than the species above described. Bill long, strong, straight, a few
pairs of slender bristles at the base of the upper mandible, wings and tail pro-
portionately rather longer than in the above species. Entire upper parts
olive green, darker on the head and tinged with yellow on the back. Throat,
breast and middle of the abdomen yellow, sides, flanks, tibiae and under tail
coverts yellowish green, nearly the color of the back. Under wing coverts
yellow, quills brownish black, secondaries edged internally with light reddish,
tail dark olive green. An obscure stripe of yellowish in front of the eye. Bill
light brown or horn color, legs light colored. Total length about 7 inches,
wing 2\, tail 3, bill, from gape, \\, tarsus 1 inch.
Hab. — Madagascar. (Rivoli collection label,) Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada,
1859.]
42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
70 Macrosphenus flavicans, nobis.
Bill long, straight, curved at the tip, and with a distinct notch. Head above
dark greenish cinereous, throat and neck in front light cinereous. Body above
light olive greeu, below greenish yellow inclining to saffron yellow on the
flanks, tibia yellow, mixed with cinereous in its lower third. Under wing
coverts silky white, quills brownish black, edged externally with ashy olive,
tail olive green, darker on the inner webs. Bill bluish horn color, under man-
dible white at base, and viewed from below, having a longitudinal stripe of
white throughout its length, legs light colored. Total length about 5 inches,
wing 2±, tail If, bill from gape f, tarsus J inches.
Hub. — Camma River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
The affinities of this bird, and that alluded to above, as probably from
Madagascar, I have not satisfactorily determined. The general aspect is that
of Orthotonus and Ramphoccenus, as stated above, but they appear also to be
related to Tatare, Lesson, and in fact have the bills very similar to that of
Tatar e lusdnius or Thryothorus luscinius, Quoy et Gaiin. Voy. Astrolabe, Ois.
pi. 5. At present my opinion is that they belong to the group Troglodytince.
Several specimens of this bird are in the collection from the Camma, all of
which are labelled as males.
71. Turdus pelios, Bonaparte.
Turdus pelios, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 273, (1850.)
Though with numerous specimens before me, of both sexes and various ages,
I rely on labelled specimens in the Acad. Mus. more than descriptions in the
determining of this species. The specimens alluded to are labelled in the
handwriting of that very competent naturalist, Mr. Jules Verreaux, and are
quite identical with those in the present collection. This species is nearly
related to T. libonyanus, Smith, of Southern Africa, and appears to be abundant
on the Camma, Moonda and Muni rivers.
72. Cossypha poexsis, Strickland.
Cossypha poensis, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pi. 37.
Specimens from the Camma which seem to be the species described and
figured as above, in adult plumage.
73. Cossypha verticalis, Hartlaub.
Cossypha verticalis, Hartl. Beitr. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 22.
Petrocincla albicapilla, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 2S4, pi. 32 ?
The only specimens that I have ever seen from Equatorial Africa are in the
collection from the Camma, and are darker in the color of the upper parts of
the body than specimens from Senegal in the Acad. coll. In fact I would de-
scribe the back and wing coverts in these specimens as black in the adult and
brownish black in the young, though, in other respects, specimens from the
localities mentioned are very similar. *
74. Geocichla compsonota, nobis.
About the size and general form of Turdus interpres, Temm. PI. Col. 458,
but does not resemble that species in colors. Tail short, wings moderate,
first quill spurious, fourth and fifth longest, legs rather strong, toes rather
long, bill straight, rather thick, upper mandible curved at the tip and distinct-
ly notched. Head above, cheeks and small space on the chin dark cinereous,
upper parts of body and wing coverts bright rufous, quills brownish black,
the two first edged externally with dark cinereous, others and especially the
shorter quills widely edged with the same bright rufous as the back, tail
brownish black, outer feathers edged with rufous. Under parts (except a
small space on the chin) white, tinged with dull yellowish brown on the breast
and flanks. Bill bluish black, legs pale yellowish (in dried skin.) Total
length about 6£ inches, wing 4f , tail 2^, tarsus 1, bill from gape f inches.
Hab. — Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43
This bird is, so far as I can see, exactly the same genus as the Asiatic T.
interpres alluded to above, and is about the same size. It is not a very good
Geocichla, of which T. citrinus is the type, but not a remote relative. One
specimen only in adult plumage is in the collection from the Camma.
Genus Alethe, nobis.
General form and aspect of Napothera, but with the bill thicker, the bristles
at the base of the upper mandible weaker and shorter, and in general charac-
ters more approaching Cossypha and Geocichla. Wing rather long, first quill
short, fourth and fifth longest, tail moderate, legs rather strong.
75. Alethe castanea, (Cassin.)
Napothera castanea, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 158.
The adult is described by me as above from the river Moonda, and in the
present collection are intermediate and young specimens, the latter entirely
different from the adult, so much so indeed that were it not for more advanced
or intermediate specimens it would scarcely be suspected of being the same
species. They bear some resemblance to the young of Petrocincla.
Young 5 • Upper parts dark fuscous tinged with rufous on the rump and
every feather having an oblong or ovate central spot of light yellowish rufous,
wider on the back and wing coverts, narrower on the head. Under parts dull
yellowish rufous, many feathers on the breast edged with black, wings and
tail as in the adult.
Several specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
76. Oriolus Baruffii, Bonaparte.
Oriolus Baruffii, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 347, (1850.)
" Oriolus intermedins, Temm." Hartl.
Several specimens in the collection from the Camma and formerly received
from the Moonda.
77. Oriolus nigripennis, Verreaux.
Oriolus nigripennis, Verr. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 105.
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
Genus Trichophorus, Temminck, PL Col. iii. (liv. 14, about 1821.)
Type T. barbatus, Temm. PI. col. 88. Bill strong, curved, rather wide at
base, nostril in a large cavity, aperture semicircular or crescent-shaped, rictal
bristles strong. Wing moderate, rounded, first quill short, fifth and sixth
quills longest, tail moderate, wide, legs short and rather slender, scales on
tarsi confluent or obscure.
Belonging strictly to this group I have seen T. gularis (Horsfield) of Java,
T. sulphuratus (Midler) of Borneo, T. barbatus, Temm., T. olivaceus, Swains.
T. flaviventris, Smith, T. calurus, Cassin, and T. simplex, Hartlaub, of Africa,
and several other Asiatic species. All these have the bill strong and curved,
and several of them have the feathers of the head broad, somewhat length-
ened and probably erectile. Hairs on the back of the neck frequently long
and conspicuous.
78. Trichophorus culoronotus, nobis.
Strictly of the same group as T. gularis, Horsfield, and T. calurus, Cassin,
and resembling both, but larger. Feathers of the head broad and lengthened,
bristles on the back of the neck long and conspicuous, bill strong, curved,
legs and feet rather small, feathers of the lower back and rump lengthened.
Tail and upper coverts bright rufous, the outer feathers edged with greenish
yellow. Head above dark cinereous or plumbeous, cheeks plumbeous, every
feather with a medial line of white, back, rump and wings fine olive green,
tinged with yellow on the rump, quills brownish black, edged externally with
the olive green of the back, under wing coverts yellowish olive. Throat white,
breast cinereous (or plumbeous, nearly the same as the head above); abdomen
and under tail coverts greenish yellow. Bill bluish horn color, the edges of
1859.]
44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
both mandibles white, legs light brown (in dried skin). Total length about
8 to 8£ inches, wing 4£, tail 3f , tarsus f , bill from gape 1^ inches.
Hab. — River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This large species is another of the red tailed birds like my T. calurus, and
T. gularis, Horsfield, but differs entirely from those or any other that I have
ever seen or found described. The feathers of the head are wide, much as in
T. barbatus, and are lengthened, somewhat crest-like. The cinereous or plum-
beous color of tbe breast varies in shade in different specimens, and assumes
the form somewhat of a wide transverse band on the breast and upper part of
the abdomen.
Several specimens are in the collection from the Camma. This is one of
the largest and handsomest known species of this genus.
79. Tkichophorus calurus, Cassin.
Trichophorus calurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Phila., viii. p. 158,(1856.)
Several specimens from the Camma do not differ from others formerly re-
ceived from the Muni, though presenting some variations in size and the
thickness of the bill. Female like the male in color, but with the feathers of
the head shorter and more compact, rather smaller than the male, and with
the bill weaker.
80. Trichophorus simples, Hartlaub.
"Trichophorus simplex, Temm." Hartl. Cab. Jour. hi. p. 356.
Specimens from the Camma labelled as males are larger than as given by
Dr. Hartl tub as above, and the throat is pure white. Total length about 8J
inches, wing 4^, tail 4 inches.
Though now first received from Mr. Duchaillu this species has been in the
Acad. coll. for about twenty years, having been received in Dr. Mac Dowall's
collection from St. Paul's river. I have regarded it as Ixos inornatus, Fraser,
erroneously as it now appears from the statements of authors, but rather dif-
ficult to determine from the description of the latter. This bird does assuredly
strongly approximate to typical Ixos both in form and color.
Genus Xenocichla, Hartlaub, Orn. W. Afr. p. 86.
Type X. syndactyla (Swainson). Bill strong, straight, rather wide at base,
compressed in its terminal half, type of upper mandible rather abruptly curved
or hooked, gonys ascending, rictal bristles strong. Wing moderate, fifth and
sixth quills longest, tail moderate or rather long, legs and feet moderate or
rather slender, but larger than in Trichophorus, scales on thetarsi hardly ob-
servable. Outer toe united to the middle toe nearly or quite to the last
joint.
The main distinction of this genus from the preceding is in the bill, which,
instead of being wide and curved, is straight and compressed, and with the
gonys strongly ascending to the tip, and the union of the outer and middle
toe is also a strong character. This group is much more rapacious and shrike-
like in its characters than the preceding. Belonging to this group I have seen
X. syndactyla (Swainson), X. canicapellus (Hartlaub), X. notatus (Cassin), and
X. tricolor (Cassin).
81. Xenocichla syndactyla, (Swainson).
Dasycephala syndactyla, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 261, (1837.)
Trichophorus syndactylus, (Swains.) Hartlaub.
This large and handsome species is in the collection from the Ogobai. It is?
the most shrike-like and rapacious species of this group that I have seen, and
both geuerically and specifically is strongly characterized.
Large, bill straight, compressed. Tail and upper coverts bright rufous, up-
per parts dark olive, outer edges of quills with a tinge of rufous, under parts
greenish yellow, palest on the throat, the green more distinct on the breast
and sides. Total length about 9£ inches, wing 4£, tail 4 inches. Outer
[Jan .
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45
united to the middle toe to the last joint, or for ahout two thirds of its
length.
Several specimens from the Ogobai river.
82. Xenocichla notata, (Cassin.)
Trichophorus notatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 159.
From the Camma, and formerly from the Moonda and Muni rivers. Easily-
distinguished by the large yellow spot in front of the eye, which is the color
also of the under parts of the body, tinged with green on the breast and sides.
Upper parts yellowish olive green, not so dark as in the preceding. Tail olive
green, nearly the same as other upper parts, four outer feathers on each side,
with large pale yellow spots at their tips, under wing coverts pale yellow. To-
tal length about 7J inches, wing 3|, tail 3£ inches. Outer toe united to the
middle for about half its length. Female smaller and with the bill shorter,
but with the colors very nearly as in the male.
83. Xenocichla tricolor, (Cassin.)
Trichophorus tricolor, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1857, p. 33.
From the Camma and formerly from the Muni river. Smaller than either
of the preceding two species. Tail and its upper coverts dark chestnut,
slightly tinged with greenish, entire upper parts olive green, under parts green-
ish yellow, clearer on the throat and more shaded with green on the breast
and sides, exposed ends of secondaries having a tinge of rufous or chestnut
like the tail. Total length about 6| inches, wing 3, tail 3 inches. Outer toe
united to the middle slightly beyond the first joint. Female smaller than the
male but similar in colors.
84. Hemixos serinus, (Verreaux.)
Criniger serinus, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 105, (1855, March.)
Criniger xanthogaster, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 327 (April.)
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. This bird is
exactly the same genus to me as Criniger ictericus, Strickland, and another
species labelled in the Acad. Coll. " T. indicus, Ceylon." Sexes alike.
85. Hemixos indicator, (Verreaux.)
Criniger indicator, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 105, (March, 1855.)
Trichophorus leucurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1855, p. 328, (April.)
This is a very bad Hemixos, but a worse Criniger or Trichophorus. It is a
heavy and strong bird with the bill wider and thicker and the tail shorter
than in either of the genera mentioned. It is for me the type of a generic or
sub-generic group approaching Cossypha and Geocichla in form, but different
in color.
Specimens from the Camma.
86. Andropadus latirostris, Strickland.
Anclropadus latirostris, Strick. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100.
Frazer, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 35, (young.)
Bill and feet pale colored, and under mandible almost entirely white in
both adult and young. Under wing coverts yellowish olive, fifth quill long-
est. Throat with a line on each side of pale yellow, very distinct in the adult,
and generally to be traced in the young ; entire upper parts dark olive, upper
tail coverts and tail greenish brown. Middle of throat and breast olive, abdo-
men pale greenish yellow, tibia? and under tail coverts reddish olive. Quills
edged internally with dull white. Bill wide, depressed, serrations in upper
mandible distinct. The young bird frequently has the wings tinged with
the same reddish brown as on the tail. Total length 6| to 7 inches.
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni.
87. Andropadus gracilirostris, Strickland.
Andropadus gracilirostris, Strick. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 100.
Bill and feet always dark horn color. Under wing coverts and inner edges
of quills dark ochre yellow. Entire upper parts yellowish olive, under parts
1859.] 4
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
greenish cinereous, tibiae and under tail coverts pale rufous. Bill narrower
and more slender than in the preceding. Total length about 7 inches. Ser-
rations in the upper mandible not numerous but distinct.
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
88. Andropadus virens, Cassin.
Andropadus virens, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. \857, p. 34.
Smaller than either of the preceding, and more nearly related to the typical
A. importunus, of southern Africa. Bill and feet brownish horn color, the
latter lighter. Under wing coverts pale greenish yellow, inner edges of quills
very pale reddish white. Entire plumage olive, paler beneath, middle of ab-
domen yellow. Upper tail coverts and tail greenish brown. Total length
about 6£ inches.
This appears to be the most abundant species of Equatorial Africa, having
been received in all of Mr. Duchaillu's collections.
89. Andropadus curvirostris, nobis.
About the size of A. gracilirostris and latirostris. Bill rather narrow, curved,
serrations in upper mandible distinct. Under wing coverts pale greenish yel-
low. Upper parts olive, darker on the head, upper tail coverts and tail red-
dish brown, under parts lighter olive, tinged with reddish brown on the breast
and sides and inclining to yellow on the abdomen. Quills dark brown, edged
outwardly with olive, and on their inner edges with pale greenish yellow.
Bill and feet bluish horn color, edges of both mandibles white. Total length
about 6f inches, wing 3, tail 3 inches.
Hab. — River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
Tbis bird has the bill wider than in A. gracilirostris, and not so wide nor so
strong as in A. latirostris, and more curved than in either. I have heretofore
regarded it as the young of the former, but it appears to be a distinct species.
Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni.
90. Ixos ashantecs, Bonaparte.
Ixos ashanteus, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 266.
Specimens from the Camma, and received in small numbers in several other
of Mr. Duchaillu's collections.
91. Ixonotus guttatus, Verreaux.
Ixonotus guttatus, J. and E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 306.
Evidently not an uncommon bird in Equatorial Africa. From the Camma,
and formerly in other collections from Mr. Duchaillu.
Genus Pyrrhurus, nobis.
Bill rather wide at base, upper mandible curved towards the end and dis-
tinctly notched, base with about 4 or 5 pairs of long and rather strong bristles.
Wing rather long, first quill short, fifth longest, legs and feet strong, claws
large, tail long, wide, rounded. Feathers of the head in front stiff and scale-
like. Type Phyllastrephus scandens. Swainson.
92. Pyrrhurus pallescens, (Hartlaub.)
Trichophorus pallescens, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr., p. 86, (1857.)
In the collection from the Ogobai are several specimens which agree so com-
pletely with Dr. Hartlaub's very careful description, cited above, that I cannot
avoid the conclusion that they are the species intended, though he gives the
locality of his specimens as "Gambia." The present specimens are precisely
of the same generic form as Phyllastrephus scandens, Swainson, and resemble
that species exceedingly in color also, but are smaller, as will be seen by Dr.
Hartlaub's description, and constantly differ in the color of the under parts of
the body and the under wing coverts. Specimens of P. scandens are in the
Acad, coll., labelled in the handwriting of Mr. Jules Verreaux.
With undoubted specimens also before me of Phyllastrephus capensis from
the Cape of Good Hope, it is very palpable that these birds are not of the same
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4"
genus. In fact P. capensis has short wings, and P. scandens the wings long,
and in other points of structure these birds are quite different, though belong-
ing to the same group of Thrushes, and allied to Ixos and Andropadus.
93. Pyrrhurus leucopleurus, (Cassin.)
Phyllastrephus leucopleurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. 1855, p. 328.
Several specimens from the Camma do not vary materially from my descrip-
tion, as cited above. The affinities of this bird are more nearly to the prece-
ding and P. scandens than to any African birds with which I am acquainted,
but there are Asiatic species also to which it is related. The bristles at the
base of the bill in the present bird are smaller than in the preceding.
This bird approximates to Asiatic birds, very confusedly given by authorB
as species of the genera Brachypus, Napothera, Trichophorus and others. It
quite considerably resembles a species received from the Leyden Museum,
labelled " Trichophorus striolatus, Miiller, Java," but is larger and has the
tail longer, though it is apparently of the same genus. There are also other
birds in the Acad. coll. variously estimated generically, but of the same group
as the present species. I arrange it here provisionally, until I can find out
further.
94. Muscipeta flaviventris, Verreaux.
Muscipeta flaviventris, Verr. Cab. Jour. iii. p. 103, (1855.)
Muscipeta tricolor, Fraser ?
A very beautiful species, varying much at different ages, but recognizable by
the peculiar rich red orange or bay of the under parts. In the adult the
plumage on the upper parts of the body is orange yellow at the base of the
feathers, and on the rump the feathers are of the same color as the under parts,
but tipped with bluish ashy. With some displacement of the feathers the rump
might readily be supposed to be of the same color as the under parts.
Specimens from the Camma and from the Moonda are nearly all young.
95. Muscipeta melampyra, Verreaux.
Muscipeta melampyra, Verr.
Specimens in several of Mr. Duchaillu's collections. From the Camma.
96. Muscipeta Smithii, Fraser.
Muscipeta Smithii, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S43, p. 34.
Another very handsome species recognizable without difficulty from the
description as cited. This bird bears relations to both Muscipeta nigriceps
(Hartlaub)* and M. flaviventris, Verreaux, and in fact looks like a specimen
of the former, with the tail of the latter appended. Head glossy bluish black,
back, rump, wing coverts and entire under parts fine orange-rufous, quills and
tail brownish black, with a strong tinge of bluish ashy on the outer webs of
the feathers. Total length about 7| inches. The black of the head extends
further on the neck in this species than in M. nigriceps, and the color of the
tail is entirely different, being fine reddish or chestnut orange in the latter.
97. Muscipeta melanogastra, Swaineon ?
Muscipeta melanogastra, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 55, (1837)?
Specimens which I refer provisionally to this species are not adult, and but
* Muscipeta nigriceps, (Hartlaub.)
" Tohitrea nigriceps, Temm." Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 91.
Velvet-headed Flycatcher, Lath. Gen. Hist. vi. p. 198.
Both sexes of this species are in the Acad, coll., having been received in Dr.
Macdowell's collection from St. Paul's river. Head and throat glossy purplish
black, quills dark brown, all other parts of the plumage, including tail, rich
orange rufous, inclining to chestnut on the breast, tail with the middle feathers
much the longest in the male. Female with the tail short, head and throat
dark brown, all other parts of the plumage dull orange rufous. Total length,
% about 9^ inches, <£ about 6 inches.
1859.]
48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
few only have been received from Mr. Duchaillu. With numerous specimens
of M. melanogastra in various stages of plumage, from the Gambia in the Acad.
Coll., I cannot avoid suspecting that the adult of the birds in the present col-
lection would be different. The young are much alike in general characters.
98. Muscipeta spbciosa, nobis.
Generally resembling M. melampyra, Verreaux, but smaller and with the tail
long, and having a white longitudinal stripe on the wing like M. melanogastra
and M. rufwentris. Tail long, with the two middle feathers much the longest,
others graduated, wing moderate, fifth quill longest, bill stout, rather wide and
thick but not so long as usual in this genus, bristles at base of both mandibles
conspicuous. Upper tail coverts in- adult glossy black. Head, neck and breast
glossy black with a green lustre, abdomen and under tail coverts dark bluish
ashy or nearly black, wing coverts and quills black, greater wing coverts widely
edged with white, secondary quills widely edged externally with white, (forming
a conspicuous white spot on the wing coverts, continued in a longitudinal stripfi
on the quills). Under wing coverts dark ashy, nearly black, same as the under
parts of the body. Upper parts of body fine rufous chestnut, shorter quills
edged with rufous chestnut. Tail rufous, rather lighter than the back, all the
feathers edged towards the end with brownish black, and the middle feathers
brownish black along their shafts and tipped with that color. Bill and feet black.
Total length from tip of bill to end of tail about 9 inches, wing 3^, tail 6,
middle tail feathers exceed the next pair by 2^ inches, bill from gape -| inch.
Hab. Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This is a species of the same general appearance as M. melanogastra, holose-
ricea, rnfiventris and others, and resembling in colors, especially of the under
parts of the body, M. melampyra as stated above. In M. melampyra, the under
tail coverts are bright rufous, and it has no white stripe on the wing. In the
present species, the under tail coverts are dark ashy, exactly the same as the
abdomen, and the white spot ami stripe on the wing are very conspicuous. The
upper tail coverts, especially the longest of them, next to the tail are lustrous
greenish black in the present bird, which character distinguishes it from all other
species with which I am acquainted. There is no other known African species
that has the under tail coverts dark cinereous, except M. senegalensis, Lesson,
which, however, only generally resembles the present bird, so far as can be
gathered from the descriptions.
99. Muscipeta Duchaillui, nobis.
Generally resembling the Asiatic 31. paradisi, (Linnaeus) but smaller and
with the long feathers of the tail white in both sexes. Crested, bill wide,
somewhat depressed, bristles at the base of both mandibles long and conspicu-
ous, wing moderate, fifth quill longest, middle feathers of the tail long, others
graduated. Male, adult. — Back, rump and upper tail coverts reddish chestnut,
head and breast shining greenish black, abdomen dark ashy. Quills brownish
black, greater wing coverts and tertiary quills widely edged with white, form-
ing a very conspicuous white longitudinal stripe on the wing, under wing co-
verts dark ashy (same as abdomen) middle tail feathers white, with their shafts
black at the base, outer tail feathers brownish black, several of the longer
■edged with white on their inner webs. Female, adult. — Back, rump, upper tail
coverts and tail snotvy white, the shafts of the tail feathers for about half the
length of the middle feathers and throughout the others, black. Crested, head
and breast shining greenish black, (as in the male) abdomen and under tail co-
verts white, the former mixed and striped with black on the flanks, quills
brownish black, greater coverts and outer edges of tertiaries white, under wing
coverts white. Bill and feet ashy bluish brown. Young % . Upper parts
white as in the female, but with longitudinal stripes of black, outer tail feath-
ers brownish black, edged with white, abdomen dark ashy, nearly black.
Total length about 14 inches, wing 3}, tail 10, middle feathers exceed the
others by 6 inches,
Hab. — Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49
This is one of the most remarkable birds yet discovered by Mr. Duchaillu,
and is also one of the handsomest species of Flycatchers yet known to inhabit
Western Africa. In general characters, this bird resembles the well known
Asiatic Muscipeta paradisi, and, as in that species, the male is chestnut colored
on the upper parts of the body, and the female is white. The present bird has
also relations to M. mutala, and others of Southern and Eastern Africa, but is
quite different.*
* The following species of Muscipeta are in the Museum of this Academy.
Asiatic.
1. Muscipeta paradisi, (Linnaeus) Le Vaill. Ois d'Afr. iii. pi. 144, 145.
2. Muscipeta afiinis, (Hay.)
3. Muscipeta rufa, (G. R. Gray,) Gray's Genera, i. pi. 64.
4. Muscipeta leucogastra, Swainson, Flycatch. Nat. Lib., pi. 24.
5. Muscipeta principalis, Temm., Faun. Jap. Birds, pi. 17.
6. Muscipeta cyaniceps, Cassin, Voy. Vincennes, Birds, pi. 9, fig. 1.
African.
7. Muscipeta cristata" (Gmelin,) Le Vaill. Ois d'Afr., iii. pi. 142, 143.
Numerous specimens from the Cape of Good Hope, and one specimen from
" Nova Redonda, Western Africa." The latter collected and presented by Dr.
A. A. Henderson, Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
8 Muscipeta borbonica, (Gmelin.)
9. Muscipeta melanogastra, Swainson.
Specimens from Gambia and others from Equatorial Africa, received from
Mr. Duchaillu. The latter I assign to this species with some hesitation.
10. Muscipeta rufiventris, Swainson, B. of W. Afr., ii. pi. 4.
11. Muscipeta mutata, (Gmelin) Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr., iii. pi. 148.
12. Muscipeta holosericea, (Temminck) Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 147.
13. " Muscipeta Gaimardi, Madagascar." Label in Rivoli Collection.
The last three names I regard as possibly applicable to one species only, iu
stages of plumage analogous to those of M. paradisi, and of my M. Duchaillui,
but I advance this as an opinion only, at present. These three are all labelled
in the Acad. Coll. as from Madagascar. The last seems to be Tchilrea Gaimar-
di. Lesson, Traite, i. 386, which is stated to be from New Guinea, an error cor-
rected by M. Pucheran, in Arch, du Mus. Paris, vii. p. 372.
14. Muscipeta Ferreti, (Guerin), Ferret et Galinier, Voy. Abyssinia, Ois. pi. 8.
Specimens of both sexes from Abyssinia.
15. Muscipeta flaviventris, (Verreaux).
16. Muscipeta melampyra, (Verreaux).
17. Muscipeta Smithii, Fraser.
18. Muscipeta nigriceps, (Hartlaub).
19. Muscipeta speciosa, Cassin.
20. Muscipeta Duchaillui, Cassin.
Of these species there are several subgeneric groups, one of the most distinct
of which is composed of M, flaviventris, Smithii, and melampyra. In addition to
the species here given, there are various others in the Acad. Coll., nearly re-
lated, if not actually entitled to be included in the genus Muscipeta; for in-
stance, Muscicapa pyrrhoptera, Temm., which is placed by Bonaparte in the ge-
nus Philentoma, Eyton, but with doubtful propriety as a congener of P. velatum
and Muscicapa cyanomelas. For me, the first three species of Philentoma, as ar-
ranged by Bonaparte, (Consp. Av. i. p. 314,) belong to three different genera.
The fourth species I do not know.
1859.]
50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
To this beautiful species, I have great pleasure iu applying the name of Mr.
Uuchaillu, who, in the three )'ears past, during which he has been in Africa,
has fairly earned the distinction of being the most successful zoological tra-
veller of the present time, and who has, in ornithology especially, made very
important discoveries.
100. Trochocercus nitens, nobis.
Of the same generic group as Musdcapa cyanomelas, Vieill. Le Vaill. Ois.
d'Afr. iv. pi. 151, and in some measure resembling that species. Crested, bill
smaller and more narrow than in typical species of Muscipeta, wing moderate,
fifth quill longest, tail moderate, bristles at the base of both mandibles strong,
and nearly as long as the bill.
6 • Head, breast, and entire upper parts glossy bluish black, which is also
the color of the wings and tail. Abdomen and under tail coverts light cinere-
ous, very pale or nearly white next to the black color on the breast, under wing
coverts white, bill and feet bluish gray.
5 . Top of head (or crest) only glossy black as in the male, back and other
upper parts dark cinereous, (without lustre,) wings and tail ashy black. Entire
under parts light cinereous, darker on the throat and breast, and very pale on
the abdomen, under wing coverts light ashy, nearly white. Total length, % ,
about 5| inches, wing 2i, tail 2| inches. % slightly smaller.
Hab. — Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This is a second species of the same group to which belongs Muscicapa cyano-
melas, Le Vaill Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 151, as stated above, but is a very distinct
and well marked species, entirely without the white scapulars and tertiaries
which so strongly mark that bird, and are well represented in Le Yaillant's
plate cited above. In the male, the head and breast and entire upper parts of
the body, including the wing coverts and shorter quills, are lustrous bluish
black, changing to greenish according to the light. The abdomen is clear
ashy, very pale next to the black of the breast, and there almost assuming the
form of a transverse narrow band of ashy white.
Several specimens of both sexes of this interesting little bird are in the col-
lection from the Camma and Rembo rivers.
101. Trochocercus ?
Several specimens of young birds in the collection from the Camma seem
to indicate a third species of this group larger than either T. cyanomelas or T.
nitens. Young of both sexes resemble the females of both the species just
mentioned, but are of darker cinereous, and like them have the crest only
black. The bill is larger and more depressed. I do not regard it as expedient
to propose a new specific designation in this difficult family, without having
adult specimens.
102. Bias musicus, (Vieillot.)
Platyrhynchus musicus, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, xxvii. p. 15.
Myiagra flavipes, Swains. Flyc. Nat. Lib. p. 255, 308.
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. Young % . Like
the female, but with the entire plumage mixed with black feathers.
103. Artomyias fuliginosa, Verreaux.
Artomyias fuliginosa, J. & E. Verreaux, Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 104, (March.)
Butalis infuscatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 326, (April.)
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez.
104. Platystira melanoptera, (Gmelin.)
Muscicapa melanoptera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 939, (1788.)
Jard. and Selb. 111. Orn. i. pi. 9.
Numerous specimens in all of Mr. Duchaillu's collections.
105. Platystira leucopygialis, Fraser.
Platystira leucopygialis, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1842, p. 142.
Platystira castanea, Fras. ut sup. p. 141
Frazer Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 34.
From the Camma and Ogobai.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 51
106. Muscicapa grisola, Linnaeus.
Muscicapa grisola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p.
Butalis Afrieaaa, Bonap. Couiptes Rendus, 1854, p. 652?
Gould, B. of Eur. pi. 65. Naumann, B. Germ. pi. 64.
Several specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, not distinguishable from the
European bird, but are not in fully adult plumage. In the African specimens
the bill is smaller than usual in this species from Europe, but they do not
appear to be specifically distinct.
107. Muscicapa, ?
A second species of typical Muscicapa, in the collection from the Camma, but
which I cannot identify with any species or description with which I am ac-
quainted. Adult £ • Upper parts clear bluish-ashy, lighter on the rump, and
with longitudinal lines of brownish black on the head. Throat and abdomen
white, breast pale ashy, nearly the same as the back, under wing coverts ashy
white, quills and tail brownish black. An obscure line of ashy white in front
of the eye. Bill and feet black. Young % . Upper parts cinereous, many fea-
thers, with large terminal spots of dull yellowish, under parts dull white, with
spots and edging of brownish black. Tail black, narrowlv tipped with white.
Total length about 5 inches, wing 2|, tail 2\ inches.
108. Muscicapa epulata, (Cassin).
Butalis epulatus, Cassia, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 326.
Specimens show some difference in the shade of ashy of the upper parts, but
appear to be identical. In the more adult the lower mandible and the feet are
light colored or nearly white in the dried skin. From the Camma.
109. Ervthrocercus McCallii, (Cassin).
Pycnosphrys McCallii, Ca?sin. Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 326.
A single specimen from the Camma, not different in any respect from that
formerly received from the Moonda.
110. Hyliota violacea, Verreaux.
Hyliota violacea, Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 308.
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
111. Fraseria ocreata, (Strickland).
Tephrodornis ocreatus, Strickl. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1844, p. 102.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 36.
Both sexes from the Camma. The dark edgings of the plumage of the breast
varies in different specimens, in some extending to the sides and abdomen, in
others nearly obsolete. Sexes nearly alike in colors, female smaller.
112. Fraseria cinerascens, Hartlaub.
" Stiphrornis cinerascens, Temm. Mus. Lugd." Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 102.
This species much resembles the preceding, but is smaller, and can be easily
distinguished by the white spot ia front and over the eye, which is present in
both sexes at all ages. Sexes very nearly alike, but the female and young male
generally have the breast and flanks strongly tinged with dull fulvous or ochre
color. From the Camma and Ogobai.
113. Parisoma melanurum, nobis.
About the size of P. subcaeruleum, (Vieill.) Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 126.
Bill rather thick, upper mandible distinctly notched, under mandible with the
ridge ascending, wing moderate, first quill short, fourth longest, tail rather
long, legs rather long. Middle six feathers of the tail black, outer two white,
intermediate black, tipped with white. Entire plumage cinereous, darker on
the head and upper parts of the body, lighter on the throat and breast, and
nearly white on the abdomen. An obscure white line in front of the eye.
Under wing coverts ashy white, under tail coverts pale fulvous. Quills brown
edged externally with ashy white. Bill light corneous, under mandible white
1859.]
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
at base, tarsi light bluish. Young 5 • Entire under parts ashy, many of the
feathers edged with light rufous, under tail coverts pale rufous, upper parts
darker ashy, wing coverts and quills edged with pale rufous. Total length
about 5^ inches, wing 2|, tail 2\ inches.
Hab. Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
About the same size as the South African Parisoma, mentioned above, but
with the bill thicker and longer. In the young bird the under tail coverts are
pale rufous, which color becomes more indistinct, and assumes a fulvous shade
in more advanced age. Several specimens from the Camma and Itembo. Sexes
alike.
114. Parisoma olivascens, nobis.
About the size of the preceding, or slightly larger; bill shorter and thicker,
tail rather long. Entire upper parts ashy olive, wings and tail olive brown,
quills edged externally with pale yellowish ashy, and internally with white.
Throat, and under tail coverts white, breast and abdomen greenish ashy, paler
on the latter, under wing coverts white. Fpper mandible bluish corneous,
under mandible yellowish white, legs pale colored. Total length 5| inches,
wings 2f, tail 2\ inches.
Hab. Camma river, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
This bird is of the same general form as the preceding, but has the bill
stronger, and the colors of the plumage are entirely different. The tail in the
present bird is greenish brown, the outer feathers more distinctly edged with
ashy olive, very nearly uniform with the upper parts of the body. One speci-
men only is in the collection from the Camma, and is labelled as a male. Both
the species here described have the bills longer and thicker than P. subcaeru-
leum.
Genus Hypodes, nobis.
Allied to Parisoma, but with the general form shorter and stronger. Tail
short, bill thick, rather wide at base, upper mandible distinctly notched at the
tip, bristles at base of the upper mandible distinct, wing moderate or rather
long, first quill short, third and fourth longest and nearly equal, legs and feet
moderate, or rather slender. Type Eopsaltria cinerea, Cassin.
115. Hypodes cinerea, (Cassin).
Eopsaltria cinerea, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 253.
This little bird is allied to the preceding two species, but is generically dis-
tinct, and has the tail short, while in those the tail is rather unusually long.
In my judgment this bird and Parisoma are not distant relations of Virco and
Eopsaltria.
116. Campephaga nigra, Vieillot.
Campephaga nigra, Vieill.
Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. iv. pi. 165.
There is a constant difference in the metallic lustre of different specimens,
almost inclining me to the opinion, that they are two species. Both are en-
tirely black, and about the same size, but the lustre of one is green, and of the
other rich purple and violet. The former is strictly identical with South African
specimens in Acad. Coll.
From the Camma, and formerly from the Muni.
117. Lobotos Temminckii, Hartlaub?
Lobotos Temminckii, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 99?
Ceblepyris lobatus, Temm. PI. Col. 279, 280 ?
A single specimen labelled as a young male, is either this species or an un-
described bird. It much resembles the figure of the female given by Temm. in
PI. Col. 280, but has the entire head cinereous, darker on the top of the head,
lighter and nearly white on the throat. Upper part of body yellowish olive,
under parts fine yellow, quills dark brown, edged internally with yellow, tail
olive, external feathers with their outer webs yellow. Total length 7f inches.
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 53
118. Ceblepyris azurea, (Cassin.)
Graucalus azureus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1851, p. 348.
Two specimens in the collection from the Gamma, and so far as I am informed
the only known specimens except that formerly received from Dr. Macdowell,
and described by me as above. It is with much gratification that I record the
second occurrence of this species, which is quite peculiar amongst the African
birds of this group, and is strongly distinguished by its uniform blue plumage.
The present specimens are fully adult, being rather larger than that described
by me, and have the quills uniform clear black, without the white transverse
lines at the end, which are in the original specimen, and seem to mark a
younger bird. Total length about 8 inches. The general appearance of this
bird is not unlike that of the young or immature plumage of Irena puella of
Asia.
119. Dicrurus coracinus, Verreaux.
Dicrurus coracinus, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 311.
From the Camma and Ogobai, and strictly identical with specimens from Mr.
Verreaux, in the museum of this Academy,
120. Dicrcrcs atripennis, Swainson ?
Dicrurus atripennis, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 256?
Several specimens which I doubtfully refer to this species. It is smaller than
the dimensions given by Swainson as above, the total length being about 8
inches, but is evidently nearly allied, if not identical with his species. This
bird has the tail but very slightly forked, and bears relations also to my D.
aculeatus and to D. Ludwigii, Smith, of Eastern and Southern Africa, both of
which are now before me. D. atripennis is not in the Academy collection.
121. Sigmodus rufiventris, Bonaparte.
Sigmodus rufiventris, Bonap. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 441.
Several specimens from tlie Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda. Sexes
alike, except that in the female the head above is clear white, without the tinge
of cinereous generally to be seen in specimens. This species is rather smaller
and quite distinct from S. caniceps. Temminck.
122. Laniarius cruentus, (Lesson.)
Vanga cruenta, Less. Belanger's Voy. Zool. p. 256, (1834.)
" Harcolestes hypopyrrhus, Bonaparte," Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool.
1855, p. 419.
Lesson, Cent. Zool. pi. 65.
Very fine specimens of this beautiful species are from the Ogobai and Rembo
and formerly from the Moonda. The female is similar to the male in general
characters, but is rather smaller and has the colors less distinct.
123. Laniarius chloris, (Dumont.)
Laniua chloris, Dumont, Diet, des Sci. Nat. xi. p. 226, (1826.)
Malaconotus Peli, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 360, (1850.)
Laniarius lepidus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. vii. p. 327, (1855.)
The description of Lanius chloris, as cited above, is not sufficient to identify
it with this or any other species. In applying this name to the bird now before
me, I rely entirely on the conclusion of Dr. Hartlaub, in Orn. W. Afr., p. 109,
and necessarily disregarding the statement made by the Prince Bonaparte that
L. chloris is a second species of the genus Ixonotus, Verreaux (Comptes Ren-
dus, Acad. Paris, 1854, p. 533.)
From the Camma, and received in all the collections from Mr. Duchaillu.
124. Dryoscopus affinis, G. R. Gray.
Dryoscopus affinis, G. R. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1837, p. 489.
Specimens from the Ogobai and others from the Moonda, that I cannot dis-
tinguish from others in the Acad. Coll. from Zanzibar.
1859.]
54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
125. Dryoscopus major, (Hartlaub.)
Telophonus major, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 108.
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Hamburg, 1848, pi. 5.
Specimens of both sexes from the Camma.
126. Dryoscopus carbonarius, (Cassin.)
Laniarius carbonarius, Oassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1851, p. 347.
Telophonus leucorhynchus, Hartlaub, Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 108?
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Hamburg, 1848, pi. 6 ?
Though the names here given seem to be regarded as certainly synonymous
by very reliable ornithologists, I have never been able to reconcile that conclu-
sion with the fact that both sexes of my D. carbonarius have the bill black.
In T. leucorhynchus, the bill of the male is white, and that of the female black,
and the measurements given as above, and elsewhere, with his usual accuracy,
by Dr. Hartlaub, are smaller than in specimens of my species.
There are, in Mr. Duchaillu's collections, numerous specimens of L. carbona-
rius of both sexes, and very similar in all their characters, but previous to the
arrival of the present collection from the Camma, I had never seen a specimen
with the bill light colored, or of any other color than black. In this col-
lection, however, there are two specimens evidently not in mature plumage, one
of which, labelled as a male, has the bill varied with dull brownish black and
pale yellowish white, and showing a tendency to become either white or black,
but impossible to determine which. These two specimens are smaller than
those of L. carbonarius, being very nearly the size given by Dr. Hartlaub, and
have the plumage more strongly tinged with brown as represented in his plate
cited above. My opinion is, at present, that the two species are distinct.
From the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda.
127. Chaunonotus Sabinei, (J. E. Gray).
Thamnophilus Sabinei, J. E. Giay, Zool. Misc. p. 7, (1842).
Hapalophus melanoleucus, Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 312.
Jard. and Selby, 111. Orn. n. s. pi. 27.
From the Camma, and formerly from the Muni and Moonda.
128. Turdirostris fulvescens, nobis.
Of the same genus as " Myiothera philomela, Temm. Borneo," and very nearly
related to " Myiothera inornata" " Trichostoma umbralile" and " Trichostoma cele-
bense," of the Acad. Coll. and generally resembling those species in colors, but
larger than either of them. Bill rather large, wing moderate, rounded, fifth
quill longest, tail moderate, rounded, legs rather long, feathers of the back long,
soft, bristles at the base of the bill strong. Head above dark ashy brown,
cheeks ashy, throat ashy white. Upper parts of body reddish-brown, with a
tinge of olive on the back, and becoming clear dark ferrugineous on the rump
and upper tail coverts. Under parts of body dull ashy white, much tinged with
dull ochraceous or fulvous on the breast and sides. In some specimens the en-
tire under parts are dull reddish fulvous. Quills dark brown, edged externally
with the same color as the back, tail dark chestnut brown. Bill with the upper
mandible horn color, under mandible yellowish white, legs light brownish. 9 •
Smaller, and with the plumage more strongly tinged with ferrugineous on the
upper parts, throat ashy white, under parts of body ashy white in some speci-
mens, dull fulvous in others.
Total length, $ , about 6 inches, wing 3, tail 2| inches. $ Total length
about 5|, wing 2§, tail 1\ inches.
Hab. River Camma, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
To me this bird is exactly the same genus as a species in the Acad. Coll.
labelled in Europe, " Myiothera philomela, Temm. Borneo," and is nearly related
to others as stated above. Its colors much resemble those of the species just
mentioned, and also of " Trichostoma umbralile and celebensis," of which very in-
different figures are given in Jardine's Cont. Orn. for Nov. 1849. The tails ia
[Jan.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55
these two birds are not unusually short as represented in the plate alluded to,
and in other respects the figures are scarcely recognizable with the original
specimens before me. These species are included in the genus Turdirostris, Hay,
Bonap. Comp. Av. i. p. 217.
The present bird presents considerable diversity in the shade of colors, and
especially in the greater or less prevalence of ferrugineous or dark fulvous on
both the upper and under parts of the body. So far as I know, it is the first
species yet ascertained to inhabit Western Africa, of a group of birds quite
numerous in the islands of the Malay Archipelago, at about the same latitude
of Mr. Duchaillu's operations, or within a few degrees of the Equator. In fact,
species from equatorial Africa, similar to others in the equatorial Asiatic Isl-
ands, have now been discovered to such extent as to be quite remarkable.
With this species I conclude the Dentiroslres of the present very interesting
collection, and hope to continue this Catalogue without intermission next
month.
In accordance with the by-laws, the following members were elected
on the Standing Committees for the present year.
1. Ethnology, J. A. Meigs, S. S. Haldeman, T. G. Morton. 2.
Comparative Anatomy and General Zoology, Joseph Leidy, James M
Corse, W. A. Hammond. 3. Mammalogy, John Le Conte, J. H.
Slack, Wm. Camac. 4. Ornithology, John Cassin, T. B. Wlson, S.
W. Woodhouse. 5. Herpetology and Ichthyology , Edward Hallowell,
Robert Bridges, J. C. Morris. 6. Conchology, T. A. Conrad, W. Gr.
Binney, W. S. W. Ruschenberger. 7. Entomology and Crustacea,
Robert Bridges, John L. Le Conte, J. J. Brown. 8. Botany, Elias
Durand, A. J. Brazier, Joseph Carson. 9. Geology, Isaac Lea, C. E.
Smith, J. P. Lesley. 10. Mineralogy, W. S. Vaux, J. C. Trautwine,
W. Gr. E. Agnew. 11. Palaeontology, T. B. Wilson, Joseph Leidy, T.
A. Conrad. 12. Physics, B. H. Rand, W. M. Uhler, Edward Tilgh-
man. 13. Library, W. S. Vaux, Isaac Barton, T. B. Wilson. 14.
Proceedings, John L. Le Conte, Joseph Leidy, W. S. Vaux, C Scull,
W. S. W. Ruschenberger.
February 1st.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.
Forty members present.
A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
Ichthyological Notices, by Charles Girard, M. D., and was referred to
a Committee.
The resignation of Thomas B. Wilson, M. D., as member of the
Committees on Palaeontology and the Library, tendered this evening,
was accepted.
On motion of Mr. Cassin, a special vote of thanks was given to
Mr. James Hammill, for his handsome donation of the skeleton of a
horse, received this evening.
1859.]
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Feb. $th.
Dr. Hays in the Chair.
Twenty-nine members present.
Dr. Rand announced the death at sea, on his return from China, of
Captain McMichael, late a member elect of the Academy.
Feb. 15th.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.
Thirty-eight members present.
Papers were presented for publication of the Proceedings, entitled,
Observations on the Species of Nicotiana, by John Le Conte.
Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, California, by John L. Le
Conte, M. D.
And were referred to Committees.
Mr. Powel read extracts from a letter, giving information in relation
to certain fossil bones in the neighborhood of Eufield, North Carolina.
Feb. 22c?.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.
Forty members present.
On report of Committees on the Biological Department, the follow-
ing named papers were recommended for publication in a medical journal.
Observations on the exposed hearts of Animals, by S. Weir Mitchell,
M. D.
Observations on the colorless blood-corpuscle, by Wm. A. Ham-
mond, M. D.
The following papers were, on report of the respective Committees,
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings :
ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES.
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.
V. We have often had an opportunity to speak of curious traits of organi-
zation amongst the fishes of California and Oregon, but we think that the
species which is the subject of this paragraph, yields nothing in that respect
to those alluded to elsewhere.
Let it be stated at once that it belongs to the blennioid family, as now un-
derstood by us, and will enter into the genus Neoclinus, as characterised in
the "Report upon the Fishes of the U. S. P. R. R. Expl. and Surveys," with-
out any material modification of its diagnosis. And yet when we first beheld
this singular creature — prior to any examination of its organic structure — we
were far from suspecting its natural affinities to the family to which it belongs
in reality. The fish is from eight to nine inches in total length ; its body is
very much compressed and tapering ; the head being about two inches long and
deeper than broad, superiorly convex, anteriorly rounded off ; the branchial
apertures are widely open, continuous under the throat ; the mouth is deeply
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 57
cleft ; the pectorals and ventrals, and the fins generally, assume a position and
an aspect, not departing from the normal rule in that family. In the charac-
ters thus far enumerated, there is nothing to attract very particularly the at-
tention, except, perhaps, the'broad exit to the respiratory stream ; and, as far
as the dentition is concerned, we have already stated its type by referring the
species to the genus Neoclinus. But now imagine a fish with all these charac-
ters, provided with a mouth very wide and deeply cleft, with the maxillar bones
in their usual position, developed beyond all proportions ; so much so that their
posterior extremity, which is considerably dilated, extends beyond the bran-
chiostegal apparatus. Between the cheeks and the inner edge of the maxillar
bones there is a connecting membrane, which measures about an inch and
a half along its posterior edge, and gives the mouth an enormous amplitude
when viewed in front ; both maxillars stretched. The same membrane extends
from the angle of the mouth, along the lower jaw to near its apex or sym-
physis, towards which it tapers. That abnormal development of the maxillar
bones reminds us of a similar peculiarity of structure in Opistognathus sonnerati,
upon which species the genus Opistognathus was founded. Another species of
the same genus Opistognathus, however, 0. ruvieri, does not possess the same
feature, and the generic characters of Opistognathus are now derived from other
structural traits. In treating of Neoclinus it will be recollected, we alluded to
the natural affinities between these two genera. They differ chiefly by the
dentition and the structure of the ventral fins : Neoclinus having conspicuous
palatine teeth and three articulated rays only to the ventrals ; whilst Opistog-
nathus has the palate toothless, or nearly so, and is provided with five articu-
lated rays to its ventral fins. The pectorals, dorsal, anal and caudal fins
present the same general appearance in both genera. Even the scales are
similar : they being small, imbricated and cycloid in their structure. The air
bladder, which is wanting in Neoclinus, is extant in Opistognathus.
It is more than probable that had we been acquainted with this second
species of Neoclinus first, we would have been misled as to its real generical
characters, and framed a name in allusion to the condition of the upper jaw,
such as Pterognathus for example, which would have been most characteristic,
for that upper jaw is as truly winged as the anterior members of the flying
squirrels. We cannot help thinking that Cuvier himself would not have coined
the name of Opistognathus had he had before him the species which bears his
name, instead of that which he dedicated to Sonnerat.
These two genera (Opistognathus and Neoclinus,) will furnish one of the best
themes to ichthyological studies, as they exemplify the fact that specific char-
acters may be developed to exaggeration, and become more conspicuous than
the generic characters themselves.
Returning now to the principal object of this paragraph, which is to record
a second species in the genus Neoclinus, and to which we give the name of N.
satiricus, the chief difference between the latter and N. blanchafdi resides in
development of the maxillar bones, above alluded to. The cephalic membra-
nous flaps or tentacles, which we noticed in the species formerly described.
do not appear to exist in the present one ; so that their expression will have
to be stricken out from the generical diagnosis. The formula of the rays : Br.
vi : vi ; D 42 ; A 29 ; C 3, 1, 5, 4, 1, 4 ; V 1, 3 ; P 14, bears a great resemblance
to that of N. blanchardi ; we have not been able to ascertain how many of the
rays of the dorsal fin are simple and unarticulated. The insertion of the ven-
trals takes place somewhat more in advance of the pectorals than in the species
just alluded to.
The color is uniform olivaceous brown, with a bluish black tint prevailing
over the sides of the head and the fins. The maxillar membrane is posteriorly
white edged, as in N. blanchardi.
The only specimen of this species that has come to our knowledge, was
caught at a depth of thirty fathoms, in the Bay of Monterey, rCala., and sent to
the museum of the Smithsonian Institution by A. S. Taylor, Esq., to whom
1859.]
58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
science is already indebted for some of the rarest ichthyological and careino-
logical productions of the Pacific coast.
VI. A few months have scarcely elapsed sincere stated that no representa-
tives of the sub-order of apod malacopterian fishes had so far been observed
along the Pacific coast, west of the United States. We are now in possession
from that coast of a fine species, which, according to Kaup's classification, be-
longs to the family Opkisuridce, and more properly still to the subfamily Myro-
phincB. Its generical affinities are with Myrus, from which it, however, differs
by the dentition and the condition of the dorsal fin. The genus to which it
belongs may be characterized as follows : Pectoral fins present. Origin of
dorsal fin situated near the occiput, in advance of the base of the pectorals.
Head large, subcorneal, lower jaw shorter than the upper. Teeth granular,
disposed upon elongated patches, on the jaws, palate and nasal bones Eyes
well developed. Gill apertures lateral, of moderate development, and placed
vertically in advance of the pectoral fins. Body scaleless. — A specimen from
Adair Bay, Oregon, measures about two feet in total length. Its body is sub-
cylindrical, somewhat compressed, and tapering gradually backwards. The
origin of the dorsal fin takes place near the occipital region, upon a vertical
line somewhat nearer the base of the pectorals than the posterior rim of the
eye. The beginning of the anal fin is nearer the extremity of the snout than
the tip of the tail. The pectoral fins are subelliptical in their outline, broader
than long. The head, from the apex of the rostrum to the branchial
aperture, measures about two inches, or else the twelfth part of the
total length ; it is subcorneal, anteriorly attenuated, the upper jaw projecting
considerably beyond the lower one. The gape of the mouth is nearly hori-
zontal ; its angles extending considerably beyond the orbits. The teeth are
subcorneal or hemidiscoid, granular or sand like in general appearance and of
various sizes ; very small ones occupying the intervening space between the
largest. They are disposed upon multiple series : three of these may be ob-
served towards the anterior portion of the dentary (lower jaw), whilst one
only extends backwards along that bone. There is a double series of them at
the upper jaw ; a double series also along the shaft of the vomer, the latter
being continuous forwards with the nasal patch, where three or four series exist.
The nostrils approximate the apex of the rostrum ; the upper ones are very
small, and placed opposite the inferior ones, which are conspicuous and tubu-
lar. The eyes are subelliptical and well developed ; their longitudinal diame-
ter entering twice upon the rostral distance anterior to the orbits.
The ground color is brownish olive, except the throat and belly which
are of a dull whitish tint. Rounded, dark brown spots, rather diffuse at their
periphery, constitute four longitudinal series from head to tail, leaving but the
abdominal region unicolor, for the throat exhibits small, blackish spots. The
spots about the head are likewise a good deal smaller and of a deeper hue
than along the rest of the body. The fins are olivaceous ; the anal and pecto-
rals being unicolor, whilst the dorsal fin is edged with white and exhibits
moreover a series of spots similar to those observed on the body.
We have selected the name of Myrichthys tigrinus for the above species. The
specimen upon which the foregoing observations were made, was caught in
Adair Bay, Oregon, by Capt. C. P. Stone, and presented to the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution.
VII. A few years ago we have established the genus Cyprinella to include
sundry species of small cyprinoid fishes apparently very numerous in the
rivers and streams lying westwardly to the main bed of the Mississippi, as
well as in Texas and the Mexican provinces adjoining the Rio Grande del Norte
(Rio Bravo). Up to the time our reports upon these fishes passed through
the press, we had not met with any species of that genus east of the Alleghany
range. We are now in possession of numerous specimens of various sizes,
from an inch to three inches in total length, which appears to be the full grown
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA. 59
condition of the species. They were obtained from the waters of Rock creek,
which flows into the Potomac river nearly opposite Analostan island. In
general appearance they resemble young shiners (Luxilus americanus), for
which they might easily be taken by superficial observers. Upon a closer ex-
amination, however, the generic features, as pointed out elsewhere, become so
obvious, that when once observed, they can never fail to attract attention.
The body is elongated and subfusiform in profile ; the peduncle of the tail
being stoutish. The head enters four times and a half in the total length.
The eye is of moderate development and circular in shape ; its diameter enter-
ing about four times in the length of the side of the head. The snout is sub-
conical, and the fact of its projecting beyond the lower jaw is a trait partaken
more or less by all the species of this genus ; the gape of the mouth is directed
somewhat obliquely upwards ; the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone
corresponds to a vertical line drawn between the nostrils and the anterior rim
of the orbit. The dorsal fin is rather elevated, superiorly rounded off ; its an-
terior margin is equidistant between the apex of the snout and the last scales
at the base of the caudal fin. The origin of the ventral fins takes place some-
what anteriorly to the dorsal. The anal fin is deeper than long. The ventrals
are broader and shorter than the pectorals. The scales are larger than those
of the shiner (Luxilus americanus) and the lateral line, though defiexed, is much
less so than in the fish just alluded to. The color is uniformly silvery ; greyish
olive along the dorsal region, and of a metallic reflect over the rest of the body
and sides of the head. The fins are unicolor, except the dorsal which exhibits
a black spot at its posterior margin.
The species referred to in this paragraph resembles C. whipplii most, with
this chief difference, that the dorsal fin is less elevated, and the ventral fins
situated somewhat more anteriorly. The minor differences will suggest them-
selves upon the comparison of their respective diagnosis. We think that the
name of C. analostana may, with great propriety, be bestowed upon it.
VIII. Our friend, Townend Glover, has just brought us from Palatka, East
Florida, a Cyprinodont, of the genus Fundulus. The specimen is unique, and
belongs to the male sex. Compared to F. grandis, of which it has the length,
the body is more slender, and subfusiform in general appearance. The great-
est depth, taken at the origin of the ventral fins, is equal to the length of the
head, which enters four times and one third in the total length. The scales
which cover the upper surface of the head and the opercular apparatus, are of
moderate development. The head is subpyramidal, the snout tapering, and
the mouth rather small. The eye is subcircular, of medium size ; its diameter
entering about four times and a half in the length of the side of the head. The
dorsal fin is longer than high ; it is higher posteriorly than anteriorly, and its
origin is nearer the apex of the snout than the extremity of the caudal fin.
The latter is subtruncated or subconvex, and constitutes nearly the sixth of
the total length. The anal is deeper than its base is long, subtriangular to-
wards its extremity which projects further back than the dorsal. The ventrals
are broad and short, not extending quite to the vent, which is situated near
the anterior margin of the anal fin. The pectoral fins are likewise broad and
short, although much more developed than the ventrals ; their posterior ex-
tremity is nearly even with a vertical line drawn at the origin of the latter fins.
The rays stand as follows :— D 17 ; A 134-1 ; C 5, 1, 8, 7, 1, 5 ; V 6 ; P 17.—
The scales are much deeper than long, anteriorly truncated and rounded upon
the rest of the periphery. Radiating furrows are observed upon their anterior
section only. The ground color is yellowish brown, quite dark along the dor-
sal region, spotted with black ; whitish and unicolor beneath. The spots cor-
responding to the scales, upon the line of their intersection. The dorsal and
caudal fins are likewise spotted, and assume a reticulated appearance. The
anal and the ventrals being yellowish and unicolor, the edge of the anal alone
is blackish, whilst the pectorals are greyish olive.
1859.]
60 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
The throat and inferior surface of the head exhibit the same tint as the abdo-
men. The sides of the head are yellowish brown, whilst its upper surface is
rather dark and blackish. Finding no species on record with which the pre-
sent one can be identified, the name of Fundulus seminolis may not be deemed
inappropriate to designate it henceforward.
IX. The fish which we have formerly described (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philada. vi. 1853, 389), under the name of Fundulus tenellus, from specimens
obtained at Prairie Mer Rouge, La., and Russellville, Ky., belongs to the genus
Zygonectes, proposed by Professor Agassiz (Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts,
second series, xvi. 1853, 135), so that its present systematic name will be Z.
tenellus. We should not be surprised at all to hear that the latter is identical
with either one or the other of the sundry species of that genus, which Professor
Agassiz has named without characterizing (Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, sec-
ond series, xvii. 1S54, 353), except by alluding to their coloration. The cha-
racters of the genus itself, were never defined, so that ere long, we may expect
to encounter as much difficulty in identifying its species, as we meet with those
recorded in the " Ichthyologia Ohiensis."
X. The party under Lieut. J. C. Ives, has brought home a very remarkable
species of Hydrargyra, which was collected ' ' between Fort Defiance and Fort
Union, New Mexico." It is probable, therefore, that it was caught in one of
the upper affluents of the Rio Grande del Norte (Rio Bravo).
The average size of the specimens now before us is about three inches, in males
as well as in females. The sexual differences reside, as usual in this genus, in the
dorsal and anal fins, which are more developed in the male than in the female.
The body is elongated, compressed, and subfusiform in profile ; the back being
slightly arched. The head is subpyramidal, very much depressed above, en-
tering about four times and a half in the total length, and apparently some-
what smaller in proportion in the female than in the male. The eye is subel-
liptical ; its longitudinal diameter being contained four times, or a little more,
in the length of the side of the head. The dorsal fin is longer than higb ; its
base entering six times and a half in the total length ; its origin, in the male,
is nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the posterior margin
of the caudal, whilst in the female it takes place much more posteriorly. The
insertion of the anal fin is the same, with reference to the dorsal in either sex,
but, since the posterior portion of the dorsal, in the male, is more developed
than in the female, the consequence is that it is nearly even with the posterior
extremity of the anal, whilst in the female, the latter stretches considerably be-
yond the extremity of the dorsal. The anal fin itself is as long as deep in the
male, and deeper than long, in the female ; exteriorly rounded off in either
sex. Its anterior margin, in the female, is overlapped by the membranous
expansion of the genital foramen. The caudal fin is subtruncated. The ven-
trals are short and broad ; their extremities reaching the anterior margin*of the
anal in the male, which is not the case in the female. The pectorals are of
moderate development, subovate in their outline, approximating by their ex-
tremity the insertion of the ventrals in the male, remaining more apart in the
female. The numbers of the fins rays are ; £ D 13 ; A 14; C 6, 1, 7, 7, 1, 6 :
V 5 ; P 17. The scales are comparatively smaller than in H. similis, and differ
furthermore from those of the latter species in being much deeper than long.
They are subquadrangular in shape, and furrowed upon their anterior section
alone. The ground color of the upper region of the head and body is olivace-
ous-brown, with a blackish, small spot upon either scale, giving that region
quite a dark appearance : whilst a yellowish tint prevails along the sides and
beneath. Transverse, narrow black bars or bands, much more conspicuous in
the male than in the female, may be observed from the insertion of the pecto-
rals to the base of the caudal, about sixteen in number, and extending from
the dorsal line to the belly. The intervening spaces are somewhat wider than
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61
the bands themselves. The fins are greyish olive, unieolor ; the anal and the
ventrals, in the female, being oftentimes of a lighter tint.
In allusion to the numerous transverse lateral bars, we shall call this species
Hydrargyra zebra.
XL In 1853, (Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts, second series, xvi. 135), the
genus Heterandria was proposed to include two small species of fish inhabiting
the fresh water ditches of South Carolina. All that we were told about their
generical characters had reference to the anal fin, which in the male sex, is very-
slender and deep and inserted more anteriorly than in the female. That dif-
ference between the sexes suggested the appellation of Heterandria. Most
genera of the so called Cyprinodonts, however, exhibit similar sexual dif-
ferences in a greater or lesser degree.
In the same year, 1853, we described four species under the head of Heteran-
dria, three of which we have recently* referred to the genus Gambusia, and one
to the genus Girardinus, proposed by Prof. Poey, of Havana, to include sundry
Cuban species. The genus Limia, of the same author, would likewise fall
under the head of Heterandria, as indicated. The genera just alluded to of the
Cuban naturalist, not only cover the same ground as Heterandria, but have
priority over the latter.
The following characters may be assigned to the genus Gambusia. Mouth
protractile, rather cleft and nearly horizontal, the lower jaw projecting some-
what beyond the upper. An external series of rather conical, curved and
conspicuous teeth, behind which may be observed a patch of velvet like teeth.
The origin of the anal fin is situated in advance of the anterior margin of the
dorsal, deeper and differently constructed in the male than in the female.
The branchiostegal rays numbering six on either side ; the branchial orifices
being continuous under the throat. Prof. Poey states that the intestine is
short, and the liver large, t
Amongst the fishes recently collected by Mr. T. Glover, at Palatka, East
Florida, we find specimens of a species of Gambusia, which upon comparison
with the specimens of Heterandria kolbrookii, Ag. (MS.) collected by ourselves
in Charleston, S. C, prove to be identical with the latter.
The largest female specimen which has come under our observation, mea-
sures two inches in total length, in which the head enters four times and a
half, and the caudal fin six and a half times. The head itself is very much
depressed and sloping towards the snout, giving the latter a wedge-shaped ap-
pearance, a trait not altogether peculiar to the species of this genus, for we
observe it in Pacilia, Limia, Girardinus, and to a certain degree in Fundulus
and Hydrargyra. The eye is very large, subcircular ; its diameter entering but
three times and a half in the length of the side of the head. The body is sub-
fusiform in profile when not otherwise distorted by the presence of ova or
embryos in the abdomen. The origin of the dorsal fin is much nearer the
extremity of the caudal than the tip of the snout ; the fin itself being
higher than long. The anal fin is larger than the dorsal, deeper than long,
exteriorly subtruncated, its anterior margin being nearly equidistant between
the tip of the snout and the extremity of the caudal fin. The ventrals are
small, short and broad when expanded ; their tips extending as far as the
vent when the belly is not otherwise distended. The pectoral fins are rather
large, projecting beyond the insertion of the ventrals when in their natural
condition. The formula of the fins is as follows : D8; A 9 ; C 4, 1, 6 6 1
5 ; V 6 ; PI, 10.—
The largest male specimen which we have examined, measures about an
inch and a quarter. The body is quite slender, and fusiform in profile, the
head holding the same proportions towards the total length as in the female
* U. S. and Mex. Boundary Report, vol ii. Ichthyology, pp. 71 and 73.
f Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la isla de Cuba, i. 1851, 390.
1859.] 5
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
sex. The origin of the dorsal fin is nearly equidistant between either extremi-
ties, whilst that of the anal is equidistant between the apes of the snout and
the insertion of the caudal fin. The ventrals hold the same position towards
the anal as in the female sex. The pectorals are proportionately longer.
The fins exhibit the same number of rays as in the female ; the anal differs in
its structure, inasmuch as the second and third rays are much stouter and
more elongated than the rest.
The scales are well developed, deeper than long, posteriorly rounded off, an-
teriorly truncated, with radiating furrows upon the latter section alone. The
color is uniform olivaceous brown, lighter beneath than above ; the dorsal
and caudal fins exhibiting transverse blackish lines.
Gambusia holbrooki is very abundant in ponds and ditches of fresh water of
South Carolina, and as already stated, was also collected in Florida. Speci-
mens from the latter locality are somewhat larger than those from South
Carolina.
XII. The smallest fish so far known to inhabit fresh waters is Eeterandria
formosa, Ag. (MS.), which is found associated with the preceding species, in
South Carolina, where we have observed it ourselves, as well as in Florida,
whence Mr. Glover has brought specimens. When full grown the female
measures about an inch in total length, and the male six-eighths of an inch ;
the specimens from Florida being somewhat larger than those from South
Carolina.
The body is compressed and fusiform in profile ; the head constituting a
little less than the fourth of the entire length. The snout is very short and
rounded off, the mouth quite protractile, with the lower jaw slightly project-
ing beyond the upper one. The eyes are very large and subcircular ; their
horizontal diameter entering about twice and a halt time or at most thrice in
the length of the side of the head. The dorsal fin is higher than long ; its an-
terior margin being nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the
extremity of the caudal fin. The anal is deeper than long, and somewhat
smaller than the dorsal. The ventrals are very small, short and broad, ex-
tending as far as the vent. The pectorals are elongated and project beyond
the origin of the ventrals. The fins in the male sex resemble those of the
female just alluded to, except the anal which is inserted more anteriorly, its
second and third rays being much more developed than the rest, thus giving
that an appendage-like appearance- The scales are comparatively very
large ; seven longitudinal series only being observed across the flanks of the
female sex. They are deeper than long, and furrowed upon their anterior sec-
tion alone. The ground color is olivaceous, or else yellowish brown above ;
the belly being of a light lemon tint. A black streak extends from the snout
along the middle of the flanks to the insertion of the caudal fin. From six to
eight brownish black vertical streaks may be observed along the sides inter-
secting the lateral streak, thus subdividing the surface of the body into quad-
rangular areas. A jet black spot exists at the base of the caudal fin, also at
the anterior margin of the dorsal and anal, except in the male sex in which the
latter fin is of a uniform yellowish tint. The caudal, ventrals and pectorals
are olivaceous and unicolor in either sex.
The species thus briefly described, belongs to the genus Girardinus of Prof.
Poey. It is characterized by a protractile, rounded, and scarcely cleft month,
the lower jaw projecting somewhat beyond the upper one. There is but one
series of teeth which are approximated, moveable, slender at their base and
extremely acute. The anterior margin of the anal is situated somewhat in
advance of the dorsal, and varying in structure according to the sexes. The
caudal is rounded as usual. The branchiostegal rays are five on either side,
and the branchial orifices continuous under the throat. The intestine is slen-
der, elongated, convoluted, and the liver small.* •
* Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la isla de Cuba, i. 1851, 390.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCESOF PHILADELPHIA. 63
Girardinus formosus, is quite as common in ponds and ditches, as the species
treated of in the preceding paragraph, especially about the rice fields and
inlets of rivers and brooks. Their great abundance has brought them to the
notice of every planter at the South, where these fishes are met with.
XIII. A "blind fish, taken from a well near Bowling Green, Ky.," was
recently sent to the Smithsonian Institution by J. E. Younglove, Esq.
In its general appearance and chief structural traits it resembles that which
occurs in Mammoth cave, with this curious difference, that the ventral fins are
wanting : we will call it Typhlichthys subterraneus.
Some years ago a fish ( Chologaster cornutus) was found in the ditches of the
rice fields of South Carolina, in all appearances akin to Amb ly op sis spelceus, hav-
ing the same advanced position of the vent, the body being covered with simi-
lar scales, but the ventral fins are wanting and the eyes fully developed.*
We have not yet been informed of the nature of the dentition of Chologaster
cornutus. That of Typhlichthys subterraneus is similar to the dentition of Ambly-
opsis spelceus, and consisting of narrow patches of acute and very minute teeth
upon the premasillar bones, the palatines and the lower jaw.
These three genera have for common traits of structure : a body covered by
cycloid scales, a dorsal and an anal fin opposed to one another, a rounded off,
or sublanceolated caudal fin, the position of the vent anterior to the base of
the pectoral fins. The shape of the mouth and the dentition are in all proba-
bilities alike. The generical characters consist : in Amblyopsis, the want of
eyes and the presence of ventral fins ; in Typhlichthys, the want of eyes and
ventral fins, both, and in Chologaster, the presence' of eyes and the want of ven-
tral fins.
The propriety of establishing three genera upon characters apparently tran-
sitory may be questioned by those who believe in the doctrine of transforma-
tions. Were Chologaster provided with ventral fins, and to differ from Amblyop-
sis by the presence of well developed eyes alone, the plausibility of a trans-
formation of that organ according to circumstances might seduce many. But
then again comes Typhlichthys, which holds an intermediate position, perfectly
eyeless and deprived also of ventral fins.
The largest specimens which we have seen of Typhlichthys subterraneus
measure a little over one and a half inch. The head which enters about three
times and a half in that length, is depressed, and broader than deep. The
mouth is proportionally large and transverse, the lower jaw being somewhat
longer than the upper. Minute and acerated teeth may be observed upon the
lower jaw, the premaxillar bones, and on the palatines also, disposed upon
narrow patches. The eyes exhibit no visible traces of their presence, the orbit
being filled up by a muscular tissue. The branchial apertures are separated
under the throat by a narrow isthmus, the branchiostegal rays being six in
number on either side. The body anterior to the dorsal and anal fins is sub-
cylindrical, whilst it is compressed and tapering posteriorly ; its entire profile
being subfusiform. The vent is situated in advance of the pectoral fins and
close to the branchial isthmus. The height of the dorsal fin is greater than
its base ; its anterior margin is nearer the extremity of the caudal fin than the
apex of the snout. The caudal is rounded oft' posteriorly or sublanceolated,
the central rays being the longest. The anal fin is inserted nea.rly opposite the
dorsal, or else somewhat more posteriorly ; it is likewise deeper than long.
The centrals, as alluded to above, are entirely wanting. The pectorals are
slender and elongated ; their middle rays being the most developed. The
number of the rays in the various fins is as follows : D 7 ; A 8 ; C 4, 1, 6, 6,
1, 5 ; V 0 ; P 11 ; a formula very similar to that of Amblyopsis spelceus. The
scales are very small, subimbricated, firmly adhering to the skin without
being imbedded in it as in the species just alluded to. They are rather
* Amer. Jour, of Sc. and Arts, Second Series, xvi, 1853, 135.
1859.]
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
deeper than long, rounded off, broader anteriorly than posteriorly, exhibiting
distant concentric lines of growth and very wide radiating furrows which
affect the anterior portion of the scale only. The head is scaleless, but its
upper surface as well as its sides, exhibit transverse cutaneous, finely granu-
lar ridges. A few of the latter may be observed along the flanks, over the
scales, although much less conspicuous than on the head. The color is a
uniform dull yellowish white tint.
XIV. The "sun fish," which we have formerly described under the name
of Promotis obesus, * belongs now to the genus Bryttus, as characterized in our
Report upon the Fishes of the U. S. P. R. R. Explorations and Surveys. Its sys-
tematic name, therefore, will be henceforwards Bryttus obesus.
XV. While assorting some of the fishes which the Smithsonian Institution
had been receiving during the past years, a specimen of the genus Megalops
was found in one of the kegs sent from the Tortugas, Garden Key, Fla., by
Lieut. H. G. Wright. It belongs to the same species as that which we have
formerly described under the name of M. elongatus.
It is three feet and three inches long, regularly subfusiform in its profile
the head constituting the fifth of the total length. The greatest depth, which
is seven inches, corresponds to the anterior portion of the body, nearly mid-
way between the pectoral and the ventral fins. The posterior extremity of
the maxillar bone extends considerably beyond a vertical line which would
intercept the hind rim of the orbit. The eyes are subcircular, their diameter
entering five times in the length of the side of the head.
The anterior or external ray of all the fins is very stout, considerably stouter
than the other rays, and usually the longest also. By anterior or external
ray is understood that which begins the series of developed rays, and not the
rudiments of rays that occur at the anterior or external margin of the fins.
The pectoral fins are lanceolated, but their extremity does not extend as far as
the origin of the ventrals. The latter are inserted altogether in advance of
the dorsal, so that when expanded, their posterior edge, which is linear, will
meet a vertical line dropped from the origin of the dorsal. The caudal is
deeply furcated and somewhat shorter than the head. The anal is longer than
deep, exteriorly concave or crescentic, the posterior rays extending further
back than the posterior, very elongated ray, of the dorsal fin. The latter is
much higher than long, somewhat concave upon its upper margin. There
are ten longitudinal series of scales between the dorsal and the ventral fins.
The total number of scales upon a girdle encircling the body in advance of the
insertion of the ventrals — being also its greatest depth — is twenty two, ten on
either side, and two odd series, a dorsal and an abdominal series. Small scales
may be observed upon the anal and caudal fins to near the extremities of their
rays. The numbers of the rays in the various fins correspond to those already
given ; we need but to state that those of the caudal may thus be expressed :
C 4, 1, 9, 9, 1, 3, giving twenty developed rays and nine, perhaps more, rudi-
mentary ones.
XVI- The brooks and streams which mingle their waters with that
of the Potomac river have furnished us with a representative of the Ethe-
ostomid family, of an apparently new generic type, the characters of which
may be thus expressed : body subfusiform ; head subconical ; snout rather
blunt, the upper jaw protruding beyond the lower one, thus giving the mouth
an inferior position. The latter is of moderate size, its gape nearly horizontal,
surrounded with conspicuous lips. Opercular apparatus scaly, cheeks and
throat bare. Dorsal fins distinct ; first dorsal lower than the second, and longer
than high. Anal smaller than the second dorsal. Caudal fin posteriorly trun-
cated or subtruncated. The genus we will call Arlina.
* Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. v. 1844, 40.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 65
The largest specimens which we have, so far observed, measure about two
inches in total length, the body tapering gradually away towards the insertion
of the caudal fin. The head, which constitutes the fifth of the entire length,
is subcorneal in general appearance, the snout being declivous and blunt and
overhangs the lower jaw. The anterior nostril is nearer the eye than the
margin of the upper jaw. The eye, itself, is large and subcircular, approxi-
mating the upper surface of the head ; its diameter enters nearly four times
in the length of the side of the head, twice behind its posterior rim and once
in advance of its anterior rim. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone
corresponds to a vertical line drawn at the anterior rim of the orbit. The first
dorsal is convex in its outline, it is separated from the second by an appreci-
ciable space. The second dorsal, which is higher than the first, is longer than
high, its upper margin being subconvex anteriorly and nearly straight poste-
riorly. The caudal fin constitutes about the fifth of the total length. The
anal is longer than deep and nearly of equal depth throughout ; the vent,
which is placed close to its anterior margin, is opposite the origin of the second
dorsal. The insertion of the ventrals takes place in advance of the anterior
margin of the first dorsal ; they are slender and elongated, but their extremi-
ties are far from reaching the vent. The ventrals are well developed, posteri-
orly rounded, and project somewhat beyong the ventrals, being even with a
vertical line drawn at the terminus of the first dorsal fin. The formula of the
rays is as follows :— D ix ; 14 ; A 10 ; C 4, 1, 7, 6, 1, 5 ; V i 5 ; P 13.— The
ground color is yellowish with a triple series of blackish blotches, one along
the back, and one on either side immediately beneath the lateral line, which
runs along the sixth series of scales, counted from above. During life,
the intervening space between the lateral blotches is of a metallic green as
well as the cheeks. A black spot may also be observed upon the opercular
apparatus. A vertical black streak beneath the eye, and one on either side of
the snout. The dorsals, the caudal and pectorals are transversely barred with
black ; the anal and pectorals being unicolor.
We propose calling this little fish Arlina effulgens in allusion to its bright
color during life.
XVII. The Potomac river, in the neighborhood of Washington, has furnished
us with another representative of the Etheostomid family, of which constitutes
likewise a new generic type, related to Hadropterus and Hyostoma. It differs
from Hadropterus by the anal fin, which is smaller than the second dorsal, and
from Hyostoma by the contiguity of the dorsal fins. It is also allied to Boleo-
soma, from which it may be distinguished by a scaly throat and a truncated
caudal. The natural characters of this genus, to which we give the name of
Estrella, may be thus resumed. Body subfusiform and compressed. Head
subcorneal, well developed, rather blunt. Mouth of moderate size, somewhat
protractile, with its gape horizontal ; lower jaw shorter than the upper. Oper-
cular apparatus, cheeks and throat scaly. First dorsal fin nearly as high as
the second and contiguous to it. Anal smaller than the second dorsal. Cau-
dal fin truncated.
The species is not uncommon, the largest specimens which we have ob-
served, measure about three inches and a quarter. The head forms a fifth of
the total length. The nape and occipital region constitutes an inclined plane
trom the orbits to the origin of the first dorsal fin. The eyes are very large,
fubelliptical in shape ; their horizontal diameter entering about three times in
she length of the sides of the head ; less than once in advance to the anterior
rim of the orbit. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone extending as
far as a vertical line drawn in advance of the pupil.
The first dorsal fin is much longer than high, superiorly convex, its mem-
brane being contiguous to the second dorsal. The latter is likewise longer
than high, but it is higher anteriorly than posteriorly, thus the upper margin
of that fin, which is subconvex or nearly linear, is nevertheless declivous
1359.]
66 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF
backwards. The anal fin is longer than deep, convex upon its edge ; its an-
terior margin being placed somewhat behind a vertical line drawn at the an-
terior margin of the second dorsal, but the same line intersects the vent. The
caudal fin, which is a little shorter than the head, is truncated upon its pos-
terior margin. The ventrals are of moderate development compared to the
other fin, their middle rays being the longest ; these fins assume a spear-
shaped appearance in the state of rest. Their extremities are far from reach-
ing the vent. The pectorals, much larger than the ventrals, assume the same
shape as the ventrals, under similar circumstances, but when expanded, their
posterior margin is quite convex. Their extremities project beyond those of
the ventrals, although they do not reach a vertical line intersecting the vent.
The rays of the fins are :— B ix ; 15+1 ; A 11 ; C 10, 1, 7, 7, 1, 9 ; V 1, 5 ; P
13. — The scales are of moderate size, deeper than long, anteriorly truncated
and posteriorly rounded, exhibiting radiating furrows upon their anterior sec-
tion, and numerous, slender, needle-like pectinations upon their posterior
margin. The lateral line constitutes the seventh series of scales, counted from
the second dorsal fin.
The ground color is yellowish brown, the dorsal region being maculated with
blackish brown, whilst the ventral region is unicolor. A series of large
blotches may be observed along the dorsal line affecting both sides of the back,
and a series of smaller blotches along the lateral line. There is also a black
streak on either side of the snout, and a vertical one beneath the eye. The
caudal and pectorals are transversally barred with black, the dorsals irregu-
larly vermiculated, giving these fins a checkered appearance. The first dorsal
is moreover provided with a jet black spot upon its anterior edge, between the
first and second rays. The anal and ventrals are blackish, the tint being
lighter at the base of these fins than towards their periphery.
The black spot at the anterior margin of the first dorsal fin, has suggested
the specific name of E. atromaculata, by which we propose to designate this
fish.
XVIII. A third, and much larger species of Etheostomid occurs in the waters
of the Potomac river. It is identical with the one from the Susquehanna river,
described by Prof. Haldeman under the name of Percina nebulosa. *
XIX. Etheostoma caprodes of Rafinesque, is very closely allied to Percina
vebulosa, so closely, indeed, that we are not yet prepared to point out the dif-
ferences with a sufficient degree of accuracy. But whatever it may be Etheos-
toma caprodes must be referred to the genus Percina of Haldeman, as having
priority over that of Pileoma of BeKay. Both of these genera were published
in 1842, but since Percina is quoted by BeKay, | it evidently shows that it was
issued from the press before Pileoma. That the genus Percina, as first con-
stituted, contained heterogeneous species, is no ground for rejecting it alto-
gether, and the species first enumerated must be considered as its type.
XX. Hence, should Pileoma semifasciatam prove specifically distinct from
Percina nebvlosa, it will be the third species of the genus Percina under the
name of Percina semifasciata.
XXI. The Etheostomid from Lake Superior, described as Pileoma zebra, is to
be a fourth species of Percina under the appellation of Percina zebra.
XXII. Finally a fifth species of the genus Percina was described by us in the
" Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey," under the name
* Journ. of the Acad, of Nat. Sci. Philada. viii. 1842, 330.
fNew York Fauna, Part iv. 1842, 162.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67
of Pileoma carbonaria which is to be designated henceforwards under that of
Percina carbonaria.
XXIII. We propose now to characterize a new genus of Etheostomid under
the name of Oligocephalus, as follows : Head small and subconical ; mouth
terminal, of moderate size, not protractile ; jaw equal and provided with slen-
der, acerated and conspicuous teeth, disposed upon multiple series, the exter-
nal series much largerthan the inner series. Opercular apparatus, cheeks and
throat scaleless. First dorsal fin lower than the second, longer or nearly of the
same length, and contiguous. Anal much smaller than the second dorsal, and
provided anteriorly with two small spiny rays. The external ray of the ven-
tral fins is likewise a small spine. Caudal, posteriorly rounded off or else
convex. To this genus we now refer PacUichthys lepidus figured in the Report
of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary Commission. The first dorsal is represented
as being widely separated from the second, whilst in fact, its membrane
reaches the anterior margin of the latter fin. We shall therefore record it in
future under the name of Oligocephalus lepidus.
XXIV. A species allied to the preceding one, inhabits the hydrographic
basin of James river, Va. It reaches nearly the same size, that is about two
inches long. Its boly is quite compressed, subfusiform in profile, maintain-
ing its depth towards the insertion of the caudal fin. The head enters nearly
four times and a half in the total length. The gape of the mouth is slightly
oblique ; the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone corresponding to a ver-
tical line drawn in advance of the pupil. The diameter of the eye enters
about four times in the length of the side of the head. The base of the second
dorsal fin is nearly equal to that of the first. The base of the anal fin is
nearly equal to its deepest rays. The ventrals are lanceolate in shape ;
whilst the pectorals are subelliptical in their outline, their extremities project-
ing beyond those of the ventrals. The formula of the fins is as follow : — D vn ;
13 ; A ii, 7; C 6, 1, 6, 7, 1, 5 ; V i, 5 ; P 13.— The scales are rather _ small,
somewhat deeper than long, finely pectinated posteriorly, with radiating fur-
row at the anterior section only. The lateral line constitutes the eighth series
of scales, counted from the second dorsal fin. The ground color is reddish
brown, transversely maculated with blackish spots. The second dorsal fin and
the caudal are transversely barred with black upon a light olivaceous ground.
The first dorsal, the anal, the ventrals, and the pectorals are of a uniform
light olive tint. A jet black spot may be observed immediately above the
insertion of the pectorals close to the thoracic arch, and has suggested the
name of Oligocephalus humeralis, by which we propose to designate this species.
XXV. The species fromWalcott, Wayne Co..N. Y. described by my friend,
Dr. H. R. Storer, under the name of Etheostoma linsleyi* belongs to the genus
Oligocephalus, as characterized above. I have in my possession authentic spe-
cimens of the same. It is a much slenderer fish than the two foregoing species,
anil like 0. humeralis, is provided with a black spot above the pectoral fins,
close to the thoracic belt. A careful description of it having been given by its
author, we need simply refer to it for the present. We have recorded it under
the appellation of Oligocephalus linslii, in the monograph we prepare upon that
family of our fresh water fishes.
XXVI. Amongst the fishes collected by Major B. Alvord, at Fort Gratiot,
Lake Huron, there is a species of Etheostomid, the generic characters of which
remind us somewhat of those given to the genus Hadropterus. The opercle and
cheeks, however, are scaleless, as well as the throat, which is minutely prickly.
The first dorsal fin is longer and lower than the second, which is equal to the
* Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iv. 1851, 37.
1859.]
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
anal. The caudal is emarginated posteriorly. The species itself being yet un-
described, we shall call it Alvordius ?naculatus. The specimens before us mea-
sure two inches and three quarters. The body is elongated, rather slender and
subfusiform. The head is subcorneal, entering about four times and a half in
the total length. The eye is well developed ; its diameter being contained
four times in the length of the side of the head ; once in advance of its anterior
rim. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone extends to a vertical line
drawn within the anterior rim of the orbit, not quite in front of the pupil. The
lower jaw is somewhat shorter than the upper. The first dorsal fin is much
longer and lower than the second, to which it is nearly contiguous. Its upper
margin is convex. The second dorsal is longer than high, diminishing gradu-
ally backwards. The caudal, which forms about the sixth of the total length,
is somewhat emarginated posteriorly. The anal is placed opposite the second
dorsal, and nearly equal to it in size and shape. The ventrals are sublanceo-
lated and rather short ; their posterior extremities being even with those of
the pectorals, which are subelliptical in their outline. The formula of the fins,
reads . — D xiv ; 13 ; A i, 10 ; C 5, 1, 7, 6, 1, 8 ; V i, 5 ; P 14. — The scales are
rather small, deeper than long, anteriorly subtruncated, posteriorly rounded,
with radiating furrows upon the anterior section only, and fine pectination upon
the posterior margin. A series of larger scales conspicuously toothed pos-
teriorly, may be observed along the ventral line between the vent and the
extremities of the ventrals. The ground color is reddish brown, the dorsal
region being tessellated with blackish spots, whilst a series of black patches
may be observed on either side, larger and less numerous in the male than
in the female. A black streak intersects vertically the eye. The fins in
the male are unicolor, except the first dorsal, which is black, spotted at the
base. In the female sex, the caudal exhibits transverse blackish lines. The
inferior regions are unicolor in either sex.
XXVII. In 1S52, E. O. Dayton, Esq., sent to the Smithsonian Institution,
amongst other fishes, a species of Etheostomid, which we referred at that time
to an undescribed genus. Subsequently, the genus Catonotus was published,
answering to it. The species being still unknown, we propose to call it C.
fasciatus. The specimens are a little short of three inches, the head entering
about four times and a half in the total length. The gape of the mouth is
oblique, the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone reaching a vertical line
drawn immediately in front of the pupil. The diameter of the eye enters five
times in the length of the side of the head. The first dorsal is very low and
equal in length to the second, which is superiorly convex, and as high posteri-
orly as anteriorly, the tip of the posterior rays extending almost to the in-
sertion of the caudal. The anal fin is much smaller than the second dorsal,
and longer than deep. The caudal is rounded off. The ventrals are rather
small and subovate, whilst the pectorals are subelliptical, and extend further
back than the ventrals, either of which being very far from attaining the vent.
The formula of the fins is :— D vm ; 15 ; A n, 8 ; C 4, 1, 7, 6, 1, 4 ; V 1, 5 ;
P 13. — The scales are small, subcircular, rather deeper than long, minutely
and inconspicuously pectinated upon their posterior margin, with radiating
furrows upon their anterior section alone. The lateral, which is nearer the
back than the belly becomes obsolete from the origin of the second dorsal back-
wards. The ground color is chestnut brown, with irregular blackish fascia?
across the dorsal region and upper portion of the flanks ; the inferior regions are
of a lighter tint than the back, and unicolor. The second dorsal and the caudal
are transversally barred with black upon a yellowish ground. The other fins
are uniform whitish yellow, except the first dorsal which is greyish. A vertical
black streak may be seen beneath the orbit.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 69
Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, California.
BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D.
The present paper contains a list of the species of Coleoptera collected at Fort
Tejon, during 1857 and 1858, by the indefatigable naturalist, Mr. John Xantus,
(de Vesey), which were found to be remarkable in many respects. The number
of species obtained (147) is very small for the time during which they were
collected, and the proportion of new species (52) is very large. These facts are
in accordance with the general principles of the geographical distribution of or-
ganized beings in Pacific North America, stated by me at the meeting of the Ame-
rican Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Albany in 1851 . Several
genera not previously known to science are herein described, one of which,
Aplastus, completes beautifully the series between normal Elateridse and Cebrio,
previously indicated by Plastocerus and Euthysanius. A large and singular
species of Hetaerius was also found. Important is the fact that the species
formerly referred by me to Malachius, are to be separated therefrom, as it
diminishes the small number of exceptions to the principle announced by me,
that no genus was common to Europe and Pacific America, without being re-
presented in Atlantic America.
I have not included some Staphylinidse in the collection, which, with the
exception of a small Isomalus, were previously found by me in other parts of
California, hoping at a future time to bring them with a vast number of other new
species of that family into a monograph. Two species of Curculionidffiare also
omitted, for the reason that it will involve more labor to determine the genera to
which they belong, than I can properly devote to the subject at present.
1. Onius calif ornicus. A male of this species from Fort Tejon differs
from those found at San Francisco, by the thorax being much rounded on the
sides, especially before the middle. Judging from analogy of distribution of
other insects in California, this would indicate a difference of a specific nature.
Should the occurrence of other similar specimens warrant this conclusion, the
name 0. X a n t i would be appropriate.
2. Cyclmxs punctatus, ater capite thoraceque opacis alutaceis, hoc
latitudine haud breviore, postice angustato lateribus marginatis, rotundatis
postice sinuatis, ante basin transversim profunde impresso, elytris striis grosse
punctatis, ventricosis, convexis, postice acutis. Long. *60 — *68.
Abundant at Fort Tejon. Allied to C. ventricosus and others, but differs by
the thorax being more gradually narrowed behind, and not suddenly constrict-
ed; as also by the sculpture.
3. Cychrus striatus, ater, capite thoraceque subopacis, alutaceis, hoc
latitudine longiore, postice angustato, lateribus marginatis, rotundatis postice
sinuatis, ante basin transversim profunde impresso, elytris ovalibus convexis,
postice acutis, striis profunde punctatis. Long. 62.
One male, Fort Tejon. Related to the preceding ; but the thorax is longer,
more sinuate on the sides behind, so that they become parallel, but still with-
out being constricted. The elytra are narrower and less ventricose, the strise
are deeper and the punctures smaller.
4. Calathus ruf ic olli s .
5. Platynus cine tell us. 6. P. c ali f o r nic us . 7. P. f os s ig e r .
8. Pterostichus contractus. 9. P. californicus {simplex Lee.)
10. P. vicinus {californicus Lee.) 11. P. lustrans.
12. Anisodactylus (Dichirus) p i c e u s (parallelus Lee.) 13. A. brevicol-
lis. 14. A. simil i s.
15 . Bradycellus n i t i d u s .
1(1. Chloenius variabilipes (asperulus Men. ; obscurus Lee.)
17. Hydrophilus t ri an gularis . 18. H. californicus.
19. Necrophorus nigrita.
20. Silpha lapponica.
21. Cercus sericans, oblongus modice convexus, fuscus, punctatus, pube
1859.]
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
brevi oinerea sericans, capite thoraceque saepe rufo-testaceis, lioc latitudine
plus sesqui breviore, lateribus rotundatis marginatis, antennis pedibusque
testaceis, illis articulo 9no praecedente vix majore. Long. "07 — *09.
Fort Tejon. Varies much in size and color, being sometimes fuscous, some-
times entirely pale testaceous : the usual variety has dark elytra and pale head
and thorax. It differs from the types of the genus in having the antennae
very slightly thickened from the 3rd to the 9th joint, the 10th and 11th are
thicker and longer than the 9th; the latter in the male is about twice the size
of the 8th, in the female but little larger. The effect of this is to cause the
antennie to be only moderately clavate, instead of capitulate. This taken in
connection with the more dense pubescence and punctuation, and less convex
body would seem to indicate the propriety of separating this as a distinct
genus, but before a general study is made of our species of the family of
Nitidulidse the attempt to define it would be premature. As in other species
of the genus, the antennal grooves are entirely wanting.
22. Carpophilus pallipennis (Jioralis Er.). Found also in the Rio
Grande valley.
23. Carpophilus caudalis, elongatus, depressus, piceus nitidus, subtiliter
pubescens, thorace brevi, lateribus rotundatis marginatis, sat dense punctato,
elytris thorace duplo longioribus, fortius marginatis, punctulatis, macula
magna rubro-testacea triangulari utrinque ornatis, pedibus antennisque rufis,
his clava infuscata ; abdomine segmentis tribns detectis, quarto sequente paulo
longiore. Long. *15.
Two females ; one from Tejon, the other from Nebraska. Precisely resem-
bles in color and sculpture C. discoideus Lee, (Proc. Acad. 185S, 62),
but differs by the abdomen being much longer, and having three segments ex-
posed. The latter was, however, described from a single male, and future ex-
amination may show that they are sexes of one species.
24. Nitidula humeralis, longiuscula, subconvexa, fusca, pubescens,
thorace latitudine duplo breviore, lateribus late rotundatis, ciliatis, elytris
nigricantibus, margine apicali et laterali angusto, strigisque tribus basalibus
pallidis, intermedia longiore, antennis basi pedibusque pallidioribus. —
Long. "1G.
One specimen, Tejon. Related to N. zi c z ac , but is longer and more con-
vex with the sides of the thorax less rounded, and with no medial angulated
spot on the elytra : the three spots at the base are connected, and there is be-
sides a slight submarginal spot near the middle. As in that species the
middle and posterior tarsi are very feebly dilated.
25. Temnochila chlorodia. .
26. Hister sexstriatus Lee. Found also at San Francisco.
27. Hister remotus, oblongus niger nitidus, parum convexus, thorace
stria marginali a margine remota, subsinuata, disco intra striarn punctis paucis
notato, elytris striis internis duabus pone medium antice abbreviata, tertia
parum abbreviatis, tribus externis marginalique integris, epipleuris bistriatis,
tibiis anticis serrulatis. Long. *23.
One specimen, Tejon. Belongs to div. 9 of my arrangement, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sc. 6, 38, although very distinct from all the others found in the United
States. It seems most nearly related to the European H. negleotus, and
with it belongs to Mr. de Marseul's 6th group.
28. Hetaerius morsus, piceo-rufus oblongus, thorace punctato subnitido,
sulco obliquo utrinque insculpto, partibus lateralibus incrassatis valde elevatis
planis, opacis dense puberulis, lateribus ante medium angulatis, ante basin
profunde incisis ; elytris pube erecta parce vestitis, punctatis subnitidis, striis
externis tribus integris ; prosterno compresso, postice paulo dilatato, mesos-
terno piano. Long. '14.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71
One specimen, Tejon. In this the most remarkable, as well as the largest
species of the genus, the front is slightly concave, with a raised margin, and
the tibia? are suddenly dilated and denticulate as in the others. The sides
of the thorax are parallel from the base nearly to the apex, where they are
suddenly obtusely angulated, and run to the anterior angles which are round
ed : the incision near the base cuts across the incrassated side, leaving the
posterior part a small quadrate elevated plate, the anterior portion larger, sub-
triangular with truncate angles, flat, opaque and densely pubescent.
29. Saprinus lug ens. 30. S. o regon ensis . 31. S. lubrieus.
32. Brontes truncatus.
33. Dermestes marmoratus. 34. D. Mannerhe i mi i .
35. Attagenus rufipennis, elongatus, niger, pubescens, thorace latitii-
dine duplobreviore, paulo convexo, confertim minus subtiliter punctato, elytris
parcius punctatis, rufo-testaceis, tarsis rufo-piceis. Long. -12.
One female, Tejon. A small species, differing from the others in my collec-
tion by the more coarse and dense punctuation of the thorax : the head is
punctured like the thorax and the antennae are entirely black.
36. Anthrenus 1 e p i d u s .
37. Serica fimbriata.
38. Hoplia callipyge. This may be a favorable opportunity to observe
that recent observation has shown that H. tristis Mels. is the male of H.
trifasciata Say (primoria Burin.), a fact that could never have been infer-
red from the appearance of the two supposed species.
39. Pleocoma fimbriata. Some fragments of this insect, found in the
stomach of a woodpecker at Tejon, enable me to investigate the oral organs.
The clypeus at its inferior margin is emarginate for the insertion of a
pyramidal hairy corneous labrum : the mandibles are short, pyramidal acute,
with a few hairs near the apex. The maxillae are large at the base, with the
lobes very small, the outer one not reaching beyond the first joint of the palpi,
penicillate with long hair, the inner one much smaller, narrow and pointed ;
palpi slender, first joint short, 2d long, 3d one-half shorter than 2d, 4th a
little longer than 3d. Mentum broadly rounded in front ; ligula almost semi-
circular, palpi inserted on the upper face of the ligula, bases contiguous, with
intermediate pencil of hairs, 3d joint longer than 2d, and the latter longer than
the first. It will thus be seen that combined with the 11-jointed antenna?
with polyphyllous club, the characters above detailed are abundantly sufficient
to establish this genus as a new group, related to Geotrupida? and Copridse,
wrth, however, strong tendency towards the Dynastide group of Scarab.
pleurostioti.
40. Canthon simplex.
41. Anthaxia strigata, lata depressa, nigro-amea, ssepe cyaneo-variegata,
thorace latitudine fere duplo breviore, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis
subrectis, fortius reticulatim punctato, utrinque pone medium oblique im-
press©, elytris thorace hand latioribus, confertim fortius granulatis, fortius
marginatis, parallelis, postice suboblique attenuatis et rotundatis. Long.
•17— -25.
Tejon, abundant. Front moderately concave, hairy : the sides of the thorax
are less rounded than in A. expansa, the punctures are strongly marked,
and there are besides fine elevated lines, having a general longitudinal direc-
tion, connected together forming elongate meshes. In some specimens the disc
of the thorax is darker than the sides. It is, perhaps, A. ten e ogas t e r Lap.
and Gory ; the description given by them contains no definite character by
which to separate it from allied species.
42. Acnueodera c o n n e x a nigro-senea, cuneiformis pilis longis erectis parce
1859.]
72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
vestita, thorace latitudine triplo breviore rude punctato, lateribus rotundatis,
postice incurvis, medio late excavato, postice utrinque late impresso, elytris
thorace angustioribus humeris elevatis; usque ad trientem secundum paulo, dein
magis anguatatis et fortiter serratis, striis punctis quadratis fortiter impressis,
interstitiis parce subtiliter punctatis, maculis fiavis pluribus ante medium
varieconjunctis, alterisque duabus fasciformibus pone medium fere ad suturam
extensis, apice saepe gutta flava notato. Long. *33 — -47.
Tej on, numerous. Allied to A. o mat a, but is narrower, and has the
punctures of the intervals of the elytra much smaller. The spots are also
different, the anterior ones forming a reticulated mass, more or less broken,
extending from the base to beyond the middle, and from the margin two-
thirds way to the suture. It is also allied to A. o p a c u 1 a Zee, but the sides
of the thorax are not yellow, the elytra are less gradually attenuated at tip,
and the spots are different.
43. Acmreodera r e t i f e r , nigro-aenea, subparallela, pilis longis erectis
parce vestita, thorace latitudine triplo breviore, punctato, lateribus rotundatis,
medio late canaliculato, postice versus angulos oblique profunde impresso,
elytris thorace baud angustioribus, ad trientem secundum vix angustatis, dein
rotundatim attenuatis, fortiter serratis, striis fortiter punctatis, interstitiis
parce subtiliter punctatis, maculis fiavis varie connexis vittam reticulatam
fere ad apicem extensam utrinque formantibus. Long. '34.
One specimen, Tejon. Allied by sculpture and marking to the preceding,
but differs by the thorax not being wider than the elytra, by its sides not being
suddenly incurved behind, and by the elytra being hardly attenuated from the
base to the second third, and finally by the reticulated mass of small spots
forming broad vitta extending nearly to the apex.
44. Acmreodera guttifer, subcylindrica seneo-nigra, parce longe albo-
pilosa, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, convexo, lateribus rotundatis, apice
transversim impresso, basi medio profunde foveato et late excavato, fortiter
punctato, elytris postice obtuse rotundatis, punctis quadratis seriatis, interstitiis
subtiliter uniseriatim punctulatis, striis extends exaratis, guttis fiavis ornatis,
3 discoidalibus, 5 submarginalibus. Long. -28.
Tejon. Resembles the small common species of the Atlantic States, but is
abundantly distinct ; the anterior discoidal spot is on the 5th and 6th spaces
at the middle, the 2d on 4th and 5th at one-fourth from the apex, the 3d
on the 3d and 4th half way between the second and the tip : the humeri
are elevated.
45. Limonius hispidus.
46. Dolopius subustus. A variety of this species having the suture
broadly fuscous and the margin of the elytra behind the middle also dark-
ened.
47. Sericosomus d e b i 1 i s , luteo testaceus, elongatus breviter pubescens,
thorace latitudine fere duplo longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, antrorsum
vix angustiore, angulis posticis subcarinatis haud divaricatis, dense punctato,
obsolete canaliculato, elytris striis punctatis, interstitiis subconvexis confertim
punctulatis. Long. -29.
One specimen Tejon. Closely related to S. silaceus (El. silaceus Say,)
and differs essentially only by the posterior angles of the thorax not diverging,
but continuing the outline of the sides of the thorax.
■*&
48. Elater cordifer, niger, breviter pubescens, thorace opaco, confer-
tissime punctato, latitudine paulo longiore, antrorsum sensim angustato, late-
ribus rotundatis, elytris lsete auruntiacis, macula communi nigra apicali cor-
diformi signatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis rugose punctulatis, antennis
articulis 2ndo et 3io conjunctis 4to vix longioribus ; tarsis fuscis. Long. -41.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73
One specimen, Tejon : another from Sacramento Valley given me by Mr.
S. S. Rathron. Resembles in appearance E. a p i c a t u a , but the color of the
elytra is much more vivid, the intervals between the striae are flat, the thorax
is much more densely punctured and without lustre. The hair on the head
and thorax is entirely black, on the elytra it is yellowish.
49. Melanactes dens us.
50. Cardiophorus fulvipes, plumbeo-niger, nitidus pube brevissima
incanus, thorace latitudine baud longiore, convexo, lateribus valde rotuudatis,
dense subtilissime punctulato, obsolete canaliculate, angulis posticis baud
divaricatis, elytris subtilissime punctulatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis con-
vexis, pedibus fulvo-testaceis. Long. '36.
One specimen, Tejon. Related to C. tenebrosus, but with the feet red,
and the thorax more rounded on the sides. Belongs to the division with tarsi
and ungues simple.
Aflastus.
Frons paulo concava, antice sensim defiexa, medio baud marginata : oculi
convexi ; lab rum breve antice rotundatum, clypeo arete affix um ; mandibulse
modice elongatae, acuta?, medio obtuse dentatae : palpi articulo ultimo non
longiore subcylindrico : antennas (maris) elongatae, 11-articulatae, articulo
lmo crassiore, sequentibus duobus breviore, 3io 2ndo sesqui longiore, haud
dilatato, 4to triangulari, 3io sesqui longiore ; 5 — 10, 4to sequalibus, 11 lon-
giore apice acuminate Prosternum antice late rotundatum, sutura laterali
recta, postice mucronatum : coxa? anticae parvae, mediae contiguae, posticae
laminis intus subsubito latioribus truncatis : tarsi longiusculi, pubescentes,
articulis 1 — 4 sensim brevioribus, 5to praecedente longiore, ungtiiculis integris :
tibiae tenues, calcaribus parvis ; abdomen 5 -articulatum.
Has the appearance of an elongate Corymbites, (e. g. C. appressifrons) but
is closely allied to Plastocerus and Euthysanius, from which it differs essen-
tially only by the antennae being elongate and serrate.
51. Aplastus speratus, nigro-fuscus, pube cinerea vestitus, thorace lati-
tudine fere sesqui longiore, antrorsum sensim angustato, lateribus rectis,
angalis posticis elongatis valde divaricatis, punctate, postice obsolete canali-
culate, elytris striis distinctis, interstitiis punctatis subconvexis. Long. "66.
Several specimens from Tejon. The antennae extend considerably beyond
the base of the thorax, and being of the same length, or nearly so, in all the
specimens, I infer that they are all males.
This genus most perfectly completes the line of genera from the aberrant
Elaters like Campylus, through Plastocerus and Euthysanius to Cebrio. This
resembles the Elaters, and Exithysanius the Cebrios. An interesting fact,
though not without parallel in other families and classes of animals, is that
these transition forms should all occur in one Zoological region.
52. Plastocerus fr at e r . Under this name I would characterize a species
very closely related in form and sculpture to P. Schaumii, but differing by
the thorax being broader and considerably rounded on the sides. The female
is of the same form as the male, but with the elytra slightly narrowed towards
the tip ; the wings are perfect. The antennae of the female are short and
serrate. The specimens are in the collection of Mr. Henry Ulke, and I have
not access to them at this present moment, but will on a future occasion
make a full description of them. I will add, in passing, that the sexual
characters given by me (Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 10, 502,) are erroneously
founded.
53. Euthysanius 1 a u t u s . Several males and one female were procured
at Tejon. The latter is one of the most remarkable forms yet found and indi-
cates the close relation between this genus and the Cebrionidae. The head and
1859.]
74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
thorax are as in the male: the antennas are longer than the head,
12-jointed, the inner angle of the 6th and 7th slightly prominent, of
the 8th — 11th joints gradually more prolonged into a short ramus : the ramus
of the 11th almost equal to the 12th joint. Elytra covering only the first seg-
ment of the abdomen, diverging at the suture behind, and obliquely truneated
with the outer angle broadly rounded. Abdomen very long, cylindrical, with
seven ventral segments and a large anal plate, first segment very short. Feet
entirely as in the male. Length, 1"45.
5.4. Podabrus pruinosus.
55. Podabrus Tejonicus, supra pallidus, capite dense subtiliter punc-
tato, pone oculos nigro, thorace punctulato latitudine paulo longiore, lateribus
rectis, utrinque longitudinaliter late excavato, disco postice late excavato
callis duobus notato, elytris subtilius scabro-punctatis ; subtus piceus, anten-
narum basi, pedibusque pallidis femoribus posterioribus basi nigris. Long. -30.
One specimen, Tejon. At first view, resembles P. cavicollis Lee, from
San Diego, but the head is more finely punctured, the thorax is comparatively
wider, finely punctulate, not deeply excavated in the middle for its whole
length, as in that species, and the elytra are more finely punctured : the ante-
rior angles of the thorax are rounded, while in P. cavicollis, they are obliquely
and broadly truncate. The ungues as in that species are broadly toothed at
the base.
Tanaops, (fam. Melyrida?.)
Antenna? frontales, in foveis inserta? : 11-articulata?, serrata? ; palpi maxillares
articulo ultimo longiore acuto : labrum antice rotundatum, clypeus brevis
membraneus : tarsi simplices antici 5-articulati, maris arLiculis duobus paulo
latioribus : abdomen segmentis ventralibus anticis medio membraneis : caput
elongatum.
A genus composed of Malachius longiceps Lee, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
6, 165,) and the one described below. It differs remarkably from the other
genera, by the antenna? being frontal, inserted before the eyes, but not near
the clypeal suture, which from the length of the head is thus much farther
from the eyes than usual. The clypeus is membranous at apex, corneous at
base in the type, but in the other is entirely membranous. This would seem
to indicate that they were to be regarded as of different genera, but the form,
sculpture and coloration, as well as the length of head and position of antennae
are so perfectly similar in both species, that it would be very unnatural to
separate them. Regarding the genus as the transition form from Malachius
with frontal antenna? and corneous clypeus to Anthocomus with the antenna?
lateral and clypeus membranous, it will be clear that the clypeus might be
variable in structure, provided other characters be impressed sufficient to dis-
tinguish the group as of generic value. We will then have two groups : 1. T.
longiceps, with the clypeus partly corneous and the abdomen simple.
2. T. abdominalis, with the clypeus entirely membranous and the last three
segments of the abdomen with deep reniform excavations, the last one having
in addition a small cup like medial fovea.
56. T. abdominalis, niger nitidus, parce nigro-pilosellus, capite elongato,
thorace lateribus late coccineis, elytris punctulatis limbo laterali, sutura fere
ad basin, apiceque coccineis, subtus rufus, antennis pedibus postpectoreque
nigris, abdominis segmentis tribus ultimis profunde excavatis. Long. *15.
Tejon, one specimen. The pygidium is black, the segment before it is black
in the middle, rufous at the sides. Other specimens will be required to deter-
mine whether the curious excavations of the abdomen are sexual or specific in
value.
Hapalorhinps.
Antennrp frontales, in foveis majusculis inserta?, 11-articulata?, pectinata?,
vel serrata? ; palpi maxillares articulo ultimo longiore acuto : labrum trans-
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75
versuni truncatum ; clypeus brevis membraneus ; tarsi antici 5-artieulati,
maris haud dilatati : abdomen articulis totis corneis, vel medio membraneis :
caput breve.
A genus also intermediate between Malacbius and Anthocomus, agreeing
with "the first in the position of the antennae, with the second by the membran-
ous clypeus. Besides the species here described, I refer to this genus Malacbius
auritus Lee, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. 6, 165,) which differs by the antennae
being serrate in both sexes and by the ventral segments of the abdomen being
corneous. In the species here made known, all the segments except the last
have a wide medial membranous portion.
57. H. mirandus, elongatus, parallelus, capite viridiseneo, subtilissime
punctulato et pubescente, thorace latitudine breviore, fiavo, macula magna
nigra a basi fere ad apicem extensa, elytris opacis rugosis flavis, sutura anguste
nigra, scutello nigro ; subtus niger, genubus anterioribus, pedibusque posticis
plus minus flavis. Long. *15.
Mas antennis pectinatis, elytris flavis, apice contortis, biappendiculatis;
margine summo nigricante, femoribus tibiisque posticis flavis.
Femina antennis serratis, elytris flavis, fascia latissima e plagis tribus con-
fluentibus composita nigro-virescente, pedibus posticis nigris, genubus testa-
ceis.
Tejon. The colors of the two sexes are so different, as to lead to error. In
the male the elytra are yellow, impressed and distorted at the apex, with a
small cylindrical black sutural prominence, and a wide concave external one,
which is margined with black : the posterior thighs and tibiae are yellow, the
former with the upper margin black. In the female there is a long common
sutural spot confluent each side with one extending nearly the whole length
of the margin, forming a very wide band of a greenish color, and the posterior
legs are black, with only the knees and apex of the tibia? yellow. The penis
of the male is prominent forming a long cylindrical corneous style.
58. Byturus grisescens.
59. Dasytes sordidus. GO. D. squalidus. 61. D. constric-
tus. 62. D. luteipes.
63. Dasytes quadricollis, oblongus nigro-aeneus, pilis nigris ereetis
dense vestitus, subtiliter cinereo-pubescens, thorace latitudine breviore. pane
subtiliter punctulato, lateribus vix rotundatis, angulis posticis rectis subpro-
minulis, elytris dense subtilius punctatis. Long. *17.
Tejon. Related toD. conformis and sordidus, but differs from both
by the sides of the thorax being scarcely rounded, with the posterior angles
very distinct.
64. D. sculptilis, elongatus, parum convexus, thorace latitudine bre-
viore, lateribus late rotundatis angulis anticis acutis, posticis prominulis, alu-
taceo, praecipue ad latera parce punctulato, linea laterali a margine remota ba-
sin ambiente insculpto, elytris alutaceis rugose punctulatis, fortiter marginatis,
ad apicem anguste flavis, ano antennis pedibusque rufis, femoribus posticis
apice infuscatis : unguiculis internis appendice longa instructis, externis ad
basin late dentatis. Long. *15.
One specimen, Tejon. A very extraordinary species having very much the
appearance of a small Trogosita ; the last three joints of the antenna? are a
little broader than the preceding. The peculiar sculpture of the thorax, a
lateral line remote from the margin, and bending around close to the basal
margin, is also found inD. constrictus, but was not previously observed
by me on account of the somewhat bad condition of the specimens. It is
quite obvious in those collected at Tejon ; in that species, however, the
ungues are both furnished with a large appendage as usual.
65. Rhadalus testaceus. The original of this species, together with
1859.] .
76 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
many other uniques of my collection was lost in a vessel, while being sent to
Prof. Lacordaire for examination. A mutilated specimen was brought by Mr.
Schott from the Mexican boundary, but the arrival of a fine specimen from
Tejon, enables me to study anew the characters, by the aid of Prof. Lacordaire's
fourth volume.
The tarsi are not lobed beneath as formerly described by me : the appearance
was produced by the agglutination of hairs. From the absence of lobes, the
presence of large appendages to the claws, and the size and obliquity of the
middle coxse, the genus must be referred to the same family with Dasytes,
though remarkably different from any other described. The eyes are rounded,
prominent and coarsely granulate : the last joint of the long maxillary palpi
is large and securiform, of the labial palpi triangular ; the posterior tarsi have
the first and second joints about equal, the third very slightly shorter, the
fourth still shorter. The sixth segment of the abdomen in one specimen is
exserted, in the other retracted, so as to be very small. The posterior coxse
appear precisely as in the Cleridaa : so that this anomalous genus must be
regarded as intimately connecting Dasytes with that family.
66. Cymatodera ovipennis, fusco-castanea, pilis pallidis parce vestita,
capite confertissime, thorace subtilius dense punctato, latitudine duplo longiore,
ante medium parum,pone medium fortius constricto, medio transversim rugoso,
pone apicem transversim inipresso, elytris ad basin thorace vix latioribus, pos-
tice sensim dilatatis, subtiliter punctulatis, striis punctatis, apicem hand at-
tingentibus, internis brevioribus, fascia transversa pallida ad medium ornatis,
antennis pedibusque pallidioribus, illis apice palpisque flavo-testaceis. Long.
•40— -45.
Tejon, two specimens. Resembles in form C. angustata Spin., hut is
much larger, the thorax is less densely punctured, and the strise of the elytra
are abbreviated, the internal ones ceasing at the pale band.
67. Trichodes tenellus.
68. Clerus e x i m i u s .
69. Necrobia rufipes.
70. Ptinus verticalis, nigro-piceus, elongatus, pube sordide ochracea
squamiformi dense vestitus, capite inter oculos transversim impresso, thorace
latitudine longiore, postice angustato et profunde constricto, medio sulcato,
ad medium dentibus 4 transversim positis e setis erectis formatis armato ;
elytris latitudine fere duplo longioribus, convexis lateribus rotundatis, seriatim
punctatis et longe pilosis ; antennis pedibusque testaceis. Long. T7.
One female, Tejon. Has the dimensions of the female of P. fur, but differs
very much in its characters.
71. Sinoxylon declive.
72. Exops Stoutii Lee. AUccocnemis Stoutii Lee. 73. E. o vipennis.
74. Lyctus planicollis.
75 . Edrotes ventricosus.
76. Nyctoporis carinata.
•
77. Pelecyphorus costipennis, elongatus, ater, snbopacus, thorace con-
vexo, latitudine breviore, lateribus valde rotundatis, depresso-marginatis,
rugosis, angulis posticis perobtusis, disco requaliter sat dense punctato, elytris
thorace angustioribus, sutura, margine, costisque utrinque tribus valde elevatis.
Long. -63— -80.
Tejon. The first and second costae unite about one-sixth from the apex, the
third commences at the margin about one-ftmrth from the base, and ceases
opposite the confluence of the other two costse. The apex of the elytra is
strongly margined. The antenna? are moderately short, hardly attaining the
middle of the thorax : the head is punctured like the thorax : the apical angle
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 77
of the anterior tibia? is prolonged. A variety occurs, in which the third costa
is entirely wanting, and the first and second have the same origin at the
base.
78. Nosoderma diabolicum.
79. Nosoderma pustulosum, sordidum, thorace obovato, latitndine
longiore, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis obtusis, dorso medio deplanato,
lateribus late foveatis,tuberculis pai-vis subnitidis parcis, prsecipue ad marginem
et in medio positis, elytris intra humeros subexcavatis, medio deplanatis, ante
apicem subretusis, tuberculis confertis subnitidis undique obsitis. Long. -92.
One specimen, Tejon. Of the size and form of N. diabolicum, but the
tubercles are smaller, and less irregular, the base of the elytra is not exca-
vated near the scutellum, and there are no velvety spots on the thorax and
elytra.
80. Nosoderma plica turn, elongatum, nigro-sordidum, thorace obovato,
latitudine longiore, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis obtusis, subinaequali,
medio granulis parcis nitidis, ad latera tuberculis parvis signato, elytris paral-
lelis ante apicem triverrucosis, prsecipue ad latera et apicem tuberculatis,
costula humerali alteraque pone medium obliquis munitis. Long. -61.
Tejon, three specimens : very different from any other seen by me. The
basal costa commences at the humerus, runs slightly inwards, and terminates
at the middle : another oblique fold commences near the margin a little before
the middle, runs parallel with the first, and ends about the third fifth ; the
inner anterior tuberosity is also a little prolonged in the same direction. There
is a slight vestige of a costa at the base, parallel with the suture and about
midway between it and the humeral costa. The antennal cavities are not so
abrupt as in N. d i a b o 1 i c u m.
81. Eleodes dentipes. 82. E. latico His. 83. E. quadricollis.
84. E. consobrina. 85. E. Veseyi. 86. E. scabrosa.
87. Eleodes scabripennis, atra, ovata, subnitida, thorace latitudine
paulo breviore, subquadrato, lateribus rotundatis, postice sensim paulo angus-
tato, angulis posticis obtusis, dense punctato, ad latera subasperato, elytris
ovalibus, thorace latioribus, dorso parum convexis, postice valde declivibus,
granulis parvis inordinatis dense exasperatis, et versus suturam punctatis,
tibiis muticis, prosterno postice oblique submucronato, antennis extrorsum
parum incrassatis. Long. -65.
One specimen, Tejon. Of the same size and sculpture as E. Veseyi, but
differing by the thorax being much less rounded on the sides, by the posterior
angles not being at all prominent, and by the prosternum being a little more
prominent behind.
88. Amphidora osculans. 89. A. littoralis.
90. Helops rugulosus.
91. Helops angustus, elongatus, ameo-niger, subnitidus, ^thorace latitu-
dine baud breviore, vix convexo, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis sub-
rectis, capite dense aciculato-punctato, elytris thorace paulo latioribus, striis
profundis antice subpunctatis, interstitiis parce subtiliter punctulatis, antennis
pedibusque rufo-piceis, palpis tarsisque piceo-rufis. Long. -31— --36.
Tejon, two specimens. Quite distinct from all others known to me by the
above characters.
92. Coniontis viatica.
93. Coniontis abdominalis, ovalis, subcylindrica, convexa, nigra, sub-
nitida, thorace lateribus minus subtiliter marginatis, medio parce, lateribus
densius subtiliter punctato, elytris rugosis, sat dense punctatis, abdomine
confertim rugose punctato. Long. -66.
1859.] 6
78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Larger and stouter than either C. viatica, affinis or Eschscholtzii, having
the sculpture very like C. a f f i n i s, but with the elytra more finely punctured :
in all of those however the abdomen is very sparsely and finely punctulate,
while in this it is entirely covered with a coarse, somewhat rugous punc-
tuation.
94. Blapstinus brevicollis. 95. B. pulverulentus.
96. Eulabis rufipes.
97. Eulabis brevicornis, elongatus, nigro-piceus, capite confertim, tho-
race confertim minus subtiliter punctatis, hoc latitudine breviore, minus
convexo, lateribus rotundatis, postice subsinuatis angulis posticis rectis,
elytris subtiliter costatis, interstitiis uniseriatim punctulatis, antennis pedi-
busque piceis, illis capite paulo longioribus. Long. "25.
Narrower and less convex than Eu. rufipes, with the antennae shorter
and stouter.
98. Tenebrio mo lit or.
99. Ccelocnemis o b e s a.
100. Platydema oregonense.
101. Xystropus opacus, elongatus, niger opacus, thorace semicirculari, basi
bisinuato, confertissime subtiliter punctato, elytris thorace hand latioribus,
striis punctatis interstitiis vix convexis, sutura anguste rufescente. Lons.
•35.
One specimen, Tejon. Related to X. brevis (Cistela brevis Say) but imich
narrower, and with the antennae and feet entirely black.
102. Cistela s eric e a.
103. Prionychus cyanescens, elongatus niger, thorace elytrisque obscure
cyaneis opacis, capite thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoc subquadrato,
lateribus paulo rotundatis, elytris thorace paulo latioribus, striis punctatis,
interstitiis paulo convexis, alutaceis. Long. *31.
One specimen, Tejon. Of the same size and form as P. gracilis (Stenochia
gracilis Lee.) from San Diego, but differs by the blue color of the thorax and
elytra, and the entirely black feet.
104. Allecula punctulata, elongato-ovalis, fusca, pubescens, thorace lati-
tudine plus duplo breviore, semicirculari, confertim subtiliter punctato, basi
utrinque subimpresso, elytris confertim subtiliter punctatis, striis internis
distinctis, externis vagis, antennarum basi, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribuss
Long. -28.
Tejon, one specimen. Differs from several species from the Atlantic States
by the thorax being more finely and densely punctured.
105. Anaspis atra.
106. Anaspis n u b i 1 a, linearis, flava pubescens, subtiliter dense punctu-
lata, thorace latitudine fere duplo breviore, semicirculari, elytris fascia lata
media indeterminata nigra, antennis nigris, basi flavis ; subtus fusca, pedibus
iiavis. Long. -09.
Tejon. No sexual appendages on the abdomen of the specimens examined.
107. Mordella scutellaris.
108. Lytta smaragdula. A specimen perhaps belonging to this species,
found at Tejon, is of a purplish color, with the antennae longer than in the
type, with the external joints nearly twice as long as wide. It does not differ
in any other character, and I am therefore for the present unwilling to sepa-
rate it.
109. Lytta puncticollis.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79
L10. Nernognatha scutellaris.
111. Pedilus punctulatus.
112. Asclera excavata.
113. Bruchus desertorum. 114. B. p a up e r cuius.
115. Rhyncites bicolor.
116. Sitones calif© rnicus.
117. Lixus pleuralis.
118. Baridius n as Tit us, elongatus niger, nitidus, rostro thorace haud
breviore, tenui parum arcuate, seriatim punctato, fironte constricta, capite
parce punctulato, thorace latitudine longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, apice
breviter constricto, fortiter sat dense punctato, ad latera parce albo-pubescente,
elytris striis profundis punctatis, interstitiis planis, uniseriatim punctulatis et
albo-pubescentibus, antennis tenuibus, articulo 2ndo elongato, 3io sequente
paulo longiore. Long. '18.
One specimen, Tejon.
119. Centrinus lineellus, breviter fusiformis, niger, subtus squamulis
ocbreis argenteo-nitentibus dense tectus, rostro thorace longiore, arcuato, apice
remote subtiliter basi fortiter punctato, linea media lsevi, capite nudo parce
punctulato, thorace dense punctato, nigro-squamoso, vittis tribus latis ochreo-
squamosis, elytris nigro-squamosis, profunde striatis, vittis duabus integris
intermediaque basali ochreo-squamosis. Long. "12.
One specimen, Tejon. The inner vitta occupies the whole of the 2nd
interval and the 3rd from the apex to within one-fourth of the base : the
short basal vitta is on the 4th, and extends about one-sixth of the length :
the external vitta covers the 6th interval to the middle, then occupies the 7th
and 9th : a few scattered yellow scales are seen near the margin. The com-
missures of the abdomen and the coxa? are black. The feet are sparsely
clothed with scales.
120. Sphenophorus subcarinatus.
121. Sphenophorus simplex, niger, subnitidus, rostro cylindrico, sub-
tiliter punctato, ad basin canaliculate, capite lsevi, thorace oblongo, latitudine
longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, ad. apicem subito constricto et tubulato,
fere aequaliter punctato, ante scutellum obsolete impress©, et paulo grossius
punctato, elytris striis profundis externis punctatis, interstitiis alutaceis
planis subtiliter parce punctulatis, tibiis anticis intns late sinuatis, posteriori-
bus intus unidentatis et fimbriatis, antennis piceo-rufis. Long. -32 — -36.
Tejon. Varies with the legs reddish yellow. The small punctures of the
intervals of the elytra are irregular on the sutural and alternate spaces, but
form a single series on the second and alternate spaces : the external striae are
distinctly punctured ; the interior ones appear smooth, but with a powerful
lens they are seen to be slightly punctured.
121. Callidium b 1 a n d u m , elongatum rufo-testaceum, parce breviter pal-
lide pubescens, thorace latitudine vix breviore antice parum, postice distincte
constricto, lateribus rotundatis, parce punctato, elytris obscure cyaneis con-
fertim punctatis, abdomine nigricante, antennis obscuris basi runs. Long. -25.
Tejon. Closely allied to C. a m ce n u m Say, but is narrower, with the elytra
more densely punctured, the abdomen blackish, and the feet entirely rufous.
122. Callidium obscurum, fusco-nigrum, haud nitidum, pilis fuscis
suberectis vestitus, capite thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoc longius
parce piloso, lateribus rotundatis, postice angustiore, linea obsoleta dorsali,
calloque postico hevibus, elytris parce punctatis, punctis ad basin grossis,
postice subtilibus, femoribus valde incrassatis, tibiis parce longe pilosis*
Long. *48 — -55.
Tejon. Allied to C. dimidiatum, but from its larger size and uniform,
color it looks like a Tetropium. y
1859.]
HO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Brothylus.
Oculi rude granulati : palpi compressi, breves : antennae simplices articulo
4to contiguis fere duplo breviore : mandibulse apice acutse. Thorax lateribus
rotundatis tuberculo acuto armatis, dorso bicallosus, elytris apice conjunctim
rotundatis. Pedes mediocres, fenioribus haud clavatis, tarsis posterioribus
articulo lmo seqnentes duo fequante.
Belongs to the same group with Eburia and Elaphidion, but differs re-
markably by the 4th joint of the antenna? being about half as long as the 3d
or 5th.
123. B. gemmulatus, fusco-piceus, pube brevi helva vestitus, capite
thoraceque rude punctatis, hoc latitudine haud breviore, lateribus antice
rotundatis, postice sinuatis, tuberculo acuto ad medium armatis, dorso ad
medium utrinque tuberculo sublsevi munito, elytris thorace latioribus, subtil-
lissime rugose punctulatis, granulis niajuseulis parcis nitidis, postice sensim
punctis fientibus. Long. -67.
Tejon, two specimens. The granules are very scattered, larger at the base,
gradually becoming smaller, they are converted into punctures at the tip.
124. Elaphidion 1 i n e a r e , valde elongatum, testaceum, parce minus sub-
tiliter albo-pubescens, thorace latitudine longiore, lateribus rotundatis, con-
fertim grosse punctato, callo dorsali postico lsevi, elytris fortiter punctatis
apice emarginatis, vix bispinosis, femoribus muticis, antennarum articulis
3, 4 et 5 spina brevi apicali armatis. Long. *41.
Tejon, one specimen. Quite as slender as Sclerocerus rigidus.
125. Clytus nauticus.
126. Acmreops falsa, elongata, nigra, pube brevi albida incana, thorace
oonvexo, lateribus rotundatis, postice transversim impresso, et in lateribus
vix constricto, angulis posticis obtusis, rufo nitido haud dense punctato,
elytris confertim punctatis, thorace latioribus parallelis apice rotundatis.
Long. -28.
One specimen, Tejon. By its color this species recedes from Acmseops and
resembles various Lepturse, but the characters, as well as the form of thorax,
belong to this genus.
127. Toxotus nubifer, capite nigro punctato, thorace nigro subtiliter
punctulato, latitudine longiore, antrorsum angustato, antice posticeque con-
stricto, tuberculo laterali magno obtuso, elytris humeris prominulis, postice
sensim augustatis apice oblique intus truncatis, dense subtilissime punctulatis
et rugosis, nigricantibus, margine basali laterali apicalique late piceo-rufo ;
pectoribus nigris, abdomine antennis palpis pedibusque piceo-rufis. Long. '70.*
One specimen, Tejon.
128. Leptura 1 se t a .
129. Leptura 6-s p i 1 o t a, nigra, dense fulvo-pubescens, thorace latitudine
haud longiore, convexo, confertissime punctato, lateribus rotundatis, a medio
antrorsum angustato, angulis posticis parvis acutis, elytris sat fortiter puncta-
tis, postice sensim angustatis, apice singulatim rotundatis, pallide flavis,
sutura limboque toto anguste nigris, macula utrinque ante medium alterisque
tribus margini cohaerentibus nigris, antica angustiore, alteris magnis quadra-
tis : femoribus rufo-testaceis, tibiis tarsisque infuscatis, antennis fuscis.
Long. -24— -33i.
Tejon, abundant. Belongs to the same group as L. instabilis, con-
vex a , cordifer, &c.
The anterior marginal spot is only a slight dilatation of the black margin,
and extends from the base one-fourth the length of the elytra : the second spot
is quadrate extending from the margin half way to the suture, the third is
transverse, quadrate, situated one-fourth from the apex, and sometimes nearly
reaches the suture.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81
130. Tetraopes mancus, niger, supra coccineus, breviter nigro-pubescens,
thorace parce punctato, tuberculo laterali prominulo obtuse rotundato, umbone
dorsali modice sed subito elevato, guttis 4 nigris solitis definito, elytris mo-
dice punctatis, gutta humerali alteraque utrinque pone medium nigris ornatis,
scutello nigro, pedibus totis nigris, antennis cinereo-annulatis, articulo primo
ssepe rufo-tincto. Long. -55 — -61.
Tejon, abundant. Spotted like T. 5-maculatus, but tbe middle of tbe
thorax is more elevated, the lateral tubercles more prominent, the elytra less
coarsely punctured, and the antennae annulated with cinereous hair.
131. Saxinis saucia. Three specimens from Tejon differ from more
northern specimens by the thorax and elytra being more strongly punctured.
Such differences between forms presenting otherwise similar specific character*
are found in several genera of Chrysomelida?. I leave the investigation of
their nature for a future occasion.
132. Exema conspersa. Abundant.
133. Cryptocephalus a u r a t u s , (chalconatus Mann.)
134. Pachnephorus ? smaragdulus. Abundant.
135. Chrysochus cobaltinus.
136. Glyptoscelis albidus, oblongus, obscure cupreus, densissime albo-
pubescens, thorace confertim punctato, latitudine hand breviore, lateribus late
rotundatis, elytris thorace latioribus confertim punctatis. Long. -30.
Tejon: a specimen from Sacramento was given me by Mr. S. S. Rathvon.
Differs from G. hirtus, (Eumolpus hirtus 01. Eu. pini Say,) by the punctures
being smaller, by the thorax being narrower and less rounded on the sides
and by the hair being of a uniform whitish color. The genus Glyptoscelis
(J.Chevr.) is distinguished from the other genera allied to Eumolpus by the
mouth not being covered beneath by the prosternum, by the claws being
toothed, and by the tibiaj being longitudinally suleate. The head is not sculp-
tured as in Heteraspis.
137. ffidionychis violascens, ovata, convexa, chalybeo-violacea, thorace
latitudine duplo breviorej antrorsum angustato, angulis anticis prominulis
posticis rectis, fortiter haud dense punctato, elytris confluenter haud subtiliter
punctatis. Long. -24.
Tejon, two specimens. From its color, it appears at first sight to be a Haltica
of the division Graptodera.
138. Phyllobrotica flavicollis, cyanea, thorace flavo, latitudine paulo
breviore, subquadrato, lateribus late rotundatis, disco postice late haud pro-
funde impresso, elytris punctulatis, antennis basi testaceo-maculatis. Lon^r.
•28.
Tejon. Resembles in form Galleruca atriventris Say, and belongs to
the same genus as that species, which has a remarkable peculiarity not before
noticed : in the male the third joint of the antennae is obsolete, so that the
organs become 10-jointed. I have not yet examined any males of the present
species.
139. Phyllobrotica bivittata, flava nitida, oculis vittaque elytrorum a
humero fere ad apicem extensa nigris, thorace latitudine breviore, lateribus
rotundatis ; elytris obsolete punctulatis. Long. -18.
Fort Tejon. A very pretty little species, without any thoracic impres-
sions.
140. Diabrotica viridipennis, capite flavo, occipite nigricante, thorace
flavo, latitudine breviore, lateribus rectis parallelis, disco postice profunde luna-
tim excavato, elytris subtiliter punctulatis cyaneo-viridibus, postpectore abdo-
mineque nigris pube albida canis, pedibus flavis, antennis fuscis, basi flavis.
Long. -25.
1859.]
S2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Tejon. I knew not the value of this or the preceding genus, nor the charac-
ters upon which they rest : the habitus is sufficient to enable them to be
readilj recognized, but future researches will be necessary to establish them
fully. »
141. Diabrotica 12 -punctata.
142. Galleruca guttulata. 143. G. luteocincta.
144. Microrhopala signaticollis, nigro-cyanea, capite tristriato, thoraee
latitudine breviore, antrorsum angustato, lateribiis rectis, parce grosse punc-
tato, macula maxima laterali a basi fere ad apicem extensa rufo-flava, elytris
thoraee latioribus subparallelis, apice late rotundatia, punctis grossis seriatim
positis, seriebus per paria paulo approximatis. Long. -23.
Tejon, one specimen. This species has the form, size, and sculpture of Hispa
c y a n e a Say, except that the thorax is more sparsely punctured. The
lateral yellow spots readily distinguish it from all others seen by me.
145. Hippodamia punc t ulat a . 146. H. obsoleta.
147. Mycetina morosa, elongata, nigro-picea nitida, thoraee vix punctu-
lato, latitudine paulo breviore, lateribus parallelis antic e rotundatis, disco con-
cavo, insequali, linea transversa basali medio profunde exarata extrorsum
subtiliore, impressionibus basalibus brevibus profundis, elytris thoraee paulo
latioribus, elongato-ovalibus punctulatis. Long. *27.
Tejon, one specimen. This species has very much the same proportions as
M. la eta, (Epipocus hetiis Lee.)
Supplement.
I have, for the purpose of making these pages a complete record of the addi-
tions to our Pacific Coleopterous Fauna, here collected notes and descriptions
of species derived from various sources, which have not been mentioned in my
Report on the Coleoptera of Pacific North America, for the P. R. R. Expl. of
47th Par., or in the Catalogue of Coleoptera found adjacent to the U. S. and Mex.
Boundary, printed in the 4th vol. of the second series of the Journal of the
Academy. I propose, from time to time, as fresh material is furnished by the
kindness of my friends, to give other supplements to the Pacific Coleoptera Fauna
of the UnitedStates.
1. Dromius quadricollis, nigro-piceus, depressus, thoraee latitudine
breviore, quadrato, postice subangustato, transversim rugoso, postice profun-
dius impresso, lateribus latius marginatis pallidioribus, elytris oblongis. striatis
interstitiis parum convexis, subtus piceus. Long. -28.
Puget Sound, Mr. George Davidson. Very closely allied to D. piceus, but
differing chiefly in the form of the thorax: the latter is broader than long,
scarcely narrowed behind, with the depressed margin broader, the disc more
rugous, the dorsal line deeper, and the posterior transverse impression deeper;
the posterior angles are also more regularly rounded, and the elytra are a little
broader.
2. Cymindis abstrusa, picea, pubescens, capite thoraceque fortiter punc-
tato, fronte laevi, thoraee latitudine breviore, postice angustato, lateribus rotun-
datis postice subsinuatis, margine latius reflexo pallidiore, angulis posticis ob-
tusis, basi late rotundato, linea dorsali profunda, elytris oblongo-ovalibus nitidis,
striis antice punctatis, interstitiis planis, confuse subtiliter punctatis, margine
pallido, antennis castaneis, abdomine pedibusque piceo-testaceis. Long. -41.
Washington Territory, Dr. Kennerly. Of the size of C. laticollis, but
with the elytra shining, and the thorax more broadly margined : from C.
reflexa it differs by its larger size, broader elytra, and less coarsely punc-
tured head and thorax ; the latter is also comparatively more narrowed behind,
with the posterior angles less obtuse.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 83
3. Platynus bembidioides (Sericoda, bemb. Kirby). A specimen was found
on Puget Sound by Mr. Davidson, which in no respect differs from one found by
me at Lake Superior.
4. Pterostichus herculaneus Mann. A specimen (-70 long) was found
by Mr. Davidson on Puget Sound, which apparently belongs to this species. It
is related to P. algidus, but the two basal impressions each side run into a
large fovea as in P. c o r a c i n u s , &c, without, however, leaving any promi-
nence or punctures between them ; the little ridge adjacent to the margin is
more distinct. The elytra have a faint purplish tinge as in P. a m e t h y s t i n u 3.
5. Anisodactylus semipunctatus, oblongus, niger, vel aeneo-niger niti-
dus, capite punctulato, postice parce punctata, thorace latitudine sesqui
breviore, postice subangustato, lateribus rotuudatis, postice obliquis subde-
pressis, angulis posticis obtusis, confertim subtiliter punctato, basi utrinque
paulo impresso, elytris striatis, interstitiis planis alternis parce punctulatis et
breviter pubescentibus, stria 2nda postice unipunctata. Long. ••15 — -5.
Oregon, Dr. Suckley, California. Resembles in form A. brevicollis Lee ,
but is distinguished among the black species, having the spur of the anterior
tibia toothed each side at base, by the small punctures of the alternate spaces
of the elytra. These punctures are sometimes, however, hardly distinct, in
which case this may be distinguished from A. brevicollis, consobrinus and
californicus, as well by differences in form, as by the sides of the thorax being
more distinctly and broadly depressed, and from A. si mil is by the thorax
being more narrowed behind, with the posterior angles more obtuse. I find,
on careful examination, that the last named species presents traces of fine
punctures on the alternate spaces of the elytra.
6. Agonoderus r u g i c o 1 1 i s, nigro-piceus, thorace testaceo, macula oblonga
centrali nigro, latitudine baud breviore, postice paulo angustato, lateribus
postice subsinuatis, basi late rotundato subdepresso punctato, angulis posticis
rectis rotundatis, elytris testaceis striis profundis, 2nda unipunctata, interstitiis
subconvexis, 2, 3 et 4 a quadrante ultra dodrantem nigris, antennis pedibusque
testaceis. Long. -28.
California, Mr. Rathvon. Very similar to A. dorsalis and pallipes, with the
posterior angles of the thorax more rounded than in the former, but less than
in the latter; it differs from both by the sides being slightly sinuous, by the
base being more depressed and punctured, by the disc being very distinctly
rugous, and finally by the intervals of the elytra being less convex.
7. Badister anthracinns, niger, nitidus, thorace latitudine sesqui
breviore, postice paulo angustato, angulis posticis obtusis rotundatis, anguste
marginato, antice transversini impresso, linea dorsali sat profunda, basi utrinque
late impresso alutaceo, elytris striis profundis, 2nda bipunctata. Long. -25.
Oregon, Dr. Suckley.
8. Bembidium indistinct um. 9. B. connivens; Oregon, Dr. Suckley.
10. Bembidium erasum, nigro-aneus, nitidissimus, thorace latitudine
breviore, convexiusculo, lateribus rotundatis postice paulo angustato, foveis
basalibus profundis bistriatis, basi punctato, elytris thorace latioribus, subcon-
vexis, striis internis 2 vel 3 subtiliter punctulatis, externis omnino obliteratis,
3ia profunde bipunctata. Long. *17.
Oregon, Dr. Suckley. Related to B. tetraglyptus, but is more convex and
much more shining, with the thorax narrower, and the basal foveaj deeper and
punctulate ; the carina at the angle is very distinct.
11. Bembidium obliquulum, latiusculum, ameum, thorace latitudine
sesqui breviore, ante medium angustato et lateribus rotundato, angulis posticis
rectis, basi transversim profunde impresso et utrinque bifeoveato, fovea ex-
terna obliqua, carina angulari minuta, elytris striis internis 4 vel 5 punctulatis,
externis obliteratis, interstitio 3io bipunctato, femoribus nigro-piceis, tibiis
tarsisque piceo-rnfis. Long. *24.
1859.]
84 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
California, Mr. Rathvon. Related to B. nitidum, (Eudromus re. Kir by)
but differs by the less shining surface, the obliquity of the external basal
fovea, and the color of the legs.
12. Nebria 1 i v i d a , aptera testacea, thorace postice angustato, lateribus
parum sinuato, angulis posticis subrectis, elytris octostriatis, stria 3ia quadri-
f'oveata, 5ta bifoveata, 6ta trifoveata. Long. -43.
Cape Flattery; Dr. Newberry. Body depressed, uniform pale testaceous ;
head smooth, with faint impressions. Thorax wider than the head, one half
wider than long, gradually, but consideribly narrowed posteriorly, sides
Tounded in front, very faintly sinuate behind, posterior angles slightly obtuse,
not at all rounded, dorsal line entire, transverse impressions well marked,
base sparsely punctured and rugous, basal impressions not elongated, lateral
margin moderate. Elytra almost elliptical, with eight moderately deep strife,
not punctured, but marked with rows of brown quadrate cells in the substance,
simulating punctures, the third stria has four or five punctures, the fifth has
two to five behind the middle, the sixth has three or four also behind the
middle, the scutellar stria is short ; at the widest part they are one half wider
than the thorax.
13. Necrophilus tenuicornis, elongato-ovalis, nigro-piceus, parum eon-
vexus, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, lateribus rotundatis indeterminate
piceis, angustius depressis, parce subtiliter punctato, fortius versus latera, ely-
tris striis subtiliter crenulatis, 2nda 4taque punctis pluribus impressis, anten-
nis fere filiformibus, articulis externis crassitie fere duplo longioribus, pectore
pedibusque piceis. Long. "22.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Much smaller and narrower than N. hydro-
philoides, larger and narrower than N. 1 a t u s , but specially distin-
guished from both by the antennae not being thickened externally : the second
joint is almost equal to the fourth, and the third is scarcely one half longer than
either. By these characters it approaches Pteroloma, but the mandibles are
not many toothed, nor are the palpi acuminate at tip, and the inner lobe of
the maxilla? appears as in Necrophilus : the legs are also moderate in length as
in the latter genus.
14. Peltis s e r r a t a , oblongo-ovalis, sordide atra, opaca, rude punctata setis
erectis curvatis hispida, elytrorum thoracisque lateribus fortiter serratis, tho-
race insequali medio elevato, canaliculato, angulis posticis elongatis spinifor-
mibus, elytris tricostatis, internis duabus interruptis in callis inagnis
postice desinentibus. Long. -40.
Washington Territory, collected on the N. W. Boundary Survey, by Mr.
Geo. Gibbs. This species closely resembles P. silphides, (Boletophagus
silphides Newman, which was considered as identical with P. dentata, of
Northern Europe, by Dejean.) It is however larger, somewhat narrower, and
has the posterior angles of the thorax more elongated, and prominent.
15. Aulonium aequicolle, elongatum parallelum, nigrum nitidum,
capite thoraceque subtilius punctatis, hoc latitudine vix longiore, lateribus late
rotundatis, lineis solitis insculptis, disco sequaliter paulo convexo, elytris punc-
tulatis, striis punctatis postice obliteratis. Long. -20.
Sacramento Valley, Mr. Rathvon. Of the same form and sculpture as Au.
parallelopipedtim, and differing only by the thorax being not at all
excavated or tuberculate anteriorly, and by the sides being a little more
rounded.
Pseudopuancs.
Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo elongato, cylindrico ; mandibular breves :
antenna? corpore breviores, articulis externis vix crassioribus, lmo crassiore
conico paulo longiore : caput linea utrinque supraoculari insculpto ; pedes
mediocres, tarsis brevibus, articulo lmo parvo, 2ndo triangulari, 3io 2ndo
aequali longe bilobato, 4to vix conspicuo, 5to longiore unguiculis parvis.
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85
A genus having very much the form of Telephanus, but differing by
the cylindrical palpi, aud small fourth joint of the tarsi : as habitual charac-
ters, the body is more densely punctured, and the head each side has a longi-
tudinal line running from the base of the antennae.
16. P. signatus, elongatus, testaceus, pubescens, capite thoraceque
dense punctulatis, hoc latitudine longiore lateribus rectis serrulatis, angulo
utrinque prope apicem obtuso, disco postice vage impresso, punctis versus
basin majoribus ; elytris basi truncatis, humeris obtusis, striis punctatis, pos-
tice fere obliteratis, interstitiis dense punctatis, 4to, 6to et 8vopaulo latioribus,
plaga scutellari, altera communi ad medium, guttaque utrinque postica
cum mediali connexa nigricantibus ; antennarum articulis 8, 9 et 10 infusca-
tis. Long. '18.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. A very pretty little insect : the markings on
the elytra present a scutellar triangle, and a medial spot having the form of
the head of an arrow.
17. Ceruchus striatus, piceo-niger, nitidus, capite thoraceque grosse
parcius punctatis, fronte late concava, elytris striis profundis in fundo densius,
costis parcius grosse punctatis, antemiis rufis. Long. '68.
One female, found at Shoalwater Bay, by Dr. Cooper, and another in Wash-
ington Territory, by Mr. Gibbs. Resembles in proportions C. piceus, but
is much larger : the thorax is more convex and the elytra more deeply striate
and much more punctured.
18. Corymbetes tinctus. Several specimens of a species were found by
Dr. Kennerly and Mr. Gibbs, in Washington Territory, having the elytra of a
metallic green or purplish color. These resemble closely in appearance C.
aeripennis, and differ only by the thorax being less narrowed in front, more
broadly rounded on the sides, and by the stria? of the elytra being deeper, the
interstices slightly convex and more rugous, and by the feet being piceous
tinged with rufous. C. c a r b o , besides having both body and feet entirely
black, has the thorax still less narrowed in front, more strongly punctured,
and the prosternum more coarsely punctured.
19. Corymbetes profractus, elongatus, linearis, piceo-niger, thorace lon-
gius elytris breviter cano-pubescentibus, illo latitudine fere sesqui longiore,
parum convexo, crebre punctato, lateribus rectis fere parallelis, angulis posti-
cis acutis divergentibus, haud carinatis, elytris striatis, interstitiis convexis
confertim punctatis, antennis articulo 3io 4to sequali. Long. "58.
Oregon, Dr. Cooper. A very distinct species having the form of the male of
C. pyrrhos.
20. Dolopius opaculus, testaceo-piceus, opacus, helvo-pubescens, tho-
race lateribus postice pallidioribus dense punctato, paulo convexo, latitudine
sublongiore, antrorsum sensim angustato, lateribus ante medium rotundatis,
angulis posticis acutis carinatis, ante scutellum breviter canaliculato, elytris a
basi sensim angustatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis vix convexis, confertissime
punctatis ; coxis posticis laminis intus subito dilatatis, pedibus antennisque
fere testaceis, his articulis 2 et 3 aequalibus, singulis 4to paulo brevioribus.
Long. -27.
One specimen, Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Distinct from all others in my
collection, by its form, which approaches that of the small Monocrepidii with
simple tarsi, (M. dorsalis, &c.)
21. Elater tartareus, niger opacus, cuneiformis, breviter nigro-pubes-
cens, thorace confertissime punctato, latitudine longiore paulo convexo, an-
trorsum sensim angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, elytris striis punctatis,
interstitiis confertim scabro-punctatis, antennis valde serratis, articulis 2 et 3
parvis sequalibus. Long. '39.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Belongs to my division A. (Trans. Am. Phil.
Sac. 10, 463,) and is related toE. turbulentus Lee.
1859.] 7
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
22. Adelocera cavicollis, nigro-picea opaca, ferrugineo subvariegata,
squamis luteo-sordidis inaequaliter vestita, thorace latitudine haud longiore,
lateribus undulatis antice valde rotundatis, niargine late depresso et reflexo,
disco triangulariter maxime excavato, et antice utrinque fovea magna impresso,
elytris dorso depressis, versus latera declivibus (ita ut costa obsoleta discoidea
efformatur,) sulcis tarsorum nullis, antennarum prope coxas desinentibus.
Long. *65.
One specimen, found by Dr. Newberry on the shores of Tlamatb Lake.
Allied to A. brevicornis Lee, but very different by the larger and deeper
excavations of the thorax.
This species is unfortunately the only relic of a large collection made along
the western border of the great basin : a region in which previously no collec-
tions had been made, and from which many most interesting species may be
expected.
23. Cardiophorus fenestratus, niger nitidus, omnium subtilissime
punctulatus, pube brevissima albida incanus, thorace latitudine haud longiore,
utrinque angustato, lateribus rotundatis, modice convexo, postice obsolete
canaliculato, striis basalibus elongatis, elytris striis fortius punctatis, intersti-
tiis parum convexis, maculis rotundatis flavis, duabus ad medium, duabus
ante apicem ornatis. Long. "25.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Of the same form asC. tumidicollis but
with the thorax less convex.
Pterotus.
Corpus elongatum, alatum ; caput breve, oculis magnis ; antennae paulo dis-
tantes, in foveis magnis insertae, articulo lmo brevi conico, 2ndo duplo minore,
crassitie vix longiore, 3 — 10 elongatis, ramo interno articulo quadruplo longi-
ore ad medium emittente, llmo ramum praecedentis eequante. Palpi maxillares
mediocres crassiusculi, articulo ultimo haud latiore : mandibular elongatse,
tenues, simplices. Thorax brevis trapezoideus, margine lateraliet apicali reflexo.
Elytra linearia, elongata apice rotundata. Coxa? anticae et intermediae magnae
conicse contiguae ; posticze parum prominulae : abdomen articulis 7 ventralibus,
lateribus serratum : lmo profunde emarginato, segmento anali (maris) elliptico.
Tarsi tibiis baud breviores, articulo lmo sequentibus duobus haud breviore, 4to
subtus lobato : unguiculari tenui longiore, unguiculis ad basin dilatatis.
A singular genus, which I have described at great length from my inability to
place it properly. It seems to have a mixture of characters belonging to the
Lampyrides, Telephorides and Drilides, but from the small size of the posterior
coxae is probably better placed with the latter. The antennae are somewhat
separated, inserted in large cavities, the edges of which being elevated make
the front concave ; it is difficult to say whether they are in front of or between the
eyes. I cannot determine whether the labrum is distinct or not. The mandi-
bles are very long, curved and slender as in Lampyrides. None of the ventral
segments are phosphorescent.
24. P. obscuripennis, elongatus flavo-testaceus, subtiliter pubescens,
thorace trapezoideo, latitudine duplo breviore, marginato, (latius ad latera et
apicem,) punctulato, subtiliter canaliculato, elytris nigro-piceis, fortiter dense
punctatis, lineis 4 parum elevatis. Long. -50.
Sacramento Valley, Mr. Rathvon.
Anorus.
Corpus elongatum, lineare. Caput latiusculum, oculis majusculis, ore angus-
to, sutura clypeali distincto, clypeo brevi, trapezoideo, labro late rotundato.
Antennae distantes, ante oculos insertae, 11-articulatae, articulo lmo crassiore
conico, 2ndo duplo breviore, 3io lmo aequali, 4 — 11 sensim paulo longioribus et
angustioribus. Mandibular crassae, acutae. Palpi tenues, maxillares articulo
ultimo longiore. Coxae anticae conicae, contiguae, trochantino maximo ; proster-
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 87
no baud producto ; intermediae conicae obliquae, paulo distantes, mesosterno
antice proruinulo breviter carinato : posticae obliquae laminis intus sensirn dila-
tatis : pedes mediocres, tibiis calcaribus distinctis, tarsis articulo lmo longiore,
2 et 3 subtus lobo membraneo, 4to lobis duobus membraneis instructis, ungui-
culis simplicibus. Abdomen sub-6-articulatum, articulo 6to (maris ?) apice ro-
tundato, retractili.
A genus which appears to belong to the Atopidae, though very distinct from
those mentioned in Lacordaire's work.
25. A. piceus, piceus nitidus, minus subtiliter cinereo-pubescens, capite
thoraceque punctulatis, hoc latitudine plus duplo breviore, antrorsum modice
angustato, lateribus rotundatis, basi late bisinuato, elytris seriatim punctatis,
substriatis. Long. *33.
San Diego, California : June. I have previously neglected to describe this
insect from my uncertainty in regard to its position. I trust that the previous
description will enable it to be recognized, for although there is nothing remark-
able in the appearance of this dark brown, hairy narrow insect, there is hardly
any genus with which it may be compared.
26. Anobium marginicolle, fuscum, subtilissime punctulatum, breviter
pubescens, thorace latitudine breviore, lateribus valde rotundatis fortiter mar-
ginatis, elytris thorace latioribus, elongatis, vix obsoletissime striatis, antennis
articulis 3 ultimis singulatim articulos 4 — 8 longitudine aequantibus : oculis
majusculis prominulis. Long. '21.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Belongs to the division Dryophilus Chevr., and
differs from a nondescript Pennsylvanian species given me by Dr. Melsheimer,
by the thorax being strongly margined on the sides, by the last joints of the
antennas being comparatively less elongated, and by the eyes being less promi-
nent.
27. Anobium quadrulum, cylindricum, piceum, pube brevi cinerea seri-
cans, thorace latitudine breviore, inaequali, scabro, lateribus subsinuatis valde
marginatis, angulis posticis subrectis, basi late rotundato, scutello densius pube-
scente, elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis,
antennis articulis 3 ultimis conjunctis praecedentes aequantibus. Long. *18.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. Allied to A. foveatum Kirby, but is less
elongate, with the sides of the thorax less sinuous, the posterior angles not
acute but subrectangular, and the base much less rounded.
28. Anobium cornutum, nigrum, cylindrico-ovale, subtiliter punctula-
tum, pube brevissima cana vix conspicua vestitum, thorace latitudine duplo
breviore, modice convexo, lateribus praecipue ante medium rotundatis, basi late
rotundato, angulis posticis rectis prominulis, antennarum articulis 3 ultimis
conjunctis reliquos fere aequantibus. Long. "11.
Mas, mandibulis cornu erecto tenui, capite sesqui longiore apice incurvo,
armatis ; femina mandibulis simplicibus.
California. This interesting species was sent me by Mr. Andrew Murray, as
having been hatched in great numbers from some galls sent from California.
The two horns of the male meet at their incurved tips.
Scotob^enus.
Corpus elongatum oblongum, apterum, elytris haud connatis. Clypeus pla*
nus antice truncatus : labrum late rotundatum : mentum parvuni subhexagonum
medio subelevatum, apice liberum, fere truncatum : antennae extrorsum paulo
crassiores, articulo 2ndo brevi, externis 4 vel 5 rotundatis. Pedes mediocres,
femoribus paulo clavatis, tibiis angustis, linea interna insculptis, tarsis tibiis
fere duplo brevioribus, articulis subtua flavo-villoris, articulo posticorum lmo
paulo longiore.
Allied to Upis, Centrionipus, Nyctibates, &c, but easily distinguished by the
above noted characters.
1859.]
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
29. S. parallelus, elongatus, niger, subnitidus, caplte thoraceque subti-
lius sat dense punctatis, hoc Iatitudine paulo breviore, postice paulo angustato,
lateribus late rotundatis, angulis posticis acutis, elytris thorace baud latiori-
bus, seriatim punctatis, interstitiis sat dense subtiliter punctatis. Long. '15 ;
lat. -30.
Sacramento Valley, Mr. Rathvon. The humeri are obtuse, very slightly
rounded.
30. Phryganophilus collar is, elongatus niger, capite dense punctato,
thorace Iatitudine plus sesqui breviore, antice angustato, lateribus valde ro-
tundatis, basi bisinuato, disco utrinque late transversim oblique excavato,
punctulato, rufo, medio nigricante, elytris thorace haud latioribus confertissime
granulato-punctatis, antennis extrorsum paulo incrassatis, articulo 3io 4to
aequali; abdominis articulo ultimo rufo. Long. -33.
Washington Territory, Mr. Gibbs. The palpi and feet are destroyed : it is
perhaps a Phryganophilus, but in the absence of an authentic type of the genus
for comparison, I cannot be certain.
31. Anaspis n i g r i c e p s , elongata, flavo-testacea, subtiliter pubescens,
transversim subtiliter strigoso, capite nigro, ore palpisque flavis, thorace Iatitu-
dine duplo breviore, lateribus rotundatis, subtus fusca, antennis fuscis basi flavis,
pedibus coxisque flavis, tarsis posterioribus fuscis. Long. -11.
Oregon, Dr. Suckley. Smaller than A. pallescens Mann, and differing in
the color of the head and under surface. No sexual characters observed.
32. Elaphidion procerum, (femina,) picea, tenuiter minus dense brevis-
sime sordide pubescens, thorace Iatitudine breviore, lateribus rotundatis, in et
versus latera insequali, confluenter foveatim punctato, linea dorsali lsevi, sulco
basali profundiore, elytris antice modice, postice subtiliter punctatis ad api-
cem truncatis bispinosis, spina interna longiore, femoribus haud spinosis,
antennis articulo 3io spina interna brevi, spiculoque externo obsoleto, sequen-
tibus spinula externa alteraque interna armatis. Long. 1-50.
Umpqua Valley, Dr. Newberry. Closely resembles the female of E. s i m -
plicic olle Hald. (E. pulverulentum Hald.,) but is mueh larger, with the
sutural spine of the elytra longer than the outer one ; the thorax is less round-
ed, much more coarsely punctured, with the basal groove deeper ; the dorsal
elevation is also linear, there is an anterior oblique discoidal callus each
side, and the sides are quite distinctly impressed : inE. simplicicolle the
discoidal callus is not seen and the sides are hardly impressed.
33. Leptura xanthogaster, elongata, nigra, opaca, capite thoraceque
parce longe flavo-villosis, dense punctatis, hoc convexo, Iatitudine longiore,
campanulato, lateribus subangulatis ante basin paulo angustato, et profunde
transversim sulcato, elytris humeris elevatis, postice sensim paulo angustatis,
punctatis flavis nitidis parce breviter flavo-pubescentibus, macula oblonga sub-
humerali, altera laterali ad medium, trienteque postico nigris, abdomine pedi-
busque flavis, tibiis ad apioein tarsisque anterioribus infuscatis. Long. *43.
Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper. Of the same form and size asL. crassipes
Zee, but it differs by the absence of the subapical round yellow spot of the
elytra, as well as by the yellow abdomen.
34. L. quadrillnm, nigra parum nitida, capite thoraceque confertissime
punctatis, pube brevi erecta minus dense vestitis, hoc valde convexo, lateri-
bus rotundatis, ante basin transversim sulcato, angulis posticis haud produc-
tis ; elytris ad basin thorace tertia parte latioribus, humeris elevatis, a basi an-
gustatis, ad apicem oblique truncatis, angulo externo acuto, sat dense puncta-
tis, parce breviter pubescentibus, guttis tribus ad marginem pallide flavis
ornatis, prima basali, secunda obliqua paulo ante medium, tertia pone medium,
alteraque elongata pone medium subsuturali, ssepe deficiente ornatis. Long.
•42.
Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper, Washington Territory, Messrs. Gibbs and Ken-
[Feb.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 89
nerly. The basal spot of the margin is concealed in a dorsal view by the
prominent shoulders, within which the disc is obliquely impressed. The tho-
rax is nearly as in L. v a g a n s , but the form of the elytra is very different ;
the species belongs in the neighborhood of L. p u b e r a Say. The subsutural
spot forms with the posterior lateral one a transverse band stretching forwards
along the suture : there is sometimes also a scutellar yellow spot.
35. L. lsetifica, nigra opaca, pube erecta nigra brevi parce vestita, capite
thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoc antrorsum sensim angustato, latitu-
diue baseos vix longiore, lateribus late rotundatis, angulis posticis vix pro-
minulis, disco postice subimpresso, ad basin marginato, elytris thorace latiori-
bus, vix triangularibus, laete coccineis opacis, antice fortiter, postice subtilius
punctatis, gutta quadrata prope suturam ante medium, alteraque versus mar-
ginem ad medium, nonnunquam deficientibus, margineque apicali nigris ; pos-
tice paulo dehiscentibus ad apicem truncatis, angulo externo acuto, suturis
veutralibus rufo-piceis. Long. *43.
Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper; Washington Territory, Mr. Gibbs. The anten-
na} are entirely black, subserrate and slightly thickened towards the tip,
extending to the anterior fourth of the elytra. Tbis species may be placed
between the groups of L. canadensis and L. vagans.
36. Leptura sanguinea, nigra, opaca, pube erecta parce vestita, capite
thoraceque confluenter dense punctatis, hoc ante medium antrorsum sensim
angustato, latitudine paulo longiore, lateribus rotundatis, utrinque vix con-
atricto, angulis posticis vix prominulis, elytris thorace latioribus, triangulari-
bus, lsete rufis, confertim punctatis, postice paulo dehiscentibus, apice oblique
truncatis et nigro-marginatis.. Long. -4.
W. Territory, Mr. Gibbs. Allied to the preceding, but differs by the thorax
being less narrowed in front, and the elytra much more closely punctured.
The male has the thorax narrower and the outer margin of the elytra blackish.
37. Leptura dehiscens, minus elongata, nigra pube parca fulva erecta
antice vestita, capite thoraceque dense fortiter punctatis, hoc convexo, lateri-
bus valde rotundatis, antice multo angustiore, apice marginato, basi trans ver-
sim impresso, elytris postice subangustatis obscure rubris, confertim puncta-
tis, sutura postice rotundata valde dehiscente, apice haud acuto infuscato.
Long. "5.
Oregon, Dr. Suckley. Allied to L. vagans, but with the punctures
smaller and more dense, the elytra less triangular and not acute at apex : the
antenna? are entirely black.
38. L. lugens, elongata nigra, opaca, capite thoraceque confertissime punc-
tatis, pube brevi erecta parce vestitis, hoc latitudine longiore antrorsum sen-
sim angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, ante basin transversim vix sulcato,
angulis posticis paulo prominulis, elytris thorace latioribus, humeris subeleva-
tis a basi postice paulo angustatis, postice dehiscentibus, et ad suturam rotun-
datis, angulo externo distincto, antice fortiter, postice subtilius punctatis,
antennis corpore paulo brevioribus. Long. "42.
Shoalwater Bay, Dr. Cooper. This species might be placed near L.
nigrella, but the posterior angles of the thorax are hardly visible, the
humeral parts of the elytra are more prominent, the elytra are more dehis-
cent and the sutural angle altogether rounded.
39. Syneta suturalis, fusea, capite thoraceque dense rude punctatis,
hoc lateribus bisiuuatis, ad medium unidentatis, antice posticeque margine
lato pallido ornato, elytris albis, sutura infuscata, seriatim punctatis, anguste
marginatis, costis duabus parum elevatis intermediaque vix distincta, antennis.
ore pedibusque pallide testaceis. Long. -23.
Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson. A very distinct little species, with only a sin-
gle lateral thoracic tooth.
1859.]
90 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
40. Syneta seriata, testacea, capite thoraceque dense fortiter punctatis,
hoc lateribus bisinuatis, medio obtuse lobatis, elytris seriatim punctatis, anguste
marginatis, lineis duabus internis parum distinctis, externa paulo elevata.
Long. -20.
California, Mr. Rathvon. Also quite distinct : there is no conspicuous lateral
tooth.
41. Anoplitis q u adra t a , (Bispa quadrata Fabr.) A specimen from Cali-
fornia, not differing perceptibly from those found in Pennsylvania, was given me
by Mr. Rathvon.
42. Galleruca angularis, supra ochrea, dense pubescens, baud subtiliter
dense punctata, thorace insequali, latitudine fere duplo breviore, antice postice-
que transversim impresso, canaliculato, lateribus obliquis rotundatis, basi sinu-
ata, angulis posticis acutis prominulie, elytris vitta laterali infuscata, guttisque
parvis remotis serie triplici ornatis, subtus nigra, pedibus flavis, antennis fuscis.
Long. -22.
California, Mr. Rathvon. Allied toG. guttulata, but differs by the form
of the thorax and by the black elytral dots being arranged in series.
43. Coccinella 1 a cu s tr i s Lee. Puget Sound, Mr. Davidson.
44. Chilochorus p 1 e u r a 1 i s, hemisphericus, niger, subtiliter punctulatus, ely-
tris macula rubra magna rotundata ante medium signatis, epipleuris ante me-
dium late rufo-marginatis, parapleuris runs. Long. -26.
California, Mr. Rathvon. Larger than C. bivulnerus and C. fratemus,
and differing from both, not only by the red spot being situated before the mid-
dle of the elytron, but by the abdomen being entirely black.
On motion, it was resolved that a committee of five be appointed to
take measures for the formation of a permanent fund for the purposes of
the Academy, and that the plan adopted by them be reported to the
Academy for approval at the next meeting for business.
March 1st.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Fifty four members present.
Dr. Robert E. Rogers exhibited Richie's modification of the Ruhm-
korff induction apparatus, and the modification of the ordinary electrical
machine, by Prof. Wagner, of Vienna; in the original machine a large
circle of wire carefully insulated is attached to the prime conductor ;
Dr. Rogers replaced this by hollow globes of glass silvered on the inside,
and showed that the power of the machine was thus greatly increased.
On leave granted, the report of the Biological Department of the last
month was read and ordered to be printed.
March 8lh.
Dr. Hays in the Chair.
Thirty-five members present.
A specimen of Lepidosteus bison, taken at Bombay Hook, on the
Delaware River, was presented by Mr. Andrew Vanderslice.
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91
March lbth.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Fifty members present.
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings :
Notes on Coluber calligaster S ty, and description of new species
of Serpents in the collection of the North-western University of Evans-
ton, 111. By R. Kennicott.
Ichthyological Notices. By Charles Girard, M. D.
And were referred to Committees.
The Proceedings of the Academy for February was laid on the table
by the Committee.
Mr. Foulke announced the death, at Rome, on the 13th alt., of Charles
F. Beck, M. D., late a member of the Academy.
March 22d.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Forty- four members present.
The following was presented for publication in the Proceedings :
Catalogue of Birds collected on the rivers Camma and Ogobai, West-
ern Africa by Mr. P. Duchaillu, in 1853, with notes and descriptions
of new species. By John Cassin.
And was referred to a Committee.
Dr. Leidy called the attention of the members to the tooth of the Mastodon,
from Tambla, Honduras, presented by Capt. J. M. Dow, this evening. It is a
last superior molar, and presents a greater degree of developement of the inter-
vening accessory lobes of the crown than is usual in the teeth of Mastodon
ohioticus, but it nevertheless mo3t probably belongs to the same species.
Dr. L. then directed attention to the fine collection of teeth and fragments of
jaws of Mosasaurus, from the Green Sand of Monmouth Co., New Jersey, pre-
sented by Mr. J. H. Slack, and other gentlemen through him. The specimens
illustrate, in a striking manner, the mode of development and succession of the
teeth, noticed some time since in the Proceedings, (L857, p. 176). The speci-
mens further exhibit variations in form and size, though obtained from the same
individual. The teeth, with conical crowns and polyhedral sides, are those usu-
ally viewed as characteristic of Mosasaurus. Others had been referred to the
genus Geosaurus ; and such as were much compressed with trenchant borders,
and without planes, were viewed as characteristic of the genus Leiodon.
The large humerus, presented by Mr. M. P. Rue, through Mr. Slack, was not
found in the same marl pit as the Mosasaurus, though in the same formation not
far distant. It bears a strong resemblance in form and size to the correspond-
ing bone of Iladrosaurus, though presenting sufficient anatomical difference to
belong to another genus. It perhaps belongs to Mosasaurus; the bones of the
extremities of this animal yet remaining unknown.
Dr. L. added he was inclined to suspect that all the remains of Mosasaurus
hitherto discovered in America belonged to one species, at least there appears
insufficient evidence to separate them. Perhaps, however, the remains of the
Mosasaurus, discovered in the green sand of the western portion of the conti-
nent, may indicate a different species from those obtained from the eastern por-
tion.
1859.]
92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Synonymy of the American Mosasaurus,
1. From the Eastekn portion of the Continent.
Saurian, resembling the reptile of Maestricht. Mitchell : Obs. Geol. N. Am.
1818, 384, pi. viii. fig. 4.
dfosasaurus. Dekay : Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 1828 — 36, iii. 135. Morton:
Am. Jour. Sci. 1830, xviii. 246; Syn. Org. Rem. 1834, 27. Harlan: Trans.
Geol. Soc. 1835, 81; Med. Phys. Res. 1835, 285. Emmons: N. Car. Geol.
Surv. 1858, 217.
Geosaurus Mitchelli. Dekay: Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 1828— 36, iii. 138. Har-
lan : Trans. Geol. Soc. 1835, 82 ; Med. Phys. Res. 1835, 285 ; Edinb. Phil. Jour-
1834, xviii. 32. Pictet : Palaeont. 1853, i. 506.
Geosaurus. Morton: Am. Jour. Sci. 1830, xviii. 246, Syn. Org. Rem. 1834,
23.
Saurian reptile, or 3Iaestricht monitor. Harlan : Jonr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1825,
235 ; Trans. Geol. Soc. 1835, 81 ; Med. Phys. Res. 285, 384.
Mosasaurus Dekayi. Bronn : Leth. Geog. 1838, ii. 760. Gibbes : Smiths.
Contrib. 1858, 8. Pictet: Palaeont. 1853, i. 505.
Mosasaurus occidentalis. Morton : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1844, 133.
3Iosasaurus Camperi or M. Hofmani. In part of Pictet: Palaeont. 1845,
ii. 64.
Atlanlochelys Mortoni. Agassiz : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1849, 169.
Mosasaurus minor ; M. Couperi ; and M. carolinensis. Gibbes : Smiths. Con-
trib. 1850.
Mosasaurus Maximiliani. Pictet, in part: Palaeont. 1853, i. 505. Emmons:
N. Car. Geol. Surv. 1858, 217.
3Iosasaurus Mitchelli. The name which according to usage should be adopted.
if the eastern is a distinct species from the western one.
2. From the Western portion of the Continent.
Ichthyosaurus missouriensis. Harlan : Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1834, 405 ; Tr.
Geol. Soc. 1835, 80; Med. Phys. Res. 1835, 284, 344.
Batrachiosaurus. Harlan: Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag. 1839, xiv. 302.
Balrachotherium. Harlan : Bui. Soc. Geol. 1839, x. 90.
Batrachiosaurus missouriensis. Von Meyer : Jahrb. Min 1845,313.
Mosasaurus Neovidii. Von Meyer: Jahrb. Min. 1845, 312. Pictet: Palaeont.
1853, i. 505.
Mosasaurus Maximiliani. Goldfuss: Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. Nat. Cur. 1845,
xxi. 179 ; Jahrb. Min 1847, 122. In part of Pictet: Palaeont. 1853, i. 505.
Mosasaurus missouriensis. Leidy : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1857, 90. This name,
according to usage, is the one to be adopted for the western species, if distinct
from the eastern one.
Dr. Bridges announced the decease, at Charleston, S. C, on the 16th
inst., of Dr. Thos. D. Mutter, late a member of the Academy. Dr.
Mutter was elected in 1883, and at one time held the office of Record-
ing Secretary of the Academy.
On leave granted, a vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. M. P. Rue,
of Pcrrinesville, N. Jersey, for the valuable donation of fossils pre-
sented by him this evening.
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93
March 29th.
Mr. Lea; President, in the Chair.
Fifty members present.
The Report of the Proceedings of the Biological Department for the
present month was read.
The paper read before the Biological Department, entitled " On Sup-
puration in Cancerous Growths, by J. J. Woodward, M. D./' was re-
commended for publication in a Medical Journal.
On report of the respective Committees the following were ordered to
be printed in the Proceedings :
Observations on the Species of Nicotiana.
BY JOHN LE CONTE.
'•' Planta beata, deeus terrarum, munus Olympi,
Dissipat ignavum cerebio veternum,
Ingenium illustrat, si quando aut multa tenebraa
Colligit ingluvies cerebro, aut molimine longo
Iutellectus biat, reruin neque coneipit umbras,
Conceptasve tenet, vel caeca oblivia regnant,
Ut semel irrepit blando lux indita fomo,
Aufugiunt nubes atrse, curaeque tenaces,
Vis micat mventrix, dato velut obice veli
Tota oculis animi patet. ampli macbiua mundi.
Tappius Oral, de Tahnco
Among the extraordinary usages and customs which have been adopted by
man, and which have become nearly universal, none is more so than the use of
tobacco. That a plant, the first taste of which is so extremely nauseous, and
the effects produced by it so highly disagreeable, should become over the whole
habitable world an indispensable article of enjoyment, may well strike us with
wonder. Other plants for their exciting or intoxicating properties have always
been in use; for instance, the poppy, hemp and the Amanita muscaria but to-
bacco never produced these effecs ; rather the contrary, it soothes and indeed
stupifies, when not taken in excess. When a sufficient quantity is taken to act
with its full power on the animal economy, the feelings produced are most un-
qualifiedly disagreeable and annoying, nausea, vertigo, cold perspirations, pal-
pitation of the heart, and a sensation which must be very much like the
approach of death. Other narcotics, as opium and the extract of hemp, produce
nothing but the most pleasing emotions. What then has induced man to adopt
the use of this plant so opposite in its qualities ? The answer is contained in the
verses placed at the head of this paper, for the effects there described are truly
what arise from the temperate use of tobacco. Whether the use of any species
of this plant, or of others having similar properties, was known to the ancients,
is a question hard to be resolved. All that I can collect on tbis subject follows :
Herodotus (Klio, 202) says of the Skythi, that " they take the berries of a cer-
tain tree, kindle afire, and assemble around it in parties, and then throw these
berries on the fire, inhale the smoke, and intoxicate themselves with the smell,
in the same manner the Greeks do with wine; the more fruit they throw on, the
more intoxicated they get, until they rise up to dance and proceed to sing."
He says they likewise purify themselves after a funeral in the following man-
ner. "They make a close tent of felt blankets, with a vase filled with red hot
stones placed in it. Then taking some hemp seed, creep in under the blankets
and scatter it on the red hot stones, and produce such a vapor as no Grecian
stove can. Delighted with the effect produced, they utter loud bowlings ; this
stands them instead of a bath, for they never by any chance wash their bodies
in water." In this respect they resemble our American Indians, and must have
1859.]
94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
been as filthy in their habits. The women it appears removed the smell of the
dirt, with which they were habitually covered, by the application of a per-
fumed paste. Solinus, cap. x. \ 5, informs us that the Thrakes occasion a kind of
ebrious excitement by burning the seeds of plants which they possess, and in-
haling the smoke. Pomponius Mela, lib. n. cap. n. \ 35, has very nearly the
same words. Strabo, however, lib. vn. alluding to a similar custom, calls those
who make use of this method of excitement Ka.7rvop'na.t or livers in smoke, or
more properly as appears from other copies of his work, KsmttowcIt*/ smoke
walkers. The first three authors allude to the use of hemp ; whether they did
not put the dried leaves of this plant into pipes, as Strabo's men from the name
he gives them probably did, we cannot now determine. It is certain that pipes
have been found buried at great depths in the earth, where they could not have
been placed within four hundred years. Dioscorides, in his treatise on materia
medica, lib. in. cap. 126, says, that the dried leaves of Tusselago farfara, set on
fire and the smoke drawn through a tube (infundibulum) and received into the
mouth, will cure those who are suffering under a dry cough or orthopnoea. Caius
Plinius, lib. xxvi. cap 16, recommends the same, and in the preceding chapter
15, the Hyoscyamus niger. Here are instances of smoking the leaves of plants,
from tubes or pipes.
Tt is generally believed that tobacco was not known in Europe previously to
the discovery of America. Yet one of the species known, and commonly culti-
vated in Europe and Asia, is never seen in this country except as a curiosity in
botanic gardens. America was discovered in 1492. If the use of this herb
was not known out of our country before this date, it is certainly inconceivable
that in a few years after the time of Columbus, a little more than one hundred,
the smoking, chewing and snufhng of tobacco should have spread through the
habitable world, extended to the remotest districts of Africa, to India and to
China, where nations are so averse to introduce any innovation in their customs.
But when we come to consider that there is one species peculiar to Europe and
Asia, another to Africa, and a third to America, I do not think that it will be
difficult to suppose that it may have been in use in the remotest ages. Here
follows all that I have been able to collect on this subject. None of the older
travellers in thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, as Marco Polo, Pego-
letto and Clavigo, in 1403, and the Portuguese voyagers, Vasco de Gama,
Alvarez, Cabral and Pacheco, about 1500, mention having seen it used ; Postel,
Belon and Burbeck, Caspar Balby, John Newberry a.id Rauwolf, about a hun-
dred years after, are equally silent with "regard to the custom. Keeling is the
first traveller whom I can find observing its use, this was in 1507. Ksempfer in
1560, and Isbrand Ides in 1692, say that its use was universal in China, both
among men and women. In the year 1607, according to the observations of
Mr. Fitch in his voyaye to Sierra Leone, the negroes there cultivated tobacco,
which he says appears to be half their food. According to Bosman in 1700,
all the inland negroes used to cultivate tobacco, and from the description which
he gives of the leaf, it appears to have been the same species as that formerly
cultivated by the Spaniards in Cuba and South America.
Tobacco was first imported into France from Brazil, by Andrew Thevet, his-
torian and Cosmographer to the king, in 1558. He says in his work, " France
Antarctique," that the natives carefully gather the herb and dry it in the shade
of their little cabins. The manner of using it is this ; after drying it, they
wrap a quantity of the herb in a very large palm leaf, and roll it to the size of
a candle, then putting fire to one end receive the smoke of it by the nose and
mouth. It is pretended that Raleigh introduced it into England in 1584, but
this is not true. To John Nicot belongs the credit of having first actually in-
troduced the use of it into France. It appears that he obtained the seed of
it in Portugal, whither it was said to have been brought from Florida. John
Nicot was an ambassador from France to the Portuguese court, during the
reign of Charles the Ninth. ^Vhen he sent the seed of this plant to France, he
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95
accompanied it with a small box of snuff, in the use of which Queen Catharine
de Medici took such pleasure, that it soon became popular and fashionable.
Thus much for its early history.
Tobacco, at all times, has had its detractors and its defenders ; theologians
and physicians have striven to eradicate its use, or to defend it as a perfectly
harmless ingredient, in the pleasant employment of time. The number of pub-
lications for and against it has been truly enormous, but those who take the
contrary part have been more distinguished by their extraordinary exaggera-
tions and barefaced falsehoods, than by any just reasoning on the subject. It
would be out of place here, to more than allude to the literary compositions
of this nature, particularly those of an early date, at the head of which stands
the Misocapnus of James the First, of England. Modern writers, even of our
own times, are not wanting, who have not hesitated to invent the most flagrant
falsehoods about the use of a substance, which, at the worst, involved only a
small loss of time and of money. One has said that the decline of certain na-
tions, the Chinese and Turks, must be attributed to the U3e of this plant. Others
(calling themselves Doctors in Medicine,) have attributed almost every disease
that afflicts humanity to this propensity. The great mortality attending Asiatic
cholera has been ascribed to it. The enemies of alcohol, of tea and of coffee,
all combine in a warfare against tobacco. They invent the most ridiculous
stories to bring these articles into disrepute. Some have had the folly to say
that leeches have been instantly killed when applied to those who used tobacco,
and that bugs and fleas would not bite such persons. One Dr. Long, of New
Hampshire, states that he was consulted by a Mrs. F., "on account of her
daughter, who had a small ring-worm at the tip of her nose ; she wished to
apply tobacco to it." The Doctor objected, and related to her a story, probably
of his own extemporary fabrication, of a father "who had destroyed his little son
by the application of tobacco spittle to an eruption on his head." The good
woman did not believe the doctor, and when he was gone besmeared the tip of
her finger with some of the juice from the grandmother's pipe, and applied it to
the ring-worm ; the instant the mother's finger touched the part affected, " the
eyes of the little girl rolled up in their sockets, she sallied back, and was pre-
vented from falling by the alarmed mother." The child was then attacked by
trismus and deep insensibility ; she was, however, restored by the application
of ammonia and lavender. " Till this time," says the Doctor, " the child had been
robust and healthy, never having had but one illness that required medical ad-
vice, but since the tobacco experiment, has been continually feeble and sickly.
The first four or five years after this terrible operation, she was subject to faint-
ing fits every three or four weeks, lasting from twelve to twenty-four hours.
Within the last three or four years these turns have been less severe."
In the first years of the introduction of tobacco into general use, laws were
passed against it, chiefly, I presume, because it was looked upon as possessing
intoxicating properties. Amurath, the IV., Sultan of Turkey, finding it impos-
sible, himself, to learn to smoke, issued a violent decree against its use. Those
convicted of being snuff-takers or smokers, were condemned to receive fifty
blows of a cane on the soles of their feet, and on a repetition of the offence, to
lose their noses. The same punishments for using tobacco were inflicted by
Michael Federowich, in Russia, which law was in force until the accession of
Peter the Great. Tavernier relates that, Sefi, king of Persia, punished those
who were caught smoking by pouring melted lead into their mouths until they
were dead. Chardin tells us the following anecdote of King Abbas, the grand-
father of Sefi : — Having tried without success to prevent the use of tobacco,
the smoke of which was offensive to him, and in order to punish his courtiers
who used it, at the end of a sumptuous banquet which he had given them,
he offered them pipes filled with dry horse dung instead of tobacco. From time
to time his majesty asked them how they liked the tobacco ; they all declared
that nothing could be more delicious ; it possessed the perfume of a thousand
1859.]
06 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
flowers. The king looking at them with indignation, exclaimed, Cursed be the
drug which cannot be distinguished from horse dung.
The fanatics who first colonized New England, and who wished to make mere
animated statues of their fellow creatures, could not resist the opportunity of
putting a restraint upon this innocent enjoyment. They therefore ordered " that
no man shall take any tobacco publicly in the street, highway, or in any barn-
yards, or upon training days, or in any open places," under the penalty of six-
pence for each offence. I might fill pages with similar relations, and with
accounts of attacks made upon this favorite weed, but I forbear.
I have used tobacco for more than sixty years without perceiving any ill effects
produced by it. I was once induced to abandon it for about six months, but
this disuse brought on numerous and painful ulcers of the tongue, which promptly
vanished on resuming its use.
I have never observed it to have any exciting effects on the body or mind, but
on the contrary, its action appears to be entirely soothing and sedative. Let a
person overwhelmed with fatigue of body and mind set himself down in an easy
posture, light his segar or pipe, and cease to think ; by the time his fumale is
burnt out, he will find himself entirely relieved from his fatigue, with mind re-
freshed, and body strengthened. Drs. Pereira and Christison, say they have
never known any well ascertained ill effects having been produced by the ha-
bitual practice of smoking.
The great variety of tobacco met with in commerce, differing in color, in fla-
vor, and in strength, does not depend upon a difference in species or variety, but
almost entirely on the soil in which it has grown, in the method of curing it,
and the adulterations which it undergoes in passing through the hands of unscru-
pulous dealers. Thus manured land never produces the plant of the first qua-
lity ; for this purpose, a virgin soil, very rich and strong, with but little calca-
reous matter is required. This, however, will not endure for a longer space
than six years : it gradually deteriorates, until at last it is entirely worn out,
and cannot be brought back to its original state by the application of manure.
This always renders it disagreeably strong, and highly impregnated with nitre.
Calcareous soils produce these same effects, and thus the tobacco of our West-
ern States is inferior to the Virginian, and may easily be known by a saline
taste. If tobacco be cured without the use of artificial heat, its fine flavor is
better preserved, and its color more uniform. Again, if dried with little ex-
posure to the air, it becomes of a bright yellow color. The best tobacco for
smoking comes to us from the tropics, possessed of a peculiar flavor and per-
fume ; this was once the case with all the segars brought from Cuba. At present,
those that are introduced into the United States from that island are adulte-
rated with tobacco of an inferior kind ; they are not at all like those brought
fifty years ago. Either the plant has deteriorated by mixing with other species,
or is so adulterated by a mixture with the common tobacco of our country, that
the true flavor is entirely lost. Vessels loaded with tobacco, the produce of our
own soil, are constantly leaving our shores for the port of Havanna. Besides,
large quantities of an inferior quality produced from imported seed are now
sent from New England, and either used there or brought back and sold here
as genuine Havanna. The last good tobacco that I have smoked was made by
myself in Georgia, about thirty years ago. This possessed the delightful per-
fume peculiar to the best raised within the tropics ; it was at the same time
very mild and burnt freely. There is, however, much imagination in the judg-
ment which we form of tobacco.
I might here point out the method by which deleterious substances are mixed
with tobacco, and how the leaves of various other plants are substituted for it.
Some of the most extensively used manufactured tobacco has poisonous drugs
mixed with it, which increase its action on the system, particularly on the brain,
in such a degree as to become really dangerous. Those persons, therefore, who
use it for a masticatory, would do well to employ no other than the pure leaves
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 97
as they are brought from Virginia. Almost all the pressed tobacco is defiled
with liquorice or molasses, which substances conceal the bad taste of the infe-
rior qualities. The method by which the flavor of our plant is imparted to
plants which have none of their own is as follows : — A quantity of the refuse
tobacco is boiled in wine, or more frequently in human urine, until a strong fluid
extract is obtained ; to this some salt is added. It is then poured upon the
dried leaves of other plants, such as rhubarb, burdock, sunflower, cabbage, or
broad-leaved dock, which, after remaining in the fluid a sufficient time to ab-
sorb as much of it as they can contain, are hung up to dry and then made into
Havanna segars. Cut tobacco, likewise intended for smoking, is mixed with
the leaves of stramonium and foxglove and with opium. There is, however,
no end to the dishonesties practised by tobacco manufacturers.
I now proceed to describe the plant as it has come under my observation,
premising that I do not believe that the species here noted are any where to be
found in a perfectly wild or native state. Mr. Lehman, the last authority on
this subject, enumerates twenty-one species. I have seen but four, and one of
these looks very much like some other genus. I allude to N. quadrivalvis. The
other species of Nicotiana have but two valves in the capsules. The three
remaining species, I know from experience, mutually mix together. I omit a de-
scription of the genus.
Nicotiana tabacum. Annual, viscid, branching. Leaves oblong lanceolate,
broad, acuminate, most entire, for the most part strictly sessile, at the base
more or less decurrent, subamplexicaul. Flowers paniculately corymbose,
terminal, with linear lanceolate bractes. Calyx oblong, five-cleft, the divisions
lanceolate acute. Corolla infundibuliform, much longer than the calyx, the
tube viscid, greenish, the limb pale rosy, spreading, the lobes ovate acute,
capsule a little longer than the calyx, stigma transversely sulcate on the top.
This is the common tobacco of commerce, called by different names, Vir-
ginian, Kentucky, Nagadoches, &c. It is not agreeable to smoke, unless weak-
ened by washing in water. It is the only kind fit for chewing. Too much care
cannot be taken in the operation of curing it, and much of its goodness depends
upon the manner in which it has been dried and fermented. The Indians in
this country are in the habit of mixing it with the leaves of Rhus glabrum and
Laurus Borbonia, or the scraped bark of Cornus sanguinea, all of which improve
its taste in a remarkable degree.
N. fruticosa. Perennial, pubescent, viscid, branching. Leaves lanceolate,
acuminate, most entire, sometimes very shortly petiolate, most generally sessile,
the lower ones amplexicaul. The inflorescnce the same as of the preceding,
stigma subbilobate.
This is the far-famed tobacco of the Island of Cuba and of all the tropical
parts of America. I have been told that it is the species cultivated in the in-
terior of Africa. It is probably indigenous to that portion of the globe. An
African, from a region in that country far distant from the sea, who was well
acquainted with the cultivation of the plant in his own country as well as in
this, told me when he first saw this species growiug in Georgia, that it was the
kind which grew in his country. He could not well be mistaken, for the leaves
of N. tabacum are very wide, whilst on the contrary of the N. fruticosa they are
rather narrow. It is from this species that the so-called Havanna segars ought
to be made. But it seems to me that very little of it enters into the composition
of what we now receive from Cuba.
N. rustica. Annual, villous, viscid, branching. Leaves petiolate, ovate or
roundish obtuse most entire, sometimes more or less cordate, divisions of the
calyx short, ovate or roundish. Corolla greenish yellow. Stigma entire.
From this species, which is nearly as agreeable for smoking as the last, are
produced the varieties called Turkish, Chinese, East Indian, Shirazian and
Latakia tobacco. It is said to have been imported from America into England
1859.]
98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
in the year 1578, and yet has never been seen here except cultivated as a curi-
osity in gardens, the seed being always brought from China. It must be con-
sidered as a species confined originally to the older continents and not known
on this side of the Atlantic, until after the discoveries of Columbus and others.
I think that I have seen it growing in a quasi indigenous state on the road sides
in Europe. No tobacco has ever been seen growing without cultivation in
the United States. This circumstance taking place with most of our cultivated
vegetables is a certain proof of their having been imported from some other
country.
As has been observed before, these three species will mix together in every
possible degree, hence the great number of species which appear in our books.
If we take the trouble to analyse these, it can easily be perceived. that they
have been produced by hybrid intermixtures, unless fertile hybrids are to be
considered as valid species. All those which resemble the JY. tabaci/m, but
with narrower leaves than common, or in any degree possessed of the peculiar
characteristics of the iV. fruticosa, have been produced by the mixture with this
species, and all those with leaves more or less petiolate, whether lanceolate or
ovate, as formed by a combination of TV. tabacum, iV. fruticosa and iV. rustica.
It is remarkable what strange appearances these will put on ; every possible
variation of the principal forms and every gradation of position will be found,
all, however, easily reducible to the three original types.
Notes on COLTJBEE CALLIGASTER of Say, and a description of new species of
Serpents in the collection of the North Western University of Evanston, 111. *
BY R. KENNICOTT.
Eut^enia Sackenii Kennicott.
Sp. ch. — Very slender ; tail forming one third of the total length. Crown
more elevated and convex anteriorly than in E. saurita. Nineteen dorsal rows
of scales. Color olive black above, not lighter below the lateral stripe. La-
teral stripe greenish yellow, very narrow on the third and fourth lateral rows.
No dorsal stripe. Abdomen uniform greenish.
In form, this closely resembles E. saurita, but is at once distinguished by the
absence of the dorsal stripe, of which there is no trace, except for about a half
inch behind the head. The color of the upper parts is also much darker, and
the first two rows of scales below the dorsal stripe are not lighter than above
it. Florida. — Baron Osten Sacken.
SCOTOPHIS CALLIGASTER.
Coluber calligaster Say, in Long's Exped.
Sp. ch. — Head very narrow, elongated, much wider behind ; nose very
obtuse, the whole outline subquadrangular ; much elevated anteriorly, as
high as wide before the eyes, flattened and rather depressed on the occiput.
Eye large. Vertical plate narrow, much longer than wide, tapering but little
behind. Superciliaries very narrow. Postfrontals and loral large. Twenty-
seven dorsal rows of scales, only the central carinated, and these very faintly.
Ground color olivaceous white ; a dorsal series of transverse brown blotches
separated by narrower intervals than in S. Emoryi, b. & G., with two smaller
series on each side. Temporal light stripe, narrower than in S. Emoryi. A
brown blotch under the eye, and another on the second and third upper labials.
Labials not margined with black.
This is very closely allied to S. Emoryi, from which it differs in having the
head narrower posteriorly, with a more obtuse snout, smaller vertical, narrower
* Specimens of these species are also in the Museum of the Smithsonian In-
stitution, Washington.
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99
superciliaries, larger loral, narrower intervals between the dorsal blotches,
which are themselves less rounded, narrower light temporal stripe, etc. From
S. gitttatus, it may be readily distinguished by the color, transverse dorsal
blotches, etc. ; and from the other species of the genus it differs in much the
same points with S. Emoryi. There can be no hesitation in referring this spe-
cies to the Coluber calligaster of Say. The very faint carinations of the central
dorsal scales might easily be overlooked. Like S. Emoryi, it bears a strong
general resemblance to Ophibolus eximius, to which species Say's description has
been referred by Dr. Holbrook, and others ; but from this and 0. Evansii, it may
at once be distinguished by the large eye, elongated head, divided postabdo-
minal scutella, carinated scales, and other generic characters.
Hyatt, Anderson Co., Kansas, Mr. Samuel Amy.
Ophibolus Evansii Kennicott.
Ophibolus Evansii Kennicott, Rep. of Mex. Boundary Survey.
Sp. ch. — Light olivaceous brown or gray, with a dorsal series of about sixty
subquadrangular emarginate dark chestnut brown blotches from head to tip of
tail, and two smaller lateral series on each side. Dorsal scales in twenty-five
rows.
This is most nearly allied to 0. eximius, but differs strikingly in the number
of dorsal rows of scales, — twenty-five instead of twenty-one ; also in having a
more elongated, narrow and elevated head, narrower snout, anterior and pos-
terior emarginations in the dorsal blotches, etc.
Prairies of Central Illinois, S. H. Roots, C. Mills, S. W. Arnold.
The species is dedicated to Prof. J. Evans, to whose interest in the investi-
gation of the zoology of the north west, the N. W. University is principally in-
debted for the large collections of animals made under its auspices.
Diadophis Arnyi Kennicott.
Sp. ch. — Form slender, though less so than in D. docilis. Body above uni-
form leaden black, the crown scarcely darker ; abdomen yellow, thickly and
irregularly spotted with black, the spots more numerous than in D. docilis, and
extending to some distance behind the anus ; head beneath thickly mottled
with black spots of much smaller size than those on the abdomen. A narrow
light yellow occipital ring, one to one and a half scales wide. Dorsal scales
in seventeen rows.
Resembles D. docilis, from which it will be distinguished by the color, shorter
body, narrower head, spots under the tail, and narrower occipital ring; from
D. rcgalis by its occipital ring, and from the other species by the number of
dorsal rows.
Hyatt, Anderson Co., Kansas. — Samuel Amy.
Virginia elegans Kennicott.
Sp. ch. — Resembles V. valerice; vertical and occipital plates narrower. Dorsal
scales very narrow and elongated, much more so than in V. valerice, disposed
in IT rows. Color uniform light olivaceous brown above ; dull yellowish-white
beneath.
Readily distinguished from the nearly allied V. valerice by the narrower dor-
sal scales in 17 rows instead of 15 as in that species.
Heavily timbered regions of southern Illinois. — Dr. Hugh McVean, J. "W.
Waugh.
Celuta vebmis Kennicott.
Sp. ch. — Larger than 0. amcena and C. Helence. Two pairs of frontal plates.
Color above lustrous purplish black, much darker than in C. amcena. Abdomen
pale yellowish flesh color, (probably brighter in life); this color extending to
the third lateral row of dorsal scales.
Though possessing the general form of C. amcena, this differs strikingly in the
1859.]
100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
larger size, darker color of the upper parts, and the extension of the flesh color
of the abdomen over to the third lateral row of scales ; in C. amcena this color
extends only to the second row.
Missouri, — Dr. P. R. Hoy
Celuta Helena Kennicott.
Sj). ch. — Snout shorter and narrower than in C. amcena. A single pair of
frontal plates. Color above lustrous chestnut brown ; beneath pale yellowish,
(flesh color in life) color of the abdomen extending to second lateral row of
dorsal scales.
Readily distinguishable by the suppression of the anterior frontals.
Monticello, Miss., Miss Helen Teunison ; Southern niinois (abundant in the
woods), Dr. H. McVean, Robt. Gow, C. Thomas, L. W. Ashley.
ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES.
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.
XXVIII. The genus Hadropterus is represented in the waters of the Potomac
River by a species, the average size of which is three inches in total length. Its
body is subfusiform, compressed, thickest anteriorly and tapering gradually to-
wards the peduncle of the tail, which is slightly contracted. The head enters four
times and a half in the total length. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone
corresponds to a vertical line intersecting the anterior rim of the orbit. The eye
is subcircular and well developed ; its diameter entering about four times in the
length of the side of the head; once in advance of its anterior rim. The first
dorsal fin is lower and much longer than the second, to which it is contiguous.
The posterior margin of the caudal fin is subcrescentic. The anal fin is situated
exactly opposite the second dorsal and corresponds to it in extent, but differs
from it by its external margin, which is more convex, giving the entire fin a
more ovate outline. The ventrals and the pectorals are moderate sized, the
former being sublanceolar, the latter subelliptical in their outline. The rays
are :— D xiv ; 14 ; A 11, 10 ; C 6, 1, 8, 8, 1, 5; V I, 5 ; P 14.— The scales are
small, longer than deep and very finely pectinated upon their posterior margin.
The lateral line constitutes the eighth row of scales, counted from the first dor-
sal fin. The ground color is yellowish brown ; the dorsal region being macula-
ted with chestnut brown ; whilst a series of rather large, rounded, blackish
blotches occupy the middle of the flanks ; a black vertical streak intersects the
orbit. The second dorsal and the caudal fins are transversely barred with
blackish. The other fins are unicolor, except the first dorsal, which exhibits
small black spots close to the rays, below the middle of their height, more con-
spicuous anteriorly than posteriorly.
The species here referred to we will record under the name of H. maculatus ;
the specimens examined were caught in an eastern tributary of the Potomac
River, in Anne Arundel Co. Md.
XXIX. Another species of Hadroptervs was collected in the Arkansas River,
near Fort Smith, by Dr. George G. Shumard. We propose to call it //. shumardi.
It will always be easy to distinguish it from its congeners by the great devel-
opement of the anal fin, which is much larger than the secoud dorsal and pro-
jects much further back. The body is elongated, rather slender, although taper-
ing but little backwards ; its entire length is about two inches and a quarter, in
which the head enters four times and a half. The first dorsal fin is longer than
the second and nearly as high. — I) xi ; 13 ; A n, 11 ; C 6, 1, 8, 7, 1, 5 ; V i, 5 ;
p 12. — The scales are rather small. The color is somewhat altered by the
preserving fluid : an olivaceous tint appears to have existed over the dorsal re-
gion with darker spots or dots, whilst the abdominal region is rather whitish.
The caudal fin exhibits transverse dark lines, and the first dorsal a black spot
at its posterior portion; a dark vertical streak intersects also the orbit.
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 101
XXX. A representative of the Etheostomid family was procured by the TJ. S.
and Mexican Boundary Commission, at the mouth of the Rio Grande del Norte
(Rio Bravo). It constitutes a new generic type, allied to Cato7iotus, and to
which we have applied the name of Alvarius, with the following characters :
Head elongated and tapering ; mouth terminal, large, not protractile, lower
jaw longer than the upper. Teeth very minute, opercular apparatus, cheeks,
and throat scaly. First dorsal fin nearly equal in height to the second, from
which it is quite distinct. Anal fin much smaller than the second dorsal ;
caudal fin truncated. Five soft rays to the ventrals. Ventral scales uniform.
As to the species, its body is slender and elongated, the head being subcorn-
eal and tapering forwards. The latter enters four times and a half in the total
length. The eye is subelliptical ; its horizontal diameter entering about four
times in the length of the side of the head ; once in advance of its anterior
rim. The posterior extremity of the maxillar bone corresponds to a vertical
line drawn in advance of the pupil. The first dorsal fin is subtriangular in its
outline ; its base is nearly equal to that of the second dorsal, from which it is-
separated by a small space. The anterior margin of the anal is situated some-
what behind the origin of the second dorsal ; both fins terminating evenly. The
ventrals and the pectorals are rather slender. — D vi ; 10; A 8 ; C 5, 1, 6, 6, 1, 6;
V 5 ; P 14. — The scales are very small, finely pectinated posteriorly ; the lateral
line being median. The ground color is light yellowish brown ; the dorsal
region being occasionally maculated, and the middle of the flanks provided
with a narrow blackish streak which extends along the sides of the head to the
apex of the snout. This lateral streak has suggested the appellation of A.
lateralis, which we have bestowed upon this species. The fins are unicolor,
except the caudal, which is transversally barred, and the first dorsal which ex-
hibits a black spot at its upper and posterior edge. The largest specimens ex-
amined measure somewhat less than two inches in total length.
XXXI. A mere glimpse at the " Ichthyologia ohiensis" is sufficient to convince
every impartial writer, that Etheostoma blennioides was never intended to typify
the genus Etheostoma.* The latter is subdivided into two subgenera : Aplesion,
in which the spinous and the soft portions of the dorsal fin are combined ; and
Diplesion, in which the same parts are distinctly separated. Now, E. blennioides
falls immediately under the head of Diplesion.
Another species of the genus Diplesion inhabits the waters of Chihuahua
river. Specimens of it were collected by Mr. John Potts, of Chihuahua, and
sent to the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. We call it D. fasciatus.
It has the same general blennioid aspect as its congener: the total length of
the specimens observed, measuring about two inches and a quarter, the head
entering in it four times and a half. The eye is of medium size, subcircular ;
its diameter being contained four times in the length of the side of the head.
The first dorsal fin is lower and longer than the second, to which it is con-
tiguous. The anal is well developed, rather deeper than the second dorsal, but
shorter upon its base. The caudal fin is subtruncated. The ventrals and
the pectorals are of moderate development ; their tips being nearly even. The
rays are ;— D x ; 12 ; A i, 8 ; 0 6,1,6,6,1,6; V i, 5 ; P 11. — The scales are
small, deeper than long, posteriorly rounded off and minutely pectinated, whilst
their anterior margin is truncated, exhibiting numerous radiating furrows upon
the latter section only. Their imbrication takes place after the fashion of the
sciaenoids: instead of longitudinal series, they constitute transverse, oblique
series. As to the coloration it is but imperfectly preserved. Transverse bands of
deep chestnut brown alternate with white or yellowish ones. These bands, or
fascia?, are better defined below the lateral line than above it, where they are
sometimes interrupted. The head is brown, with a vertical black streak across
* Amer. Journ. of Sci. and Arts. Second series, xvii. 1854, 305.
1859.] 8
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
the orbits. The fins are yellowish, unicolor, except the first dorsal, which is
margined with black. During life we imagine this fish to be one of the prettiest
inhabitants of the fresh waters of this continent.
XXXII. To such species of the genus Utheostoma, in which the two dorsal
fins are united, Rafinesque proposes to apply the name of Aplesion, as alluded to
above. A species of the latter genus was collected with the preceding one by
Mr. John Potts, in Chihuahua river and tributaries. Its body is rather short
and deep, proportionally deeper than in the other genera of the family. The
dorsal region is regularly convex from the occiput to the peduncle of the tail.
The caudal fin is rounded off and fan-shaped. The spinous portion of the
dorsal fin is nearly of the same height as the soft portion, but much longer and
superiorly convex. The anal fin is smaller than the second dorsal. The ven-
trals are sublanceolated and the pectorals subelliptical in shape, rather small
or moderate in development, the tip of the ventrals projecting somewhat fureher
back than that of the pectorals, although not reaching the vent. The formula
of the fins is as follows :— D x, 1, 10 ; A n, 7 : C 4, 1, 6, 6, 1, 3 ; V i, 5 ; P 1 1.—
The head, which forms about the fourth of the total length, is rounded upon
the snout ; the jaws being nearly equal, the gape of the mouth somewhat
oblique, the posterior extremity of the maxillar bone extending to a vertical
line which would intersect the pupil. The eye is circular ; its diameter enter-
ing four times in the length of the side of the head, less than once in advance
of its anterior rim. The opercular apparatus, cheeks and throat are bare. The
scales are of moderate development deeper than long, very finely pectinated
posteriorly, where rounded off, and provided with radiating furrows upon their
anterior section. The color is of a uniform olivaceous brown tint, the dorsal
fin rather darker than the rest. We propose to call this species Aplesion potsii,
in remembrance of our esteemed friend from Chihuahua.
XXXIII. A species of Oligocephalus, closely allied to 0. lepidus was collected
in Devil's river, Texas, by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham. It maybe
distinguished from its congener just alluded to by a much larger anterior dorsal.
The latter is nearly as high as the second dorsal and somewhat longer upon its
base. The body is rather short and quite compressed ; about two inches in
total length, in which the head enters four times and a half. The tips of the
ventrals are nearly even with those of the pectorals. The rays of the fins are :
— D ix ; 13 ; A n, 8 ; C 4, 1, 7, 6, 1, 3 ; V i, 5 ; P 12.— The scales are propor-
tionally well developed ; the nape is bare. The groundcolor is yellowish brown,
with blackish brown blotches more distinct along the dorsal line than on the
flanks. The second dorsal and caudal are transversely barred. The species
we will record under the name of Oligocephalus grahami.
XXXIV. Another species still, of the same genus Oligocephalus ,was collected
in the Rio Leona, Texas, by the same party that secured the preceding one.
We will designate it under the appellation of 0. leonensis. It is a more slender
fish than either 0. lepidus or 0. grahami, although not quite so elongated as 0.
linslii. The largest specimens observed measure about two inches in total length,
in which the head enters four times and a half. The anterior dorsal fin is
longer but somewhat lower than the second dorsal, and superiorly convex. The
anal is well developed. The ventrals are small and spear-shaped, as well as
the pectorals when in a semi-closed condition. The tips of the latter extend
beyond those of the former, although very far from reaching the vent. The
formula of the fins is as follows :— D ix ; 10 ; A n, 7 ; C 6, 1, 6, 6, 1, 5 ; V I, 5 ;
P 12. — The ground color is yellowish olive, maculated with black or brown.
Second dorsal fin and caudal transversally barred.
XXXV. We have bestowed the name of Oligocephalus pulchellus upon a species
collected in a tributary of Gypsum creek, which empties itself into the Cana-
dian river, by the party under Lieut A. W. Whipple, while exploring the R. R.
route along the 35th parallel. The only specimen preserved measures an inch
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103
and a quarter, and in all probabilities not fully grown. The body is slender
and subfusiform, quite compressed, deepest at the insertion of the ventrals, and
tapering towards the base of the caudal. The head is slender, subconical, and
rounded off anteriorly. The anterior undivided ray of the anal fin is quite
large, and a good deal more conspicuous than the second one. There are but
six articulated rays to that fin. The ground color is yellowish brown, macu-
lated with black or blackish brown.
XXXVI. Specimens of a species of Boleosoma were collected by Dr. C. B. Ken-
nedy, under Lieut. A. W. Whipple, in the Rio Seco, Texas, and in the Rio Leona,
near Fort Inge, Texas. It is slender and graceful in general appearance, mea-
suring an inch and three quarters in total length, in which the head enters
about four times and a half. The first dorsal fin is longer and lower than the
second, and superiorly convex. The anal is much deeper than long upon its
base, and convex upon its edge. The tips of the ventral fins extend a little fur-
ther back than those of the pectorals. The rays are as follows : — D x; 10 ; A
8 ; C 3, 1, 7, 1, 1, 3 ; V r, 5 ; P 13. — The ground color is olivaceous yellow,
maculated with black or blackish brown. The second dorsal and the caudal
fins being as usual transversally barred. A longitudinal black streak may be
observed in advance of the orbits, and a vertical one beneath them. We call
the species Boleosoma gracile.
XXXVII. Under the name of Boleichthys we have instituted a genus which
is intermediate between Boleosoma and Oligocephalus. The head is subconical,
tapering forwards, the jaws being nearly equal, hence the mouth is terminal,
slightly protractile, and of moderate size. The opercular apparatus is scaly,
whilst the cheeks and the throat are bare. The two dorsal fins are distinctly
separated ; the first being lower than the second. The anal is well developed,
although somewhat smaller than the second dorsal. The caudal is subtruncate
or subcrescentic.
The typical species of this genus was collected by Dr. Geo. Suckley, under
Gov. I. I. Stevens, in Little Muddy river, a tributary of the Upper Missouri. It
is a very slender fish, measuring an inch and three quarters in total length.
The body is compressed, tapering towards the peduncle of the tail, which is
slightly contracted. The head constitutes a little less than the fourth of the
total length. The eye is large and subcircular, its diameter entering three times
and a half in the length of the side of the head. The posterior extremity of
the maxillar bone extends to a vertical line which would intersect the anterior
rim of the pupil. The formula of the fins is as follows : — D x; 10; A n, 8 ; C
3, 1, 6, 6, 1, 3 ; V i, 5 ; P 12. — The lateral line, from the orbit passes over the
opercular apparatus, keeping nearer the dorsal than the abdominal line to the
peduncle of the tail, hence midway to the insertion of the caudal, when it does
not disappear before reaching it. The pectorals extend further back than the
ventrals ; the first dorsal is convex. The ground color is yellowish brown,
maculated with greyish black. The dorsals and the caudal fin are transvers-
ally barred. A dark spot may be seen on the occipital region, and a streak in
advance as well as beneath the orbit. We call the species Boleichthys ezilis, on
account of its slender appearance.
XXXVIII. A second species of Boleichthys, which we call B. whipplii, was
collected in Coal creek, Arkansas, by the party under Lieut. A. W. Whipple.
Its body is more compressed and proportionally deeper than in the foregoing
species. The head constitutes a little less than the fourth of the total length,
which is nearly two inches. The first dorsal fin is convex in its outline. The
ventrals extend further back than the pectorals. The rays of the fins are : — D
ix ; 13 ; A ii, 8 ; C 2, 1, 8, 1, 1, 3 ; V I, 5 ; P 12.— The scales are rather small,
smaller than in the preceding species, and the lateral line is but slightly nearer
the dorsal than the ventral line. The ground color is reddish brown, incon-
spicuously maculated ; a black spot may be observed at the scapular region.
The second dorsal and the caudal fins are transversally barred.
1859.]
10-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
XXXIX. Specimens of a rather short and deep bodied species of Boleichthys
were collected at Piedrapainte, Texas, by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham,
while connected with the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey. We call it B.
elegans. The first dorsal fin is longer than the second, and the pectorals extend
further back than the ventrals. The formula of the fins is as follows : — D x ;
12 ; A ii, 8; C 2, 1, 7, 6, 1, 3 ; V i, 5 ; P 12. — The scales are of medium size,
and larger than in the preceding two species. The ground color is olivaceous
brown, maculated with blackish brown.
XL. In the collections made during the " Exploration of the Upper Missour
and Yellowstone," under Lieut. G. K. Warren, there is a species of Boleichthys
resembling more B. exilis than any other of its congeners, by the shape of its
body and general appearance. It differs, however, from the species just alluded
to, by a more compact body, a proportionally shorter head, smaller scales, and
the structure of the fins, the rays of which are as follows : — D ix ; 11 ; A n, 9 ;
C 3, 1, 8, 7, 1, 4 ; V i 5 ; P 13. — The ground color is yellowish brown, the mid-
dle of the flanks being maculated with transverse spots of blackish; the belly
exhibiting a rather orange hue. The first dorsal has a series of vertically elon-
gated black spots resembling a dark band across the middle of that fin. The
second dorsal and caudal are transversally multilineated. A black streak may
be seen in advance to the orbit, and another beneath it. A specimen two
inches long was collected by Dr. Hayden, in Cannon Ball river, in September,
1856. We propose calling the species B. warreni.
Catalogue of the Birds of New Mexico as compiled from Notes and Observations
made while in that Territory, during a residence of six years.
By T. CHARLTON HENRY, M. D.
Assistant Surgeon U. S. A.
The following catalogue is intended to serve the purpose of a second edition
of "Notes derived from Observations made on the Birds of New Mexico, during
the years 1853 and 1854," published in the Proceedings of the Academy in
April, 1855.
A residence in the same territory four additional years, has enabled the
writer to extend his observations very considerably, and to add much to the
varieties heretofore enumerated.
It will be observed that the nomenclature has been completely modified, in
accordance with the extended number of sub-families and sub-genera, which
modern science has very generally adopted.
A few of the species heretofore supposed to belong to certain sub-genera,
have, upon more minute inspection, proved to present variations somewhat
different from those which then appeared to determine their proper classifica-
tion, and have been designated accordingly.
1. Cathartes aura.
2. Falco nigriceps. Of this species I never was able to obtain but one indi-
vidual, nor am I aware of ever observing others of like character. Met with
among the mountains in the vicinity of Fort Stanton.
3. Gennaia polyagrus. Never more than three or four met with, of which
two were procured.
4. Falco sparverius. Common everywhere.
5. Accipiter Mexicanus. Rarely met with.
6. Accipiter Cooperi. Observed about as frequently only as the above.
7. Buteo calurus. A rare species, never more than eight or ten observed
during six years residence in the territory. Of these I was successful in pro-
curing four only. This is a remarkably shy and wary bird and exceedingly
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 105
difficult of approach. I have always observed them solitary and during the
coldest portion of the winter along the shores of the Rio Grande. Never ob-
served in the mountains either on the Rio Mimbres or Gila to the west, or the
Sierra Blanca and Rio Ruidosa to the east and northward. This hawk appears
to feed principally upon ducks as far as I have observed, which has been only
during the winter season.
8. Leucopternis Harlani. I have met with this bird on four occasions only,
once at the Big Bend of the Arkansaw river, Iadian Territory, in May, 1852,
and on three different occasions on the Gila river, in the summer of 1857. I
was induced to believe that it breeds high up on this stream, from having ob-
served pairs each time when seen on the Gila.
9. Pcecilopternis borealis. Some of the specimens supposed to be of this
species that were obtained are probably P. montanus.
10. P. lineatus. One specimen only obtained, the only one seen at Fort
Thorn, in the winter of '56-57.
11. P. oxypterus. This hawk I met with and procured on one occasion only,
on the Mimbres river, in the winter of '52-'53.
12. Archibuteo ferrugineus. Met with but once, in the winter of '56-57,
on the Rio Grande, near Fort Thorn, where I procured a specimen.
13. Archibuteo lagopus. Common in winter.
14. Circus Hudsonius.
15. Aquila Canadensis. Two only met with, one at the Rio Mimbres in the
winter of 1853, the other at Fort Stanton on the Rio Bonita in the spring of '55,
both individuals secured. The latter was found fastened to a skunk {M. Ameri-
cana) alive, but apparently overpowered by the effluvia given out by the animal.
16. Hali^tus leucocephalus.
17. Pandion ham.etus. Rather rare.
18. Polyborus tharus. But one individual ever met with, in the winter of
'56 at Fort Thorn on the Rio Grande, during the coldest portion of the season.
19. Bubo virginianus.
20. Otus Wilsonanius. Found, but not abundantly, in all portions of the
territory.
21. Brachyotus Cassinii. Rarer than the preceding.
22. Athene hypugea. 23. Geococcyx Californianus.
24. Coccvzus Americanus. Rarely observed, and at no time among the
mountains.
25. Trichopicus Harrisii. A common species in every part of the terri-
tory.
26. Dyctiopicus scalaris. Quite abundant, especially along the mesquite
thickets on the Rio Grande.
27. Sphyrapicus nuchalis. Replaces the varius in New Mexico, the latter
named species being unknown there.
28. S. thyroideus. Found occasionally in all the mountainous portions of
the country. Rather rare.
29. Melanerpes erythrocephalus. During a residence of more than six
years in New Mexico, but one individual of this species was observed, in the
month of July, '58, upwards of a hundred miles north of Fort Thorn, on the
Rio Grande. v
30. M. formicivorus. Found but occasionally only among the mountains,
and only in the vicinity of pine trees. This species is resident throughout the
year.
1859.]
106 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
31. M. torquatus. This species confines its range to the mountainous parts
of the country, and seems closely allied in its habits to formicivorus.
32. Colaptes Mbxicanus. Replaces the Auratus every where south of
Council Grove, Indian Territory, as my observation goes, a few miles south of
the place referred to, is the farthest south I have met the Auratus, though it is
not improbable their range may extend somewhat more southwardly.
33. Selasphorus platycercus. Common, and the only species obtained.
Found almost exclusively among the mountains.
34. Antrostomus Nuttalli. Quite common everywhere.
35. Chordeiles IIenryii. The most abundant species south of Albuquerque,
New Mexico. In the portion of the territory where I was located, I do not
think I met with any other night jar or true Chordeiles.
36. Megaceryle alcyon. Not very common on the Rio Grande, but found
abundantly on the Rio Gila.
37. Tyrannus vociferans. The most common species observed.
38. T. verticalis. Not uncommon.
39. Sayornis nigricans. Not often met with, and principally on the Rio
Mimbres.
40. Sayornis Sayus. This species is the most familiar of its family, and
delights to construct its nest under the portico of houses like our common
Pewee.
41. Contopus Richardsonii, Rarely seen.
42. Pyrocephalus rubineus. Met with only once, on the Rio Mimbres in the
summer of '53.
43. Turdds nanus. But two or three seen.
44. Planesticus migratorius. Rarely seen in summer, and met with most
frequently during the winter in the mountains.
45. Sialia Mexicana. 46. S. Arctica.
47. Regulus satrapa.
48. Regulus calendula. Both of the above two species are occasionally
met with in the mountains.
49. Hydrobata Mexicana. Only met with on the Rio Mimbres.
50. Anthus Ludovicianus. 51. Geothlypis trichas.
52. G. macgillivrayi. One obtained on the Mimbres.
53. Icteria viridis. (Or var. Longicauda.)
54. Helminthophaga chrysoptera.
55. Dendroica nigrescens. 56. D. Canadensis.
57. D. coronata. 58. D. striata.
59. D. CffiRULA. 60. D. ESTIVA.
61. D. STRIATA. 62. Pyranga jESTIVA.
63. P. hepatica. But one specimen obtained.
64. HlRUNDO HORREORUM.
65. H. LUNIFRONS. 66. H. THALASSINA.
67. H. BICOLOR. 68. COTYLE RIPARIA.
69. Progne purpurea. This latter species seems confined to the Mountains,
and builds generally in hollows in pine trees.
70. Ampelis cedrorum. 71. Phainopepla nitens.
72. Myiadestes Townsendii. 73. Collyrio Ludovicianus.
74. vlreo gilvus. 75. mlmus polygl0ttus.
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107
76. Oreoscoptes montanus.
77. Harporhynchus crissalis. A few observed in the vicinity of Forts Fill-
more and Thorn, on the Rio Grande. Not observed in the mountains.
78. Salpinctes obsoletus. Rather abundant during winter among the moun-
tains.
79. Telmatodytes palustris. 80. Troglodytes Americanus.
81. Certhia Americana. 82. Sitta Carolinensis.
83. S. Canadensis. 84. S. pygmea.
85. PoLIOPTrLA CC3RULEA.
86. P. plumbea. Rarely observed, and only among the mountains.
87. LOPHOPHANES BICOLOR. 88. L. WOLLWEBERI.
89. Parus montanus. Rather common.
90. PSALTRIPARUS MINIMUS.
91. P. plumbeus. Both the two last named specie3 were occasionally met
with during winter in the mountains.
92. Eremophila cornuta. 93. Hesperiphona vespertina.
94. Carpodacus Californicus.
95. Carpodacus frontalis. Very much more abundant than the former,
which are rarely met with.
96. Chrysomitris Mexicana. Quite common during summer among the
mountains.
97. C. pinus. Very abundant during winter, both in the river valley and in
the mountains.
98. Rhynchophanes Maccownii. 99. Poocetes gramineus.
100. Coturniculus passerinus. Rarely seen.
101. Chondestes grammaca. 102. Zonotrichia Gambellii.
103. Junco dorsalis. Found only near Fort Stanton, among the mountain?,
where, I should judge, they rested. Never observed during winter. This spe-
cies is an excellent songster.
104. Junco Oregonus.
105. Poospiza Belli. But two or three only met with.
106. Poospiza bilineata. A few met with in the summer of 1852, near Fort
Fillmore, on the Rio Grande.
107. Spizella socialis.
108. Melospiza melodia. A constant resident.
109. Calamospiza bicolor. Quite common among the mountains in the sum-
mer months.
110. GONIAPHELA MELANOCEPHALA. 111. GUIRACA. C03RULEA.
112. Cyanospiza amcsna. But one only ever obtained or seen — a male in full
plumage,— at Fort Stanton, in the summer of 1855.
113. PlPILO ARCTICUS. 114. PlPILO MESOLEUCUS.
115. Pipilo chlorura. But one specimen obtained, — at Fort Stanton, on the
Rio Bonito.
116. MoLOTHRUS PECORIS. 117. AGELAIUS PHffiNICEUS,
118. XANTHOCEPHALUS ICTEROCEPHALUS. 119. STURNELLA NEGLECTA.
120. Icterus Bullockii. Never observed elsewhere- than in the mountains,
and only during the summer months. Not common.
121, Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. Very common along the Rio Grande
during spring and autumn.
1859.]
108 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
122. Corvds carnivorus. 123. Corvus Americanus.
124. Picicorvus Columbianus. Only met with in the mountains, and rarely
125 Gtmnokitta cyanocephala. 126. Cyanurus Macrolophus.
127. Cyanocitta Californica.
128. Cyanocitta "Woodhouset. Rarely seen.
129. COLUMBA FASCIATA. 130. ZENAIDURA CaROLINENSIS.
131. Meleagris Mexicana. This has, of late-, been proved to be a distinct
species from Gallipavo, and is the common turkey of New Mexico.
132. Tetrao obscurus. 133. Lophortyx Gambelli.
134. Callipepla squamata. 135. Cyrtonyx Massena.
136. Grus Canadensis. 137. G. Americanus.
138. Demiegretta Pealii. 139. Ardea Herodias.
140. Ardetta exilis. 141. Botaurus lentiginosus.
142. Butorides virescens. 143. Nyctiardea Gardeni.
144. Tantalus loculator. 145. Falcinellus Ordii.
146. Oxyechus vociferus.
147. Ox. montanus. Common on the high plains north of Fort Union, New
Mexico.
148. Recurvirostra Americana.
149. HlMANTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS. 150. PhALAROPUS "WlLSONH.
151. Phalaropus hyperboreus. The only occasion of my meeting with this
species was in May, 1855, on the Rio Bonita, at the present site of Fort Stan-
ton. I met a large flock in full summer plumage, and secured a number of them.
152. Gallinago Wilsonii.
153. Macrorhamphus scolopaceus. Abundant during the month of Septem-
ber along the valley of the Rio Grande.
154. ACTODROMAS WlLSONII.
155. A. Bonapartei. Rather rare.
156. Calidris arenaria. More abundant during the early autumn than the
last.
157. Symphemia semipalmata. Several obtained near the Rio Mimbres, in
May, 1857, the only occasion on which I ever met with this bird.
158. Gambetta flavtpes. Common in August and September.
159. Gambetta melanoleucus. Common along the Rio Grande in the fall
and winter.
160. Rhyacophilus solitarius. Not common.
161. Tringoides macularius. Not found duriDg winter.
162. Actiturus Bartramius. A few seen during the month of August.
163. Numenius longirostris. Frequently seen during the spring and autumn.
164. Ph^opus Hudsonicus. Never met with but once, — in April, 1854, on
the Rio Grande.
165. Rallus Virginianus. One only met with, in the spring of 1856, near
Fort Thorn.
166. Porzana Carolina. Not uncommon in September. A few seen during
the winter on the Rio Mimbres.
167. Fulica Americana. 168. Cygnus Americanus.
169. Anser Gambelli.
[March,
NATURAL SCIENCES OV PHILADELPHIA. 109
170. Anser frontalis. May be the young of the preceding. Never but one
obtained.
171. Chen hyperboreus. 172. Lettcohlepharon canadensis.
173. Bernicla parvipes. Much more common than the preceding; breeds
in the southern portion of New Mexico, in the vicinity of Fort Thorn, and above.
174. Bernicla Brenta. Quite rarely met with.
175. Anas Boschas.
176. Anas obscura. Much rarer than the above.
177. Dufila acuta. 178. Quebquedula Discoes.
179. Q. cyanoptera. 180. Spatula ci.ypeata.
181. Mareca Americana. 182. Aix Sponsa.
183. Fulix marila.
184. F. collakis. Abundant in the sprhijr,
185. Aythya Americana. 186. A. v.» > t.-weria.
187. Bdcephala albeola. Much more rornnion on the mountain brooks than
on the Rio Grande, but not often met with -southern New Mexico.
188. Erismatdra rubida. But few ever i-ict with.
189. Mergds Americanus.
190. Lophodytes cucullatus. Very common on the Mimbres, and occasion-
ally met with on the Rio Grande.
191. Cyrtopelicanus erythborhynchus. Common above latitude 32°.
192. Graculus Mexicanus. Very common during April.
193. Plotus Anhinga. Not many observed.
194. Larus Delawarensis. A very few vuet with on the Rio Grande, in win-
ter and spring.
195. Sterna Wilsonii. Common in September on the Rio Grande.
196. S. fuliginosa. A few seen on the Hi Grande.
197. Colymbus torquatus. 198. Pooyumbus podiceps.
Mr. J. P. Lesley was appointed to fill a vacancy in the Committee on
Palaeontology, and Mr. Joseph Jeanes to fill one in the Committee on
the Library.
April 5th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair:
Forty-eight numbers present.
The following papers, by Theo. Gill, were presented for publication
in the Proceedings.
On Dactyloscopus and Leptoscopus, tsvo new genera of the family of
Uranoscopidse.
On the genus Callionymus of authors.
Description of Hyporhamphus, a new genus of Fishes, allied to Hc-
mirhamphus.
Notes on a collection of Japanese Fishes, made by Dr. J. Morrow.
And also the following :
Description of eight new species of Unionidae, from Georgia, Missis-
sippi and Texas, by Isaac Lea,
And were referred to committees.
1859.] 9
110 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Dr. Leidy stated that, in company with Messrs. Vaux, Sergeant, Powel and
Tilghman, he had the day before visited the vicinity of Phoenixville, Chester
Co., with the view of examining the shales recently removed in widening the
rail-way tunnel. The specimens of shales or black slates, supposed to be of
triassic age, presented this evening to the Academy, are those which had been
collected. Besides obscure vegetable remains, species of Cypridae and Posido-
niae, they contain scales, bones and teeth of ganoid fishes, and also teeth of
three apparently distinct genera of reptiles. Two of the teeth, elongated coni-
cal in form, and finely striated, appear to belong to the genus Clepsysaurus,
Lea, the remains of which were first discovered in the corresponding rocks of
Lehigh Co. A third tooth, of large size, is compressed conical, and has oppo-
site, acute, serrulated borders. It probably indicates a new genus and species,
for which the name Eurydorus serridens is proposed. Fragments of similar
teeth have been found in the rocks near Gwynned, Montgomery Co. A fourth
tooth, much smaller than the one just indicated, has the same form, but has
its borders without serrulation, and has the base fluted. It resembles the
teeth of Couipsosaurus, of the coal of Chatham Co., North Carolina, but,
nevertheless, belongs to a different species.
The death of Mr. W. I. Broderip, of London, late a correspondent of
the Academy was announced.
On leave granted, a vote of thanks, was ordered to be tendered to Dr.
Alexander Bryant, for his donation of fossils, received this evening.
April 12th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Fifty-four members present.
Dr. Leidy stated that the specimens of ferruginous rock containing remains
■of fishes, presented to the Academy this evening by Dr. P. W. Mosblech, of
Bethany, Virginia, were of a very interesting character. Dr. Mosblech, in a let-
ter, states that the locality of the remains is a horizontal, ferruginous deposit,
about one inch in thickness, resting upon an old vegetable soil, overlying a
limestone which is considered as the uppermost member of the coal forma-
tion ; and it is covered with a soft, sandy, aluminous shale, destitute of or-
ganic remains, so far as examined. The extent of the ferruginous deposit is
unknown, but it seems to be confined to the College Hill, at Bethany, equal to
about four acres.
The fragments of rock contain a multitude of isolated scales of ganoid fishes,
and numerous teeth and small fragments of bones. Most of the teeth are of
small size, and have exactly the same form and construction as those of
Saurichthys, a genus of the triassic formations of Europe; but others of
large size belong to the genus Diplodus, which is also found in the coal
formations of other parts of the United States, and of Europe.
Dr. Leidy added that the fossils from the Green Sand, of Monmouth Co., pre-
sented this evening by Mr. J. H. Slack, consisted of fragments of jaws with
teeth of Mosas aurus, several bones apparently of a reptile, of unknown
character, a jaw of Enchodus, a palate bone with teeth of Pycnodu s ,
and teeth of 0 1 o d u s and Galeocerdo.
The Commitfee on Proceedings laid on the table the number of
the Proceedings for March.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill
April \§th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Forty-nine members present.
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings:
Ichthyological Notices by Charles Grirard, M. D.
On (he primary divisions of the Salamandridae, with a description of
two new species, by E. D. Cope.
Description of twenty one new species of Exotic Unionidae, by Isaac
Lea.
Description of two new species of Uniones, from Georgia, by Isaac Lea.
Dr. Leidy remarked, that Mr. Jos. B. Hanson, an intelligent merchant of
this city, had recently addressed to him a note, to call at his warehouse and
examine some masses of the so-called Sombrero guano, containing fossil bones.
Two large masses of this substance, now on the table and presented to the
Academy by Mr. Hanson, include a number of turtle bones, among which the
posterior portion of a sternum of an individual is well preserved. The included
bone fragments significantly point to the origin of the rock, imported as a
manure rich in phosphates, from the island Sombrero, W. I. This island,
situated about 130 miles east of Porto Rico, Mr. Hanson informs us, is about
2J miles long, £ to | of a mile wide, and rises from 20 to 40 feet above the
level of the ocean. It is a barren rock formerly avoided by navigators, and
.appears to be entirely composed of the rich phosphatic mineral. Analyses of
the substance, by competent chemists, indicate it to bear a resemblance in
composition to bones deprived of their cartilage, and otherwise altered, as we
might suppose bones to be, exposed to the influence of the ocean water. It
contains about the same proportion of phosphate of lime as calcined bones ;
and it is this circumstance which has directed the attention of enterprising
merchants and agriculturalists to its value as a manure.
When we recollect that the cereal grains, buckwheat, clover and other legu-
minous seeds yield in their ash from 30 to 50 per cent, of phosphoric acid, we
cannot but feel the conviction that the Sombrero substance, with its 75 per cent,
of phosphates, must prove to be of far more permanent value than the true
guano. From this, the Sombrero material deserves to be distinguished by a
new name, and perhaps the easy one of O s i t e , from its resemblance in
composition to bones and its probable origin, would not be inappropriate. But
are we to ascribe the immense mass forming the Sombrero rock to animal
origin ? Many reefs and shores of vast extent are known positively to have
had their origin in the testaceous coverings of the lower animals, but Som-
brero appears to be the first instance of an extensive island formed alone of the
remains of the higher animals. The composition of the Sombrero substance,
with its included bones, leads us to suspect that the island was once a shoal
swarming with turtles and other vertebral animals, whose accumulated re-
mains of ages have been cemented together, and gradually elevated above the
ocean level to the present position of the island.
Mr. Hanson informs us that no animals inhabit the latter, independently of
birds, except a lizard, about one foot in length, specimens of which he has
promised to obtain for the Academy.
Dr. Leidy further remarked that the bear skull presented this evening by Mr.
W. D. Moore, of Oxford, Mississippi, had been found, in association with two
portions of jaws with teeth of the Mastodon, in the drift of Claiborne Co.,
Mississippi. The skull does not differ from that of the common black bear,
Ursus Americanus. It is the fourth instance in which Dr. L. has no-
ticed the occurrence of remains apparently of this species in association with
those of Mastodon, Megalonyx, and other extinct animals.
1859.]
112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
On leave granted, a vote of thanks was ordered to be tendered to Mr.
I. W. Gregory, for the body of the Bengal tiger, presented this even-
ing.
April 26$.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Forty members present.
The report of the Biological Department for the present month was
read.
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings :
Descriptions of Eight New Species of UNIONID-E, from Georgia, Mississippi,
and Texas.
BY ISAAC LEA.
TJnio spissus. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subventricosa, postice obtuse angulata
subaequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide striata,
rufo-fusca, obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, erectis, compressis,
crenulaiis, in utroque valvulo subduplicibus ; lateralibus longis, crassis subcur-
visque ; margarita vel purpurea, vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.
Hab. — Satilla River, Wayne County, Georgia. T. C. Downie.
TJnio corvus. — Testa, laevi, subtriaDgulari, subcompressa, inaequilaterali, pos-
tice obtuse biangulata ; valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subpro-
minentibus ; epidermide nigricante, superne glabra, polita, inferne striata ;
dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, subconicis striatisque ; lateralibus longis
curvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott ; and Ogee-
chee River, Georgia. Prof. Hanley.
TJnio Burkensis. — Testa laevi, transversa, compressa, ad latere planulata., in-
aequilaterali, postice biangulata ; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis ;
epidermide fusco-flavicante, inicante et obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus
breviusculis, compressis, acuminatis ; lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita
purpurascente et iridescente.
Hab. — Buckhead Creek, Burke County, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.
TJnio aureus. — Testa laevi, subtriangulari, compressa, ad latere paulisper
planulata, subinaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus
subelevatis, ad apices acuminatis ; epidermide aurea, striata, obsolete radiata;
dentibus cardinalibus crassis, erectis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ;
lateralibus curtis et obliquis ; margarita alba, et iridescente.
Hab.— Texa3. W. Newcomb, M. D.
TJnio curtus. — Testa laevi, obliqua, ad umbones valde tumida, antice trun-
cata, postice obtuse angulata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis percrassis, antice
crassioribus ; natibus elevatis, crassis, t'ere terminalibus; epidermide tenebroso-
castanea, ad apices virescente, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus sub-
grandibus, compressis, acuminatis, obliquis ; lateralibus crassis subcurvisque ;
margarita argenteil et iridescente.
Hab. — Tombigbee River, Columbus, Mississippi. Wm. Spillman, M. D.
TJnio permiscens. — Testa laevi, obovata, inflata, postice late rotundata, valde
in33quilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-
fusca, nigricante, obsolete perradiata, nitida ; dentibus cardinalibus parvulis,
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113
compressis, obliquis ; lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; ruargarita
cajruleo-alba et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Tombigbee River, Columbus, Mississippi. Wm. Spillman, M. D.
Margaritaxa elliptica. — Testa lasvi, elliptica, subinflata, subaequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata ; valvulis ttmuibus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad
apices subconcentrice undulatis ; epidermide luteo-virente, glabra, nidda}
perradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, in utroque valvulo singu-
lis; margarita. casruleo-alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Tombigbee River, Columbus, Mississippi. Wm. Spillman, M. D.
Anodo.vta Texasensis. — Testa, lajvi, elliptica, inflata, ad latere, rotunda, inae-
quilaterali, postice subangulata ; valvulis pertenuibus ; natibus subprominenti-
bus, ad apices biundulata ; epidermide dilute lutea, glabra, fulgida, obsolete
radiata; margarita caeruleo-alba, diaphana et valde iridescente.
Hab.— Texas. W. Newcomb, M. D.
ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTICES.
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.
XL1. Since we are again called upon to mention the genus Zygonecles, we will
venture to point out such structural peculiarities, as, in our opinion, may be
considered its generical characters. Body rather slender and elongated, com-
pressed, subfusiform in its profile, and covered with well developed scales. Head
rather small, depressed, subpyramidal. Mouth very protractile, its gape being
horizontal, whether in a protracted or a retracted condition. Teeth upon the
premaxillar bones and upon the lower jaw ; an external series slender and
acerated, behind which may be observed a band of velvet-like ones. The ori-
gin of the anal fin is opposite the anterior margin of the dorsal, or in advance
of it. The genus Zjigonect.es appears to be intermediate between Hydrargyra
and Gimbusia, resembling more the former by its general aspect, and the latter
by its structure.
Specimens of a species of this genus, and which we call Z. pulchdlus, were
collected in Sugar Loaf Creek, Arkansas, by the party under Capt. A. W.
Whipple. The largest one measures two inches and a half in total length, of
which the head constitutes rather more than the fifth. The eye is large and
circular ; its diameter entering four times in the length of the side of the head.
The dorsal and anal fins are deeper than long ; the anal being larger than the
dorsal, and placed more anteriorly, so that its anterior margin is nearly equi-
distant between the apex of the snout and the posterior margin of the caudal
fin. The tip of the posterior rays of the dorsal extend as far as the insertion
of the caudal, that is, a little further backwards than the tip of the posterior
rays of the anal fin. The ventrals and the pectorals are but moderately de-
veloped ; the tip of the former extends to the vent, whilst the latter do not
quite reach the insertion of the ventrals. The ravs of the various fins are as
follows :— D 9 ; A 12 ; C 3, 1, 7, 6, 1, 3 ; V 6 ; P 13.— There are twelve longi-
tudinal rows of scales between the anterior margin of the dorsal and that of
the anal fin. The surface of the scales has a rather rugose appearance, owing
to the conspicuousness of the concentric lines of growth. The scales them-
selves are deeper than long, anteriorly subtruncated or subconvex ; undulating
and rounded off upon the remaining edges.
The ground color is olivaceous brown, of a darker tint along the dorsal re-
gion than over the abdomen. A black band or streak extends from the nose,
across the eye, along the middle of the flank to the base of the caudal fin.
Small black dots, constituting four or five irregular longitudinal series, may bo
observed on either side of the dorsal region, above the lateral streak ; the
dorsal, anal, and caudal fins being likewise dotted with black, whilst the ven-
trals and pectorals are unicolor, like the abdomen.
1859.]
114 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
XLII. Having had, recently, an opportunity of examining authentic specimens
of either species of Limia, inhabiting ihe island of Cuba, and described by
Prof. Poey, we are now better prepared to speak of those species which occur
along our own shores and in the Mexican provinces bordering the Rio Grande
Boundary.
And before we proceed any further into the history of these fishes, we deem
it expedient to recapitulate the characiers of that genus.
The body, generally speaking, is rather short and deep, very much compressed,
and covered with comparatively large scales. The upper surface of the head
is depressed, sloping forwards, wedge-shaped in general appearance. The
mouth is small, or else, of moderate size, very protractile, directed upwards
when in a retracted condition, tlia lower jaw then appearing longer than the
upper; but when protracted, the aperture is directed horizontally forwards, and
somewhat downwards, assuming the shape of a flattened (depressed) tube, the
jaws being equal. Either jaw exhibits a row of slender, curved and acerated
teeth, behind which a narrow patch of minute, velvet-like ones may be observed.
The anal fin is inserted posteriorly to the an'erior margin of the dorsal, and
differently constructed according to the sexes. The dorsal fin itself is higher
and longer in the male than in the female. The posterior edge of the caudal
is subtruncated or rounded off.
In the above diagnosis of the generical characters to be assigned to Limia,
it is easy to perceive a most intimate affinity between that genus and Pacilia.
Indeed, the only difference which is noticeable, resides in the structure of the
anal 6n of the male sex, which is narrower and deeper than in the female, and
inserted more anteriorly, close to the ventrals ; the anterior rays being much
more developed than the posterior ones, which are partly atrophied. Now.
such a distinction may not appear of sufficient importance, and ichthyologists
might raise the question of preserving these two genera in the nomenclature.
In the present state of our personal knowledge regarding these fishes, we should
not have established a generic distinction upon that character alone. But,
since these genera exist, we shall, for the present at least, speak of them under
separate heads, leaving it with future investigations to decide upon their in-
trinsic value. Our reason for so doing is the lack of specimens of most of the
species referred to the genus Pcecilia, in the " Histoire naturelle des Poissons,"
and described from specimens of the female sex alone. Moreover, we may ex-
pect many new species from Mexico and Central America, which may throw
considerable light upon the natural history, yet so imperfectly known, of these
little fishes.
We have examined specimens of Pcecilia multilineata, collected at Palatka,
East Florida, by T. Glover. Lesueur himself admits their identity with those
he obtained from Lake Ponchartrain. Not having at our command specimens
of the latter locality, we are not prepared to express any opinion regarding that
point. But we have had under examination from that locality, Mollinesia lati-
pinna, which is considered now as the male sex of Pcecilia multilineata. These
exhibit the same generical characters which we have assigned to Limia ; there-
fore, should further investigations corroborate a generic distinction between
Pcecilia and Limia, the latter appellation will have to give way to Mollinesia, as
having priority over it.
Male and female specimens of this same species were collected at Galveston,
Texas, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennedy, under Capt. A. W. Whipple.
XLIII. The species which we have described under the name of P. lineolata,
in the " Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey," from specimens
collected at Brownsville, near the mouth of the Rio Grande del Norte (Rio
Bravo), belongs to the same genus as the former species. It is closely allied
to P. multilineata, the female sex being compared, the male sex having not yet
come under observations. It differs from the latter by a smaller head, a smaller
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115
eye, and a smaller mouth ; the dorsal fin is also placed more anteriorly. The
system of coloration being exactly the same in either species.
XL1V. The species which we have called Limia paciloides is but very imper-
fectly characterised in the " Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary. '"
Moreover, figs. 12 — 14, of plate xxxviii, do not belong to the same species.
Hence the male sex only is so far known ; it is represented on the plate just
alluded to, fijs. 8—11.
Now then, if we recapitulate the characters to be assigned to this species, we
shall have the following diagnosis : — The back is arched and the abdomen
qui'e convex; the greatest depth taken in advance of the anterior edge of the
dorsal fin enters somewhat less than four times in the total length. The head
is contained four times and a half in the total length ; external series of teeth
very slender and exiguous. Diameter of eye entering three times and a half in
the length of the fide of the head. Dorsal fin neatly as long as deep, superiorly
convex, its anterior margin being nearer the apex of the snout than the inser-
tion of the caudal. The caudal itself is posteriorly rounded oft* or convex. The
anal fin is inserted opposite the middle portion of the base of the dorsal. Ven-
trals small and slender, inserted immediately in advance of the anterior edge of
the dorsal ; their posterior extremity stretching beyond the anterior edge of
the anal fin and overlap, consequently, the vent. The pectorals being rather
short and broad, subelliptical in their outline. The rays are : D 13 ; A 6 ; C 2.
1, 7, 7, 1, 2 ; V 6 ; P 13. — The ground color is reddish-brown, with transverse
narrow bands of a darker tint and a small blackish spot at the base of each
scale, constituting about seven longitudinal serit s on eitbtr eide of the body.
The caudal fin is likewise transversely spotted, whilst the other fins are uni-
color.
Specimens of this species were collected at Indianola, Texas, by John H.
Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham.
XLV. A very pretty little species of Limia, which we call L. formosa, was
likewise caught by John H. Clark, under Major Emory, in a lagoon at Paolo
Alto. Of this, we have a specimen of either sex, the female differing widely
from the male. We will proceed describing them, one after the other.
The male resembles somewhat the same sex in L. poeciloicfes, from which it
may, however, be distinguished at first glance, by a greater depth at the pe-
duncle of the tail. The back is likewise less arched, and the abdomen less con-
vex; the greatest depth of the body, at the origin of the dorsal, entering some-
what over four times in the total length. The head constitutes about the fourth
of the total length ; the eye, which is large and circular, enters three times in
the length of the side of the head by its diameter. The snout is rather abbre-
viated. The dorsal fin is longer than high, and convex or subconvex upon its
upper margin. The caudal is rounded off posteriorly. The anal fin is inserted
nearly opposite the anterior margin of the dorsal ; it is slender and deep, but
far from extending as far back as the posterior rays of the dorsal. The ventrals.
which are slender, are inserted in advance of the anterior margin of the dorsal,
at a short distance from the anal, between which there is just space enough for
the anal aperture. Their extremities project beyond the base of the anal fin,
particularly the second ray, which is longer than the rest. As to the pectorals,
they are rather broad and proportionally well developed.
The female specimen, which measures one inch and a half, is more slender
than the male. We take it, however, that when adult and full of roe, the pro-
portions of the body may assume a different aspect. The greatest depth is
equal to the length of the head, which constitutes the fourth of the total length.
We notice the same abbreviated snout and large eyes, as in the male sex. The
dorsal fin is nearly as high as long, and almost of equal depth throughout, its
upper margin being straight or subconvex ; the anterior margin of that fin is
somewhat nearer the insertion of the caudal than the apex of the snout. The
1859.]
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
anal fin, which is deeper than long, is inserted opposite the posterior portion
of the base of the dorsal. The ventrals are small, subtriangular when expanded,
their posterior extremity not extending as far as the anterior edge of the anal.
The pectorals are well developed, elongated, posteriorly rounded off, their ex-
tremities projecting beyond a line drawn at the origin of the ventrals. The
rays of the fins are :— D 12 ; A 10 ; C 7, 1, 8, 7, 1, 6 ; V 6 ; P 9.— We have
counted thirteen rays in the dorsal fin of the male sex, and seven in the anal.
The structure of the latter is as follows : — First and second ray simple, short,
and slender; third and fourth most developed, third one stoutest; fifth, sixth,
and seventh slender, but deeper than the first and second, and bifurcated. The
scales are very similar in either sex, much deeper than long, anteriorly trun-
cated, with numerous radiating furrows upon the latter section only, and
rounded off upon the remaining edges, with very fine concentric lines of growth.
The ground color is olivaceous brown ; the dorsal region assuming a darker
tint, owing to a biowu spot which may be observed on the scales, whilst the
abdominal region has a lighter and more yellowish aspect. The dorsal fin
alone exhibiting transverse series of blackish spots : the other fins being
unicolor.
XLVI. Lieut. D. N. Couch has collected, in the waters of the Rio San Juan, at
Cadarecta and Monterey, in the Province of New Leon, a species of Limia, which
differs widely from its congeners, as will be shown presently. Unfortunately,
all the specimens are of the female sex. The largest of these measure one and
five-eighths of an inch, being apparently full grown, or, at any rate, adult, for
the abdomen is distended by the presence of numerous embryos. The body
appears to be rather short and contracted ; the back being convex and gently
sloping forwards. The head is small, constituting about the fifth of the total
length. The orbit occupies the third of the side of the head. The dorsal fin
is longer than high, superiorly subconvex, its anterior margin being nearer the
insertion of the caudal than the apex of the snout. Its entire base is placed
upon the posterior declivity of the back. The posterior margin of the caudal
is. as usual, convex. The anal fin is inserted opposite the posterior portion of
the base of the dorsal ; it is narrow and rather deep, and its extremity extends
further back than theposterior rays of the dorsal. The ventrals are compara-
tively of moderate size, sublanceolate, their extremity extending to the vent.
As to the pectorals, they are narrow and elongated, rounded off posteriorly,
not reaching a vertical line drawn nt the insertion of the ventrals. The rays
are :— D 9 ; A 6 ; 0 4,1,9,8,1,3; V 6 ; P 11.— The scales are very large, and
exhibit the general structure alluded to in the other species. The dorsal re-
gion to the middle of the flanks is almost entirely chestnut-brown, so large are
the spots which are observed on every scale. An obsolete band of black exists
along the sides. The abdomen and inferior region of the tail are yellowish,
with a golden reflect. The fins are unicolor, except the dorsal, which exhibits
a few blackish spots. We call this species Limia couchiana.
XLVII. Another species of Limia appears to be common about Matamoras,
where it was first collected by the late L. Berlandier, whose collection has
since been purchased by Lieut. D. N. Couch, a lover and. cultivator of natural
sciences.
Specimens of the male sex measure nearly two inches in total length, of
which the head, which is rather small, constitutes about the fifth part. The
body is very much compressed, rather deep, maintaining its depth along the
peduncle of the tail. The upper surface of the head, as usual, is very much
depressed and flattened. The profile is gently sloping from the origin of the
dorsal fin to the apex of the snout. The eye is well developed, subcircular, its
diameter entering about three times in the length of the side of the head. The
dorsal fin is longer than high, and equally elevated throughout its whole length,
the tip of its posterior rays not extending as far as the insertion of the caudal
fin. The anal is inserted somewhat posteriorly to the anterior margin of the
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117
dorsal, and close to the ventrals, from which it is separated by the anal aper-
ture alone. The ventrals themselves are of moderate development, overlapping
the vent and projecting beyond the insertion of the anal ; the second ray is
much longer than the rest. The pectorals are elongated, their tips extending
beyond the insertion of the ventrals and the origin of the anal without reaching
as far as the tip of the ventrals. The rays are :— D 14 ; A 7 ; C 5, 1, 9, 8, 1,
5; V 6; P 12.
The largest specimens of the female sex which have come under our observa-
tion, measure but an inch and a half. The general aspect of the body is the
same as in the male sex; the head, however, is somewhat larger, being con-
tained about four times and a half in the total length. The dorsal fin is much
smaller than in the male, and convex upon its upper margin. The anal fin is
rather small and inserted opposite the middle region of the dorsal. The ven-
trals overlap the vent, but tueir extremities do not quite reach the anterior
margin of the anal. The tip of the pectorals extends beyond the origin of the
ventrals, but not as far as the anal fin. The anal fin has nine rays. The sec-
ond ray of the ventrals is even with the rest. The scales are large, much deeper
than long, anteriorly subtruncated, and rounded off upon the rest of the peri-
phery. Radiating furrows may be observed upon their anterior section only.
The ground color is reddish brown, lighter beneath than above, with longi-
tudinal series of d^rk spots corresponding to the series of scales, and more con-
spicuous along the dorsal region than elsewhere. The dorsal flu is transvers-
ally barred with series of blackish spots, as well as the upper lobe of the cau-
dai. The other fins being unicolor.
The above species we propose to designate under the name of Limia matamo-
rensis.
XLVIII. A new genus to which we give the name of Actinia, has the general
physiognomy of Limia, but differs from it, as well as from Pcecilia, by the struc-
ture of its mouth. The latter is protractile, rather cleft, dearly horizontal when
retracted, and slightly directed downwards when protracted ; the jaws being
equal, the snout subcorneal, instead of being truncated as in Limia and Pctcilia.
The lower jaw is also better developed than in the genera just alluded to, and
the upper one is convex instead of being depressed. The male sex differs but
little from the female; the dorsal and anal fins holding the same relative po-
sition in either of them, — being simply larger in the male than in the female.
The posterior margin of the caudal fin is subtruncated.
Specimens of the typical species of this genus, and, as yet, the only one known,
were collected at Galveston, Texas, by Dr. C. B. Kennerly, under Capt. A. W.
Whipple, at St. Joseph's Island, Tex., by Gustavus Wurdemann, and at Indi-
anola, Tex., by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham. The largest ones
observed measure less than an inch and a half in total length, in which the
head enters about three times and a half. The head is, therefore, well devel-
oped, wedge-shaped, the profile being quite declivous from the origin of the
dorsal fin to the apex of the snout. The greatest depth of the body corresponds
to the anterior margin of the dorsal, and diminishes rapidly backwards. The
eye is large and circular, its diameter entering three times and a half in the
length of the side of the head: once in advance of its anterior rim. The dor-
sal fin is higher than long, and quite elevated in the male sex ; its anterior mar-
gin is nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the posterior edge
of the caudal fin. The anal fin is deeper than long, and deeper in the male than
iu the female ; its anterior margin corresponding to the middle of the base of
the dorsal, and extends more backwards than the latter fin. Its exterior mar-
gin is rounded off, or convex. The ventrals are rather broad and overlap the
vent, whilst the pectorals are elongated and extend beyond the origin of the
ventrals. The second ray of the latter fins does not project beyond the others,
as is the case with the species of Limia. The rays are: — D 9 ; All; C 4,1,
1859.]
118 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
8, 7, 1, 4 ; V 6 ; P 15 — The scales are somewhat deeper than long, anteriorly
truncated and posteriorly rounded, whilst the upper and lower margins are
nearly straight and parallel. The concentric lines of growth are very fine and
numerous, and short radiating farrows occupy almost the entire anterior mar-
gin.
The dorsal region and tipper surface of the head are greyish olive or oliva-
ceous brown, with a darker line at the periphery of the scales. The flanks are
fasciated alternatively with greyish brown and light yellowish transverse nar-
row bands, the more conspicuous as they approach the peduncle of the tail ;
the brown *bands being wider than the light yellowish ones ; there are how-
ever instances in which light streaks subdivide the brown bands. The oper-
cular apparatus is silvery : the lower part of the bead and the belly exhibit-
ing a uniform light olivaceous or yellowish tint.
The name of Adinia multifasciata appears to us quite characteristic of the
species which is here described. An immature female specimen is figured on
Plate xxxviii, figs. 12-14 of the "Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mexican Boun-
dary," where it is given as the female sex of Limia pceciloides, an error which
we now rectify.
XLIX. Another new genus, which we call Lucania, has the general appear-
ance of Fundulus, from which it differs by the presence, upon the jaws, of one
row of teeth only ; the mouth itself being fashioned as in Fundulus : the up-
per jaw being smaller and somewhat shorter than the upper, arched sideways
and subdepressed superiorly. The head is somewhat rounded off and blunt.
The insertion of the anal fin is more posteriorly than the dorsal. The caudal
is rounded off. The scales are of but moderate development, deeper than long,
with fine concentric strife, and furrowed upon their anterior section. The sexes
afford no greater differences than in Fundulus and Hydrargyra.
The typical species of the genus which is here instituted, was figured and
described by us under the name of Limia venusta in the "Ichthyology of the
U. S. and Mexican Boundary," plate xxxix, figs. 20 — 23, p. 71. Its present
systematic name, therefore, will be Lucania venusta. Fig. 21 gives a most
perfect idea of the shape and structure of the mouth. The lateral line is not
always so conspicuous as represented in fig. 20. The teeth themselves are
proportionally larger than in the following species. The anterior margin of
the dorsal fin is nearly equidistant between the apex of the snout and the in-
sertion of the caudal. The anal is placed opposite the posterior half of the
dorsal, and consequently projects further back. The ventrals are slender,
extending as far as the vent, and composed of six rays and not five, as formerly
stated. The pectorals are elongated, posteriorly rounded off, and projecting
beyond the insertion of the ventrals. The rays are : — D 13 ; A 11 ; C 3, 1, 8, 8,
1, 2 ; V 6 ; P 10. — The scales are deeper than long, anteriorly subtruncated,
rounded off upon the remaining edges, with radiating furrows upon the anterior
section only, the concentric lines of growth being very fine. The ground color
is reddish brown, with groups of dark dots on the centre of the scales ; the
fins being unicolor, of a yellowish olive tint. A specimen of this species was
collected at Indianola, Tex., by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham, while
on the U. S. and Mexiean Boundary Survey.
L. We find in the collection of the late L. Berlandier two specimens of a
species of Lucania, collected in the neighborhood of Matamoras, resembling
very closely the preceding one. The only differences which we are able to
detect consist in a larger mouth and larger scales, a more backward position
of the dorsal and anal, together with the following formula of the fins : — D 12 ;
A 11 ; C 4, 1, 7, 7, 1, 3 ; V 6 ; P 12. — The coloration is the same. The speci-
mens not being perfect, a further comparison could not be instituted. We shall
designate them provisionally under the name of Lucania affiiiis.
LI. Amongst the fishes collected in the vicinity of the city of Mexico, by Maj.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119
W. Rich, in 1853, we notice a cyprinodont of a very peculiar external appear-
ance, belonging nevertheless to the genus Lucania, as characterized above.
One of the female specimens measures two inches and a half in total length.
The dorsal region is very much arched from the insertion of the dorsal fin to
the nape, which is quite swollen. The head is rather small, constituting the
fifth of the total length, its upper surface is subdepressed, the occipital region
appearing concave from the sudden rising of the nape, a trait less conspicuous
in smaller specimens of the same sex and in the males also. The snout is
short, thick and blunt. The gape of the mouth is oblique upwards as in the
other species of this genus. The eye is subcircular, its diameter entering
three times and a half in the length of the side of the head. There are three
slender branchiostegal rays on either side, the outermost being exiguous.
The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearly equidistant between the apex
of the snout and the posterior margin of the caudal fin ; its upper margin
is convex and its base is longer than the height of the middle rays. The
caudal fin enters a little short of seven times in the total length. The anal,
is smaller than the dorsal, but has the same shape, and the same propor-
tions between its base and its depth. Its anterior margin is placed poste-
riorly to that of the dorsal ; the tip of its rays extending but very slightly
further back than those of the latter, — so that the two fins are nearly
even posteriorly. The ventrals are very small and reach the vent with their
extremities. The pectorals are of moderate development, rounded off, not ex-
tending as far as the origin of the ventrals. The rays are : — D 20 ; A 23 ; C 5,
1, 10, 10, 1, 6 ; V 6 ; P 12. — The scales are comparatively small, deeper than
long, snbelliptical in their outline, exhibiting extremely fine concentric lines of
growth, and provided with radiating furrows upon their anterior section alone.
The ground color is olivaceous brown, with transverse dark brown bands which
run occasionally together giving the entire body, head and fins, a greyish black
appearance. Otherwise the fins assume a greyish olive tint.
The male sex is more slender than the female ; the dorsal and anal fins being
somewhat more developed, and the back less arched. The coloration is similar
in either sex.
LII. In speaking of the generical characters to be assigned to Girardinus,
and especially of the structure of the mouth, we ought to have stated that the
latter is depressed, instead of being rounded, and constructed after the fashion
of that of Pacilia and Limia, so that its gape is directed upwards when con-
tracted, and downwards when protracted. Accordingly its affinities with the
latter two genera are more intimate than with Gambusia.
The specimen of Girardinus occidentalis, figured, size of life, on plate xxxix,
of the " Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary," is the largest of those
collected in the Rio Santa Crux, by John H. Clark, under Col. J. D. Graham.
Specimens two inches and a quarter in total length were subsequently collected
at Tuczon, Sonora, by Arthur Schott, under Major Emory. All these speci-
mens belong to the female sex. The following formula of the fins is to super-
sede that which has been previously published :— D 7 ; A 7 ; C 4, 1, 7, 7, 1, 3 :
V 6 ; P 12. — The scales are subelliptical, deeper than long, with radiating fur-
rows upon the anterior section alone. The ground color is either reddish or
olivaceous brown above, and yellowish white beneath, with a golden reflect
during the breeding season. The periphery of the scales exhibits blackish dots
occasionally so crowded as to assume a dark appearance. Along the middle
of the flanks may be seen a black fillet which imitates a lateral line ; the series
of scales over which it runs is sometimes entirely black. A black streak is
observed along the under edge of the peduncle of the tail. The fins are of a
uniform light yellowish tint.
We refer, for the present, to the same species, numerous specimens in a
rather indifferent state of preservation, collected at Tuczon, by Dr. A. L. H er-
mann, under Lt. J. G. Parke. Amongst them we observe several individuals
1859.]
120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
of the male sex, measuring about an inch and a quarter in total length, rather
slender in general appearance, and resembling somewhat the same sex in Gam-
busia. The anal fin, however, is more slender and deeper than in the latter
genus, it being composed of but two developed rays preceded and followed by
inconspicuous rudimentary ones. The other fins are so much mutilated as not
to allow counting their rays with any degree of certainty. The coloration is
the same as in the female sex, just alluded to above.
LIII. Specimens of a species closely, allied to the foregoing one, were collected
in San Bernardino creek, Mex., by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under Major Emory.
That creek, it will be remembered, flows westwards of the Sierra Madre, ming-
ling its waters with those of the Rio Yaqui, which empties itself into the Gulf
of California.
The largest of these specimens belonging to the female sex measure two
inches and a quarter in total length, being therefore of the same size as some
of those of the preceding species. Nothing is more alike than the general
aspect of these two species ; the present one, however, is more stoutly built.
The head constitutes about the fifth of the total length. The caudal fin is pos-
teriorly subtruncated. The dorsal and anal fin are inserted somewhat farther
back, each beine; provided with eight rays instead of seven ; otherwise the for-
mula is the same :— D 8 ; A 8 ; C 4, 1, 7, 7, 1, 3 ; V 6 ; P 12.— The scales have
the same shape and structure, but they are proportionally smaller, than in the
preceding species.
The specimens of the male sex, measure about an inch and a quarter or a
little more. They bear the same relations to their females as those of the pre-
ceding species. The dorsal fin exhibits likewise eight rays.
The ground color, in either sex, is of a dark chestnut brown, with black dots
at the periphery of the scales, and a lateral black fillet covered by a lateral
streak of the width of a scale. A narrow dark streak may also be observed
under the peduncle of the tail. In its coloration, therefore, this species does
not differ very materially from the foregoing one. The lateral streak alone ap-
pears as a more constant feature.
We shall designate it provisionally under the name of G. sonoriensis.
LIV. Let it be recalled to mind here, that the mouth in Gambusia is construct-
ed after the fashion of Hydrargyra and Zygonectes, and that its gape is horizontal
when protracted, and oblique upwards when in a contracted state. Indeed,
the affinities between Gambusia and Zygonectes are of the most intimate kind,
since in Zygonectes the anterior margin of the anal fin is sometimes situated in
advance of the anterior margin of the dorsal. It is true, we find a slight dif-
ference between these two genera, in the gape of the mouth when in a pro-
tracted condition, and also in the sexes, which assume a different aspect in
Gambusia, whilst in Zygonectes the differences between the male and the female
are a great deal more restricted.
The party under Lt. J. G. Parke, on its way home, collected in Caman-
che Spring specimens of both sexes of Gambusia nobilis, the male of which we
had not observed so far. It has the same general aspect as its female, figured
on plate xxxix, of the "Ichthyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary," being
rather short and deep bodied compared to its congeners. In coloration both
sexes agree. The largest specimens of the female sex measure two inches and
those of the male one inch in total length.
LV. Specimens of Gambusia affinis were also collected in San Pedro creek,
Tex., and in Dry creek near Victoria, Tex., by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under
Major Emory. The male sex measures one and a tenth of an inch in total
length, and compares well with the female figured on plate xxxix, of the ' ' Ich-
thyology of the U. S. and Mex. Boundary," having the same slender appear-
ance and general aspect. The anal finis somewhat deeper than in G. patruelis
represented on the plate just alluded to. The color is similar in either sex.
[April;
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121
LVI. As to Gambusia pa'ruelis, numerous specimens of that species were col-
lected in the upper affluents of the Rio Nueces, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly, under
Capt. A. W. Whipple, during the Exploration near the thirty-fifth parallel, for
a railroad route to the Pacific. The average size of either sex corresponds
pretty nearly to the specimens figured on plate xxxix, of the "Ichthyology of
the U. S. and Mex. Boundary." Specimens from the Rio Leona, Rio Blanco,
and Rio Seco, exhibit a somewhat lighter tint than those from the lower part
of the same hydrographic basin. But this may be an alteration subsequent to
their immersion in alcohol.
LVII. A curious little species of Gambusia from the hydrographic basin of the
Rio San Juan, specimens of which having been collected in Rio San Diego, one
of its affluents, near Cadereita, New Leon, by D. N. Couch. The largest ones
measure an inch and a half in total length, and belong to the female sex alone.
The body is deep upon its middle and the tail tapering. The head enters about
four times and a half in the total length. The eye is proportionally large and
circular ; its diameter entering three times in the length of the side of the head.
The dorsal fin is very narrow and elevated, and proportionally higher than
in the other species so far known of this genus. The anal fin is likewise nar-
row and deep, and resembles the dorsal in that respect. The ventrals are
small, and the pectorals well developed. We have not been able to count with
accuracy the rays of the fins, owing to the desiccated condition of the specimens
preserved ; in the dorsal and anal fins they are less numerous than in the
other species of the genus. The color of the body is reddish-brown, except
the belly, which is yellowish or whitish. Small black spots may be observed
along the dorsal region near the base of the scales. The dorsal and anal fins
are greyish ; the caudal ventrals and pectorals, olivaceous.
The species might be designated under the appellation of Gambusia speciosa.
LVIII. In the collection of the late Louis Berlandier, of Matamoras, we find
another species of Gambusia, which differs from its congeners by the slender-
ness of its form and general appearance : hence the name of G. gracilis by
which we propose to record it.
The largest female specimens measure about an inch and a half in total
length, of which the head constitutes a little more than the fifth. The mouth
is rather large compared to that of the foregoing species. The diameter of the
eye enters about three times in the length of the side of the head. The body
in its profile is subfusiform. The dorsal fin is higher than long, superiorly
convex. The caudal is rounded off posteriorly. The anal is larger than the
dorsal, deeper than long and exteriorly convex, the posterior extremity of its
insertion being nearly opposite the anterior margin of the dorsal. The tip of
the ventrals extends almost to the anterior margin of the anal. The pectorals
are well developed and project beyond the insertion of the ventrals. The rays
are : — D 6 ; A 9 ; C 5, 1, 6, 6, 1, 4 ; V 6 ; P 13. — The scales are moderate sized,
much deeper than long, subelliptical in their outline, more convex posteriorly
than anteriorly with numerous and well developed radiating furrows upon the
anterior portion alone.
The largest male specimens which have come under our observation mea-
sure a little over an inch in total length. They are very similar to the female
sex, rather more slender. The anal fin exhibits the usual structure peculiar
to that genus. The first ray is a mere rudiment ; the second being the stoutest
and longest ; the third forms, with the second, the elongation of that fin, and
is followed by four shorter rays somewhat better developed, however, than in
the other species, which we have examined.
The color is olivaceous brown ; the dorsal and caudal fin exhibits narrow
transverse, blackish bars ; the other fins being olivaceous.
LIX. Mr. John Potts has collected in Chihuahua River another species of Gam-
busia which appears to reach a larger size than any of the foregoing spe-
1859.]
122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
cies, reminding us somewhat by its general appearance those occurring in
Cuba.
The specimens before us are all of the female sex, and measure two inches
and a quarter in total length, in which the head enters about five times. The
head itself is rather short, whilst the mouth is proportionally large. The dia-
meter of the eye enters thrice in the length of the side of the head. The
dorsal fin is higher than long, somewhat convex superiorly. The caudal is
rather short and subtruncated posteriorly. The anal is deeper than long and
a little broader than the dorsal ; the middle of its insertion corresponding to
the anterior margin of the dorsal. The ventrals are very small and far from
reaching the vent with their extremities. The pectorals are of moderate de-
velopment, spear-shaped when not expanded. The rays are : — D 9 ; A 10 ;
C 6, 1, 7, 7, 1, 6 ; V 6; P 12. — The middle rays of the dorsal and anal fins
exhibit bifurcations of the second degree conspicuously developed. The scales
are of moderate development. The body is chestnut brown, and the abdomen
yellowish golden, with blackish specks along the middle of the flanks to the
caudal fin. The periphery of the scales is margined with black. The dorsal,
caudal and anal fins are greyish and speckled, the ventrals and pectorals being
olivaceous.
To distinguish this species from its congeners, the name of G. senilis is here
proposed.
On the Primary Divisions of the SALAMANDRIDJE, with Descriptions of Two
New Species.
BY E. D. COPE.
Class AMPHIBIA. Order CADUCIBRANCHIATA. Sub. Ord. URODELA.
Fam. 1. PROTONOPSID^E. Branchial apertures persistent. (Trematoderes
Duin. & Bibr).
Fain. 2. SALAMANDRIDJ3. Branchial apertures none. (Aretoderes Dum.
& Bibr.)
The characters of the following subfamilies are taken from the position, etc.,
of the palatine and sphenoidal teeth, and we are of the opinion that the groups
thus formed will be found to be more natural than those established exclusively
upon the form of the tongue.
1. AMBYSTOMIN,®.
Palatine teeth upon elevated processes of the vomero-palatine bones, in
straight or arched transverse series only, sphenoidal teeth absent. Tongue
larg>\ thick, papillose, but slightly free. Form stout. Skin mostly smooth.
North America.
1. Mf.galobatrachus (Tschudi) 1838. Syn. Cryptobranchus Van der Hoeven,
1838. Sieboldia Bonaparte, 1850. Tritomegas Dumeril & Bibron, 1850.
The great aquatic Salamander of Japan is closely allied to our Protonop-
Bis (Menopoma Harlan), but the absence of branchial slits places it among the
true Salamanders. By the position of the palatine teeth it evidently belongs to the
present subfamily, and not among the Tritons, as placed by Dr. Hallowell.
(Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. iii. Second Series, p. 357).
2. Camarataxis Nob. Palatine teeth upon four processes, the two posterior
short oblique, and behind the internal nares ; the anterior forming an arch,
interrupted at the palatine suture, and concentric with the maxillary series.
Tongue broad, thick, papillose, attached by the whole posterior border, slightly
free laterally. Extremities stout, digits free, 4 — 5. Tail not long, compressed
[April,"
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 123
C. maculata. — Ambystoma maculatum Hallowell, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Second Series, vol. iii. p. 355.
This species, which inhabits New Mexico, makes the nearest approach to the
preceding genus in the form of the series of palatine teeth. In this respect it
also exhibits too great a departure from the straight or slightly angular series
of Ambystoma, to remain in that genus.
3. Ambystoma (Tsch.)
The nearest approach to the preceding species, in general appearance and
form of the palatine series, is seen in the Ambystoma nebulosumof Dr. Hal-
lowell : but the processes are not arched, but straight, presenting an obtuse angle
forward.
The genus Xiphonura Tschudi (Heterotriton Gray) does not seem to be suffi-
ciently distinct either with respect to dental peculiarities, or the form of the
tail. Though Ambystoma ingens, luridnum, and Californiense re-
semble each other in these points, and are quite different from the A. opacam,
yet by the intervention of such species as A. tigrinum (Green) — 1 uscnm
(Hallowell) — b i c o 1 o r (Hall.) — p u n c t a t um (Linn.), which show a regular
gradatiou of form, the hiatus is filled, and no generic division can be made.
The following species appears to be undescribed :
A. c o n s pe r s um . —Head oval, rather large ; extremities slender, fourth toe
twice as long as second ; tail not longer than body, much compressed; tongue
elliptical, very slightly free at the sides ; palatine teeth in two short patches
between the internal nares, presenting a concavity backwards. Length 1 inch
10 lines : head 4 1. : body 9 1. : tail 9 1. Head, back and tail cinereous brown,
finely speckled with white dots, which are confluent on the snout. An indis-
tinct row of white spots on the sides. Beneath dirty white.
Londongrove, Chester Co., Pennsylvania.
The animal described was probably not fully grown, so that though the
measurements indicate the smallest known Ambystoma, the adult may be
larger. We are unable to refer it as the young of any of our Pennsylvania
Ambystomata. The form of the tail would indicate aquatic habits, but it was
found in the woods, and when placed in water showed the greatest aversion
to it.
It resembles Ambystoma porphyritic um of the Academy's collection, but
differs in color of abdomen, lateral series of spots, and larger head and mouth.
(We allude to the specimen f<orn the Wabash, presented by Dr. McMurtrie).
The two latter points, it will be noticed, are those in which this Wabash
specimen differs from Prof. Green's description, according to Dr. Hallowell.
(Proc. A cad., Feb. 1 856). A. porphyriticum has as yet been found west of
the Alleghanies only. The young of A. 1 a te r al e (Hall.) is not known, nor
has the geographical distribution of that species been well ascertained. We
have been unable to find Gray's description of his A. p u n c t u 1 a t u m, which
is, however, a Californian species.
4. Onychodactylds(TscIi.) — The genus Ensatina (Gray) which is stated by
Dr. Hallowell (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 8, p. 238) to be destitute of sphenoidal
teeth, may enter this subfamily.
2. SPELERPINJE.
Palatine teeth in short series upon transverse processes of the palatine bone;
sphenoidals numerous, aggregated upon two thin, ovate or elongate bony plates
(becoming cartilaginous), which lie longitudinally and contiguously upon the
sphenoid bone. Tongue (generally) thin, borne upon the much exserted carti-
laginous elongation of the os hyoides ; some genera with an additional anterior
membranous attachment. Form slender; skin smooth. North America and
Europe.
1859.]
124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
I. Plethodontje.
Tongue with a membranous attachment from the pedicel to the anterior edge,
leaving the lateral and posterior borders more or less free.
1. Plethodon (Tsch.) — The tongue in this genus is not attached by its pos-
terior border, as described, though very slightly free.
2. Desmognathus (Baird). — D. auriculata (Holbrook). D. nigra
(Green).
D. f u s c a (Green). Salamandra quadrimaculata (Holbrook) is undoubtedly
the young of this species.
The teeth of this species — as in all others of the Spelerpinos that we have ex-
amined, are acrodont. Superior and inferior maxillaries slightly curved, com-
pressed; summits truncate, having a cutting edge interiorly, and a sharp point
exteriorly, with a crescent- shaped depression between. Color hyaline, point
and edge amber. Sphenoidals more cylindrical and incurved.
D. ochrophaea .* — Form more slender than D. f u s c a, less so than Pleth.
erythronotus. Tail as long as the head and body, subquadrangular at base,
beyond, slender and slightly compressed. Thirteen distinct costal folds.
Length 2 inches 111.; tail 17 1.
Color above, varying from bright to dirty and fuscous straw color, most
specimens with an indefinite medial row of irregular brown spots, a deep brown
line passing through the eye and along the dorso-lateral region of the body to
the end of the tail ; distinctly defined along its upper edge; fading into fuscous
marblings on the sides. Belly pure white.
Susquehanna County, Pennsylvania.
This is a terestrial species, and very common beneath the bark of hemlock
logs. We have never noticed it in the South-eastern part of Penna., but it has
probably been passed over as Spelerpes b i 1 i n e a t a, to which it bears consider-
able resemblance, or as a pale variety of Plethodon erythronotus. From the
latter it differs in attachment of tongue, less slender form, want of marblings
on the belly, etc. Brownish yellow takes the place of red on the back, though
the young have indications of the same indefinite pink spotting as in that
species and Desm. f u sea.
3. Aneides (Baird.) 4. Heredia (Girard.) 5. Hemidactylicm (Tsch.) Is
Salamandra melanosticta (Gibbes) identical with H. scutatum (Tschudi) ?
II. Spelerpes.
Tongue boletoid — attached by a central pedicel only.
6. Batrachoseps (Bp.) 7. Spelerpes (Raf.) 8. (Edipus (Tsch.) 9. Geo-
triton (Bp.)
10. PsEUDOTRrTON (Tsch.) The teeth of this species exhibit the following
peculiarities. Acrodont, much incurved, cylindrical, with a central pulp
* Since the above was sent to press, we have been informed by Prof. Baird that
he considers this animal identical with Salamandra H al d e m an i (Holbrook)
which he is of opinion is one of the "very numerous varieties of Desmognathus
f us ca." We have never seen Prof. Holbrook's original specimens of S. H aide-
man i, but it has been represented by all subsequent authors to be a Spelerpes
(Cylindrosoma D. & B.), a genus differing from Desmognathus in its boletoid
tongue. We would also hazard a doubt as to the identity of this animal with
Desm. f u s c a. The latter is decidedly aquatic in its habits, living beneath stones,
etc., in rapid streams.
The former we have never seen in the water, but have invariably found it
beneath bark, under logs, etc. It is rather sluggish, resembling Plethodon
erythronotus in this respect. Should this animal be the Salamandra Ha Id e-
m a n i of Holbrook, it will stand as Desmognathus H a 1 d e m a n i Nob.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 125
cavity, terminating in two points, the interior much larger than the exterior;
both of a bright amber color, the body of the tooth being hyaline in appearance.
The palatines are similar to the superior maxillaries, the inferior maxillaries
only differ in being flattened on their inner side, and the sphenoidal in being
more curved.
3. Hynobiin*.
Vomero-palatine bones destitute of teeth, posteriorly elongated and cuneiform,
occupying a deep emargination in the outline of the sphenoid bone. Sphenoidal
teeth present, upon the outer edge of two ridges of the sphenoid bone which
lie along the sphenoido-palatine suture, thus forming two longitudinal series
closely approximated posteriorly, widely diverging and becoming transverse,
anteriorly. Tongue rather large, much attached. Yery aquatic species.
Japan.
This subfamily presents a singular and very distinct modification of the
arrangement of teeth on the palate.
Tschudi has distinguished generically the only two species of this subfamily.
under tbe names Pseudosalamandra and Hynobius, and apparently upon insuf-
ficient grounds. MM. Dumeril and Bibron have united them under the name
Ellipsoglossa, but as Tschudi's names have priority, one or the other of them
must be adopted. We select as the least objectionable
1. Hynobius (Tsch.) H. nebulosus (Schl.) H. n a e v i u s (Scbl.)
Pseudosalamandra ncevia Tsch. Class. 1838. Molge striata Gray, Cat. Brit.
Mus. 1850.
4. SALAMANDRIX^.
Palatine teeth upon the inner edge of processes of the palatine bones, which
are elongated horizontally and posteriorly over the sphenoid. No transverse
palatine series. Tongue generally thick, and seldom free to much extent.
Skin mostly rough, or changing with the habitat. Form usually stout. Eu-
rope, North America and Japan.
It would appear as though herpetologists had not given the same attention
to the clear definition of their genera among the animals of this subfamily, as
elsewhere. In the following brief synopsis, the diagnoses of the genera have
been drawn up with reference to and including only the distinctive characters.
I. SalamaxdrjE.
Palatine processes slender, curved, approximating posteriorly. Ribs not
developed. Terrestrial species.
1. Salamandra (Laurenti.) Palatine teeth in two curved series, approxima-
ted posteriorly. Tongue oval, thick, slightly free at its edges. Digits free, 4 — 5.
Parotids large, porous. Tail moderate, cylindrical.
S. m a c u 1 o s a (laurenti.) S. c o rsi c a (Savi.) S. at r a (Laurenti.) 1768.
S. nigra, Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. 1850.
II. Pleurodei*.
Palatine processes cuneiform. Ribs greatly developed, sometimes piercing the
skin. Terrestrial and aquatic.
2. Salamaxdrina (Fitzinger.) Palatine series nearly in contact at their
anterior extremities, for a short distance almost parallel, then widely diverging.
Tongue ovate, broad behind, free laterally ani posteriorly. Digits 4 — 4. Tail
subcylindrical.
S. perspicillata Fitz. 1826. Seiranota condylura Barnes, Silliman's
Journ. v. ii. p. 278.
3. Pleurodeles (Michaelles.) Palatine teeth in two parallel series, whose
anterior extremities are considerably in advance of the internal nares, and
1859.] 10
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
slightly converging. Tongue small, ova1, free posteriorly and laterally. Paro-
tids present, porous. Digits 4 — 5. Tail long, compressed.
P. W a 1 1 1 i (Mich.) — Salamandra pleurodeles, Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,
p. 117. ? P. exasperatus (Dum. & Bibr.) Erp. Gen. vol. 9, p. 420.
4. Bradybates (Tschudi.) Palatine teeth few. Tongue small, round, at-
tached by its whole inferior surface. Extremities short, small ; digits 4 — 5.
Body depressed, no parotids. Tail short, broad at base, subcylindrical.
B. ventricosus (Tsch.)
III. Tritones.
Palatine processes cuneiform. Ribs not developed. Habits aquatic, many
species furnished in the breeding season with dorsal crests, and interdigital
membranes.
5. Glossoliga (Bp.) — Longitudinal series of palatine teeth in two widely
separated rows, slightly converging anteriorly. A strong postorbitar arch,
formed by the union of a process of the posterior frontal with that of the tym-
panic bone. Maxillary bone uniting immediately with the pterygoids. Tongue
rounded, free posteriorly and laterally. Digits 4 — 5. Tail moderate, some-
what compressed.
A remarkable genus, quite distinct in many points of structure from
Euproctus, with which Dum. & Bibron unite it.
G. Poire ti (Gervais.)
6. Diemyctylus (Rafinesque.) — Longitudinal series of palatine teeth in two
straight rows, closely approximated anteriorly, widely diverging posteriorly.
A strong long arch above and behind the orbit formed by the united processes
of the posterior frontal and tympanic bones. Tongue small, thick, oval, at-
tached by its whole inferior surface or with a very slightly free lateral border.
Digits 4 — 5, the exterior and interior upon the hind feet rudimentary. Tail
moderate, compressed.
Syn. Diemyctylus Rafinesque, 1820. JVotopthalmus Raf., 1820. Cynops Tsch.
1838. Taricka Gray, 1850.
We regret that the law of priority compels us to employ Rafinesque's objec-
tionable name in preference to Cynops Tschudi or Taricka Gray. We prefer
Diemyctylus, though apparently unmeaning, to the egregiously inappropriate
JVotopthalmus of the same date.
D. torosus. — Triton torosus Esch. Zool. At. pt. v. pi. 21. fig. 15, 1833.
Triton Ermarmi Weigmann, 1835. Triton granulosus Skilton, 1849. Taricha toro-
sus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1850.
The external characters of this animal present no peculiarity that appears to
us to warrant generic separation from the succeeding species.
? D. 1 ae v i s . — Taricha Icevis Bd. & Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 6, p. 302.
D. pyrrhogaster. — Molge pyrrhogastra Boie, Isis, p. 215, 1826. Sala-
mandra subcristata Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, p. 135, 1833. Cynops subcristaius
(Tsch ) Class, der Batrachier, p. 94, 1838.) Cynops piyrrhogaster (Gray,) Cat.
Brit. Mus. 1850.
This species in the development of the temporal region exhibits characters
most typical of the genus. We fail to perceive the generic difference admitted
by authors to exist between this and the following species.
D. viridescens . — Triturus (Diemyctylus) viridescens Raf., 1820. Triturus
(Notopthalmus) miniatus Raf., 1820. Salamandra symmetrica Harlan, 1825.
Salamandra dorsalis Harlan, 1828. Salamandra vnllepunctata Storer, 1838.
Triton millepunctatus Dckay, 1842. Triton dorsalis Hall., 1842. Triton symme-
Iricus Dum. & Bibr., 1854.
We include in the above synonymes those of the nominal species D.
miniatus, which we think with Dr. Hallowell (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Feb.
1856) is a state of D. viridescens. We have caught specimens with or
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127
without the dorsal or ventral spots ; destitute of, with rudimentary, or fully
developed crests; and of ever}' shade of color between vermillion and brownish
green. The color and character of the skin seem to be dependent upon the
amount of moisture in the situations in which they are found. Those from
high and dry spots are redder and rougher than those from marshy situations :
while those whose habits are for the time aquatic, are still greener and smooth-
er, and exhibit every degree of development of the dorsal crest. Thus it is
probable that this species undergoes changes similar to those of the European
Tritons, as detailed by Schlegel and Kaup.
7. Euproctus, (Gene.) — Series of palatine teeth closely approximated ante-
riorly, posterior extremities widely diverging. Skull elongated, depressed. A
weak post orbitar arch formed by the slender processes of the posterior frontal
and tympanic bones. Superior maxillary bone uniting with the pterygoid by
the intervention of a jugal bone. Tongue oval, free behind ami at the sides.
Anal region frequently prolonged. Digits 4 — 5. Tail compressed.
E. platycephalus (Otto.) — Molge platycephalus (Otto) 1826. Euproctus
Rusconi (Bonaparte), 1839. Euproctus platycephalus (Gray,) 1830. Euproctus
puncticulatus (Dum. & Bibr.)
This and the following three species have been described by MM. Dum. k
Bibron as Tritons, but are considered by M. Alfd. Duges (Osteologie et Myologie
des Batraciens) as varieties of Euproctus platycephalus. The present
species is evidently a Euproctus, judging from the figure of the skull in the
Erpetologie generale.
E. r ugosus (D. & B.) E. r ep a n d u s (D. & B.) E. B i b r on i i (Bell.)
8. Lissotriton (Bell.) — Series of palatine teeth nearly in contact anteriorly,
widely diverging posteriorly. Post orbitar arch wanting; posterior frontal
bone with a slight projecting supra-orbitar border. Tongue moderate, circular,
depressed, slightly free all round. Digits 4 — 5. Tail compressed.
L. p u n c ta t u s (Latr.) — Triton punctatus Auctoruin. Lissotriton punctatus
Bell, 1839. Lophinus punctatus Gray, 1850.
The form of the tongue seems to be the only peculiarity which separates thi?
species from the true Tritons. This, though a slight character, is probably
better than that upon which Prof. Bell principally relies in establishing the
genus — viz.: the smoothness of the skin : — thus including the Triton palmi-
p e s , and perhaps other species at proper seasons of the year.
9. Triton (Laurenti). Series of palatine teeth closely approximated anteri-
orly, diverging posteriorly. Supra-orbitar border of the posterior frontal bone
prominent ; the process rudimentary or wanting. Tongue small papillose, free
at the sides only. Digits 4 — 5. Tail moderate, compressed.
\ Ommatotriton (Gray). Tongue thick, like a wart, lateral borders scarcely
free.
Syn. Ommatotriton Gray, (1850). Lissotriton (Bell) (Pars), 1839. Lophinus
(Gray), (Pars) 1850.
T. palmipes (Latreille) ? Molge vittatus Gray, (1820). Lissotriton pal-
mipes Bell, (1839). Triton vittatus Dum. & Bibr. (1854).
T. alpestris (Laur. )
T. palmatus (Schn.) (1797). Lophinus palmatus (Gray), 1850.
\ Triton (Laurenti). Tongue depressed, considerably free laterally.
Syn. Triton (Laur.) Syn. Rep. p. 38, (1768). Hemisalamandra (Pars) (Duts).
(1852).
T. marmoratus (Latreille). This species stands first in Laurenti's
Synopsis of Tritons. In the form of the tongue it approaches, and in osteolo-
gical characters closely resembles, the Hemisalamandra c r i s t a t a , but the al-
most parallel rows of palatine teeth in the latter species gcnericalJy distinguish it.
10. Hemisalamandra (Duges). (1852). Palatine teeth in two widely sepa-
1859.]
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
rated longitudinal rows, which slightly converge anteriorly. Post-orbitar arch
wanting. Tongue oval, flat, attached by its anterior and posterior borders,
free laterally. Digits 4 — 5. Tail long, compressed.
H. cristata (Laur.) Triton cristatus Auctoruin. What species Merrem
assigned as the type of his genus Molge, we have been unable to ascertain, nor
would it seem to be generally well known among herpetologists, from the num-
ber and variety of species to which it has been applied. The following are
some of them : — Plethodon erythronotus, Hynobius naevius, Euproctus
platycephalus, Triton palm i p e s , Diemyehvlus pyrrhogaster.
On the genus CALLIONYMUS of Authors.
BY THEO. GILL.
In the genus Callionymus, as it has been restricted by modern naturalists,
three distinct genera are yet confounded. Sharing all of the following charac-
ters, two of them differ so much from each other in the position of the bran-
chial apertures, that there can be no doubt of their claims to rank as separate
genera. The characters common to all, and which distinguish them as a sub-
family, will be first given, and afterwards the generic diagnoses.
The body is elongated, and often transversely oval anteriorly, and conse-
quently broader than high ; thence it gradually declines in height and thick-
ness to the base of the caudal fin, and being often quite thick near that fin,
assumes there a peculiar bulging appearance. The whole is naked and smooth.
The lateral line commences at the mastoids, and is connected, near its
origin to that of the opposite side by a transverse nuchal line ; thence it ge-
nerally declines slightly, and is then continued along the side of the back or
the upper part of the side to the caudal fin.
The head is in general outline depressed and triangular, but varies in de-
tail. The preopercle has a stout horizontal process which generally terminates
posteriorly in a group of radiating and recurved spines, one above the other,
or which has the spines along the superior border. The profile is oblique.
The preorbitals or first sub-orbitals are prolonged anteriorly and frequently
extended towards each other, thus forming a roof under which the jaws are
concealed when retracted. There appears to be on each side but a single
nostril, which is situated before the eye.
The mouth is small and sub-terminal, but under the muzzle, and is protrac-
tile downwards.
The teeth are villiform, and present in a moderately broad band in each
jaw. The palate is smooth.
The tongue is generally far within the mouth ; it is sometimes entirely
united to the floor of the mouth, while at other times it is anteriorly free.
The branchiostegal membrane has on each side five or six slender rays.
The branchial apertures are very small and superior.
The first dorsal fin commences before the bases of the pectorals ; it varies in
shape, but there appears to be a constant arrangement of the rays. These are
always four in number, and the first two are approximated at the base, but as
the membrane enlarges, diverge from each towards their ends ; the third is
considerably posterior : the fourth is separated by a still wider interval from
the third.
The second dorsal commences a short distance behind the first, is oblong
and is distant from the caudal less than its length.
The anal has the form and structure of the second dorsal, but its commence-
ment and termination are posterior to those points of the dorsal.
The caudal is elongated, but narrow, and has only from ten to thirteen ar-
ticulated rays, of which from one to three of the superior and inferior are
simple.
The pectoral fins are well developed, and are angular at the middle of their
posterior margins. Their bases are vertical, but concave.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 129
The ventrals are on the skies of the breast, and their bases are parallel or
nearly so with the fish's length : they are separated from each other by a very
wide and flattened area, and their posterior rays are connected by a membrane
to the lower half of the bases of the pectoral fins. These fins are more or less
larger than the pectorals.
Such are the chief external characters of this singular group, and as they
are apparently common to all its species, they should in this case be elimi-
nated from the generic, and much more from the specific description. The
different proportions of these parts are their relative situation to each other,
are alone specific characters. The fins present a singular diversity, not alone
in form, but in structure, in even the same species. Some of them, especially
the first dorsal and caudal, are often much more developed in the males than
in the females. The rays, at least of many of them, are very variable in their
character, sometimes nearly all them being simple, and at others, almost all
are branched. It is therefore impossible to now give a formula indicative of
the exact permanent condition of the fins.
Two of the genera confounded under the name of Callionymus, as has been
already stated, differ chiefly in the position of the branchial apertures. In the
true Callionymi, they are of an oval form, and situated near the inner angle of
the superior opercular margin, and on the sides of the nape. In another group,
they are present as small perpendicular slits behind the opercular margin, and
have been well described by Valenciennes in the article on Callionymus oper-
cularis. They are by that naturalist said to be concealed by a long pointed
production of the operculum, and by a membrane which connects this produc-
tion to the nape, and they thus present the appearance of transverse slits
under this membrane when the opercula arc raised up. Valenciennes has well
remarked that the species whose peculiarity he thus describes may one day
become the type of a peculiar sub-genus, but he has not so named it. There
can be at this day no doubt entertained as to the propriety of forming for the
species thus distinguished a distinct genus, and the name of Synchiropus is
offered as its generic appellation, a name which alludes to the peculiar con-
nection of the ventrals to the bases of the pectorals. The genus that will be
described under this name does not embrace the Callionymus dactylopus of
Bennet which is the type of a distinct, but allied genus.
The generic diagnoses of the genera will then be as follows :
I. Callionymus, L. restr.
Aperturae branchiales ovataa, in latere nuchae utroque sitae. Pinnae ven-
trales spina et quinque radiis ramosis, omnibus membrana conjunctis.
This genus, as far as relates to the species referred to it, is synonymous
with the genus Uranoscopus of Gronovius, who has reversed the Linnaean names
of Callionymus and Uranoscopus, as used by modern naturalists, the former
Gronovian genus including the Uranoscopi and the latter the Callionymi.
Besides the numerous species that have been already described, two that
appear to be undescribed are in the collection of the North Pacific Exploring
Expedition. One (C. taniatus Gill,) is lilac colored, with a silvery line and
row of spots on the sides, and with a black spot, bordered by white, on the
first dorsal. The other (C. inframundus Gill,) is light brownish, marbled
with white, and with a blackish first dorsal. The former is from China ; the
latter from Japan.
II. Synchiropus, Gill.
Aperturae branchiales parvae, lineares, fere perpendiculares, post opercula.
Pinnae ventrales radiis spinoso et quinque ramosis membrana conjunctis.
The genus thus characterized embraces five known species, which are all
inhabitants of the Eastern seas;
1. S. lateralis .
Syn. Callionymus lateralis, Richardson, Zoology Sulphur, p. 65, pi. xxxvii,
figs. 5 and 6. 1844.
1859.]
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The specimen figuredby Richardson is a female. The male is distinguished
by a more slender and elongated body, and by a first dorsal, about a third
higher than that of the female. The first dorsal has also a black spot margined
with white at the posterior angle, and the two bars of the caudal which are
present in the female are absent in the male. There are also two rows of
blue spots on the anal of the female, which are not mentioned in Richardson's
descriptions: these spots are replaced in the males by two corresponding lines.
Richardson simply states that his fish has a narrow streak of dusky brown
near the lower border of the anal. There can, however, be no doubt as to the
specific identity of these three varieties. Mr. Stimpson dredged specimens at
Hong Kong from a depth of eight fathoms.
2. S. lineolatus.
Syn. Callionyme lineolo, \ Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. xii. p.
Callionymus lineolatus. J 307. 1837.
This species is quite distinct from the preceding, which has been compared
with it by Sir John Richardson.
3. S. ocellatus .
Si/n. Callionymus ocellatus. Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica, Fasc. octav. p. 26,
pl.iv. figs. 1, 2, 3. 1770.
(Callionime,) l'oeille Daubent. Enc. Method, vol. 3, Poiss. pp.75, 277. 1787 •
Le petit Argus, ) Bonnaterre Tableau Encyc. Method., Ichthyologie,
Callionymus ocellatus, J p. 43. 1788.
Callionymus ocellatus, Artedi Genera Piscium, Walb. ed. p. 608. 1792.
" " Linn. Systema Naturse, Gmel. ed. p. 1154. 1793.
Callionyme pointille, ) Lacepede Hist. Nat. des. Poissons, vol. 2, pp.
Callionymus punctulatus, J 328, 340. 1800.
Callionymus ocellatus, Blocu Systeina Ichthyologine Schneid. ed. p. 40. 1801.
Callionyme ocelle, | Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol. 12, p. 309.
Callionymus ocellatus, J 1837-
Callionymus ocellatus, Blkr. Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. vol. 8, p. 422. 1855.
4. S. opercularis.
Syn. Callionyme a grand opercules, \ Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, vol.
Callionymus opercularis, ) 12, p. 305. 1837.
5. S. opercular o i des .
Syn. Callionymus opercularoides, Blkr. Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. vol. 1,
p. 32. 1S50.
A third genus with the branchial apertures in the same position as Sy7ichi-
ropus, is readily distinguished from that genus, as well as from the true
Callionymi, by its first articulated ray ; this ray is unbranched and much
longer than the following, from which it is almost entirely separated, and is
only connected with the spinous ray. To the only known species, the name
of Callionymus dactylopus has been given. As the specific name alludes to the
principal generic character, and is also much more appropriate as a generic
than a specific one, it is now conferred on the genus, and the name of its author
is given as a specific one.
III. Dactylopus, Gill.
Aperturre branchiales parvse, lineares, post opercula. Primse ventrale radiis
spinoso et quinque articulatis, radio primo articulato simplici, elongato, radio
spinoso conjuncto, a ra'iiis ramosis disjuncto. Pinna dorsalis prima spinis
duobus primis filiformibus, lougissimis, aliis filiformibus sed brevioribus.
1. D. Bennetti.
Syn. Callionyme a doigt libre, )Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons,
Callionymus dactylopus, Ed. Benn., ) vol. 12, p. 310. 1837.
Callionymus dactylopus, Blkr. Naturuk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. vol. 3, p. 559.
1852.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 131
Description of HYPOBHAMPHTJS, a New Genus of Fishes allied to Hemi-
rhainphus, Cuv.
BY THEO. GILL.
All those species of fishes which resemble in external form the Esox Brazili-
tfisis of Linnaeus, and for which Cuvier framed the genus Ilemirhamphus, have
been described as having a straight band of short, granular and equal teeth in
each jaw.* Such is the character given to the genus by Valenciennes, in the
nineteenth volume of the " Histoire Naturelle des Poissons," where twenty-
seven species are referred to it. This character is also repeated in many of the
specific descriptions, and many of the species are distinguished by the more or
less small size of the teeth. Had any other form or system of dentition existed,
it could therefore scarcely have been overlooked by the distinguished French
naturalist. It is with much pleasure that I now submit to Ichthyologists the
description of a fish which resembles in almost every feature, the known species
of Hcmirhamphus, but which have in each jaw a band of distinctly tricuspidate
small teeth. Two specimens are in the collection made by the author, at the
island of Barbadoes. Owing to an unfortunate accident, the specimens are in
poor condition — the scales being mostly rubbed off and the fins more or less
broken. I am unable, therefore, to furnish at present as full a discription as
could have been wished.
IIyporhampihts Gill.
Body elongated, very slowly decreasing in height to the dorsal. Scales large,
each with a subcentral nucleus and delicate concentric stria;. Head elongated,
conical in profile, broad and flattened above. Lower jaw forming an elongated,
slender and depressed bill. Upper jaw short and acutely rounded. Teeth small,
distinctly tricuspidate, and with the median cusp largest, in a moderate band
on each jaw. Dorsal and anal fins posterior and opposite each other, each
oblong and simple. Caudal fin moderate, emarginate. Pectoral fins moderate.
Ventral fins subcentral, small or moderate. Ventral carina distinct on each
side. Tongue thiD, moderate, rounded anteriorly, with parallel sides, and with
a median groove, free before and on the sides.
H. tricuspidatus, Gill. — The greatest height equals an eleventh of the
extreme length, from the point of the lower jaw to the end of the caudal fin ;
the greatest breadth exceeds three-fifths of the height. The head, inclusive of
the lower jaw, forms more than three-tenths of the extreme length. The lower
jaw, from the tip to the corner of the mouth, constitutes a fifth of the same
length, and is five times larger than the upper jaw. The radial formula ap-
pears to vary. In a small specimen it is as follows : — D 14, A 17, 'C 4, I 6, 7,
14, P 11, V 6.
In a large one— D 15, A 16, P 10.
They are both too much damaged to retain the true colors. The broad sil-
very band is present as usual, and widest posteriorly. The upper part of the
dorsal is blackish.
* I have not been in a position to consult the u Catalogue of Malayan Fish,"
in the eighteenth volume of the Journal of ihe Asiatic Society of Bengal, where
Cantor has described a " Ilemirhamphus tridentifer." That species may possibly
belong to the genus now described, although the teeth of Ilyporhamphus would
be very improperly compared to tridents. The specific name may, however.
only allude to the three denticles of each tooth.
1859.]
132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
On DACTYLOSCOPTJS and LEPTQSCOPTJS, two New Genera of the Family of
Uranoscopidae.
BY THEO. GILL.
Dactyloscopus Gill.
Body elongated, with the dorsal and abdominal outlines slowly converging
to the caudal fin. Scales large, regularly imbricated. Lateral line straight,
and running along the middle of the side. Head oblong, subcubical and smooth.
Preopercle entire, opercle radiatedly fringed behind. Mouth nearly vertical.
Tongue thick, narrowed anteriorly, attached to the floor of the mouth. Labial
velum without a barbel. Anus a short distance behind the base of the pectoral
fins. Dorsal fin subequal, single and very long, commencing above or before
the anus, and continued almost to the base of the caudal. Anal fin commen-
cing behind the anus, and with the same form and termination as the dorsal.
Caudal fin small and narrow, posteriorly subtruncated. Pectoral fins suban-
gular. Ventral fins jugular, closely approximated, and each with three stout
simple and articulated rays.
D. tridigitatus Gill. — The head from the snout to the margin of the
opercle forms about a fifth of the extreme length.
The greatest height is equal to a seventh of the same. The caudal fin forms
an eighth. The dorsal commences over the lower angle of the base of the
pectorals, or immediately before the margin of the operculum.
D 40, A 34, C 1, 5, 5, 1, P 13, V 3.
The color, as far as preserved, is gray, marbled with white.
Three specimens were obtained by the describer at the island of Barbadoes.
The largest is slightly more than three inches in length. They are all in a bad
state of preservation.
This is a most interesting genus, from the unusual combination of the char-
acters which it presents. From all the species that have been hitherto referred
to the genus Uranoseopvs, it is at once distinguished by the entire absence of
teeth on the palatine arch, and by the presence of only three rays to each of the
ventral fins. Notwithstanding these anomalous characters, it presents so close
a resemblance in general form to a species that has been described by Sir John
Richardson, as Uranoseopvs macropygns, that it might readily be referred to the
genus by a casual observer. The same smooth head, the same gradually taper-
ing body, the long dorsal and anal continued to the base of the caudal, the re-
gularly imbricated scales, the straight and median lateral line, and the fringed
operculum, are seen in both genera. In most of these characters, the two
fishes are unlike any of the other Uranoscopi. Dactyloscopus is again distinguish-
ed from the so-called Uranoscopus macropygus. besides the two characters that
have been already pointed out by the relative length of the dorsal and anal fins,
and by the relative situation of the ventrals to each other. In the first described
by Richardson, the anus is even more forward than in the West Indian species,
and the anal fin commences immediately behind. The dorsal begins at some
distance behind the nape, and over the sixth or seventh anal ray. The ven-
trals are also seperated from each other by a wide interval. In the genus
Dactyloscopus the dorsnl commences above the lower angle of the pectorals, and
therefore considerably in advance of the anal fin. The ventrals are also closely
approximated to each other, and in this respect, resemble the typical Uranos-
copi. Uravoscopus macropygus lias a smaller operculum than Dactyloscopus tricli-
gi'alus, and this operculum is also triangular and fringed along its upper mar-
gin. The former species having been placed in the genus Uranoscopus, it is, of
course, to be understood that it is provided with teeth on the vomer and pala-
tine bones. As it is advisable that it should be erected into a distinct genus,
the name of Leptoscopus is now conferred on it, and the comparative characters
of the two genera are herewith given.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133
I. Dacttloscopus Gill.
Dentes palatini et vomerini nulli. Pinnae ventrales radiistribus articulatis,
approximate. Pinna dorsalis ante anum incipiens.
D. tridigitatus.
Ilab. — Caribbean sea.
II. Leptoscopus Gill.
Dentes palatini et vomerini. Pinnae ventrales distantes, radiis spinosis et
quinque ramosis. Pinna dorsalis post anum incipiens.
L. macropygus.
Syn. Uranoscopvs macropygus Richardson, Zoology Erebus and Terror, Fishes,
p. 55, pi. 33, figs. 4, 5, 6, * 1846.
Hub. — Australia.
The first two characters given in each of the above generic diagnoses, are in
this case of more than generic importance. Had either of them existed alone,
the genera might possibly have been naturally placed in the same tribe or sub-
family. Combined as they are, they appear to be unquestionably the indices
of distinct groups. Daclyloscopus is therefore placed as the type of one sub-
family,— Dactyloscopinee, and Leptoscopus of another — Leptoscopince. Notwith-
standing the abnormal and blennoid structure of the ventrals, and the absence
of the vomerine or palatine teeth, the Dactyloscopines appear to be almost as
much related to the Leptoscopince, as the latter are to the Uranoscopina, properly
so called. The comparison between the two former has been instituted on
account of their close external resemblance, and not because they are believed
to be very nearly allied to each other.
Catalogue of Birds collected on the Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western Africa,
by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and descriptions of new species.
BY JOHN CASSIN.
(Continued.) ,
129. Lamprocolius splendipus, (Vieill.)
Turdus splendidus, Vieill. Ency. Meth. i. p. 653.
Lamprotornis chrysonotis, Sw. B. of W. Afr., i. p. 143, (1837.)
Sw. B. W. Afr. i. pi. 6.
Apparently a common species in the country on the banks of the Camma
and Ogobai. 5 young- Upper parts lustrous metallic green, under parts
dull black with a few lustrous green and purple feathers on the flanks and
under tail coverts.
130. Lamprocolius purptjreiceps, (J. and E. Verreaux.)
Lamprotornis purpureiceps, J. and E. Verreaux, Rev. etMag. Zool., 1851,
p. 418.
Specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly from the Muni and
Moonda.
131. Hyphantornis textor, (Gmelin.)
Oriolus textor, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 392.
Buff. PI. Enl. 375, 376. Sw. Zool. 111., i. pi. 37.
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda, are
not to be distinguished from others in the Acad. Coll. from Gambia. This
species appears to be common in Equatorial Africa.
132. Hyphantornis cinctus, nobis.
Resembling H. textor, but smaller and with a wide transverse band of chest-
nut on the breast. 5 Head and throat black, which color ends in a point on
the breast, upper part of body greenish yellow, feathers on the back black at
base, quills and upper coverts of wings brownish black edged with yellow, uni-
1859.] 11
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
form with the back, tail uniform yellowish green, all the feathers edged with
yellow. Wide band on the breast chestnut, extending somewhat on the sides,
and in a narrow band around the back of the neck, abdomen and under tail
coverts yellow, axillaries yellow, under wing coverts brownish black, tipped
and edged with yellow. Bill bluish black, feet light colored. 2 Head above
yellowish green, throat, cheeks and line over the eye greenish yellow, upper
parts of body ashy brown, all the feathers edged with a paler shade of the
same color, quills and wing coverts brownish black edged with pale greenish
yellow. Under parts dull ashy white, tinged with pale brownish on the breast,
tibiae and under tail coverts pale yellowish white, bill light bluish brown, under
mandible paler, feet light colored.
Total length about 6 inches, wing 3|, tail 1\ inches. Female, total length
about 5 1 inches.
Hub. — Camma River, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
The present and the preceding species are strictly of the same subgeneric
group, and resemble each other in colors and general characters, but the pre-
sent bird is strongly characterized by the large space of chestnut color on the
breast, which assumes the form of a wide transverse band, and is uniformly
presented in several specimens in the collection from the Camma. It is smaller
than the preceding.
This bird seems to be nearly related to Ploceus collaris, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet,
xxxiv., p. 129, Ency. Meth. ii. p. 699, but has not the tail feathers black, as
stated in all descriptions of that species, nor the breast rufous as stated also,
and differs in other characters. It also appears to be related to P. capitalis,
Lath. Gen. Hist, vi., pi. 94, but not so closely as to render it necessary to point
out distinctive characters.
133. Hyphantornis flavigula (Hartlaub.)
Ploceus flavigula, Hartl. Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 406.
Hyphantornis Grayi, Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 514.
Specimens in all of Mr. Duchaillu's collections agreeing precisely with the
inscriptions above cited are constantly labelled as males and females of the
same species. It is apparently the most abundant bird of this group in Equa-
torial Western Africa. Specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly
from the Muni, Moonda and Cape Lopez.
134. Hyphanturgus personatus, (Vieillot.)
Ploceus personatus, Vieill.
Ploceus melanotis, Swains. Anim. Menag.
Vieill. Gal. ii. pi. 84. Jard. Contr. 1849, pi. 7 ?
Two specimens only from the Camma present some differences compared
with numerous others in the Acad. Coll. from more northern localities, " Sene-
gal," " Gambia," &c, but may not be distinct. A careful investigation might,
however, be a good investment for an enterprising ornithologist.
Jardine's figures, cited above, represent nothing accurately with which I am
acquainted, and seem, moreover, to have been prepared from specimens pre-
served in alcohol, which is especially liable to change yellow colors. The
species may not be the present.
135. Foudia erythrops, (Hartlaub.)
Ploceus erythrops, Hartl. Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 109.
Quelea capitata, DuBus. Bull. Acad. Brussels, 1855,
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Hamburg, 1848, pi. 8.'
Numerous specimens of both sexes and various ages are in the collection
from the Camma, and formerly from the Moonda. The description and figures
by Dr. Hartlaub above cited, are of the female and young male, but the adult
male and female and the young are accurately described by him in Orn. W.
Afr., p. 129. The adult male has the entire head red, which color in the young
male is restricted to the frontal and other plumage at the base of the bill.
[April
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135
136. Nigrita canicapilla, (Strickland.)
Aethiops canicapillus, Strick., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1841, p. 30.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 48.
Specimens labelled as males only from the Camma and Moonda. The adult
male is described and figured as above.
137. Nigrita ldteifrons, J. and E. Verreaux.
Nigrita luteifrons, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 420.
Strictly congeric with the preceding, but smaller. All the specimens in the
present collection are labelled as males, which in its adult plumage is described
by Messrs. Verreaux as above.
Young 5 • Entire plumage bluish cinereous or plumbeous, paler on the
under parts of the body. Wings and tail black, under tail coverts tinged with
pale rufous. No trace of the black of the under parts of the body which is in
the adult bird. From the Camma.
138. Nigrita fdsconota, Fraser.
Nigrita fusconota, Fras. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1842, p. 145.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 49.
Some exercise of the imagination is required in rating this bird in the same
genus as the two preceding. The male is figured as above, and that sex only
is represented in the present collection from the Camma. A single specimen
was formerly received from the Moonda.
This bird probably belongs to a group of which, perhaps, Estrelda is the type,
and seems to represent a subgenus, or perhaps a genus, certainly quite dis-
tinct from Nigrita.
139. Nigrita bicolor, (Hartlaub.)
Pytelia bicolor, Hartlaub, Cat. Bremen Mus., p. 76.
Nigrita bicolor, Sclater Jard. Contr. 1852, p. 34, pi. 83.
Scarcely of this genus, but more nearly related to the immediately preced-
ing. This species is in Dr. MacDowell's collection from St. Paul's river, and
it has now been received in several of Mr. Duchaillu's collections.
Specimens labelled as of both sexes are much alike, and the adult bird is
intended to be represented in the plate above cited, but the bill is given too
short and entirely erroneously. The bill is somewhat lengthened, with the
commissure curved.
Young <$ • Upper parts dull ashy brown, darker on the rump and upper
tail coverts, neck before and breast dull reddish ashy brown, abdomen and
under tail coverts clear ferruginous. Wings and tail brownish black. From
the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
140. Sycobius cristatus (Vieillot.)
Malimbus cristatus, Vieill.
Tanagra malembica, Daud. Ann. Mus., Paris, ii. p. 148, pi. 10.
"Sycobius nigrifrons, Temm." Hartl. Cat. Jour., 1855, p. 356.
Shaw Nat. Misc. pi. 581, Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 42.
Several specimens of both sexes from the Camma and formerly from the
Muni.
141. Sycobius malimbus, (Temminck.)
Textor malimbus, Temm.
Ploceus rubricollis, Swains. An. Menag., p. 306.
Malimbus cristatus, Vieill. (female).
Vieill. Ois. chant, pi. 43.
One specimen only from the Camma, and another was formerly received from
Cape Lopez. Appears to be a distinct species and is at least not identical with
Euplectes rufovelatus, Fraser, Zool. Typ. pi. 46.
1859.]
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
142. Sycobitts scutatus, Cassin ?
Sycobius scutatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1848 p. 67 ?
Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pi. 41, fig. 1, 2.
A single specimen, from the Ogobai. This and another formerly received
from Cape Lopez are not in mature plumage, but much resemble the species
designated.
143. Sycobius nitens (J. E. Gray).
Ploceus nitens, J. E. Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 7, (1842.)
Gray, Gen. i. pi. 87, fig. 2.
Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni and
Moonda.
144. Sycobius nigerrimus (Vieillot).
Ploceus nigerrimus, Vieill.
Ploceus niger, Swains. An. Menag. p. 306.
Several specimens from the Camma and formerly received from the Moonda
and Cape Lopez. Perhaps not properly of this genus, the green color of the
young approximating it to Ploceus and Hyphantornis.
145. Vidua principalis (Linnaeus.)
Fmberiza principalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 313.
Vidua erythrorhynchus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 176, pi. 12.
Buff. PI. Enl. 8, fig. 2. Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 36. Edwards' Bird, vi. pi.
270, fig. 2.
Numerous specimens, but generally in young plumage. From the Ogobai
and formerly from the Moonda. The adult male of this species is described
and figured as above, but Edwards' figure represents rather an immature plu-
mage.
% young. Entire plumage dull brown, without stripes or spots, paler on
the under parts and nearly white on the throat. Bill yellow or red at base
and tipped with black. Tail short.
9 adult. Upper parts striped longitudinally with brownish black and dull
light ferruginous, under parts ashy white, tinged with dull reddish on the
breast. Tail short, tertiary quills nearly as long as the primaries. Total
length about 4| inches, wing 2J, tail If inch.
146. Coliostruthus macrourus, (Gmelin.)
Loxia macroura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 845.
Fringilla flavoptera, Vieill.
Vidua chrysonota, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 178.
Buff. PI. Enl. 183, fig. 1. Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 41.
This is a most anomalous and multiform species at different ages, and might
very readily be mistaken for several distinct birds. Vieillot, as above, repre-
sents the adult male, which is well described by various authors ; Buffon's figure
seems to be intended for this bird, but if so, is a failure.
$ adult ? Tail short, entire upper parts dull ashy brown, every feather
having a central longitudinal stripe of brownish black, which stripes are wider
on the back. Under parts dull white, tinged with dull yellowish on the breast
and the feathers on the breast and sides having a few longitudinal stripes of
dark brown. Wings and tail dark brown, coverts at the shoulder edged nar-
rowly with yellow, bill and feet light colored. Total length 5 inches, wing 2|,
tail 2 inches.
% young. Tail long, shoulders bright lemon yellow, wings and tarsi black.
Upper parts of head and body with the feathers black in the middle and widely
tipped and edged with dull reddish ashy, under parts dull ashy white, obscure-
ly striped on the breast and sides with light brown. % younger. Tail short,
generally resembling the female, but with the upper parts more strongly tinged
with dull reddish, and the stripes narrower. Under parts dull and pale green-
ish yellow, darker on the breast. Bill and feet light colored.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 137
Of the plumage supposed by me to be the adult female and so labelled in
the present collection, there may be an error. It is quite possible that the
adult female is black, like the male. The female of this species described
above is in general appearance not unlike that of some species of Carpodacus.
Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from Cape Lopez.
147. Spermospiza guttata, (Vieillot).
Loxia guttata, Vieill.
Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 68, (female).
About twenty specimens received from Mr. Duchaillu are all of this species,
and are in adult plumage. As yet no specimen of the nearly allied S. hcematina
has ever been received in this Academy from Equatorial Africa, though frequent
in collections from the Gambia.*
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
* The two species of the genus Spermospiza, G. R. Gray, singularly resemble
each other in general characters, but are quite distinct and recognizable with-
out difficulty.
1. Spermospiza hcematina, (Vieillot).
Loxia haematina, Vieill.
Spermophaga cyanorhynchos, Swains. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 164.
Fringilla pustulata, Voigt.
Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 67. Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. n. s. pi. 11.
"h Adult. Chin, sides of neck, cheeks, head above and entire upper parts of
body, wings and tail glossy black, frequently tinged with brown, especially on
the wings. Throat, neck, breast and sides scarlet, middle of abdomen, tibiae
and under tail coverts black. Bill shining metallic blue, tipped with bright
red. Upper tail coverts black, uniform with other upper parts. $ Adult.
Head above and upper parts of body dark brownish ashy, throat, neck before,
breast and sides scarlet, cheeks and forehead dull red, upper tail coverts brick
red. Abdomen dark ashy brown, with numerous circular spots of white.
9 Young. Entire plumage brownish black, lighter on the under parts of the
body, and with a few scarlet feathers on the breast, and of dull red on the
upper tail coverts.
Total length about 5£ inches, wing 2£, tail 2 h inches. $>. Total length 5^
inches.
Hab.~ "Senegal." "Gambia." Acad. Collection.
This bird has the cheeks and a narrow space at the base of the under mandi-
ble, (or chin) and the rump and upper tail coverts always black in the adult
male, by which characters it is easily distinguished from the succeeding. The
females of the two species are, however, very much alike, both having the
upper tail coverts red or scarlet. In the female of the present bird the circular
spots on the abdomen are smaller and more numerous than in the succeeding.
In the Acad. Coll., specimens of this species are from more northern locations
than of the succeeding.
2. Spermospiza guttata, (Vieillot).
Loxia guttata, Vieill. Ois. Chant.
Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 68. ( £ ). Lath. Gen. Hist. v. pi. 87, ( J ).
% Adult. Much resembling the preceding, but with the chin, cheeks,
throat and breast bright scarlet, which also is the color of the upper tail co-
verts. All other parts of the plumage black, generally tinged with brown on
the abdomen. Bill shining metallic blue, both mandibles edged and tipped
with red. 9 Adult. Upper parts dark brownish ashy, upper tail coverts scar-
let, throat, cheeks, (enclosing the eyes) breast and sides bright scarlet, abdo-
men brownish black, with numerous circular spots of white. % Young.
1859.]
138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
148. Pyrenestes coccineus, Cassin.
Pyrenestes coccineus, Ca9sin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1848, p. 67.
Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pi. 30, fig. 2.
Specimens generally in young plumage. There are also in the present col-
lection two specimens evidently in quite immature plumage, which have the
bills so much weaker that I suspect they belong to a different species.
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda.
149. ESTRELDA. RUBRIVENTRIS, (Vieillot).
Fringilla rubriventris, Vieill.
Estrelda occideotalis, Jardine and Frazer, Cont. Orn. 1851, p. 156?
Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 13.
Several specimens in adult plumage from the Camma and Ogobai.
150. Estrelda melpoda, (Vieillot).
Fringilla melpoda, Vieill.
Vieill. Ois. Chant, pi. 7.
Numerous specimens from the Camma, and formerly from Cape Lopez.
151. Estrelda atricapilla, J. & E. Verreaux.
Estrelda atricapilla, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 421.
From the Camma, and formerly from the Muni and Moonda.
152. Spermestes poensis, (Fraser).
Amadina poensis, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1842, p. 145.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pi. 50, fig. 1.
Frequently received in Mr. Duchaillu's collections. From the Camma, and
formerly from the Moonda.
153. Spermestes cucdllata, Swainson.
Spermestes cucullata, Sw. B. of W. Afr., i. p. 201.
Von Miiller, Beitr. Orn. Afr. pi. 16.
Numerous specimens from the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly from the
Moonda and Cape Lopez.
154. Ortygospiza atricollis, (Vieillot).
Fringilla atricollis, Vieill.
Fringilla polyzona, Temm. PI. Col. 221, fig. 3?
Specimens from the Camma, like others formerly received from Cape Lopez,
have no trace of white on the throat nor around the eyes, though in all respects
they agree precisely with Vieillot's description cited above. In seven speci-
mens in the Acad Coll. labelled " F. polyzona, Temm. Gambia," the white
markings are invariably present as represented in Temm. PI. Col. 221, fig. 3.
155. Fringillaria tahapisi, (Smith).
" Emberiza tahapisi, A. Smith." Mr. Verreaux's label.
Entire plumage dull brownish black except the upper tail coverts which are
brick red, and a few feathers on the throat and breast which are scarlet.
Total length about bh inches, wing 2f, tail 2\ inches. Female rather
smaller.
Hab. — Equatorial Africa. Rivers Moonda and Camma. (Mr. Duchaillu).
The adult males of these two species are easily distinguished by the chin,
cheeks, and upper tail coverts being black in the first, and scarlet in the second
species, though they are very similar in size and general appearance. The
young males also are much alike, but that of S. guttata may always be recog-
nized by the upper tail coverts being dull red. The females are more difficult
to distinguish, both having the upper tail coverts scarlet or red in all ages. In
the female of £. hamatina, the red color of the cheeks frequently extends over
the frontal feathers, completely inclosing the base of the bill, which characters
I have never seen in that of S. guttata.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139
Specimens from the Camma, aud formerly from Cape Lopez.
136. Passer Swainsonii, (Ruppell).
Pyrgita Swainsonii, Riipp. Faun. Abyss.
Pyrgita simplex, Sw. B. of W. Afr. i. p. 208.
Riipp. Faun. Abyss, pi. 33, fig. 2.
157. CORYTHAIX MERIANI, Ruppell.
Corythaix Meriani, Riipp. Wiegm. Arch, xvii., p. 319.
Corythaix Verreauxii, Sehlegel, Cab. Jour.
" Corythaix persa." Cassin, Cat. of B. from Cape Lopez.
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai and formerly in all of Mr. Duchaillu's
collections. Appears to be a common bird in Equatorial Africa.
158. Turacus gigantbus, (Vieillot.)
Musophaga gigantea, Vieill.
Corythaix gigas, Stephens.
Crax cyanea, J. E. Gray.
Le Vaill. Prom. pi. 19.
Specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. 5 young. Head
without a crest, throat naked, bill dull black, colors generally as in adult but
duller, top of head black.
159. Bccekos atratus, Temminck.
Buceros atratus, Temm. PI. Col. ii., (liv. 94.)
Buceros poensis, Fraser, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1855, p. 136.
Temm. PI. Col. 558.
Both sexes from the Ogobai.
160. Buceros cylindricus, Temminck.
Buceros cylindricus, Temm. PI. Col.
Temm. PI. Col. 521.
A single specimen of the male in adult plumage from the Camma.
161. Buceros fistulator, Cassin.
Buceros fistulator, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1850, p. 68.
"Buceros leucostigma, Temm. Mus. Lugd." Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 162.
The young male or the female is described by me as above, and only in the
present collection have I ever seen the adult. It is larger than the dimensions
given in the description above referred to, but smaller than B. buccinator, Tem-
minck, which it resembles, though quite distinct.
<5 Adult. Two middle feathers of the tail, black, all the others white. Head
crested, the feathers of which are wide and rounded at the end. Head, breast,
sides and upper parts of body black, with a greenish lustre, rump, upper and under
tail coverts and abdomen, white. Primary quills black, secondaries entirely white,
tertiaries black tipped with white, under wing coverts white. Bill with its
upper segment distinct but small, under mandible rugose, (bill pale yellow in
dried skin, under mandible with a large space in the middle brownish black.)
Total length about 21£ inches, wing 9|, tail 8, bill 4, lateral width of bill 2
inches.
Hab. — Rivers Camma, Muni and St. Paul's, Western Africa. Mus. Acad.
Philada.
162. Berenicornis albocristatus, (Cassin.)
Buceros albocristatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada.
" Buceros macrourus, Temm. Mus. Lugd." Hartl. B. of W. Afr., p. 163.
Jour. Acad. Philada. i. pi. 15.
Numerous specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Muni and
Moonda. The description and figure as above is of the adult. In the younger
bird the cheeks are frequently black, and the quills anu wing coverts widely
tipped with white.
1859.]
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
163 Tockus fasciatds, (Shaw.)
Buceros fasciatus, Shaw.
Le Vaill. B. of Afr., pi. 233.
From the Carama and Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez
Apparently the most abundant bird of this family in Equatorial Africa.
164. Tockus camdrds, Cassin.
Tockus camurus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 319.
Several specimens from the Gamma, not different in any considerable degree
from those formerly received from Cape Lopez. This is the smallest species of
the group of Buceros.
165. Psittacus pachyrhynchus, Hartlaub.
Psittacus pachyrhynchus, Hartl. Verz. Mus. Brem. p. 88.
Psittacus magnirostris, Bonap. Consp. i. p. 5.
Psittacus Le Vaillantii, Lath. Ind. Orn. Supp. p. 23?
Several specimens in adult plumage from the Camma and also from the Mnni.
166. Pogonias hirsdtus, Swainson.
Pogonias hirsutus, Swains. Zool. 111. ii. pi. 72.
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda.
167. Barbatula Duchaillui, Cassin.
Barbatula Duchaillui, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1855, p. 324, (April.)
Buccanodon formosus, Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1855, p. 218, (May.)
Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1855, pi. 5.
Specimens from the Camma.
168. Barbatula subsulfurea, (Fraser.)
Bucco subsulfureus, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 3.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. pi. 52.
From the Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda.
169. Barbatula scolopacea, (Bonaparte.)
Xylobucco scolopacea, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 141.
"Bucco scolopaceus, Temm. Mus. Lugd." Bonap. as above.
Barbatula stellata, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 4?
Numerous specimens which appear to be this species, but apparently not
mature. From the Camma and Moonda.
170. Gymnobucco calvus, (Lafresnaye.)
Bucco calvus, Lafres. Rev. Zool.. 1841, p. 241.
A specimen in ttie present collection seems to be this species, though the
dimensions are rather larger than as given in the description above cited.
From the Ogobai.
171. Gymnobucco fuliginosa (Cassin.)
Barbatula fuliginosa, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1855, p. 324.
Gymnobucco Bonapartei, Verreaux, Cab. Jour., 1855, p. 102 ?
Numerous specimens have now been received from Mr. Duchaillu, not one of
which has the head above or any portion of it naked, nor are they in several
other respects as described by Mr. Verreaux as above. My present opinion is
that ornithologists are in error in regarding the two names above cited as sy-
nonymous. Sexes alike, and presenting no other characters than as given by me
in the description referred to above.
From the Camma and Ogobai and formerly from the Moonda.
A fine specimen of Gymnobucco Peli, Hartlaub, is in the Acad. Coll., having
been received from the Leyden Museum through the kindness of the late illus-
trious naturalist, Temminck. It is specifically quite distinct from either of the
species here given, though the investigation of the birds of this curious genus
is not without difficulties.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141
172. Trachyphonus purpuratus, Verreaux.
Trachyphonus purpuratus, J. & E. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851,
p. 260.
Apparently not rare in Equatorial Africa. From the Camma and formerly
from the Moonda.
173. Dendropicus gabonensis, (J. & E. Verreaux.)
Dendrobates gabonensis, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p, 513.
Numerous specimens from the Camma, nearly all of which, however, appeal-
to be immature.
174. Dendropicus nigriguttatus, (Verreaux.)
Dendromus nigriguttatus, Verreaux.
From the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda.
175. Dendromus Carolx, (Malherbe.)
Chloropicus Caroli, Malh. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 550.
Appears to be the most abundaut woodpecker in Equatorial Western Africa.
From the Camma and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez.
176. Dendromus brachyrhynchus, Swainson.
Dendromus brachyrhynchus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 160.
"Picus chloronotus, Cuvier," Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1852, p. 479.
Several specimens which appear to be this species, from the Camma.
177. Dendromus nivosus, Swainson.
Dendromus nivosus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 162.
Specimens from the Camma and Ogobai.
178. Dendromus africanus, (Gray) ?
Picus africanus, Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 18, (1831) ?
Both sexes of a species much resembling that described as above, but,
unfortunately, not in mature plumage. This bird belongs to the same group
as Picus namaquus, Lichtenstein, Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. vi., pi. 251, 252,
(which is the same as P. mystaceus, Vieill. and P. biarmicus, Cuvier,) and
Dendrobates schoensis, Riippell, Syst. Ueber, pi. 33.
It is very probably the species described by Gray, as above, but I prefer
inserting it doubtfully, hoping to receive mature specimens. From the
Camma, and formerly from Cape Lopez.
179. Dendromus.
In addition to the preceding species of "Woodpeckers, there are several
others in Mr. Duchaillu's collections, and especially in the present, from the
Camma, which are at least not easily referable to known species. In fact,
though with a large majority of known African species before me, in the
Acad. Coll., the investigation of the Woodpeckers alone in this collection
has required so much time, that I am under the necessity of abandoning it,
without satisfactory conclusions, so far as relates to several species.*
*The following species of Picidce, from Western Africa, are in the Academy
collection :
1. Dendropicus minutus, (Temminck).
2. Dendropicus obsoletus, (Wagler).
3. Dendropicus gabonensis, (Verreaux).
4. Dendropicus goertan, (Gmelin).
5. Dendropicus poliocephalus, (Swainson).
6. Dendropicus immaculatus, (Swainson).
7. Dendropicus pyrrhogaster, (.Malherbe).
8. Dendromus punctiligerus, (Wagler).
9. Dendromus chrysurus, Swainson.
10. Dendromus brachyrhynchus, Swainson.
1859.]
/
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
180. Indicator maculatus, G. R. Gray.
Indicator maculatus, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. ii., pi. 113.
Two specimens from the Ogobai, labelled as male and female, are precisely
as given by Mr. Gray in his excellent figure above cited, and are the first that
have ever come under my notice. This bird is certainly not the young of
I. major, to which authors seem inclined to assign it, though that species is
also spotted on the under parts in young plumage.
181. Melignothes exilis, Cassin.
Melignothes exilis, Cassin, Proc. Acad., Philada., 1856, p, 157.
Two other specimens in adult plumage, and corresponding in all respects
with that described by me, as above. From the Cauima.
182. Hetjerodes insignis, Cassin.
Hetserodes insignis, Cassin, Proc. Acad., hilada., 1856, p. 157.
One specimen only quite similar to that from the Moonda, described as
above cited. From the Camma.
183. Centropus Francisci, Bonaparte ?
Centropus Francisci, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 107 ?
A large species, the specimens of which are probably not in mature plumage,
but much like the descriptions cited above and given by Dr. Hartlaub. From
the Camma.
184. Centropus monachus, Riippell.
Centropus monachus, Riipp. Neu'e Wirb. Birds, p. 57, pi. 21, fig. 2.
Specimens in mature plumage quite identical with others from North
Eastern Africa, in the Academy collection. From the Camma,
185. Zanclostomus aereus, (Vieillot).
Cuculus aereus, Vieill. Eucy. Meth., p. 183.
Zanclostomus fiavirostris, Swains. B. of W. Afr. 12, p. 183.
Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr., pi. 215, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. pi. 19,
Evidently an abundant species. From the Ogobai and Rembo, and formerly
from the Moonda.
186. Cuculus gabonensis, Lafresnaye.
Cuculus gabonensis, Lafres. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1853, p. 60.
Two species in mature plumage from the Camma.
187. Chrtsococctx smaragdineus, (Swainson).
Chalcites smaragdineus, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 191.
In young plumage, and the only specimen of any species of this genu*
received from Mr. Duchaillu. From the Camma.
11. Dendromus nigriguttatus, Verreaux.
12. Dendromus Caroli, (Malherbe).
13. Dendromus nivosus, Swainson.
14. Dendromus africanus, (Gray) ?
In addition to which, are several undetermined species, and numerous
specimens of a little species in the Rivoli collection, labelled " Picus senega-
lensis," with the locality occasionally added, "Senegal." The latter appaars
to be the speoies described by Gmelin under this name, and figured by Bulfon,
PI. Enl. 345, fig. 2, but may not be an African bird. It apparently belongs to
the same generic group as species labelled "P. affinis,'n " Mesopicus Cecilii,"
and others in the Academy collection.
Properly, these birds belong to various groups or genera, and several of
them have strongly allied forms in Eastern Africa, and the same latitudes in
Asiatic Islands.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143
188. Treron nudirostris, (Swainson).
Vinago nudirostris, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 205.
Bonap. Hist. Nat. Pigeon3, pi. 3.
Received in all of Mr. Duchaillu's collections. From the Camma and
Ogobai.
189. Columba Malherbei, Verreaux.
Columba Malherbii, Verr. Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851, p. 514.
" Columba chalcauchenia, Gray," Hartl. Orn. W. Afr., p. 194.
Both sexes in mature plumage from the Camma.
190. Columba iriditorques, Cassin.
Columba iriditorques, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1856, p. 157.
Numerous specimens from the Camma. Sexes alike.
191. Columba unicincta, nobis.
% Head above and neck light cinereous, back and upper wing coverts dark
lead color, every feather edged with light bluish cinereous, giving a squamose
or scale-like character to those parts ; rump and upper tail coverts dark lead
color more obscurely edged with bluish ashy. Upper parts pale vinaceous,
nearly white on the throat and pale ashy on the sides and flanks, middle
of abdomen, tibife, and under tail coverts white. Quills ashy black, narrowly
edged externally with white ; tail dark lead color, nearly black, with one wide
transverse band of white across the middle of all the feathers. Under wing
coverts dark cinereous. Bill dark greenish at base ; tip of both mandibles
yellow ; feet black or horn color. A large, naked space around the eye red or
dark yellow.
Total length about 13 inches, wing 8, tail 5 inches.
Hab. — River Ogobai, Western Africa. Discovered by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu.
A single specimen labelled as a male of this species is in the collection from
the Ogobai, and I have failed to identify it with any species or description
which has come under my notice ; nor does it resemble any other species
known to me in such degree as to render it necessary to point out comparative
distinctions. It seems to belong to the group Palumbus, though it appears
to me to approach Carpopkaga more nearly than any species that I have yet
seen from Africa, and its general appearance is somewhat like that of the
plainer species of that group (C. cineracea, rosacea and others). It is entirely
without any white or black collar, or other markings on the neck, and the
present specimen has no metallic tint whatever on any part, though having
all the characters of an adult bird.
Though of very plain colors, this is a large and handsome species, and I
regard it as one of the most interesting birds in the present collection. A
single specimen only is from the River Ogobai.
192. Turtur ertthrophrts, Swainson.
Turtur erythrophrys, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 207, pi. 22.
Numerous specimens from the Camma, and formerly from the Moonda.
193. Peristera tympanistria, (Temminck).
Columba tympanistria, Temm. Pig., pi. 36.
Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. vii., pi. 272.
Specimens from the Camma, and formerly from the Muni.
194. Peristera puella, Schlegel.
Peristera puella, Schleg. Beydr. Dierk, i. p. 19, pi. 6.
Specimens of this beautiul species are from the Camma and Ogo' ">i, and
formerly from the Muni. The adult male is represented in the very handsome
figure cited above, but the sexes are not to be distinguished, except by tne
rather smaller size and duller colors of the female.
1859.]
144 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
195. Peristera afra, (Linnaeus).
Columba afra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 284, (1766).
Riipp. Syst. Uebers., pi. 38, Buff. PL Enl. 160.
Apparently an abundant species on the Camma and Ogobai, and formerly
received in Mr. Duchaillu's collections, from the Moonda and. Muni. This
seems to be the species figured by Riippell, as above and described by that
author and others, as C. chalrospilos.
196. Peristera chalcospilos, (Wagler).
Columba chalcospilos, Wagler, Syst. Av. sp. 83, (1827).
Le Vaill Ois. d'Afr. vii., pi. 271.
Two species very nearly allied have been received in Mr. Duchaillu's collec-
tion from the Camma. The present bird has the spots on the quills constantly
lustrous metallic green, not purple, as in the preceding. It appears to be the
species indicated by the Prince Bonaparte, under the name here adopted in
Conspectus Avium ii. p. 68, though not agreeing with his description in all
particulars.
[To be continued.]
Notes on a Collection of Japanese Fishes, made by Dr. J. Morrow.
BY THEO. GILL.
The collection of Japanese fishes, which it is now proposed to notice, has
been submitted to us by Prof. Baird, of the Smithsonian Institution, and was
formed during the expedition to Japan, under the command of Commodore
Perry. It contains specimens of eighteen species, six of which are believed to
be new. All the remaining, with exception of two species, (Gasterotokeut
biaculeatus of Meckel and Amphiprion frenatus, Brevoort,) have been previously
described as inhabitants of Japan, by Temminck and Schlegel, in the Ichthyo-
logical portion of the Fauna Japonica.
Acanthopterygii Cuv.
Scorp^enoid^e Sw., Girard.
APISTIN.E Gill.
1. Gymnapistes rubripinnis.
Apistus rubripinnis Tem. and Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 49, pi. xxii. fig. 2.
Apistus rubripinnis Brevoort, Notes on figures of Japanese Fish, p. 10, ib. in
Narrative Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 262, pi. vi. fig. 5.
This fish belongs to Svvainson's genus Gymnapistes, established for those
species of the Ap i s t u s of Cuvier which are destitute of scales, and all of
whose pectoral rays on each side are connected by the membrane and form a
single entire fin.
Swainson has entirely perverted the name of Apistus, or Apistes as it is
spelled by him, by applying it to Cuvier's genus M i n o u s , which latter name
he has probably abolished on account of its barbarous origin. As the barbarity
of a name is not sufficient to authorize such an act, M i n o u s must be restored
to the genus for which it was first used, and Apistus may be retained for
the first Cuvieran section of the group embraced under that name.
MONOCENTROID/E Gill.
The peculiar and cavernous nature of the bones of the head and the large
osseous shields of the body appear to detach the genus Monocentris from
the other families of the Cataphracti.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145
MoNOCENTKINiE Gill.
2. Monocentris Japonic us.
Monocentris Japonicus Brevoort, Notes on Figures of Jap. Fish, p. 10 ; ib. in
Narrative Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 262, pi. vi. fig. 6.
A single specimen of this fish is in the collection of Dr. Morrow. The figure
accompanying the above cited memoir of Mr. Brevoort is a very accurate repre-
sentation of its form. In spirits, the plates are of a brown brass color, and the
interspaces are blackish. The specimen is of the size figured in the plate. Is
there more than one species of the genus ? or does the young differ in form from
the adult?
Scombroids Cuv.
Trichiurinje Bon.
3. Trichiurus Japonicus.
Trichiurus Japonicus Blkr. Verhand. von Batav. Genootschop, vol. 26, Nieuwe
Nalez, Ich. Jap., p. 98. 1857.
This species has been fully described by Dr. Bleeker in his recent Memoir on
the Fishes of Japan and their geographical distribution. One specimen was
obtained by Dr. Morrow.
ECHENEIDOID.B Bon.
ECHENEIDINS Bon.
4. Echeneis naucrates.
A single specimen of the species identified by Temminck and Schlegel with
the Linnaean Echeneis naucrates was obtained by Dr. Morrow. It has twenty-
four plates in its disc, and the sides of the caudal fin are posteriorly bordered
with white.
Gobioids Cuv.
Gobins Bon., Gill.
5. Acanthogobius flavimanus.
Gobius flavimanus Tem. and Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 141, pi. lxxiv.
fig- 1.
An individual of this species, five inches in length, was obtained by Dr.
Morrow.
6. Rhinogobius s i m i 1 i s Gill. — This fish has a great superficial resem-
blance to Acanthogobius flavimanus, but differs generically in the naked
sides of the head and in the normal number of dorsal spines.
The head is as elongated as that of A. f 1 a v i m a n u s , but is more gibbous
between the eyes and jaws ; it forms nearly a quarter of the entire length, in-
clusive of the caudal. The eyes are moderately large, and are placed midway
between the snout and operculum. There are about twenty-eight scales in a
lateral row on the side.
1 1
D vi, 1, 7 - A 1, 7 - C 9, 7, 7, 9, P 18, V, 1, 5 + 5, 1.
1 1
The color is tawny, punctured with black above, and darker on the profile
and operculum, and there is on each side a row of five large dark spots. The
second dorsal is irregularly clouded ; the other fins are immaculate.
This species would answer quite well to the description of Gobins P f 1 a u m i i
of Bleeker, were it not for the elongated form of the head. It agrees with that
species in the clear fins and in the number of scales on the sides.
The genera to which the two Gobinie of this catalogue are referred, are fully
described in a Memoir on the Gobinae of the North Pacific Expedition, commu-
nicated to the Lyceum of Natural History of New York.
1859.]
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Luciogobius Gill.
Eody naked, elongated and slender, with the height nearly uniform
to he caudal fin, anteriorly cylindrical ; head depressed, above elongated
oval swollen on the sides, and with a central linear depression ; eyes
widel separated, entirely in the anterior half of the head, small and covered
by tb skin ; mouth nearly horizontal, moderately large and extending under
the e; es ; teeth pluriserial on the jaw, largest in the external row, not passing
to th corner of the mouth ; vomer and palatine toothless; tongue large, free
and i eeply emarginated anteriorly : branchial apertures small, nearly vertical
and nterior to the bases of the pectorals ; branchiostegals four on each side ;
doisal fin nearer the caudal than the head, single and oblong, preceded by
one or two simple inarticulated rays ; anal opposite the dorsal ; caudal rounded ;
pectorals rounded, with the rays entirely connected by the membrane and with
veitical bases ; ventrals small, united in a simple infundibuliform basin, and
each composed of a spine and five-branched rays ; interspinal membrane low ;
lateral line obsolete.
This is the type of a very distinct tribe of the Gobioids, well characterized
by the esociform position of the dorsal and anal fins, and by the very small
number of simple rays. In the latter respect, they are represented in the other
families of Acanthopterygians by 0 p h i c e p h a 1 u s , Bl., Aphredoderus,
Les., Ichthyoscopus, Sw., Aspidophoroides, Lac, Pseud o-
cliromis, Rup., &c.
In the form of the head it has a slight resemblance to Trimnophorun, Gill.
7. L. guttatus Gill. — The body is much elongated and imperceptibly
declines to the caudal fin. The height at the pectorals is between a twelfth
and thirteenth of the extreme length, and near the caudal, it is rather more
than a seventeenth of the same length.
The head is oblong oval above ; it forms about two-ninths of the total length ;
its breadth equals five-ninths of* the length, and is twice as great as the height.
The dorsal is situated slightly anteriorly to the sixth-tenth of the extreme
length ; it is oblong and sustained by two inarticulate and twelve branched
rays. The anal is under the dorsal, and has thirteen rays, the first of which
is small and inarticulate.
The body is brown, thickly punctured with black; the caudal, dorsal and
pectoral fins are also dotted with black.
A single specimen of the length of two inches and a half is in the collection
Bi.ennoid;e Raf.
Centronotinje Gill.
8. Centronotus s a b f r e n a t u s Gill. — This species differs from the pre-
viously known Japanese species of the genus C. c r a s s i s p i n n i s , (Gun-
nellus crns.nspinnis Temtn. and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 139,) C.
nebulosus (Gunnellus nebulosus, T. S. I.e.,) and C. dolichogaster
(Gunncllus dolichogaster, Brevoort,) by the presence of an almost vertical band,
margined on each side by purplish-whi e, which passes from the lower border
of the eye to the margin of the preopercle behind the lower jaw. A widely
curved band of purplish-white with a row of black dots passes from eye to
eye ; the convexity of the curve is posterior. The body is reddish-brown with
a dorsal band of black, and with a la eral row of large confluent black spots.
The fins are immaculate, but the posterior margin of the caudal is white. The
dorsal has from seventy-six to seventy nine spines.
Several specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Morrow, but only one
of them is in a good state of preservation.
As the name of C e n t r o n o t u s was given to the Cuvieran Gunnelli
before its application to a Scombroid genus by Lacepede, and subsequently by
Mitchell, there is no reason why it should not be retained for the present genus.
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147
Schneider has well restricted it in the Systema Ichthyologias of Bloch,* assign-
ing to it the same essential characters as Cuvier himself.
Aolostomatoid^e Raf. 1810.
FlSTULARIAN^E Bon.
9. Fistularia immaculata Comm.
Two small specimens of this species were obtained at Simoda.
PSEUDOCHROMIDOIDiE Mull.
PSEUDOCHROMIDINVE Gill.
10. Cichlops Japonicus Gill. — This species scarcely differs in general form
from its congeners, and is very nearly allied to the C. cyclop h thai m us of
Muller and Troschel. It is chiefly distinguished from that species by the
position of the bases of the ventrals, under the lower angles of those of the
pectorals. The color is tawny, much darker in the centres of the scales on the
back and on the sides above the pectorals. The posterior border of the orbit is
margined by a black crescent. The dorsal has a few minute black dots. The
membranous margin of the preopercle presents the appearance of being sus-
tained by rays. There are about fifty-two scales in a longitudinal row along
the sides.
D ii. 25, A iii. 14, C 6, 9, 8, 5, P 19, V i. 5.
The single specimen in the collection has a length of little more than four
inches.
(Pharyngognathi Mull.)
Pomacentroid.e Bon.
PoMACENTRINiE Bon.
11. Pomacentrus dorsal is Gill. — The body is oblong oval, with its abdomi-
nal outline more arched than its dorsal. The head is small, and its outline
from the nape to the snout is straight. The eye is large and near the profile.
The suborbital has a simple, strong tooth directed horizontally backwards, and
separated by a semi-elliptical sinus from the body of the bone. The suborbi-
tal beneath the eye has also one or two small vertical processes. There are
about twenty-five scales in a longitudinal row on the side.
D xiii. 15, A ii. 15, C 3, 9, 8, 3, or 5, 1, 5, 6, 1, 5, P 18, V i. 5.
The color is brown, with one or two obscure bluish dots on each posterior
scale of the sides. The operculum and preoperculum have a few more distinct
ones, and there is also a distinct black dot at the scapular angle of the
operculum. A large black spot, bordered anteriorly by bluish white, is on the
postericr rays of the dorsal. There is a black dot at the upper angle of the
base of the pectoral. The ventrals are purple; the caudal yellow towards
the base.
One specimen is in the collection ; its length is nearly three and a half
inches.
12. Glyphidodon coelestinus. — This species does not appear to have
been previously found at Japan. Two specimens are in the collection of Dr.
Morrow.
TheG. smaragdinus Brevoortf appears to be quite distinct from this species,
if the figure given in the Notes on Japanese Fish is correctly drawn. It is much
*Corpusgracile, pinna dorsi longitudinalis, tota aculeata: Syst. Ich., Schneid.,
p. 165, 1801.
f Notes on some figures of Japanese Fi*h, p. 12, pi. vi. fig. 3 ; ibid, in Narra-
tive Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 264, pi. vi. fig. 3.
1859.]
148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
higher than G. ccelestinus, the bands are not as distinct, and the first and
last ones of G. c oe 1 e s ti n u s are obsolete ; it is still more distinguished by
the absence of the longitudinal submarginal black bands of the caudal, so
distinct in G. ccelestinus. The number of dorsal spines appears to be the
same in both species.
Amphiprionin^s Gill.
13. Amphiprion frenatus Brev. — Notes on figures of Japanese Fish, p. 11,
ib. in Narrative Expedition to Japan, vol. 2, p. 26J, pi. vi. fig. 4. 1856.
The color of this species, as preserved in alcohol, is very different from
that of the living fish. The ground color is tawny. The oblique band behind
the eye is purplish white, bordered on each side by black. There are nine
spinous rays in the dorsal fin. The groups of radiating opercular ridges
terminating in spines, and which are characteristic of the Amphiprion in re, are
perfectly distinct, although they are not shown in the above quoted figure.
Two specimens of the species were collected by Dr. Morrow.
Labroid^ Cuv.
Labrin^: Bon.
14. Julis cupido Tem. and Schl. — One specimen is in the collection
formed by Dr. Morrow.
15. Halichceres py rr h ogr am m a.
Julis pyrrhogramma Tem. and Schl., Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 170 ; pi.
lxxxvi. fig. 2.
A single specimen is in the collection.
Stnentognathi Gill.
The abdominal Malacopterygian Pharyngognaths of Dr. Miiller do not
appear to belong to the same natural order as the Pomacentroids and
allied fishes. If the coalescence or separation of the inferior pharyngeal
bones is to be esteemed as of ordinal value, the two sections that have been
confounded under the name of Pharyngognathi should be at least separated, and
regarded as disiinct orders. In such a case, the above name may be used to
embrace the Exocceti, Scomberesoces, &c. There is so striking a
parallelism between the genera of Acanthopterygian Pharyngognaths and the
true Acanthopterygians, that a doubt may be even entertained whether the
pharyngeals are of really ordinal value in classification. Certain it is, that
no less than three genera that actually belong to the Pharyngognathi of Miiller,
were confounded by Cuvier himself with genera of the Mullerian Acanthopteri,
Pterophyllum of Heckel being referred to Platax, Astronotus of
Swainson to Lobotes and Amblodon of Rafinesque to C o r v i n a . The
connection of those respective genera appears, however, to be one of analogy
rather than of affinity.
Scomberesoces Mull.
Hemikhamphinje Gill.
16. Hemirhamphus occipitalis Gill. — The height is scarcely contained
twelve times in the length from the upper jaw to the end of the caudal fin. The
head forms nearly a fifth of the same length, and its height is contained between
two and two and a half times in its length. The eyes are large, the diameter
of an orbit exceeding a fourth of the length of the head, and equalling the
interorbital space. The upper jaw is triangular, longer than wide, and acutely
rounded; the distance from the middle of its side to the orbit equals an orbit's
diameter. The lower jaw, from the corner of the mouth to the tip, is more
than a half greater than the length of the head, and forms a fourth of the
extreme length. The dorsal fin commences between the sixth and seventh of
[April,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149
the length from the upper jaw to the end of the caudal, and is entirely over
the anal. The pectorals, when bent forwards, reach at least to the centre of
the pupil.
D 13, A 14, &c.
The general color is chocolate brown, with the usual lateral silver band
broader between the dorsal and anal. A number of small purplish dots, and
a few larger ones, form a triangular area on the occipital region, the apex of
which is posterior, and tbe base emarginated : and from the angles of the
base, two bands of spots proceed, and converge anteriorly. Above the orbit,
there is also a pale bluish area dotted with black.
A single specimen of this species, little more than four inches in length, is
in the same collection. The color is much changed, or, at least, is quite
distinct from that of most other species of the genus, but resembles more that
of Hemirhamphus Gerncerti of Valenciennes.
It does not agree with the description of any of tbe known species of the
genus. The H. Gernaerti Val. appears to be its nearest ally, but the beak
of that species is said to be the fifth of the total length, and no mention i?
made of any peculiarity in the coloration of the head. The H. intermedins
of Cantor and Richardson differs in the number of rays, in color and in propor-
tions. H. S a jo r i of Temminck and Scblegel is distinguished by its short beak.
Jn H. japonicus of Brevoort, the anal appears to commence nearly under
the middle of the dorsal, and the beak is also shorter. The present appears,
therefore, to be undescribed.
LOPHOBRANCHri CuV.
Syngnathoid^e Bon.
SoLEGNATHINvE Gill.
17. Gasterotokeus biaculeatus Heckel. — This species, although widely
distributed in the Eastern seas, and common on the Chinese coasts, has not
been previously noticed as an inhabitant of Japan. Two specimens were
obtained there by Dr. Morrow.
Syngnathin^e Bon.
18. Syngnathus S c h 1 e g e 1 i Kaup.
Sygnathus tenuirostris, Tern, and Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 273, pi.
cxx. fig. 6, (non Rathke).
Sygnathus SchlegeWK&wp, catalogue Lophobranchii in British Museum, p. 46.
Two specimens of this species are also in the collection of Dr. Morrow.
The paper entitled " Observations upon the relations existing be-
tween Food, and the capabilities of men to resist low Temperatures, by
I. I. Hayes, M. D.," was, on report of the Committee of the Biological
Department, to which it had been referred, recommended to be pub-
lished in a Medical Journal.
The following resolutions, presented by the Committee on Proceed-
ings, were adopted :
Resolved, That the subscription to the Proceedings after the present
year be increased to two dollars.
Resolved, That the Committee appointed to examine papers offered
for publication in the Proceedings, be instructed, when it may be
deemed expedient, to confer with the Committee on Proceedings, with
n view to procure greater condensation of the material to be printed.
In accordance with the first of these resolutions, the recommendation
of the Committee on Publication fund, fixing the price of commutation
1859.]
12
150 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
of subscription to the Proceedings at twenty-five dollars was concurred
in.
The following was adopted :
Resolved, That the price of the volumes of Proceedings for 1857 and
'58, already completed, and that for 1859 when completed, be uniform
with that of the previously published volumes, (two dollars.)
May 3d,
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Thirty-eight members present.
Dr. Leidy called attention to a fragment of jaw of Mososaurus pre-
sented this evening, in which the tooth of succession was preserved in
the cavity beneath the worn projecting tooth.
Dr. Carson exhibited some Chinese chemicals, and remarked specially
upon a calomel in crystalline scales resembling boracic acid, which was
formed by the empirical process of subliming a mixture of alum, com-
mon salt and mercury. It is quite free from corrosive sublimate.
May 10th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Forty-nine members present.
The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceed-
ings
Description of a third genus of Hemiram pilings, by Theodore Gill.
Description of seven new species of Uniones, &c, by Isaac Lea.
And were referred to Committees.
Dr. R. E. Rogers, by request of the Academy, gave a lecture on the
correlation of forces, illustrated with numerous experiments, showing
the mutual convertiblity of different kinds of force.
The number of the Proceedings of the Academy for April was laid
on the table.
May 11th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Forty-nine members present.
Dr. Leidy called attention to specimens of Palseotrochus presented
this evening by Prof. E. Emmons, from subsilurian strata : he stated
that its organic nature had been denied by able authorities, but con-
sidered that its symmetry and uniformity were in favor of its being a
fossil; it had most strongly the appearance of a coral.
Dr. Le Conte had seen a similar body of larger size from the copper-
bearing rocks of Point Keewenaw, Lake Superior. He could not con-
ceive that such numbers of masses of similar form could arise from
molecular action forming concretions.
[May7
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151
Prof. Emmons exhibited a drawing of a fossil head, supposed to be-
long to Clepsysaurus, found in Chatham Co., North Carolina: it was
covered with plates, some of which were exhibited, and had a very
elongated slender snout, expanded at the tip, with the nostrils situated
at the base.
May 2iik.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Seventy-seven members present.
A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
Ichthyological Notices by Charles Girard, M. D.
And one for publication in the Journal, entitled New Unionidas of
the United States, by Isaac Lea.
Which were referred to Committees.
The death, at Berlin, of Baron Alexander von Humboldt, late a Cor-
respondent of the Academy, was announced.
May olst.
Viee-President Bridges in the Chair.
Fifty-one members present.
The Report of Proceedings of the Biological Department for the
present month was read.
On report of committees of the Biological Department, the papers
entitled, The Pathological Relations of Cancer, by J. H. Packard, M.D.,
and On two new varieties of Wourari, Carroval and Vao, by William
A. Hammond, M. D., and S. Weir Mitchell, M. D., were recommended
for publication in a medical journal.
On report of the respective Committees, the paper entitled, New
Unionidae, of the'United States, by Isaac Lea, was ordered to be publish-
ed in the Journal.
And the following in the Proceedings :
Descriptions of Twenty-one New Species of Exotic TJNIQNIDiE.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio sikkimensis. — Testa, lasvi, obovata, insquilaterali, subinflata, postice
obtuse biangulata ; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis ; epiderinide
luteo-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, brevibus crenulatis.
in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus brevibus subcurvisque ; margarit;!
alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Sikkim, India. H. Cuming and Prof. Hanley.
Unio dimindtis. — Testa plicata, corrugata, subsulcata, elliptica, insquilaterali,
eonipressa, postice obtuse angulata ; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus subpromi-
nentibus, aJ apices undulatis acuminatisque; epidermide lutea eradiatiique ;
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque
valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus subbrevibus rectisque ; rnargarita, pallido-sal-
ynonia et iridescente.
Hab. — East Africa. H. Cuming and Prof. Hanley.
1359.]
152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Unio plicatui-us. — Testa, minute plicata, valde oblonga, compressa, valde
inaequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus prominu-
lis; epidermide luteo-fusca, radiata ; dentibus cardiualibus obliquis, laruellatis,
longis, pertenuibus, dente cardinali valvulae dextrse duplici; lateralibus longis,
acicularis rectisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Borneo. H. Cuming.
Unio navigioliformis. — Testa, minute plicata, valde oblonga, subinflata, valde
inaequilaterali, postice truncata et subemarginata, ad basim emarginata, antice
ovato-rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide
tenebroso-fusca, eradiata,, micante ; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, obliquis,
compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus praelongis subcurvisque :
margarita alba et iridescente.
Hub. ? H. Cuming.
Unio fluctiges. — Testa perplicata, subtransversa, compressa, valde inaequi-
laterali, postice subrotundata, ad basim subemarginata; valvulis tenuibus:
natibus parvis, prominulis ; epidermide luteo-oliva, transverse et minute striata,
eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, obliquis, compressis, in utroque val-
vulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis subrectisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba et
iridescente.
Hab. ? H. Cuming.
Unio mctabilis. — Testa, laevi, late elliptica, subcompressa, valde inaequilate-
rali, ad basim subrecta ; valvulis tenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus promi-
nulis, ad apices undulatis, fere terminalibus ; epidermide castanea, nitida et
eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali-
bus praelongis subcurvisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba. et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Brisbane Water, Australia; New Zealand, E. Cuming ; and Murray
River, Australia, W. Newcomb, M. D.
Unio Thwaitsii. — Testa, laevi, regulariter elliptica, subinflata, inaequilaterali :
valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide castanea, polita, trans-
verse" fasciata; dentibus cardinalibus valde compressis, lamellatis, valde obliquis,
in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis curvisque ; marga-
rita, salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.
Hab. — Ceylon. Mr. Thwaites, by H. Cuming.
Unio melleus. — Testa, sulcata, elliptica, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali :
valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices
minute undulatis ; epidermide melina, obsolete radiata, nitida ; dentibus car-
dinalibus subgrandibus, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; la-
teralibus sublongis, subrectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; margarita salmo-
nis colore tincta et iridescente.
Hab.— ? H. Cuming.
Unio Dysonii. — Testa sulcata,, elliptica, subinflata. inaequilaterali, postice
subbiangulari ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis,
ad apices laevibus ; epidermide straminea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus
crassiusculis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus
longis subcurvisque ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Honduras. D. Dyson.
Unio Demararaensis. — Testa sulcata, rhomboido-oblonga, subinflata, inae-
quilaterali, postice obtuse angulata; valvulis crassiusculis ; natibus prominu-
lis, ad apices undulatis divergentibus ; epidermide olivo-fusca, eradiata ; denti-
bus cardinalibus crassiusculis, erectis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus :
lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita alba, et iridescente.
Hab. — Demarara. II. Cuming.
Unio Mauritianus. — Testa, laevi, elliptica, compressa, inaequilaterali; valvulis
pertenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide olivo-lutea, nitida, obsolete ra-
[May,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153
uata; dentibus cardinalibus minimis, compressis, obliquis ; lateralibus
longis, acicularis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et paulisper iridescente.
Hab. — Island of Mauritius. H. Cuming.
Unio vittatus. — Testa crebre et leviter sulcata, elliptica, inflata, inaequila-
terali ; natibus prominentibus ; epidermide luteo-oliva, nitida., eradiata, trans-
Verse vittata ; dentibus cardinalibus sublongis, compressis, obliquis ; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Australia, H. Cuming.
Unio persulcatus. — Testa crebre sulcata, oblonga., valde inasquilaterali,
compressa, postice subangulata. ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis ; epi-
dermide virido-fusca, radiis capillaris ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, sulcatis
crenulatisque ; lateralibus sublongis rectisque ; margarita purpurea et valde
iridescente.
Hab. — Mexico. Prof. Hanley.
Unio Shanghaiensis. — Testa, laevi, valde transversa, valde inaequilaterali, in-
flata, cj-lindracea, postice subbiangulata. ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassi-
oribus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices corrugatis et plicatis ; epidermide
tenebrosc-oliva, nitida, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis,
compressis, crenulatis, rectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus prae-
longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Shanghai, China, H. Cuming.
Unio Layardii. — Testa, laevi, elliptica, inflata, postice obtuse angulata, antice
regulariter rotundata, subeequilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis; natibus promi-
nulis ; epidermide valde polita, micante, tenebroso-fusca, nigricante ; dentibus
cardinalibus longis, lamellatis, obliquis, in valvulam dextram duplicibus ;
lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; magarita. alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Ceylon. Frederick Layard.
Unio japanensis. — Testa, plicata, oblonga,, antice subsulcata, subcompressa,
postice subbiangulata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice
paulisper crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, mi-
cante ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, elevatis, crenulatis, in utroque
valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis subcurvisque; margarita alba et valde
iridescente.
Hab. — Japan. H. Cuming.
Unio Somatrensis.— Testa plicata, subtriangulari, subventricosa, postice sub-
biangulata, inaequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis; natibus subprominentibus;
epidermide micante, luteo-oliva,, postice virente ; dentibus cardinalibus lamel-
latis, compressis, obliquis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus subbrevi-
bus curvisque ; margarita alba, et iridescente.
Hab. — Sumatra. H. Cuming.
Unio Rowellii.— Testa, sulcata, elliptica, subinflata, postice obtuse angu-
lata, inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus
prominulis, ad apices undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusca, obsolete radiata; den-
tibus cardinalibus compressis, elevatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus,
lateralibus subrectis sublongisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Cha,gres River, New Granada. Rev. Joseph Rowell.
Unio Wilsonii. — Testa crebre et leviter sulcata, '.transverse elliptica, subin-
flata,, valde inaequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices
laevibus ; epidermide olivo-viridescente, nitida, obsolete radiata ; dentibus car-
dinalibus parvis, lamellatis et obliquis ; lateralibus longis, acicularis subrec-
tisque ; margarita coeruleo-alba, et iridescente.
Hab.— Eastern Branch of Isaac's Plain. New South Wales, T. B. Wilson
M. D.
1859]
154 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Anodonta Dahomeyensis. — Testa lsevi, transversa, subinflata, ad latere com-
pressa, ad basim emarginata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus
subprominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-oliva, striata, eradiata; margarita
caeruleo-alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Dahomey, West Africa. Mr. Fraser, by_H. Cuming.
Anodonta Senegalensis. — Testa, lcevi, transversa, subinflata, ad latere vei
planulata vel compressa, ad basim subemarginata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvu-
lis crassiusculis ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices minute et oblique undn-
latis ; epidermide tenebroso-vhidescente, nitida, eradiata; margarita vel caeni-
leo-alba vel salmonis colore tincta et iridescente.
Hab.— ^Senegal. J. C. Jay, M. D., E. Verreaux and H. Cuming.
Descriptions of Two New Species of UNIONES, from Georgia.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio fibuloides. — Testa, laevi, subrotunda, inflata, subaequilateraii ; valvulis
crassis, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus crassis et valde prominentibus ;
epidermide vel fusca vel luteo-fusca, antice striata ; dentibus cardinalibus
crassis, compressis crenulatisque ; lateralibus curtis, crassis, rectis granula*
tisque ; margarita alba, et iridescente.
Hab, — Connasauga River, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.
Unio cojipactcs. — Testa laevi, triangulari, subinflata, ad latere planulata,
postice angulata, inaequilaterali; valvulis crassis; natibus elevatis ; epidermide
luteo-oliva, radiis maculatis capillaris creberrimis ; dentibus cardinalibus par-
vis, erectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus curtis, crassis rectisque ;
margarita alba, et iridescente.
Hab. — Etowah River, Georgia. Bishop Elliott, and Rev. G. White.
Descriptions of seven new species of UNIONES from South Carolina, Florida,
Alabama and Texas.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio cacao. — Testa, laevi, oblonga, subquadrata, compressa, ad latere planu-
lata, postice obtuse angulata, inasquilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis, antice cras-
sioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide castanea, superne micante, inferne
striata; dentibus cardinalibus crassiusculis, striatis, suberectis, in utroque
valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus curtis, lamellatis rectisque; margarita purpures-
'■ente et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Chacktahachie River, West Florida. Major Le Conte.
Unio hepaticus. — Testa, lsevi, ovato-oblonga, compressa, postice late biangu-
lata, inaequilaterali; valvulis subtenuibus; natibus prominulis; epidermide
micante, hepatica, vel eradiata vel obsolete radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
subelevatis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis
subrectisque ; margarita pupurescente et valde iridescente.
Hab. Salkakatche River, South Carolina. J. Postell.
Unio viridiradiatus. — Testa. la?vi, late" elliptica,, compressa, postice dilatata.
et obtuse angulata, autice regulariter rotundata, valde insequilaterali ; valvulis
subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices minute et irregulariter undulatis ;
epidermide subnitida, radiis crebris capellaris ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
'.•renulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrec-
tisque ; margarita purpurea et valde iridescente.
Hab. Big Uchee, Alabama, near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck.
Unio macrodon. — Testa laevi, triangulari, compressa, subaequilateraii, postice
[May,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA* 155
rmgulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus subelevatis, ad apices minute undulatis
epidermide luteola, striata ; dentibus cardinalibus permaguis, subcompressis.
elevatis, obliquis crenulatisque ; lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita argentea
et iridescente.
Ilab. Rutcrsville, Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey.
Unio Houstonensis. — -Testa lavi, subrotunda, subinflata, ffiquilaterali, ad
latere paulisper planulata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus
elevatis, ad apices paulisper undulatis ; epidermide laevi, virido-lutea, vel era-
diata vel obsolete radiata,; deutibus cardinalibus magnis, erectis, crenulatis •
lateralibus curtis subrectisque ; margarita argentea et iridescente.
Ilab. Houston, Texas. F. Moore, M. D.
Unio Rctersvillensis. — Testa lsevi, transverse elliptica, subinflata, valde
inaequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice paulisper
crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices regulariter et elegantissime undu-
latis ; epidermide vel fusca vel luteo-fusca et valde radiata; dentibus cardina-
libus parvis, compressis, acuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus :
lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita. ceruleo-alba et valde
iridescente.
Ilab. Rutersville, Fayette Co., Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey.
Unio Forsheyi. — Testa valde et minute tuberculatum, subquadrangulari, com-
pressa, subequilaterali, postice subbiangulata; valvulis subcrassis, antice cras-
sioribus ; natibus subelevatis, ad apices acuminatis et elegantissime perundu-
latis ; epidermide virido-lutea, substriata, obsolete radiata, submicante ; den*
tibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo dupli-
cibus, lateralibus rectis brevibusque ; margarita argentea et paulisper iridescente
Hab. Fayette Co., Texas. Prof. C. G. Forshey.
Description of a Third Genus of HEMIRHAMPHIN.2E,
BY THEO. GILL.
After the transmission to the Academy of Natural Sciences of the paper de-
scriptive of the genus Ilgporhamphus, Mr. James C. Brevoort placed in my hands
a species closely resembling those fishes which have been described as Hemi-
rhamphus lo7igirostris and //. macrorht/nchus. Mr. Brevoort at the same time
called my attention to the peculiar dentition of the species, there being evidently
tricuspidate teeth in the lower jaw, while those in the upper were simply coni-
cal. On an examination of the descriptions of the above mentioned species, as
given in the " Histoire Naturelle des Poissons," it is to be remarked that no al-
lusion is made to the shape of the teeth, but that they are in each described as
being very fine, immediately after the statement of the size of the upper jaw.
It is then to be presumed that M. Valenciennes only noticed the conical teeth,
for one of the characters that he has given of the genus is founded on the
presence of granular or conical ones. Could Valenciennes have overlooked the
teeth of the lower jaw, and only examined those of the upper? It appears to
me possible that he did, for it is scarcely to be believed that a fish so closely
resembling Hemirhamphus longirostris as the present species, could differ from
it in such important parts. I nevertheless offer this opinion with diffidence.
As Valenciennes has remarked, the teeth are very small, and as their forms can
only be discerned through a magnifier, they might have been easily overlooked,
unless the attention of the observer was particularly attracted to them. The
peculiarity of the different structure of the teeth in each jaw would scarcely have
been suspected by the naturalist as occurring in this tribe. If this supposition
is correct, as to the Hemirhamphus longirostris and H. macrorhynchus, those
species should be withdrawn from the genus Hemirhamphus and placed in an
allied one. Valenciennes would probably have himself done this, if he had
1859.]
156 PROCEEDINGS OiT THE ACADEMY OP
been aware that any such peculiarity as that signalized had existed. Certain
it is, that the species to be now described differs from Hemirhamphus, not only
in the dentition, but even more strikingly in general form, which at once dis-
tinguishes it from that genus, as it should be restricted, and approximates it
to the long billed and slender Hemirhamphus longiroslris. In the typical Ilemi-
rhamphi the body, although elongated and nearly uniform, is quite robust. In
the present genus (Euleptorhamphus) the proportional height is about half of
that in Hemirhamphus, and the beak is also much elongated. The pectorals are
again much longer than those of Hemirhamphus, and are pointed at their ex-
tremities, and they have been even compared by Valenciennes to those of the
Ezocozti. These characters sustain us in the belief that it forms the type of a
natural genus, and we now give its generic characters, those appertaining to the
subfamily being omitted.
EOLEPTORHAMPHUS Gill.
Body very slender and elongated, covered with large and high scales. The
eusiform, lower jaw, very long and slender, greatly exceeding the length of the
head. Teeth very small and panciserial in each jaw, tricuspidate in the lower
and subconical in the upper. Pectoral fins elongated and pointed. Anal with
all its rays, except the most anterior, simply branched.
EULEPTORHAMPHUS BrEVOORTII Gill.
The height between the vertical fins is contained between twelve and thirteen
times in the length from the opercular margin to the base of the caudal fin.
The head, from the end of the upper jaw to the margin of the operculum bears
a proportion to the length of the trunk of one to six and a third. The beak
forms about three-tenths of the extreme length inclusive of the caudal fin.
The eye is moderate, its diameter forming little, if at all, more than a fourth
of the head's length (exclusive of the beak). The interorbital space is equal
to a diameter. The pectorals slightly exceed three-elevenths of the length
of the trunk. The ventrals are nearer to the margin of the operculum than to
that of the caudal fin, and are very small, their length only equalling a sixth of
the pectorals. The dorsal commences nearer to the point of the caudal than to
the bases of the pectorals ; its base is about as long or even longer than the
length of the pectorals ; about three of its rays are in advance of the anal, and
its last ray is above or a little behind that of the same fin.
In the number of rays this species does not differ essentially from its con-
geners.
P 22 ; A 22 ; C 3, I, 8, 9, I, 5 ; P 8 ; V 6.
The scales appear to be firmly adherent to the body, especially on the silvery
portion. The color is tawny-yellow on the back and inferiorly on the tail ;
the head and the rest of the sides are brilliant silvery ; the silvery band is
quite straight above ; the beak is light or tawny-brown.
It appears that Euleptorhamphus Brevoortii is consequently more nearly allied
to E. longiroslris of Ouvier than to the E. macrorhynehus, the former offering no
important difference in its relative height, which is said to be comprised thir-
teen times in the trunk, measured from the operculum to the root of the tail ;
in E. macrorhynehus the height is not comprised much more than nine times in
the same length. With the latter, it is therefore unnecessary to compare the
present species ; from the former, it appears to differ specifically in some of its
proportions. The beak in E. longirosttis is said to be a quarter of the entire
length ; in E. Brevoortii it is three-tenths, or a little less than a third, and is
consequently almost as long proportionally as E. macrorhynehus. The eye in E.
longirostris is a third of the head's length in diameter ; in E. Brevoortii it is only
a quarter. The other variations in dimensions would not be sufficient to speci-
fically distinguish the two fishes, but as they do not very widely differ in size,
the variations that have been stated appear to be specific and not the results of
[May,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157
age. Valenciennes says that the scales ofE. longirostris appeared to him to
fall easily. The scales ofE.Brevoortii appear to me to be more than usually
adherent. If we are both correct, this difference will be important as specific.
The two fishes finally appear to differ in color, but the one that has been above
described has been apparently long preserved in alcohol.
The habitat of this species is unknown ; the species allied to it have been
hitherto found only in the Oriental seas.
ICHTH YOLOGICAL NOTICES.
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.
LX. A species of Fundulus, closely allied to F grandis, and of which we have
given a good figure of either sex, on Plate xxxvi of the "Ichthyology of the
United States and Mexican Boundiy, " was recently collected in Charlotte Bay,
Fla., and sent to the Smithsonian Institution.
The specimens obtained are of the male sex, the largest one measures four
inches and a half in total length, the head forming a little more than the
fourth of it. The eye is large and circular, the diameter of the orbit entering
about four times in the length of the side of the head. The maxillar teeth are
rather small and inconspicuous. The body has not the plump appearance of
F. grandis ; its greatest depth is less than the fourth of the total length. The
dorsal and anal fins are narrower than in F. grandis. The anterior margin of
the anal is nearer the posterior margin of the caudal than the apex of the snout;
that of the anal is equidistant between the pupil and the margin of the caudal.
The latter is rounded off or subtruncated. The anal is inserted somewhat
more anteriorly with reference to the dorsal than in F. grandis, and the tips of
the rays of the dorsal project a little further than those of the anal fin. The
ventrals are possibly smaller than in F. grandis, their extremities not reaching
quite the vent. The pectorals are of moderate size and extend as far back as a
vertical line drawn at the origin of the ventrals. The rays are : — D 12 ; A 11 ;
C 2, 1, 8, 8, 1, 2; V 6 ; P 1, 16. The scales are deeper than long, but propor-
tionally less so than in F. grandis. The head, dorsal region and flanks are
blackish brown, metallic white spots being scattered over the sides of the body
and tail. The abdomen is yellowish white The dorsal, caudal, and anal fins
olivaceous, checkered with black and white, the ventrals and pectorals being
olivaceous.
The name of Fundulus floridensis is bestowed upon this species.
LXI. We owe to our friend Dr. Thomas Webb, a species of Cyprinodon, col-
lected by him in the neighborhood of San Diego, Cal., while attached to the U.
S. and Mexican Boundary, under ex-Commissioner P.. R. Bartlett.
It may easily be distinguished from its congeners in North America, by its
uniform system of coloration which exhibits neither bands nor spots. The
general aspect of its body is rather short and deep, except in the young which
assume a subfusiform appearance. The largest specimens which we have ex-
amined measure about an inch and a half in total length. The head consti-
tutes the fourth of the length, the snout being abruptly rounded off. The
mouth is, proportionally speaking, of medium size ; whilst the eye is rather small,
subcircular ; its diameter entering three times and a half in the length of the
side of the head. The dorsal fin is higher than long, and superiorly convex ;
its anterior margin being nearer the apex of the snout than the posterior margin
of the caudal. The anal fin is nearly as large as the dorsal, deeper than long,
inferiorly convex, particularly upon its posterior half. The caudal is poste-
riorly truncated, nearly linear. The ventrals are small, project beyond the
vent and reach almost the origin of the anal. The pectorals are well developed,
rounded off, extending as far as a vertical line drawn at the insertion of the
ventrals. The rays are :— D 10 + 1 ; A 11 ; C 3, 1, 8, 8, 1, 3 ; V 7 ; P 12.— The
1859.]
158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
scales are much deeper than long, anteriorly truncated and posteriorly rounded
off or convex. The color is olivaceous brown, with a dark greyish tint along
the back, and a golden tint beneath.
We propose calling this species Cyprinodon calif orniensis.
LXII. Another Cyprinodon, the largest species so far observed in North
America, was collected by Mr. John Potts, in Chihuahua river. Specimens of
the male sex measure two inches and a half in total length. The head, which
constitutes somewhat more than the fourth of the total length, is rather large,
the snout being abbreviated and rounded off. The eye is of moderate develop-
ment, since its diameter enters four times in the length of the side of the head.
The mouth is of medium size. The dorsal region between the nape and the
origin of the dorsal fin is very convex ; the depth, measured across the latter
region, is a good deal more than the third of the total length. The origin of
the dorsal fin is nearer the insertion of the caudal fin than the apex of the
snout, the fin itself is higher than long, superiorly convex, the first and second
rays being the shortest. The posterior margin of the caudal is subtruncated.
The anal has the same shape and structure as the dorsal, but is a much smaller
fin. The ventrals overlap the vent, reaching almost the anterior margin of the
anal. The pectorals are well developed, rounded off, and extend further back
than a vertical line drawn at the insertion of the ventrals. The rays are : — D
12 ; A 12 ; C 5 1, 7, 7, 1, 4 ; V 6 ; P 14.— The body of the female sex is not so
deep as in the male, although the dorsal region is convex, resembling some-
what C. macidarius, figured on plate xxxvii, of the Ichthyology of the United
States and Mexican Boundary Survey. The dorsal and anal fin are likewise
much smaller than in the male and composed each of eleven rays instead of
twelve ; the upper edge of the dorsal being sublinear instead of being convex.
The ground color is olivaceous yellow with a golden reflect, much brighter
beneath than above, where a greyish tint predominates. The adult male is
nearly unicolor ; the base of the caudal fin above is speckled with black,
whilst its posterior margin is jet black. In its immature condition the male
sex exhibits transverse fascise of blackish brown like the female, which is
moreover maculated along the flanks. The base of the caudal is likewise
speckled in the female, but the posterior edge of its caudal is not margined
with black. On the other hand, a black spot may be seen at the posterior por-
tion of the dorsal with specks of the same tint along its base.
We have bestowed the name of Cyprinodon eximius upon the species which
is here described.
LXIII. The sun fish described by S. F. Baird, under the name of Pomotis
chcetodon, in the ninth annual report of the Board of Regents of the Smithson-
ian Institution, 1855, 324, possessing all the generical features which we have
lately assigned to the genus Bryttus in the report upon the fishes collected
during the various Pacific Railroad Surveys, that species we shall henceforwards
call Bryttus choztodon.
LXIV. The Atlantic coast of the United States furnished a small herring, which
was first indicated by Mitchill under the name of Clupea teres. DeKay, in his
Fauna of the State of New York, has placed it in the genus Alosa. We have
examined a series of specimens of that fish, collected by S. F. Baird, along the
coast of New Jersey. The largest ones measure about four inches and a half
in total length ; all of them in the most perfect state of preservation. Find-
ing teeth upon the maxillar bones, the tongue, the palatines, and the ptery-
goidians, whilst the vomer is toothless, we propose referring that species to
the genus Harengula of Prof. Valenciennes, established in the " Histoire
Naturelle des poissons " upon the characters just alluded to, and to call it
Harengxda teres.
LXV. — The fresh water siluroid, described by Lesueur under the name of
[May,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159
Pimelodus lemniscalus, in the "Memoires du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle,"
belongs, truly speaking, to the genus Noturus of Rafinesque, and which was at
one time supposed of being founded upon young specimens of Pimelodi, but is
now admitted to be a distinct genus, although resembling in its full grown
condition the immature state of Pimelodus, properly so called. The genus
Noturus is thus made to include a second species under the name of N. Jerri'
niscatus. We venture to say that Lesueur's specimens were procured in Penn-
sylvania, and not in the southern States, as assumed by Dekay.
LXVI.— The fish described by F. B. Hough, under the name of Pimelodus
gracilis, in the Fifth Ann. Rep. of the Reg. of the Univers. of N. Y., 1852, p.
26, is a very characteristic species, but its specific name is unfortunately pre-
occupied in the genus Pimelodus. We propose, therefore, to designate it in
future under the appellation of Pimelodus houghi. We have examined speci-
mens collected at Sommerville, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. by Mr. Hough himself ;
others from Foxburgh, Pa., collected by S. F. Baird ; and others still, from
Ogdensburg : they are all preserved in the Museum of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution.
LXVII. — Dr. Hoy has collected in the neighborhood of Racine, Wis., speci-
mens of a species of Pimelodus, which we propose dedicating to him ; hence
calling it P. hoyi. The head constitutes a little less than the fourth of the
total length, its upper aspect being longer than broad. The upper jaw is some-
what longer than the lower one. The eyes are of medium size ; their diameter
entering six times and a half in the length of the side of the head, and four
times in the interocular space. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearer
the apex of the snout than the origin of the adipose fin. The caudal is slightly
emarginated, subcrescentic upon its posterior margin ; it constitutes the sixth
of the whole length of the fish. The anal fin is deep and rounded off upon its
exterior margin ; its base is somewhat less than the fifth of the entire length.
The formula of the rays is :— D I, 7 ; A 23 ; C 2, 1, 7, 7, 1, 3 ; V 8 ; P I, 9.
The specimens observed measure about a foot in total length ; their coloration
is of that uniform type common to various species.
LXVIII. — Specimens of a species, more closely allied in its general appear-
ance to P. hoyi than any other of its congeners, were caught in Root River,
near Racine, Wis., by S. F. Baird.
The head forms a little more than the fourth of the total length ; its upper
aspect is as broad as long. The jaws are equal. The eyes are of medium size,
their diameter being contained eight times in the length of the side of the head,
and four and a half times along the interocular space. The anterior margin of
the dorsal fin is nearer the origin of the adipose than the apex of the snout.
The caudal fin, which constitutes the sixth of the total length, is subcrescentic
upon its posterior margin. The anal fin is deep and rounded off exteriorly ; its
base being contained five and a half times in the entire length. The rays are:
D I, 6 ; A 20 ; 0 3,1,8,8,1,4; V 8 ; P I, 9.
We propose calling this species Pimelodus confinis.
LXIX. — A small species having the general appearance of Pimelodus cupreus
of Rafinesque, was collected by Robert Kennicott, Aux Plaines, 111. The chief
distinguishing mark between the two species consists in the relative length of
the jaws, the lower one in P. cupreus being shorter than the upper, whilst they
are both equal in the species here alluded to, and which we call P. cupreoides.
The head forms a little less than the fourth of the total length ; it is as long as
broad, and rounded off upon the snout. The eyes are of medium size : their
diameter being contained seven times in the length of the side of the head, and
about four times along the interocular space. The anterior margin of the dor-
sal fin is nearer the snout than the adipose. The caudal is posteriorly rounded
off, formiug a little less than the sixth of the entire length, and shorter than
1859.]
160 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
the base of the anal, which enters in the total length somewhat more than four
limes only.
The color is of a uniform, dark blackish-brown tint.
LXX. — The cat fish figured and described by DeKay, under the name of
Pimelodus catus, Ctrv. and Val., belongs to a species quite distinct from the
one just alluded to. The head forms a little more than the fourth of the
whole length : it is broader than long. The lower jaw is longer than the upper.
The eyes are rather small ; their diameter entering about nine times in the
length of the side of the head, and five and a half times across the interocular
space. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is equidistant between the apex
of the snout and the anterior margin of the adipose. The caudal, which forms
about the sixth of the total length, is stibtruncated posteriorly. The base of
the anal enters likewise six times in the total length.
This species might be called P. dekayi ; the specimens observed were col-
lected at Oswego, Lake Ontario, and in foitr mile creek, near Oswego, by S. F.
Baird.
LXXI. — The true Pimelodus catus is a southern species, widely distinct from
the above. It can be distinguished by the following characters : the head is
contained four times and a half in the entire length ; it is as long as broad, the
length being taken from snout to occiput. The jaws are equal. The eyes are
small ; their diameter enters also nine times in the length of the side of the
head, and five and a half times across the interocular region. The anterior
margin of the dorsal fin is nearer the apex of the snout than the origin of the
adipose. The caudal is posteriorly rounded off, and contained five and a half
times in the total length. The base of the anal enters but four times in the
same length.
LXXII. The hydrographic basin of the Chesapeake has furnished a species of
cat fish, popularly known as the " Channel cat," or " Mud cat." The head,
which is longer than broad, forms a little less than the fourth of the total
length. The upper jaw is somewhat longer than the lower one. The eyes are
rather large ; their diameter being contained seven times in the length of the
side of the head, and four times and a half across the interocular space. The
anterior margin of the dorsal fin is equidistant between the apex of the snout
and the origin of the adipose. The posterior edge of the caudal is moderately
emarginated ; the fin it3elf constituting not quite the sixth of the total length.
The base of the anal is somewhat shorter than the dorsal. The rays are : — D I,
5 4-1; A 20 ; C 3, 1, 8, 1, 1, 4 ; V 8 ; PI, 9.— The upper regions are bluish
black, whilst the abdomen is whitish. Specimens were obtained in the Potomac
river, in deep run, a tributary of Patapsco river, and at Carlisle, Pa.
We propose the name of Pimelodus lynx for this species.
LXXIII. Another species, to which we apply the name of Pimelodus puma, was
collected by myself in Charleston, S. C. The head constitutes the fourth of the
entire length; it is also longer than broad. The jaws are equal. The eyes are
of medium size; their diameter entering about eight times in the length of the
side of the head, and five times across the interocular space. The posterior
margin of the dorsal is equidistant between the apex of the snout and the
posterior flap of the adipose. The caudal is subconvex posteriorly; it con-
stitutes about the sixth of the total length. The base of the anal does not
enter quite four times and a half in the total length.
LXXIV. We have likewise collected in Charleston, S. C, a cat fish, the general
form of which is more slender than that of the preceding species ; the anal fin
is deeper and the caudal emarginated : features which will at once differentiate
the species to which we give here the name of Pimelodus vulpeculus. The head,
which is longer than broad, constitutes the fourth of the total length. The
lower jaw is somewhat shorter than the upper one. The eyes are of medium
[May,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161
size: their diameter being contained about eight times in the length of the side
of the head, and four times only across the interocular space. The anterior
margin of the dorsal ia somewhat nearer the apex of the snout than the adipose,
which is smaller and inserted more anteriorly than in P. puma. The caudal fin
enters five times and a half in the total length. The base of the anal is equal
to the length of the caudal.
LXXV. A most characteristic species of cat fish has been collected in the neigh-
borhood of Anderson, S. C. ; specimens of which having been secured by Mrs.
Daniel, were sent to Prof. S. F. Baird nearly eight years ago. The head which
is longer than broad, is very much depressed, and contained about four time3
in the total length. The mouth is exceedingly broad and large ; the jaws being
equal. The eyes are large ; their diameter entering six times and a half in the
length of the side of the head, and three and a half times across the interocular
space. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is nearer the apex of the snout
than the adipose fin. The caudal is posteriorly emarginated, and constitutes
the sixth of the total length. The base of the anal is somewhat longer than
the caudal.
In calling this species Pimelodus platycephalus, allusion is made to its most
conspicuous character.
LXXVI. Specimens of a cat fish, collected in the Black Warrior and Bigsby
rivers, Ala., were sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Prof. A. Winchell. The
head is contained five times and a half in the entire length. The caudal fin is
somewhat longer than the head. The eyes are very large ; their diameter being
contained but three times in the length of the side of the head : once in ad-
vance and once behind the orbit. The maxillar barbels extend beyond the
middle of the length of the pectorals. The base of the anal fin enters four
times in the total length of the fish. The rays are : — Br. vm : ix ; D I, 6 ; A 28 ;
C 10, 1, 7, 8, 1, 10 ; V 8; P I, 9.— The dorsal region is of a pale red; the sides
of the tail are silvery ; the abdomen is whitish. Brown small spots and dots
are occasionally scattered over the body. The maxillar barbels are blackish.
The name of Pimelodus megalops, refers to the development of the eyes;
although other species may possess a similar feature to a lesser degree.
LXXVII. Finally we owe to Jas. Fairie, specimens of a cat fish collected by
himself at Prairie mer Rouge, La. The species beiDg new, we call it Pimelodus
graciosus. It has the general appearance of the preceding species, but the- eyes
are much smaller; their diameter entering four times in the length of the side
of the head. The head itself forms the fifth of the total length. The anterior
margin of the dorsal fin is nearer the apex of the snout than the origin oS the
adipose. The tip of the ventral fins extend beyond the origin of the anal.
The rays are :— Br. vi : vi ; D I, 6 ; A 28 ; C 5, 1, 7, 8, 1, 6 ; V 8 ; P I, 9.— The
color is reddish brown above ; the vertical fins are margined with black. The
abdomen is yellowish ; the horizontal fins being unicolor. The maxillar barbels
are greyish black; the submaxillar ones are yellow.
The resignation of J. Aitken Meigs, M. D., as Librarian of the
Academy, on account of business engagements, was accepted.
\
June 7th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Fifty-four members present.
A paper was presented for publication in the Journal of the Academy,
entitled Synopsis of North American Sphingidje, by Brackenridge
Clemens, M. D.
1859.] 13
162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
And the following for publication in the Proceedings : Description
of a new genus of Salarianae, by Theo. Gill.
And were referred to Committees.
Dr. Leidy directed the attention of the Academy to a number of interesting
fossils left by Prof. Emmons for the inspection of the members.
One of the specimens is the ramus of a lower jaw of a small insectivorous
mammal. The Dromatherium sylvestre Emmons, from the coal of
Chatham Co., N. C. It is of very great interest, as being the oldest known relic
of a mammal. A second specimen, less well preserved, is presented this
evening to the Academy by Prof. Emmons.
Other fossils consist of teeth, vertebrae, and fragments of other bones of
Clepsysaurus, Rutiodon and Palseosaurus, also from Chatham
Co., N. C.
There is also a good suite of the curious subsilurian fossil Palaeotrochus,
of which some of the specimens are detached, while others are imbedded in the
quartzose rock.
Dr. L. further noticed a very large tooth, much mutilated and black in color,
which was discovered by Prof. Emmons, in association with ear bones of
cetacea. in the miocene deposits of North Carolina. The tooth probably also
belongs to a cetacean, for which the name of Ontocetus Emmonsi is
proposed.
The tooth is curved conical, and is compressed and fluted laterally. In its
perfect condition it has been over ten inches in length, by about four inches in
its greater diameter, and two and a half inches wide. It is composed of dentine,
with an exterior comparatively thin layer of cement, and an interior compara-
tively large amount of osteo-dentine. The specimen appears to have lain
long exposed to the attacks of living mollusks at the bottom of the miocene
ocean, as it exhibits a number of excavations made by pholades or other allied
genera.
Professor Emmons, at the meeting of May 2^th, remarked that the debitu-
menization of coal w«s effected through the agency of heat, but he does not
think that the debilumenization of anthracite is due to heat emanating from
an incandescent body, whether that body be injected trap or other pyrocrys-
talline rocks. In his opinion the heat which debitumenized the coal of the
anthracite region was disengaged or generated by the collision of the rocks
enclosing it at the time of their upheaval. In support of this view he referred
to the correlation of forces — the equivalent of heat, etc. — and stated he found
by experiment, a year ago, that the volatile matter of the bitumenous slates of
North Carolina began to come off at 350°, and that it was all driven off para-
phine, and all about 608°. Hence he inferred that coals are debitumenized at
low temperatures, and that intense ignition is not required.
Professor Rogers objected to these views, and suggested that the non-con-
ducting property of the rocks was an obstacle to the theory.
Mr. Lea, in accordance with a request made at a previous meeting,
read the following notice of the late Alexander von Humboldt:
When one of the great luminaries of the scientific world has passed away, it
is usual to take some notice of the loss sustained by those who were accustom-
ed to benefit by the labors and instruction of the departed philosopher. It is
rarely, very rarely, that science has been deprived of a mind so rich in various
branches of human knowledge, as that of Alexander Von Humboldt, a native
of Prussia, but belonging to the whole world of civilization. In what town or
hamlet, where the European languages are understood, has not his name been
familiar? Where has he not imparted new ideas to the inquiring mind?
Born in 1769, a year remarkable for the biith of many of the most distin-
[June,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163
guished men of the 18th century, viz., Cuvier, Scott, Bonaparte, Wellington,
Schiller, Canning and Chateaubriand, few of them have left a more indelible
mark than our associate.
His early travels brought him to this city more than half a century since, and
before the foundation of our own Academy, of which he was made a '^correspon-
dent" in 1843.
Born in the highest rank of society with all the advantages of political pre-
ferment, he chose to labor in the walks of science. The friend of sovereigns,
he was also the friend of the poorest student in the pursuit of knowledge. He
was the same philosopher in the palace as in the humble hut. No man had
greater advantages — no one had made better use of them. Unceasing in his
scientific explorations, he exposed himself to the greatest hardships in his
voyages and travels, at times braving the deadly malaria and the burning heats
of the tropics, then scaling the summits of mountains before considered inacces-
sible to man. From these scenes he returned only to work up his abundant
materials, which were more extensive and better selected than any before
made; and this has been done in the most erudite manner and for the most
useful purposes. His books and essays, which he leaves as a rich inheritance
to the learned of all countries, will prove to be an immortal monument of his
devotion to and his pre-eminence in science.
All countries claim him because he labored for all, and he fraternised with
all their men of science. Of as easy access to the student of nature as to the
most learned, he was amiable, courteous and generous. Well aware of what
science was doing to promote the welfare and happiness of man, he, during the
period of his long life, faithfully worked out his part without ostentation or
pride. He loved his studies for their own sake, and in his brilliant intelligence
most anxiously diffused that knowledge which he had acquired by his own
great labors.
He was educated chiefly at Gottingen, under Blumenbach and other distin-
guished professors. Subsequently he studied under the great Werner, who
gave such an impulse to geology towards the end of the last century. The
eminent Von Buch — only recently dead, an associate of our Academy since
1840 — became his intimate friend. In 1799 he sailed from Spain with his
fides Achates, Bonpland, and explored the rivers, mountains and plains of South
America. Returning to Europe in 1804, he proceeded to Paris, where he re-
mained until 180V, and published the "Voyage to the Equinoctial Regions of
the New Continent." Here he formed those intimate associations with his
co-laborers, Cuvier, Arago, Gay-Lussac, Latreille, &c, which he valued so
highly, and here he commenced his "Cosmos." Eventually he took up his
permanent residence in Berlin in 1847, avoiding all political preferment, but
remaining in close intimacy with his sovereign, who was a learned man, and
his personal friend, and valuing his society so much, he desired to have it daily
when it suited the philosopher's convenience.
When I had the pleasure to see .our illustrious associate in Berlin, in the
summer of 1853, he was iu his 84th year, but still rapid in his thoughts and
active in his movements. He was then deeply engaged in the last volume of
his "Cosmos," parts of which he showed to me, and expressed his great inter-
est in the advance that science was making in the United States. This he
spoke of with great warmth, and I had reason to believe that he felt a strong
partiality to Americans. In this he united with the general German
sentiment.
Humboldt was beloved and venerated by the population of Berlin and
Potsdam, and he was followed to the grave by all that was great and good in
the Capital of Prussia.
In conclusion I offer the following reolutions: —
Resolved, That in the decease of our "Correspondent" Baron Alexan-
der Von Humboldt, we lose a scientific brother of no ordinary fame, and
1859.]
164 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
one who, for nearly three-fourths of a century, had led in many branches of
philosophy and useful learning.
Resolved, That we recognise no boundaries, no political or civil divisions in
philosophy, but consider our eminent, distinguished and learned associate as
belonging to us, as well as to the whole scientific world ; and we are deeply
sensible of the irreparable loss we have all sustained in being deprived of his
further labors.
Resolved, That his illustrious example ought to spur us on to the scientific
development of his favorite working field — the Western Continent — and although
we no longer have his presence to cheer us on, we will not slacken in our en-
deavors to elucidate the Natural History, the Geology and Physical condition
of our continent.
The resolutions were then adopted.
The following resolutions were adopted :
That the thanks of the Academy be tendered to Mrs. Sarah R. G.
Beck for her valuable donation to the Library, presented this evening.
That the thanks of the Academy be tendered to the executors of the
late Dr. Chas. F. Beck for the donation of a microscope presented this
evening.
June \kth.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Forty members present.
A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled
Herpetological Notices, by Charles Girard, M. D., and was referred to
a Committee.
Dr. Uhler called attention to the anaesthetic effect of bisulphide of
carbon, which he had accidentally experienced while engaged in its
manufacture. The effect was very different from that of sulphydric
acid, which accompanies the first distillation of the product, and no un-
pleasant results followed.
June 21st.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Forty-five members present.
The following papers were presented for publication in the Pro-
ceedings :
Description of a new species of Callinidea, by Theo. Grill.
Description of new generic types of Cottoids from the collection of
the North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Com. John Rodgers, by
Theo. Gill. _
Description of twelve new species of Uniones from Georgia, by Isaac
Lea.
And were referred to Committees.
A letter from Dr. C. A. Helmuth, dated Chicago, June 6th, 1859,
was read, giving an account of a specimen of Hydaticus z o n a t u s, in
which the head was only half the usual size, and enveloped in the skin
[June,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165
of the head of the larva. The oral organs were normal in the number
of articulations, but the antennae were folded up, and their joints are
shorter and wider than usual : the palpi are also shorter than usual,
and the last joint of the maxillaries is acuminate. The eyes of the
imago were concealed by the larva skin, but on raising it are distinctly
seen.
June 28th.
Vice President Bridges in the Chair.
Forty-four members present.
The report of the Biological Department for the present month was
read.
On report of the Committee of the Biological Department the paper
entitled An Experimental Examination of the physiological effects of
Sassy Bark, tho ordeal poison of the Western Coast of Africa, by S. W.
Mitchell, M. D., and Wm. A. Hammond, M. D., U. S. A., was recom-
mended for publication in a medical Journal.
The paper entitled, Synopsis of North American Sphingidas, by
Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., was ordered to be published in the Jour-
nal of the Academy.
And the following were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings.
Description of new generic types of COTTOIDS, from the collection of the
North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Com. John Rodgers.
BY THEO. GILL.
Ceratocottus Gill.
Body anteriorly robust, and as broad or broader than high ; thence rapidly
declining to the caudal fin. Lateral line with a row of bony scutellse. Head
large, with the width greater than the height or length ; profile vertical; pre-
opercle and suborbital extended outwards and forwards ; preopercle armed
with a long and immoveable spine, and with two smaller ones beneath ; opercle
with a muricated longitudinal rib and with a rounded membranous margin ;
subopercle with two diverging ridges terminating in spines ; postorbital ridge
well developed and elevated near the nape. Branchial apertures separated by
a very wide isthmus. Branchiostegal rays six. Mouth moderate, horizontal.
Dorsal fins entirely disconnected ; first low and declining posteriorly ; second
oblong and corresponding to the anal. Caudal small and posteriorly subtrun-
cated. Pectorals with broad and oblique bases, and with obliquely rounded
margins. Ventrals small, moderately approximated, behind the bases of the
pectorals ; each with a spinous and three simple rays.
This genus is very closely allied to the Aspicotius of Girard, or Clypeocottut
of Ayres, but is easily distinguished by the form of the head, and by the absence
of teeth on the anterior portion of the vomer. The latter character has been
overlooked by both Ouvier and Bennett, who have both described the species
on which the genus is founded, and have referred it to Coitus, although one of
the characters which Cuvier has assigned to that genus, rested on the presence
of vomerine teeth.
A single species of this genus is known ; it was long since described by Pal-
las under the name of Cottus diceraus.
1859.]
166 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Boreocottus Gill.
Body subcjlindrical, rapidly declining to the caudal fin. Skin mostly naked,
or with small and distant tubercles above the lateral line. Lateral line open-
ing on the sides through small distant pores. Head large, depressed and sub-
rhomboidal ; nasal spines small ; preopercle with two simple spines near the
angle and two tubercles below ; opercle with a longitudinal rib terminating in
a spine, and with a rounded membranous margin ; subopercle with a spine
directed downwards. Postorbital longitudinal crests little developed. Mouth
moderate. Teeth villiform, present on each jaw and on the front of the vomer.
Branchiostegal membrane continuous under the throat, but attached along the
middle of its length almost to its margin, and thus nearly restricting the bran-
chial apertures to their respective sides. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsals
separate ; the first low, highest at the middle. Ventrals small, moderately ap-
proximated and behind the pectorals ; each with a spine and three soft rays.
B. axillaris Gill. — The color is purplish-blue, with whitish spots on the
trunk, and with a darker band-like spot below the anterior portion of the second
dorsal. The abdomen is whitish-yellow ; the tail above the anal dotted, and
higher up with dark spots confluent with the deep color of the sides. The first
dorsal has two vertical dark bands ; the second, three oblique ones. The caudal
is blackish at the base and vertically banded with an undulating dark band at
its posterior third. The anal has a very irregular row of spots. The pectorals
are dark near the base, and have two oblique irregular bands on the posterior
half, and a dark spot at their inferior axillae.
D ix. 15.
One specimen caught with the Porocottus quadrifilis Gill, was obtained
Behring's Straits.
Boreocottus is especially distinguished by its subrhomboidal head, sim-
ple preopercular spines, vomerine teeth and six branchial rays.
Porocottus Gill.
Body anteriorly subcylindrical, rapidly declining to the caudal. Skin naked-
Lateral line opening by pores in raised papillae, under a cutaneous keel. Head
large and depressed, subrhomboidal. Nasal spines small. Preopercle with a
single hooked spine. Opercle without a longitudinal rib or spine. Large pores
under the lower jaw and on various parts of the head. Mouth moderate. Teeth
on the jaws and front of the vomer. Branchiostegal membrane continuous un-
der the throat, but attached along the middle to the throat, almost as far as the
margin. Branchiostegal rays five. Dorsals separate ; the first low; the second
oblong and opposite the anal. Ventrals small, behind the pectorals, each with
a spine and three soft rays.
The Porocotti have a strong resemblance to the Boreocotti, but are
distinguished by the naked skin, hooked preopercular spine, the absence of a
longitudinal rib on the opercle, numerous pores, and the presence of only five
branchiostegal rays.
P. quadrifilis Gill. — The color is purple, irregularly spotted with black.
There is a dark spot under the eye, and another on the maxillary. The dorsals,
caudal and pectorals are irregularly variegated with black. On the pectorals
there is a dark spot at the upper axilla, and another larger one towards the
middle of the base. There is a slender superciliary filament and one on each
side of the nape. It is to the presence of these that the specific name is
designed to draw attention.
D viii. 13.
Specimens were obtained in Behring's Straits at the same time as Boreo-
cottus axillaris Gill.
[June;
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167
Descriptions of a New Species of CALLIANIDEA Ed.
BY THEO. GILL.
CALLIANIDEA LiEVICAUDA Gill.
The rostrum is equilaterally triangular, obtuse, and the carapace curved out-
wards from its base; the carapace over the external antenna? projects abruptly,
and is separated from the margin above by a short fissure ; the antero-lateral
margins of the carapace are abruptly extended outwards, and thence curved
obliquely downwards and posteriorly.
The large cheliped is smooth and polished, and is about twice as long as the
carapace. The ischium is compressed and dilated anteriorly, with the articula-
ting surface for the meros oblique and scarcely emarginate ; the meros is nearly
a third longer than the ischium, subovate, flat internally, convex externally
above with its inferior margin anteriorly tridenticulate and hairy ; the carpus
is vertical, twice as high as long, and with its posterior side internally inter-
secting the anterior; its posterior articulating process is about as long as
broad, and is divided into two unequal parts by a wide groove on its inner side ;
it projects acutely below, and is there tridenticulate ; the manus is oblong, three
times longer than the carpus, with parallel borders : its intero-superior border
is provided with a long row of hairs, and its superior surface has a few distant
fascicles of hair; the inferior margin is crenulated, and there is on each side a
row of fascicles of hair ; the digital process of the manus is about two -thirds as
long as the manus itself, and it has five tubercles at its posterior half, the anterior
of which is largest ; anterior to this it is crenulated, as are also the margins on
each side ; the dactylus is moderately curved anteriorly, and crosses the digital
process of the manus, leaving a hiatus; above, it is rounded, with a row of
hairs on each side, the interior of which is very dense; below, the external
margin of the cochleariform excavation is anteriorly crenulated, succeeded by a
moderate tubercle, and posteriorly with two large ones, the posterior of which
is rather an elevated apophysis ; the internal border is anteriorly crenulated ; a
few pits with fascicles of hair are between the ridges of the cochleariform exca-
vation and on each side.
The first pair of maxillipeds are smooth and polished on their external sur-
faces, and their internal margins are ciliated with long hairs. On the internal
surface of the ischium there is a longitudinal, distinctly pectiniform ridge ; the
meros, carpus and manus have each a longitudinal row of hairs on their inner
surface. The ischium is very slightly curved, and its margins are nearly paral-
lel. The meros is shorter, with an oblique tooth internally on its anterior third,
and thence more slender. The carpus is slender at its base, and internally very
convex at its anterior half. The manus is narrowed from near the base to its
termination. The dactylus is widest at the middle, and anteriorly rounded.
The exognath of the outer maxilliped extends beyond the middle of the
meros.
The outer antennae are about half as long as the internal, and the penulti-
mate joint is the longest.
The median lamina of the caudal fin is rounded at the end, and its margin is
not ciliated. The lateral lamina increase progressively but little in length,
and each one bears a ridge which is continued almost to the margin.
The feet of the second pair are provided with long hairs on their internal
borders. The feet of the fourth pair are nearly as much compressed as the an-
terior, and the basilar article is much enlarged.
This species agrees very closely with the description of the Callianidea typa
of Milne Edwards, (Hist. Nat. des Crustaces, vol. ii. p. 320) but on a compari-
son with the figures it appears to differ in the form of some of the joints of the
IS 59.]
168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
maxilliped, and in the presence of a tooth on the inner margin of the mero?, as
well as by the entire and plain margin of the median caudal lamina. Other
differences seem to exist, which a comparison of the species would probably
substantiate. The two species are also inhabitants of very distinct zoological
regions, the Callianidea typa being a native of the shores of New Ireland,
while the C. laevicauda was obtained under rocks, within coral reefs, at the
Island of Barbados, in the West Indies. The size of the two species is nearly
similar.
Description of a new genus of SALARIAN.BE, from the West Indies.
BY THEO. GILL.
Entomacrodus Gill.
Body naked, elongated and slender, slowly declining to the caudal. Head
obliquely compressed, oblong subquadrate, and with the profile vertical. Oper-
cula unarmed. Eyes lateral, closely approximated, situated at the angle of the
profile with the postocular region. No superciliary or nasal tentacles or append-
ages. Branchial apertures continuous under the throat. Branchial membrane
free and dilatable. Branchiostegal rays six. Mouth moderate, with the con-
tour of the upper jaw semicircular ; upper jaw protruding beyond the lower.
Lips moderate, uniform and free, concealing the teeth. Teeth labial and move-
able, very slender and recurved, contiguous and uniserial. Lower jaw with an
interior very large and recurved tooth on each side, which is received into a
corresponding fossette of the palate. Dorsal fins disconnected, nearly equal to
each other in length ; the posterior free from the caudal. Anal equalling or
exceeding the second dorsal. Caudal with its posterior mai'gin obtusely
rounded. Pectorals moderate, angularly rounded. Ventrals approximated,
each with three simple rays, the internal of which is smallest.
On a comparison with a true species of Salarias, this genus is found to differ
in its more elongated form, by the separate dorsals, and by the absence of any
superciliary appendages. The canine teeth of the lower jaw are greatly devel-
oped, but they are found of nearly equal size in several species that have been
referred to the genus Salaricts. One of the species so distinguished is an inhab-
itant of the West Indian seas, and has been described under the name of Sala-
ricts atlanticus, by Ouvier and Valenciennes, in the Histoire Naturelle des Pois-
sons. That species has an oblong body, superciliary appendages, and the dor-
sals connected at the base, and is therefore a true Salarias.
E. Nigricans Gill. The elongated body, from the snout to the end of the
caudal fin, is between seven and eight times longer than it is high at the pec-
torals ; its height at the caudal is about a thirteenth of the same length.
The head is subquadrate, and forms two-ninths of the total length. Its
greatest height equals two-thirds of its length. It sides decline obliquely out-
wards and downwards.
The first dorsal commences near the nape, and two of its rays are in advance
of the pectorals. The second dorsal commences immediately behind the first,
and nearly over the fourth ray of the anal; it ceases some distance from the
base of the caudal. The anal is more uniform in height than the dorsal, and
ceases before it does. The caudal forms less than a fifth of the total length.
D 11, 15; A 17 ; P 15; V 3.
The general color of the body and fins is blackish.
A single specimen was caught in shallow water, at the island of Barbados,
near Bridgetown.
[June,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 16i>
HERPETOLOGIC AL NOTICES.
BY CHARLES GIRARD, M. D.
I. Bufo lamentor. — Upper surface of head nearly plane; skin thick, not ad-
hering to the skull. Snout prominent. Parotids small, elongated. Tympa-
num small and subcircular. Tongue lanceolated, very free posteriorly where
broadest. Upper jaw slightly emarginated. Limbs well developed, of stout
appearance. First finger nearly as long as the third. Palm of hands tubercu-
lar. Two carpal disks. A membranous fold along the inner edge of the tarsus.
Toes webbed to near their tips. Two moderately developed metatarsal tuber-
cles. Sole of feet tubercular. Skin above glandulous ; beneath warty. Color
greenish brown, maculated with black above and beneath.
The head is broad and depressed ; its length entering three times in that of
the body, hence constituting the fourth of the entire length. Its upper surface
is even, that is to say it exhibits neither crests nor grooves ; the skin not
adhering to the skull. The snout is rather prominent. The interocular space
is wider than the eyelid. The nostrils are equidistant between the anterior
rim of the orbit and the notch of the upper jaw. The tympanum is small and
subcircular; its horizontal diameter being half that of the eye. The parotid
glands are small, elongated, subovate ; they are perforated by very small and
distant pores, whilst their surface is either smooth or minutely granular.
The snout is large and the upper jaw but slightly emarginated; the tongue
being elongated, subelliptical, and free upon the half or even two-thirds of its
length. The inner nostrils are quite large and transversely elongated. The
openings of the eustachian tubes are nearly equal in size to the inner nostrils.
The limbs are stout and very much developed ; the anterior ones, when
stretched backwards, extend beyond the groins, and the posterior ones when
extended forwards project the extremity of three toes beyond the snout. Both
fingers and toes, are depressed, whilst the tubercles under the articulations of
the phalanges are rather conspicuous ; the palm of the hands and the sole of the
feet being coarsely granular. There are two carpal disks ; the middle one is
very large, whilst that at the base of the inner finger is but slightly larger than
the subarticular knobs, in the young, proportionally much larger in the adult.
The metatarsal tubercles are subconical ; the innermost being somewhat larger
than the others. The toes are palmated to near their tips, but the interdigital
membrane is deeply and broadly emarginated.
Large glandular warts are spread irregularly over the head, body and limbs,
more conspicuously over the back, and especially over the thighs. The
intervening space exhibits miliary granules hardly perceptible to the unarmed
eye. The inferior surface is wrinkled in various ways, spread over with granu-
lar warts and minute granules.
The ground color is greenish brown, somewhat lighter or whitish beneath,
maculated with black all over the head, body and limbs, above as well as be-
low. On the upper surface, the black patches generally surround the glandu-
lar warts, whilst on the sides they assume a meandering aspect. An exiguous
dorsal light streak or filet is generally observed from the snout to the coccyx,
although sometimes obliterated in whole or in part.
Specimens of this species were collected about Fort Bridger, Utah Territory,
by Mr. Drexler, according to whom they are very common.
II. Engystoma texense. — Head constituting the third of the total length.
Snout forming an acute triangle rounded at the summit. Gape of the mouth
horizontal, its cleft extending to a perpendicular line drawn posteriorly to the
pupil. Limbs slender; three carpal callosities, and one metatarsal tubercle.
Palm of hands and sole of feet smooth. Skin smooth also. Color above light
olivaceous brown, with a few black dots posteriorly; beneath uniform whitish.
1859.]
170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
This species is allied to E. carolinense, and differs from it by a more depressed
and flattened head, a more truncated snout which, as usual, protrudes beyond
the lower jaw. The body itself is likewise more depressed, and the limbs
assume a slender appearance.
The head is continuous with the body, and constitutes about the third of their
combined length. The cleft of the mouth does not extend as far back as in
E. carolinense, since it corresponds to a perpendicular line drawn behind the
pupil. The longitudinal diameter of the eye is equal to the distance between
the orbit and the nostril. The interocular space, measured across the anterior
rim of the orbits, is greater than the rostral space from the orbits forwards.
The symphysis of the lower jaw presents the same structure as in the species
just alluded to.
The skin is perfectly smooth throughout in all the specimens which we have
examined; they were collected in April, and are, no doubt, liable to assume a
rougher appearance during the hotter and more dry season of the year.
The ground color of the upper region of the head, body and limbs, is of a
light olivaceous brown tint, anteriorly uniform, posteriorly besprinkled with
small black spots or dots especially over the coccyx and thighs. A whitish
tint pervades uniformly throughout the inferior regions.
Specimens of this species were procured in Texas, by Capt. John Pope.
Descriptions of Twelve New Species of TJNIONES, from Georgia.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio Baldwinensis. — Testa oblonga, compressa, ad latere planulata, inequi-
laterali, postice biangulata; valvulis subcrassis, antice paulisper crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel luteola. vel fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardi-
nalibus parviusculis, subcompressis, subelevatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvule
subduplicibus ; lateralibus praelongis lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel
alba, vel salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Carter's Creek, Baldwin Co., Georgia. J. Postell.
Unio vikidans. — Testa lrevi, oblonga, compressa, ad latere planulata, postice
biangulata, antice rotundata, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ;
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide fusco-viridi, striata, ob-
solete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, crenulatis; lateralibus
praelongis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel alba, vel salmonia, ssepe
purpurea et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Near Columbus, Georgia. G. Hallenbeck.
Unio Hallenbeckii. — Testa, laevi, suboblonga, compress^, ad latere pla.iulata,
valde inaequilaterali, postice subbiangulari, antice oblique rotundata; valvulis
subcrassis ; natibus prominulis, ad apices crebre et concentrice undulatis ;
epidermide rufo-fusca, micante, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus sub-
grandibus, compressis, erectis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ;
lateralibus longis, crassis rectisque ; margarita vel purpurea vel salmonis
colore tincta et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Flat Rock Creek, and Four Mile Creek, near Columbus, Georgia. G.
Hallenbeck, and Bishop Elliott.
Unio salebkosus. — Testa laevi, oblonga, subcompressa, ad latere planulata,
postice biangulata, antice subtruncata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis,
antice paulisper crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices crebre et
concentrice undulatis ; epidermide vel rufo-fusca vel luteo-fusca et valde
striata: dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, striatis, subelevatis crenulatisque ;
lateralibus praelongis subcurvisque ; margarita vel albil vel salmonia, rare
purpurea et iridescente.
[June,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171
Hab.— Flat Rock Creek and Bull Creek, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck ; and Chatta-
hoochee River, near Columbus, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.
Unio modicellus. — Testa laevi, subobliqua., inflata, postice subbiangulata,
insquilaterali; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus natibus prominentibus ;
epidermide vel lutea. vel luteo-oliva, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, compresso-conicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus
curtis, crassis, subrectisque; margarita alba, postice aurea et iridescente.
Hab, — Connasauga River. Bishop Elliott, and Chattanooga River, Georgia.
T. Stewardson, M. D.
Unio latds. — Testa laevi, transversa compressa, postice obtuse angulata,
valde inaequilaterali; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide
luteola vel luteo-fusca, micante et perradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis.
subcompressis, striatis ; lateralibus praslongis, lamellatis subrectisque; mar-
garita vel alba, vel purpurascente vel salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Savannah River, near Savannah, Georgia. Rev. G. White and Major
Le Conte.
Unio verdtus. — Testa la?vi, transversa, subinflata, ad latere planulata,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata et valde inaequilaterali; valvulis
crassiusculis, antice paulisper crassioribus; natibus prominulis, -ad apices
crebre undulatis ; epidermide rufo-fusca, radiata vel eradiata ; dentib is cardi-
nalibus subgrandibus, corapressis subelevatis, striatis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus: lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis, subcrassis subcurvisque ; mar-
garita vel alba vel salmonia vel purpurascente et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Flat Rock Creek, near Columbus, Georgia.. G. Hallenbeck.
Unio Johannis. — Testa, obliquo-elliptica, subinflata., postice obtuse angulata,
valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subele-
vatis; epidermide tenebroso-viridi, ad umbones micante, postice lutea ; dentibus
cardinalibus subcrassis, compressis, suberectis ; lateralibus curtis, rectis, sub-
crassis corrugatisque ; margarita alba et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Connasauga River. Bishop Elliott; and Etowah River, Georgia.
Rev. G. White. Alabama River. Dr. Budd.
Unio Rae£nsis. — Testa laevi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere subimpressa,
postice tumida. et biangulata, valde inaequilaterali, ad basim emarginata ;
valvulis subcrassis: natibus prominulis; epidermide rufo-fusca, substriatu,
obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, valde crenulatis; lateralibus
praektngis curvisque ; margarita purpurea et iridescente.
Hab. — Chattahoochee, near Columbus, and Rae's Creek, Georgia. Bishop
Elliott.
Unio inusitatis. — Testa, laevi, oblonga, subcompressa, ad latere planulata et
contracts, postice obtuse biangulata, valde inaequilaterali; valvulis crasrius ;ulis:
natibus prominulis, ad apices minute undulata ; epidermide lutea et fusca,
superne glabra, inferne tenebroso-striata, obsolete radiata; dentibus cardinali-
bus parvis, accuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; latenlibus
longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel alba, vel purpurea, vel salmonis
colore tincta et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Swift Creek, below Macon, Georgia. Bishop Elliott.
Unio Jonesii. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali, postiee
obtuse angulata; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus; natibus promi-
nulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide lutea, radiis interuptis ; dentibus cardi-
nalibus parviusculis, erectis, conicis ; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis rectis-
que ; margarita vel alba vel salmonis colore tincta et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Uharlee Creek, Georgia. J. Postell.
1859.]
172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Unio quadratus. — Testa laevi, quadrata, compressa, ad latere planulata,
inaequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus promi-
nulis ; epidermide vel rufo-fusca vel tenebroso-fusca et obsolete radiata ; denti-
bus cardinalibus subcrassis, corapresso-conicis, crenulatis. in utroque valvulo
duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis, crassis curvisque ; margarita, vel
alba, vel purpurascente et iridescente.
Hab. — Carter's Creek. J. Postell ; and Factory Creek, Georgia. G. Hal-
lenbeck.
Catalogue of Birds collected on the Rivers Camma and Ogobai, Western Africa,
by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and descriptions of new species.
BY JOHN CASSIN.
[Concluded.]
197. Ncmida plumifera, Cassin.
Numida plumifera, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 321.
Journ. Acad. Philada. iv. pi. 2.
Specimens of both sexes in the present collection have the head quite naked,
and appear to be in older plumage, than those described by me and figured as
above. They do not differ, however, in any important character. From the Og-
obai and Rembo.
198. Phasidus niger, Cassin.
Phasidus niger, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 322.
Journ. Acad. Philada. iv. pi. 3.
Specimens quite similar to that described by me, and figured as above. From
the Camma and Ogobai.
199. Francolinus squamatus, Cassin.
Francolinus squamatus, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philada. 1856, p. 321.
The only species of this genus received in Mr. Duchaillu's collections. From
the Ogobai, and formerly from the Moonda and Cape Lopez.
Related to F. ahantensis, Schlegel, Beydr. Dierk. pi. 14, but distinct.
200. Peliperdix Lathami, (Hartlaub).
Francolinus Lathami, Hartl. Cab. Jour. 1855, p. 210.
Francolinus Peli, Schlegel, Beydr. Dierk. i, p. 50, pi. 15.
Numerous specimens of this little known and handsome bird are from the
Camma and Ogobai. This is a very changeable species in its specific charac-
ters, especially in the markings of the under parts and the shade of color of the
upper, and I am not quite sure that there are not two species in the present
collection. The most obvious variation is in the size of the white circular and
cordate spots on the under part of the body ; — usually these are small and ter-
minal, but specimens occur, of both sexes, in which they are large, and enclose
a spot of black.
Prof. Schlegel's beautiful plate of this bird, cited above, represents it as
lighter colored on the upper parts than is usual in the collections of Mr. Du-
chaillu.
201. Synoicus Adansonii, (Verreaux).
Ooturnix Adansonii, Ver. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 515.
One specimen only of this little species from the Ogobai, which is a female,
but readily identified from M. Verreaux's types in the Acad. Mus. This hand-
some little bird is strongly allied to the other species of the genus Synoicus,
Gould, and resembles several of them in general appearance.
202. Oedicnemus senegalensis, Swainson.
Oedicnemus senegalensis, Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 128, (1837).
[June,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173
Numerous specimens from the Camma and Ogobai, and previously received
in Mr. Duchaillu's collections.
203. Glareola cinerea, Fraser.
I Glareola cinerea, Fraser, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 26.
Gray, Gen. iii. pi. 144.
From the Camma, and the only specimens received from Mr. Duchaillu. Ev-
idently a peculiar and strongly marked species. In the specimens now before
me the reddish collar on the back of the neck is narrower, and more strongly
defined than as represented in Mr. Gray's very handsome plate, cited above.
This bird belongs to the same group as the Asiatic G. lactea, Temm., which
has been named by the Prince Bonaparte, Galachrysia.
204. LOBIVANELLUS ALBICEPS, (Gould).
Vanellus albiceps, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1834, p. 45.
Fraser, Zool. Typ. Birds, pi. 64.
From the Camma.
205. Aegialites pecdarius, (Temminck).
Charadrius pecuarins, Temm. PI. Col. v. pi. 183.
From the Camma.
206. Aegialites marginatus, (Vipillot).
Charadrius marginatus, Vieill. Nouv. Diet, xxvii. p. 138.
From the Camma. Scarcely in mature plumage, and not to be identified
without exertion, but apparently this species, judging from the description by
Dr. Hartlaub, Orn. W. Afr. p. 216, and the original as cited above.
207. Ardea goliath, Temminck.
Ardea goli.th, Temm. PI. Col. 474. Eiipp. Atlas pi. 26.
A single specimen of this gigantic Heron is labelled as having been obtained
on the Camma. In adult plumage, and presenting no characters other than as
described and figured as above.
208. Egretta flavihostris, (Wagler).
Ardea fiavirostris, Wagler, Syn. Av.
From the Camma. Numerous specimens which appear to be this species.
209. Egretta bubulcus, (Savigny).
Ardea bubulcus. Savigny.
From the Camma.
210. Bdtoridesatricapilla, (Afzel).
Ardea atricapilla, Afzel.
Egretta thalassina, Swains. An. Menag. p. 333.
From the Camma.
211. Ciconia leucocephala, Gmelin.
Ciconia leucocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p.
Ciconia umbellata, Wagler, Syst. Av.
Buff. PI. Enl. 906. Gray Gen. iii. pi. 151.
Numerous specimens from the Camma.
212. Mycteria senegalensis, Shaw.
Mycteria senegalensis, Shaw.
Ciconia ephippiorhyncba, Temm. PL Col. 64.
Vieill. Gal. pi. 255. Rupp. Atl. pi. 3.
Several specimens from the Camma.
213. Leptoptilos crumenifera, (Lesson).
" Ciconia crumenifera, Cuvier." Lesson, Traite, i. p. 585, (1831).
Ciconia argala, Temm. PI. Col. 301.
From the Camma.
1859.]
174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
214. Scopus umbretta, Gmelin.
Scopus umbretta. Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 618.
Buff. PI. Enl. 796.
From the Cam ma and formerly from the Muni.
215. Tantalus ibis, Linnaeus.
Tantalus ibis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 241.
Tantalus rhodinopterus, Wagler, Syst. At.
Buff. PI. Enl. 389.
From the Camma.
216. Gkronticus hagedash, (Latham.)
Tantalus hagedash, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 709.
Tantalus caffrensis, Licht.
Vieill. Gal. ii. pi. 246.
Numerous specimens from the Camma.
217 Geronticus olivaceus, (Du Bus.)
Ibis olivacea, Du Bus. Bull. Acad. Brussels, 1837, p. 103.
Du Bus. Esqu. Orn. i. pi. 3.
Several specimens from the Camma and formerly from the Moonda. The
adult of this handsome species is described and figured very accurately by the
Baron Du Bus, as above cited.
Young 5 • General colors as in the adult, but paler. Under parts of the
body with large oval spots of dull yellowish.
218. Thresciornis religiosus, (Savigny).
Ibis religiosa, Savigny, Hist. Nat. d'Egypt.
Tantalus aethiopicus, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 706.
Numenius ibis, Cuvier, Ann. du Mus. iv. p. 116, pi. 53.
Numerous specimens precisely similar, so far as I can see, to others in the
Acad. Mus. from Eastern and North Eastern Africa. From the Camma.
219. Numenius phaeopus, (Linnajus).
Scolopax phaeopus, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 243.
Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pi. 303.
From the Camma.
220. Actitis hypoleucus, (Linnaeus).
Tringa hypoleucos. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250.
Gould, B. of Eur. iv. pi. 316.
From the Camma.
221. Parra africana, Gmelin.
Parra »fricana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p.
Sw. Zool. 111. pi. 43. Lath. Gm. Hist. ix. pi.
Numerous specimens from the Camma.
Young 5 • Head above and neck behind dark brown, upper parts of body
dull rufous, under parts white. Breast tinged with dull yellow, sides and flanks
dark chestnut, superciliary line dull ochre yellow.
222. Rallus oculeus, (Temminck).
Gallinula oculea, Temm.
Adult and young from the Camma.
Young 5 • Entire plumage dark brown with a reddish tinge on the under
parts of the body. Quills black, with large spots of white, by which the species
can easily be recognized.
223. Himantornis haematopus, Hartlaub.
" Himantornis haematopus, Temm." Hartl. Cab. Joar iii. p. 357.
Two specimens only from the Camma.
[June.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 175
224. Porphyrio Alleni, Thomson.
Porphyrio Alleni, Thorns. Aan. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 204.
Gray, Gen. iii. pi. 162.
Numerous specimens from the Carama. Gray's beautiful plate above cited
represents the adult of the size of life.
Young 5 • Upper parts dull greenish brown, feathers edged with dull yel-
lowish, under parts dull yellowish white. Inferior wing coverts bluish, bill
yellowish brown.
225. Limnocorax flavirostris, (Swainson).
Rallus flavirostris, Swains.
Numerous specimens from the Camma.
226. Phoenicopterus erythr^ecs, Verreaux.
Phoenicopterus erythrae,us, Verr. Rev. et Mag. 1855, p. 221.
One specimen only, which appears to be a young bird of this species.
From the Camma.
227. Nettapus madagascariensis, (Gmelio).
Anas madagascariensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 522.
Anas aurita, Boddaert.
Buff. PI. Enl. 770.
Specimens of both sexes, not to be distinguished from others in Acad. Mus.
from Eastern Africa. From the Camma.
228. Dendrocygna viduata, (Linnaeus).
Anas viduata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 205.
Numerous specimens from the Camma and Ogobai.
229. Querquedula Hartlaubii, nobis.
Querquedula cyanoptera, Hartl.
" Anas cyanoptera, Temm. Mus. Lugd."
The name by which this handsome species is given in Dr. Hartlaub's Orni-
thology of Western Africa, adopted from that of Temminck in the Leyden
Museum, was long since anticipated by Vieillot in Nouv. Diet. v. p. 104. The
species too, described by Vieillot as Anas cyanoptera, is a Querquedula, and the
same as described and figured by me in Birds of Caiifornia and Texas i. p. 82,
pi. 15, and now well known as a bird of the Western regions of North America.
I take the liberty, therefore, of applying to this bird the name of its first dis-
criber, in which I hope to be sustained by naturalists, not only for reason?
above mentioned, but as an act of justice to one who has contributed in the
most important manner to Western African Ornithology.
This handsome bird is evidently an abundant species on the Camma and
Ogobai. The sexes are very nearly alike.
230. Podica senegalensis, (Vieillot.)
Heliornis senegalensis, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. xiv. p. 277.
Gray, Gen. iii. pi. 172.
From the Camma.
231. Sterna caspia, Pallas.
Sterna caspia, Pallas, Trans. Acad. St. Petersburg.
Gould, B. of Eur. pi. 414. Naumann, B. of Germ. pi. 248.
From the Camma.
232. Sterna cantiaca, Gmelin.
Sterna cantiaca, Gm Syst. Nat ii. p. 606.
Gould, B. of Eur. pi. 41 5. Naumann, B. of Germ. pi. 250.
From the Camma.
1859.]
176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
233. Sterna senegalensis, Swainson.
Sterna senegalensis, Swains. B. ofW. Afr. ii. p. 250.
Nearly allied to the European S. Hirundo. From the Camma.
234. Sterna.
Several specimens of young birds impossible to identify, but apparently of
one species only. Probably the young of a dark colored species.
235. Ehynchops orientalis, Riippell.
Rhynchops orientalis, Rupp. Atlas, Birds p. 37, pi. 24.
Numerous specimens labelled as having been obtained on the Camma.
236. Plotds Levaillantii, Temminck.
Plotus Levaillantii, Temm.
Plotus congensis, Cranch.
Buff. PI. Enl. 107. Temm. PI. Col. 380.
From the Camma. Precisely similar to specimens from Eastern and Southern
Africa in the Academy Museum.
237. Sola capensis, Lichtenstein.
" Sula capensis, Licht." Bonap. Consp. Av. ii. p. 165.
" Sula melanura, Temm." Bonap. as above.
Easily to be distinguished from S. bassana by its black tail. Numerous spe-
cimens of adults and young from the Camma.
238. Carbo africanus, (Gmelin).
Pelecanus africanus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 177.
Carbo longicauda. Swains. B. of W. Afr. ii. p. 255, pi. 31.
One specimen only from the Camma.
With this species I conclude the catalogue of the present highly interesting
collection.
An election for Librarian was held, and Dr. Jas. C. Fisher was duly
elected.
[June,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 177
July bth.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Present thirty-seven members.
Mr. Lea presented the following, which was referred to a committee :
Description of four new species of Exotic Unionidae.
Mr. Lea read letters which he had received from Dr. Lewis of Mohawk, New
York, in which he mentions the astonishing number of dead shells of Anodonta
Lewisii, Lea, in the canal, also the immense number of dead specimens of Cycles,
as they lie in beds from three to eight inches deep. He says he had taken two
gallons of living specimens from an area of six by four feet. They do not bur-
row deeply in the mud, while the Unio goes down tivo feet. Mr. Lea compared
this mass with the great deposit of fresh water gasteropods at Milk Pond, N. J.
Dr. Lewis also collected specimens on the East Branch of the Unadilla, a small
stream fourteen miles south west of Mohawk, and got about 200 Anodonta Unadilla
DeKay= An. edentula, Say. Subsequently he visited Cedar Lake, a small body of
water in Herkimer County, the south shores of which were composed of a
greenish white marl, consisting of the remains of untold millions of shells. In
the middle branch of the Unadilla, Dr. Lewis says, " I stopped ju9t long enough
to find one living specimen to be sure it was there. Dead shells were not
rare, but I did not spend much time, only to learn the character of the stream,
so as to be able to verify your opinion that Anodonta Unadilla was only a local
variety of An. edentula, Say."
Mr. Lea also mentioned that he had received specimens in alcohol of Unio
Kleinianus, Lea, from G. Hallenbeck Esq., of Columbus, Georgia, to which that
ardent naturalist called his attention, as possessing a branchial uterus in both
lobes of the bronchia on each side. This very remarkable feature in the functions
of the female of this species, constitutes the third which has been observed by
Mr. Lea, two he had formerly shown to the Academy, namely, that of Unio
multiplication, Lea, and rubiginosus, Lea.
July 12th.
Vice-President Le Conte, in the Chair.
Present nineteen members.
Prof. Holmes exhibited a collection of fossils from the post-pliocene
of South Carolina. He remarked :
If we examine the collection of remains of vertebrated animals taken from
the post-pliocene or post-tertiary beds of South Carolina which I have the
pleasure of exhibiting this evening to the members of the Academy, we will be
surprised at the resemblance in many of the forms to corresponding parts of
some of our domestic animals, as the horse, dog, hog, bull, etc., and the ques-
tion may very naturally suggest itself — are the living horses, dogs, hogs, rac-
coons, opossums, deer, elk, tapirs, beavers, etc., and the one hundred and fifty
species of mollusca now living on the coast, the descendants of the animals
whose remains we find fossil in these beds, — or are these truly fossil remains,
and not accidental occupants of this deposit?
My object is not to enter upon a discussion of these questions, but simply to
exhibit the collection, and state the facts connected with their discovery, and
the geological evidence of their being true fossils found in an extensive forma-
tion in the low country of South Carolina, included in a belt about ten miles
wide, and occupying depressions in the great marl bed of the Eocene period.
Three distinct formations or beds are here supposed to belong to this post*
pliocene age. First the marine beds, composed of a gray sandy clay in which
are imbedded innumerable small shells, sometimes very comminuted, but of
species now common and living on the coast ; many of the large shells are
1859.] 14
178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
preserved in the position they occupied when living, having both valves entire
and perfect, and presenting tbe appearance of having been destroyed suddenly
by an avalanche of sand.
The second, is the blue or pluff-mud bed, composed of a stiff blue clay, con-
taining silicious pebbles, and masses of conglomerates, water-worn and boulder-
like, but no angular blocks, and also remains of marine and terrestrial animals.
These pebbles and rolled conglomerates contain casts of the fossils common to
the marl of the Eocene bed upon which the blue mud rests, and it has been
ascertained that the silicious conglomerates are fragments of the marl, broken
off, we infer, by the action of waves, and rolled upon the beach of a post-plio-
cene sea ; they afterwards were imbedded in the blue mud, lost all their lime
or calcareous particles, and became silicified.
The third or upper bed includes the peaty deposits, yellow sand and clays,
which overlie the pluff-mud.
Sections of the three most important localities may be represented in the
following diagrams :
Marine bed of the Wadmalarr.
Yellow Sand 15 feet.
Ferruginous sand with casts of shells 2 feet.
Red clay 2 feet.
Gray sand and mud with comminuted shells, fossils in fine preservation. .3^ feet.
Ashley River beds.
Yellow sands with bands of Ferruginous clay 4 feet.
Blue mud resting on the white Eocene marl 1 foot.
Goose Creek beds.
Yellow sand 12 feet.
Blue mud 2 feet.
Ferruginous sand containing bones, etc .3 inches-
Yellow sand 3 feet.
Pliocene marl resting on the Eocene white marl 12 feet.
The fossil bones obtained from these strata are often in a fine state of pre-
servation, especially those taken from the blue mud, which are generally petri-
fied ; those from the sands are likewise well preserved, but in the peaty or
upper beds they are not so petrified, retain all their gelatine and appear to de-
compose rapidly. Most of the specimens in the collection now before you
were some time ago submitted by me to jour distinguished anatomist Professor
Leidy, for determination. When they were returned I found a number labelled
recent, which labels you will find still retained and attached to their respective
specimens ; at the same time the Professor wrote to say, "that they appeared to
belong to recent sp'^ies which had become accidental occupants of the same
bed with the true fossils." I held tbe opposite opinion, and believed that they
were true fossil remains, as I had myself collected them, not only from the
banks and deltas of rivers, but a large number from excavations several feet
below the surface, at a distanc. rrom any ereek, pond or river, and in some
cases from excavations below the high sandy land of cotton fields.
But a few weeks ago Dr. Klipstein, who resides near Charleston, in digging a
ditch for the purpose of reclaiming a large swamp, discovered and sent me the
tooth of a mastodon, one of the black specimens in the tray before you, with
the request that I should go down and visit the place, as there were indications
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
179
of the bones and teeth of the animal still remaining in the sands which under-
lie the peat-bed. Accordingly, with a small party of gentlemen, we visited the
Doctor, and succeeded not only in obtaining several other teeth and bones ot
this animal, but nearly one entire tusk, and immediately along side of the tusk
discovered the fragment of pottery which I hold in my hand, and which is simi-
lar to that manufactured at the present time by the American Indians. The
depth of the excavation was about three feet below the surface ; bones of the
deer and two teeth of a horse were also found.
This is not a drift-bed, but a deposite of the peat and sands of the post-plio-
cene formation. The marine beds with their characteristic shells lie immedi-
ately beneath, and is exposed on the high land which surrounds the swamp.
If we take the one hundred and fifty species of mollusca, whose shells are so
beautifully preserved in these beds, and place the entire group«along side of a
similar collection of the shells of the recent species living upon the coast, we
will observe that they are identically the same in form, character and every
other respect, except the following. There are among the fossils two shells whose
analogues are not now living upon the sea coast of Carolina, but are common
in the gulf of Mexico, and West Indian seas. Slrombus pugilis, abundant on
the coast of Florida and Cuba, is a fossil of the post-pliocene ; and Gnathodon
cuneatum, now living in the estuaries near Mobile, and along the northern
coast of the Gulf is found fossil at a depth of eighteen or twenty feet under
the city of Charleston, and in such numbers that cart-loads may be obtained
from a single locality.
Again, we find two more species that are now extinct, or rather unknown to
me in a recent state, one of which I have lately figured and described as Caro-
lina Tuomeyii, after my late friend and colleague Prof. Tuomey; the other is Tel-
ledora lunulata, Adams, a shell described as recent, from Carolina, but in fact
a fossil in the post-pliocene and extinct.
Now let us compare this group of remains of the vertebrata with a similar
group of living animals. Among the former we find teeth of the deer, raccoon,
opossum and others well known to be living at the present time in South Caro-
lina ; but like the invertebrata we find two or three species which are no longer
existing north of Mexico and South America — the peccary, the capybara and the
tapir. Again, there are remains of the musk-rat and beaver, but these two
animals are extinct in the low country of South Carolina; the beaver has in-
deed almost been extirpated to the east of the Mississippi river, and the musk-
rat is confined to a region above the falls of the rivers of this State.
The mastodon, the megatherium, the mylodon and perhaps one or two others,
are extinct.
That we may the better appreciate the interesting analogy existing between
these two groups as regards the living and extinct species, we will place them
in a tubular form, thus :
Fossil Remains.
Mollusca.
Vertebrata.
Species apparently the same as those now ~\
living and included in the fauna of South y
say 140
sav 37
Carolina, J
Species not included in the recent fauna of "J
the State, but living within tropical lati- >
say 2*
say 3g
tudes, J
Do. do. in northern latitudes,
2f
3 11
Species presumed to be extinct,
say 2 J
say 51T
1859.]
* Strombus pugilis and Gnaihodon cuneatum.
t Mya arenaria, Pandora trilineata.
X Cavolina Tuomeyi and Telledora lunulata.
§ Tapir, Peccary and Capybara.
II Elk, Beaver, Musk-rat.
II Mastodon, Elephant, Megatherium, Mylodon, Castoroides.
180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
The evidence which I propose to adduce for the correctness of my assertion
that these are true fossils, will the better appear by the following extracts from
a pamphlet issued a short time since, and which, in consequence of the great
demand, has passed through two editions, and is now again out of print.
In a letter to Dr. Nott and Mr. Gliddon,* dated Feb. 10, 1857, Prof. Leidy
writes :
"Sometime since, Professor F. S. Holmes, of Charleston, submitted for my
examination, a collection of fossil bones from a post-pliocene deposit on
Ashley River, S. Carolina. Among remains of the extinct horse, the peccary,
mylodon, megatherium, mastodon, hipparion, the tapir, the capybara, the
beaver, the musk-rat, etc., were some which I considered as belonging to the
dog, the domestic ox, the sheep and the hog. Prof. Holmes observes that these
remains were taken from an extensive deposit, in which similar ones exist
abundantly, and he further adds, that he cannot conceive that the latter should
have become mingled with the former, since the introduction of domestic ani-
mals into America by Europeans. It is not improbable that the American con-
tinent once had, as part of its fauna, representatives of our domestic animals,
which subsequently became extinct — though I am inclined to doubt it; but
what we have learned of the extinct American horse, will lead me carefully to
investigate the subject."
The opportunity for prosecuting this investigation, to some extent, I had the
pleasure of affording Professor Leidy, in March last, a month after the date of
the above letter. Dr. Hallowell and himself visited me in Charleston, and I
accompanied them to Ashley ferry and Goose creek. The annexed extracts are
from a paper of Professor Leidy's on this topic, written after his return home
to Philadelphia, and he has also kindly sent me a number of very valuable
drawings of fossil horse teeth, and other remains obtained from the Carolina
beds f
" The interesting collection of remains of vetebrated animals, which form
the subject of the following pages, for the most part have been submitted to
the inspection of the author, by Prof. Holmes and Capt. A. H. Bowman, U. S. A.,
who collected them from the eocene, post-pliocene, and recent geological for-
mations, in the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina.
"The collections of these gentlemen consist of a most remarkable intermix-
ture of remains of fishes, reptiles and mammals, of the three periods mentioned ;
and in many cases perhaps we may err in referring a particular species to a
certain formation, more especially in the case of the fishes. The remains
usually consist of teeth often well preserved, but frequently in small fragments,
more or less water-worn, and most of the fossils are stained brown or black.
" By far the greater portion of the fossil remains are obtained from the post-
pliocene deposit of the Ashley River, about ten miles from Charleston. The
country in this locality is composed of a base of whitish eocene marl, contain-
ing remains of squalodon — sharks and rays — above which is a stratum of post-
pliocene mud, abont one foot in thickness, overlaid by about three feet of sand
and earth mould.
" The post-pliocene mud contains great quantities of irregular, water-worn
fragments of the eocene marl rock from beneath, mingled with sand, blackened
pebbles, water rolled fragments of bones, and more perfect remains of fishes,
reptiles and mammals, belonging to the post-pliocene and eocene fossils.
"On the shores of the Ashley River, where the post-pliocene and eocene
formations are exposed, the fossils are washed from their beds, and become
mingled with the remains of recent indigenous and domestic animals, and ob-
jects of human art, so that when a collection is made in this locality, it is some-
times difficult to determine whether the animal remains belong to the forma-
* Indigenous Races of the Earih; p. xix.
t Lithographs of these figures will appear in the volume, with Prof, L.'s paper.
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183
tions mentioned or not. Generally, however, we have been able to ascertain
where the fossils belong, which we have had the opportunity of examining,
from the fact that the greater number were obtained from the deposits re-
ferred to in digging into them some distance from the Ashley River.
" The collections coatain remains of the horse, ox, sheep, hog and dog, which
I feel strongly persuaded, with the exception of many of those of the first men-
tioned animal, are of recent date, and have become mingled with the true fos-
sils of the post-pliocene and eocene formations, where these have been exposed
on the banks of the Ashley River and its tributaries. In regard to the remains
of the horse, from the facts stated in the account given of them in the succeed-
ing pages, I think it will be conceded that this animal inhabited the United
States during the post-pliocene period, contemporarily with the mastodon, me-
galonyx, and the great broad fronted bison.
" Many of the mammalian remains are of recent animals, or at least are un-
distinguishable from the corresponding parts of the latter ; and if they are
not accidental occupants of the post-pliocene deposit, are highly interesting,
as indicating their contemporaneous existence with many species and genera
now extinct.*
"It appears to be quite well authenticated that the horse, which is now so
extensively distributed, both in a wild and domestic condition, throughout
North and South America, did not inhabit these continents at the time of their
discovery by Europeans. With this fact in view, in conjunction with the cir-
cumstance that animal remains of late periods may become accidental occu-
pants of earlier geological formations, we should require strong evidence to be
advanced before it is admitted that the Horse belonged to an ancient fauna of
the western world. At the present time the evidence appears to be sufficiently
ample to justify the latter conclusion, and it is further sustained by the dis-
covery, in the same part of the world, of the remains of two species of the
closely allied genus Hipparion.
"Remains of the horse, discovered in Brazil, Buenos-Ayres, Chile, have been
indicated by Dr. Lund, Prof. Owen, M. Weddell, and M. Gervais. These re-
mains exhibit no well marked characters distinguishing them from correspond-
ing portions of the skeleton of the recent horse, and from a comparison of the
figures and descriptions which have been given of most of them, together with
some remarks of the latter author, it is doubtful whether they belong to more
than a single species, the Equus neogceus of Dr. Lund.
" Prof. Buckland and Sir John Richardson have described remains of the
horse, discovered in association with those of the elephant, moose, reindeer,
and musk-ox, in the ice cliffs of Eschscholtz Bay, Arctic America.
" In the United States, remains of the Horse, chiefly consisting of teeth, have
been noticed by Drs. Mitchell,f Harlan,J and DeKay,§ but these gentlemen have
neither given descriptions nor figures by which to identify the specimens.
Some .of the latter are stated to have been found in the vicinity of Neversink
Hills, New Jersey ; others in the excavation for the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal,
near Georgetown, District of Columbia ; and some in the latter tertiary deposit
on the Neuse River, in the vicinity of Newbern, North Carolina. Dr. DeKay,
in speaking of such remains, says, " they resemble those of the common horse,
but from their size apparently belonged to a larger animal," and he refers
them to a species with the name of Equus major.
" Dr. R. W. Gibbes|| has given information of the discovery of teeth of the
* Remains of the Tapir, Peccary and Capybara present a similar association of life to
that now confined to Souih America.
t Catalogue of Organic Remains, 1826, 7, 8.
\ Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, 267.
'4 Zoology. New York. pi. 1, Mammalia, 108.
II Proc. Amer. Assoc, 1850, 66.
1859.]
182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
horse in the pliocene deposit of Darlington, South-Carolina ; in Richland Dis-
trict of the same State; in Skidaway Island, Georgia, and on the banks of the
Potomac river. He further observes that he obtained the tooth of a horse,
from eocene marl, in the Ashley river, South Carolina, but the researches of
Prof. Holmes* indubitably indicate the specimen to have been an accidental
occupant of the formation.
" Specimens of isolated teeth, and a few bones of the horse, from the post-
pliocene and recent deposits of this country, have frequently been submitted
to my inspection. Many of these I have unhesitatingly pronounced to be relics
of the domestic horse, though I feel persuaded that many remains of an extinct
species are undistinguishable from the recent one.
" Whether more than one extinct species is indicated among the numerous
specimens of teeth I have had the opportunity of examining, I have been un-
able satisfactorily to determine. The specimens present so much difference in
condition of preservation, or change in structure ; so much variation in size,
from that of the more ordinary horse to the largest English dray horse; and
such variableness in constitution, from that of the recent horse to the most
complex condition belonging to any extinct species described, that it would be
about as easy to indicate a half dozen species as it would two.
Under the circumstances,! would characterize the extinct horse of the United
States as having had about the same size as the recent one, ranging from the
more ordinary varieties to the English dray horse, with molar teeth, frequently
comparatively simple in construction, but with a strong disposition to become
complex.
" Among the number of teeth of the horse in Prof. Holmes' collection labelled
as coming from the post-pliocene deposit of Ashley River, there are several,
which, from their size, construction and condition of preservation, I feel con-
vinced are of recent date : and these no doubt became mingled with the true
fossils of that formation where it is exposed on the Ashley River, in which
position I personally found undoubted remains of the recent horse and other
domestic animals, and objects of human art, mingled with remains of fishes,
reptiles, and mammals, washed by the river from the banks, composed of eocene
and post-pliocene deposits.
" Teeth of an extinct species of horse, however, undoubtedly belong as true
fossils to the post-pliocene formations in the vicinity of Charleston. These
are usually hard in texture, stained brown or black from the infiltration of ox-
ide of iron, sometimes well preserved, but more frequently in a fragmentary
condition and water-worn. Generally they are not larger than the teeth of the
more ordinary varieties of the domestic horse, and sometimes are quite as simple
in the plication of their enamel, but usually are more complex and sometimes
exceedingly so.
" Figure 1 represents a first superior molar tooth, neither larger nor more
complex in structure than the corresponding tooth of the recent Horse. This
specimen, which is dense and jet black in color, was obtained by Prof. Holmes
from a stratum of ferruginous sand, two inches thick, exposed on the side of a
bluff, on Goose Creek, about twelve miles from Charleston.
" Having expressed a desire to see the locality from which the tooth just
mentioned was obtained, Prof. Holmes afforded me the opportunity of doing so.
The bluff is about thirty feet high ; its base is formed of a pliocene limestone,
about fifteen feet thick, and composed of the debris of marine shells : above
this is the stratum of ferruginous sand, of post-pliocene age, containing nu-
merous pebbles and rolled fragments of bone all blackened like the tooth ob-
tained from the same positios. Overlying the latter stratum, there is a layer
of stiff blue clay, about two feet in thickness, and above this there are about
twelve feet of sand and earth-mould.
* Ibidem, 68.
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183
" A similar blackened tooth was obtained from the same formation at Doctor's
Swamp, John's Island.
" Figure 4 represents a very remarkably well preserved specimen of a lower
molar above referred to from Georgia, where it was discovered by J. H. Couper,
in association with equally well preserved remains of other extinct animals.
The tooth is brown in color ; and it neither differs in size nor form from its
homologue in the recent horse.
"In the collection of fossils of Prof. Holmes, there is the specimen of an
upper first large molar, labelled from Texas, represented in figure 5. The tooth
is of the largest comparative size, and exhibits the highest degree of com-
plexity in the folding of its enamel ; iu both of which characters it differs in
such a remarkable degree from the corresponding tooth, represented in figure
5, from the post-pliocene formation of South Carolina, that it appears hardly
possible that these two teeth should belong to the same species of horse.
" A remarkably well preserved specimen of an upper molar tooth, jet black
in color, and an incisor, yellow and quite friable in texture, both belonging to
the extinct horse, from North Carolina, have been submitted to my inspection
by Prof. Emmons.
" Among the most interesting of the fossils discovered by Prof. Holmes, in
the post-pliocene beds of the Ashley River, are two molar teeth of a species of
the equine genus Hippotherium. These are the first remains of the latter dis-
covered in America, and they indicate the smallest known species.
" Both specimens are from the upper jaw ; and they are well characterized,
not only by the isolation of the internal median enamel column, but also by
the complex plication of the interior or central enamel columns.
" The larger specimen is firm in texture ; has the enamel stained jet black,
and the dentine and cement gray.
" I have personally had the opportunity of inspecting remains of the tapir,
found in Texas, Louisiana, Kentucky, Mississippi, Indiana, Ohio and Souh Caro-
lina, proving an extensive range of this animal at one time over the country of
the United States.
"The specimens which were presented by Dr. Carpenter to the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, on close comparison are not found to differ
from the corresponding parts of the living Tapir us americanus.
"The post-pliocene deposit of the Ashlej' River contains a number of small
fragments of molar teeth, and one nearly entire and unworn crown of a second
lower molar, which have the same characters of form and size, as in the living
tapir. Besides these, the same collections contain fragments of lower molars,
and two nearly entire crowns of upper molars, having the exact form of the
corresponding teeth of the T. americanus, but larger in size.
" Teeth of the beaver, jet black in color, have likewise been obtained from
the post-pliocene deposit of Ashley River.
"The collections contain numerous specimens of blackened molar teeth, to-
gether with a few incisors and fragments of jaws, from the Ashley post-plio-
cene deposit, which neither differ iu form nor size from the corresponding parts
of the recent muskrat.
" Remains of Lepus sylvaticus — common gray rabbit — have been found in
association with those of other rodents and of the extinct peccary near Galena,
Illinois. A few specimens of molar teeth, black in color, apparently belonging
to this species, were obtained from the post-pliocene beds of the Ashley
River.
" Several small fragments of teeth of the Megatherium, in Prof. Holmes' col-
lection, were obtained from the post-pliocene bed of the Ashley River. Pre-
viously to the discovery of those specimens, remains of the Megatherium bad
been found in no other locality of North America than in the State of Georgia.
" Two small fragments of lower molar teeth of Mylodon Jlarlani were ob-
tained from the Ashley post-pliocene beds. One of the fragments is repre-
1859.]
184 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
sented in figure 21, plate xvi. of 'A memoir on the extinct Sloth Tribe of
North America,' by the author."
As regards the specimens of human art found as above, it must be remarked
that it is only at this locality — Ashley Ferry — that we find such relics. Here
at the base of a low bluff, is a beach of eocene marl ; above the bluff is a farm-
yard, and all the sweepings of the premises, consisting in part of old hoes,
broken plough-shares, and fragments of crockery-ware, etc., are thrown into
the river, and lie mingled with the fossils which are washed out of the bluff,
and scattered over the surface of the beach below, which is exposed at low
tide. At no other locality on this river, and there are several, viz. : Ramsay's,
Clement's, Greer's, Middleton's, etc., where similar fossils are found, do we
obtain relics of human art ; at least, I have never found such.
The fossils from Ashley Ferry present, as a group, the same appearance as
those procured inland at some distance from the river, by digging from three
to five feet below the surface. Many specimens from the ferry were considered
as recent by Professor Leidy ; they appear quite fresh and unchanged in color,
and their texture not in the slightest degree altered. To one familiar with the
fossils of the South Carolina Post-Pliocene, this excites no surprise, as it is of
common occurrence, more especially among the shells; for example, the olive
shell — Oliva literata — is found as fresh and highly polished as the recent ones
from the sea-beaches along the coast ; and Cardium magnum retains often the
delicate yellow and brown markings, common to the species.
Tlie color or texture of a fossil, therefore, does not always absolutely deter-
mine its relative age ; as Professor Leidy has himself remarked in a foot-note
to his letter alluded to above, viz. :
" Fossilization, petrifaction, or lapidification, is no positive indication of the
relative age of organic remains.
"The Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia contains
bones of the megalonyx, and of the extinct peccary, that are entirely unchanged ;
not a particle of gelatin has been lost, nor a particle of mineral matter added,
and, indeed, some of the bones of the former even have portions of articular
cartilage and tendinous attachments, well preserved."*
From the foregoing it would appear that of the ancient fauna of America,
which included representatives of many of our present domestic animals, some
species have undoubtedly become extinct; but-I confess I am not yet prepared
to admit from any evidence yet adduced, or from my own examinations, that
all of the living species are distinct from those found fossil in the post-plio-
cene. The teeth and bones of the rabbit, raccoon, opossum, deer, elk, hog, dog,
sheep, ox and horse, are often found in these beds, and though associated with
those known to be extinct, such as mastodon, megatherium, hipparion, etc.,
need not necessarily be referred to extinct races also ; since their remains can-
not be distinguished from the bones and teeth of the living species.
It has been just remarked that about ninety-five per cent., or nearly all of the
one hundred and fifty shells of molluscous animals from these beds are specifi-
cally identical with the recent or living species of the coast, — two are found
only at the south of this, and two are extinct. Of the vertebrates from the
same bed, the tapir, peccary, raccoon, opossum, deer, musk-rat, rabbit, beaver,
and elk have still their living representatives, generically, if not specifically ; and
even of the identity of species there seems to be no doubt, as no anatomical
differences can be discerned. Two of these species, like the mollusca just al-
luded to, no longer live in South Carolina; the tapir and peccary are only
found in South America and Mexico; the musk-rat, elk and beaver, though ex-
tinct on the Atlantic coast, are still living in the interior of the country. And
though it has been acknowledged that the mastodon, megatherium, elephant,
glvptodon, and two species of Equine genera, etc., are entirely extinct, yet the
* Indigenous Races of the Earth, p. xix.
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185
discoveries made of the remains even of some of these, would indicate that
they still existed at a period so recent, that, in the language of Professor Leidy,
" it is probable the red man witnessed their declining existence."
The peccary, or Mexican hog, an animal common in Mexico, is not indigenous
to the Atlantic United States; but his bones have been found associated with
human remains in caves used as cemeteries by the Aborigines.* " A tomb in
the city of Mexico," according to Clavigero, (?)f " was found to contain the
bones of an entire mammoth, the sepulchre appearing to have been formed ex-
pressly for their reception." And "Mr. Latrobe relates that during the prose-
cution of some excavations, near the city of Tezcuco, one of the ancient roads
or causeways was discovered, and on one side, only three feet below the sur-
face, in what may have been the ditch of the road, there lay the entire skeleton
of a mastodon. It bore every appearance of having been coeval with the period
when the road was used."
Again I extract from Prof. Leidy's letter : J
" The early existence of the genera to which our domestic animals belong, ha3
been adduced as presumptive evidence of the advent of man at a more remote
period than is usually assigned. It must be remembered, however, even at the
present time, that of some of these genera only a few species are domesticated :
thus of the existing six species of Equus (Horse) only two have ever been freely
brought under the dominion of man.
" The horse did not exist in America at the time of its discovery by Europeans ;
but its remains, consisting chiefly of molar teeth, have now been so frequently
found in association with those of extinct animals, that it is generally admitted
once to have been an aboriginal inhabitant. When I first saw examples of
these remains I was not disposed to view them as relics of an extinct species ;
for although some presented characteristic differences from those of previously
known species, others were undistinguishable from the corresponding parts of the
domestic horse, and among them were intermediate varieties of form and size.
The subsequent discovery of the remains of two species of the closely allied
extinct genus Hipparion, in addition to the discovery of remains of two extinct
equine genera of an earlier geological period, leaves no room to doubt the
former existence of the horse on the American continent, contemporaneously
with the Mastodon and Megalonyx : and man probably was his companion."
The iesult of the whole seems to be, that of the animals found fossil in the
post-pliocene beds, all the mollusca of the present day are undoubtedly a per-
petuation of the same species ; that of the higher order of vertebrata, the tapir,
peccary, raccoon, opossum, deer, elk, and musk-rat are equally entitled to be
considered the descendants of this ancient race. And if the claims of the
mollusca to this distinction rest upon a secure basis, because they are peculiar
to this country, and not obnoxious to suspicion of foreign immigration, it must
be recollected that this is equally true of the above named animals.
Those which have hitherto been regarded as of recent and European origin,
are the horse, sheep, hog, and ox ; and it must be reserved perhaps for future
consideration to determine how far the negative proof of the non-existence of
these animals in the country at the time of its discovery may be regarded in each
individual case sufficiently strong to settle the question of his extinction and
reintroduction, when so many of his associates and contemporaries have suc-
ceeded in maintaining an unbroken line of descent down to the present day.
Professor Agassiz's Letter.
Key West, Feb. 25th, 1858.
Professor F. S. Holmes :
^ Mv dear Sir : — I have not forgotten my promise to write to you my impres-
sions respecting your important discoveries of fossil mammalia in the post-
1859.]
* Bradford's American Antiquities, p. 31.
t Bradford's American Antiquities, p. 227.
X Nott and Gliddon, Indigenous Races of the Earth, p. xviii.
186 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
pliocene beds of South Carolina. Indeed I have been thinking of them
continually since I saw them, and nothing impressed me so deeply for many
years past as the sight of these bones. I consider their careful study in all
their relations as of the utmost importance for the progress of our science. It
is true there is hardly anything of interest in the animals themselves, since
they appear to be all well known types, but their simultaneous occurrence in
the same beds, showing that they have lived together at a time when the white
man had not yet planted himself upon this continent, render their association as
undisputed. How does it happen, that horses, sheep, bulls and hogs, not distin-
guishable from our domestic species, existed upon this continent, together with
the deer, the musk-rat, the beaver, the hare, the opossum, the tapir, which in
our days are peculiar to this continent, and not found in the countries where
our domesticated aoimals originated ? The whole matter might seem to admit
of an easy solution by supposing that the native American horse, sheep, bull,
and hog were different species from those of the old world, even though the parts
preserved show no specific differences; but this would be a mere theoretical
solution of a difficulty which seems to me to have far deeper meaning, and to
bear directly upon the question of the first origin of organized beings.
The circumstances under which these remains are found, admit of no doubt,
bat the animals from which they are derived, existed in North America long
before this continent was settled by the white race of men, together with ani-
mals which to this day are common in the same localities, such as the deer, the
musk-rat, the opossum and others only now found in South America, such as
the_ tapir. This shows beyond the possibility of a controversy, that animals
which cannot be distinguished from one another, may originate independently
in different fauna, and I take it that the facts you have brought together are a
satisfactory proof that horses, sheep, bulls and hogs, not distinguishable at pre-
sent from the domesticated species, were called into existence upon the conti-
nent of North America prior to the coming of the white race to these parts,
and that they had already disappeared here when the new comers set foot upon
this continent; but the presence of tapir teeth among the rest show also that a
genus peculiar to South America and the Sunda Islands existed also in North
America in those days, and that its representative of that period is not distin-
guishable from the South American species.
It would be desirable in this stage of the enquiry to compare your tapir teeth
with those of the species from Central America, which is considered distinct
from the Brazilian species. This circumstance leads naturally to the question
of the specific identity of all these animals with those now living in the same
locality, and with the domesticated species. And here I confess the difficulty
to be almost insuperable, or at least hardly approachable in the present state of
our science, when the views of naturalists are so divided as to what are species
among the genera bos, ovis, capra. For myself. I entertain doubt respecting
the unity of origin of the domesticated horses. But whatever be the final re-
sult of this enquiry, this much is already established by the fossils you have
collected, that horses, hogs, bulls and sheep were among the native animals of
North America, as early as the common American deer, the opossum, the
beaver, the musk-rat, etc. What remains to be settled respecting their specific
identity is involved in the controversy now carried on between naturalists, who
admit specific distinctions upon a very wide range of differences, and those
who limit them within narrow boundaries. But the final solution of this point
can in no way lessen the interest of your discoveries.
Should you publish anything upon this subject, let me have your notice, for
I am deeply interested in the subject, as I always shall be, in everything you
d°- Ever truly your friend,
L. AGASSIZ.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187
July 19 th.
Major Le Conte, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Present nineteen members.
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings : —
" Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5, by W. G. Binney." " Cata-
logue of Birds collected in the vicinity of FortTejon, California, with a
description of a new species of Syrnium, by John Xantus."
And were referred to committees.
July 26</t.
Major Le Conte, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Present thirteen members.
The committees to which the following papers were referred reported
in favor of publication in the Proceedings :
Descriptions of Four New Species of Exotic TJNIONIDJE.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio bolloides. — Testa, sulcata, subrotunda, valde ventricosa, subaequilate-
rali, postice subalata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus promi-
nentibus, tumidis, ad apices radiis elevatis divaricatis ; epidermide luteo-fusca,
crebris transversis sulcis, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus praelongis, lamellatis,
valde obliquis ; lateralibu3 subloagis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita. alba
et iridescente.
Ifab. — Rio de la Plata. Soutb America. G. Von dem Busch, M. D.
Monocondylcea planulata. — Testa, alata, laevi, obovatu, valde compressa, ad
latere planulata, valde inasquilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotunda, ;
valvulis tenuissimis, pellucidis ; natibus vix prominentibus ; epidermide minu-
tissime striata, luteola, postice viridi, subnitida, obsolete radiata ; dentibus
cardinalibus parvissimis, compresso-tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo singulis ;
margarita caeruleo-alba et iridiscente.
Hab. — Java. G. Von dem Buscb, M. D.
Monocondyloia khomboidea. — Testa lajvi, rhombo-quadrata, valde compressa,
ad latere planulata, valde inaequilaterali, postice subalata, antice oblique trun-
cata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus vix prominentibus, ad apices crebrissime et
minute undulata : epidermide olivacea., striata, nitida, obsolete radiata; denti-
bus cardinalibus parvis, compresso-tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo singulis ;
margarita vel aurea vel purpurascente et valde iridescente.
Hab. — Euphrates River, near Bagdad, Asia. G. Von dem Busch, M. D.
Unio rudus. — Testa laevi, elliptica, crassa, infiata, inaequilaterali, postice
emarginata, antice oblique rotundata; valvulis valde crassis, antice crassiori-
bus; natibus crassis prominentibusque ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, aspere
striata, radiis uncisis ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, sublongis, striatis,
crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis, subcrassis,
granulatis curvisque , margarita alba et paulisper iridescente.
Hab. — Rio de la Plata, South America. G. Von dem Busch, M. D.
1859.]
188
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5.
BY W. G. BINNEY.
In the Catalogue of American Land Shells, published in the last volume of
the Proceedings, a few species were accidentally omitted. These and some
additional authorities are given below,
also given.
1. A. foliolatus non foliatus.
12. H. Californiensis Lea, Trosch.
DeK., Binn. — nee Chemn., Rve.
13a. H. cultellata Thomson.
33a. H. strigosa Gld., Binn.,
Pfr.
336. H. Townsendiana Lea,
Binn., DeK., Tros., Pfr., Gld.,
Chemn., Rve.
33c. H. tudiculata Binn., Pfr.
33c?. H. Vancouverensis
Lea, Tros., DeK., Pfr., Binn.,
Chemn., Gld., Rve.
H. concava Binn. olim.
H. vellicata Forbes, Chemn.,
Rve., Pfr.
41. B. sufflatus Gld. inlitt.
B. vesicalis Grid. olim.
48a. (in addenda) is syn. of 48.
49a. T. bilineatus Cart. (Grat.)
sp. mihi ignota.
55a. L. lineatus DeK.
sp. ined. — mihi ignota.
Limax — sp. excl..
Limax gracilis Grat.
Eumelus lividus Grat.
" nebulosus Grat.
Philomycus dele lividus.
" nebulosus.
adde.
P. oxyrus Raf., Gr. et Pf.
P. quadrilus Raf., Gr. et Pfr.
dele
Oxyrus
' ' quadrilus.
58. adde V. Americana Chemn.
68. S. Texasiana Pfr., Chem.
69. S. obiqua Pfr.
82. H. auriculata DeK.
83. Stenotrema avara Hart.
84a. H. Berlanderiana Mor.,
Desk, in Lam., Cliemn., Pfr. in
vol. iii. nee vol. i., Rve., Binn.
H. pachyloma Mke. , Pfr. ?
H. virginalis Pfr., Chemn.?
86. H. bulbina Pfr.
it
Several newly detected species are
H. c a d u c a Pfr., Chemn.
Rve.
86a
97. H. dentifera Pfr. vol. i. nee vol.
iii., nee Chemn.
After H. diodonta
dissidens Desh. =
Say, read H.
H. concava.
104
130
133.
139a
140a
141.
144.
158.
170.
H. Tennesseensis Tros.
H. Mobiliana Tros.
After 132 read H. Leaii Ward =
H. monodon.
H. laevigata Desh.
H. maxillata Gld., Pfr,
H. milium Morse.
H. apex Ad.
dele H. monoden var. y. Pf.— legge
H. convexa var. y. Pfr.
H. dentifera Pf. in vol. iii. nee.
vol. i., Chemn., nee. Binn.
After 161 H. septemvolva Say, &c.
=H. cereolus Muhl.
H. Tamaulipasensis Lea.
172. H. thyroidus Desh. in Fer.
176. dele H. varians Rve.
187a. B. Go s s e i Pfr., (Ro'emer.)
192a. B. patriarchaW. G. Binn.
193. Adde Rve.
195. B. hortensis Ad.!
P. mar itima Gld., (necj..)
P. pellucida Pfr. , Chemn.
P. rupicola Chemn.
Vertigo variolosa Ad. Gen.
E Heliceis exclusa.
Triodopsis lunula Raf.
M. flavus Gmel.,Pfr.
Auricula Midce §'c. Mart, and
Chemn.
Voluta Schr.
flava Gmel., Dillw.
flammea y. Gmel.
Bulimus monile Brug.
Melampa monile Schw.
Conovulus monile Goldf.
' ' flavus Anton.
213.
214a
217.
218.
229a.
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
189
Auricula monileYer., Lam.,Chem.
flava Desh. in Lam.
" coniformis Orb.
Melampus monile Lowe.
Melampus torosa Morch.
" monilis Shuttl.
232a. M. RedfieldiPfr.
245. H. vestita Pfr.
Catalogue of Birds collected in the vicinity of Fort Tejon, California, with a
description of a new species of SYRNIUM.
BY JOHN XANTUS.
The following list presents the results of ornithological collections made in
the vicinity of Fort Tejon, in California, during a period embraced between the
end of May, 1857, and the beginning of November, 1858, about 17 months, and
including but one season of northward migration of the species. The 144 spe-
cies enumerated are not to be considered as all that belong to the region above
mentioned, as many birds are so rare, retiring, or difficult of approach, that
they can only be secured in a series of years. Many additional species of
rapacious and water birds were seen but could not be obtained, and though
many of these were readily recognized, I have not felt at liberty to mention
them in the list, which consists entirely of species actually collected within a
few miles of the Post, and now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.
Of all the species collected, or observed, copious notes were taken relating to
the numbers, dimensions, habits, reproduction, &c. These will all be made
the subject of a special memoir hereafter, and I limit myself here to a simple
enumeration of species.
It will be seen from the catalogue that the Fauna of Fort Tejon is essen-
tially that of the coast of California, as shown by the abundance of the Cali-
fornia Jay, Brown Pipilo, &c, Psaltriparus minimus, etc., and has only slight
relations to that of the interior or Colorado region.
Some of the most interesting results of the collections made at Fort Tejon,
consist in the addition to science of several new species, as Syrnium occidental,
Empidonax Ilammondii, Vireo Cassinii, etc., and in the increase of the Fauna of
the United Srates by some Mexican species, as Selasphorus calliope, Dendrocygna
fiilva, &c. ; Helmintkophaga ruficapilla had not previously been found west of the
Rocky Mountains, while Carpodacus Cassinii was for the first time obtained west
of the Colorado river.
It may be proper to state that Fort Tejon is a U. S. Military post, situated
near the Tejon Pass, at the head of the Tulare Valley, between the cascade and
coast mountain ranges of California, in about latitude 35° north, longitude 119°
west. The height of the Post is about 4250 feet above the sea, and this alti-
tude with the proximity of higher mountains, gives to it a peculiar Fauna, in
many respects quite different from that of the low lands of the same parallel.
It is an interesting fact, that while the Bighorn, (Ovis monlana,) and the
Missouri black- tailed or mule deer, (Cervus macrotis,) are abundant in the
vicinity, the common black- tailed deer of California (Cervus columbianus) is
seldom, if ever, met with.
A comparison of the present list with that published by Dr. T. C. Henry,
U. S. A., of the species inhabiting the vicinity of Fort Thorn, in the upper Rio
Grande, and in the Rocky Mountain district, will be of particular interest, as
illustrating the differences in the character of the two regions. Dr. Henry's
loner residence at or near the post above mentioned, enabled him to exhaust
the ornithology of the country more fully than I could do, in a much less time,
his list reaching 198 species, while mine embraces only 144. It is, however,
quite probable that the uumber of Fort Tejon birds could not readily be brought
up much above 200 species, as the great elevation of the Post would make it
little liable to the visits of many water birds, or of the land birds requiring
a hot climate and low country.
1859.]
190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The names and numbers (on the left-hand side) given, are those of the spe-
cies in the Report on birds of the Pacific R. R. Survey, Vol. ix.
List of Species collected.
1. Cathartes aura, Illig. — Turkey Buzzard.
13. Tinnunculus sparverius, Vieill. — Sparrow Hawk.
16. Accipiter mexicanus, Swains. — Blue-backed Hawk.
17. Accipiter fuscus, Bonap. — Sharp-shinned Hawk.
24. Buteo montanus, Nuttall. — Western Red-tail.
26. Buteo elegans, Cassin. — Red-bellied Hawk.
32. Archibuteo ferruginecs, Gray. — Squirrel Hawk.
33. Circus hudsonius, Vieillot. — Marsh Hawk.
47. Strix pratincola, Bonap. — Barn Owl.
48. Bubo virginianus, Bonap. — Great Horned Owl.
54a. Syrnium occidentale, Xantus. — California Barred Owl.
57. Nyctale acadica, Bon. — Saw-whet Owl.
59. Athene cunicularia, Bon. — Burrowing Owl.
51. Owl, (too young to identify).
68. Geococcyx californianus, Baird. — Paisano ; Chapparal Cock.
75. Picus Harrisii, Aud. — Harris' Woodpecker.
f 7. Picus Gairdneri, Aud. — Gairdner's Woodpecker.
78. Picus Nuttalli, Garabel. — Nuttall's Woodpecker.
87. Sphyropicus ruber, Baird. — Red-breasted Woodpecker.
95. Melanerpes formicivorus, Bonap. — California Woodpecker.
96. Melanerpes torquatus, Bonap.— Lewis's Woodpecker.
98. Copates mexicanus, Swains. — Red-shafted Flicker.
102. Trochilus Alexandri, Bourc. and Muls. — Black-chinned Humming Bird.
103. Selasphorus rufus, Sw. — Rufous Humming Bird.
104. Selasphorus calliope, Gould.
105. Atthis anna, Reichenb. — Anna Humming Bird.
106. Atthis cost^e, Reichenb. — Ruffed Humming Bird.
126. Tyrannus verticalis, Say. — Arkansas Flycatcher.
131. Myiarchus mexicanus, Baird.— Ash-throated Flycatcher.
134. Sayornis nigricans, Bonap. — Black Flycatcher.
137. Contopus borealis, Baird. — Olive-sided Flycatcher.
138. Contopus Richardsonii, Baird. — Short-legged Pewee.
141. Empidonax pusillus, Cab. — Little Flycatcher.
144a. Empidonax difficilis, Baird. — Western Flycatcher.
145. Empidonax Hammondii, Baird. — Hammond's Flycatcher.
150. Turdus nanus, Aud. — Dwarf Thrush.
155. Turdus migratorius, Linn. — Robin.
156. Turdus n^vius, Gmelin. — Varied Thrush.
159. Sialia mexicana, Swains. — Western Blue Bird.
161. Regulus calendula, Licht. — Ruby-crowned Wren.
164. Hydrobata mexicana, Baird. — Water Ouzel.
165. Anthus ludovicianus, Licht. — Tit-lark.
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 191
170. Geothylpis trichas, Cab. — Maryland Yellow Throat.
173. Geothlypis Macgillivrayi, Baird. — Macgillivray's Warbler.
177. Icteria longicadda, Lawr. — LoDg-tailed Chat.
183. Helminthophaga ruficapilla, Bd. — Nashville Warbler.
184. Helminthopaga celata, Baird. — Orange-crowned Warbler.
192. Dendroica nigrescens, Baird. — Black-throated Gray Warbler.
195. Dendroica Acdubonii, Baird. — Audubon's Warbler.
203. Dendroica /estiva, Baird. — Yellow Warbler.
213. Myiodioctes pusillus, Bonap. — Green Black-cap Flycatcher.
223. Pyranga ludoviciana, Bonap. — Louisiana Tanager.
226. Hirdndo lunifrons, Say. — Cliff Swallow.
227. Hirundo bicolor, Vieill. — White-bellied Swallow.
228. Hirundo thalassina, Sw. — Violet Green Swallow.
231. Progne pdepdrea, Boie. — Purple Martin.
234. Phainopepla nitens, Sclater. — Black-crested Flycatcher.
235. Myiadestes Townsendii, Cab. — Townsend's Flycatcher.
238. Collyrio excubitoroides, Baird. — White-ruraped Shrike.
245. Vireo gilvus, Bonap. — Warbling Flycatcher.
250. Vireo solitarius, Vieill. — Blue-headed Flycatcher.
251. Vireo Cassinii, Xantus. — Cassin's Vireo.
253a. Var. Minus caudatus, Baird. — Long-tailed Mocker.
256. Harporhynchus redivivus, Cab. — California Thrush.
263. Catherpes mexicanus, Baird. — White-throated Wren.
264. Salpinctes obsoletus, Cab. — Rock Wren.
267. Thryothorus Bewickii, Bonap. — Bewick's Wren.
268. Cistothorus palustris, Cab. — Long-billed Marsh Wren.
271. Troglodytes Parkmanni, Aud. — Parkman's Wren.
273. Troglodytes hyemalis, Vieill. — Winter Wren.
274. Chamjea fasciata, Gambel. — Ground Tit.
276. Certhia mexicana, Gloger. — Mexican Creeper.
278. Sitta aculeata, Cassin. — Slender-billed Nutatch.
282. Polioptila c^erulea, Sclat. — Blue-gray Gnatcatcher.
287. Lopiiophanes inornatus, Cassin. — Gray Titmouse.
294. Parus montanus, Gambel. — Mountain Titmouse.
298. Psaltriparus minimus, Bonap. — Least Tit.
3C2. Eremophila cornuta, Boie. — Sky Lark.
306. Carpodacus californicus, Baird. — Western Purple Finch.
307. Carpodacus Cassinii, Baird. — Cassin's Purple Finch.
308. Carpodacus frontalis, Gray. — House Finch.
314. Chrysomitris psaltria, Bonap. — Arkansas Finch.
316. Chrysomitris Lawrencii, Bonap. — Lawrence's Goldfinch
317. Chrysomitris pinus, Bonap. — Pine Finch.
335. Passerculus alaudinus, Bonap. — Lark Sparrow.
344. Chondestes grammaca, Bonap. — Lark Finch.
346. Zonotrichia Gambelii, Gambel. — Gambel's Finch.
347. Zonotrichia coronata, Baird. — Golden-crowned Sparro
1859.]
192 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
352. Junco Oregonus, Sclat. — Oregon Snow Bird.
359. Spizella socialis, Bonap. — Chipping Sparrow.
364. Melospiza Heermanni, Baird. — Heermann's Song Sparrow.
366. Melospiza rufina, Baird. — Rusty Song Sparrow.
367. Melospiza fallax, Baird. — Mountain Song Sparrow.
368. Melospiza Lincolnii, Baird. — Lincoln's Finch.
372. Peocaia ruficeps, Baird. — Brown-headed Finch.
375. Passerella Townsendii, Nutt. — Oregon Finch.
376. Passerella schistacea, Baird. — Slate-colored Sparrow.
381. Goiraca melanocephala, Sw. — Black-headed Grosbeak.
382. Guiraca cterulea, Sw. — Blue Grosbeak.
386. Cyanospiza amcsna, Baird. — Lazuli Finch.
394. Pipilo megalonyx, Baird. — Spurred Towbee.
396. Pipilo fuscus, Sw. — Brown Towhee.
401. Agelaius phceniceus, Vieill. ? — Red-winged Blackbird.
403. Agelaius tricolor, Bonaparte. — Red and White-shouldered Blackbird.
404. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus. — Yellow-headed Blackbird.
407. Sturnella neglecta, Aud. — Western Lark.
416. Icterus Bullockii, Bonap. — Bullock's Oriole.
418. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. — Brewer's Blackbird.
423. Cokyus carnivorus, Bartram. — American Raven.
430. Picicorvcs Columbianus, Bonap. — Clark's Crow.
435. Cyanura Stelleri, Sw. — Steller's Jay.
437. Cyanocitta Californica, Strick. — California Jay.
445. Columba fasciata, Say Band-tailed Pigeon.
451. Zenaidura Carolinensis, Bonap. — Common Dove.
473. Oreortyx pictus, Baird. — Mountain Quail.
474. Lophortyx Californicus, Bonap —California Quail.
485. Garzetta candidissima, Bonap. — Snowy Heron.
486«. Herodias egretta, v. Californica. — California Egret.
493. Butorides virescbns, Bonap. — Green Heron.
495. Nyctiardea gardeni, Baird. — Night Heron.
500. Ibis ordii, Bonaparte. — Glossy Ibis.
504. JEgialitis vociferus, Cassin. — Killdeer.
517. Recurvirostra Americana, 6m. — American Avoset.
518. Himantopus nigricollis, Vieillot. — Black-necked Stilt.
523. Gallinago Wilsonii, Bonap. — English Snipe.
525. Macrorhamphus scolopaceus, La. — Greater Longbeak.
532. Tringa Wilsonii, Nuttall. — Least Sandpiper.
535. Ereunetes petrificatus, 111. — Semipalmated Sandpiper.
539. Gambetta melanoleuca, Bonap. — Tell-tale ; Stone Snipe.
543. Tringoides macularius, Gray. — Spotted Sandpiper.
554. Rallus Virginianus, Linn. — Virginia Rail.
559. Fulica Americana, Gmelin. — Coot.
575. Dendrocygna fulva, Burm. — Brown Tree-dnck.
576. Anas Boschas, Linn. — Mallard.
[July,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 193
578. Dafila acuta, Jenyns. — Sprig-tail ; Pin-tail.
579. Nettion Carolinensis, Baird. — Green-winged Teal.
582. Querquedula cyanopterus, Cassin. — Red-breasted Teal.
583. Spatula clypeata, Boie. — Shoveller.
585. Mareca Americana, Stephens. — Baldpate.
591. Aythya Americana, Bonap. — Red-head.
595. Bccephala albeola, Baird. — Butter Ball.
609. Erismatura rcbida, Bonap. — Ruddy-Duck.
663. Larus Californicus, Lawr. — California Gull.
698. Colymbus torquatus, Brunn. — Loon.
Syrnium occidentale, Xantus.
Sp. Char. A little smaller than S. nebulosuvi ; general color liver brown, the
feathers barred everywhere, even on the flanks. Axillars and under wing and
tail coverts banded transversely with white, the bands towards and on the head
are contracted into rounded spots.
General appearance t' at of S. nebiilosum. Prevailing color light liver brown,
each short feather with two transverse bars of white, the basal one tinged with
rufous yellow ; the subterminal pure white and not generally extending to the
edges of the feathers. These bars have a marginal suffusion of brown darker
than the ground color. On the top of the head and neck the subterminal bar
exhibits a tendency to contraction into rounded or cordate spots, and in other
places to a median interruption along the shaft. On the scapulars, axillars and
other elongated feathers, there are several white bars. The facial disk is gray-
ish, obscurely barred with brown, the posterior margin of the ear is uniform
liver brown, then becoming banded with white. The longest quills and tail
feathers show about 7 to 9 clouded transverse light bars, one of these at the
end of the feather ; those bars on the inner and outer margins are quite white,
especially towards the base of the feather, elsewhere they are mottled yellowish
brown, or brownish yellow; the legs are dirty yellowish, with obscure and
rather transverse mot' lings of brown. The bill is greenish yellow ; the iris
gamboge : the claws horn color ; the toes are thickly feathered to within two
scutellce of the base of the claws. The fourth quill is longest, the fifth and then
the third a little shorter, the second between the 6th and 7th ; the first rather
shorter than the eighth.
Length of male 18 inches ; extent 40 ; wing 13 ; tail 8=} ; tarsus about 2.
This species, with a general resemblance to the Syrnium nehitlositm, is of rather
smaller size, and readily distinguished by the entire absence of any of the lon-
gitudinal brown stripes so conspicuous on the belly, flanks and lower tail
coverts of the latter species; these regions being barred transversely with white
and brown. The white bars on the feathers are much less continuous and
regular, and on the neck and head are restricted to rounded spots instead of
forming regular zones. The under wing coverts are banded transversely in-
stead of being uniform yellowish white. The bill is less pure yellow.
A single specimen (original number 1588) was collected at Fort Tejon,
March 6th, 1858.
August 2d.
Major LeConte, Vice President, in the Chair.
Present seventeen members. v
Dr. Hammond read a letter from Miss M. H. Morris of Germantown, giving
an account of a luminous larva, two inches long, which was found in a forest,
at the Delaware Water Gap. Miss M. observes, " the whole length of the
1859.]
15
194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
under part of the body, the intervals of the segments, the prolegs and spiracles,
shine with a pale green light. The insect, which is now kept in a box with
decaying wood and earth, has penetrated into the latter, and appears to be
ready to assume the pupa form." Should it undergo its perfect metamor-
phosis, Miss M. promises to give the Academy a further account of the insect.
August 16t7i.
Major Le Conte, Vice President, in the Chair.
Present eighteen members.
A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings entitled
"New Genera and Species of North American Tipulidse with short
palpi, with an attempt at a new classification of the tribe, by R. Osten
Sacken ;" and also the following :
" Description of a type of Gobioids, intermediate between Solinae
and Tridentigerinse. By Theodore Gill."
" Description of a new South American type of Siluroids allied to
Callophysus. By Theodore Gill." Which were referred to Committees.
Avgxist 23c7.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Present twenty-five members.
Dr. Leidy read a letter from Dr. G. J. Fisher, dated at Sing Sing, New York,
.giving an account of an antler of the Reindeer, which had been found in the
vicinity of the place mentioned. The specimen was discovered in excavating
a peat bed, at the depth of six feet from the surface. The peat bed is almost
an acre in extent, surrounded by high ground, and looks as if it had been the
site of an ancient lake. Dr. L. observed that there is a similar specimen of an
Untler of the Reindeer in the museum of the Academy, which had been found
near Vincentown, New Jersey, at the depth of four feet. See Proc. 1858, 179.
The discovery of these remains of the Reindeer, and likewise of the remains
of the Walrus, in similar positions in New Jersey, (See Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.
xi. 83,) favor the view that the arctic fauna at one period extended its boun-
dary much more southerly than at present.
Dr. Leidy further exhibited a drawing of a singular and beautiful animalcule,
which he had obtained in his recent visit to Newport, Rhode Island. The animal-
cule occupies a green, curved, vase-like tube, attached to dead shells, in com-
pany with Serpulae, which were dredged by Mr. Powel from Newport harbor.
The vase-like tube has an oblong oval, prostrate body, an erect, narrow neck,
and an expanded, convolvulus-like mouth. The body of the animalcule is
dark bottle green, and presents the same general structural appearance as the
Stentors. From the body projects a funnel-shaped expansion, dividing into
two lips like a labiate flower. The margins of the lips and the interior of the
funnel are ciliated ; and both lips are capable of closing, and with the funnel
are retractile within the tube of the animalcule. The size of the latter is al-
most the fifth of a line in length ; and it appears to be allied to the Stentors,
and more nearly resembles the Chsetospira Mulleri Lack man}}, than
any other animalcule Dr. L. had seen described. It was named F r e y i a Ame-
ricana.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 195
August 30th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Present thirty-one members.
The following papers were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings :
Description of a type of GOBIOIDS intermediat3 between Solinse and
Tridentigerinae.
BY THEO. GILL.
EVORTHODDS Gill.
Body elongated, anteriorly subcylindrical, slowly declining to the caudal.
Scales regularly imbricated, extending forwards to the eyes ; those of the sides
with pectiniform borders ; those of the anterior part of the back cycloid Head
thick, abbreviated, subquadrate in profile, above transversely convex, anteri-
orly truncated. Eyes large, approximated and wholly in the anterior half of
the head. Mouth moderate. Tongue thick and stout, but not wide, anteri-
orly free, and with the margin entire. Teeth uniserial, compressed, straight,
with parallel borders and emarginated crowns ; those of the lower jaw nearly
horizontal. Dorsal fins entirely disconnected ; the first with anterior rays
slightly filamentary, the second oblong. Caudal and pectorals rounded. Ven-
trals infundibuliform, with the interspinal membrane low.
This genus is well distinguished by its dentition, and appears to thus con-
nect the true Solince, whose teeth are acute, with the Tridenligerince, in which
they are tridentiform. The sub-family of Tridentigerince includes two genera,
both of which are peculiar, as far as is known, to the Pacific ocean. In Tridenti-
ger, Gill, there is behind the row of tridentiform teeth of each jaw, a row of
simple acute ones. In Trkenophorus,* Gill, simple teeth only are behind the
tridentiform ones of the lower jaw. Both of those genera also differ from
Evorthodus as well as from each other in the form of the head.
EVORTHODUS BREVICEPS Gill.
The body regularly declines from the first dorsal to the end of the second ;
at the former point, the height is a sixth of the extreme length, and the least
height is an eleventh of the same. From the dorsal to the snout, the outline
is evenly curved.
The short head constitutes about a sixth of the extreme length ; its greatest
breadth and width are nearly equal to each other, and each bears a proportion
to the length of about thirteen to seventeen.
The eyes are situated entirely in the anterior half of the head ; the diameter
of an orbit equals a third of the head's length; the interorbital space is
narrow.
The mouth is extended very little backwards.
The anal fin commences under the second or third ray of the second dorsal,
and has (sometimes) one more ray than that fin.
The caudal, when expanded, has a rounded margin, and forms a fourth of
the total length.
1 1
Dvi, 1, 9-A1, 10-0 5,7,8, 6, P 17, V, I, 5+5-J-l.
1 1
The color is light brown with irregular blackish blotches along the sides ; at
the base of the caudal fin are two black spots, one above the other, alternating
* The word Tricenophorns having been previously used by Rudolphi for a genus in
Helminthology, it is proposed to substitute for the ichthyic genus, ihe name of Trianopho-
richlhys, and for the species that of T. trigonocephalies.
1859.]
196 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
with one anterior on the peduncle. The first dorsal has two bands parallel
with its upper margin ; the second has three narrower longitudinal bands.
A single specimen of the species was found in the island of Trinidad, near
the mouth of a river in the vicinity of the celebrated Pitch Lake.
Description of a new South American type of SILUROIDS, allied to Callophysus.
BY THEO. GILL.
PlMELETROPIS Gill.
Body naked, moderately elongated and compressed, tapering to the caudal.
Head cuneiform in profile, depressed and ovate above, and sloping rapidly
outwards. Supraoccipital extended longitudinally backwards, but not con-
nected to a dorsal buckler. Eyes submedian and oblique. Barbels six, con-
sisting of the maxillary and two pairs of mental. Branchial apertures large
and continuous under the throat Branchiostegal rays generally eight. Mouth
moderate and terminal ; upper jaw slightly protruding. Teeth uniserial,
wide, straight and truncated. Lateral line straight and extending to the
caudal ; anteriorly with lateral branches. Dorsal fin quadrangular, elevated
anteriorly, and with its first ray simple and slender. Adipose fin elongated
and cariniform. Anal fin similar in form to the dorsal, and under the adipose
fin. Caudal fin deeply emarginated, and with equal and pointed lobes. Pectorals
pointed, and with the superior ray simple and slender. Ventrals with the
second ray longest.
Pimeletropis agrees in almost all of its essential characters with Callophysus
of Muller and Troscbel, but differs in the presence of the single row of teeth
in each jaw. The same character, in connection with others, distinguishes it
from Pimelenotus Gill.
Pimeletropis lateralis Gill.
The elongated and slender body is highest under the dorsal, and from its ,
termination the dorsal outline commences to slope backwards to the end of
the long adipose fin, under the first half of which it is slightly curved, and
then nearly straight ; the caudal peduncle is slender and elliptical, but at the
base of the caudar fin it appears compressed and expanded superiorly and
inferiorly, from the recurrence of the rudimentary rays of the fin. The
greatest height is about a sixth of the entire length from the snout to the
concave margin of the caudal fin ; that of the peduncle is little more than a
third of the former.
The lateral line is perfectly straight, and is anteriorly furnished with diverg-
ing branches, which tend obliquely and posteriorly.
The head is above of an oval form, and declines to the region of the poste-
rior nostrils, in a slightly concave line, to the eyes ; the sides are posteriorly
rounded near the skull, and thence descend obliquely outwards to the opercu-
lar margin. The head, from the snout to the margin of the operculum, forms
nearly a fifth of the total length, and its greatest breadth bears a relation to
this length of fourteen to nineteen. The width regularly diminishes from
this point to the angle of the mouth, where the proportion is as ten to nine-
teen. The snout is obtusely horizontally rounded, and the space between
the anterior and posterior nostrils is convex.
The skin is mostly smooth, but papillae cover the space between the eyes
and over the fontanelle ; there are also a few meandering dermal grooves be-
low and behind the eyes.
The supraoccipital process is linear, and four times longer than broad.
The eyes are longitudinally oval and contracted by the skin ; the longitudinal
diameter within the skin exceeds a seventh of the head's length ; their ante-
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197
rior borders are midway between the snout and opercular margin ; the distance
from each other is as seven to three, but the interorbital space is only as five
and a half to three.
The roof of the mouth is studded with papillae, especially in a transverse
line on the palate.
The lips are thick and minutely papillated.
The maxillary barbels are attenuated at their ends, and extend to or beyond
the caudal base.
The teeth are straight and compressed, with parallel sides, and imbedded in
the gums ; the distance between each is equal to its width. There are more
than forty in the upper, and more than fifty in the lower jaw. Behind the
teeth there is a papillated ridge, but no teeth.
There are eight branchiostegal rays.
A distinct pectoral pore is present.
The dorsal commences behind the second fourth of the length of the fish, and
its anterior ray is longest, and almost equals the height of the body.
The adipose fin is very long and abruptly truncated posteriorly ; it is dis-
tinctly striated, so as to present a finely rayed appearance.
The caudal fin is deeply lunate ; its central rays form an eleventh of the
extreme length, and its longest are equal to a fifth.
The pectorals are pointed, and equal a fifth of the length.
The ventrals are shorter than the pectorals, and the second ray is longest.
The following formula indicates the number and character of the rays : —
1 1
D 1, 5 0 ; A 4, 8 - ; C 19, I, 7, 8, I, 13 ; P I, 12 ; V I, 15.
1 1
The color is silvery beneath, and above merges into a light purplish hue.
Along the side there are a number of distinct, nearly round dusky spots. The
fins are pearly, opaque at the bases.
The specimen from which this description has been taken, was presented
by Mr. A. Edwards to the Lyceum of Natural History, of New York. It was
obtained from the Amazon River, with Cetopsis candiru Ag., Enctenogoblns
bodius Gill, Sternojjygus macrurus M. and T., and other species.
New genera and species of North American TIPULID2E with short palpi, with
an attempt at a new classification of the tribe.
BY BARON R. VON OSTEN SACKEN.
Little attention has been paid by former authors to the North American
species of the genera Limnobia Meig., and E ri op te ra Meig., and the
number of those already described is not at all in proportion to the great num-
ber of species of some other genera, which have been made known, (as, for.
instance, Tabanus, Anthrax, and the family of Asilidae.)
In my Catalogue of the described Diptera of North America, published in
1858 by the Smithsonian Institution, not more than 23 species, coming within
the scope of the present publication, are enumerated.* The considerable
number of new species of this family contained in my collection of North
American Diptera, induced me to undertake their publication.
It was only natural to expect that among so many new species, some new
genera would occur. Whosoever has paid any attention to the classification
of the Tipulidce with short palpi, knows how very imperfect this classification
is, and how the principal genera are established on the habitual and artificial
characters. It became necessary, therefore, before proposing new genera to
revise the old ones, and to establish them on better characters. I have attempted
this, but in judging what I have done, it should be borne in mind, that this
1859.]
198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
part of my task was in my purpose only a secondary one. I wanted to publish
new American genera and species ; in order to establish the former I found it
necessary to give more precise definitions to already existing genera ; I hope
these definitions will hold good ; but the grouping of these old and new genera
according to their natural affinities is the task of a monograpbist ; it requires
a study of the family in its totality, embracing the species from all parts of
the world ; what I have given in this respect is nothing but a temporary ar-
rangement, adopted here, because an arrangement of some kind was required.
It would have been the task of a monographist, for instance, to define more
precisely the subdivision of the family of the Tipulidce terricolce in two tribes,
those with short, and tho=e with long palpi. This subdivision (first adopted by
Latreille in 1805, in the 14th volume of his Histoire naturelle des crustaces etdes
insectes, ) although excellent, is not sufficient, since there are intermediate forms
which it does not embrace ; the character itself, on which it is founded, cannot
stand alone ; in order to be made available, it must be supported by charac-
ters taken from other organs. (Among the Tipulidce with short palpi there are
some, like Pedicia, Amalopis, Arrhenica, etc., having the last joint
of the palpi much longer than the preceding, and showing in this way an ap-
proach to the tribe with long palpi.)
Not pretending to write a monograph, I do not define more accurately the
group which forms the subject of the present paper ; I took it, as defined by
former authors, and I could do so the more readily as I have not met with any
form of doubtful position.
Without entering into a detailed historical account of the generic and other
subdivisions established and subsequently given up by different authors within
the group in question, I will advert only to Macquart's attempt to subdivide
the genus Limnobia Meig., as it is the most important for my purpose.
Macquart separated from Limnobia Meig., all species with a petiolate areolet,
and formed of them the genus Limnophila. Now, a more natural subdivision,
as will be shown below, is that founded, not on the presence or the absence of
the petiolated areolet, but on the presence or absence of the second radial area.
Nevertheless, Macquart's subdivision was very near the true one, because all
Limnobia? with one radial area are at the same time destitute of a petiolate
areolet, and most of those with tiro radial area? possess this areolet. I say
most of them, because there are a few species of Limnobias iciih two radial
arece and no petiolate areolet, and these species were most unnaturally united
by Macquart with the Limnobice with one cubital area. (The European Lim-
nobia sylvatica Meig., for instance, is one of them ; in Macquart's Histoire
naturelle des dipt/ res it is to be found in the genus Limnob ia Macq., to-
gether with L. modest a, morio, etc) This was the fault of his subdiv-
sion.
in a paper published by me in the Stettiner entomologische Zeitung in 1854,
I have suggested that the presence of the second radial area, combined with
characters taken from the structure of the genital organs, lead to a more
natural subdivision. The classification, adopted in the present paper, is the
development of this suggestion.
The bulk of the tribe Tipulce ivith short palpi, may be divided in two sections,
showing the contrast of characters expressed in the following two columns : —
* Limnobia {Pedicia) albivitta Wk., L. {Pedicia) contermina Wk., L. c inct i-
pes Say, ten uipe s Say, r o strata Say, ma cr oc era Say, a r gu s Say, fas c i p en-
nis Say, humeralis Say, gracilis Wied., cario?iaria Macq,,badia Walk.,
biterminata Wk., i g n o b i 1 i s Wk„ s i m u 1 a n s Wife., t u r p i s IH\, p r o m i n e n s
Wk., {Rhamphidia ?), Symplecta c a n a Walk., Rhamphidia f 1 a v i p e s Macquart, Lim-
nobiorynchus canadensis VVestwood, Anisomera longicornis Walk., Erioptera
calopt era Say, and the European E. fascipennis Zctt. I omit the species from
the West Indies and Mexico ; I omit also Trichocera, no species of this genus having
been described by me here. The names printed in italics are those of species which
have been identified by me; the others are as yet unknown or doubtful.
[Aug.
r
NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA. 199
II.
I.
One radial area.
Antennae, 14-jointed.
No distinct pulvilli.
Ungues, with, distinct teeth on the un-
derside.
No spurs at the tip of the tibiae.
Limn obi a 710b.
Two radial arese.
Antennae, 16-jointed.
Pulvilli distinct.
Ungues smooth on the under side.
Tibiae, with spurs.
Limnophila
nob., etc.
Tibiae, without
spurs.
Erioptera
Meig., etc.
These characters do not exhaust the contrast : the structure of the mouth,
and that of the male genital organs, is different in both groups.
The first column, and the two subdivisions of the second, contain thus the
characters of the three principal groups of the tribe. Among the 87 species
described on the following pages, 68, that is, nearly four-fifths of the whole
number, belong to these three groups, each of them containing about the same
number of species. I will call them Tipulae limnobiaeforra es (with 24
species), Tipulae eriopterae formes (with 25 species), and Tipulae lim-
nophilaeformes (with 19 species), thus deriving the names from those of
the typical genera.
A fourth group has all the characters of the second, as enumerated above,
except that the structure of the antennae is anomalous ; they have 6, some-
times 10, distinct joints, and often reach extraordinary proportions, being in
the rj1 of some species three or four times longer than the body. Some other
characters, as the structure of the palpi, the presence of a tubercle on the
front, etc., justify the separation of this group. A fifth group also answers to
all the characters of the second ; but has, besides, a mediastinal cross-vein,
which is far remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein, and anterior to the origin
of the petiole ; pubescent eyes; a distinct tubercle on the front, behind the antenna,
and the 4th joint of the palpi elongated ; I call them Tipulae pediciaeformes.
The structure of the rj1 genitals and the neuration of the wings, (especially the
form of the discal areolet) in this group, seem'to indicate a transition towards
the Tipulos with long palpi. The genera Amalopis and P e d i c i a are the
types of /the group ; Dicranota is closely related to them, although it has
13-jointed antennae and short palpi ; Ula is only provisionally placed in this
group on account of its pubescent eyes, the position of its mediastinal cross-
vein, etc.
We have seen that the first group reproduces the characters enumerated
above in the first column ; that the second and third group answer to the
characters of the second column ^ the fourth and fifth group, although some-
what anomalous, show a decided prevalence of the characters of the second
column. But there are several genera which possess some of the characters of
ihefirst and some others of the second column at the same time, so that they have
no more relation to the one than to the other. They have, for instance, one
radial area and 16 (instead of 14) joints of the antennce; the structure of their
genital organs holds also the middle between the typical forms of the first and
second group, with more apparent analogy to the second. But besides this
anomalous combination of characters, each of these genera shows some pecu-
liarity of structure, for the most part, so striking, that it appears at once very
natural to isolate them from all other groups. I have gathered them all in a
sixth group, which I have placed between the first and the second, under the
name of Tipulae anomalae. This -group is entirely artificial, and, for this
reason only provisional.*
* It will be seen below, that the four genera placed in the group alluded to, have all
one radial area and spurless tibim. But, among the species of my collection, which re-
mained undcscribed on account of too small number of specimens, there is one which
has one radial area and distinct spurs at the tip of the tibim, and thus combines again the
characters of the two opposite columns.
1859.]
200 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
In an appendix, I describe an interesting new genus P r o t op 1 as a, and
a new species ofPtychoptera Mtig. These two genera, as well as B i 1 1 a-
comorpha Westw., are related to each other, and seem to form a distinct
tribe, belonging neither to the Tipulae with short, nor to those with lougpalpi.
It deserves to be observed that such intermediate groups, combining the char-
acters of two or more larger divisions, groups small in number of species, but
singular and anomalous in structure, contain most of the forms which the living
fauna has in common with the fossil one. Thus Protoplasa is closely re-
lated to the fossil genus Macrochile Loew ; thus Elephantomyia
(among my Tipulas a n o m a 1 se) is closely allied to Toxorhina Loew, which
has been found living, as well as fossil; thus Rhamphidia of the same
group, occurs very frequently as fossil ; and it is not at all improbable, that
my genera A n t o c h a and Dicranoptycha will be found fossil in the
Prussian amber. Another circumstance worth noticing is, that so many of the
fossil forms, now extinct in Europe, should be found living in the New World.
This observation is not confined to the T i p u 1 i d ae only : Professor Loew men-
tions, in a recent letter to me, that he had repeated it in the Dolichopodae. It
is well known that similar facts have been recorded in other branches of Zoo-
logy, as well as in Botany.
Many new species and even new genera remain undescribed in my collection,
either because I have not been able to procure a sufficient number of specimens,
or because I had no fresh specimens for examination. It will be noticed that at
the end of every description I have mentioned the number of specimens which
I had for comparison. The importance of this datum scarcely needs an ex-
planation : it is evident that the more specimens have been compared, the more
perfect the description ought to be ; and it is important for those who have to
determine specimens from descriptions, to be enabled to know how far the de-
scriber had the means on hand to draw a go'od description. In a very few in-
stances only I have ventured to describe a species from a single specimen ; and
that in such cases only where the characters of the species seemed striking
enough to secure its recognition. Another important rule to observe, is the
study of fresh and even living specimens. The structure of the (J1 genital organs
can be studied on such specimens only; likewise, it is for the most part very
difficult to count the number of joints of the antennas, and to obtain a correct
idea of the form and the relative length of the joints of the palpi, unless from
living or recently killed specimens.
Besides the number of specimens which I had for comparison, I have men-
tioned at the end of every description, the names of the persons from whom.1
have obtained them. I am exceedingly obliged in this respect for the generous
contributions of Mr. S. H. Scudder in Boston, Mr. A. S. Packard in Brunswick,
Me., Mr. Edw. Norton in Farmington, Conn., but before all to Mr. Roberf Ken-
nicott from Illinois, who put at my disposal highly valuable collections of Dip-
tera, m^de during his travels in the North Western pans of the Union. The
localities where I collected myself are designated by the abbreviation (nob.)
Although nearly one hundred N. American species are known to me at pre-
sent, nearly all which would have been placed formerly in the old genera
Limnobia Meig. and Er ioptera Meig., the fauna in this respect is far
from being exhausted. Even now, when this paper is completed, almost every
ramble in the country procures me a new species, or, at least, some new fact,
deserving to be mentioned in the context. And if I determine upon the publi-
cation of this paper, it is only because I am compelled by circumstances which
leave me no other choice but to publish it as it is, or to give up its publication
altogether.
Several European species have been found by me as occurring here and are re-
described under their old names. Having had no European specimens for
comparison, I have identified them partly from recollection, partly from existing
descriptions. It may happen also that among my new American species, some
O
ug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201
will be identified afterwards with European ones. The question of the real or
apparent identity of American species with European ones, especially among
insects, is a very delicate one, and requires a special investigation. Until some
general principles are adopted in this respect, entomologists will have to depend
on approximation, and their decisions will always be more or less arbitrary.
In any event there is very little harm done in describing under a new name a
European species found on this continent. The important point is, to have it
well described, and if such is the case, its affinity or identity with the European
species will easily be found out afterwards.
The terminology of the neuration of the wing, as explained on the diagram,
is for the most part that of Walker. I have introduced some changes, where I
could not follow him, as well as additions, where my purpose required it (es-
pecially some new names of the cross-veins). My terminology is in many points
perfectly arbitrary, but until a rational nomenclature of the neuration of the
wings, applicable to all families of D i p t e r a , is adopted, the monographer of
every family will be compelled to invent his own. There is no great harm in
this, if only the meaning of the terms is clearly explained.
The terminology of the other parts of the body required almost no changes ;
there was only the thoracic portion between the suture and the scutelium, which
had no peculiar name in the former descriptions. I call it scutum of the meso-
thoraz, or simply scutum, following in this the nomenclature expounded by
Westwood in Griffith's Animal Kingdom, vol. xv. p. 722, tab. cxxii. Ac-
cording to the same authority, I call prezscutum of the mesothoraz, or sim-
ply prcescutum, the upper thoracic portion between the collare and the su-
ture.
Not having been able to give figures of the wings of the different species, I
have supplied their place by frequent references to the plates in Meigen's,
Schummel's* and Walker's works, as well as by descriptions of the neura-
tion.
The circumstance that the genital organs of the male L im no b i ae can be
drawn from living specimens only, prevented me from replacing my hand by
that of a more skilful draughtsman. I appeal, therefore, to the indulgence of
my colleagues in Dipterology.
My friend Dr. John L. Le Conte has kindly volunteered to correct the proofs
of this paper, which will be published during my absence, and I tender him my
most cordial thanks for this mark of friendship.
Explanation of the terminology of the wing, as used in this paper.
Arem and Areolets.
1. Subaxillary area. 9. Second radial area.
2. Axillary area. 10. Cubital area.
3. Anal area. 11. Subapical area.
4. Pobrachial area. 12. First externomedial, or petiolate areolet.
5. Praebrachial area. 13. Second externomedial areolet.
6. Mediastinal area. 14. Third externomedial areolet.
7. Subcostal area. 15. Fourth externomedial areolet.
8. First radial area. 16. Discal externomedial areolet.
The areolets from 9 to 15 have been sometimes called collectively apical
areolets.
*Beitrage zur Entomologie, besonders in Bezug auf Schlesien, von T. E. Schummel and
Herm. Stannius ; 8vo. Breslau, 1832.
Among other papers, this collection contains a monograph of theSilesian L imnobiae,
by Schummel.
1859.]
202
PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Diagram of a wing with two radial arece.
Veins.
am. Costal vein or costa.
dc. Mediastinal vein.
em. Subcostal vein.
fg'. Praebrachial vein.
gu. Pobrachial vein.
hv. Anal vein.
iw. Axillary vein.
xy. Petiole of the radial and cubital veing, or simply petiole,
yp. Cubital vein.
yn and yo radial vein, 'with its two branches, zn the upper, and zo the lower
branch.
d'r. First externoniedial vein.
b's. Second externomedial vein.
c't. Third externomedial vein.
Cross-veins.
b.
hi.
o'.
9'h'.
ff'e'.
d'b'
b'c',
e'f
vein. J- Discal
5-vein. J
Humeral cross-vein.
Mediastinal cross-vein.
Stigmatical cross-vein.
Central cross-vein.
Upper discal cross-vein
First lower discal cross-vein. ss-v( as.
Second lower discal cross-
Great cross-vein.
The term central cross-veins has been also used collectively for the whole extent
of the veins % y h' g' c' /', or for a part of them, when they form a more or less
straight line across the middle of the wing.
Other terms which have been used.
x is the origin of the petiole.
yh' is the portion of the cubital vein anterior to the central cross-vein ; it has
itself sometimes the appearance of a cross-vein, being in one line with the
central cross-vein.
7120 is the radial fork.
oyp is the cubital fork, or simply the fork when it is the only one.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203
Analytical Table for determining the genera.
I. One radial area ; antennae 14-jointed ; ungues armed with teeth on the
under side ; tibia? without spurs at the tip ; pulvilli indistinct or none ;
(natural group.) Limnobia nob.
II. One radial area; antennae 16-jointed; (*)
(artificial group.)
A. Mediastinal vein indistinct, being closely applied to the subcostal vein ;
no mediastinal cross-vein apparent ; petiole, not arcuated at its
origin, but forming an acute angle with the subcostal vein ; anal
angle of the wing square. Antocha nob.
AA. Mediastinal vein distinct ; petiole arcuated at its origin ; anal angle
rounded.
B. No stigmatical cross-vein ; proboscis elongated ; palpi at its tip.
C. Proboscis almost as long as the body. Elephantomyia nob.
CC. Proboscis shorter than the bod,r but longer than tlw head.
Rhamphidia Meig.
BB. A distinct stigmatical cross-vein.
D. A distinct fold, having almost the appearance of a supplementary
vein, runs from about the middle of the anal vein, down the anal
area, towards the posterior margin of the wing ; no distinct stigma ?
proboscis short ; wings elongated. Dicranoptycha nob.
DD. No fold in the anal area ; a distinct stigma ; proboscis elongated,
although shorter than the head ; collare prolonged in a narrow, al-
most linear neck ; wings broad, rather short, with a rounded poste-
rior margin, very pure hyaline ; the subcostal vein does not extend
much beyond the central cross-veins. Teucholabis nob.
III. Two radial arese.
E. Tibia? unarmed with spurs at the tip.
F. Wings pubescent on the whole surface, or their veins clothed with long
hairs. Erioptera Meig.
FF. Wings naked, or only with a short pubescence along the veins.
G. Axillary vein undulated ; (see, Meig. i. tab. v. f. 7.) Symplecta Meig.
GO. Axillary vein straight, or almost straight.
H. The first radial area has the form of an almost equilateral triangle,
the petiole being very oblique ; 1 and $> genital organs obtuse, with-
out distinct horny appendages. Cryptolabis nob.
HH. The first radial areas has its usual elongated form ; the tf genitals
have several distinct elongated, horny or coriaceous appendages ; the
ovipositor of the $ consists as usual of horny, pointed valves.
J. The second radial area is very short, almost triangular ; the upper
branch of the radial fork takes an oblique, sometimes almost perpen-
dicular direction to the lower branch, (like Meig, i. tab. vi. f. 7.)
Gonomyia Meig.
JJ. The second radial area has its usual elongated form, both branches of
the fork being more or less parallel.
K. No petiolate areolet ; body black. Gnophomyia nob.
KK. A petiolate areolet ; body yellow. Cladura nob.
EE. Tibiae armed with spurs at the tip.
L. Axillary vein very short, incurved to the anal angle ; wings like Meig.
i. tab. vii. f. 9 ; antennae long, (as long as head and thorax together)
setaceous, terminal joints indistinct. Trichccera Meig.
LL. Axillary vein extending beyond the anal angle.
M. Antennae from 6 to 10-jointed.
N. No discal areolet ; wings like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 8. Anisomera Meig.
1859.]
*The antennae are apparently 15-jointed in Elephantomyia nob.
204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
NN. A discal areolet.
0. Antenme of the tf much longer than the body ; those of the 9 short ;
second joint of the palpi longer than the third. Arrhenica nob.
00. Antennae ^ of $ and of about the same length ; both much shorter
than the body ; second and third joints of the palpi about the same
length. Eriocera Macq.
MM. Antennae 13 (sometimes apparently 12 ?) jointed ; mediastinal cross-
vein, far remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein, anterior to the
origin of the petiole ; wings like Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. tab.
xxx. f. 7, (having two cross-veins between the upper branch of the
radial fork and the subcostal vein.) Dicranota Zett.
MMM. Antenme 16 (or 17) jointed.
Q. Mediastinal cross-vein far remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein,
anterior to the origin of the petiole.
R. Wings pubescent. Ula Halid.
Dn „. ., ( Amalopis Halid.
RR. Wings glabrous. j Fedicia Zatr.
QQ. Mediastinal cross-vein close by the tip of the mediastinal vein,
or not far remote from it, and always posterior to the origin of the
petiole. Limnophila nob.
Limnobia. nob.
(L i m n o b i a Meig , ex parte, inclusive of R h i p i d i a Meig., G e r a n o-
myia Hal , and Dicranomyia Steph.)
One radial area. Antennae 14-joiated, (sometimes apparently 15-jointed,
the cylindrical prolongation of the last joint appearing in some species as an
independent joint). Ungues armed with teeth ou the under side. Tibia? with-
out spurs at the tips. Pulvilli indistinct or none.
The proboscis is always elongated, cylindrical, although generally shorter
than the head; in Geranomyia alone (1st Section) it reaches extraor-
dinary proportions. The $ genitals vary in structure in the different sections
of this genus; but all their forms have one character in common, and that is,
the great development of the anal style, situated immediately under the forceps.
(This organ is designated by the letter e on the figures 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, etc., of the
plate.)
The group thus characterized, although very natural, comprises various forms
on which new subdivisions may be established. But there is no reason to
isolate some of them, leaving the others under the old generic denomination.
The genus, as defined above, is so compact, that either it must remain in its
integrity as a group of higher order, or the whole of it must be subdivided into
subordinate groups. This rule has not been observed in former works.
The genus Rhipidia has been established on a European species with
pectinated antennae; the genus Geranomyia on several species with a
long proboscis ; but both R h i p i d i a and Geranomyia have more affinity
to some species which remained in the genus L imnobia (especially to those
which form my 3d Section, Dicranomyia Steph.,) than these species have
to their neighbors of the same genus, (to the L i m n o b i ae of my 5th Section.)
The pectinated or moniliform antennas of R h i p i d i a are a character of
altogether secondary importance ; that is they do not indicate a corresponding
modification in the rest of the organization. The inconstance of this character
is alone sufficient to prove its secondary value : in Rhipidia maculata the
antennae are pectinated in the male and moniliform in the female; in Rhipidia
domestica n. sp. they are moniliform in both sexes. Such a character may
be used in the classification, but it must be subordinate to more important
characters.
In Geranomyia likewise the length of the rostrum, although a very good
generic character, has apparently but little influence on the rest of the organi-
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205
zation, and should also remain subordinate to more essential characters. (In
the same manner the immense proboscis of L inin o b i or b y n c h u s does
not prevent it from having the closest affinity to some Rhamphidije, for
instance to my Rh. brevirostris with a comparatively short proboscis )
Not being able, on account of the scarcity of my materials, to attempt a final
partition of the group Limnobia in its present definition, I retain it in its
totality as a group of higher order and subdivide it in sections, some of which,
(as Rhipidia, Geranomyia, etc.,) are genera already previously estab-
lished, and which will also be retained in future, and others are only temporary
divisions, adopted for want of better ones. The 5th Section especially is not
sufficiently defined.
Limnobia in its present definition almost corresponds to Limnobia
Macq. But, besides that it now includes Rhipidia and Geranomyia, it
has been freed from those species, which, like my Limnophila quadrata and
L. 1 e n t a have two radial area, and no petiolate areolet, and which Macquart, very
erroneously, separated from his genus Limnophila, where they belong,
and included in his L i m n o b i a, where they are strangers. (See more about
it in the preface and in L i m n o p h i 1 a.)
Analytical Table.
1. Proboscis prolonged inahaustellum, and both together longer than head and
thorax. (Section 1st.) Gen. Geranomyia Halid.
(There is a separate analytical table for this genus below.)
Proboscis shorter than the head, 2
2. Antennae pectinated or moniliform. (Section 2d.) Gen. Rhipidia Meig.
(There is a separate analytical table for this genus below.)
Antennas setaceous, 3
3. A supplementary cross-vein between the anal and axillary veins ; wing3
with brown, ocelliform spots; length 3J — 4 lines. (Section 6th.)
L. Argu3 Say.
No supplementary cross-vein, 4
4. "Wings with brown or black spots, or with clouds along the central cross-
veins or with brown dots on the anterior margin, 5
Wings without spots, clouds, etc., only with a more or less distinct stigma, 12
5. Feet black or dark brown, with a whitish ring before the tip of the femora, 6
Feet yellow or brownish yellow, with or without brown rin& s, 7
6. Wings with blackish spots, especially along the anterior margin, and nu-
merous small round dots in the areae : body blackish ; feet black, a tohitish
ring at a distance from the tip of the femora about equal to its own undth ; length
3J to 4 lines. (Section 4th.) L. defuncta nob.
Wings with a dark stigma and clouds along the central cross-veins ; body
tawny and browu ; feet brown ; a white ring close to the tip of the femora ;
length 3— 3J lin. (Section 3d. Dicranomyia Hal.)
L. humidicola nob.
7. The stigmatical cross-vein is at the tip of the subcostal vein, 8
The stigmatical cross-vein is separated from the tip of the subcostal vein by
an interval equal at least to half the length of the stigma, 11
8. Latter part of femora with brown rings at some distance from the tip ; wings
spotted with brown, 9
Femora yellow, brown at the tip only, and without pale rings ; wings with
three brown ocelli and nebulosities on the cross-veins ; body yellow, with
brown dots ; length 3£ — 4 lin. (Section 5th.) L. triocellata nob.
9. Intermediate stripe of the thorax pale, margined with brown ; length 4 — 5
lin. L. solitaria nob.
Intermediate stripe brown or black, capillary, 10
10. Two pale rings on the femora; the lower branch of the fork formed by the
mediastinal cross-vein with the tip of the mediastinal vein is longer than
1859.]
206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
the upper one ; it is arcuated, before joining the subcostal vein, whereas the
upper one (joining the costal vein,) is short, straight and perpendicular :
length 4 — 5 lines, i Section 5th.) L. immatura nob.
One pale ring on the femora ; both branches of the fork, formed by the
mediastinal cross-vein with the tip of the mediastinal vein, are of about
the same length ; length 5 — 6 lines. (Section 5th.) L. cinctipes nob.
11. Thorax with three brown stripes, the intermediate one capillary; wings
clouded with brown along the central cross-veins and some of the longitu-
dinal veins ; length 4 lines. (Section 5th.) L. indigena nob.
Thorax with one brown stripe on its anterior p*rt ; wings yellowish, with
four more or less distinct brown dots along the anterior margin ; length
4— 4| lines. (Section 5th.) L. tristigma nob.
12. Thorax black, shining, pleurae with a silvery reflection ; wings infuscated,
stigma brown : length 3 lines. (Section 3d.) L. morio Fab.
Thorax cinereous, with three brown stripes ; wings hyaline, stigma infus-
cated along the cross-vein only, the rest of its surface being paler ; length
2£— 3J lines. (Section 3d.) L. liberta nob.
Thorax ochraceous or brown, with or without stripes, 13
13. Whole antennae black or brown ; body brown, with more or les3 ochraceous
on the thorax, 18
Antennas, or at least their basal joints, pale, 14
14. Discoidal areolet extant, 15
No discoidal areolet ; mediastinal cross- vein removed from the tip of the
mediastinal vein at a distance about equal to the length of the stigma, 17
15. Feet yellow, with two brown rings ; tip of the mediastinal vein with a brown
cloud, L. tristigma nob.
(See above, No. 11.)
Feet yellow, without brown rings ; tip of the mediastinal vein without
cloud, 16
16. Ochraceous; abdomen, stigma and knob of halteres infuscated; veins of
the wings brown ; mediastinal cross-vein at a distance from the tip of the
mediastinal vein about equal to the length of the stigma; length 2 — 2 £
lines. (Section 3d.) - L. diversa nob.
The whole body, including the veins of the wings, pale ochraceous ; medias-
tinal cross-vein at some distance from the tip of the mediastinal vein, but
nearer than the length of the stigma ; length 3 — 3| lines. (Section 3d.)
L. pudica nob.
17. Ochraceous; thorax with a brown stripe in the middle ; feet tawny ; length
2£ — 3 lines. (Section 3d.) L. immodesta nob.
Brownish ochraceous ; thorax with three brown stripes ; feet brown; femora
with a pale ring before the tip ; length 2^ — 3 lines. (Section 3d.)
L. gladiator nob.
18. Mediastinal cross-vein near the tip of the mediastinal vein, (the interval
between them is much shorter than the length of the stigma,) 19
Mediastinal cross-vein removed from the tip of the mediastinal vein at a
distance about equal to the length of the stigma ; length 2^ — 3 lines. (Sec-
tion 3d.) L. distans nob.
19. The mediastinal vein joins the costal at some distance beyond the origin of
the petiole, (this distance being almost equal to the length of the stigma) :
tip of the wing finely pubescent; length 3 — 3± lines. (Section 3d.)
L. pubipennls nob.
The mediastinal vein joins the costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ;
tip of the wing naked ; length 2\ — 3 lines. (Section 3d.) L. stulta nob.
1st Section.
Geranomyia Halid.
Proboscis slender, longer than the head, prolonged in a haustellum, which
[Au
g-
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207
is longer than the antennae ; it consists of a linear, very long lingua, and au
equally long labium, divided from the base in two branches ; palpi very short,
near the tip of the proboscis, but at a considerable distance from the tip of the
haustellum.*
The other characters of the genus agree with those of the 3d section, (Dicra -
n o m y i a Sleph.) The forceps of the male has the same structure ; the habits
seem to be the same, both genera being found in damp situations.
This genus was formed by Haliday, in 1833, on a European species, the only,
I think, at present known from that part of the world. The American continent
seems to be more abundant in Geranornyiae. Dr. Loew published six species
from Brazil, Chili, and the West Indies, and Mr. Walker one from Brazil. I
have found three species within the United States.
Macquart's genus A p o r o s a, (established in 1838), is identical with G e r a -
n o m y i a Halid.
Analytical Table.
1. Wings spotted, G. rostrata Say.
Wings not spotted, 2
2. Thorax cinereous, with three black stripes ; the mediastinal vein joins the
costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole. G. diversa ?wb.
Thorax tawny, with brown stripes ; the mediastinal vein joins the costal at
about the middle of the distance between the origin of the petiole and the tip
of the subcostal vein. G. comniunis nob.
G. rostrata. Alis fusco maculatis et nebulosis ; long. lin. 3.
Say, Journ. Acad. Phil. iii. 22, 6.
Wiedem. Auss. Zw. i. 35, 20.
Front and vertex cinereous ; proboscis and antenna brown. Thorax gray with
more or less distinct brown stripes ; the intermediate one appears sometimes
slightly capillary ; humeri and pleurae tawny with a hoary reflection ; scutellum
and metathorax brown, hoary ; halteres pale yellow with a brown knob ; feet
tawny, tips of the tibia; black, thickly clothed with very short black hairs, and
appearing for this reason slightly clavate ; tips of tarsi infuscated. Abdomen
brown, venter paler. Wings with five nearly square brown spots along the
anterior margin ; cross-veins and tips of all the veins along the apex and the
posterior margin clouded with pale brown.
Four (J1 9 specimens. Washington (uob.) Mass. (Harris' Catal. Ins. Mass.)
I have caught the same species in Cuba.
G. communis. Pallide fusca, thorace fusco-vittato, alae hyalinre stigmate
ovali, obscuro ; long. lin. 1\ — 2f.
Front and vertex cinereous, occiput tawny ; antennae brown, under side of the
1st joint tawny; palpi and proboscis brown, basis of the latter pale. Thorax
tawny, with three more or less dark brown stripes ; pleurae yellowish tawny;
metathorax brown with a hoary reflection ; halteres blackish, with a pale base ;
feet tawny, tips of femora, tibiae and tarsi brown. Abdomen brown, mar-
gins of segments pale ; venter paler. Wings hyaline, slightly cinereous, with
a pale brown oval stigma ; the tip of the subcostal vein forms a curve joining
the radial ; the stigmatical cross-vein is a little before their junction ; the medi-
astinal vein joins the costal at about one-third of the distance between the origin
of the petiole and the tip of the subcostal vein.
Five <$■ and 3 ^specimens. Washington (nob.) Upper Wisconsin River, (Mr.
Kennicott).
G. diversa. Thorace cinereo, vittis tribus nigris,.alas subhyalinse, stig-
mate pallide fusco ; long. lin. 1\ — 2f .
1859.]
f I disiinguish here the proboscis from the haustellum, according to the acceptation of
t;hs word laid down in Illiger's Terminology.
208 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Proboscis, palpi and antennae black ; front and vertex cinereous. Thorax
cinereous, with three distinct black stripes, the intermediate one extends over
the collare; the lateral ones are abbreviated before; pleurae, scutellum and
rnetathorax hoary ; halteres pale at base, dusky at tip ; coxae and basis of femora
pale ; the rest of the feet more or less dark tawny. Abdomen brown ; $ forceps
paler. Wings slightly infuscated ; stigma of an irregular oblong form, pale
fuscous ; a slight nebulosity at the origin of the petiole ; the mediastinal vein
joins the costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ; the atigmatical cross-
vein forms with the tip of the subcostal vein an obtuse angle (sometimes ap-
proaching a straight line) ; the cross-vein is situated near the posterior end of
the stigma.
$ and 9 specimens from Trenton Falls, (nob.) The proboscis (including
the haustellum) of this species, are shorter than those of G. communis.
2d Section.
Rhipidia Meig.
Antennae bipectinated or moniliform in the rj\ moniliform in the 9 •
The other characters, as well as the neuration of the wings, and the form of
the ■ (^ forceps (see the figures 8 and 9 of the plate) agree with my 3d section,
(Dicranomyia Steph.)
I have altered the generic character of this genus as it was adopted by
Meigen ("antennae maris bipectinatae"), in order to include in it two new
species, which are closely allied to R. maculata, but have moniliform
antennae in both sexes.
Analytical Table.
1. Antennae bipectinated in the ^J1, moniliform in the 9; wings densely spotted
with small pale brown spots. R. maculata Meig.
Antennee moniliform in $ and 9j or only subpectinated in the $; wings with
some brown spots along the anterior margin. 2.
2. Antennae black. R. fidelis nob.
Antennas with the two penultimate joints yellow. R. domestica nob.
R. maculata. Cinerea-fusca, thorace vitta brunnea, alis fusco maculatis
et nebulosis ; long. lin. 2|-4.
Meig. Eur. Zweifl. i. p. 153.
Front and vertex dark cinereous ; proboscis, palpi and antennae black.
Thorax yellowish cinereous with a broad brown stripe in the middle ; lateral
stripes short and indistinct on the praescutum, although extended over the
scutum; scutellum and rnetathorax with brown lines in the middle; halteres
pale ; feet tawny ; coxae and base of femora pale ; a brown ring before the
tips of the latter ; tip of tibiae brown. Abdomen brownish. Wings cinereous,
densely covered with pale greyish brown spots and small round dots ; four
larger and darker spots along the anterior margin; the 1st near the base, the
2d a little beyond it, the 3d near the origin of the petiole; the 4th at the tips
of the subcostal vein ; central and lower discal cross-veins clouded ; a round
spot at the lips of the axillary vein.
Two $ and 9 five specimens. White mountains in September; Trenton Falls
in June (nob.); Maine (Mr. Packard); Illinois (Mr. Kennicott).
One of the 9 specimens is somewhat different from the others in the picture
of the wings ; the larger spots and the nebulosities on the cross-veins are very
dark; the smaller dots, on the contrary, are not so dense as usual, leaving
large hyaline intervals between them.
Although I have no European specimens of Rhip. maculata for com-
parison, I do not doubt of the specific identity of the American specimens.
R. domestica. Antenna? nigra;, articulis reniformibus, subpectinatis;
[Au
S-
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209
paenultimus et ante-paenultimus flavi ; praescutum brunneopictum ; alae fusco-
niaculatae ; long. lin. 3-3£.
Front and vertex cinereous ; proboscis and palpi brown ; eyes almost contig-
uous, in living specimens dark green above and violet below ; antennae' black ;
penultimate and ante-penultimate joints yellow; flagellum moniliform, its joints
reniform. Thorax yellowish brown, sericeous when viewed in a certain light ;
the thoracic stripes, which are dark brown, become distinct on the posterior
part of the praescutum only ; the anterior part is occupied by several brown
lines and spots ; a brown stripe on the pleurae, running from the collare back-
wards; another one runs along the coxae; halteres tawny, with a dusky spot
on the knob ; feet tawny ; coxae and basis of femora pale ; tips of femora, tibiae
and tarsi brown. Abdomen dark tawny ; margins of segments brown; (-^for-
ceps like figs. 8 and 9. Wings slightly brownish, with five or six brown spots
along the anterior margin ; cross-veins and tips of longitudinal veins clouded ;
the intervals between the veins also slightly clouded.
Washington, in May and August (nob.) 6 tf, 9 specimens.
R. fid el is. Fusca, antennis fuscis, moniliformibus, subpectinatis, alis
fusco-maculatis et nebulosis ; length 3 lin.
Head, proboscis, palpi and antennae fuscous ; the latter moniliform, subpec-
tinated. Thorax dull brown, slightly hoary on the pleurae ; stripes indistinct ;
halteres pale ; femora pale yellow, brown at the tip ; tibiae and tarsi brown.
Abdomen brown; $■ genitals paler. Wings pale brownish, except the region
round the stigma and a narrow margin at the tip, which are hyaline; stigma
brown; brown clouds at the origin of the petiole, the mediastinal cross-vein
and the origin of the fork ; discal and great cross-veins also slightly clouded.
One $ specimen from Sharon Springs, N. Y.
'id Section.
Dicranomyia S'eph.
Body slender; feet long and slender; wings narrow ; joints of the antennas
except the basal ones, oval-oblong, with short or moderate verticils, inserted
about the middle of the joint; the ^ forceps (see the figures 3, 4 and 5 of the
plate) consists of two soft, moveable, ellipsoidal or subreniform lobes, each
being armed on the inside with a short, curved, horny appendage having more
or less the shape of a bird's beak (I call it rostriform appendage) ; another
horny, long, slender, arcuated appendage {falciform appendage), is closely ap-
plied to each lobe; a linear, slightly curved anal style below those lobes.
The neuration of the wings in the different species of this section is very
uniform (almost like Meig. i. tab. vi. fig. 5); some difference may be found only
in the position of the mediastinal vein and its cross- vein, and in the presence or
absence of the discal areolet. Its absence occurs very frequently ; it is some-
times a good specific character, and sometimes only an occasional variety.
The habits of the species seem to be aquatic ; the larvae probably live in
water or mud ; the perfect insects are always found in damp situations.
This generic name appeared for the first time in J. F. Stephens's Catalogue
of British Insects in 1829, and afterwards in Curtis' 's Guide in 1837. I am not
aware of any definition of it having ever been published.
D. liberta. Cinerea, proboscide, palpis et antennis nigris, thorace vittis
fuscis ; alae subhyalinae, stigma pallidum, juxta venulam trans versalem infus-
catum ; long. lin. 2£-3£.
Proboscis and palpi black ; front and vertex cinereous ; antennae black, ver-
ticillate with hairs of moderate length. Thorax cinereous ; intermediate stripe
broad, fuscous, well defined, capillary (capillarity indistinct in some speci-
mens ;) lateral stripes abbreviated before and extended over the scutum behind ;
a short oblique brown line runs from the intermediate stripe towards a deep
puncture near the humerus ; scutellum slightly tawny on the margins ;
1859.] 16
210 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
halteres pale, knobs dusky; feet dark tawny, pale at base, brown ring at
tbe tip of femora often scarcely apparent ; tips of tibiae and those of tarsi
brown. Abdomen cinereous ; $ forceps pale tawny ; its structure like fig. 4.
Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with grey ; veins brownish, pale at basis ; costal
and subcostal pale ; stigma oblong, pale, distinctly clouded at the cross-vein ;
the mediastinal vein joins the costal nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ;
sometimes a little before or beyond it : the cross-vein is near its tip ; the great
cross-vein is generally a little before the discal areolet ; sometimes it is in one
line with the upper discal cross-vein.
Eleven $ and six 9 specimens.
Common near Washington in summer. I have also specimens from Mobile,
Ala., and Dalton, Ga., (nob.) and Wisconsin, (Mr. Kennicott).
In one of the specimens the discal areolet, on one wing only, is open.
In another specimen (a 9 ) *ne second externomedial areolet takes an ob-
lique direction and joins the first, forming by this a petiolate areolet. This
is the case on both wings.
D. humidicola. Fusca, abdomine fasciis pallidis, pedibus fuscis, femo-
runi apice pallido, alis subcinereis, cinereo nebulosis ; stigmate subquadrato,
fumato ; long. lin. 3-3J.
Proboscis, palpi and antennae black ; joints of the flagellum subglobular,
becoming more elongated towards the tip ; verticils moderate ; front and vertex
dark cinereous. Thorax tawny ; the stripes brown, moderately distinct, more
or less confluent ; humeri yellowish, with a faint yellow, sericeous reflection ;
scutum, scutellum and metathorax brown, the first two with more or less
yellow spots ; pleurae brown, with pale spots ; halteres pale, knob infuscated;
coxae pale ; feet tawny, a pale ring close at the tip of the femora. Abdomen
tawny, with pale bands on the incisures ; tf forceps like fig. 3 ; ovipositor
of the 9 furruginous. Wings subcinereous, with darker shades of gray at
the tip, in the middle of the prsebrachial areolet, in the pobrachial, (along
the pobrachial vein) and in the first externo-medial (along the same vein ;)
the central cross-vein, all the discal cross-veins and the great cross-vein, are
clouded ; there is a pale brown spot at the margin of the petiole ; another,
larger and nearly round spot at the junction of the radial and cubital veins ;
stigma brown, nearly parallellopipeclal ; the mediastinal vein joins the costal
generally a little beyond, sometimes nearly opposite the origin of the petiole ;
the cross-vein is near its tip ; the great veinlet is generally a little before the
discal areolet ; the color of the veins is brown.
Washington, Trenton Falls (nob.), Connecticut (Mr. Norton). Common in
damp, shady situations, especially in hollows having a spring at the bottom.
Compared twelve (<^, 9 ) specimens. One of my specimens has a stump of
a vein on the curve of the petiole.
A variety of this species (consisting, perhaps, of immature specimens?) has
no clouds on the wings ; the stigma is brown, as usual. I caught them in
numbers at Sharon Springs, N. Y. Such specimens are easily recognized by
the pale tip of the femora, which is a very characteristic marl: of the species.
D. stulta. Fusca, humeris, pleurisque pallidis, alis subcinereis, stigmate
pallide cinereo ; long. lin. 2^—3.
Proboscis and palpi black ; antennae black, hardly reaching much beyond the
fore-coxae ; joints of flagellum oblong, with moderate verticils ; front and
vertex dark cinereous. Thorax yellowish tawny; stripes brown, more or less
shining, almost confluent ; intermediate one extending over the collare, and
sometimes faintly capillary ; the lateral ones are extended over the scutum ;
scutellum and metathorax brown ; halteres infuscated, pale at base ; feet
brownish, pale at base. Abdomen brown ; <$ genitalia paler ; the rostriform
appendage is small, and has two erect bristles ; 9 ovipositor ferruginous.
Wings subcinereous, stigma oblong, pale; veins pale brown; the tip of the
[Au
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 211
mediastinal vein is opposite the petiole ; the mediastinal cross-vein is very
near its tip (the distance is slightly variable in different specimens ;) the great
veinlet varies its position (as in D. liber t a;) the upper discal cross-vein is
generally arcuated.
Twenty-three tf and 9 specimens. Trenton Falls, N. Y. ; Berkeley
Springs, Va., and Quebec, Canada, (nob.)
D. d i s t a n s . Very like D. s t u 1 1 a , but mediastinal cross-vein separated
from the tip of the mediastinal vein by a distance about equal to the length
of the first externomedial vein. The thorax is less shining, and appears
slightly yellowish sericeous ; length, lin. 2^—3.
I have 6 (^ and 2 ) specimens, all taken in Florida in March, 1858.
Besides these specimens I brought five others from the same locality, distin-
guished from the former by the absence of the discal areolet, which is open, and
by the shortness of the petiole, which is not longer than the great cross-vein,
and originates at some distance beyond the tip of the mediastinal vein ;
the position of the mediastinal cross-vein is like in D. distans. Among
these five specimens there is a ^ and a 2 which I caught in copulation ; and
as they agree in the above mentioned characters, it would prove, perhaps,
that these are not merely accidental, but specific differences.
D. pubipennis. Fusca, thoracis disco fusco-nigro, antennis palpisque
nigris, stigmate cinereo ; areolis apicalibus sparse pubescentibus ; long. lin.
3-3^.
This species is also very like D. s t u 1 1 a , but it is easily distinguished :
1st, by its size, which is a little larger; 2d, by its color, which is darker,
especially on the thorax ; 3d, by some peculiarities in the neuration of the
wings ; the mediastinal vein reaches considerably beyond the origin of the
petiole ; the cross-vein is near its tip ; the distance between the cross-vein
and the origin of the petiole is about equal to the length of the discal areolet ;
the two cross-veins, which divide the stigma transversely, do not form an almost
straight line, like in D. s t u 1 1 a ; the lower cross-vein is arcuated, and ad-
vances a little towards the tip of the wing ; the apical part of the wing is
finely pubescent, which pubescence does not reach the central cross-veins.
Eleven male and 9 female specimens, caught in May, 1S59, at Relay House,
(near Baltimore.) Five of these specimens (3 <^ and. 2 2) have the discal
areolet open ; one of them has it imperfectly closed.
D. immodest a. Pallide silacea, thorace vitta fusca, abdominis tergo
infuscato, alis hyalinis, stigmate pallido, areola discoidali aperta ; long. lin.
Proboscis pale, palpi infuscated, antennae fuscous, pale at base, front infus-
cated. Thorax ochraceous, paler on the pleura? ; collare and prsescutum with
a brown stripe in the middle which does not reach the scutum; halteres pale,
knob dusky ; feet pale tawny, coxas and basis of femora pale yellow : tips of
tarsi duiker. Tergum infuscated ; ^forceps pale. Wings with a slight yel-
lowish-cinereous tinge ; stigma elliptical, pale ; the mediastinal vein joins the
costal nearly opposite, or a little before the origin of the petiole ; mediastinal
cross-vein separated from the tip of the mediastinal vein by an interval a little
longer than the stigma; stigmatical cross-vein generally in a line with the
tip of the subcostal vein ; sometimes it recedes a little, and then the tip of
the subcostal is arcuated towards the radial vein.
Washington, Trenton Falls (nob.) ; Maine, (Mr. Packard.)
Twenty-five $ 2 specimens.
This species is not unlike the European D. modest a, which, however,
generally has a discal areolet, its absence being an exception ; on the con-
trary I have not found as yet a specimen of D. immodesta with this
areolet closed.
1859.]
212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
D. gladiator. Fusco-silacea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis, abdomine
fusco ; pedibus fuscis, femorum apice infuscato, alis hyalinis, stigmate in-
fuseato, areola discoidali aperta ; long. lin. 2\ — 3.
Proboscis pale ochraceous, palpi infuscated, antennae brown, pale at base.
Thorax brownish ochraceous, with three distinct brown stripes on the praescu-
tum ; the intermediate one extends over the coll are ; the lateral ones over the
scutum ; scutellum and metathorax brown in the middle ; pleurae with a large
brown spot near the intermediate coxae and several smaller, indistinct spots ;
halteres pale at base ; knob brown ; feet brown, coxae and base of femora pale;
tip of the latter brown, with a pale ring before it. Abdomen brown, posterior
margins of segments and genitals paler ; falciform appendages of the $ for-
ceps very large ; (fig. 5,) they are very striking in the living insect and when
their points touch each other, they form a kind of arch or bridge over both
lobes. (The name of the insect is derived from their sword-like appendages).
Wings slightly subcinereous ; stigma elliptical, more or less infuscated ; neura-
tion exactly like that ofD. immodesta.
Fourteen $ $> specimens. Washington in June (nob.)
If it was not for the structure of the ^ forceps and for the circumstance
that large numbers ofD. gladiator occur in localities where not a single
specimen of D. i m m o de s ta is to be found, and vice versa, I would have
taken the former species only for a darker variety of the latter.
D. diversa. Pallide silacea ; antennarum flagello, halteribus, tarsorumque
apicibus fuscescentibus ; alis hyalinis, stigmate pallide infuscato ; venis fuscis;
long. lin. 2— 2$.
The abdomen is slightly infuscated, the genitals are yellow. Otherwise this
species is not unlike D. immodesta from which it is easily distinguished by
its smaller size, the presence of a discal areolet, the absence of the brown stripe
on the thorax, and the wings, which are purer hyaline. The mediastinal cross-vein
is, like in D. immodesta, at a distance from the tip of the mediastinal rein,
which is about equal to the length of the stigma. -
Five $ and <j> specimens.
Washington and Maryland in the Spring (nob.)
D. p u d i c a . Pallide silacea tota ; oculis nigris, tarsorum apicibus fuscis ;
alis pallide flavescentibus, venis pallidis; long. lin. 3 — 3£.
There is not much to add to this diagnosis ; the stigma is scarcely apparent,
being of the same pale yellowish color as the rest of the wing ; the mediastinal
vein joins the costal a little before the petiole : the cross-vein is not far from it3
tip (at a distance shorter than half the length of the stigma.)
Two (5* and four 5 specimens from Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.)
D. morio. Thorace nigro, nitido, pleuris argenteo-micantibus ; alis pallide
infuscatis, stigmate fusco ; long. lin. 3.
Tipula morio Fab. Ent. Syst. iv. 242, 40 ; Syst. Ant. 32, 42.
Limnobia leucocephala Meigen, Auss. Zw. i., 136, 37.
Limnobia morio Meig., ibid. vi. 274 ; Walker Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. 296, 32.
Head black, front silvery ; antennae and palpi black ; last joint of the former
ending in a slender, cylindrical prolongation, which might be taken for a 15th
joint. (For this reason Meigen, vol. vi. p. 274, counted 15 joints in this spe-
cies.) Thorax black, shining on the praescutum, silvery on the pleura ; halteres
with a blackish knob ; feet pale brown, coxae pale. Abdomen brownish with
pale margins of the segments. Wings pale brownish, stigma darker brown.
Eight tf 9 specimens from Trenton Falls (nob.)
Although not having European specimens of this species for comparison, I
hardly doubt of their specific identity.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 213
4tk Section.
Ungues with, several notches on the underside, (and not with long teeth aB
in the other sections of the genus.) Forceps of the <$■ belonging to the same
typical form with that ofDicranomyia, but with more elongated, slender
lobes. (Fig. 1 and 2.)
L. defuncta. Fusco-cinerea, thorax vittis tribus nigro-fuscis, interme-
dia capillari ; pedes nigro-fusci, femora versus apicem annulo albido ; alae
fusco maculatse ; long. lin. 3^—4.
Head cinereous ; front and vertex almost black in the middle ; proboscis,
palpi and antennae fuscous ; joints of the fiagellum subglobular, with short
verticils. Thorax cinereous with a yellowish reflection ; three dark brown
stripes on the praescutum, the intermediate one capillary ; the lateral ones ab-
breviated before, and extended over the scutum behind ; pleurae variegated
with brown ; halteres pale with black knobs ; coxae cinereous, feet brown,
base of the femora tawny ; a very distinct whitish ring at a distance equal to
its own width from the tip of the femora ; ungues with several small notches
on the underside. Abdomen blackish cinereous ; posterior margins of the
Segments paler ; genitals pale. Wings subcinereous, spotted with blackish
brown ; subcostal area infuscated at four intervals ; several spots, forming a
short band, along the central cross-veins ; series of small, round dots along the
middle of the areas ; a larger spot in the axillary area, at the tip of the axillary
vein ; stigma square.
Common near Washington, especially in May. It occurs near running
water, and is often found on stones or rocks over which a thin sheet of water
is running. I possess the same species from the Trenton Falls and Quebec,
(nob.) and from Maine (Mr. Packard.)
Compared 8 males and 4 female specimens.
5th Section.
(Limnobiae v e r ae.)
Collare long, well developed ; joints of the antennae (except the basal ones)
elongated, subcylindrical, slightly incrassated at the base ; verticils long, in-
serted on the incrassation and before the middle of the joint;' ultimate joint
sometimes twice as long as the penultimate, and apparently consisting of two
joints ; feei stout ; ungues strong with a large tooth in the middle of tbe un-
der side and smaller ones nearer to the base ; wings long and broad ; the tf
forceps consists of two subcylindrical, coriaceous halves ; to each is attached
a pair of closely contiguous, curved moveable lamellae ; the outer lamella seems
to be horny ; the inner one is of a softer consistence ; they vary in size and
form in different species. (See the figures 6 and 7 of the plate.) The differ-
ence between their structure and that of the forceps ofDicranomyia seems
to be more apparent than real, and to depend entirely on the great distension
of the soft portion of the forceps in the latter genus ; the solid, horny parts
seem to have the same structure in both genera. Thus, inL. solitaria the
soft parts, marked ^*on the plate, might be the analogues of the large lobes of
Dicranomyia, only in a rudimentary state.
The colors of this group are bright (generally ferruginous or yellow) with
well marked brown stripes and spots. The habits are terrestrial ; the larvae
live in decaying wood or fungi ; the perfect insect is found in localities where
these matters abound. (The larva of L. annulus, a European species of
this group, is described by Van Roser, as being, in shape and color, like a
common earthworm ; it lives in decaying wood ; that of L. xanthoptera,
another European species, has been found by Stannius and Bremi in
Agaricus.)
The contrast between this section and the 3d (Dicranomyia) is great,
1859.]
214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
and appears in the whole organization as well as in the habits of the species.
Still this contrast is not equally marked in all the species of the present sec-
tion. Its typical representatives are the European L. annulus, quadri-
maculata, etc., and the American L. cinctipes, solitaria, imma-
tura; next come the European L. xanthoptera and the American L.
indigena, trioCellata; finally the European L. macrostigma,
tripunctata, etc., and the American L. t r i s t i g m a. In these species,
the striking habitual characters of the types are softened down, and the con-
trast with Dicranomyiais weakened. The structure of the forceps of the
(J1 undergoes modification in accordance with the rest of the body.
For this reason I consider the establishment of this section as only provi-
sional, not having been able for the present to effect a better subdivision.
L. cinctipes. Thorax vittis quatuor, femora annulis duobus fuscis ; alae
fusco maculate et nebulosa? ; ad apicem vena? subcostalis macula ocellata ;
long. lin. 5-6.
Say, Journ. Acad. Phil. iii. 21, 4.
Wiedem. Auss. Zweifl. i. 32, 15.
Proboscis and palpi infuscated ; antenna? fuscous, first three joints ferrugi-
nous ; front cinereous ; vertex with a brown spot ; its sides, as well as the
underside of the head, reddish yellow. Collare yellow with brown spots ; pra?-
scutum with four black stripes ; the intermediate ones approach the collare
before and reach the scutum behind ; the lateral ones are abbreviated before
and extend behind over the scutum, the sides of the scutellum and the meta-
thorax ; there are some indistinct brown spots on the humeri and the pleura? ;
the ground color of the thorax (that is the interval of the stripes, as well as
the pleura?, ) has a pale yellowish sericeous reflection ; the anterior part of the
intermediate stripes has a. reflection of the same color ; halteres pale, with a
brown ring a little below the middle of the stem, and a brown spot at the base
of the knob ; feet ferruginous yellow ; femora with two brown rings ; the one
a little beyond, the other near the tip ; tarsi infuscated. Abdomen ferruginous
yellow ; segments of the tergum with black stripes on their posterior margins ;
lateral edge of the abdomen also black ; venter yellow ; genitals of 9 ferru-
ginous. Wings yellowish with brown spots and clouds ; four spots near the
anterior margin ; the first near the basis : second, at origin of the petiole ; third,
double spot, at the tip of the mediastinal vein and the origin of the fork ;
fourth, ocellated, at the tip of the subcostal vein ; cross-veins infuscated ; a
pale grey band, beginning at the anterior margin, near the tip, crosses the
apical area?, sends a branch across the discal areolet and expands into a large
diluted spot in the last externo-medial area ; several diluted pale grey shades
in the anal, axillary and subaxillary area?, leaving some pellucid spots along
the posterior margin.
Missouri (Say,) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott,) Mass. (Mr. Scudder.)
I have but two specimens in my possession, one of which seems immature,
its thorax being yellowish ; the description is drawn from the other (a 9 )
which is darker in its coloring and shows the peculiar sericeous reflection
mentioned above.
L. i m m a t u r a. Thorax vittis quatuor, femora annulis tribus fuscis ; ala?
fusco-maculata? et nebulosa?, macula ad apicem vena? subcostalis integra (nee
ocellata) ; long. lin. 4-5.
Very like the preceding species, but showing the following differences : it is
smaller in size ; the femora, besides the two brown rings beyond the middle,
have a third one in the middle ; it is pale, although distinct, especially on the
anterior pair ; the lateral edges of the abdomen are black, but there are no
black stripes on the posterior margins of the segments ; there is a brown spot
instead of an ocellus at the tip of the subcostal vein ; the grey band at the
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215
tip of the wing and the diluted spots along the posterior margin are much
darker.
Other differences, perhaps of less consequence, which I notice in my speci-
mens are : that the brown marks on the humeri are more distinct ; that the
brown spots on the pleura? are more numerous and darker ; that the base
and the tip of the halteres are pale, the whole intermediate portion being
dusky.
Three specimens, (one tf and two 9) Washington, in May, (nob.) Upper
Wise, river (Mr. Kennicott,) Maine (Mr. Packard.)
L. sol it aria. Thorax vitta media pallida, fusco-marginata, ahe fusco-
maculatse et nebulosae ; in area pobrachiali serie puuetorum fuscorum ; long.
■'Jin. 4-5.
Proboscis and palpi infuscated; front yellowish cinereous; vertex infus-
cated ; antennae fuscous, first joint yellow ; the two or throe following yellowish
at base, infuscated at tip. Thorax yellowish ; a brown stripe on the collare ;
a pale yellowish stripe, limited on both sides, by brown lines, on the praescu-
tnm ; two lateral brown stripes, abbreviated before and extended over the
turn behind ; scutellum and metathorax pale yellowish sericeous both with
lateral brown spots ; pleurae pale yellowish ; halteres with brown knobs ;
coxae pale ; femora tawny ; a pale rins* beyond the middle, followed by a
brown one near the tip ; tibiae and tarsi tawny, infuscated at their tips. Ab-
domen yellowish ferruginous ; an indistinct brown band, formed by a series
of spots in the middle of the tergum ; genitals pale; their structure like fig.
6. Wings yellowish with brown spots and clouds ; an oblique spot extends
from the posterior end of the stigma to the origin of the fork ; the margin of
the stigma is more or less infuscated ; a small brown ring is formed by this
margin on one side, and the clouded cross-veins at the tip of the subcostal vein
on the other ; origin of the petiole infuscated ; a series of more or less numer-
ous brown dots runs along the disc of the praebrachial area, the most conspicu-
ous among them being generally those opposite the origin of the petiole : an-
terior part of the pobrachial vein clouded ; discal cross-veins and great cross-
veins slightly clouded ; a pale brown band across the apical arere ; posterior
margin clouded, especially at the tip of the pobrachial and anal veins, and in
the subaxillary area.
Two $ specimens ; Trenton Falls (nob. )
A (J' specimen from Maine seems to belong to the same species ; but it dif-
fers by having a spot and not, a ring at the tip of the subcostal vein ; the spot
at the origin of the petiole is larger and confluent with the corresponding dot
in the praebrachial area ; there are but two dots, instead of a series of dots, in
this area, near the base ; the last three segments of the abdomen are infus-
cated ; the pale ring on the femora is less distinct.
N. B. Besides the differences mentioned in the descriptions of L. ci n c t i pe s,
immatura and solitaria, each of these species seems to have a constant
distinguishing character in the structure of the fork, formed by the mediasti-
nal cross-vein with the tip of the mediastinal vein. In L. immatura the
lower branch of this fork, (joining the subcostal vein.) is longer than the
upper one, and arcuated ; the upper one (joining the costal vein), is short,
straight, and perpendicular.
The contrary is the' case in L. solitaria; here the upper branch is
longer and arcuated ; the lower being short, straight, and perpendicular.
In L. cinctipes both branches are about of the same length. The spe-
cimen of L. solitaria from Maine agrees in this respect with the typical
specimens.
L. i n d i g en a. Flava, brunneo-vittata et marginata ; femora annulis duo-
bus fuscis ; alae fusco nebulosae ; long. lin. 4.
Head black ; front with a silvery reflection ; antennae and palpi black.
1859.]
216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Thorax honey-yellow, shining, with three dark hrown stripes ; the interme-
diate one is capillary and does not reach the scutum ; the lateral ones are ab-
breviated before and extended over the scutum behind ; scutellum dark brown
with a yellow line iu the middle ; metathorax brown ; pleurae with a brown
stripe running from the base of the wing to the intermediate coxae ; a large
brown spot anterior to the base of the halteres ; the latter pale yellow, faintly
infuscated in the middle of the stem ; feet yellowish-tawny with two brown
rings on the femora, but a little beyond the middle ; the other near the tip ;
tip of tibia? and tarsi infuscated. Abdomen brown ; base of the second and
the following segments broad yellow ; (J1 forceps like fig. 7. Wings yellowish ;
stigma fuscous ; central cross-veins clouded with fuscous ; the tip of the po-
brachial vein, the externo-medial veins and the lower discal cross-veins like-
wise margined with fuscous ; fuscous spots about the middle of the praebra-
chial, pobrachial and anal areolets, forming an interrupted band across the
wing ; in some specimens they are indistinct.
Maine (Mr. Packard,) Upper Wise. River (Mr. Kennicott,) Washington, in
the Spring, (nob.)
Eight (j1 9 specimens.
L. triocellata. Ferruginea, thorace lineis et punctis nigTis ; alae fla-
vescentes, ocellis tribus parvis fuscis ; long. lin. 3^ — 4.
Proboscis and palpi brown ; antennae pale ferruginous ; front slightly hoary ;
vertex pale ferruginous. Thorax ferruginous ; collare long, with a longitudinal
brown stripe in the middle ; praescuturn shining ; two short, brown lines near
the collare and four brown spots before the suture ; a brown spot on the humerus
pleurae pale ferruginous, slightly hoary, with two or three brown dots between
the anterior coxae aud the root of the wing ; two lines in the middle and a spot
on each side of the scutum ; metathorax with brown marks in the four corners ;
halteres pale, with brown knobs ; feet ferruginous, hairy ; tips of the femora
and last joint of tarsi brown. Wings tinged with yellow ; space between
costal and subcostal veins more saturate yellow ; a small brown spot near the
basis, between the subcostal and prasbrachial veins ', a brown ring at the origin
of the petiole ; another smaller one at the origin of the fork ; a third sometimes
indistinct one at the posterior end of the stigma ; its anterior end is marked
with a brown spot ; a brown shade on the margin of the wing, between the
stigma and the apex ; tips of the longitudinal veins clouded.
Washington, Trenton Falls, in July and August (nob.) ; Upper Wisconsin
River (Mr. Kennicott.)
L. tristigma. Pallide ferruginea, thoracis vitta f usca, alis flavescentibus,
punctis quatuor marginalibus pallide fuscis, femoribus annulis duobus fuscis ;
long. lin. 4 — 5^.
Head, proboscis aud palpi black ; front slightly hoary ; the first joint of the
antennae black at the root, yellow towards the tip ; the following four or five
joints pale yellow, the rest of the antennae brown. Thorax pale ferruginous,
a broad, brown stripe on its anterior part ; it is linear on the collare and
cuneiform on the praescutum, the point not reaching the suture ; halteres
yellow, slightly brownish at the tip ; feet yellowish, tawny ; femora with two
brown rings, one beyond the middie, the other near the tip. Abdomen yellow.
Wings yellowish, the interval between the costal and subcostal veins more
saturate yellow ; stigma pale ; four pale brown dots along the anterior mar-
gin ; the first at the origin of the petiole ; the second at the mediastinal cross-
vein ; the third at the anterior, and the fourth at the posterior end of the
stigma ; the second is generally the most distinctly marked, the others being
sometimes almost obsolete ; the mediastinal cross-vein is at the tip of the
mediastinal vein ; the stigmatical cross-vein is in the middle of the stigma.
Five (J1 and six <j? specimens from Northern Illinois (nob.)
[Aug,
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 217
This species is very much, like the European L. tripunctata Meig.
Still, judging from the description of the latter it seems to be different.
6th Section.
A supplementary cross-vein between the anal and axillary veins. Forceps of
(^holding the middle between those of Dicranomyia and of the 6th
section (L im n obi a vera.) See my figure of the forceps of the European
L. annulata L., (imperialis Liv.) in the Stett. Eutom. Zeit. 1854,
tab. i. f. 1, 2.
The only species of this section is closely allied to some species of the 5th
section.
L. argus Say, Long's Exped. App. p. 358 ; Wiedem. Auss. Zw. i. 33, 17.
I hardly doubt of the identity of this species with the European L. annu-
lata Lin. (L. imperialis Loeio ; see the figure of the wing as given by
Prof. Loew in Lin. Entom. v. tab. ii. f. 15.)
North Western Territory (Say), Nova Scotia (British Museum), Mass. (Mr.
Scudder), Me.^(Mr. Packard). I caught several specimens at Trenton Falls
in June, 1858.
DlCRANOPTYCHA nob.
Antenna. 16-jointed, reaching the base of the wing in the (J1, and but little
shorter in the J; first joint cylindrical, elongated; second stout, obconical, the
four or five next oval, the following elongated; verticils moderately long. Eyes
naked, almost contiguous below. Proboscis short. Palpi short; second joint
short, stout, third a little longer, fourth not much longer than third. Feet long,
rather stout, pilose ; tibioz without spurs at tip; ungues smooth beneath ; pulvilli
distinct. Wings elongated, moderately broad, with one radial area; neuration
somewhat like Meig. I. tab. iv. f. 17; a discal and no petiolate areolet ; stig-
matical cross-vein apparent; mediastinal vein distinct, with the cross- vein near
its tip ; axillary vein short, with a distinct fold, having almost the appearance of a
supplementary vein, which runs from about the middle of the anal vein, down the anal
area, towards the posterior margin of the wing, but disappears just before reach-
ing it.
$ forceps consists of two subcylindrical basal pieces, ending in two falciform
or unguiform horny appendages ; (6g. 12a shows the forceps ofD. nigripes;
fig. 13 one- half of that of D. s o b r i n a.)
This genus is distinguished from L i m n o b i a nob. by the 16-jointed an-
tennas, the smooth ungues, the presence of distinct pulvilli and the structure of
the $ forceps, which approaches that of Limnophila nob. But it is sepa-
rated from the latter genus by having but one radial area.
The peculiar fold in the anal area, mentioned among the generic characters,
exists in some other genera also ; but it is by far not so distinct and more
straight. Here, on the contrary, it is characteristic enough to have induced me
to derive from its presence the name of the genus.
Dicranoptycha has one character in common with Antocha: it is
the peculiar iridescence of the wing, which, in both genera, seems to be due to
the great density and minuteness of the microscopic pubescence of the surface.
This iridescence is particularly apparent in D. germ an a, and less in the
two other species.
D. germana. Fusco-fulva, alis fulvis, iridescentibus ; long. lin. 4— 4£.
Head yellowish cinereous ; palpi brown ; antennae tawny toward the base,
darker towards the tip. Thorax brownish fulvous, posterior part of the prae-
seutum, the scutum, scutellura and metathorax with a cinereous tinge ; a line
of the same tinge al >ng the middle of the anterior part of the prrescutum. (This
tinge is generally more distinct in £ than in tf specimens) ; lower part of the
pleural with a hoary reflection ; halteres ochraceous ; feet ferruginous-tawny,
1859.]
218 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
clothed with black hairs ; infuscated at the tips of femora, tibiae and tarsi.
Abdomen fulvous, more or less infuscated ; in tf specimens the last segment is
generally the darkest, the forceps being ochraceous ; in the 9 the whole ab-
domen is brown, the genitals being pale ferruginous. The wings ure of a satu-
rated fulvous tinge, with a peculiar bluish, opalizing reflation ; the veins are
fulvous and distinctly pubescent ; if looked at obliquely, the veins appear yellow
on a bluish ground. The neuration is described among the characters of the genus.
No distinct stigma. The stigraatical cross-vein is very near the tip of the sub-
costal vein ; the mediastinal vein reaches a little beyond the origin of the cubital
area; the latter is longer than the subapical area by about half the length of
the discal areolet ; the great cross- vein is a little before the middle of the latter ;
the upper discal cross-vein is generally straight, but in a couple of specimens
it is oblique and arcuated. In one specimen the petiole has a short stump of a
vein near its origin.
Eight male and nine female specimens, caught near Trenton Falls, where
this species was very common in July, 1858.
N. B.— The description is drawn from dry specimens. Among the notes
which I took on living ones, I find the following character mentioned: "ab-
domen yellow, with five brown spots along the lateral margins at the incisures."
D. s o b r i n a. Cinerea, alis subcinereis ; long. lin. 4 — 4J.
Head subcinereous ; proboscis tawny ; palpi and antennae black (in some
specimens the antennae are paler at the base) ; verticils of the latter long.
Thorax cinereous ; praescutum with three indistinct, infuscated stripes ; pleurae
hoary ; halteres pale ; knob slightly infuscated ; feet tawny, densely clothed
with a moderately long black pubescence ; coxae pale ; tips of the femora a
little darker ; those of tarsi brown. Abdomen cinereous ; venter paler; genitals
pale ferruginous; tf forceps like fig. 13. (See its description appended to the
plate.) Wings subcinereous, iridescent, neuration similar to that of the pre-
ceding species ; veins clothed with moderately long hairs ; the anterior margin
of the wing with a fringe of dense, short hairs.
Seven male and five female specimens ; caught near Washington, D. C, in
June, 1859.
D. nigripes. Fusco-flava, pleuris cano-micantibus ; pedibus dense
nigro-pubescentibus ; femoribus anticis annulo flavo ; ventre nigro-maculato ;
length 4 lines.
Head cinereous ; antennae black ; two basal joints ferruginous-yellow ; pro-
boscis brownish, palpi black. Thorax brownish yellow ; pleural, scutum, scu-
tellum and metathorax with a hoary reflection ; the latter blackish at the basis ;
halteres pale; coxae and base of femora yellowish-ferrugineous, the rest of the
feet clothed with a dense black pubescence, which almost entirely conceals the
tawny color of the ground ; tip of femora black, with a yellow ring before it,
which is especially distinct on the anterior pair. Abdomen brownish yellow ;
the segments of the venter, from the third to the seventh, have transverse black
spots in the middle ; <$ forceps represented in figure 12a, and described in the
explanation of the plates. Wings tinged with brownish yellow, which color
appears more saturated and almost, ferruginous along the costal margin ; there
is a fringe of black hairs along the apical margin, between the tip of the sub-
costal vein and the externo-medial veins ; the surface of the wing itself is slightly
infuscated along this fringe. Neuration almost like the preceding species ; veins
finely pubescent.
One J1 specimen from Dalton, Ga. (nob.) ; the description was drawn from
it when it was yet fresh. v
D. sororcula. Thorace pallide cervino, vittis obsoletis ; pedibus pallidis ;
alis pallide fusco-cinerascentibus ; length o\ — 4 lines.
Head pale brownish yellow with a light grey tinge ; palpi brown ; antenna?
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219
brownish ; two or three basal joints yellow. Thorax pale brownish yellow,
with light vestiges of an intermediate capillary and two lateral stripes ; pleurae
with a hoary reflection : halteres pale yellow ; feet pale yellow, pubescent, and
slightly infuscated at the tips of femora, tibiae and tarsi. Abdomen yellowish
tawny ; male forceps somewhat different from that of the preceding species, the
interior falciform appendage forming a simple and not a double curve, as in D.
nigripes; it is short and has some bristles at the tip. The wings have a
brownish-cinereous tinge, more yellowish along the anterior margin ; the
neuration is almost like that of the preceding species ; veins finely pubescent.
Single (^ and 9 specimens from Dalton, Ga. (July, 1859.)
A female specimen from the same locality is more brownish grey on head
and thorax. I am not sure if it ought to be considered as a distinct species.
Antocha nob.
Mediastinal vein indistinct, being closely applied to the subcostal vein.* No medias-
tinal cross-vein apparent. Petiole not arcuated near its origin, but straight, and
forming an acute angle with the subcostal vein. Anal angle of the icing almost square,
and, in consequence of this, the subaxillary area is nearly triangular. Excepting
these peculiarities, the neuration is like that ofDicranomyia Steph. ; that
is, there is one radial area, a discal, and no petiolate areolet. Antenna?- 16 jointed,
short (longer than the head, but not reaching the base of the wing) ; joints of
the flagellum subglobular ; last joint elongated ; all joints beset with short
hairs, the rf antennas being more thickly clothed with them ; verticils short.
Proboscis short. Palpi shorter than the head, first joint elongated, second and
third shorter, the fourth elongated. Tibia; icithout spurs at tip and without dis-
tinct pulvilli. Ungues with two small teeth near the base. Forceps of the (J1 like
fig. 11, showing more analogy to the type ofLimnophila nob. than to that
of L i m n o b i a nob.
The general appearance of the insects of this genus is very like that of
Dicranomyia. Antocha is related to all L i m n 0 b iie with one radial
area, by the analogous neuration of its wings and the structure of the feet, (no
spurs, no pulvilli and toothed ungues). But it is dis'inct from them and approaches
the Limnobiae toith two radial arcce (Limnophilae, etc.) by the number of
joints of the antennae, and, apparently, by the structure of the ^ forceps.
The wings of both species described below have a peculiar milky-whitish
tinge; they are distinctly iridescent, when held obliquely towards the light.
Besides, they show another peculiarity: it requires a magnifying power of 150
to discover the microscopic pubescence on their surface ; so magnified, they
appear covered with black dots, emitting very short hairs. (Much less power
is required to show the pubescence on the wing of most of the other L i m-
n ob iae.)
The name of the genus is derived from its principal charac*er, the proximity
of the mediastinal and subcostal veins.
A. saxicola. Cinerea, antennis, pedibusque fuscis ; coxis, femorum,
alarumque basi pallide flavis ; long. lin. 2h — 3.
Head cinereous ; proboscis yellow ; palpi and antenna? black. Thorax cinere-
ous, with several tawny, more or less distinct spots on the collare, the humeri
and the pleurae; praescutura yellowish cinereous, with three fuscous, almost
* In order to ascertain this peculiarity of ihe neuration with more precision, I com-
pressed a wing of A. saxicola between two glass plates. This straightens the fold
usually existing in the L i m n o b i a between the costal and subcostal veins and shows ihe
course of the mediastinal vein with greater distinctness; in this c^se this vein appeared
separated from the subcostal by a narrow inlerval for about one-third of its length only ;
beyond that both veins ran close alongside of each other, till costal, subcostal and medi-
astinal converged in a stout and elongated anastomose. Under such circumstances there
was evidently no room for a mediastinal cross-vein.
1859.]
220 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
confluent stripes ; the intermediate one broad ; the lateral ones abbreviated
before and extended over the section behind. (In some specimens scutum and
scutellum have a yellowish tinge) ; halteres pale with a dusky knob ; feet
black ; coxae pale yellowish-tawny, tinged with cinereous ; base of femora
also pale. Abdomen cinereous ; . <$ forceps tawny, (fig. 11); 9 ovipositor fer-
ruginous. Wings with a whitish, slightly milky tinge ; veins black ; stigma
indistinct; stigmatical cross-vein almost obsolete; base of the wing, as well
as the veins in that quarter, pale yellow.
Numerous male and female specimens caught near Washington on the 19th of
May, 1859, on mossy stones in a creek. I found most of them performing a
a singular, sideways walk, close to the water's edge ; some of them were in copu-
lation.
A. opalizans. Thorace silaceo, vittis infuscatis, pedibus pallide fuscis;
alis lacteis, opalizantibus, basi pallida ; long. lin. 2\ — 2£.
Head cinereous ; proboscis yellow ; antennas (except the base) and palpi
fuscous. Thorax ochraceous, with three pale brown stripes, the lateral ones
sometimes indistinct ; halteres pale, knob slightly dusky ; feet tawny, slightly
infuscated at the tip of the femora ; coxae and base of femora pale. Abdomen
brownish; genitals paler. Wings like those of A. saxicola; they have a
still more milky, opalizing tinge ; their base is likewise pale, etc.; the color of
the veins, especially near the costa, is more yellowish.
Six $ and four 9 specimens. Trenton Falls, N. Y., Dalton, Geo., and Mon-
treal, Canada. June, July, (nob.)
The specimen from Montreal has black veins on the wings and fuscous feet,
the base only of the femora being pale. The specimen from Dalton has alto-
gether pale feet.
ELEPHANTOMYrA nob.
Proboscis almost as long as the body, very slender , filiform arcuated ; palpi inserted
at the tip of the proboscis ; first joint very short and almost coalescent with the
second ; both together are much longer than the third, the fourth a little
shorter, (conf. Prof. Loew's figures of the palpi ofToxorhina in Lin. Ent.
v. tab. ii.) Antennae apparently* 15-jointed, longer than the head, but hardly
reaching the base of the wings; first joint cylindrical, short ; second stout;
third oval, stout, the following joints subcylindrical, and more elongated towards
the tip of the antennae ; joints of the flagellum clothed with long verticils. Eyes
large, naked ; front narrow. Collare prolonged in a narrow, almost linear,
although moderately long neck. Feet long, slender, without spurs at the tips of
the tibia?. Pulvilli indistinct or none. Ungues without teeth on their under
side, broad at the base. Wings (somewhat like Meig. i. tab. vi, fig. 6,) with
one radial area, a discal and no petiolated areolet ; mediastinal vein and cross-
vein distinct; no stigmatical cross-vein; anal and axillary veins united by a little
cross-vein near the root of the wing. Forceps of the male consisting of a basal
piece and two falciform horny appendages, (fig. 12 represents one-half of the
forceps.) Ovipositor of the £ long, slender and pointed.
The only species of this genus is the Limnobiorhynchus canadensis
described by Mr. Westwood in the Annates de la Socie'te' Entomologique de France,
1835, p. 683. I have to explain the reasons which induced me to form a new
genus of this species.
Mr. Westwood has described two species of Limnobiorhynchus: the
(-J1 and 9ofL. brasiliensis and the tf only ofL. canadensis. When,
therefore, he mentioned among the generic characters of Limnobiorhyn-
chus that the wings of the female differ from those of the male by having the radial
and cubital area coalescent in consequence of the obliteration of the radial vein, he
* The incrassated third joint of the antennas seems to derive its size from the coales-
cence of two joints, so that in reality the antenna; are 16-jointed.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 221
takes this character from the 9 of L. brasiliensis the only specimen he
had. The wing of the 9 of L. canadensis is exactly similar to that of
the J*.
Prof. Loew's genus Toxorhina (Loew, Bernstein and Bernsteinfauna,
Schulprogr. Berlin, 1850, p. 37, and Linn. Entom. v. p. 400, Berlin, 1851, tab.
ii. f. 16 — 23,) comprising several fossil and one living species (from Jamaica)
agrees in its characters with Limnobiorhynchus: it shows the same re-
markable obliteration of the radial vein in the 9i their identity has been
already suspected by Mr. Loew himself. He seems to have had only 9 speci-
mens in his possession ; although not expressly mentioned in his descriptions,
this fact can be inferred from them. It is highly probable therefore that the
tf Toxorhina has, like the $ Limnobiorhynchus, a complete
radial vein, or, in other words, that these two genera are synonymous. Mr.
Westwood's name, as the oldest, has the priority.
It remains to be considered now, whether the species canadensis Westw.
really belongs to Limnobiorhynchus (=Toxorhina) as defined
by Mr. Westwood and Prof. Loew. The specimens of said species, which
I have before me, do not agree with the definitions of these authors in the fol-
lowing points : 1st. The neuration of the wings is the same in both sexes. 2d.
The antennae of Limnobiorhynchus (Toxorhina), are distinctly
stated by both authors to have long verticils on the terminal joints only, form-
ing a kind of pencil at the tip ; the verticils on the other joints are said to be
much shorter. This is not the case with E. canadensis: the verticils are
of equal length on all the joints of the flagellum. 3d. The front of Toxorhina
is mentioned by Prof. Loew as broad. ("The eyes, at least in theQ, says he, are
separated on the upper side by a considerably broad interval.) On the contrary
the front is remarkably narrow in my specimens. 4th. "The thorax," says Prof.
Loew, " is distinguished by the horizontal prolongation of the metathorax."
Nothing of the kind is the case with my specimens. 5th. The anal vein in
To x o r h i n a Lw. runs into the pobrachial at a considerable distance from the
base of the wing; the little cross-vein which seems peculiar to this genus,
unites the axillary vein with the pobrachial. In my specimens the anal vein takes
its usual direction towards the base of the wing and the little cross-vein is
situated between it and the axillary vein.
Under such circumstances I thought that the establishment, at least provi-
sionally, cf a new genus, with L. canadensis for its type, would be the
most warrantable course to pursue in order to prevent further confusion.
E. canadensis. Pallide silacea ; thorace vitta infuscata, femorum apice
fusco ; segmentis abdominis fusco marginatis ; alis subcinereis, stigmate ob-
longo, fusco; long. lin. 3 — 3J.
Limnobiorhynchus canadensis Westw., Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1835, p.
683.
Head yellow ; probscis covered with a fine pubescence ; antepnae yellow :
verticils black ; basal joints, especially the second, more or less infuscated.
Thorax yellow ; a more or less distinct brown stripe runs along its middle and
down the collare, (in some specimens this stripe is altogether obsolete) ; halteres
pale ; feet yellow ; femora brown at the tip. Abdomen yellow; posterior mar-
gins of the segments brown ; a more or less distinct brown stripe runs along
the middle of the tergum ; the last joint is brown in the tf ; the forceps are
tawny ; 9 ovipositor is ferruginous. Wings pale cinereous ; a slight nebu-
losity along the apical margin; stigma oblong, blackish brown ; no vestige of
Stigmatical cross-vein ; the mediastinal vein, as well as its cross-vein, are in the
middle of the distance between the stigma and the origin of the petiole ; the
latter is very short; discal areolet nearly square, the great cross-vein inserted a
little before its middle.
In great numbers near Trenton Falls, N. Y., in July, 1859, (nob.) Canada,
(Westw.)
1859.]
222 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Rhamphidia Meig.
Proboscis elongated, but shorter than the thorax. Palpi inserted at the tip
of the proboscis, of moderate length, last joint elongated ; front narrow ; an-
tennae 10-jointed, not reaching the base of the wings ; first joint cylindrical,
elongated ; second cyathiform, short ; the following joints subcylindrical short,
becoming more elongated towards the tip of the antennae ; verticils moderately
long. Wings with a distinct mediastinal vein and a cross-vein near its tip ;
one radial area, a discal and no petiolated areolet ; no stigmatical cross-vein.
(The neuration is like Meig. vol. i. tab. vi. f. 6, or Schummel, tab. i. f. 1.)
Feet long, slender ; without spurs at the tip of the tibiae ; ungues smooth be-
neath ; tarsi without distinct pulvilli. Forceps of the male somewhat similar
to that of Elephantomyia.
I refer to this genus a male specimen from Wisconsin, which agrees with
the characters of Rhamphidia as given by Meigen and Walker (Ins. Brit.
Dipt. iii. p. 308.) Only Mr. Walker describes the tibiae as armed with very
short spurs. A careful examination convinced me that they are unarmed, al-
though there are some bristles at their tip which might be mistaken for spurs.
The absence of the stigmatical cross-vein, expressly mentioned by Schummel
in his description of R. longirostris (Schum. Limnobia, p. 103, ) is suffi-
cient in my opinion to settle the question of the generic identity.
The close relation between this genus and Elephantomyia is evident.
The comparatively short proboscis, the structure of the palpi and of the
second joint of the antennae, seem to be the only differences. The neuration
of the wings, including the absence of the stigmatical cross-veins, is exactly
the same ; the little cross-vein between the pobrachial and anal veins, appa-
rent on the wing of Elephantomyia, is concealed by a fold in my speci-
men of Rhamphidia; still it can be distinctly seen by holding the wing in
a certain direction. R. brevirostris bears, besides, a most striking re-
semblance to Eleph. canadensis in the coloring of the body and the wings ;
the wing of the former is only a little more hyaline, and for this reason the
dusky spot at the tip is more apparent ; the stigma is less oblong, more square,
and the tibiae are black at the tip, whereas those of E. canadensis are not
even infuscated.
The proboscis of R. brevirostris seems to be much shorter than that of
the European R. 1 ongiros t ris, (judging from the descriptions of the
latter. )
R. brevirostris. Silacea, praescuto et abdomine infuscatis ; alis hya-
linis, apice infuscato, stigmate fusco ; pedibus pallidis ; apicibus femorum,
tibiarumque nigris ; long. lin. 2|.
Head cinereous ; proboscis but little longer than the head, fuscous ; palpi
fuscous ; antennae fuscous at the base ; flagelluru paler. Thorax ochraceous-
yellow ; praescutum infuscated ; the usual stripes but indistinctly marked ;
halteres pale ; feet pale yellow ; tips of the femora and tibiae black ; tips ot
tarsi also darker. Abdomen yellow ; the anterior part of the segments infus-
cated ; last segments and genitals fuscous. Wings hyaline, infuscated at tip ;
stigma brown, nearly square; the anterior part of the pobrachial vein ,also
infuscated ; veins brown ; costal and subcostal veins yellow.
Single tf specimen, brought from Wisconsin by Mr. Ulke.
This species might possibly be R. prominens Walk., (Dipt. Saund. v. p.
435) although the description disagrees in several points. Rhamphidia fi a v i-
p e s Macq., (Dipt. Exot. Suppl. v, p. 17,) is described as having thorax and
abdomen brownish ("fuscana ;") in other respects Macquart's description
agrees well with my R. brevirostris.
Teucholabis nob.
Wings broad and rather short ; posterior margin rounded ; mediastinal vein
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223
not reaching beyond the middle of the wing ; the mediastinal cross-vein at a
moderate distance from the tip of the mediastinal vein ; the subcostal vein
not much extended beyond the central cross-veins ; one radial area and no
petiolated areolet : the microscopic pubescence of the wing is distinctly seen
under a moderate magnifying power ; it is rather sparse, the wing appearing
for this reason pure hyaline and transparent. Antennae 1G -jointed, nearly
reaching the base of the wing ; first joint cylindrical, elongated, second short ;
flagellum, submoniliform, with oblong joints and long verticils. Proboscis
cylindrical, slender, elongated, although shorter than the head ; palpi at the
tip of proboscis short, last joint very short ; eyes naked, moderately remote
above, approximated below. Collare prolonged in a narrow, almost linear
neck, which is half as long as the head. Feet of moderate length, rather
stout, hairy ; no spurs at the tip of the tibia? ; pulvilli small. The forceps
of the male consists of two oblong lobes, somewhat like those of Dicrano-
myia : large horny appendages on their under side; anal style distinct, (fig.
10 represents the forceps of T. complexa from above ; fig. 10 a, one-half of
it from below.) Valves of the 5 ovipositor of moderate length, slender,
arcuated.
Is easily distinguishable by its broad, clear wings, the shortness of the
mediastinal and subcostal veins ; the short, hairy feet, the stout, short tho-
rax, rising abruptly above the abdomen, etc. The 16-jointed antenna?, the
structure of the ungues, and the presence of the pulvilli are as many points
of analogy with Limnophila nob., the neuration of the wings (which have
bdt one radial area,) and the absence of spurs at the tip of the tibia? remind
on the contrary of Limnobia nob. Hence the location of Teucholabis
in the present intermediate group. Rhamphidia scapularis Macq. Dipt.
Exot. i. l,.pl. 10, f. 1, shows some analogy with T. complexa, especially
in the neuration of the wings.
T. complexa. Brunneo-flava, thorace vittis tribus brunneis ; alis hya-
linis ; stigmate subrotundo, fusco ; long. lin. 2^-2^.
Head blackish cinereous, antenna? and palpi black. Thorax yellow with
three brown stripes ; the intermediate one begins at the collare ; the lateral
ones are abbreviated. before and extended over the scutum behind ; scutellum
yellow ; metathorax more or less brown in the middle, yellow at the sides ;
pleura? yellow with more or less distinct brown stripes, running from the
collare to the abdomen ; halteres pale ; feet pale yellowish, hairy ; tips of
femora and tibia? brown ; last joints of the tarsi brown. Tergum brown, pos-
terior margins of the segments a little paler ; ^ forceps tawny (fig. 10, and
10 a.) Wings hyaline, veins brown ; costal and subcostal tawny ; anterior mar-
gin distinctly pilose ; stigma distinct, brown, rounded, near the tip of the
subcostal vein ; the stigmatical cross-vein crosses it ; petiole arcuated, but
little shorter 4han the radial vein which appears as its prolongation in a
nearly straight line. (For the description of the neuration compare also the
generic characters.)
Three $ and one 9 specimens. Washington and Trenton Falls, N. T., in
June, (nob.) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott. )
There is a slight difference in the form of the discal areolet of these four
specimens ; in one of the males the second lower discal cross-vein is nearer to
the upper discal cross-vein than in the others ; the areolet in this case appears
more square.
Gnophomyia nob.
Antenna? 16-jointed, setaceous ; first joint elongated, cylindrical, second
cyathiform ; the following joints oblong or subglobular, with moderate .verti-
cils. Proboscis short. Palpi of moderate length ; last joint longer than the
preceding. Front convex, eyes glabrous. Feet of moderate length, stout.
1859.]
224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
covered with a short pubescence ; femora slightly incrassated at tip. Tibia?
without spurs at tip. Tarsi with distinct pulvilli. Wings of moderate length,
with two radial area and without petiolated areolet ; (almost like Meig. i. tab.
v, f. 4 orf. 6.) Mediastinal cross-rein at a moderate distance from the tip of
of mediastinal vein. Forceps of the $ (fig. 18) consisting of comparatively
short basal pieces, of the usual horny appendages, one pair are very long,
slender, linear and slightly arcuated ; the other is short and stout ; 9 ovi-
positor elongated, slender, slightly arcuated ; the lower pair of valves is very
short and do not reach much beyond the origin of the upper pair, (fig. 18 a.)
This genus is very much like E r i o p t e r a in its general appearance ; the
body is rather short and stout ; the intermediate pair of feet is like in E r i o p-
t e r a, a little shorter than the other two. But it differs from the latter genus
by its glabrous wings and the structure of the genital organs in the ^ and 9 •
The structure of the 9 ovipositor is somewhat analogous to that of S y m-
p 1 e c t a. The dark, lugubrious coloring ofGnophomyia seems to be also
characteristic. The name of the genus alludes to it.
G. luctuosa. Atra, halteribus atris ; alis obscura infumatis ; long. lin.
The whole body, including the halteres, is of a deep velvet black. Wings
smoky, nearly black ; subcostal area still darker ; stigma hardly distinct ; a
short almost microscopic pubescence in the centre of the apical areolet ; the
stigmatical cross-vein is at the origin of the second radial area.
Single cf specimen caught in Florida, in March, 1858, (nob.)
Gr. tristissima. Nigra, pedibus piceis, halterium capitulis flavis ; ala?
pallide infumata?, stigmate oblongo, obscuro ; long. lin. 2^-3£.
The whole body is black, moderately shining ; thorax gibbose ; a slight
hoary reflection on the lower part of the pleura? and sometimes on the front ;
feet piceous, base of femora dark tawny ; halteres brown with yellow knobs ;
wings dusky with a blackish, elongated stigma, divided longitudinally in two
by the subcostal vein ; veins black, paler at base ; fig. 18 represents the tf for-
ceps of this species ; fig. 18 a, the 9 ovipositor.
Washington, New York, Virginia mountains in the Spring and in Summer,
common. Upper Wisconsin River (Mr. Kennicott.)
Compared eleven tf 9 specimens.
Cryptolabis nob.
Antenna? 16-jointed, joints of the flagellum oval, hairy. Proboscis short ;
palpi with subcylindrical joints of nearly equal length. Feet moderately
long, tibia? without spurs at the tip. Tarsi with small pulvilli. Wings
of moderate length and breadth ; petiole very short and oblique, so that
the first radial area has the form of an almost equilateral triangle ; two
radial area? and no petiolated areolet ; the central cross-veins at the base of
the second radial, the cubital, the subapical and the first externo-medial area?,
form one line, being connected at their ends ; the stigmatical cross-vein (or at
least the vein replacing it) is the continuation of the same line ; the second
externo-medial area is shorter than the first ; the great cross-vein is a little
nearer to the tip of the wing than the other central cross-veins ; the mediastinal
cross-vein is a little anterior to the origin of petiole and very indistinct. For-
ceps of the $ somewhat like that of Antocha, but the falciform appen-
dages are small and, in the state of repose, so closely applied to the under side
of the basal pieces as to be indistinct. Ovipositor of the 9 obtuse, soft,
without any apparent horny lamels. (Fig. 14, 14 a and 15, 15 a male and
female genitals of C. paradoxa.)
This genus is sufficiently distinguished from all others by the neuration of
the wings and the structure of the genitals. The absence of the horny lamels
[Aug.
NATUTtAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 225
in the ovipositor and the smallness of the rj1 forceps render the recognition of
the sexes very difficult.
C. paradox a. Thorace livido, nigro-vittato ; antennis nigris, pedibus, basi
pallidis ; alis immaculatis. Length lin. 1-1£.
Head blackish ; palpi and antennae black. The color of the thorax is livid ;
but it is scarcely apparent between the black stripes ; intermediate stripes
broad, capillary ; lateral ones extended over the scutum ; scutellum pale,
metathorax dark ; pleurae blackish ; halteres pale ; feet clothed with hairs ;
coxae and base of the femora pale ; their tips brown ; tibiae brownish-tawny,
infuscated at tip ; tarsi likewise. Abdomen blackish (often greenish in living
specimens, the color depends on the food.) Wings hyaline, without apparent
stigma ; veins brown, costal and subcostal pale yellow ; neuration as de-
scribed among the generic characters ; apical areolets slightly pubescent in
the middle.
Twenty-one specimens taken at the White Sulphur Spings in Va., on the
30th of June, 1859.
Erioptera Meig.
Wings pubescent on the whole surface, or on the veins only ; two radial areae;
mediastinal cross-veins at a considerable distance from the tip of mediastinal
vein, although posterior to the origin of petiole, the latter nearer than usual to
the origin of the wing. Antennas with 16 joints. Proboscis and palpi short.
Tibiae without spurs at the tip. Pulvilli distinct. Ungues smooth.
The pubescence of the wings is the most striking character of Erioptera;
still it is not sufficient for defining the genus, because U 1 a and several L i m -
n o p h i 1 a?, have also wings which are pubescent along the veins, or on the
whole surface. The characters enumerated above, especially the spurless
tibae, complete the definition.
Erioptera, thus defined, is far from being homogeneous, and ex-
hibits among a comparatively small number of species more variety in the neu-
ration of the wings or the structure of the ■J, genital organs than either L i m -
nobiaorLimnophila, although these genera are much richer in species.
It has been observed already by Mr. Curtis, (Brit. Entom. 557,) that in some
Eriopterae the antennae of the % are much longer than those of the female,
and that such species show at the same time some peculiarities in the neuration
of the wings, and might therefore, with good ground, be separated from the
rest of the genus.
My E.hirtipennis and pubipennis belong to the group thus de-
fined by Curtis. My E. ch,lorophylIa,vespertina,septemtrionis,
villosa, chrysocoma, etc., seem to form another natural group ; my E.
Meigenii and u u b i 1 a a third one ; E. caloptera Say, and p a r v a nob .
a fourth, etc.
The $ forceps shows a great variety of structure ; several pieces are figured
on the plate ; fig. 19, E. v e s p e r t i n a (one half;) fig. 20, R. a r m a t a , upper
side ; fig 21, the same, side view ; fig. 22, E. c a 1 i p t e ra ; fig. 23, E. venusta,
upper side; fig. 13 a under side.
Analytical Table.
1. Second radial area shorter than the cubital ; petiole ending in the cubital, 2
Second radial longer than the cubital ; petiole ending in the second radial ;
first and third externomedial areolets longer than the subapical, the great
cross-vein being much nearer to the base of the wing than the other central
cross-veins, 14
2. No discal areolet, 3
A discal areolet, 11
3. Second externomedial areolet petiolated ; wings like Meig i. tab. iv. f. 9, 4
First externomedial areolet petiolated, 9
1859.]
17
226 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
4. Surface of the wing naked, the veins alone being hairy, 5
The whole surface of the wing hairy ; its color is pale brown ; lower fork
shorter than the upper one; the upper branch of lower fork forms a curve
near its origin; the lower branch is straight; body dark cinereous ; stripes
on thorax obsolete ; halteres and base of femora pale ; ovipositor ferru-
ginous. Length 2J lin. Washington, two 9 spec, (nob.) E. holotricha.
5. Body pale green ; antennae, halteres, veins, genital organs, etc., also pale
greenish ; eyes black. Long. lin. 2—2\. Common $ 9 Washington,
Dalton, Ga. (nob.) E. chlorophylla.
Body yellow or brown, 6
6. Knob of halteres brown ; body ochraceous ; front whitish, infuscated in the
middle; praescutum with more or less distinct, confluent brown stripes, the
intermediate one is dark brown on the collare, and the anterior part of the
pra?scutum ; tergum infuscated, antennae, except the base, and palpi brown ;
wings hyaline, slightly cinereous, immaculate, veins dusky ; hairs much
shorter than in the other species of the genus ; feet pale yellow ; length 2 — 2 £
lin. Sharon Springs, N. Y. (nob.) Maine, (Mr. Packard.) Six J1 and $
specimens. E. septemtrionis.
Knob of halteres pale, 7
T. Body brown ; a sulphureous spot on the shoulder extended into a pale stripe
towards the basis of the wing; base of femora pale; tip of halteres with a
fine, silky, golden yellow pubescence ; horny appendages of the tf forceps
pale, with brown tips; wings dusky; hairs long; long. lin. 2£. Middle
States (nob.) Single (J1 specimen. E. villosa.
Body yellow, 8
8. Wings immaculate, slightly yellowish cinereous ; veins pale, hairs of moder-
ate length ; palpi and antennse brown ; the first 3 or 4 joints of the fla-
gellum pale; (the two basal joints of the antenna are generally infuscated,
especially the tip of the second;) thorax of a saturate reddish yellow on
the back, paler, almost sulphureous on the shoulders; pleura pale, slightly
hoary ; tips of the tarsi and of the horny parts of the ^ forceps brown ;
lin. 21— 2£ long, common ; Washington D. C. Florida, (nob.) Wisconsin,
(Mr. Kennicott.) E. vespertina.
Wings yellowish, with two brown dots on the anterior margin ; (one across
the stigmatical cross-vein ; the other at the tip of the subcostal vein ;)
veins pale yellow, infuscated at all their tips and anastomoses, cross-veins
infuscated; great cross-vein nearer to the base of the wing, than the other
central cross-vein ; a fringe of golden yellow hairs at the tip of the wing, feet brown,
clothed with brown hairs ; base of femora yellow, which color extends
nearly to the tip of the posterior femora; antennse of the tf clothed with a
dense pubescence, besides the verticils ; length lin. 2 — 21. Washington,
D. C. three % spec, (nob.) E. chrysocoma.
9. Surface of the wing naked, the veins alone being hairy. 10
Whole surface of the wing pubescent; a brown spot in the region of the, stigma ;
indistinct nebulosities on the central cross-veins; upper branch of the
lower fork straight ; lower branch arcuated, almost angular near its origin ;
great cross-veins a little nearer to the base of the wing than the other
central cross-veins; body cinereous ; antennas brown ; those of the <^ densely
pubescent besides the verticils ; stem of the halteres dusky ; the latter part
of the knob pale yellow ; feet blackish tawny, pale at base, knees pale,
length lin: 2-2£. Middle States, eight specimens <J 9, (nob.)
E. Meigenli.
10. Wings fuscous, with numerous round, white spots on the surface, and six
large square spots of the same color along the anterior margin ; thorax with
two fuscous lines above and one on each side, before the wings; femora
[Aug
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 227
with two blackish rings ; length 1 \~2\ lines. Common in the United
States; occurs also in Cuba. — Say, Journ. Acad. Philada. iii. 17.
E. callptera Say.
Wings hyaline, slightly cinereous ; about ten brown spots along the margins of
the wing, at the tips of the longitudinal veins; the spots along the anterior
margin are larger; cross-veins infuscated ; thorax yellow, with two brown
stripes ; similar stripes on the pleura ; feet pale, with a brown ring before
the tip of the femora; abdomen brown ; length 1-1 J lines. Washington,
D. C, Savannah, Ga. Ten ^ 9 specimens (nob.) E. parva.
11. Surface of the wing naked, the veins alone being hairy. 12
Whole surface of the wing hairy ; body cinereous; a brown stripe over the
thorax; antennae fuscous, paler at the base of flagellutu; verticils short ;
palpi black; halteres pale, slightly infuscated at the base of the knob
the tip of which is clothed with a short, golden yellow pubescence; feet%
dark tawny, paler at base of femora, brown at tip of tarsi; brown ring
before the tip of femora; knees whitish ; wings greyish-white, with grey
nebulosities; they form two more or less marked bands across the apical
areolets ; a third band passes over the cross-veins ; there is one nebula in
the centre of the praebrachial area; another in the axillary, and some neb-
ulosities in the subaxillary area; length 2 \~ 2f lin. Washington, D. C,
common in April ; on the 15th of this month I caught several pairs in
copula. ' E. nubila.
12. Wings with numerous brown spots. 13
Wings pale yellowish with two brown bands ; the first begins at the origin
of the petiole, is broadest in the middle, and reaches the posterior margin
at the tip of the axillary veins ; the other is parallel, runs from the anterior
to the posterior margin, and includes at each end a small transparent spot ;
sometimes the spot at the anterior margin is connected with the yellow of
the apical part of the wing; in this case a brown spot at the tip of the
subcostal vein is isolated from the band ; second lower discal cross-vein
slightly colored ; small brown dots at the tips of the upper branch of the
radial fork and of both branches of the lower fork; body brown; thorax
yellow; pleura brown; feet and halteres pale; femora with brown rings;
length, lin. 2}-2£. Trenton Falls, N. Y., and Virginia Springs (nob.);
Connecticut (Mr. Norton) ; 12 $ 9 specimens. E. venuata.
13. Feet pale; thorax cinereons, without stripes; abdomen fuscous; posterior
margins of segments pale; five or six brown spots at the anterior margin
of the wing; the second spot from the base does not touch this margin;
tips of all the veins along the posterior margin clouded with brown ; theie
is a nebulosity in the subaxillary area; cross-veins clouded; great cross-
vein nearer to the base of the wing than the other central cross-veins; the
second externomedial vein is prolonged in the shape of a stump, inside of the
discal areolet ; sometimes this stump reaches the opposite side of the areolet,
and thus divides it in two ; length, lin. 21-2J. Washington in the Spring
(nob.); Wisconsin (Mr. Ulke) ; 16 tf and 9 specimens. E. armata.
Feet varigated with brown, which forms two broad rings on the anterior
femora, occupying the whole surface; posterior femora brown, with a pale
ring before the tip ; tips of tibiae and tarsi brown; thorax yellowish cine-
reous, a brown, capillary often indistinct stripe on the praescutum ; a
broad, dark brawn stripe reaches from the humeri to the metathorax,
passing inside of the base of the wing; a similar stripe on the pleurae;
abdomen brown; halteres pale; antennae brown, with pale base; (those
of the $ densely clothed with a short pubescence); palpi brown ; tips of
the longitudinal veins, cross-veins, etc., clouded ; costal vein infuscated at
six intervals, especially opposite the petiole, where a spot occurs, one
branch of which nearly reaches the praebrachial vein; pobracbial vein
infuscated and clouded twice before the great cross-vein, which is arcuated
and nearer to the base of the wing than the other central nervures; some
1859.]
228 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
indistinct nebulosities in the axillary and subaxillary area; veins yellow,
except where the clouds and spots occur; length lin. 2^-2|. Washington,
D. C. Common. E. graphica.
14. The forked externomedial vein originates from the great cross-vein (see the
figure in Curtis' Brit. Ins. tab. 557). 15
The forked externomedial vein originates beyond the great crossvein, that is,
from the praebrachial vein; greyish black, the body, the veins and the
posterior margin of the wings covered with long, black hairs, which
appear golden in a certain light; halteres, antennae and feet black; the
second radial area is square at its base, the basal cross-vein being in a
line with the stigmatical cross-vein ; the cubital and subcubital areas are
likewise square at their base, of equal length and but little shorter than
the second radial ; (the veins can be seen only when the pubescence is
rubbed off; length lin. |. Washington, D, C, and Relay House, near
Baltimore (nob.), 10 <-f specimens; forms clouds in the Spring in the
vicinity of running waters ; perhaps synonymous with the European E.
murina Meig ? E. ursina.
15. Body brown; wings dusky; veins very hirsute with brown hairs; pale
spots at humeri ; halteres infuscated ; feet fuscous ; coxa? and base of
femora pale; antenna; brown; length lin. 2-2£. Three 9 from Maryland
(nob.). E. hlrtipennis.
Body yellow; front and margin round the thorax sulphur yellow; the
latter, if viewed in a certain light has a hoary reflection ; palpi brown ;
antenna? pale, brown at tip ; halteres sulphur yellow ; anterior feet tawny,
clothed with brown hairs; the two other pairs yellow, with brown tarsi
and tips of tibia? ; wings and their veins pale yellowish ; veins thickly
hairy ; a fringe of golden hairs along the anterior margin and round the tip;
long 2 lin. Washington, D. C, eight 9 specimens. E. pubipennis.
Symplecta Meig.
The distinguishing character of this genus is the undulating axillary vein. The
absence of spurs at the tip of the tibia seems to indicate a relationship to E r i o p-
tera; at the same time it is a ground for separation from Limnophila,
Anisomera, etc.
The $ forceps consists of two subcylindrical, coriaceous pieces with two
stout horny appendages attached to each of them (fig. 29, forceps of S.punc-
tipennis; the , 9 . ovipositor shows some analogy to that of Gnophomyia
in the shortness of the lower valves ; besides the ovipositor is armed on the tipper
side at the base with (too small teeth. This character, first noticed by Schummel
inS. punctipennis, &c, belongs also to several 9 Eriopterae.
For details about this genus, I refer to Meigen, Walker, Zetterstedt, etc.
Judging from the description of the European S. punctipennis Meig. it
would seem that the specimens which I caught in America belong to the same
species. I describe them, therefore, under the same name.
S. punctipennis. Cinerea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis : alis albicantibus,
venulis transversis infuscatis.
Limnobia punctipennis Meig. Eur. Zw. Ins. i. p. 147, tab. v. f. 7.
Symplecta punctipennis 1. c. vol. vi. p. 283.
Head cinereous ; antennae and palpi black. Thorax cinereous ; hoary on the
pleurae; praescutum with three distinct brown stripes; knob of the halteres
infuscated ; feet brown, paler at the base. Tergum blackish ; venter cinereous ;
9 genitals pale. Wings whitish cinereous; cross-veins, base of petiole, etc..
clouded ; neuration exactly like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 7.
Common in the spring and autumn ; occurs even frequently in winter. Wash-
ington, D. C. Mobile, Ala., (nob.) Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.)
Compared 12 tf specimens. The supplementary cross-vein in the second
radial area is sometimes wanting ; the same is the case with the first lower
discal cross-vein.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 229
Cladura nob.
Proboscis and palpi short ; last joint of the latter very stout. Front and
vertex convex. Eyes almost contiguous on the under side of the head. Antenna
16-jointed, of moderate length (reaching the base of the wings) ; first joint
cylindrical, second turbinated, the following joints subcylindrical, elongated,
slightly incrassated at the base, with moderate verticils. Feet long, moderately
stout, tibiae without spurs at the tip. Ungues small, smooth. Pulvilli distinct.
Wings long, neuration like Limnophila, with two radial arese and one
petiolate areolet. Veins with a short, hut distinct, pubescence on the apical
portion of the wing. Genitals of the tf large, stouter than the abdomen; the
upper side of the last abdominal segment is horny, convex, having a notch be-
tween two projecting points on the posterior margin; the forceps, which are
inserted below, are large, with a long, cylindrical basal joint. (See fig. 34 ; this
sketch is drawn from a dry specimen, and might not perhaps be altogether cor- ,
rect ) Ovipositor of the 9 of the usual structure; the upper valves are flattened,
lamelliform towards the tip.
In general appearance this genus is very like Limnophila, but it may be
distinguished at once by the absence of spurs on the tibice. It has this character,
as well as the slight pubescence on the veins of the wing, in common with
Erioptera; but its long feet and elongated wings give Cladura an alto-
gether different appearance. By its eyes, contiguous below, it reminds of S y m-
ple eta . In the structure of the tf genitals it differs from all other genera of
the group.
C. flavoferruginea. Flavo-ferruginea, praescuto nitido ; pleurse punc-
tis, abdomen fasciis brunneis ; alae flavescentes, venulis transversalibus infus-
catis ; long. lin. 3 — 3£.
Proboscis, palpi and antenna? pale ferrugineous ; the two latter infuscated at
the tip. Praescutum ferruginous, shining; a more or less apparent dark line
in the middle ; a browa spot on the humerus ; pleurae pale yellow ; two brown
spots between the humerus and the base of the wing ; a third one lower, about
the middle of the pleurae; scutellum and metathorax ferruginous; a small
black dot on each side, between the latter and the base of halteres ; these are
pale ; feet hairy, yellowish ferruginous; tips of femora, tibia? and tarsi brown.
Tergum ferruginous ; lateral margins of segments brown, united by a pale brown
band running across the middle of each segment; venter yellow; genitals fer-
ruginous, shining. Wings yellowish ; costal, subcostal and pobrachial veins
ferruginous ; other veins brown ; cross-veins and origin of petiole clouded with
brown ; stigma pale ; a supplementary cross-vein about the middle of the cubital
area.
Washington, D. C. October, November, (nob.)
Compared seven tf and 9 specimens.
In one of my specimens, there is a second supplementary cross-vein in the
second radial area on one wing, and in the subapical on the other.
Besides the seven specimens described above, I have three from Massachusetts
(sent by Mr. Scudder), distinguished from the above described specimens by the
absence of the supplementary cross-vein in the cubital area. These three speci-
mens are smaller in size, and the cross-veins of the wing are scarcely clouded.
I doubt whether they belong to a different species, but still it is very remarka-
ble that all came from the same locality. In the mean time I have abstained on
their account from mentioning that supplementary cross-vein among the char-
acters of the genus as well as in the diagnosis of the species.
Gonomyia Meig.
Proboscis and palpi short; the joints of the latter nearly equal length. An-
tennae 16-jointed, of moderate length (not reaching the base of the wing.) Feet
long, slender ; tibia; without spurs at tip; ungues small; pulvilli distinct. Wings
1859.]
G. blanda.
2
230 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
(like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 7 J of moderate length ; naked, with two radial and no
petiolate arete. The second radial area is very short, taking its origin about the
middle of the cubital; the upper branch of the radial fork runs obliquely towards the
anterior margin ; mediastinal vein short, joining the costal nearly opposite the
origin of the petiole ; discal areolet extant or wanting ; stigmatical cross-vein
wanting. Forceps of the J1 (fig. 16 and 17, G. blanda and G. cogna-
te 1 1 a ,) consists of two moveable basal pieces, with four elongated appendages
attached to each of them ; these appendages are clothed with hairs or bristles,
and armed with spines. Ovipositor of the 9 moderately long, consisting, as
usual of two pairs of valves ; the upper pair long, arcuated.
The peculiarities of this genus consist, chiefly, in the neuration of the wing,
the structure of the tf forceps and the coloring, in which the sulphur-yellow
prevails.
It is not easy to find for G o n o m y i a an appropriate location in the system ;
it stands as an isolated, sharply defined group, bearing no apparent affinity to
any other group of the family. The number of joints of its antenna, the smooth
ungues, the disinct pulvilli, and the presence of the second, although almost
rudimental, radial area, determined me to locate it, provisionally, in the same
group with Erioptera.
The European Limnobia te n el la Meig. belongs to this genus. It wassent
to Meigen by Megerle under the name of Gonomyia tenella (conf. Meigen,
vol. I. p. 146). Mr. Stephens, in his Catalogue of British Insects, (1829), and
Mr. Curtis, in his "Guide." (1837), have again applied this generic name to
this species, but without defining the genus.
Analytical Table.
1. Wings spotted,
Wings not spotted,
2. Femora with a distinct brown ring at the tip ; knob of halteres lemon-
yellow, Bk sulphurella.
Femora without brown rings at the tip, 3
3. Antennae orange at the base, G- cognatella.
Antennas entirely black, G. subcinerea.
G. sulphurella. Sulphureo-flava, fusco-maculata ; antennis basi auran-
tiacis, in J1 verticillis longis; femoribus annulo fusco ; areola discoidali (in
speciminibus typicis) clausa ; long. lin. 2 — 2£.
Front and vertex sulphur-yellow, infuscated in the middle ; proboscis, palpi
and antennas brown ; basal joints of the latter bright orange ; flagellum of the
tf incrassated at the base and slender beyond it, with long, feathery verticils ;
that of the 9 filiform with short verticils. Collare sulphur, yellow ; praescu-
tum and scutum light brown, yellow on the margins ; scutellum yellow with
a brown line in the middle ; metathorax yellowish, infuscated in the middle ;
pleura? yellow along the margins of the praescutum ; a yellow stripe, margined
with brown, runs from the fore coxae backwards ; halteres yellow ; knob lemon-
yellow ; coxa? pale yellow, with a brown ring at the tip ; femora slightly in-
crassated at the tip, with a yellow ring beyond the middle and a brown ring
near the tip, which is yellow ; anterior pair of femora darker, their tip brown ;
tibise tawny, infuscated at tip ; tarsi fuscous. Abdomen of the c? lemon-
yellow ; base of the segments brown, genitals yellow; abdomen of the $
brownish ; posterior margins of the segments of the tergum yellow ; genitals
ferruginous. Wings slightly gray, pale at the base, stigma pale ; oblique vein
very short, almost perpendicular. (Conf. Schummel, 1. c. tab. ii. f. 2.) The
discal areolet is closed in the normal specimens ; among 15 $ and 9 speci-
mens which I have before me, it is open in a single one only.
Washington, Trenton Falls, etc. Spring and Summer (nob.)
G. cognatella. Sulphureo-flava, fusco maculata, antennis basi auran-
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 231
I
tiacis, in $ dense pubescentibus, verticillis brevibus ; pedibus uni coloribus ;
areola discoidali aperta ; long. lin. 2 — 2£.
Very like the preceding, but easily distinguished by the following charac-
ters : 1st. The antennae of the tf are covered on every joint with a short,
dense pubescence, which, being interrupted at the articulations, makes the
antennae appear moniliform ; 2d. The halteres (both stem and knob) are in-
fuscated ; 3d. The plurae are yellow, with a brown stripe ; 4th. The feet are
uniformly pale tawny ; only the tips of the tarsi darker ; 5th. The upper
branch of the radial fork is more oblique and therefore longer ; 6th. The
discal areolet is open (at least in the normal specimens ;) 7th. The forceps of
the tf has a different structure.
Five $ and two $ specimens ; Washington (nob.)
G. subcinerea. Sulphureo-flava, thoracis disco cinereo-fusco, antennis
nigris ; pedibus unicoloribus ; long. lin. 2| — 2£.
Very like G. cognatella, but easily recognizable by the following char-
acters : the pleurae are yellow ; the brown parts of the thorax have a peculiar
greyish tinge ; the antennae are uniformly black ; those of the <^ have moder-
ately long verticils, the pubescence is not so distinct ; the discal areolet (in the
normal specimens) is closed ; the halteres are very slightly infuscated.
Twelve $ and 9 specimens ; the discal areolet of one of them is open.
Washington, Trenton Falls, etc. (nob.)
This species seems to resemble Limnobia shistacea Schum. (I.e. p.
146), but the upper branch of its radial fork is more oblique and arcuated
than that of the latter species, judging from Schummel's figure.
Gr. b 1 a n d a . Flavo-variegata ; alae stigmate et marginis anterioris parte
apicali fuscis ; venulis transversis infuscatis ; long. lin. 2£ — 2£.
Proboscis cinereous, margined with yellow on the upper side ; front and
vertex cinereous, margined with yellow along the eyes ; antennae brown ; two
basal joints yellow. Praescutum pale cinereous, with two approximated brown-
ish stripes in the middle ; lateral stripes hardly distinct ; scutum, scutellum
and metathorax yellowish cinereous, marked with brownish spots ; plurae pale
yellow, slightly hoary ; halteres dusky, with dark knobs ; feet pale, tips of
femora, tibiae and tarsi infuscated. Tergum brownish cinereous ; lateral and
posterior margins of the segments yellow ; venter sulphur yellow ; $ forceps
yellow with black appendages ; 9 ovipositor ferruginous. Wings with clouded
cross-veins and black dots at the anastomoses of the veins ; the stigma and the
portion of the anterior margin between the stigma and the tip are blackish ;
in some specimens there is a short stump of a vein near the origin of the
petiole.
Four tf and $ specimens; Washington, Trenton Falls (nob.)
Limnophila nob.
Two radial areae ; mediastinal cross-vein near the tip of the mediastinal
vein, and always posterior to the origin of petiole ; petiolated areolet in most
cases extant ; sometimes wanting ; (in the first case the neuration is more or
less like Meig. i. tab. iv. f. 20, or tab. vi. f. 2 ; in the second like Meig. v.
f. 4.) ; antennae 16-jointed ;* palpi mnch shorter than the head ; joints nearly
of the same length; (except inL. macrocera Say, the palpi of which are
nearly as long as the head, the last joint being elongated) ; proboscis short ;
labrum transverse; tibiae armed with spurs at the tip; pulvilli distinct;
ungues smooth ; forceps of the tf consisting of two cylindrical or subcylindri-
cal basal pieces, with two coriaceous or horny, generally falciform appendages
attached to them. (Fig. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28.)
*Except in the 12th section, which has been temporarily located in this genus, and in
which the antennae are apparently 17-jointed.
1859.]
232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
The various forms, contained in the group thus characterized, may be
arranged into several natural groups of lower order, most of which will be
erected at some time into new genera. Those among them offering characters
which require an immediate separation, have been supplied with generic names ;
bixt as long as the whole group is not subdivided into genera of an equal sys-
tematic value, it is preferable to leave all its subdivisions under a common
generic appellation.
Limnophila in its present definition comprises all the species which
Macquart would have located in his genus Limnophila; but it contains
besides those, species with two radial area, but without petiolate areolet which,
in Macquart's distribution, belonged to his genus Limnobia; (compare
what has been said about it in the introduction.)
Analytical table.
1. A supplementary cross-vein in the subcostal area, about the middle of the
anterior margin. (Sect. 7. Subgenus Epiphragma nob.) 2
A supplementary|cross-vein at the tip of the second radial area. (Sec. 10.
Dicranophragma.)
Antennae pale at base, thorax cinereous, with brown spots, feet pale, wings
spotted with brown ; 2\ — 3 lin. long. L. fuscovaria nob.
A supplementary cross-vein in the pobrachial areolet, 3
No supplementary cross-veins, 4
2. Wings variegated with brown and tawny bands and spots, but without
ocelliform spots ; body pale brown ; thorax pale sericeous behind the
wings ; feet tawny ; femora with a brown ring before the tip ; lin. long 4£.
L. solatrix nob.
Wings variegated with brown ocelliform spots ; long. lin. 4^,
L. pavonlna nob.
3. Antenna? of the $ longer than head and thorax together ; $ with rudi-
mentary wings. (Sect. 2 ; subgenus Idioptera Macq.) Wings with
two brown bands and several brown spots ; head and thorax cinereous ;
abdomen yellow, with brown margins ; long. lin. 3, L. fasciata Lin.
Antenna? of the rf hardly reaching the base of the wings ; joints of the
flagellum subglobular ; cinereous, with brown feet ; wings with 7 or 8
brown spots along the anterior margin ; lin. 2 J. (Sect. 3,)
L. aprilina nob.
4. Petiolate areolet extant (that is, four externomedial areolets,) 5
Petiolate areolet wanting (that is three externomedial areolets,) 15
5. Wings with large brown spots along the anterior margin and the central
cross-veins, 6
Wings altogether without spots or with a brown stigma and nebulosities on
the cross-veins only, . 7
6. Body black, shining ; antenna? of the rj1 as long as the body, or a little
longer, slender, filiform ; clothed with soft, erect hairs ; tbose of the 9
setaceous, not reaching beyond the base of the wing ; feet brown, femora
ferruginous with brown tip; long. lin. 3 — 4. (Sect. 1. Subg. Lasio-
m a s t i x nob.) L. macrocera Say.
Body cinereous ; antenna? of <^ and 9 short ; thorax with four brown
stripes ; feet dark tawny, with brown tips ; long. lin. 3| — 4. (Section
9th. Subg. Dactylolabis nob.) L. montana nob.
7. Cubital area considerably longer than the subapical, its base being so much
nearer to the base of the wing ; wings infuscated, cross-veins clouded ;
thorax cinereous, abdomen dark tawny ; long. lin. 3 — 3^. (Section 5th, )
L. luteipennis nob.
Cubital area of equal length with the subapical, or not much longer, the
base of both being nearly equidistant from the base of the wing, 8
8. Thorax cinereous,
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233
Thorax ochraceous, yellow or brown, 11
9. Thorax with four distinct brown stripes, the intermediate ones approxi-
mated ; antennae and feet fuscous ; wings hyaline, stigma pale ; the third,
fourth, fifth and sixth joints of the antenna? almost coalescent ; long. lin.
2f— 3£. (Section 6th,) L. ultima nob.
Stripes of the thorax indistinct, 10
10. Petiolate areolet unusually short, almost rudimental ; wings hyaline,
slightly subcinereous ; stigma pale ; body brown, thorax subcinereous ;
long. lin. 2f, (Section 5th,) L. brevifurca nob.
Petiolate areolet longer or not much shorter than the petiole ; body dark
cinereous ; wings yellowish or infuscated ; stigma fuscous ; base of
femora ferruginous; long. lin. 4 — 5. (Section 8th. Prion olabis nob.)
L. rufibasls nob.
11. Mediastinal cross-vein close by the tip of the mediastinal vein ; the discal
areolet has the usual proportions, 12
Mediastinal cross-vein removed from the tip of the mediastinal veins at a
distance about equal to the length of the great cross-vein ; discal areolet
elongated, about twice as long as in the other species of the genus ; body
pale yellow ; wings hyaline, stigma pale ; long. lin. 2| — 3|, (Section
5th,) L. areolata nob.
12. Thorax shining, 13
Thorax not shining, body brownish yellow ; wings hyaline, with a pale
stigma, 14
13. Body and feet yellowish ferruginous ; wings slightly infuscated at tip ;
stigma pale fuscous ; stigmatical cross-vein beyond the origin of the radial
fork; long. lin. 3£— 4, (Section 5th,) L. adusta nob.
Body brown, pleurae yellow ; wings infuscated ; stigmatical cross-vein close
by the origin of the radial fork ; antenna? of the <$ longer than head and
thorax together; long. lin. 3 — 4, (Section 4th,) L. tenuipes Say.
14. The petiole forms an almost straight line with the radial vein ; long. lin.
3]— 4, (Section 5th,) L. imbecilla nob.
The petiole forms an almost straight line with the cubital vein ; radial vein
conspicuously arcuated before its forking ; long. lin. 3 — 3^, (Section 5th,)
L. toxoneura nob.
15. Wings pubescent on the whole surface; body brown ; long. lin. 3^, (Sec-
tion 12th,) L. pilosella nob.
Wings not pubescent, 16
16. Cinereous, with pale ferruginous feet and brown tips of femora, tibia? and
tarsi; long. lin. 2|— Z\, (Section 11th,) L. quadrata nob.
Pale yellow, stigma pale ; long. lin. 2| — 2\. (Section 11th,) L. lenta nob.
1st Section.
(Subgenus Lasiomastix nob.)
Antenna? of the <$ as long or a little longer than the body, slender, filiform ;
two basal joints short, the following elongated, cylindrical, of nearly equal
length, clothed with soft, erect hairs ; the third and fourth joints have a small
spine on the underside, at the tip; antenna? of the 9 setaceous, not reaching
much beyond the base of the wing ; joints cylindrical, clothed with sparse hairs.*
Palpi a little longer than the head; last joint longer than the preceding. Wings
somewhat like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 3. Forceps of the male like the typical
Limnophila?; upper horny falciform appendage slender and jointed ; lower
one short, stout, with the point turned upwards.
* It is difficult to count the number of joints of the ^ antenna?, even in fresh speci-
mens, although in judging from analogy, it is extremely probable that there are 16. One
of the £ has apparently but 15 joints.
1859.]
234 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
>
L. macrocera. Nigra, nitida ; femoribus flavo ferrugineis, apice fusco ;
alis fusco-maculatis ; long. lin. 3-4.
Limnobia macrocera Say, Jour. Acad. Phil. iii. p. 20, 2.
Antennae black, except the basal joints, which are tawny ; proboscis and
palpi black ; front above the antennae and lower part of the head yellowish-
ferruginous ; vertex black, shining. Thorax black, shining ; pleurae slightly
hoary ; halteres pale yellow, (the 9 specimen have a brown knob) ; feet dark
tawny ; coxae and base of femora paler ; tips of femora, tibiae and tarsi brown.
Abdomen black ; three or four intermediate segments with pale ferruginous
spots at the base (more distinct in living specimens) ; genitals ferruginous-
yellow. Wings hyaline, spotted with brown ; one spot near the base, in the
angle between the subcostal and pobrachial veins ; another square one, near
the origin of the petiole, between the same veins ; a third one between the
costa and the cliscal areolet ; the tip of the wing, as well as the discal cross-
veins, are clouded. In some specimens (for instance in my tf from Florida,)
a nebulosity extends along the pobrachial, anal and axillary veins ; it occu-
pies the whole extent of the arese between these veins ; the nebulosity at the
tip of the wing has, in such cases, also a greater extension. The neuration is
like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 3, only the second radial and cubital areae are nearly of
the same length, the radial vein forking immediately beyond its origin.
I found rf specimens quite commonly on the 2d of July, 1859, near the so-call-
ed Salt-pond in southern Virginia, (about 20 miles from the Montgomery White
Sulphur Springs.) Another tf specimen I caught in Florida, in March, 1858.
Of my three 9 specimens I found two near Washington, and received one
from Dr. Asa Fitch, of Salem, N. Y. There is a very strong probability that
these 9 belong to the same species ; but having never found both sexes in
the same locality, I cannot affirm it positively.
N. B. Say commits a mistake when he compares the neuration to Meig. i.
tab. v. f. 7. Wiedemann quotes correctly Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 3.
2d Section.
(Subgenus Idioptera Macquart. )
Wings like Meigen i. tab. iv. f. 16, or Schumm. tab. iv. f. 4. Pobrachial
areolet divided in two sections by a supplementary cross-vein in its middle. An-
tennae of the $ longer than head and thorax together, with elongated subcy-
lindrical, densely pubescent joints ; two basal joints short.
The 9 of the European L. fasciata has rudimental wings and cannot fly.
(Figured in Schum. tab. v, f. 2.)
A (^ specimen from Massachusetts, for which I am indebted to Mr. Scudder,
in Boston, corresponds pretty closely to Schummel's description of L.
fasciata.
L. fasciata. Capite thoraceque cinerascentibus, abdomino silaceo, fusco-
marginato et fasciato, alis hyalinis, fasciis duabus, maculisque pluribus fus-
cis ; length 3 lin.
Limnobia fasciata (Linn.?) Schummel, Limnob. p. 183.
Head brownish cinereous : palpi and antennae black. Thorax cinereous,
pleurae and metathorax hoary ; scutellum pale ; halteres tawny, with brown
knob ; feet brown ; coxae and base of femora pale ochreous. Abdomen och-
raceous, lateral and posterior margins of the segments brown ; $ forceps
tawny. Wings hyaline, with two bands formed of brown spots ; a spot at
the tip and several small dots between it and the second band.
3 c? Section.
Neuration of the wing like 2d Section, (Meig. i. tab. iv. f. 16,) a supplementary
cross-vein dividing the pobrachial areolet in two sections. Antennae hardly reaching
beyond the origin of the wing; joints of the flagellum subglobular.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235
L. aprilina. Cinerea, pedibus subfuscis, basi pallidis ; alis ad costam 6
vel 7 raaculatis ; venis transversis, nebulosis; long. lin. 2£.
Head cinereous ; palpi black ; antenna? clothed (in the ^) with a dense pu-
bescence, dark tawny ; two basal joints brown. Thorax cinereous ; praescutum
yellowish, with indistinct stripes, the intermediate one capillary ; halteres pale ;
feet dark tawny, coxae and base of femora pale. Abdomen cinereous ; the homy
appendages of the ^ forceps short, stout and obtuse; one of them with a deep
notch at the tip, (fig. 25 and 25a.) Wings with seven brown spots along the
anterior margin ; the first near the base ; the third is sometimes connected with a
nebulosity on the supplementary cross-vein and with a large round spot at the tip
of the axillary vein ; the fourth is sometimes connected with a nebulosity along
the central cross-veins ; the fifth situated at the tip of the subcostal vein is the
largest of all, and nearly square ; the sixth and seventh are at the tips of both
branches of the radial vein; the other veins have likewise small spots at their
tips ; the great cross-vein is clouded, as well as the other cross-veins ; base of
the wing, subcostal and pobrachial veins, yellow.
Two c? specimens. Washington, in April, (nob.)
4th Section.
Wings like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 2, elongated, narrow. Antenna of the $ much
longer than head and thorax together, filiform ; joints subcylindrical, elongated, clothed
with a short, dense pubescence, and with moderately long verticils ; antennas of
the 9 a little shorter than those of the $ ; pubescence indistinct, but verticils
long.
This section is allied to Section 2d (I d i o p t e r a) by the structure of the tf
antennae, and to Section 5tb by the neuration of the wings and the whole habi~
tus of the body.
L. tenuipes. Brunnea, humeris, pleurisque silaceis ; alis infuscatis ;
long. lin. 3 — 4.
Limnobia tenuipes Say, Jour. Acad., Phil. iii. p. 21, 3.
L. humeralis Wied., Auss. Zw. i. p. 38, (not L. humeralis Say.)
Proboscis ochraceous ; palpi black ; antennae black, base paler, front black,
with a cinereous reflection. Thorax ochraceous, prasscutum shining, more or
less brown in the middle ; scutum, scutellum and metathorax also brown in the
middle ; halteres infuscated at tip ; feet dark tawny, pale at base ; coxa? ochra-
ceous. Tergum brownish, venter paler. Wings with a brownish tinge, stigma
elongated, brown, sometimes very pale; neuration exactly like Meig. i. tab. vi.
f. 2.
Twelve $ and 9 specimens from Washington, in June, and Savannah, Ga.,
in April, (nob.)
N. B. — Say's descriptions of L. tenuipes and L. humeralis are so
much alike that the choice between them was somewhat difficult in identifying
the present species. Still the words in the description of L. tenuipes "an-
tenna? long," and " wings dusky " determined my choice. Wiedemann took
both for synonyms ; but Say denies this synonymy in a manuscript note, which
still exists in a copy of Wiedemann's work, which he had used.
5th Section.
(Typical Limnophilae.)
Neuration of the wings like Meig. i. tab. iv. f. 20, and tab. vi. f. 2 or 3 ; no
supplementary cross-veins; antennae hardly reaching or not reaching much be-
yond the base of the wings ; basal joint cylindrical, elongated ; the second
short; joints of the flagellum subcylindrical or elliptical, with moderate, some-
times long, verticils. Feet long, moderately slender.
L. adusta. Ferrugineo-flava, fronte cinerea, thorace nitido, alis flaves-
centibus, ad apicem infuscatis, stigmate fusco ; long. lin. 3^ — 4.
1859.]
236 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Head yellow, palpi infuscated, antennae yellow, infuscated at tip, front cinere-
ous. Thorax yellowish ferruginous, shining ; a narrow brown line in the mid-
dle of the praescutum ; halteres yellow, knob infuscated ; feet ferruginous
yellow, tips of tarsi brown. Abdomen yellow. Wings yellowish, infuscated at
the tip (especially between the stigma and the subapical areolet) ; origin of the
petiole and central cross-veins slightly clouded ; subcostal and mediastinal
arete tinged with yellow ; stigma oblong, fuscous ; the costal, subcostal, medi-
astinal, praescutum and pobrachial veins yellow ; the veins and cross-veins on
the apical portion of the wing brown ; the stigraatical cross-vein is near the tip
of the subcostal vein, at some distance beyond the origin of the radial fork ;
cubital area considerably longer than the second radial one and a little longer
than the subapical.
Three tf and two £ speoimens. Trenton Falls and Northern Illinois, (nob.)
Upper Wisconsin River, (Mr. Ulke), Maine, (Mr. Packard). The specimen from
Maine, although undoubtedly belonging to the same species, is distinguished
by a darker coloring of the wing ; the veins are brown ; the fuscous tinge at
the tip is more intense and extends much farther along the posterior margin ;
the pobrachial vein is infuscated ; the nebulae at the central cross-veins and at
the origin of the petiole are darker. In some specimens the stigma as well as
the infuscated tip of the wing are very pale brown.
L. luteipennis. Antennis fuscis, thorace cinereo, linea media fusca ;
pleuris canescentibus ; abdomine pallide fusco ; alis infuscatis, venis transversis
nebulosis ; long. lin. 3 — 3%.
Front and vertex cinereous ; proboscis and palpi brown ; antennae brown ;
upper side of first joint cinereous ; base of third pale. Praescutum brownish
cinereous ; intermediate stripe double, but more or less obsolete ; a longitudinal
brown line in its middle always distinct; indications of the lateral stripes near
the suture and on the scutum; the latter and metathorax brownish cinereous ;
scutellum reddish, with a brown line in the middle ; pleurae bluish hoary ;
halteres pale, with dusky knob ; feet tawny ; tip of femora and of tibiae and
tarsi more or less infuscated. Tergum tawny ; venter paler ; male forceps
having one of the falciform appendages ciliated. (Fig. 24.) Wings infuscated;
all cross-veins, origin of petiole, base of petiolated areolet and tips of anal and
axillary veins, clouded ; subcostal vein ferruginous ; other veins dark brown.
Cubital area a little longer than the subapical. The proportion between the
length of the petiolated areolet and its petiole is not constant; generally, the
areolet is a little longer, although sometimes it is shorter than the petiole. In
one of my specimens the areolet is more, than twice shorter than its petiole on
one wing, and it is altogether wanting in the other. A stump of a vein near
the origin of the petiole.
Common at Washington from the earliest Spring through the greatest part
of the Summer. I observed them swarming and copulating on the 19th of
April, 1859, just before sunset, and caught them also in July. Florida, (in
March, 1858.) Massachusetts, (Mr. Scudder.)
Compared eight ^ and seven 9 specimens.
L. toxoneura. Fusco silacea, antennis fuscis ; alis subhyalinis, stigmate
pallido; vena radiali (ante furcam), conspicue arcuata ; long. lin. 3 — 3£.
Front cinereous ; palpi infuscated ; proboscis yellow ; antennae brown ; base
of third joint pale. Thorax brownish yellow, with two pale brown stripes,
which are very distinct on, and before, the scutum, and paler near the collare,
where they communicate with a brown spot near the humerus ; pleurae pale,
sometimes with a pale brown stripe ; halteres pale, slightly infuscated ; feet
pale tawny, tips slightly infuscated. Abdomen tawny, lateral margins brown.
Wings pale cinereous ; stigma pale ; the petiole forms a line nearly straight with
the cubital vein, (and not with the radial vein, as is frequently the case in other
species); the portion of the cubital vein anterior to the central cross-vein is
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 237
short and but slightly oblique ; radial vein conspicuously arcuated before its fork-
ing, (hence the name of the species.)
One $ and five $• Trenton Falls, (nob.)
L. imbecilla. Fusco-silacea, thorace unicolore, antennis fuscis, basi
flagelli pallida, verticillis longis ; petiolus longus, venoz radiali longitudine ceqaus ;
long. lin. 3^ — 4.
Front cinereous, palpi infuscated, antennae brownish, pale at the base of the
flagellum, with long verticils. Thorax brownish yellow ; pleurae and metatho-
rax slightly hoary ; halteres pale, slightly infuscated ; feet pale tawny ; tips of
tarsi brown. Abdomen tawny ; tip pale ; 9 ovipositor long. Wings pale
cinereous, stigma more or less pale fuscous ; petiole about as long as the radial
vein, forming a straight line with the portion of this vein which is anterior to
the fork ; the stigmatical cross-vein is beyond the middle of the stigma, very
near the origin of the radial fork and about the middle of the distance between
the tip of the costal vein and the anterior end of the stigma ; the central cross-
vein forms a straight line with the cross-vein, separating the cubital area from
the praebrachial, (which cross-vein is, in fact, the anterior portion of the cubital
vein.)
Four $ and seven $ specimens. Trenton Falls, N. Y., Virginia and Georgia,
(nob.) Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.)
This species is very like L. t ox on e u r a in its coloring, but is easily dis-
tinguished by the different neuration of the wing.
The thorax of the normal specimens is not shining ; the front is slightly cinere-
ous ; but among the specimens which I collected in Georgia there are two or
three with a shining thorax and a brownish yellow front. They agree in all
other characters, and I hardly think that they form a distinct species.
L. brevifurca. Fusca, thorace cinerascente, alis subcinereis, areola
petiolata brevissima ; long. lin. 2f .
Head cinereous ; antennae and palpi fuscous. Thorax cinereous, slightly
yellowish on the preescutum ; an obsolete, pale brown, double stripe along its
middle ; halteres pale at base ; knob slightly infuscated ; feet moderately
hairy, dark tawny, slightly infuscated at the tips of the femora and tarsi ;
coxae and base of femora pale. Abdomen brownish ; $ forceps pale. Wings
subcinereous, stigma slightly infuscated ; petiolated areolet from four to six
times shorter than its petiole ; the radial vein, before its forking, forms a
straight line with the petiole ; the portion of the cubital vein anterior to the
central cross-vein is very short, perpendicular to the radial vein, and in one
line with the central and upper discal cross -veins ; the mediastinal vein joins
the costal very near the stigma ; the mediastinal cross-vein is at a short dis-
tance from their junction.
Washington, in April, Cnob.) Eight .$ specimens.
L. areolata. Pallide silacea, alis ad basin pallide flavescehtibus, tarso-
rum apice infuscato, area discoidali elongata ; long. lin. 2| — 3£.
Pale ochraceous yellow, antennae, except the basal joint, slightly infuscated,
with moderately long verticils ; halteres pale, very slightly dusky ; tarsi in-
fuscated, especially at the tip. Wings with a very slight cinereous tinge,
yellow at the root ; costal, mediastinal and subcostal veins yellow ; the other
veins brown, with a short pubescence ; stigma pale, sometimes very slightly
infuscated ; the mediastinal cross -vein is removed from the tip of the medias-
tinal vein at a distance a little longer than the great cross-vein ; stigmatical
cross-vein in the middle of the stigma and also in the middle between the tip
of the subcostal vein and the origin of the radial fork ; discal areolet about
equal in length to the second externomedial areolet, and about twice as long
as in most of the other species ofLimnophila.
Thirteen ^ and 9 specimens. Trenton Falls in June, and Maryland in
May, (nob.)
1859.]
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Some specimens have a short stump of a vein near the origin of the radial
fork.
6th Section.
Antennae short, hardly reaching the basis of the wings ; the four basal joints
of the flagellum are short and almost coalescent, forming an elongated, subcylindri-
cal body, which is stouter than the remaining part of the antennoz ; the following
joints are subcylindrical, with short verticils. Wings narrow in the <$, a
little broader in the 9 » neuration somewhat like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 2. Feet
slender.
L. ultima. Cinerea, antennis fuscis, thorace vittis quatuor fuscis, inter-
mediis approximatis, pedibus infuscatis, alis pallide cinerascentibus, stigmate
pallido ; long. 2|-3£ lin.
Cinereous, antennae and palpi brown, first four joints of the flagellum as
described above ; thorax with four brown stripes, the intermediate approxi-
mated, the lateral ones abbreviated before ; halteres slightly infuscated at tip,
feet fuscous ; coxae cinereous ; trochanter and base of femora pale ; $ forceps
of the same brownish cinereous color as the body ; basal joint of forceps long,
cylindrical ; horny parts elongated, hooked at the tip, (fig. 26.) Ovipositors
moderately long, very slightly curved.
Washington, in October, (nob.) Maine, (Mr. Packard.) Six specimens,
J» and $ .
7th Section.
(Subg. Epiphragma nob.)
Wings broad, variegated with brown bands, spots, ocelli, etc. ; neuration
somewhat like Meig. vol. i. tab. iv. f. 20, but ivith a supplementary cross-vein in
the subcostal area, about the middle of the anterior margin, (as in Schum. tab. iv.
f. 3.) Antennfe not reaching much beyond the base of the wing; 1st. joint
cylindrical ; 2d short, cyathiform ; 3c? and 4th coalescent, stout ; the 5th and
the following slender, elongated, slightly incrassated at their base, with moder-
ately long verticils on the incrassation.
The European L. p i c t a belongs to this section.
L. solatrix. Brunnea, articulo antennarum tertio flavo, thorace pone
alas pallide sericeo, ake fusco et testaceo-pictae. Long. lin. 4£.
Proboscis and palpi brown ; basal joints of the antennae dark cinereous ;
the second dark brown ; the third yellow ; the following dusky, darker towards
the tip ; front and vertex brown, sericeous with yellowish ; margins of the
eyes paler. Collare brown ; praescutum reddish brown, two brown stripes in
the middle ; lateral stripes abbreviated and indistinct ; dark brown spots on
the humeri ; the posterior margin of the praescutum, as well as the scutum,
scutellum and metathorax are yellowish white, sericeous ; anterior part of the
pleurae dark brown with some pale and sericeous lines ; posterior part serice-
ous ; halteres pale, tip of the knob brown ; feet pale tawny clothed with short
hairs ; coxae sericeous, with brown in the middle ; a brown ring before the tip
of the femora. Abdomen pale brown, clothed with short hairs ; anterior mar-
gin of the segments darker, posterior margin whitish-sericeous ; 9 ovipositor
ferruginous. Wings variegated with brown and tawny ; the subcostal area
contains two angular brown marks, besides the two infuscated cross-veins
(humeral and supplementary) ; a large spot is situated at the base of the
wing, between the subcostal vein and the posterior margin ; its anterior part
is tawny, the rest brown ; a brown band begins at the posterior margin, before
the tip of the axillary vein ; it extends to the pnebrachial vein, where it as-
sumes a tawny color and emits two branches ; one branch joins a tawny spot
in the prsebrachial area (between the two angular marks of the subcostal area) ;
the other branch joins a large brown spot which occupies the greater part of
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239
the first radial area ; it emits a tawny branch, which follows the central and
great cross-veins ; the apical portion of the wing is variegated with several
tawny and brown spots, lines and bands.
Washington, in August, (nob.) Compared two $ specimens.
L. pavonina. Thoracis disco pallide cervino, basi antennarum fusca;
alas annulis maculisque fuscis. Long. lin. 4£.
Proboscis and palpi brown ; front and* vertex yellowish-sericeous ; antennae
yellow, first joint brown. Praescutum whitish-yellow with a reddish brown
margin ; brown spots near the humeri ; pleura yellowish-sericeous with an
indistinct pale brown band ; metathorax brownish yellow ; halteres pale ; base
of the knob infuscated ; feet yellowish tawny ; tips of femora and tarsi brown.
Abdomen tawny, infuscated at tip. Wings with yellowish-brown spots and
ocelli, the margins of which are darker brown ; one incomplete ocellus near
the base, between the costal and pobrachial veins ; another complete one has
the origin of the petiole for its centre, and is connected by an ocelliform spot
with several brown spots on the posterior margin ; next comes a brown band
formed by several imperfect and confluent ocelli and running from the ante-
rior to the posterior margin ; this band encloses several pellucid spots, espe-
cially in and around the discal areolets ; the tip of the wing is occupied by
one circular brown spot at the base of the petiolated areolet ; another, oblong
spot, between it and the anterior margin, and several (five or six) irregular,
contiguous spots at the tips of the veins, between the radial and pobrachial ;
all cross-veins, especially the supplementary cross-vein of the costal area, are
infuscated.
Single $ specimen from Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.)
8th Section.
(Subgenus Prionolabis nob.)
Body and feet stouter than in the preceding section ; the latter hairy.
Wings of moderate length and breadth. Neuration somewhat like Meig. vol. i.
tab. iv. fig. 20 ; or Schum. tab. iii. f. 7. Antennae not reaching the base of
the wing ; basal joint cylindrical, long ; the second short ; the following sub-
globular, elongated towards the tip of the antennae ; pubescent with short, sparse
hairs; no verticils are apparent, (^forceps with a pair of large, flat, horny ap-
pendages, which are serrated on the inside (fig. 27.) $ ovipositor with long,
slender, straight valves, which are very slightly arcuated towards the tip.
L. rufibasis. Cinerea, halteribus pallidis, alis pallide fusco-fiavescenti-
bus ; stigmate obscure fusco ; venulis centralibus et vena pobrachiali fusco-
nebulosis ; pedibus fuscis, femorum basi pallide ferruginea ; long. lin. 4-4f .
Head cinereous ; palpi and antennae brown ; third joint of the latter faintly
rufescent. Thorax cinereous ; stripes obsolete, pleurae hoary ; halteres pale
yellow ; feet brown ; coxae cinereous, base of femora pale ferruginous. Ab-
domen blackish cinereous ; horny parts of the genitals ferruginous and
brown ( 9 forceps fig. 37.) Wings yellowish, slightly infuscated; subcostal
and mediastinal areae with a yellow tinge, as well as the veins enclosing them ;
the other veins brown ; stigma dark brown, oblong, central cross-veins, pobra-
chial vein and origin of petiole clouded ; the portion of the radial vein prece-
ding the fork, and that of the cubital vein preceding the central cross-vein,
are of about the same length with the latter ; two stigmatical cross-veins is
not far from the tip of the subcostal vein, and about the middle of the upper
branch of the radial fork.
Six specimens (four ^ and two ?.) Washington (nob.) in April; New
York (Dr. Fitch) ; Mass. (Mr. Scudder.)
The cinereous color of the thorax seems to be due to a microscopic pubes-
cence on a black ground.
1859.]
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
9th Section.
(Subgenus Dae tylolabis nob.)
Body moderately stout, feet long, slender ; proboscis a little elongated, al-
though much shorter than the head ; palpi elongated. Antennae not reaching
much beyond the base of the wing ; first joint long, cylindrical ; second short ;
the following elliptical, clothed in the $ with a dense microscopic pubescence,
besides the short, bristle-like verticils. $ forceps with elongated, soft, digiti-
form appendages, which do not overlap in repose. (Pig. 28, forceps of L.
m o nt an a in repose ; fig. 28a the same, from the side.) 9 ovipositor with
short, lamelliform, slightly curved valves.
L. m o n t a n a. Thorace cinereo ; vittis quatuor f uscis ; alarum margine
anteriore maculis quinque fuscis, media in fasciam, usque ad venam pobra-
chialem, extensa ; long. lin. S^-A.
Head cinereous ; proboscis, palpi and antennse brown ; four basal joints of
the latter cinereous. Praescutum cinereous with four brown stripes ; the in-
termediate ones nearly reach the collare ; the lateral ones extend over the
scutum ; pleurae hoary ; scutellum and metathorax hoary-brown ; poisers
pale ; feet dark tawny ; tips of femora and tibiae darker ; tarsi brown. Abdo-
men brownish ; margins of segments paler ; 9 ovipositor ferruginous (see
above, for details about the tf and 9 genitals.) Wings with five brown spots
on the anterior margin ; the third one is prolonged in a band across the central
cross-veins, as far as the pobrachial vein ; the fifth nearest to the tip of the
wing, is very small ; the lower discal cross-veins and origin of the petiolated
areolet are also spotted ; veins brown, naked ; subcostal pale.
Common in Washington in April and May, in dry, rocky localities. Mass.
(Mr. Scudder.) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.)
Compared 19 rj1 9 specimens.
In some specimens the spots on the wings are much larger than in others
the stripes on the thorax are also more or less distinct.
10th Section.
(Subgenus Die ranophragm a nob.)
Wings broad, posterior margin rounded; a supplementary cross-vein unites both
branches of the radial fork near their tip. Antennne hardly reaching the base of
the wings ; basal joint long, cylindrical : the second stout, rounded ; the fol-
lowing joints short, subglobular, becoming more elongated and slender to-
wards the tip of the antennae ; verticils moderately long ; the fourth and fifth
basal joints of the flagellum are densely pubescent on the under side of
the J*.
L. fuscovaria. Antennis basi pallidis ; thorace cinereo, fusco-variegato ;
pedibus pallidis ; alis fusco-variegatis ; long. lin. 2^-3.
Head cinereous, proboscis and palpi brown ; antennae pale at base, darker
towards the tip, with moderate verticils. Thorax cinereous with three narrow
brown stripes ; the intermediate one, which is paler, ends in two black dots
near the collare ; pleurae with two brown stripes ; one begins at the collare :
the other at the fore coxae ; both running backwards ; brown spots near and
on the coxae ; scutellum cinereous with two, sometimes indistiuct, brown
spots; metathorax cinereous, its latter half brown; halteres pale, with the
tip slightly dusky ; feet pale, clothed with hair ; tip of the tarsi a little darker.
Abdomen . brown, paler at the incisures ; lateral margins darker ; tf forceps
pale ; tf ovipositor ferruginous, long, slender, nearly straight. Wings varie-
gated with numerous little round, brown dots ; five larger, nearly square spots
along the anterior margin ; the first a little beyond the humeral veinlet ; the
second at the origin of the petiole ; the third on the central cross-veins, de-
scending nearly to the discal areolet ; the fourth at the tip of the subcostal
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 241
vein ; the fifth at the tip of the upper branch of the radial vein. The first
three longitudinal veins and the base of the others are pale.
Compared 13 specimens (^ and 9 •)
Virginia, Trenton Falls, etc., (nob.) June, July.
This species is very easy to recognize by the cross-vein which divides the
second radial area in two sections.
11th Section.
Wings without petiolated areolet, somewhat like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 4.
This group is purely artificial and comprises two species which have the
above character in common.
L. quadrat a. Cinerea, antennis palpisque fuscis, pedibus pallide ferru-
gineis, femorum, tibiarum tarsorumque apicibus fuscis, alis subhyalinis ; long,
lin. 2§-3|.
Front and vertex greenish cinereous ; palpi and antennae brown ; basal joints
of the flagellum a little paler ; verticils long. Thorax cinereous ; praescutum
yellowish cinereous without distinct stripes ; pleurae slightly hoary ; halteres
pale ; feet yellowish ferruginous ; coxae and base of femora pale yellow ; tips
of femora, tibiae and tarsi brown. Abdomen brownish ; genitals yellow.
Wings slightly infuscated, pale at the root ; stigma pale ; veins brown ; sub-
costal and mediastinal veins pale yellow ; the mediastinal cross- vein is near
the tip of the mediastinal vein ; the stigmatical cross-vein is immediately be-
yond the origin of the radial fork ; the central cross-veins form a nearly
straight line.
Ten (J* 9 specimens. Virginia, Maryland, in May and June (nob.)
L. lent a. Pallide silacea, antennarum flagello palpisque infuscatis, fronte
canescente, alis hyalinis, stigmate pallide infuscato ; antennae maris d«nse
pubescentes ; long. 2f— 3^.
Pale ochraceous yellow ; palpi and antennae (excepting the basal joints)
fuscous ; antennae of the ^ thickly covered with a short pubescence ; verticils
in both sexes short; joints oval: last joint small, club-shaped; front hoary;
vertex infuscated ; tip of the tarsi infuscated. The falciform appendages of
the (5* forceps are more diverging in this species than in the others of the
genus. Wings pale yellowish ; costal, mediastinal, subcostal and pobrachial
veins yellow ; the others brown ; stigma slightly infuscated round the cross-
vein, which is situated near the origin of the radial fork (a little before or a
little beyond it, its position differing sometimes on both wings of the same-
specimens) ; mediastinal cross-vein near the tip of the mediastinal vein.
The general appearance of this species is very much like that of L. a r e o-
1 a t a, but it is easy to distinguish the former by the absence of the petiolated
areolet, the shorter discal areolet, etc.
Compared ten $ 9 specimens. Virginia, Maryland, D. C, May, June
(nob.) Illinois (Mr. Kennicott.)
11th Section.
Wings covered with a fine pubescence on the whole surface; no petiolated
areolet ; neuration like Meig. vol. i. tab. v. f. 4, but second radial area nearly
as long as the lower one ; antenna, icith apparently 17-joints; palpi short.
The location of this group within the present genus is only temporary ; the
pubescence of the wings and the number of joints of the antennae would seem
to justify its separation ; but having only a single specimen in my possession,
I have not been able to come to any definite conclusion as to its position in
the system.
L. pilosella. Pallide fusca ; antennis, palpis et fronte fuscis ; tergo et
1859.] 18
242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
halterum capitulo infuscatis ; alis pallide fusceseentibus, pilosis. Long
lin. 3£.
Proboscis and palpi fuscous ; front and vertex infuscated in the middle,
cinereous near the eyes ; antennae fuscous, with long verticils, and apparently
17-jointed. Thorax tawny, a little darker on the praescutum, pleura? paler ;
metathorax pale brown ; halteres pale at base ; knob infuscated ; feet tawny,
slightly hairy, infuscated at the tip of femora and tarsi. Tergum brown, venter
paler ; valves of 9 ovipositor long, narrow, sharp, and but slightly curved.
Wings infuscated, covered with a short, sparse, almost microscopic pubescence,
which is evenly spread over the whole surface ; it is not woolly, like in E r i o p-
t e ra and does not affect much the transparency of the wing. The stigma is
indistinct ; the second radial area is nearly equal in length to the cubital ; the
three central cross-veins form almost a straight line ) the mediastinal cross-
vein is near the tip of the mediastinal vein.
A single $ specimen. Trenton Falls (nob.)
This species has a striking resemblance with Ula pi 1 o s a : the latter, how-
ever, is easily distinguished by the position of the mediastinal cross-vein, which
is remote from the tip of the mediastinal vein ; by the hairy eyes, the longer
palpi, and the valves of the 9 ovipositor, which are much shorter, broader
and more curved.
Trichocera Meig.
This genus is mentioned here with the purpose only of showing its affini-
ties.
It is allied to genus Limnophila nob., by the neuration of the wings
(two radial area, petiolate areolet, etc.,) its spurred tibiae with smooth ungues
and distinct pulvilli ; although the joint of the antennae are indistinct, as in
Limnophila. (See his remark to plate xxvi. fig. 8, in Walker's Ins. Brit.
Dipt. vol. iii.)
But Trichocera differs from Limnophila nob., by the position of the
mediastinal cross -vein, which is at a moderate distance from the tip of the
mediastinal vein, although not anterior to the origin of the petiole, by the short-
ness and incurved direction of the axillary vein and by the length of the last
joint of the palpi.
The American species in my collection appear to be identical with the Euro-
pean species of this genus ; I would not venture to describe them, therefore,
before having carefully compared them with specimens from the other conti-
nent.
Anisomera Meig. ,
The characters of the only North American species in my possession agree
with those of this genus as defined by Meigen, Zetterstedt and Walker. The
wings are exactly like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 8. I perceive but six joints in the
antennae of the 9 ana" not ten as Mr. Westwood does (see Walk. Dipt. Brit. iii.
tab. xxvi. f. 9.)
Like Arrhenica and E r i o c e r a, this genus is allied to Limno-
phila nob., by its two radial areae, the spurs at the tip of the tibiae, the dis-
tinct pulvilli and the form of the <^ genitals.
A. megacera. Obscure cinerea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis; antennis tf
corpore longioribus, nigris ; pedibus nigris, femoribus basi pallide fuscis ; alis
snbeinereis ; long. lin. 2f.
Head cinereous, brownish on the front ; palpi and antennae black ; the latter,
in the <$, by the one-half longer than the body with a fine pubescence ; their
basal joints short, the tip of the third reach considerably beyond the base of
the wing ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth are about equal in length and a little
shorter than the third ; antennae of the 9 short, not reaching the base of the
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 243
wings ; the third joint is the longest ; the sixth is very short, almost rudi-
mental. Thorax cinereous, with a brownish, cuneiform, axillary intermediate
stripe, and two lateral stripes, which are abbreviated before and extended
over the scutum behind ; metathorax cinereous ; halteres pale at the base ;
knob blackish ; feet black, base of femora tawny. Abdomen blackish ; ^
genitals black ; 9 ovipositor very short, brownish. Wings subcinereous,
veins black ; subcostal area tawny ; neuration like Meig. i. tab. vii. f. 8.
Two (^ specimens from Washington, D. C, and one 9 from Maryland ;
early in the Spring.
Eeioceba Macq.
Front with a tubercle behind the antennae. Antennae rather short, nearly
of the same length in ^ an(i 9) six (or seven) jointed ; third joint twice as
long as the fourth. Proboscis short ; palpi nearly as long as the head ; second
and third joints of about the same length ; the last joint about twice as long.
Eyes remote, naked. Feet long, moderately stout, tibiae with distinct spurs ;
tarsi with distinct pulvilli. Wings with two cubital arese and no petiolate
areolet (somewhat. like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 4.) Forceps of the ^ very much
like that of Arrhenica (see fig. 31.) Ovipositor of the $ of moderate
length.
Eriocera is closely allied to Arrhenica, but is distinguished by the
antennas, which are short in both sexes, and by the structure of the palpi.
Macquart founded 'this genus in 1838, on a Brazilian species. (Dipteres Ex-
otiques i. i. p. 74.)
E. fuliginosa. Nigro-fusca : basi antennarum et pedibus fulvo-ferrugi-
neis ; apice femoram^ tibiarumque nigra ; alis nigro-fuscis ; length 4-5 lin.
Lower part of the head and proboscis tawny ; palpi black ; antennae black;
basal joints yellowish ferruginous. Thorax dull brown with a slight grey re-
flection ; four brown more or less distinct stripes on this grey ground : halteres
brown ; feet ferruginous, tip of femora and tibiae brown, tarsi brown. Abdo-
men brown, shining ; male forceps tawny (see fig. 31) ; female ovipositor fer-
ruginous tawliy at the base. Wings brown, clouded along the veins ; stigma
darker brown.
Nine male and one female specimens from Berkely Springs (Va.) and Wash-
ington, D. C.
I possess two male specimens from Virginia, which are very different from
the normal ones. The whole body is cinereous ; the stripes on the thorax are
more distinct ; the wings are pale brownish. It is not impossible that they
belong to a different species.
Arrhenica nob.
Front with an abrupt tubercle behind the antennas. Antenna of ^ 6-jointed,
more than twice as long as the body, with a row of small, erect spines on the under
side ; those of the $ not longer than the thorax, 10-jointed, the last joint being
then indistinct. Proboscis much shorter than the head. Palpi longer than
the proboscis, sometimes longer than the head ; the second and fourth joint
are much longer than the third. Eyes remote, naked. Feet long, tibiae with
distinct spurs ; tarsi with distinct, well developed pulvilli. Neuration of the
wings like that of Limnophila; with two radial area? and with or without
petiolated areolet. Forceps of the tf somewhat similar to that of Limno-
phila, consisting of an elongated, subcylindrical basal piece with two falci-
form appendages (see fig. 30, and detailed description appended to it.) Ovi-
positor of the $ elongated in A. spinos a, short in A. longicornis.
The long antennab of the <^Arrhenica remind us of the genus M e g i s t fl-
ee ra Wied., but these genera differ: 1st, by the antenna: of the 9 which are
long in the species described by Wiedemann ; according to him they are 10-
1859.]
244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
jointed ; and further he does not make any mention of the spines on the under
side of the joints, peculiar to the tf Arrhenica; 2d, by the wings, which,
according to Wiedemann, are like those of T i p u 1 a, where, as in Arrhe-
nica the neuration is like that of Li mn ophila, and the position of the
last externo-medial vein shows uninistakeably that this neuration belongs to
the type of the Tipuhe brevipalpes ; 3d, by the palpi, which, according to
Wiedemann have joints of almost equal length inMegistocera; this is not
the case in Arrhenica.
Besides Wiedemann, Macquart and Westwood have described species of
Megistocera from different parts of the world. But there is disagreement
between these authors as to the characters of the genus, a disagreement which
makes one suspect that the species described by them might belong to different
genera, only having the extraordinary length of the antennae in common.
Thus, disagreeing with Wiedemann, Westwood (in the Ann. de la Soc. Ent.
de France, 1 835, p. 682, ) describes aM.dimidiata from New Holland, whose
$ has short antennae. The same is the case with Macquart's M. 1 i m b i p e n-
nis 9 (Dipt. Exotiques, Suppl. i. p. 17) ; moreover, accordiug to him, these
antennae are 13-jointed, and those of the r^ are described as finely pubescent on
the inside; the last joint of the palpi of the same species is said to be long and
flexible, in contradiction to Wiedemann's description of the palpi of Megis-
tocera.
But these three authors seem to agree in one point, the neuration of the wings,
and in this point all the species described by them differ from the two spe-
cies of Arrhenica described below. The wings of the former species are
described and figured as being like those of T i p u 1 a ; the wings of the latter
are exactly like those of Limnophila.
Besides Wiedemann's above quoted words, Macquart's figures of M. f us-
cana and limbipennis (in Dipt. Exot. Suppl. i. tab. ii. iii. iv.) show the
last externo-medial vein originating from the pobrachial areolet, a diftinctive cha-
racter of the neuration of the Tipulae longipalpes. Arrhenica does not
even show an approach to such a neuration.
The name Arrhenica is given in allusion to the length of the antennae of
the (j% and the prevalence in this respect of this sex over the other.
The two species described below may be easily distinguished thus :
A petiolate areolet . . . . A.spinosa.
No petiolate areolet . . : A. longicornis Wk.
A. s p i n o s a. Alas areola petiolata instructor, infuscatae, stigmate oblongo,
obscure fusco ; thorax vittis quatuor distinctis, mediis approximatis ; long, tf
4J-5 ; J circa 9 lin.
rf Head cinereous, tawny below and on the anterior side of the tubercle ;
labium and palpi black ; antennae more than twice as long as the body, black,
two basal joints tawny ; the first three joints reach a little beyond the base of
the wing ; the fourth is longer than the third, and each of the following joints
is longer than the preceding one ; the sixth is as long or longer than all the
others together. Thorax cinereous, clothed with a soft cinereous down ; prae-
scutum with four blackish stripes ; the intermediate pair approximated,
parallel, limited behind by the suture ; lateral stripes broader, abbreviated
before and extended over the scutum behind ; scutellum brownish cinereous ;
metathorax more or less dark brown ; pleurae with a hoary reflection on their
lower part ; halteres pale at the base, knob black ; coxae hoary, trochanters
and base of femora yellowish tawny ; femora and tibiae tawny with brown tips ;
tarsi brown. Abdomen greyish black ; lateral edges, especially beyond the
third segment, yellowish ; venter paler ; forceps tawny ; structure like fig. 30.
Wings infuscated ; subcostal area tawny ; stigma oblong, brown, situated be-
tween the mediastinal and stigmatical cross-veins and divided in two by the
subcostal vein ; subapical area about equal in length to the second radial ;
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245
cubital a little longer ; petiolate areolet shorter than its petiole. 9 differs
from the tf by the brownish-ferruginous tinge of its body. The antennae are
not longer than the head and the thorax together ; they have no spines but
only sparse hairs ; ten indistinct joints can be counted ; ovipositor ferru-
ginous.
I possess two specimens of the ^ : one caught by me near Trenton
Falls, N. Y., the other by Mr. Scudder in Mass. My only female specimen I
also brought from Trenton Falls, and do not doubt of its specific identity
with the males.
A. longicornis. Cinerea, aim absque areola petiolata ; stigmate subquad-
rato, fusco ; thorace vittis tribus obscuris ; long. lin. 4-5.
? Anisomera longicornis Walker, List of Diptera of the Brit. Mus. i. p. 82..
Head cinereous, palpi black, antennae black ; two basal joints pale ; those
of the rf are three or four times longer than the body ; the third joint reaches
beyond the base of the wing ; every following joint is longer than the prece-
ding ; the sixth joint as long as the fourth and fifth together ; the spines
on the lower surface of the antennae become short and indistinct towards its
end ; besides the spines there is a microscopic pubescence on the same side of
the antennae ; antennae of the 9 hardly reaching beyond the origin of the
wing ; no spines, but hairs ; two basal joints and base of the third yellowish ;
third joint as long as the two first, taken together ; the fourth more than
twice shorter than the third ; the fifth a little longer than the fourth ; the
following three joints are of about the same length ; the ninth is a little longer
and the tenth a little shorter than the preceding ones. Thorax cinereous ; a
long straight pubescence on the sides in the ^ ; no such pubescence in the
9 ; three blackish stripes on the praescutum ; intermediate stripe cuneiform,
with a distinct brown line in the middle ; the lateral ones abbreviated before
and extended over the scutum behind ; the lower portion of the pleurae hoary ;
scutellum and metathorax grey ; halteres pale ; feet black ; coxae cinereous,
trochanters and femora tawny, except the tip of the latter, which is brown.
Abdomen greyish black ; genitals of the same color ; ovipositor of the 9 Very
short, (not longer than the segments of the abdomen). Wings whitish-
cinereous, with brown veins ; no petiolate areolet ; subapical area longer than
the second radial ; cubital a little longer than both ; stigma situated between
the mediastinal and stigmatical cross-veins, and not much longer than
broad.
Mr. Walker's description agrees quite well with my specimens, only he
does not mention the spines on the antennae, nor the presence of the discal
areolet.; the latter characters especially he ought to have mentioned, as the
genus Anisomera, in which he locates this species, has no discal areolet in
its typical form. The correctness of my identification is not therefore quite
certain.
I have two $ specimens ; from Maine, (Mr. Packard) ; from Trenton Falls
(nob.), and one 9 from Illinois, (Mr. Kennicott.)
Amalopis Halid.
Front ivith a tubercle behind the antenna. Palpi nearly as long, or longer, than the
head ; last joint much longer than the preceding. Eges hairy. Mediastinal cross-vein
far removed fom the tip of the mediastinal vein, and anterior to the origin of the pe-
tiole. Discal areolet (when extant) pentagonal, the second lower discal cross- vein being
very oblique: Wings divaricate in repose. The tf genitals are totally different
in their structure, both from Limnobia and Limnophila, and seem to
approach those of T i p u 1 a ; the forceps consist of a coriaceous substance, with
a heltnet-shnped lobe and several horny branches on the inside, (fig. 32, forceps
of A. inconstans.) On account of this hard substance, these organs pre-
serve pretty well in dry specimens.
1859.]
246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Such are the characters which separate from Limnophila nob., and in
general from the whole tribe of the T i p u 1 a r i ae with short palpi, a distinct
natural group, consisting of the three species described below, under the tempo-
rary generic denomination of Analopis Halid. and of P e d i c i a
Latr. This group has the following characters in common with Limnophila
nob.
Two radial area ; tibia armed ivith spurs at the tip ; pulvilli distinct ; an'enna 16-
jointed, (17-jointed in A. inconstans nob )
The neuration of the wings is pretty much like that of P e d i c i a , (see Meig.
i. tab. iv. f. 14) ; but is very inconstant. It varies not only in the different
species of the group, but in different specimens of the same species, nay on both
wings of the same specimen.
In A. c a 1 c a r , as well as in P e d i c i a , it is the cubital vein which forks,
instead of the radial. In A. i n c o n s t a n s it is sometimes the radial, some-
times the cubital vein which forks ; the passage from one to the other form is
very gradual, and shows the secondary value of this character in the present
genus.
The discal areolet is wanting in A. occulta; it is generally present, but
sometimes wanting in A. inconstans; it is extant in the only specimen of
A. auripennis which I possess; finally in both of my specimens of A.
C a 1 c a r it is wanting on one wing and extant on the other.
A constant and for this reason important character is the location of the
mediastinal cross-vein anterior to the origin of the petiole.
Mr. Haliday was the first, I believe, who noticed (in Walker's Dipt. Brit,
iii. p. xv., Addenda,) that L. occulta Meig. had hairy eyes and a frontal
tubercle. On these two characters, and on the absence of the discal areolet he es-
tablished (1. c.) the genus A m a 1 o p i s . Although I do not know A. occulta
Meig., I have no doubt, from its description and the figures of its wing in the
authors, that it belongs to the same group with the three species described be-
low, although the location of these species in the same genus may be only tem-
porary. (I am certain, for instance, that A. inconstans with its 17-jointed
antennae will be formed into a new genus.) I prefer to retain in the mean
time for all the species of this group the name given by Mr. Haliday to one
of them.
P ed i c i a undoubtedly belongs to the same group. It possesses all the above
mentioned generic characters, excepting, perhaps, the pubescent eyes. Although
Mr. Walker (Dipt. Brit. iii. p. 314,) asserts that the eyes are minutely pubescent,
I could not discover any traces of this pubescence in my specimens ; it may
have been rubbed off.
The natural group, consisting of the genera Amalopis and Pedicia,
seems to hold an intermediate position between the T i p u 1 ar i as with short
and those with long palpi, (that is between L i m n o b i a Meig. and T i p u 1 a
Meig.) Although closely allied to the former, they approach T i p u 1 a by their
divaricated wings, their elongated palpi, the form of the discal areolet and the struc-
ture of the $■ forceps. The genus Tricyphona Zett., unknown to me,
belongs, perhaps, to the same group. However, Zetterstedt describes the tibiae
as unarmed, and this would be an important difference. The genus Evani-
optera, established by Guerin, on a speeies from Brazil, (Voyage de la
Coquille, 1830,) seems also to belong hither. Limnobia littoralis Meig.,
judging from the neuration of its wing, might be closely allied to my A. in-
constans. Limnobia u n i c o 1 o r Schum., ought, perhaps, to be located here
too.
The habits of Amalopis are unknown, but they seem to be aquatic. The
larva of Pedicia rivosa has been found by Scheffer (see Rossi, Dipt. Aus-
triaca,) in spring-water.
A. auripennis. Thorace cinereo, vittis tribus fuse is ; alis infumate
topazinis, nitidis, venulis centralibus infuscatis ; long. lie 5.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 247
Head cinereous, with a golden pubescence ; palpi brown, pale at base ; an-
tennae brown, three or four basal joints pale ; first joint cylindrical ; second
cyathiform ; third smaller, obconical ; joints from fourth to tenth short, cylin-
drical, compressed, gradually attenuated, covered with short hairs ; the last
part of the antennas is filiform, with long verticils; eyes distinctly pubescent.
Oollare pale, with a brown spot : thorax cinereous, with three brown stripes ;
intermediate one broad, splitting in two lobes before the scutum, which is
brownish ; scutellnm and metathorax cinereous ; pleurae cinereous ; halteres
pale ; coxae pale ; feet pale tawny, tips of the femora fuscous ; those of the
tibiae and tarsi infuscated; spurs at the tip of the tibiae moderately long, very
distinct. Tergum brown, with a sparse golden pubescence; venter pale. Wings
infumate topazine, their surface shining; subcostal area faintly yellowish:
central cross-veins, stigmatical cross- vein, tip of mediastinal vein and origin of
petiole clouded ; the radial vein forks (as usual), but the petiole of its fork is
so short, that the second radial is almost equal in length to the cubital ; stig-
matical cross-vein at the tip of subcostal vein; the first lower discal cross-vein
is situated at about the middle of the distance, between the origin of the two
forks, which it unites ; stigma pale.
One tf specimen from Massachusetts, (Mr. Scudder.)
A. calcar. Ochracea, fronts cinerea; alis pallide cinerascentibus ; area
subcostali flavescente, stigmate pallido ; calcaribus tibiarum longioribus ; long,
lin. 4J — 5.
Front and vertex cinereous, proboscis yellowish cinereous, palpi yellow at
base, two la3t joints brown ; antennae yellowish ferruginous, infuscated at tip,
reaching about half the distance between the head and the base of the wing ;
second joint obconical ; the following joints subcylindrical, moderately verti-
cillated and covered with a dense pubescence ; eyes pubescent. Thorax ochra-
ceous yellow, reddish on praescutum ; stripes iudistinct ; pleurae, scutum,
scutellum and metathorax paler, halteres pale ; feet yellowish tawny, infuscated
towards the tip; coxae and base of femora pale; spurs at the tip of the
tibiae longer than usual, slender, divaricated. Abdomen yellowish, (infuscated
at the tip in the ^.) Wings hyaline; slightly cinereous ; subcostal area yel-
lowish, stigma pale ; second radial area longer than the cubital (the cubital and
not the radial vein forming the fork), and of nearly the same length with the
subapical area; radial vein arcuated before joining the petiole ; stigmatical
cross-vein near the tip of the subcostal vein.
In both specimens in my possession the discal areolet is wanting on one wing
and extant on the other; what the normal neuration is, I am unable therefore
to state. On those wings where it is wanting, (which happens to be the left
wing in the tf specimen and the right in the 9 >) the neuration looks pretty
much like Meig. i. tab. v. f. 8. The cross-vein closing the areolet on the other
wing is in the middle of the distance, between the origins of the second and
third fork.
A. inconstans. Ochracea, thoracis dorso ferrugineo, alarum margine
anteriore et venis transversis infuscatis ; long lin. 4^ — 5 \.
Coloring very inconstant; ochraceous, more or less mixed with brown on
the thorax and the abdomen, sometimes altogether without brown. The fol-
lowing is the description of the specimens with fully developed dark coloring :
Proboscis and palpi fuscous ; front cinereous, brownish towards the vertex;
hind part of vertex and under side of the head yellowish ; antennae 17-jointed,
pale, but little longer than the head ; basal joint sometimes dusky; flagellum
with moderate verticils. Collare ochraceous ; a black ring near the head ;
a brown stripe along the middle ; praescutum ferruginous, with a slight brown
tinge along the middle; stripes indistinct; scutum infuscated on both sides; a
brown mark in the shape of a V in the middle of the suture ; scutellum and
metathorax yellow, fuscous on both sides ; pleuras pale ; halteres pale ; feet
1859.]
248 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
yellow, femora and tibiae faintly infuscated at the tip ; tarsi tawny, fuscous
at tip, spurs short. Tergum yellow ; posterior margins of segments fuscous;
first and second segments infuscated, the following with a fuscous stripe along
the middle; the two last segments fuscous; genitals of the $ fuscous; of the
9 ferruginous. Wings subcinereous ; subcostal and mediastinal areae brown ;
this color occupies the whole base of the wing and encroaches also on theprae-
brachial and both radial areae ; mediastinal, stigmatical and central cross-veins
and origin of petiole clouded with brown.
This is the normal coloring; but among the eighteen specimens which
I have before me only four show it in its full development. All the others
are more or less pale about the collare, scutum, scutellum, metathorax
and abdomen, sometimes with a slight indication of brown, sometimes with-
out any.
The coloring of the wings is also variable, the fuscous tinge of the anterior
margin and the clouds on the cross-veins being sometimes very pale. The
cinereous tinge of the front, the brown ring on the collare, near the head, the ferrugi-
nous, almost orange, color of the prcescutum and the infuscated anterior margin of the
wing may be considered as characteristic.
The neuration of the wings is likewise inconstant. The normal ueuration is
exactly like Meig. i. tab. vi. f. 4, only the first lower discal cross-vein is a little
nearer to the apex of the wing, (originating from the lower branch of the fork.)
Among my eighteen specimens, ten (eight ^ and two 9) partake of this
neuration.
In three specimens, the first lower discal cross-vein is removed nearer towards
the base of the wing, so that the first externomedial areolel is petiolate. In one of
the specimens this is the case with one wing only, the same areolet on the other
being sessile.
In three other specimens the discal areolet is wanting, (that is, open from
want of a second lower discal cross-vein.)
In two specimens it is the cubital vein which forms the fork, and not the
radial, the latter originating before the fork. But in both instances the position
of this vein on one wing does not agree exactly with that on the other. In one
case the radial vein issues from the same joint with the fork.
The great cross-vein varies in its position also. Sometimes it is opposite,
sometimes below the upper discal cross-vein.
In one specimen there are three supplementary cross-veins in the cubital
area.
One character which seems to be merely accidental in other species, is very
constant in this : it is the presence of a stump of a vein near the origin of the petiole.
This stump is long and distinct, and is wanting only on one wing of one of my
eighteen specimens.
Fifteen $ and three 9 specimens. Washington, common early in April and
later; New York and Virginia Springs (nob.); Connecticut, (Mr. Norton.)
This species seems to be allied to the European Limnobia littoralis
Meig.
Pkdicia Latr.
The characters of this genus have been mentioned in part in detailing those
of Amalopis. For more detaiis see Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. p. 314. I
would add only to Mr. Walker's characteristics of this genus, that all the
tibias have two spurs at the tip and not the hind tibia; alone.
P. albivitta. Walker, List of Dipt., etc., i. p. 37.
Head black, front hoary; antennae pale bro.vn. Thorax pale brown, with a
strong silvery reflection; a brown stripe runs from the collare to the origin of
the wing; praescutum with three brown stripes; the intermediate one is darker
and capillary; halterespale. Abdomen silvery, with a row of triangular brown
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 249
spots along the tergum ; they are dark brown in the middle and ferruginous on
the margins. Wiags with a brown stripe along the costa ; another one along
the pobrachial vein; a brown band unites both across the central cross-veins;
the rest of the wing is hyaline.
Length from 13 to 15 lines.
I possess specimens from Trenton Falls, (nob.), Massachusetts (Mr. Scudder),
and Connecticut, (Mr. Norton.)
Dicranota Zett.
Antennae 13-jointed.(*) Eyes hairy. Wings with two area?. Tibiae with
small, but distinct spurs at the tip. Pulvilli distinct. Mediastinal cross-vein
far remote from the tip of mediastinal vein, anterior to the origin of the
petiole, and situated about the middle of the anterior margin. Structure of
the (^ genitals analogous to that of Amalopis and Pedicia. Head
small ; proboscis and palpi very short ; a distinct gibbosity on the head be-
hind the antennae ; feet of moderate size and thickness.
The wing of my D. rivularis is exactly like Mr. West wood's figure of
that of D. pavida in Walker's Ins. ,Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. xxx. f. 7, having
no discal areolet, two cross-veins between the upper branch of the radial vein
and the subcostal, and one fork behind the subapical areolet. The' neuration
varies in different species of the genus, but the position of the mediastinal cross-
vein seems to be an essential character.
This genus was first established by Prof. Zetterstedt on his D. G-uerinii;
afterwards, Mr. Haliday, in Walker's Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. p. 306, added to it
D. pavida Hal., D. bimaculata Schum., and D. senilis Hal. How-
ever, D. bi maculata Schum. is mentioned in Prof. Zetterstedt's work (Dipt.
Scand. torn. x. p. 3897, No. 72,) among the Limnobiae. How should have
Zetterstedt misplaced a species belonging to a genus established by himself,
unless he overlooked its having 13, and not 16, joints of the antennae ?
D. senilis Hal., as figured in Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. xxvii. f. 3, is quite
distinct from the other speoies by the presence of a discal areolet, by its hav-
ing one cross-vein, instead of two, between the subcosta and the upper branch
of the radial fork ; and above all, by the position of the mediastinal cross-
vein,- which is posterior to the origin of the petiole, and not far distant from
the tip of the mediastinal vein. If the latter character is correctly figured on
the plate, I would doubt whether this species belongs to Dicranota.
The affinities of this genus with A malopis and Pedicia (hairy eyes,
position of the mediastinal cross-vein structure of the $ genitals, etc.,) are
manifest; it is distinguished by the short palpi, the number'of the joints of
the antennae, etc.
The only species described below, agrees in its characters with D. Gu eri-
n i i Zett. on which, as mentioned above, the genus was first established.
Only Prof. Zetterstedt does not make any mention of the hairy eyes, which he
may have overlooked. (See also the remark about the antennae, at the end
of the description.)
D. rivularis. Cinerea, thorace vittis tribus fuscis, femorum basi pallida,
alis subcihereis ; long. lin. 3-4.
Head cinereous, front and vertex slightly infuscated ; proboscis, palpi and
antennae black ; the latter in both tf and £> short, not reaching the base of
the wings, joints of the fiagellum subglobular, (see the observation at the end
of the description). Thorax cinereous with three distinct, blackish stripes,
the intermediate one broad, and, in some specimens, distinctly capillary ;
lateral one abbreviated before, extended over the scutum behind ; scutellum
and metathorax cinereous, posterior half of the latter blackish ; halteres
(*) As to the length of the antennae, see observation at the end.
1859.]
250 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP ,
pale, very slightly dusky on the knob ; coxae cinereous, trochanters and base
of femora pale ; feet black. Abdomen blackish cinereous, indistinctly whitish
along the lateral margins ; male genitals cinereous ; female ovipositor ferrugi-
nous. Wings tinged with cinereous ; stigma pale, indistinct, situated be-
tween the stigmatical and supplementary cross-vein ; neuration like tab. xxx.
f. 7, of Walker's Ins. Brit. Dipt. vol. iii., only the petiole of the lower fork is
shorter than the fork itself, and the pubescence of the veins is not so apparent
as in the figure.
Seven tf and two 9 specimens, taken near Washington, early in April.
They were flying along the surface of a little stream in the woods and copu-
lating.
One of the ^ specimens has a discal areolet on both wings ; it is formed by
a cross-vein which connects the lowest fork, near its origin, with the next ex-
terno-medial vein.
Some of the specimens have a stump of a vein near the origin of the
petiole.
Observation. Both $ and $ of D. rivularis have been described above
as having short antennae. At least I found such specimens in copulation. But
besides the males with short antennae, I found, on the same day and in the
same locality, two males, having antennae twice as long as head and thorax
together, with 13 nearly cylindrical, elongated, densely pubescent joints ; the
joints of the flagellum are of nearly equal length, except the last one, which
is shorter. The other characters of the body and the wings of these specimens
agree- entirely with Dicranota rivularis, except that the vertex, the knob
of the halteres and the stigma are more distinctly infuscated. The specimens
are probably the normal representatives of the male, the more so as D. G u e r i-
n i i Zett., has also long antennae. What the males with short antennae, which
I found in copulation, are, further investigation will show.
Ula Halid.
Antennae 17-jointed. (*) Wings with two radial areae, finely pilose on their
whole surface. Mediastinal cross-vein far removed from the tip of the mediastinal
vein and anterior to the origin of the petiole. Spurs at the tip of the tibiae very
short, but distinct. Pulvilli distinct. Ungues smooth. Proboscis elongated,
although shorter than the head. Palpi elongated, especially the last joints. Eyes
pubescent.
The characters of this genus, as given by Walker (Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. 307),
agree too well with the specimen in my collection, to admit of any doubt as
to the generic identity. The pubescence of the eyes alone is not mentioned, but
may have been overlooked. The neuration of the wing of my specimen agrees
exactly with Mr. Westwood's figure of the wing of U 1 a in the above quoted
work, (1. c. tab. xxvii. fig. 4). With the precision peculiar to him, Mr. West-
wood has not even overlooked the position of the mediastinal cross- vein.
Schummel's tab. ii. fig. 7, conveys also an idea of the neuration of this
genus.
Ula shows some relation to P e d i c i a in the position of the mediastinal
cross-vein, the pubescence of the eyes and the length of the palpi ; but it
differs in the length of the antennae, the pilose wings and the position of the
last externo-medial vein. The direction of the latter is like that in the majority
of the Limnobiae, and not oblique, as in Amalopis and Pedicia.
The larvae of U 1 a have been found by Dr. Stannius in Agaricus, (Schumm.
Limnob. p. 25.)
The only species I possess seems to be identical with the European Ula
pilosa, judging, at least, from its descriptions ; I redescribe it, therefore,
under the same name.
(*)I copy this character from Walker, the tip of the antennte of my single specimen
being broken.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 251
U. pi 1 o s a Schum. (?) Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. p. 308, tab. xxviii. f. 4.
Limnobia pilosa Schum. Limnob. p. 150, tab. i. f . 7 ; Zetterstedt, Dipt.
Scand. x. p. 3886, 62. .
Long. lin. 3£.
Front and vertex light cinereous ; proboscis infuscated, palpi and antennae
black ; two basal joints of the latter short, yellowish ; the following joints
elongated, subcylindrical, verticillated and covered, besides with a short
pubescence. Thorax yellowish cinereous, paler on the pleurae, a brownish
stripe in the middle of the praescutum ; lateral stripes almost obsolete ; scutum
infuscated ; scutellum pale ; halteres pale ; the knob infuscated at the tip ;
feet tawny, infuscated at the tips of femora, tibiae and tarsi ; coxae and basis of
femora pale. Abdomen brownish, venter paler, 9 ovipositor falciform, short,
ferruginous Wings brownish cinereous, finely, densely and uniformly pilose
over the whole surface ; veins brown ; this pubescence is not woolly as in
Erioptera, and affects but little the transparency of the wing ; stigma ellipti-
cal, but little darker in color than the wing itself; a slight brown nebula on the
central cross- vein ; no petiolate areolet ; stigmatical cross-vein near the tip
of the subcostal vein, and a little beyond the middle of the upper branch
of the radial fork. (Compare also the above quoted figures of Westwood
and Schummel.)
A single 9 specimen from Washington (nob.)
At first glance, this species has a striking resemblance to Limnophila
pilosa nob., especially on account of the pubescence of the wings. It is
easily distinguished, however, by the position of the mediastinal cross -vein,
the structure of the antennae and that of the 2 ovipositor, which is larger in
Limnophila pilosa, etc.
Protoplasa nob.
Proboscis sfout, ending in a thick labium ; both together are as long, or a little
longer than the head. Palpi longer than the head, joints elongated. Antennae
15-jointed, shorter than head and proboscis together, setaceous, verticillated ;
first joint short, cylindrical ; 2d, stout, subglobular ; the following joints
cylindrical, compressed, short ; the five last joints more oval, elongated. Front
broad. Thorax gibbose ; suture deeply sinuated; scutellum large, projecting
over the metathorax, which is short. Abdemen rather short, stout. Feet
moderately long, slender; tibiae armed at the tip with moderately long,
strong, divaricated spurs ; pulvilli indistinct ; ungues smooth. Wings broad ;
anal angle square ; the narrow portion long and nearly linear ; neuration
very like that of the genus Macrochile Loew, (see Linnasa Entomologica,
vol. v. tab. ii. fig. 25); the only differences are, 1st, that Protoplasa
has a cross-vein between the discal areolet and the next longitudinal vein
(towards the posterior margin,) which cross-vein closes a second, smallei'
discal areolet. 2d, it has a stump of a vein at the angle, formed by the
petiole, near its origin.
This remarkable genus is closely allied to the fossil genus Macrochile
Loew (1. c. p. 402) found in the Prussian amber, but with the following differ-
ences : 1st, Macrochile has a much longer proboscis ; 2d, its antennae are
19-jointed, and more than twice as long as head and proboscis together ; 3d,
the anal angle of its wing (judging from the above mentioned figure) is rounded
and not square; 4th, the neuration of the wing is somewhat different, (see above.)
The relation of Protoplasa with Ptychoptera and Bittacomorpha
is evident : the struoture of the mouth, that of the antennae and feet, the deep
sinuosity of the thoraoic suture, as well as many analogies in the neuration of
the wings, indicate it sufficiently. But Protoplasa seems different from
both by the small size of the metathorax. (*)
(*) I am not able to make this statement positively, as the meso- and metathoracic re-
gion of both my specimens was injured by the pin.
1859.]
252 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
The name Protoplasa alludes to the close relation of this genus to a
fossil form.
P. Fitchii. Cinerascens, pedibus pallidis, alae maculis ocellaribus brun-
neis, in fascias confluentibus, ornate ; long. lin. 3-3^.
Head cinereous, proboscis and palpi fuscous, antennae infuscated. Thorax
cinereous, with three faint brown lines on the praescutum ; scutellum pale,
infuscated in the middle ; halteres pale, knobs brown ; feet yellowish ; knees,
tips of tibiae, of the first" joint of tarsi and of their last joints brown. Abdomen
brown; posterior margins of segments paler. Wings whitish, with brown
spots and bands : most of the spots have the form of a ring, with an infus-
cated vein in the centre ; they are distributed in three groups : 1st, basal
group, formed of an ocellus near the origin of petiole, a spot in the subcostal
area and two rings at the basis of the wing, near the basal angle ; 2d, central
band, formed of four ocelli and a large brown spot near the posterior margin ;
3d, apical band, formed of two large ocelli (at the tip of the discal areolet and
at the origin of the radial fork) ; 6 or 7 smaller ocelli along the apical margin
of the wing and a brown band, beginning between the two large ocelli, and
running along one of the longitudinal veins towards the tip of the wing.
I am in doubt as to the sex of the two specimens of this insect, for which I
am indebted to Dr. Asa Fitch.
BlTTACOMORPHA WestW.
I take occasion to give the figure of the male genital organs of B. c 1 a vi p e s
Fab. (fig. 33, from above ; fig. 33a from below.) One pair of appendages (the
outer ones), are coriaceous ; the shorter, inner pair seems to be of a harder
consistence.
This species seems to have a wide distribution over the North American con-
tinent. The British Museum has received it from Nova Scotia, (see Walker's
List of Dipt. Brit. Mus. i. p. 81). I found it in Florida, and possess, besides,
specimens from Upper Wisconsin River. It occurs early in the spring, and
also in autumn, in woods, in the neighborhood of running water.
Ptychoptera Fabr.
For the characters of this genus I refer to Meigen, Zetterstedt and Walker,
and will only mention, as a character which is peculiar to Ptychoptera,
Bittacomorpha and Protoplasa, and which seems to have been over-
looked, that the transverse thoracic suture is deeply sinuated, so that the scutum is
attenuated in the middle, its two lobes being connected by a narrow band only.
The only American species I possess is very like the European species of
this genus in general appearance, without seeming to be identical with any.
P. rufocincta. Nigra, abdomiue (<?) maculis lateralibus apiceque fer-
rugineis, pedibus ferrugineis, alis macula basali et fasciis tribus fuscis ; long,
lin. 3f . .
Head black, shining ; proboscis and two basal joints of the black antennae
ferruginous ; palpi pale. Thorax black, subopaque ; pleurae, with ferrugi-
nous spots and bands, and with a silvery reflection along the coxae, and
especially under the base of the wing ; halteres pale ; tip of the knob dusky ;
feet pale ferruginous ; tips of the femora, of the tibiae and tarsi, brown.
Tergum black, shining ; large ferruginous spots on the lateral margin of the
2d and the following segments ; they occupy a large portion of the anterior
part of the intermediate segments ; tip of the abdomen and genitals (?) fer-
ruginous ; venter tawny. Wings with a brown spot at the base ; an abbre-
viated band about the middle of the praebrachial and pobrachial areae, between
the subcostal and pobrachial veins ; a second band along the central cross-
veins, attenuated behind, and not reaching the posterior margin; a third is
formed of two spots at the origin of both forks ; a brown dot at the tip of the
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
253
subcostal vein ; subcostal area yellowish ; petiole very short, included within
the second band, (differing in this respect from the European G-. contain i-
nata, figured in Walker's Ins. Brit. Dipt. iii. tab. xxviii. f. 7.)
One 9 from Pennsylvania, (the anterior feet and the posterior tarsi of this
specimen are wanting.)
Synoptical Table of the Genera and Species.
First group (Tipulce limnobiceformes.)
Limnobia nob.
Subgen. Geranomyia Halid.
rostrata Say, 207.
communis n. sp., 207.
di versa n. sp., 207.
Subgen. Rhipidia Meig.
maculata Meig. , 208.
domestica n. sp., 208.
fidelis n. sp., 209.
Subgen. Dicranomyia Steph.
liberta n. sp., 209.
hnmidicola n. sp., 210.
atulta n. sp., 210.
distans n. sp., 211.
pubipennis n. sp., 211.
immodesta n. sp., 211.
diversa n. sp., 212.
gladiator n. sp., 212.
pudica n. sp., 212.
morio Fabr., 212.
* * * *
defuncta n. sp., 213.
Subg. L i m n o b i a (sensu strictiori.)
solitaria n. sp., 215.
cinctipes Say, 214.
immatura n. sp. , 214.
triocellata n. sp., 216.
indigena, n. sp., 215.
tristigma n. sp., 216.
# * * *
argus Say, 217.
Second group (Tipuloz anomalce.)
DlCRANOPTYCHA nob.
germana n, sp., 217.
sobrina n. sp., 218.
nigripes n. sp., 218.
sororcula n. sp., 218.
Antocha nob.
saxicola n. sp., 219.
opalisans n. sp., 220.
Elephaktomyia nob.
canadensis Westw., 221.
1859.]
Rhamphidia Meig.
brevirostris n. sp.. 222.
Tepcholabis nob.
complexa n. sp., 223.
Third group. (Tipulce eriopteraformes.)
Gkophomyia nob.
tristissima n. sp., 224.
luctuosa n. sp., 224.
Ckyptolabis nob.
paradoxa n. sp., 225.
Eriopteka nob.
chlorophylla n. sp., 226.
vespertina n. sp., 226.
septemtrionis n. sp. 226.
villosa n. sp., 226.
cbrysocoma n. sp., 226.
venusta n. sp., 227.
armata n. sp., 227.
graphica n. sp., 228.
holotricha n. sp., 226.
Meigenii n. sp., 226.
nubila n. sp., 227.
caliptera Say, 227.
parva n. sp., 227.
hirtipennis n. sp., 228.
pubipennis n. sp., 228.
ursina n. sp., 228.
Symplecta Meig.
pnnctipennis Meig., 228.
Cladura nob.
fiavoferruginea n. sp., 229.
Gonomyia Meig.
sulphurella n. sp., 230.
cognatella n. sp., 230.
subcinerea n. sp., 231.
blanda n. sp., 231.
Fourth group. (Tipuloz limnophiloz*
formes.)
Limnophila nob.
1st Section.
Subgen. Lasiomastix nob*
macrocera Say, 234.
254
PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY 05"
2d Section.
Subgen. Idioptera Macq.
fasciata Lin. Schum., 234.
3d Section.
aprilina n. sp., 235.
4th Section.
tenuipes Say, 235.
5th Section.
(Limnophilae typicse.)
adusta n. sp., 235.
luteipennis n. sp., 236.
toxoneura n. sp., 236.
imbecilla n. sp., 237.
brevifurca n. sp., 237.
areolata n. sp., 237.
6th Section.
ultima n. sp., 238.
1th Section.
Subgen. Epiphragma nob.
solatrix n. sp., 238.
pavonina n. sp., 239.
8(A Section.
rufibasis n. sp., 239.
9th Section.
Subgen. Dactylolabis nob.
montana n. sp., 240.
10th Section.
Subgen. Dic.r anopbragma nob.
fuscovaria n. sp., 240.
11th Section.
quadrata n. sp., 241.
lenta n. sp., 241.
12th Section.
pilosella n. sp., 241.
Trichocera Meig., 242.
Fifth group. (Tipuloeanisomerceforme?.)
Anisomera Meig.
megacera n. sp., 242.
Eriocera Macq.
fuliginosa n. sp., 243.
Arrhenica. nob.
spinosa n. sp., 244.
longicornis Walk., 245.
Sixth group. (Tipulce pediciceformes. )
Amalopis Halid.
auripennis n. sp., 246.
calcar n. sp., 249.
inconstans n. sp., 247.
Pedicia Latr.
albivitta Walk., 248.
Dicranota Zett.
rivularis n. sp., 249.
* * * *
Ula Halid.
pilosa Schum., 251.
APPENDIX.
Protoplasa nob.
Fitchii n. sp., 252.
BlTTACOMORPHA WeStW.
clavipes Fab., 252.
Pttchoptbra Meig.
rufocincta n. sp., 252.
On the male genital organs of the T i p u 1 i d as with short palpi, together with the
explanation of Plates III. and IV.
Tbe form of the external male genital organs of the Tipulidas with short
palpi is that of a forceps ; they are not different in this respect from the ma-
jority of the insects of the other orders. This forceps serves to seize the tip
of the abdomen of the female. In the cases of copulation which I have ob-
served in the genera Limnobia and Erioptera, the abdomen of the J
was seized/rom below, a little before the ovipositor, so that this organ was stretched
on the tergum of the <$. But, besides the external forceps, there is, between
its two halves, a second internal forceps-like apparatus. After having secured the
female in the described manner, the male, with this second apparatus, seizes
the orifice of the inner genital organs of the female and adjusts thereon for
copulation. This second forceps seems to vary in structure in different species.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 255
1 have been able to see it distinctly in Arrhenica s p i n o s a : it is figured and
described below.
My chief attention has been directed to the structure of the external forceps
for the purpose of classification; everything remains to be done, as yet, in the
study of the more complicated and delicate internal organs. In the descrip-
tion of the figures which follows, I simply relate what I have seen, without
attempting any generalization.
Fig. 1, forceps of L. d e f u n c t a from below.
Fig. 2, the same, from above ; aa, soft, fleshy lobes ; 66, horny, falciform ap-
pendages, moveable with the lobes, and closely applied although not attached to
them ; they are fastened only by the base ; cc, horny, projecting points of the
internal organs.
Fig. 3, forceps of Dicranomyia humidicola from above ; aa and bb as in
fig. 2 ; dd, horny, square appendages, bearing each a pair of bristles ; e, point
of the anal style, visible between the two lobes.
Fig. 4, forceps of Dicranomyia 1 i b e r t a from above ; aa and bb, like in fig.
2 ; dd, horny, rostriform appendages, with bristles ; e, anal style.
Fig. 4a, anal style of D. 1 i b e r t a, seen from below.
Fig. 5, one-half of the forceps of Dicranomyia gladiator from above; a
and b, as in fig. 2 ; e, anal style.
Fig. 6, forceps of Limnobia solitaria from above, half closed; aa, move-
able, coriaceous halves, with appendages (66) ; these appendages consist of two
lamels, which are closely applied to each other and never divergent; the out-
side lamel is horny ; the inside one seems to be coriaceous ; e, is the anal style ,
cc, projecting internal organs ; ff, are soft eminences, (perhaps rudiments of the
large soft lobes of Dicranomyia?)
Fig. 7, represents the forceps of Limnobia indigena from above; the
lamels bb are also double; in some species, as inL. tristigma, I could not
distinguish whether the lamels were double.
Fig. 8, forceps of Rhipidia domestica from above, and open; aa, 66, cc,
dd and e, as in the preceding figures.
Fig. 9, the same forceps, from below and closed ; e, anal style.
Fig. 10, forceps of Teucholabis complexa from above; 10a, one-half of
the same, from below ; aa and bb, horny appendages.
Fig. 11, forceps of Antocha saxicola from above; aa, double appendages,
consisting of a horny and a soft point, closely joined.
Fig. 12, half of the forceps of Elephantomyia canadensis from below
aa, horny appendages.
Fig. 12a, forceps of Dicranoptycha ni gripes from above; y, are short
black bristles ; xx, indistinct, horny appendages. In this species I had for the
first time a glimpse of the structure of the slender, horny, hook-shaped organ,
figured farther below (fig. 276), but occurring in most species. When D.
ni gripes opens the forceps this hook comes into a sort of erection and
spreads outside of the forceps in the shape of fig. 12, 6; aa, are slender and
horny ; 66, is a small forceps, moving independently of aa} and opening or
closing at the point c.
Fig. 13, one-half of the forceps of D. s o b r i n a.
Fig. 14, forceps of Cryptolabis paradoxa from above ; 14 a, the same from
below ; aa, are horny appendages ; they are small and indistinct, being closely
applied to the fleshy part of the forceps ; 6, seems to be the rudiment of an
anal style.
Fig. 15, tip of the abdomen of Cryptolabis paradoxa, female, from the
side ; fig. 15a, the same, from above ; there are no visible horny lamels ; tb*
tips, aa, are beset with microscopic bristles.
Fig. 16, forceps of Gonomyia b la nda from above and open.
Fig. 17, half of the forceps of Gonomyia cognatella, from above.
1859.]
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Fig. 18, forceps of Gnophomyia tristissima, from above, and half open;
18a, female ovipositor of the same species.
Fig. 19, half of the forceps of Erioptera vespertina, side view.
Fig. 20, forceps of Erioptera arm ata from above.
Fig. 21, the same, from the side. Its structure is somewhat complicated ;
besides the coriaceous parts dd, there are two pairs of horny appendages at-
tached to them ; they are invisible from above, except the tip of one of them,
which projects at/. One of these appendages is seen at h in fig. 21 ; detached,
it looks somewhat like fig. 21a, in which the portion 666 is closely applied to
the inside of the lobe d, and the portion c branches off. The other pair of ap-
pendages (ee ou fig. 21) is slender and curved ; each of them is attached to one
of the lobes dd.
Fig. 22, forceps of Erioptera caloptera Say, from below.
Fig. 23, forceps of Erioptera v e n u s t a from above.
Fig. 23a, the same from below ; the horny appendages aa, seen from below,
appear double, consisting of the horny part 66, and a membranaceous appendage
cc ; fig. 236 represents it detached ; its margin d is horny, the rest is a thin
membrane ; these two appendages are not closely applied to each other, and
have an interval between them, although they move simultaneously.
Fig. 24, forceps of Limnophila luteipennis, from above aa, two pairs of
moveable falciform appendages ; the outside ones are horny, the inside one
seems to be of a softer consistence and are ciliated.
Fig. 25, forceps of Limnophila aprilina from above; structure almost
like the preceding ; the outside appendages have a longitudinal notch, (fig.
256.)
Fig. 26, forceps of Limnophila ultima from below; outside, horny ap-
pendages are slightly hooked at the tip.
Fig. 27, forceps of Limnophila rufibasis from above, open; the append-
ages aa are large and strong, serrated inside ; bb are also horny, and look like
fig. 27a; the point c is directed upwards; 276 is a slender, horny organ, situated
inside of the forceps, and concealed when it is closed ; its structure is perhapa
analogous to a similar organ inDicanoptycha (fig. 12a) ; the same organ
is more or less distinctly seen in almost all other species.
Fig. 28, forceps of Limnophila montana from above, closed; it is dis-
tinguished at once by the position of the appendages, which is peculiar to this
species ; aa are the tips of internal horny organs ; they protrude, together with
the soft part/, when the forceps are opened.
Fig. 28a, the same from the side ; a is the same as in fig. 28.
Fig. 29, forceps of Symplecta punctipennis from above ; a and b are
horny.
Fig. 30, forceps of Arrhenica s p i n o s a from above ; a horny, 6 soft ap-
pendage ; cc internal forceps, (fig. 30a represents it detached) ; at a* is a joint,
by means of which this forceps is opened or closed.
Fig. 31, forceps of Eriocera fuliginosa from above; aa are horny; 66
soft ; c is curved downwards, like fig. 276.
Fig. 32, forceps of Amalopis inconstans, from above and half open. It i3
difficult to convey an idea of this organ by a drawing, the points/, g and h
being all curved and directed upwards ; aa are horny ; 66 soft ; cc coriaceous,
hollow inside ; h is figured separately, (326) ; the point/is bifid, (32a).
Fig. 33, forceps of Bittacomorpha cl a v i p e s from below.
Fig. 33a, the same, from above.
Fig. 34. forceps of Cladura flavoferruginea, from the side ; a is convex
and seems to be hollow inside ; the concavity can be seen at 6 ; cc is the for-
ceps. This figure is a very rough sketch, drawn from a dry specimen and
may not, for this reason, be quite accurate.
[Aug.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255
September 6th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Twenty-nine members present.
A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings entitled
u Catalogue of the Invertebrate Fossils of the Cretaceous Formation of
the United States, by Win. M. Gabb," and was referred to a Com-
mittee.
Mr. Lesley read the following extracts from a letter he had received
from Mr. Edward A. Spring, Eagleswood, N. J., July 26th, 1859 :
I was over on the South Amboy shore with a friend, walking in a swampy
wood, where a dyke was made, some three feet wide, when we discovered in
the middle of this ditch a large black spider making very queer motions for a
spider, and on examination it proved that he had caught a fish.
He was biting the fish, just on the forward side of the dorsal fin with a
deadly gripe, and the poor fish was swimming round and round slowly, or
twisting its body as if in pain. The head of its black enemy was sometimes
almost pulled under water, but never entirely, for the fish did not seem to
have enough strength, but moved its fins as if exhausted, and often rested.
At last it swam under a floating leaf at the shore, and appeared to be trying,
by going under that, to scrape off the spider, but without effect. They then
got close to the bank, when suddenly the long black legs of the spider came
up out of the water where they had possibly been embracing the fish, (I have
seen spiders seize flies with all their legs at once) reached out behind and
fastened upon the irregularities of the side of the ditch. The spider then
commenced tugging to get his prize up the bank. My friend stayed to watch
them while I went to the nearest house for a wide mouthed bottle. During
the six or eight minutes that I was away, the spider had drawn the fish en-
tirely out of the water, when they had both fallen in again, the bank being
nearly perpendicular. There had been a great struggle — and now on my re-
turn, the fish was already hoisted head first more than half his length out on
the land. The fish was very much exhausted, hardly making any movement,
and the spider had evidently gained the victory, and was slowly and steadily
tugging him up. He had not once quitted his hold during the quarter to half
an hour that we had watched them. He held, with his head toward the fish's
tail, and pulled him up at an angle of 45° by stepping backwards. How long
they had been there or how far they had come we cannot tell. We saw no
web anywhere about.
The time would not permit a longer stay, so we reluctantly bottled the pair.
I thought I had missed dipping up the spider, and looked along the bank, but
on turning to the bottle he was there. The fish was swimming weakly at the
bottom of the water that I had dipped in, and the spider standing sentinel
over him on the surface, turning when he turned, and watching every motion.
We stopped the mouth of the bottle so that the spider could not escape, and
went to see the fine place of the late Mr. Stevens above on the hill. Return-
ing in about three hours, we found, to our disappointment, the spider dead at
the bottom, but the fish was alive. He lived for twenty-four hours. The
spider was f of an inch long, and weighed 14 grains ; the fish was 3^ inches
long and weighed 66 grains.
September 20th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Thirty-one members present.
1859.] 19
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The following papers were presented for publication in the Proceed-
ings
" Contributions to American Lepidopterology, by Bracken rid^e
Clemens, M. D."
"Description of a deformed fragmentary Human Skull found in an
ancient quarry cave at Jerusalem ; with au attempt to determine by its
configuration alone the ethnical Type to which it belongs, by J. Aitken
Meigs, M. D."
September 27 th.
Vica-President Bridges in the Chair.
Thirty-eight members present.
The Report of the Biological Department for the present month was
read.
On report of Committees of the Biological Department, the paper
entitled " On the seat of the vesicating principle of Lytta vittata, by
Joseph Leidy. M. D.," was recommended for publication ia a medical
journal, and one entitled " Abstract of the most important points of
Researches on the Minute Anatomy of the Liver, by H. D. Schmidt,"
was ordered to be published in the Proceedings.
On report of the Committee, the paper entitled " Catalogue of the
Invertebrate Fossils of the Cretaceous formation of the United States,
by Wm. M. Gabb," was ordered to be published with the Proceedings.
The following were ordered to be published in the Proceedings :
Contributions to American Lepidopterology.
BY BRACKENRIDGE CLEMENS.
TlNEINA.
It is the intention of the writer to confine these contributions to Lepidopter-
ology, to the description of species which are new to entoimlogical history, or
which are believed to be new. This plan dispenses with the necessity of general
remarks on systematic arrangement, since but few species at a time will be
.given as the genera to which they belong are determined, or ascertained to
be undescribed. Indeed I have nothing of value to add to what has been re-
cently advaaced elsewhere, nor has any question arisen iu my studies of the
present group, that would induce me to retract or doubt the accuracy of the
views advocated, respecting the nature of a farhily. I do not wish, however,
to be understood to assert that the group Tineina is synonymous with a family.
I do not by any means entertain the belief that it includes only one, and yet I
can perceive but little in the majority of the groups collected under this term,
other than artificial assemblages of genera, under a family termination.
I find in the pterogostic characters of the perfect insect a similitude of struc-
ture which enables the investigator, with but little difficulty, to refer it to the
appropriate principal group formed on this basis. The individuals, thus assem-
bled together agree not only in general structure, but in embryonic histories and
in larval forms, so far as my own observation and study of other fauna than
our own has enabled me to determine the question. The agreement in embry-
onic form extends into the group Tortricina, and the relationship in the imago,
is likewise expressed to a certain degree in the neuration of the wings of this
latter group, as compared with that of the Tineina. The3e characters, however,
. are suificiently marked in each, and can scarcely be mistaken in either instance
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 257
by one of ordinary powers of discrimination. Without, therefore, attempting to
fix at present the limits and characters of the group, more definitely than by the
wing structure, and rejecting the generic valves usually assigned to it, except
where there is characteristic variation, we will proceed to describe generic
groups and their individuals.
TlNEIDjG.
Imago with the nervules of the anterior wings radiating chiefly from the
posterior part of the disc, with four to five subcosto-marginal nervules, the first of
which arises near the base of the wing, with two simple disco-central nervules,
with the median nervure branching near its posterior extremity into three ner-
vules, medio - superior , central and posterior, with the submedian fold well marked,
and the submedian nervure simple and usually bifid toward the base. Posterior
wings with bristle, with costal nervure simple, with subcostal usually simple,
and attenuated toward the base of the wing, emitting a discal nervure from which
arise at least two disco-central nervules, with median either bifid or trifid, -with
submedian fold and simple submedian nervure, and an internal fold or nervure.
Tinea Fabr.
Head free, as broad as the thorax, roughly haired above and in front. Ocelli
none.- Eyes hemispherical and salient. Antennae simple, filiform, in the $
very slightly ciliated, tapering from the base, with joints closely set and stri-
ated, not so long as the anterior wings, and scarcely as long as the body.
Maxillary palpi long, folded, five-jointed. Labial palpi cylindric, scaly, the
second article with bristles, especially at the apex above, third article small and
somewhat deflexed. Tongue very short, not as long as the labial" palpi. Wings
exceeding the tip of the abdomen ; the anterior oblong-ovate, with moderate api-
cal cilia ; posterior ovate, clothed with scales, and with long cilia behind.
The following species are represented in my collection and may be tabulated
as follows :
\ A semi pellucid discal spot on under surface of fore wings.
f Fore wings without a dorsal streak.
Biflavimaculella. — Dark brown, tinged with violet, with a very" pale yel-
low costo-discal patch and one above interior angle,
f f Fore wings with a dorsal streak.
Do r si s t rige 1 la . — Dark brown, with a costo-discal very pale yellowish
patch.
Crocicapitella. — Fuscous, with a discal yellowish spot.
\\ No discal spot on under surface of fore wings.
Carnariella. — Yellow-brown dusted with fuscous : a discal and two inter-
mediate dark brown spots.
L a n a r i e 1 1 a . — Pale yellowish brown, or a silky pale yellow, with sometimes
a brownish discal spot.
Nubilipennella. — Dark fuscous, dusted with dull yellowish.
Variatella. — Whitish, varied with dark brown, with white costal and dor-
sal spots.
Medio-superior and central nervules of fore wings arise on a common stalk; last branch
of subcostal bifid.
T. biflavimaculella . — Palpi pale yellowish, dark brown externally,
antennas dark fuscous, darkest toward the base. Head and front luteoue.
Thorax dark brown. Abdomen dark grey. Fore wiDgs umber brown, tinged
with a violet hue, especially toward the tip, where it prevails. On the middle
of costa, a pale yellow, somewhat triangular patch extended to the dise, and a
dorsal patch of the same hue at the interior angle ; cilia dark colored, dotted
on the posterior margin of the wing with pale yell&w. Hind wings grey, with
a bronzy hue. Exp. a!. *3 . f j 0 lines.
Imago, August. September.
1859.]
258 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Medio superior and central nervules branch from a common stalk.
T. dorsistrigella . — Labial palpi yellowish, dark brown externally, third
article yellowish. Head and front very pale yellow, tinged with dark brown
on the sides above the eyes, and at base of antennae. Antennae dull brown.
Thorax dark brown, with the disk very pale yellow. Fore wings blackish
brown, somewhat tinged with obscure reddish, with a dorsal streak along the
inner margin, whitish or pale yellowish white, and usually somewhat dilated
above the interior angle ; with a costo-discal patch of the same hue and the
costa punctated with pale yellowish atoms, which become small spots toward
the apex of the wing, and on the posterior margin. Hind wings pale brownish,
with a reddish hue; cilia gray. Exp. al. 4.75 to 6.00 lines.
T. c r o c i c ap it e 1 la. — Labial palpi yellowish, dark brown externally.
Head and front saffron yellow. Thorax dark fuscous, with the disk saffron
yellow. Fore wings dark fuscous, with dispersed saffron yellow scales, espe-
cially along the casta, with a saffron yellow dorsal streak and a paler, nearly
round discal spot. Hind wings pale brownish gray. Exp. al. 4.50 to 6.50
lines.
T. carnariella . — Palpi dark brown. Head and front rather dark ochre-
ous, tinged with reddish. Fore wings pale yellowish brown, dusted with fus^
cous, especially at the costal portion of the base ; with a conspicuous dark brown
spot on the end of the dise, with two smaller spots of the same hue between this
and the base of the wing, one about the middle of the disc, and the other be-
neath it in the submedian fold ; fringes unicolorons and rather paler than the
general hue. Hind wings pale bluish gray ; fringes somewhat darker. Exp.
al. 5.50 to 7.50 lines.
This species, perhaps, may have been heretofore described under another
name ; but if it has, I have been unable to recognize it. 1 have two specimens
only in my collection. The larvae were found in one of my boxes of Lepidoptera,
and had constructed cases of detached portions of the insects and the scales,
united by silk. The imago appeared, one on March 13th, and the other some
days subsequently.
The eggs were whitish, smooth and nearly cylindrical, but tnpering slightly
toward the upper end. Length about one fourth of a line, diameter one half
the length. The mature larva was of a dirty white color, with a black head and
black cervical shield,
T. lanariella . — Head ochreous. Labial palpi dark brownish. Antennas
dull fuscous. Thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Fore wings pale yellowish
brown or pale yellow, with a silky lustre, and immaculate ; sometimes slightly
dusted with fuscous on the costa at the base, and with a brownish spot on the
end of the disc. Hind wings pale shining yellow, cilia the same. Exp. al.
5.50 to 6.50 lines.
I am not sure this is not a variety of the previous species, and has, perhaps,
been heretofore described, as it is a very common inhabitant of houses. The
larvae feed on woollen substances, carpets, clothes, etc., of which each con-
structs a case. I have reared a great many in confinement, and have also
found that they feed on the bodies of their dead progenitors, when the oppor-
tunity offers.
I find the egg described in my note book as spheroidal and of large size for
so small an insect ; I doubt, however, the correctness of the term descriptive of
the figure. The young larvae appear after about two weeks, and dp not im-
mediately make a case. The mature larva is white, with a dark brown head
and a cervical shield of the same hue. They reach maturity about the middle
of March, and climb the sides of the walls to the ceiling of the room in which
they feed, and suspend'or attach their cases. The imagos of the first brood
appear about the beginning of May ; there is another in August and Sep-
tember.
[Sept.
NATUKAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 259
T. nubilipennella . — Labial palpi yellowish, dark brownish exteriorly.
Eead and front dull fuscous or brownish yellow. Antennae dull dark brown.
Thorax brownish yellow. Fore wings deep fuscous, sprinkled with dull yel-
lowish, with a yellowish spot on the inner margin at the base, and the middle
of the inner margin tinged with the same hue ; with a deep fuscous spot
at the end of the disc and two others of the same hue rather indistinct, one in.
the fold beyond the middle, the other on the disc and a little posterior to it.
Sometimes the dull yellowish hue prevails, freely dusted with deep fuscous,
and with the spots more distinct than in the darker specimens. Hind
wings bluish, shining gray, with the cilia of the same hue. Ex. al. 5.50 to 6.50
lines.
Imago on wing in September.
T. var.iatella. — Palpi pale yellow, blackish externally. Head yellowish
white. Thorax gray, with tegulae black, tipped behind with gray. Abdomen
blackish. Antennas blackish brown. Fore wings whitish, varied witli dark
brown and blackish ; with a dark brown streak containing blackish scales,
curving somewhat from the costa at the base to the fold ; with a blackish brown
spot on the fold, rather before the middle, slightly connected with one of the
same hue nearer the base on the costa; with a dark brown, somewhat oblique
patch about the end of the disc and one at the tip of the wing, and with the
apical portion dusted with the same hue ; a few white spots on the cilia of the
inner margin, and on the costa behind the discal patch; before the discal patch
are two well marked white spots on the costa, the one nearest the discal patch
having a blackish central dot ; the inner margin, toward the base, white, varied
with dark brown stria? ; cilia grayish, Hind wings dark brown, rather tinged
with reddish, cilia the same. Exp. al. 5.5 lines.
Imago on wing in September.
Xylesthia.
Head roughly haired. Ocelli none. Eyes round, visible in front. Antennae
filiform, with whorls of scales on each article, and the basal joint with a tuft
of scales in front that conceals it, not as long as the body and about one-half
as long as the fore wing3. Maxillary palpi very short, scaly and concealed
beneath the labial palpi. Labial palpi cylindric, with a tuft of hair beneath,
and with lateral bristles ; the third article smooth and quite short. Tongue
not quite as long as the palpi. Wings exceeding the body; the anterior oblong
ovate, with elevated tufts of scales ; the posterior ovate, with the costa excavated
at the insertion of the costal nervure.
X. pruniramiella . — Antenna? yellowish white. Palpi and head hoary.
Thorax hoary, dusted with brownish. Abdomen dark brown. Fore wings
blackish brown and luteous brown, somewhat varied with whitish, with patches
of elevated scales at the base and along the fold ; with an indistinct whitish
band crossing the middle of the disc, one nearer the base still fainter and one
about the end of the disc, with a white dorsal spot at the inner angle and a
whitish streak from the costa above it, with another whitish costal streak be-
tween this and the tip ; a blackish spot at the tip white margined before ; cilia
brownish, white at the dorsal spot. The luteo brownish hue usually prevails
toward the tip of the wiog and sometimes the whitish markings are indistinct.
Hind wings dark brown, somewhat tinged with reddish, cilia the same. Exp.
al. 6 to 6.5 lines.
The larva of this insect feeds on the woody excrescences found on the
branches of the plum tree. These nodose tumors have recently attracted the
fruit-grower's attention, but I am unable to say whether the larva is the cause
of the disease. It does not confine its operations to the cortical portion of the
node, but bores the wood likewise.. I have found it associated with another
much larger larva, but the imago of the only specimen I received, escaped
1859.]
260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
from the vivarium before I saw it. Both pass the winter in the larval state,
and may be taken in recent excrescences, during the latter part of April or the
beginning of May, and become imagos in JuDe. The larva is dirty whitish iu
color, with a brown head and shield, and scarcely one-half an inch long ; the
larger larva is quite an inch in length, with no distinctive markings. Pruni-
ramielea makes its cocoon of " frass " and silk in a gallery formed in the
wood, but near the surface. The pupa has minute spines on the dorsum and
is thrust from the cocoon at maturity.
The following species, I believe, forms a new genus. It is rather rare, at
least I have met with the imago but few times. I know nothing of its embry-
onic states. In appearance the imago bears considerable resemblance to the
figures of Euplocamus B o 1 e t i of Europe, but its generic characters separate it
from the latter very distinctly.
Amydbia.
Head free, as broad as the thorax, roughly haired, (the hairs of the front
ascending and those of the vertex inclined from each side toward the median
line, or having a stelliform arrangement behind the antennae.) Ocelli none.
Eyes small, hemispherical and salient. Antennas simple in both sexes, moder-
ately thick, with joints closely set and with whorls of scales, one-half us long
as the fore wings and scarcely two-thirds as long as the body. Maxillary palpi
extremely small and 2-jointed. Labial palpi with the second article beneath hairy
and formed like a brush; the third, slender and ascending. Tongue wanting.
Wings narrow, much exceeding the tip of the abdomen; the anterior, elliptical,
cilia rather long, especially at the inner angle, giving the wing the appearance
of being angulated ; posterior, obtusely ovate, with moderately long cilia
behind.
A. effrentella. — Labial palpi yellowish brown, with the second article
dark brown exteriorly. Head and front yellowish brown. Thorax dark brown,
varied with yellowish. Fore wings fuscous, varied with yellow, which prevails
along the inner margin, with fuscous spots around the apical margin, and in the
$ a large discal fuscous patch. The fore wings of the ^ have more of the
yellowish hue than the 9 ; c^ia yellowish. Hind wings pale brownish yel-
low, cilia the same. Exp. al. 8 to 11 lines.
The following species likewise form a new genus, at least I am not aware
that any has been formed into which they can be received. Plumifron-
t el la is found here in June and July, when it may be taken at light. I am
unacquainted with the embryonic history of the species described, and have
never met with the female Plumifrontella. The genus, I think, belongs
to the group E x a pa ti dae , and as the females in some of the genera are
apterous, that of Plumifrontella may be unsupplied with wings. The
antennae should be examined very carefully, otherwise their peculiar structure
will be overlooked and mistaken for simple, filiform organs.
Anaphora.
Head hairy, concealed by the labial palpi in the tf, free in the 9 • Ocelli
none. Eyes small. Antennae but little longer than the thorax, serrated beneath,
with the ends of the articles finely ciliated. Maxillary palpi moderately long, scaly
and 3-jointed in both $ and $> . Labial palpi in the $ greatly developed,
ascending and thrown back on the dorsum of the thorax, which they equal in
length, the first article scaly, arctate and equal, to the superior margin of the
eyes, and the two succeeding ones equal and furnished with abundant spread-
ing hairs ; in the 9 short, not ascending above the eyes, articles nearly equal,
the first and second hairy beneath, the third rather smooth and porrected.
Tongue wanting. Wings exceeding the tip of the abdomen ; the anterior with
costa nearly straight, hind margin obliquely convex, inner margin nearly
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2t)l
straight, but slightly emarginate above the interior angle ; the posterior ovate,
and both with rather short cilia.
Species.
\ Fore wings with two short dark brown streaks at the ba3e of the fold.
Popeanella.
\\ Pore wings with no basal streaks.
Labial palpi in the rj1 as long as thorax.
Plumifrontella . — Rubescent, mixed with maroon brown.
Labial palpi in the $ not recurved on thorax.
ArCanella. — Dark brown, with a purplish hue; luteous brown in the fold.
A. plumifrontella . — Labial palpi reddish brown. Thorax dull brown
tinged with reddish. Fore wing rubescent and maroon brown intermixed, the
former hue prevailing along the fold, at the base along costa and disc, dusted
with dark brown ; with a dusky or dark brownish spot on the end of the disc.
one about the middle of the fold and another near the base. In some speci-
mens these spots are quite indistinct. Hind wings dusky brown. Exp. al. 17
lines.
Female not known.
All my specimens of the following species are much faded from exposure.
The specific description will not therefore apply accurately to the insect as it
is found in nature.
Antennoz of the $ distinctly serrated beneath.
A. Popeanella . — Labial palpi dark brownish, whitish ? at the tip in the
9. Thorax dull brownish in the tf, with the tegulje tipped behind with gray;
whitish? tinged with brown in the 9- Fore wings brownish luteous or dull
reddish brown, with luteous or yellow aloug the fold and. inner margin, a spot
on the disc and one on the middle of the nervules of the same hue, with a dark
brown spot between them ; a dark brown spot on the fold beneath median
vein, most frequently semicircular, with a short, dark brown streak at the ba3e
on the submedian vein and another parallel to it beneath the median. The
anterior margin striated from the costa with dark brown, with a subterminal
row of dark brown spots above the branches of the median vein, and the ends of
the nervules dotted with the same hue ; cilia pale yellowish brown. Hind
wings brownish yellow, cilia the same. Exp. al. 12 to 18 lines.
Male and female alike.
From Smithsonian Institution. Capt. Pope's collection in Texas.
Labial palpi shirter in tin $ than in the preceding ; ascending, but not recurved.
A. arcane! la. — Palpi luteous brown in front, dark brown externally-
Thorax dark brown, almost blackish. Fore wings dark brown, with an obscure
purplish hue; with luteous brown on the disc and in the fold, interrupted by a
blackish brown, nearly square, submedian spot in the fold and a small one near
its base of the same hue — sometimes merely a few blackish brown scales — with
an irregular blickish brown spot on the end of the uisc, and the costa and
apical portion of the wing dusted and dotted, sometimes striated with blackish
brown. Hind wings dark brown, tinged with blackish. Exp. al. 12 lines.
Female not known.
The genera here deicribed may be distinguished from each other by the fol-
lowing table :
Head rough.
f Palpi cylindric. second joint with bristles above.
1859.]
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Tinea. — Antennas striated; maxillary palpi folded, 5 to 6-jointed ; tongue
scarcely as long as labial palpi ; no naked space around the eyes.
jf Palpi tufted beneath.
Tongue wanting.
Araydria. — Joints of antennas with whorls of scales, not tufted at base;
third joint of palpi rather long, ascending.
Tongue nearly as long as the labial palpi.
Xylesthia. — Joints of antennas with whorls of scales, tufted at base ; fore
wings with raised tufts,
f ff Palpi hairy beneath in the 9> reflexed and very long in the tf.
Antenna serrated beneath in both (^ and 9 •
Anaphora . — Tongue obsolete ; fore wings not pointed.
Explanation of Plate.
Genus Tinea, fig. 1. The head of T. c r o c i c a p i t e 1 1 a ; la, a portion
of antenna; 16, the anterior and posterior wing of T. lanariella.
Genus Xylesthia, fig. 5. The head of X. pruniramiella; 5a, a
portion of antenna; 5b, the anterior and posterior wings.
Genus A m y d r ia, fig. 2. The head of A. e f f r e n tel 1 a; 2a, a portion
of antenna ; 26, the anterior and posterior wings.
Genus Anaphora, fig. 3. The head of A. p 1 u m i f r o n t e 1 1 a the tf ;
3a, a portion of antenna; 36, the anterior and posterior wings. Fig. 3'. The
head of A. Popeanella the 9 j 3'a> a portion of antenna of the tf.
Description of a deformed, fragmentary Human Skull, found in an ancient
quarry-cave at Jerusalem ; with, an attempt to determine by its configuration
alone the Ethnical Type to which it belongs.
BY J. AITKEN MEIGS, M. D.
In September, 1857, Mr. J. Judson Barclay kindly presented to the Academy
a fragmentary human cranium discovered by him in an immense quarry-cave
at Jerusalem.
The location in which this skull was found, the circumstances attending its
discovery, and the very peculiar form which it exhibits, in consequence of the
perpendicular flatness of the occiput, render it highly interesting to the cranio-
grapher.
From a communication* which appeared in the Ladies^ Cliristian Annual for
May, 1855, and a letter dated Philadelphia, Aug. 21st, 1857, addressed to the
writer by Mr. Barclay,! I gather the following interesting particulars concern-
ing the finding of this skull.
Having received some information of the existence of a very extensive cave
near the Damascus gate of Jerusalem, (entirely unknown to Franks,) Mr.
Barclay, in conjunction with his father and brother, resolved upon its exploration.
Accordingly, having obtained permission to this effect, from the Nazir Effendi,
they repaired to the cave, the mouth of which is situated directly below the city
wall, and the houses on Bezetha. They found the wall at this spot about ten
feet in thickness. Through a narrow, serpentine passage which traverses it they
gained an entrance into the cave. The length of the cavern they estimated
•Entitled, " Extract from a Journal kept by R. G. B.. during a three years' residence in
Jerusalem." See also "The City of the Great King; or, Jerusalem as it was, as it is, and
as it is to be." By J. T. Barclay, M. D. Philada. 1858, p. 458.
f See Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. for Sept. 1857, p. 177.
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 263
at seven hundred and fifty feet, and the circumference upwards of three
thousand feet. The roof is supported by numerous regular pillars hewn out
of the solid limestone rock. The floor from the entrance to the termination
forms an inclined plane, the descent of which is in some places very rapid.
About 100 feet from the entrance a very deep and precipitous pit was dis-
covered containing a human skeleton ; supposed to be that of some unfortu-
nate who had fallen headlong down and broken his neck, or rather his skull,
judging from the fracture which it exhibits. The bones, of almost giant pro-
portions, gave evidence, from their decayed state, of having remained in that
position for many years. The skull, unlike the rest of the skeleton, was in a
remarkable state of preservation. Numerous crosses on the wall indicate that
the devout Pilgrim or Crusader had been there ; and a few Arabic and Hebrew
inscriptions — too much effaced to be deciphered — prove that the place was not
unknown to the Jew and the Arab. The explorers found many intricate,
meandering passages leading to immense halls as white as the driven snow,
and supported by colossal pillars of irregular shape ; some of them placed
there by the hand of nature, others of them evidently by the stone quarriers
to prevent the intumbling of the city. From their explorations the party con-
cluded that this cavern and the Grotto of Jeremiah, two or three hundred
yards distant, originally constituted one immense cave which was formerly
the great quarry of Jerusalem.
The cave appears, therefore, to be a very old one. An allusion to it under
the name of the " Cotton Grotto " is made by Kadi Mejr-ed-din in an Arabic MS.,
entitled " The Sublime Companion to the History of Jerusalem and Hebron,"
and bearing date, A. D. 1495. A gentleman who entered the cave subse-
quently to the visit of the Messrs. Barclay, tells us, in the " Boston Traveller,"
that though its existence was long suspected, "nothing was positively known
regarding it, as it has been kept carefully closed by the successive governors
of Jerusalem. The mouth of the cavern was probably walled up as early as
the times of the crusades, to prevent its falling into the hands of a besieging
army ; earth was thrown up against this wall, so as effectually to conceal it
from view, and it is only upon the closest scrutiny that the present entrance
can be perceived." Piles of stone chippings, and blocks of stone but half-
quarried, and still attached by one side to the rock, were encountered in dif-
ferent parts of the cave. The marks of the cutting instruments were as plain
and well-defined as if the workman had but just ceased from his labor. Those
who visited the cave were of the opinion that it had been worked as a quarry
during the days of Solomon. The following reasons appear to fav6r this
opinion. The stone is the same as that of the portions of the Temple wall
still remaining, and referred by Dr. Robinson to the period of the first build-
ing. From the former entrance of the cave to the Temple area is a gently in-
clined plane — a fact that suggests a satisfactory solution of what has hereto-
fore been regarded as a very puzzling question — the difficulty of placing such
immense masses of rock in situ, as those found at the south-east and south-
west corners of the Temple wall. The heaps of chippings which lie about
show that the stone was dressed on the spot, which accords with the account
of the building of the Temple. To these reasons we may also add the extent
of the quarry, trie amount of stone which must have been worked out there, the
size of some of the blocks themselves, the extreme age of the part which has
been exposed to the action of the elements, and which dates back in legends
and traditions to the time of Jeremiah, the fact that there are no other quar-
ries of any great size near the city, and especially the fact that in the reign of
Solomon this quarry, in its whole extent, was without the limits of the city.
In the absence of any positive evidence to be derived from the skull itself,
these statements are introduced here as being calculated to throw some light
upon the question of its antiquity ormodernness, and consequently, to a certain
extent, its nationality.
1859.]
264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The cranium found in this cave (No. 1031 of the collection) is probably that
of a man setat, about 40 or 45 years. In structure it is moderately dense and
heavy, and from its general appearance would scarcely be regarded as an an-
cient skull. It is, unfortunately, in a very fragmentary condition, consisting
of the two ossa parietalia, the left temporal, nearly all that part of the os oc-
cipitis posterior to the foramen magnum, and enough of the frontal bone to
determine the calvarial form. The facial, right temporal and basal bones are
altogether wanting. It has evidently been a short, broad and high skull. The
coronal region is triangular in shape, with the truncated apex of the triangle
directed anteriorly and coinciding with the frontal diameter. The skull be-
longs therefore to the Triangular Type of the Class Brachyplatupsidse — the 25th
in the new and complete classification of human crania, which I propose to
bring before the Academy at some future time. The bi-frontal diameter
measures about 4 inches ; the bi-parietal, between the ossific centres, 6£ in-
ches ; the vertical diameter, from the posterior edge of the foramen magnum
to the highest point of the crown directly above, 6f inches ; the intermeatous
diameter about 2J inches. The antero-posterior or longitudinal diameter of
the head must have measured about 6^ or 6| inches. The occipital bone
rises vertically from the posterior margin of the great foramen to meet the
parietalia which bend abruptly downward between their lateral protuberances.
This striking peculiarity gives to the posterior part of the head the same
broad, high and perpendicularly flattened appearance, so characteristic of
Peruvian Crania. The superior transverse ridge of the occipital bone is well-
defined ; and-the occipital protuberance sharp and prominent. The mastoid
process of the temporal bone is large and massive.
Upon the inner surface of the left side, and directly opposite the parietal
centre of ossification, there is a solution of continuity in the vitreous table.
Both the vitreous and diploic structures at this spot have decayed away or been
absorbed, leaving a cavity of an irregularly oval shape, and about five-eighths of
an inch long, and half an inch wide. Judging from several minute fissures which
radiate in different directions from th« edges of this cavity, the latter is the
result of a blow, which, without affecting the outer or fibrous, has been strong
enough to fracture the inner table. A portion of the surrounding surface of
the skull, extending about one inch from the margin of the cavity, is stained
of a reddish or iron-rust color.
The muscles attached to the sharp external occipital protuberance, to the
well pronounced superior and inferior semi-circular lines or ridges of the os
occipitis, and the intervening rough surface must have been well developed,
so that the nape of the neck formed, in all probability, a plane continuous
with the back of the head. When with this peculiarity we couple the fact
that, owing to the relative position of the external auditory meati, the ears
must have appeared to be attached rather to the back part than to the sides of
the head, we can readily imagine that the individual to whom the skull be-
longed must have presented quite a bizarre appearance. The glenoid fossa of
the left side remains intact and is especially worthy of notice, since it happens
to constitute in this skull the only connecting link or point of attachment be-
tween the calvaria and the missing bones of the face. If the Cuvierian law of
the correlation or harmonization of forms could be practically applied to the
separate pieces composing the human cranium, this fossa would assume a still
greater importance, since by means of it the outline of the bony face could be
determined, and the observer having, in this indirect way, obtained an exact
idea of the shape of the entire head, could proceed more confidently to indi-
cate the precise ethnic type of which this skull is a specimen.
Impracticable, however, as this is, we can approximate the desired informa-
tion by observing attentively the exact appearance of this fossa. The zygomatic
tubercle is well marked ; the eminentia articitlaris, instead of being flatly
rounded, as is ordinarily the case, is sharp and well defined, while the anterior
[Sept.'
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265
wall of the glenoid cavity is thick and unusually convex. Instead of shelving
backwards and upwards from the articular eminence, as is usually the case,
particularly, as I am inclined to think, in long heads, it rises abruptly and
almost perpendicularly, giving the fossa somewhat the appearance presented
by this cavity in the carnivora, and indicating powerful up and down move-
ments of the lower jaw, with diminished lateral action. The lateral motion of
the jaw must have been still more restrained by the backward inclination of
the internal end of the inferior root of the zygoma. The condyle adapted to
such a fossa must have been large and heavy, with a correspondingly short
and thick neck. Such characters indicate a heavy, square jaw, with short
rami and a flattened or retracted symphysis menti. Corresponding with this,
as the head is brachykephalic, the superior maxilla must have been heavy and
flat and the malar bones prominent. Reasoning thus we may infer from the
glenoid cavity that the face of this skull partook of the Tschudic or even ap-
proximated the Mongolian form.
It is, perhaps, impossible to say positively whether this skull be a very old
or quite a modem one. A knowledge of the precise epoch to which it should
be referred, would assist somewhat in the determination of its nationality. I
have already said that from its appearance it can scarcely be regarded as an
ancient skull. Yet the appearance and degree of density of bones are by no
means reliable criteria of their age ; for it is well known that bones of the
same age exhibit great dissimilarity in these respects, according to the location
in which they have been deposited, according as they have been buried in
the ground, deposited in caverns, submerged in water, or freely exposed upon
the surface of the earth to air and light. The quantity and quality of the
mineral and saline matters contained in the water in which such bones may
have been placed, the nature of the soil in which they may have been inhumed,
and other circumstances, are known to exert, in the course of time, peculiar
changes in both the animal and earthy matter. But the data by which to
determine with certainty the time required to produce such changes are want-
ing. Equally recent bones deposited in the same cave at the same time often
exhibit very different appearances after the lapse of many years. And yet the
circumstances of location, and the absence or presence of animal matter, are
the only, and, it must be confessed, very unreliable criteria by which to de-
termine the age of bony remains. A piece of the Jerusalem skull pressed
against the tongue adheres slightly. A small fragment was pulverized,
treated with ether, washed and thoroughly dried by exposure to a gentle heat.
One drachm of the bone thus treated was macerated in a mixture consisting of
three parts water and two parts hydrochloric acid. In eleven hours it
was thoroughly dissolved, the solution being accompanied at first with a
moderately active liberation of carbonic acid gas. A few pellicles of a gelatin-
ous matter that had collected upon the surface of the liquid were removed
and carefully dried. They weighed 11 grains. Sulphuric acid was then added
to the liquid drop by drop until there was no longer any precipitation of lime.
The supernatant liquid was poured off, and the sulphate of lime effectually dried
by exposure to the sun and afterwards to the heat of an oven. It weighed 48
grains. One grain of the original weight was thus lost in the process. From
this rough analysis it will be seen that the bones composing the skull under
consideration contain a less percentage of animal and a greater percentage of
calcareous matter than is contained in decidedly recent bones, A piece of an
ancient Burgundian skull, reported to be some 2000 years old, a fragment of
the skull of an ancient Roman, ;found in the tomb on the road between Cumse
and the ruins of Baise, and a fragment of the skull of a young aboriginal female
taken from an ancient tomb at Ticul in Yucatan, were subjected to the same
analytical process. They were found to consist almost wholly of earthy matter. •
The animal matter had almost entirely disappeared. These bones were dis-
solved in a much less time than the piece from the Jerusalem skull, and their
solution gave rise to a very active formation and escape of gas.
1859.]
266 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Great interest attaches to this skull on account of the fact that it presents
an excellent opportunity to test the differential value of certain craniographic
characters, — those pertaining to the crown, occiput and temporal region. The
true value of craniographic criteria has not yet been settled. The special
investigations in this branch of natural science are as yet too limited, and
many of them have been undertaken in such a hasty and unphilosophical
spirit, and with such imperfect views of the method that rules in craniography,
that the generalizations thus far effected are not only few in number and of
limited application, but have to be used in the most careful and discriminating
manner. It is well known to the members of the Academy that a skull in the
collection marked Phoenician* was sent by M. Fresnel, the celebrated archaeolo-
gist, to the late Dr. Morton, without the slightest information as to where,
or the circumstances under which it was found. After a careful study of
its race characters, Dr.j M. pronounced it to be a Phoenician. He afterwards
learned from Fresnel that it was found in the sepulchral cave of Ben-Djemma, in
the Island of Malta, and probably belonged to an individual of that race, which,
in the most remote times, had occupied the northern coast of Africa and the
adjacent isles, f It will thus appear that Dr. M., guided by osteologic charac-
ters alone, was enabled to announce the correct geographical locality of this
skull, and perhaps also its true ethnic value, though of this latter point I
entertain, at present, some doubts, arising from the remarkable resemblance
which this skull bears to that of a wandering Chingan of Transylvania, de-
picted in Blumenbach's Decades (Tab. ii.) In like manner, some time before
his death, Dr. Prichard sent to Prof. Retzius two human crania, requesting an
opinion as to the race to which they belonged. He pronounced one of them
to be Roman and the other Celtic, and was informed by Prichard that he was
in all probability correct, for the two skulls had been dug up in an old battle-
field at York, England, where the ancient British Celts, the Belgas Brittanorum,
had been vanquished by the Romans. t Another instance, similar to these,
will presently be referred to. With such examples before me, I have been led
to attempt, as far as the materials at my command would allow, to identify
ethnically the skull from Jerusalem. It will be borne in mind that Drs.
Prichard, Morton and Retzius had entire skulls submitted to them. The skull
from Jerusalem, on the contrary, is, as we have just seen, in a very fragmentary
state. It may be said that the knowledge of the locality in which this skull
was found would assist materially in this investigation. But that this is not
the case will at once be seen when we call to mind that this locality has been,
for centuries, a great rendezvous for many races of men, coming from various
parts of Europe, Asia and Africa. Moreover the skull is somewhat unique,
not only in its form, (of which there is not the exact counterpart in the whole
Mortonian collection, ) but also in the fact that none others were found with
it. Desirous of ascertaining whether any other skulls, similar in form to
the one under consideration, had been discovered in Palestine, I examined
a number of works of travel. At length, in the second volume of such a
work published at Dublin in 1840, and entitled "Narrative of a voyage to
Madeira, Teneriffe, and along the shores of the Mediterranean, by W. R.
Wilde, M. R. I. A., &c," I came across a curious account of the discovery of
some human skulls in one of the ancient tombs near Jerusalem. §
During his sojourn in Jerusalem Dr. Wilde learned that within the ground
denominated Aceldama, or Field of Blood, (situated to the south of Mt. Sion,
.— — ^ — — — >
*See Catalogue of Human Crania, p. 28.
tSee Patterson's Memoir of Morton in Types of Mankind, p. xl.
JBlick auf den gegenwartigen Standpunkt der Ethnologie in Bezug auf die Gestalt des
Kncichernen Schadelgerustes. Von Prof A. Retzius, Berlin, 1857, p. 6.
I A short notice of these crania is also contained in the Edinburgh Phrenological
Journal, vol. 14, p. 217.
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 267
in the Valley of Hinnom, and close to the Mount of Offence,) and in the neigh-
borhood of the painted chambers and the excavation called the tomb of Isaiah,
some Arabs had accidentally discovered the doorway of a tomb carved out of
the solid rock and concealed by a heap of rubbish, over which the soil had
accumulated so as completely to hide the entrance. The doorway represented
a Doric pediment, supported by rude pilasters, with some remains of floral
embellishments, characteristic of Hebrew sculpture, carved upon the archi-
trave. The interior of the tomb consisted of an oblong hall, cut with great
precision out of the rock, and having at the inner end and on each side, a
number of doors leading into small, oblong chambers or crypts, about seven
feet long. On each side of these crypts was a trough or sarcophagus, hewn
out of the solid rock, and filled with confused heaps of human bones in an
astonishing state of preservation. Each set of crypts contained the skulls of
distinct races of mankind. Dr. Wilde secured four of these crania, carried
them to Europe, and through Dr. Graves of Dublin, sent casts of them to Dr.
Prichard for examination. All the crypts on the right hand side of the tomb
contained dense, heavy crania of a long, narrow form, with a flat, recedent
forehead, very well marked superciliary ridges, and a prognathous superior
maxilla. They evidently belonged to the African type. The skulls in the left
hand crypts were of a shape the very reverse, as shown in plate 2, fig. 4 of
Dr. Wilde's lithographic illustrations. " Although this skull," says the Dr.,
" differs in some respects from the true Mongolian, yet under that variety it
must be classed. Its most striking character is its very remarkable narrow-
ness in its longitudinal diameter, not only in contradistinction to the Ethio-
pian, which is characterised by extensive length, but in comparison with all
other known crania. It has an uncommon breadth aud flatness of the occipital or
posterior region ; and the very remarkable protuberance at the top of the head
gives this skull a place among those termed pyramidal." Dr. Prichard re-
garded this skull as of Turkish origin, approaching the true Mongolian type
more closely than any other. Dr. Wilde considers it probable that the skull
appertained to some of the Turcoman tribes which still wander in hordes over
the countries anciently named Parthia, Mesopotamia, Cappadocia and Pam-
phylia.
From the above description it will be seen that this skull resembles the
fragmentary cranium from Jerusalem. The two appear to belong to closely
related types or forms, as may be demonstrated by comparing the fragment
Tinder consideration with the drawing given by Dr. Wilde. The form shown
in the latter is not the true Turkish as Dr. Prichard supposed. Had he com-
pared Dr. Wilde's specimen, as I have Mr. Barclay's, with the skull of a Turk
figured by Blumenbach, (Table 2,) he would have seen that though alike in
the shortness of the longitudinal diameter, they are too dissimilar in the con-
figuration of the occiput to be regarded as specimens of the same cranial type.
It must be borne in mind, however, that Dr. Prichard frequently used the
term "Turkish" as synonymous with Mongolian. Into this too compre-
hensive use of the term he appears to have been betrayed, in consequence ot
having adopted the questionable opinion of Remusat, Klaproth and Ritter, that
the Turks are not a distinct people, ab origine, but descendants of the Hiong-
Nu, who, anterior to the Christian era, threatened to overrun and subjugate
China with their mighty hordes.* Domalius D'Halloyf and Latham} assign
to the Turks a Scythic origin. The latter expressly says that he considers the
Mongoliform physiognomy to be the rule with the Turk and not the exception,
and that the Turk of Turkey exhibits the exceptional character of his family.
I can find no good reason for thus confounding the Mongolians proper with the
» Nat Hist, of Man, p. 290.
tDes Races Humaines, Paris, 1845, p. 84.
t Varieties of Man, pp. 78-9.
1859.]
268 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Turks. Judging from the figure in Blumenbach's Decades, above alluded to,
the Turks are craniographically distinct from the Tartars and the Kalmucks,
and should he regarded, as I have elsewhere maintained,* as an originally
peculiar race, standing mid-way between the European and the Mongol, with
which they are transitionally connected by sub-types, which have resulted
from a double amalgamation on the part of the Turk, whose genealogical im-
purity we know to be very great. In the absence of Turkish crania in the
collection, I am not able to speak positively upon this subject. In the Museum
of the Army Medical Department, Fort Pitt, Chatham, England, there are two
skulls obtained from the Turkish burial ground at Scutari. These are de-
scribed by Dr. Williamson, in the following words : "No. 18. Cranium large,
round, and very capacious ; forehead high ; vertex high, and very well
arched ; occiput rounded ; space for the downward development of the cere-
bellum considerable ; nasal bones well arched. No. 19. Cranium very large
and capacious, and exceedingly well arched ; forehead high and broad ; vertex
high, and occiput well rounded ; facial bones well placed ; the alveolar pro-
cesses perpendicular, and the facial angle very high ; lachrymal canal large."!
The Turkish cranium is nearly globular, and though the external, occipital
protuberance is but little developed, yet the occiput as a whole is rounded,
and not vertically flattened as in Dr. Wilde's specimen, and the fragment
found by Mr. Barclay. The latter is therefore not Turkish. Neither is it
Jewish, for the Semitic skull, judging from the specimens in the collection of
the Academy, is a long oval in form. Thus No. 842, the skull of a Theban
Hebrew, aetat. 40 years, X belongs to the dolicho-kephalic class of Retzius. The
crown is oval in shape, and the occiput regularly rounded. Nos. 818, 845,
865 and 870 exhibit the same general form, as may be seen by referring to the
lithographic representations of these skulls in the Crania ^Egyptiaca of Mor-
ton.^ No. 807|| is an oblong and somewhat angular head, with a perceptible
flatness of the basal portion of the occiput, which renders the occipital protu-
berance apparently more prominent than in the other skulls of this group.
No. 879, ^ though preserving the oval configuration, is not so long a head as
the others. In the 28th and 34th Tables of the Decades Craniorum, Blumen-
bach figures two Jewish skulls, — one of a young person and the other of a
centenarian. Unfortunately they are represented neither in profile nor in
posterior view, and it is impossible, therefore, to determine satisfactorily the
shape of the occipital region, or even the general form of the skull. In de-
scribing the physical characters of the Semitic Atlantidse, (Arabians, Jews and
Kaldani or Syrians of Kurdistan,) Latham says that these people possess
" dolikhokephalic capacious crania, with straight or prominent nasal and
orthognathic maxillary profiles."** In another place he says that the cranium
of the Jew differs from that of the Arab in its greater capacity.ft Dr. Wil-
liamson describes a " Skull from the Jews' burial ground, on the road to Kolla-
lie," in the following terms : " Forehead low and and receding ; posterior part
of the cranium large compared to the anterior ; superciliary ridge high and
* Cranial Characteristics of the Races of Men in Indigenous Races of the Earth,
Philada., 1857, pp. 273-4.
t Observations on the Human Crania contained in the Museum of the Army Medical
Department, Fort Pitt, Chatham. By George Williamson, M. D. Dublin, 1857, p. 80.
X Figured in Crania ./Egyptiaca, Plate 11, fig. 2: This drawing very accurately repre-
sents the skull in question. The reduced wood-cut in the Catalogue of Human Crania
in the Collection of the Academy, (p. 34) is an inexact copy of this drawing The outline
of ihe posterior part of the head is drawn inaccurately.
6 Plate 5, fig. 4 ; pi. 12. figs. 1, 2 ; pi. 6, fig. 2 ; pi. 6, fig. 8.
II Pi. 2, fig. 8.
If PI. 8, fig. 2-
** Nat. Hist, of the Varieties of Man, London, 1850, p. 511.
■ft Ibid, p. 514.
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 269
very prominent ; nasal bones arched with a depression at their root.* Hamil-
ton Smith on the other hand speaks of the "beautiful spherical cranium of
the Jews, as fine as the Arabian or Circassian ;"f and in a recent work on the
Condition of Women and Children among the Celtic, Gothic and other nations, it is
asserted that the "Jews have, generally speaking, crania like the Saxons and
Goths — short and broad," p. (69). This statement is certainly erroneous.
The Jewish crania in the Academy's collection are, as we have just seen, long
and ovoidal, with a comparatively receding forehead, and as Morton long ago
observed, a strong and often harsh development of the whole facial structure.
In his interesting work, entitled Discoveries in the Ruins of Nineveh and Baby-
lon, Layard figures a bas-relief disinterred from Sennacherib's palace at Kou-
yunjik, and representing certain Jewish captives from Lachish. "These cap-
tives," he says, "were undoubtedly Jews, their physiognomy was strikingly
indicated in the sculptures." A glance at these figures is sufficient to show
that they belong, not to the short, but the long-headed races of men. The Jews
are justly classed, therefore, by Retzius among the Asiatic Dolichokephalse.t
The Arab skulls in the collection, with the exception of No. 780, are entire-
ly different from the fragment under consideration. No. 129(3 is an oval,
dolicho-kephalic head. No. 781 is an oblong head with the occipital region
flattened superiorly, as in the Norwegian and Swedish§ skulls, and the oc-
cipital protuberance quite prominent. No. 784 is a long head approximating
the oval form. Behind the mastoid processes it is quite broad, and the oc-
cipital region is full and rounded. No. 780 is a shorter head than the other.
The crown exhibits the triangular form of that of the fragments from Jerusa-
lem, but the triangle is longer. The occiput though flattened is not so de-
cidedly flat as in the fragment.
This fragment differs also entirely from the Fellah skulls in the collection,
not only in length but also in the configuration of the crown and the occiput.
Upon comparing it with the series of Egyptian skulls, I find that we cannot
ascribe to it an Egyptian origin. It is a curious fact, however, and one worthy
of mention in this connection, that among the figures in Crania JEgyptica,
selected from Rosellini's great work by Dr. Morton to illustrate the Egyptian
type of head, there are several which I am strongly inclined to think are not
at all Egyptian. Two of these (Fig. 4, p. 34, and Fig. 3, p. 35) are evidently
brachykephalic heads. In both, the hind head is vertically flattened. The
former resembles the square or round-headed German, the latter calls to mind
the Peruvian form. The first outline is that of the Harper in Bruce's tomb at
Thebes ; the second is a cook, who in the tomb of Rameses the Fourth, at
Thebes, is represented with many others in the active duties of his vocation.
Before proceeding further in the attempt to determine the race to which the
Jerusalem skull belongs, it will be-useful to enumerate the very different races
of men that have at different times occupied Jerusalem and its vicinity.
From the Acts of the Apostles we learn that during the first century pf the
Christian era, there were assembled at Jerusalem, besides the Jews, Parthians,
Medes, Elamites, Mesopotamians, Judeans, Cappadocians, natives of Pontus,
Asia, Phrygia, Pamphylia, Egypt, Libya about Cyrene, Rome, Crete and
Arabia. Long after this we know that crowds of pilgrims were attracted to
Jerusalem " from the shores of the Atlantic Ocean, and the most distant coun-
tries of the East." Among these pilgrims, Jerome, cited by Gibbon, || mentions
the Britons and the Indians. Three centuries later, (A. D. 614,) the Holy
* Op. Cit. p. 80.
tNat Hist of the Human Species. Amer. Edit. p. 377.
iOpusc. cit. sup. p. 9. .
I See Catalogue of Human Crania, pp. 19, 20. Also Cranial Characteristics of the
Races of Men in Indigenous Races, pp. 290, 291.
|| Decline and Fall of ihe Roman Empire. Chap. 23.
1859.]
270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
City fell into the hands of the Persian King Chosroes II. In 637 it was con-
quered by the Saracens, and again became a resort for pilgrims from various
parts of the old world. Then it was under the sway of the house of Seljuk ;
the Turcomans under Ortok having hereditary command of the city and neigh-
boring territory. At length Ortok was driven out by the Egyptians, who in
their turn yielded the possession of the holy city to the Crusaders under God-
frey of Bouillon. From the time of Godfrey down to the fall of Acre and the
cessation of the Crusades in 1291, a period of some 200 years, the City of the
Great King and all Palestine became the sanguinary arena in which the natives
of Great Britain, Frenchmen, Flemings, Belgians, Normans, Scandinavian
cruisers from the Baltic, Bavarians, Bohemians, Caiinthians, Piedmontese,
Styrians, Genoese, South Italians, &c, on the one hand, contended with Mus-
sulmen, Mamelukes and the Kharizmian horde from Mongolia on the other,
for the possession of the Holy Sepulchre.
Two interesting questions here present themselves. Does this skull belong
to any of the races of men, which in successive waves have swept over and
occupied, for varying periods of time, the Holy City and surrounding country?
Is it possible to indicate the race of which the peculiar form of skull before us
is the cranial type ? Following the method of exclusion, the only philosophi-
cal method available in researches of this kind, where the positive criteria or
data for determining a diagnosis are wanting, I have already shown that we
can safely affirm that the skull in question is neither Jewish, Arabian, Egyp-
tian ancient or modern, nor Turkish. With equal safety we may say that it
is not Roman in its origin or affiliation. For Blumenbach figures the skull of
a Roman praatorian soldier (Tab. 32) given to him by the Cardinal Borgia.
The configuration of this skulls differs from the Jerusalem fragment. " Pro-
tuberantia occipitalis externa latissima et ingenter eminens " are the words
employed by Blumenbach in describing the hind head of the former. Both
Sandifort* and Martinf speak of the broad forehead of the Roman skull, and
Retzius,J in describing such a skull found in an ancient cemetry at York, also
alludes to the ' ' broad and well arched forehead, and the broad, rounded oc-
ciput and prominent occipital protuberance," features not found in the Jeru-
salem fragment. Finally Dr. Thurnam,§ in his description of the skull of Theo-
dorianus, found in a Roman sarcophagus at York, (the ancient Eburacum,) tells
us that ' ' the forehead, though low, is remarkable f >r breadth ; that the coronal
surface presents an oval outline, and is notable for its great transverse diame-
ter : and that the occipital bone is full and prominent, especially in its upper
half. None of these characters are exhibited by the fragment before us.
Is this fragment a Persian head ? In the Persian skull figured in Tab. 35
of Blumenbach's Decades the occiput is truncated or perpendicularly flattened.
In this respect it resembles the Jerusalem fragment. But when we turn to
the Persian heads in the Academy's collection we find that they present a
rounded occiput. Here then a difficulty occurs at once, as to the normal
occipital form of the Persian head. Is there one form which is constant and
typical or not ? From a general survey of the configuration of the occiput in
the various races of men, I am constrained to answer this question in the
negative. Only by means of a very large number of native Persian crania can
we determine this point. The flatness of the occiput in Blumenbach's Persian
skull may or may not be an accidental and unusual feature. Whether it is
or not there are differences between the two skulls now under consideration
sufficient to assign them to different races. In the Jerusalem skull the whole
hind-head is so flattened that it extends but a short distance behind the
•Tab Cran. divsrsar. Nationum, p. 1.
t Man and Monkeys, p 223.
\ Kraniologisches in Muller's Archiv fiir Anat., Phys., &c. Jahr, 1849, p. 576.
J Crania Britannica.
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 2?1
meatus. In the cranium figured by Blumenbach only the extreme portion of the
occipital region is flattened, and there is much more of the head projecting back
of the bony meatus. We may conclude, therefore, that the fragment does not
belong to the Persic type.
Of the cranial characteristics of some of the races mentioned in the 2d
chapter of the Acts of the Apostles, I have not been able to find any record
whateyer. The materials, therefore, for determining positively, by the method
of exclusion, the race to which our Jerusalem fragment belongs do not exist.
The various races of men occupying from the earliest times the ancient Ionia
or Asia Minor and the table lands of Persia and Armenia, constituted a very
heterogeneous population, in which Cushite, Shemitic, Arian and Turanian
ethnic elements appear to be inextricably blended. Much uncertainty pre-
vails among ethnographers as to the distinctive physical characters of these
different races. The national types of the Medes and Parthians are not cer-
tainly known. These people are generally ranked among the Turanians,
Scythians, or Turk-Tartars ; while the Persians, by nearly all chronologists
and philologists are looked upon as true Japetidse. Mesopotamia appears to
have been occupied from the remotest epoch by both Shemitic and Arian races.
Renan, guided by philological data, considers the bulk of the population to
be Shemitic* To the Elamites Polybius and Strabo ascribe a northern origin.
Josephus considers them to be the," ancestors of the Persians." Certainly in
the first Maccabees, Persia and Persepolis are both called Elam. Lenormant,
Quatremere, Movers and others consider the Elamites to be a people cognate
if not identical with the Persians. On the other hand Lowensternf thinks tha'
the primitive Elamites were of Shemitic origin, and that in more recent times
their ethnic characters were altered by intermixture with Scythic conquerors.
It matters not which of these two theories we adopt. For as the Barclay skull
differs from both Persian and Shemitic crania, it follows that in all probability
it differs equally from the Elamitic skull.
The natives of Pontus were the Tibareni and affiliated tribes on the south-
east of the Black Sea in the neighborhood of Colchis. The Tibarenians of
Herodotus, according to Dubois, J are the Georgians of the present day. If so,
the Jerusalem skull never belonged to a " native of Pontus."
If the Guanche skull in the collection represents truly the form of the
Libyan or Berber head, the Jerusalem cranium cannot be considered as a speci-
men of that race ; — for the skull of the Guanche is a long oval, terminated
posteriorly by a protuberant occiput. In the Museum of the ' ' Carolinischen
Institut " at Stockholm, there are four Guanche skulls, which Prof. Retzius
speaks of as " grosse, geranmige, ovale Schiidel, sehr denen der Araber
gleichend." In the anatomical Museum " de lEcole de Mt-decine de Paris"
there is a skull of a Kabyle woman. From the reference made to it by Br.
Gosse it appears to be a long, narrow skull. § According to Furnari, however,
the Berber cranium is " globuleux et conique en arriere."||
According to Klaproth the Parthians were cognate with the Getae, Massagetac,
and other tribes generally included by the ancient writers under the vague
and comprehensive term Scythian.^ Strabo calls them Carduchi, i. e. in-
habitants of Curdistan. Pulszky says, "The Parthians were probably not
Persians proper, but an unartistical Turanian tribe, held in subjection by the
earlier Persians under their Achaemenian kings, which, in its turn, revolting
♦Histoire Generate et Systeme Compare des Langues Semiliques. 1 ere Partie Par,?
1855. Li v. I. Chap. II. §11.
t Revue Archeologique, 1850, pD. 677-723.
t Voyage aut'ur du Caucase, Paris, 1840, IV. 321. 328.
jJEssai sur les Deformations Artificielles du Crane. Paris, 1855, p. 59.
H Voyage medical dans 1' AroSrique Septentrionale. Paris, 1815, t. 1, p. 23
JTab. Hist, de l'Asie. p. 40.
1859.] 20
272 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
from the yoke, ruled the Persians above four centuries."* Judging from the
portraits of the 1st, 5th, 12th and 19th Arsaces, on their silver coins in the
British Museum, the form of the Parthian skull must have been round or
globular, f
Herodotus and Eudoxus, among the ancients, and Renan, % Gosche, § Knobelli
and others, among the moderns, consider the Phrygians to be closely affiliated
to the Armenians. This opinion is based upon purely linguistic considerations.
There are reasons, however, for thinking that these two people were not cranio-
graphically alike. Both Potocki and Dubois regarded the Phrygians as of Ger-
jnanic origin. Hamilton Smith also speaks of them as a Getic clan. Among the
five characteristic types of man exhibited in the bas-reliefs on the tomb of King
Darius Hystaspes, excavated in the mountain Rachmend near Persepolis, there
is a Lydian wearing a Phrygian cap, and "representing the mixed population of
Asia Minor — a modification of the Arian type by the infusion of foreign blood
— Iranian, Scythian and Shemitish interminglings.^" The head is short and
rounded. This is true also of a head of a Lycaonian warrior from a monu-
ment of Iconium, in the south-western part of ancient Phrygia. Renan,
Movers and Knobel seem inclined to think that the ancient inhabitants of
Pamphylia were of Phoenician origin. But the Phoenician, like the Shemitic
skull, is dolicho-kephalic. Hence if the opinion of these gentlemen be well
grounded, the short-headed Jerusalem fragment is not Pamphylian.
From these statements it will be seen that the Parthians, Phrygians, and
perhaps also the Cappadocians and Cretans belong, in common with the Scla-
vonians, Finns, Turks, Kalmucks, &c, to the same short-headed group of
crania to which must be assigned our Jerusalem skull. Of the exact form of
their heads, however, lean obtain no satisfactory information. The affilia-
tions of the Jerusalem skull must be sought in this direction. But the attempt
to determine its exact place in the ethnographic scale is still further compli-
cated by the question of deformation. Is it a deformed skull ? It is not easy
to answer this question positively. Deformed or distorted skulls are referrible,
as regards the cause of distortion, to three classes, viz : 1st. Skulls artificially
deformed by bandages, &c; 2d. Skulls posthumously distorted in consequence
of interstitial changes produced by the combined influence of pressure and
moisture ; and 3d. Skulls naturally or congenitally deformed in consequence
of obliteration by synostosis of some one of the sutures, this obliteration taking
place during intra-uterine or early extra-uterine life and by presenting a point
of resistance, causing the brain and with it the calvarial bones to be un-
duly developed in certain directions, as has been very clearly shown by Dr.
Humphry Minchin, of Dublin.** Now a careful inspection of the Jerusalem
skull shows that no synostosis either of the lambdoidal or the posterior part of
the sagittal suture can be pointed out. The occipital and parietal bones have
been developed in the usual manner and from ossific points of ordinary num-
ber and location. The sutures mentioned though nearly consolidated have
not been obliterated. The deformation is, therefore, not congenital. It is not
posthumous, for if it were, the sutures would in all probability gap, and not
admit of coaptation, and the head would be asymmetrical. We may conclude
then that the head has been artificially deformed, by pressure strongly, evenly
* Indigenous Races of the Earth, " Iconographic Researches on Human Races and
their Art," p, 151.
tlbid, pp. 170-171.
X Op. Git., p; 44.
§De Ariana lingua? gentisque armeniaca? indole. Berlin, 1847.
|| Die Vrelkertafel der Genesis, p. 98.
H Iconographic Researches, p. 151.
** Contributions to Craniology. Dublin, 1856.
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273
and continuously applied to the occipital region during growth. Formerly the
custom of distorting the head was supposed to be confined to the American abo-
rigines. It is now known to have prevailed in various parts of the old world as
well as in the new. The Jerusalem skull is a strongly marked, perhaps I may
say, an exaggerated example of the Tste deprimee par de'rridre, of Dr. Gosse, of
Geneva. This excellent craniographer divides all artificially deformed skulls
into sixteen classes. In the fifteenth he places occipitally flattened crania.
Besides the Peruvian and other aboriginal Americans, the Tahitians, accord-
ing to Ellis,* and the natives of the Nicobar Isles, according to Nicolas Fon-
tana,f were in the habit of flattening the heads of their children in this
manner. Insfeld, cited by Soemmering, t says of the Kalmucks, "quadratum
formam appetunt. " We learn from Vesalius that occipital deformation was
practiced in his time by certain German tribes. " Germani, " he writes, ' ' vero
compresso plerumque occipite et lato capite spectantur, quod pueri in cunis
dorso semper incumbant, ac manibus fere citra fasciarum usum, cunarum
lateribus utrinque alliguntur." Hence, the term tete carree applied to. the
Germans. Vesalius also writes of the Tnrks : "Turcarum capite globi fere
iniaginem exprimunt, ad hanc quoque obstetricibus nonnunquam magna ma-
trum sollicitudine opem ferentibus." The Tahitian and Nicobarian crania
being dolichokephalic, we may, on this account, as well as for obvious geo-
graphical reasons, set them aside, as we have already the Turks, in our at-
tempts to determine the nationality of the Jerusalem skull. We thus limit
ourselves to a choice between the Mongols, Germans, Peruvians, and, for rea-
sons presently to be stated, the Sclavonians, and a certain brachykephalic
race, cranial specimens of which have been found in the Catacombs of Paris,
by the late Dr. Harlan, and placed in the Academy's collection by his son.
One of the latter, No. 664, bears much resemblance to the Barclay skull. The
two, however, are by no means, identical in form. For the forehead in No.
664 is broader in proportion to the bind-head than in the Jerusalem skull ; the
crown in the former is consequently less triangular, and the occiput, though
flattened in the same way, is not so decidedly and broadly flattened. The
crown of our Jerusalem fragment more closely resembles that of a Sclavonian
head from Olmutz, No. 1251 of the collection. The calvaria in both is trian-
gular in shape, but more elevated at the junction of the sagittal and coronal
sutures in the Sclavonian than in the skull from Palestine. The occipital region
in the latter is globular, and has not been subjected to the flattening process.
Nevertheless, if it had been vertically flattened by art, we can weli imagine
that it would have strikingly resembled the Jerusalem skull. The Sclavic
skull from Morlack, in Dalmatia, exhibits an oblong coronal region. The
shape of the crown in the short-headed German type (such as seen in Nos. 37
and 1063) is a rounded square. In the German head, No. 706, the crown is
triangular, but that part at the junction of the sagittal and coronal su-
tures, is very much arched, and in this respect is unlike the Jerusalem frag-
ment. In the long-headed Germans the crown forms a broad oval. The Jeru-
salem skull very closely resembles the cast of a Burat Mongol head, No. 1355
of the collection. It also resembles the Kalmuck skull, No.1553, though less
decidedly. In the brachykephalic Burat head there is the same triangular
crown, narrow ' at the forehead and broad between the parietal bosses ; the
same moderate fulness of the centre of the dome, and the same symmetry.
Had the occiput been flattened the forms of the two crania would have been
identical. As it is, the occipital region projects but a short distance behind
the foramen magnum, so that very little compression would be necessary to
* Polynesian Researches, London, 1831, vol. 1, p. SO.
t Asiatic Researches, London, 1799. vol. 3, p. 151.
tDe Corp. Human. Fab. Traject ad Mosnum, 1794, ], 62.
1859.]
-74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
give to it the occipital form of the skull from Jerusalem. The absence of th«
truncated occiput in the only specimen of the Burat type in the collection need
not deter us from referring the Barclay fragment to this type. I have already
noticed the fact that the Kalmucks were in the habit of giving a square form to
The head. This practice was confined to male children. Females were for the
most part exempt from it, and consequently retained the form of head given
to them by nature. It is curious to observe that the Burat cast has every ap-
pearance of being the cast of a female skull — of one, therefore, which has
escaped compression. As if to confirm the reference here made of the Jeru-
salem skull to the Burat cranial type, I may say, that after the above lines
had been written, I received a copy of Dr. Latham's " Descriptive
Rthnology, " published during the current year. In the first volume, when
describing the Mongolian physiognomy, he alludes to my description of the
only Kalmuck skull in tbe Academy's collection, and quoting Blumenbach's
epithets, says that the cranial collection in the Berlin Museum, the largest he
has seen, verifies these epithets. He says farther, that " the base of some of
the Burat crania, and the truncation of the occiput, are in some cases inordinate.' :'
(p. 339.) I find additional confirmation of the ideas here advocated in a pos-
teriorly flattened skull brought to the Academy, within a few days past, by Mr.
J. H. Slack, who informs me that it belonged to the collection of Prof. Wein-
land, and was found upon the battle- field of Balaklava. Though labelled
Cossack, it is undoubtedly of Mongolian origin. In many respects it is analo-
gous to the Kalmuck skull No. 1553 of the collection, but unlike this latter it
has the occiput flattened. The Cossacks, it will be remembered, are a mixed
people, made up chiefly of Sclavonians, Turks and Mongols, the latter ethnh
element predominating.
The Jerusalem skull resembles Nos. 85, 87, 450, 688, 752, 1232, 1458, 1459,
1464, 1473, 1481, 1493, 1495, 1504, 1509, 230, 497, and others of the Peruvian
group. The former is, however, not identical in conformation with the latter.
Nearly all these Peruvian skulls are irregularly distorted, and in most of them
the sinciput appears to have been compressed as well as the occiput. Although
distorted by -the same means, and in general outline very much alike, yet
they differ to some extent from each other in the shape of the crown, and even
in' the extent and direction of the occipital flatness. Except in the fact that
the Burat and Kalmuck skulls are not artificially flattened as the Barclay
cranium has evidently been, these three resemble each other more closely
than the latter does the Peruvian. Nevertheless, the short-headed and occi-
pitally flattened Peruvian skulls and our Jerusalem fragment are referrible
to, the same type, or at least to types so closely related that it requires careful
examination to discriminate between them. Are we justified on this account
in regarding the cranium from Jerusalem as a Peruvian skull? I think not.
To refer a skull to its formal type is not the same as referring it to its appro-
priate race, nation or tribe. Two skulls of the same type may belong to very
different races. This fact is involved in a curious law of homoiokephalio re-
presentation, which has been entirely overlooked by craniographers, and the
neglect of which has in several instances, led to very curious mistakes. The
ancient Avarian skull found at G-rafonegg, in Austria, by Count Von Brauner,
so closely resembled some of the elongated and cylindrically compressed Peru-
vian skulls, that Von Tschudi declared it to be of Peruvian origin, and sup-
posed that it had been brought over from Peru to Austria with other collections.
Prof. Retzius, with greater diagnostic skill, pointed out certain differential
characters which were overlooked or regarded as of no importance by Von
Tschudi, and pronounced the skull to be indigenous to Europe and to have
belonged to the Avarians. This opinion, which at first gained no support,
was afterwards proven to be correct by the discovery of similar skulls at
. Atsgersdorf, near Vienna, in Austria, at the village of St. Romain in Savoy,
and in the valley of the Doubs, not far from Mandeuse. Fitzinger, Troyon,
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275
(losse and Duvernoy examined these crania and e mfirmed the opinion of
Retzius. The first mentioned observer has shown that they resemble in every
particular certain crania found in the Crimea and described by Rathke and
Meyer.* To refer the Barclay fragment to the Peruvian race would he to re-
peat the mistake of Von Tschudi.
Thus, then, from the foregoing details we may conclude quite posi-
tively that the skull found by Mr. Barclay is neither that of a Jew, Arab,
Egyptian, Fellah, Turk, Roman, Persian, Elamite, Tibarenian nor Libyan.
Reasons have also been adduced opposing the ascription to it of a Peruvian
origin.
It may have belonged to the Parthians, Phrygians, Mesopotamians, Cap-
padocians or Cretans, in so far as these are representatives of the so-called
Turanian type. The craniographic data necessary to determine this point
satisfactorily are almost entirely wanting.
It is, in all probability, either a Mongolian or a Sclavonian skull. In som«
respects it resembles both, in some respects it differs from both. Hence the
difficulty of determining between the two, — a difficulty increased by the fact
that these two cranial forms or types are themselves closely related, and pos-
sess features in common, and that the differential characters by which they
are distinguished reside chiefly in the facial and basal bones, parts which are
wanting in the Jerusalem fragment. The latter, however, as we have seen,
resembles more closely the Burat cranial form than that of the Moravian variety
of the Sclavic. It resembles the former more strikingly perhaps than any
other head in the collection that has not been deformed. Still it may approx-
imate just as closely the head of a Tschek, Wend, Slovack, Croat, Serbian,
Pole or any other representative of the great Sarmatian stock. I cannot make
the necessary comparisons to determine this point, for the Academy's collection
contains no specimens of these transitionary races. I say transitionary, for
through these Sclavonian tribes the brachykephalse of Europe graduate into
the brachykephalse of Asia. To be more precise, I may say, indeed, that an
attentive consideration of the Burat skull type leads me to the belief that the
short- headed races of Eastern Europe graduate into the Kalmucks and Mongols
proper of Asia through the Sclaves and Burats of Lake Baikal. The latter
people, judging from the cast in the Academy's collection, belong to a typ«
somewhat higher in the human cranial scale than the Mongolian. According
to Tchihatcheff, they manifest more aptitude for civilization than the purt*
Mongolian tribes.
The type of the Burat head being displayed in the fragment from Jeru-
salem, I refer the latter provisionally to the people and the region about Lake
Baikal.
This opinion is announced not as a positive and indisputable conclusion,
but as an approximation to the truth, — an approximation, moreover, whoso
scientific value is necessarily as incomplete as the facts upon which it is based
are limited.
From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that neither occipital nor calva-
rial characters per se, are as valuable as is generally thought by craniographerti
in determining the race to which any particular skull belongs. In like man-
ner basal, facial or lateral characters, taken singly, will not be sufficient to de-
termine the type of a skull. This type is found neither in the base, nor in
the dome, neither in the occiput nor the sinciput alone. To a great extent it
resides in the sutures, and is determined partly by the number and location
of the ossific centres, and the rapidity with which development proceeds from
such foci, and partly by the extent and direction of this development. During
*See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vii.405; compare also Fitzinger's Kssay " Ueberdie ScbZdel
der Avaren " Wien, 1853: and Retzius* " Blick auf den gegenwiiriigen >-i.uid;;ui)|>t der
Kthnologie,"' Berlin. 18£i7, pp. 42, 43.
IS 59.]
276 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
the centuries that have elapsed, since man first appeared upon the surface of
the earth, the ethnical peculiarities which appear to have originally charac-
terised the laws of cranial development in the different races of men, have
become so masked or modified by hybrid interminglings of varied degree
and kind, that the great principle of the correlation of forms is scarcely availa-
ble in inferring from one or more fragments of a skull the typical form of that
skull. Cuvier, the discoverer of this important principle of palaeontology,
regarded every organized being as a whole, whose different parts correspond to
each other in such a manner that none can change without the others changing
also. Consequently, to him not only each part, but each fragment of apart, ap-
peared to be the index of all the others. He asserted that not only the class,
but the order, the genus, and even the species are expressed in the form of each
part, in the smallest apophysis, the smallest bony facet. Guided by this teleo-
iogical principle, the sagacious Cuvier, from the examination of a single tooth,
was enabled to announce the character of the entire skeleton of an extinct reptile.
The jaw bone and teeth of an extinct species of animal then unknown (Phascolo-
Iherium Bucklandii) he correctly ascribed to a marsupial quadruped allied to the
opossum. In like manner the fragment of a fossil femur, found in New Zealand,
was referred by Prof. Owen to an extinct genus of tridactyle Struthious birds.
The correctness of this reference was afterwards attested by the discovery of
numerous remains of several species of this genus. So also, Prof. Leidy, fol-
lowing the same great law of the harmonization of forms, was enabled to as-
sign the fragment of a fossil molar tooth, from Missouri Territory, to a species
of rhinoceros. Subsequently, he received from the same place fragments of
the maxillae and cranium of this species sufficient to confirm positively his
opinion. Still more recently he referred a fragment of the anterior portion of
a fossil upper jaw, from the valley of the Niobrara river, to a species of camel,
and this reference was confirmed by the discovery of an entire jaw of the ani-
mal bearing the peculiar hook-like process, which differentiates it from all
other ruminants.
But, though the palaeontologist and comparative anatomist can, from minute
fragments of bone, reconstruct many of the extraordinary species of animals
that flourished in earlier geological epochs, yet the student of human cranio-
graphy can seldom, with any certainty, indicate from a fragment the type and
race of a skull. The palaeontologist is assisted to his conclusions by the law
of co-existing elements or harmony of forms, and when this fails, as it does
at times, and as it occasionally did even in the hands of its illustrious dis-
coverer, he can resort to the comparison of the fossil remains he may be study-
ing with the similar parts of animals now existing. The craniographer cannot
avail himself of this law of correlation. The existence of numerous transi-
tionary forms, partly natural, partly hybrid, occupying places between the
leading, typical stocks, and causing these latter to graduate into each other,
in some instances almost insensibly ; the difficulty of distinguishing between
natural and hybrid sub-types ; the existence of artificially deformed crania
among different races in both hemispheres, some of them being purely arbi-
trary or conventional, and some of them imitations of natural but little known
forms, all constitute serious obstacles to the practical application of this law
to human crania. A still greater difficulty, moreover, is found in the fact
that, in its practical working, this law is seen to be more generic than specific.
In other words it differentiates genera better than species ; species better than
varieties. With the latter, though theoretically true, it is practically valueless.
Cuvier himself was unable to point out specific osteological differences between
the lion and tiger, the horse and ass, the dog and wolf, the leopard, panther, wild
and domestio cats, &c. Pie was unable, consequently, to satisfy himself of the
precise organic form or specific type to which the fossil representatives of these
species belonged. Even, in regard to living species, Cuvier acknowledged that
" La classe des poissons est de toutes, celle qui offre le plus de difficultils quand
[Sept.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 277
onveutlasubdiviserenordresd'apresdescaracteresfixesetsensibles.''* Never-
theless, it is well known that Agassiz, abandoning the Cuvierian method of com-
paring animals by their organs, and adopting Bichat's scheme of comparing the
tissues of oryans instead, was enabled to reconstruct the fishes of tbe fossil
world by noting carefully the characteristics of their tegumentary membrane.
If it be true, indeed, for the animal world at large, as maintained by Knox,
that specific characters are in the main external ; and that the anatomy of the
interior leads to higher considerations than the mere determination of species ;
and if it be true, that, on this account, the law of correlation so often fails in
its application to species, still more should it fail when used as a means of
diagnosticating human crania from each other. For a serial unity of form is
here more manifest than in the animal "world proper, and this unity has
become still more apparent under the combined influence of civilization and
hybridity. In long periods of time civilization appears to be capable of
modifying human cranial forms to a slight though appreciable extent. Hy-
bridity, by introducing intermediate or transitionary forms, gives to osteological
characters, originally differential, an uncertain or fluctuating value. Natural-
ists are not agreed whether the carnivora of the fossil world were identical
with the lions, tigers, panthers, leopards, &c, of the present time, or were
specifically distinct from these. They are not yet decided whether all the
species of the present fauna of this continent are distinct from those found
fossil in the post-pliocene deposits of South Carolina or not. They find that
the teeth and bones of the living rabbit, raccoon, opossum, deer, elk, hog,
dog, sheep, ox and horse, cannot be distinguished anatomically from similar
remains found in these deposits, and they are consequently at a loss whether
to regard the former as the direct descendants of the latter, or entirely distinct
from them ; and this, too, notwithstanding that the fossil specimens are found
associated with the remains of animals positively known to be extinct, — such
as mastodon, megatherium, hipparion, &c.f They are not agreed whether the
fossil horse resembled the quagga, the zebra, the dzigguetai, the domestic
horse, or an animal wholly and specifically distinct from all these. Agassiz
"entertains doubts respecting the unity of origin of the domesticated horse. "j
According to Knox, the fossil horse belongs to no species of this animal now
living. § Prof. Owen finding that one of the teeth of a certain fossil horse is
6omeWhat more curved than the corresponding tooth of the recent horse,
declares the former to be a distinct species, and names it Equus curvidens.
Prof. Leidy is persuaded that many remains of an extinct species of horse,
from the post-pliocene of this country, are undistinguishable from the recent
one. The specimens of teeth of this animal, which he has had the oppor-
tunity of exhibiting, present so much difference in condition of preservation
or change in structure ; so much variation in size, from that of the more
ordinary horse to the largest English dray horse ; and so much variableness
in constitution, from that of the recent horse to the most complex condition
belonging to any extinct, species described, that it would be about as easy, he
thin ! s, to indicate a h If dozen species as it would two. || So it is with the varied
cranial forms displayed in the great natural family — man. Of human crania, it
is just as easy, indeed, I think it is easier — to make twenty-seven races, types,
permanent varieties, or species — call them what you will — as it is to make
any less number — so very mobile, so very elastic is the fundamental plan or
structural type of the human skull. The uncertainty which surrounds the
definition of the species of the genus Equus, exists also in connection with the
*Regne Animale, 1, ii p. 28.
fSec Proceedings Acad Nat. Sci., July 1859, p. 184.
{See hi* letter addressed to Prof. Holmes, in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., July 1859, p. 18f.
^Introduction to Inquiries into the Philosophy of Zoology, in London Lancet, for
October, 1855, p. 275.
||Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., July, 1859, p. 182,
1859.J
278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
genera bos, ovis, capra, ursus, canis, felis, sua, and other extant natural
families, repr sentative remains of which- have been found in strata apper-
taining to geological epochs anterior to our own. Difference of species for Ursus
maritimuS and Ursus Americanus could not be predicated upon tbe skulls
only of these animals. The crania of Felis canadensis, F. concolor, F. chaly-
beata, &c, in the Museum of the Academy, are identical in form and dentition
with the skull of F. tigris. So, also, the skulls of Canis lupus, and C. familiaris
are identical with each other. I doubt if there is the anatomist living who
from the study of one or several bones of the head of one of the above
mentioned species, could unerringly refer them to their proper species.
Still less, if the animal were extinct, could they restore the species. To their
appropriate genus these bones might be restored, and this genus might
be reconstructed, but nothing more. So, also, supposing the Jew, the
Gipsey, and the Eskimo, all long-headed people, were extinct, I feel very cer-
tain that no ethnologist could, from their crania alone, restore the distinctive,
ethnic features of these people, — the prominent, unmistakable nose and mouth
of the first, the long, dark and squinting eyes, and narrow radix nasi of the
second, the stunted form and flat,, lozenge-face of the last. On the other hand
suppose the Finn, the Lapp, the Turk and the Sclav, all long-headed people,
were among the past and gone. Then the problem would be, if anything, still
more difficult. For these crania resemble each other much more closely than
do those of the Eskimo, Gipsey and Jew. If we were to contrast the skull of
an Eskimo with that of a Sclav or a Turk, or thesku'l of a Gipsey or Jew with
that of a Finn or Lapp we should soon discover that there were greater differ-
ences between the crania thus compared, than between the different species
of Ursus, or of Canis, or of Felis. The most striking difference is to be found
;n the length or antero-posterior dimensions of the two classes of skulls. Upon
this feature, indeed, Retzius has founded his two groups of human crania —
the dolichokephalic and brachykephalic. But this difference in length is ac-
companied by other characters, some of which though less striking to the
ordinary observer, are not the less valuable and distinctive, in an ethnical
point of view. If all skulls were either long or short the craniographer might
readily refer any particular skull submitted to his inspection to one or other
of these two classes. But there are many crania which are shorter than the
so-called " long skulls," and yet longer than the so-called "short skulls."
These constitute a class intermediate between the dolichokephala? and brachy-
kephala?, into which they graduate on either hand so insensibly that they are
separable from them by no trenchant lines. A skull having been placed
among the dolichokephalae, or it may be among the brachykephalse, it is still
as far from being minutely classified as the head of a dog which has been
located in a group called simply "Canis." It may be orthognathic or prog-
nathic, it may be square-, oblong-, oval-, or lozenge-faced ; it may have an oval,
triangular or square crown. In many skulls these features may be, and, in-
deed, are, variously combined. Individual crania of the same group not
unfrequently exhibit these features differently combined. On the other hand
two skulls closely resembling each other may belong to distinct races differing
in general appearance, in language, in habits, in intellectual and instinctive
traits. Contrast, for example, the skull of a Graeco-Egyptian, No. 837 of the
collection, with that of an ancient Swede, No. 1249. These heads differ no
more from each other, than they respectively do from the other specimens of
the groups to which they severally belong. Upon our side of the Atlantio the
Swedsh crania find their representatives in the Arickaree Indian skulls.
The Academy's collection furnishes other examples of this seeming paradox ;
some of them exhibited by races which occupy widely separated localities,
and of the assumed community of origin of which there is not only no scien-
tific proof of a positive oharacter, but even no presumptive testimony that is
reliable. The recognition of such facts led me, more than two years ago, to
[Sept,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279
oppress my conviction that strong resemblances between human cranial types
do not infallibly indicate a common parentage, — such resemblances merely
manifesting similarity of positional the human series.* Human osteology,
however, is not peculiar in this respect. Prof. Agassiz thinks that the circum-
stances under which were found the fossil remains obtained by Prof. Holmes
from the post-pliocene or post-tertiary beds of South Carolina, " show beyond
the possibility of a controversy," — I am using his own strong language, —
"that animals which cannot be distinguished from one another, may originate
independently in different fauna. "f It will thus be seen that in many in-
stances to refer a skull to its appropriate formal type is one thing ; to
refer it to its proper race, quite another. An obscure system of homoioke-
phalic representation seems to prevail among the races of men, in virtue of
which the cranial type of one race repeats itself among another people, very
distant from, and unknown to the first. Hence the law of cranial correlations
is, to a certain extent, obscured, and its utility in identifying and classifying
human skulls very much impaired. But the great difficulty after all with the
craniographer is to fix upon characters which are at once definitive, differen-
tial and constant, and therefore typical beyond all doubt or cavil. The skulls
of the orthognathic Greek, and the prognathic Saharan Negro differ more from
each other than do those of the nandu and ostrich, those of the llama and
eamel, or those of the genera Tarandus, Alces, Cervus, Panolia, Axis, Caria-
cas, Blastocerus, Capreolus and Cervulus into which naturalists divide the
Oervidse. But the negro differs cranially as much from the Eskimo, the Phoe-
nician and the Malay as from the Greek. Yet the Eskimo, the Phoenician
and the Malay, like the woolly-haired typical African, are all prognathic. The
prognathism of the one, however, differs in kind from that of each of the
others. Here, then, are differences which, though minute, serve to alter the
entire physiognomical expression of a skull, and so affect not only its classifi-
cation but its identity also. When we compare together extreme crania,
without reference to intervening forms,, these differences are seen to be differ-
ences of kind. But as soon as we take into' comparison the transitionary
cranial forms or types, which fill up the space or gap between these extremes,
then these differences become differences of degree rather than of kind.
The same uncertainty characterises the species of many genera of birds,
reptiles, shells, plants, &c. Dr. Adam Smith placed in a row all the known
species of the natural family of the Alcaudae, and in presence of such an ordeal,
all the pretended specific external characters of naturalists completely broke
down. Dr. Knox dissected the serpents of South Africa, and divided them,
according to the dentition, into those with poison fangs, and those without.
This he regarded as a scientific distinction. But when he began to dissect the
serpents of the globe and not those of any particular region he quickly found ,
that the distinction was invalid. That certain species of insects carry poisonous
fangs only on the upper maxillary bones is true ; but as there are many
which carry also harmless teeth on the same bones, the fact becomes of
little or no value scientifically or practically, t It is needless to multiply proof
in this direction. Indeed it seems to be a general fact that just in proportion
as the species of a genus become more and more numerous, their differential
characters become more and more confused and uncertain, and the species
when ranged side by side are seen to blend with or pass into each other in
obedience to a great, fundamental law of gradation through which their true
structural unity finds its only expression. Viewing the facts of specific differ-
ences in this comprehensive way, and bearing in mind that the question of
* Crania' Characteristics of the Races of Men, in Indigenous Races of the Earth, p.
349.
t See his letter to Prof. Holmes in Proc. Acad Nat. Sci. loc. citat., p. 186.
t Contributions to the Philosophy of Zoology, with special references to the Natural
History of Man. London Lancet, November, 1855, p. 386.
1859.]
280 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
origin or parentage is not necessarily connected with that of cranial iorms, if
is evident that if we accept for man the recognised principles of zoological
classification, we must regard the human family as a genus represented by nu-
merous species, whose differential characters touch, so to speak, or even over-
lap each other. There is undoubtedly a serial unity of all human crania.
There is, in other words, a human cranial type — the type of a natural class or
family widely separated from the most anthropomorphous apes — a type sus-
ceptible of very numerous, but individually limited, modifications, the result
of climatic conditions, and persisting as long as the conditions which bring
them into existence continue ; a type susceptible, also, of hybrid modifications,
which though ephemeral and not self-sustaining as are the great stocks, are
transitionary and therefore valuable as showing all the possible variations of
the primal or central form. All these variations tend constantly to assume^
the normal type, to assume it indirectly or spirally, as it were, so that the ex-
tremest departure from the type is bound to the latter through graduated
forms, in such a manner that when the extremes of the series are compared
together with reference to these forms, it is difficult to point out the constant
and unvarying differential characters.
October 4th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Thirty-four members present.
The Publication Committee laid on the table part 2 of vol. 4, second
series of the Journal of the Academy.
October llth.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Thirty three members present.
The President announced the death at Nut^rove, Dear Liverpool,
England, of Mr. Thomas Nuttall, late a correspondent of the Academy.
October ISth.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Forty-seven members present.
Papers were presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled :
Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Northern California and
Oregon, by John L. LeConte, M. I).
Description of a new species of Unio, from the Isthmus of Darien, by
Isaac Lea.
And were referred to Committees.
Mr. Lea stated that having inadvertently used the specific term of Etowahen-
sis for a Margaritana, whicb name had already been occupied by a species de-
scribed by Mr. Conrad, in the Proceedings of the Academy, he now proposed
the name of Georgiana for his species.
The Committee on Proceedings laid on the table the Proceedings of
the Academy for August and September, of the present year.
The following resolutions offered by Mr. Lea were adopted :
[Oct.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281
Resolved, That the Academy, in the death of Thomas Nuttall, one of
its oldest Correspondents, is deprived of one of its brightest ornaments,
and the members of one of their most distinguished associates.
Resolved, That the Academy has the highest appreciation of the
learning, and assiduous investigations of its late Correspondent, in the
wide field of American Botany, for which he has done so much.
Resolved, That while we had been deprived of his presence among
us for a few years past, after so long a residence in this country, we
nevertheless constantly held him in our memory, as one of the brilliant
stars which illuminated our scientific horizon.
October 25th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Thirty-three members present.
The report of the Biological Department for the present month was read.
On report of a Committee of the Biological Department, the paper
entitled, Upon the Production of Cataract in Frogs by the injection of
large doses of sugar, by S. W. Mitchell, M. D., was recommended for
publication in a medical journal.
The following papers were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings :
Description of a New Species of UNIO from the Isthmus of Darien.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio Avbryi. — Testa sulcata, subtriangulari,. subventrico'a, inaequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulaa, antice subrotundata; valvulis cra^sis, antice crassiori-
bus, natibus subpromineutibus ; epidermide rufo-fusca, eradiata ; dentibus car-
dinalibus subcrassis, suberectis, valde crenulatis ; lateralibus ciassis subrec-
tisque ; mar gar it a alba et iridescente.
Hab. — Isthmus of Darien. Mr. Frederick Avery, per J. G. Cooper, M. D.
Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Northern California and Oregon.
BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D
For the purpose of rendering the list of Coleoptera of North-western America,
published by me in the 11th volume of the Pacific R. R. Explorations and
Surveys, complete up to the present time, I have prepared this memoir
on the new species and synonyms observed since the printing of that memoir
in June, 1857. The catalogue portion of this paper will be inserted in the
edition of the above mentioned 11th volume, published for the authors,
which will thus contain a catalogue of all the species of Coleoptera known at
present, from western America, north of San Francisco.
Descriptions of new species.
Bembidium a p turn, nigro-ameum, parum convexum, nitidum, thorace
latitudine plus sesqui breviore antice angustato, lateribus rotundatis, angulis
posticis paulo obtusis, basi utrinque bifoveato, elytris striis 4 vel 5 internig
punctatis postice obliteratis, interstitio 3io bipunctato, humeris acutis, stria
marginali postice remota, antice confluente. Long. *25.
Oregon, Mr. Davidson. Very nearly allied to B nitidum, but is larger
and has the striae of the elytra more finely punctured. The tibia? and tarsi are
wanting, but from the dark brownish color of the thighs I should infer that
they were piceous,
1859.]
282 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Colymbetes densus, elongatus ovalis, postice paulo minus attenuate,
supra pallide flavus, capite nigro, antice flavo, macula verticali flavo, tli >race
rugis daedaleis minus subtilibus insculpto, macula media picea valde trans-
versa, elytris strigis profundis nigris valde approximatis, subtus rufo-piceus,
snturis, pedumque marginibus flavis. Long. "64.
One male, Steilacoom, Mr. Gibbs. Similar in form to C. sculptilis,
but less attenuated behind ; with the transverse lines of the elytra yet
deeper and more approximate : these lines are black, and therefore the elytra
appear gray, but the pure pale yellow color appears at the side, suture and
base : there is besides a black spot on each about one-fourth from the tip.
Necrophilus longulus, ellipticus, elongatus, nigro-piceus, nitidus,
thorace latitudine vix sesqui breviore, aequaliter convexo, parce punctato,
lateribus late rotundatus anguste marginatis, antrorsum paulo angnstato, an-
gulis posticis subrectis, fovea posticis utrinque prope angulum impressa,
elytris striis crenatis, interstitiis 3io, 5to et 7mo punctis paucis impressis, an-
tennis thorace haud longioribus, extrorsum incrassatis. Long. \L8.
One specimen, (female) from Table. Mountain, below San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, collected by Mr. George Davidson. Very different by its narrow form,
and by the sides of the thorax not being depressed, from all the other species
seen by me.
Catops pusio, ovalis, fuscus, helvo-pubescens, thorace latitudine plus
sesqui breviore, lateribus rotundatis, anaiulis posticis subrectis, subtiliter
dense strigoso, elytris postice rotundatis, transversim strigosis, stria suturali
antice vix abbreviata ; palpis antennarum basi apiceque Mavis. Long. '06.
Punto de los Reyes, California ; Mr. Davidson. The antennae are a little
longer than the thorax, and moderately clavate. The mesosternum is strongly
carinate.
Anisotoma morula, ovalis, convexa, piceo-nigra, nitida, thorace antror-
aum angustato, lateribus obliquis parum rotundatis, disco parce subtiliter
punctulato, elytris subtilius seriatim punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter pare©
punctatis, alternis punctis paucis majoribus impressis. Long. "11.
One specimen, Punto de los Reyes, California; Mr. Davidson. Of the size
of A. indistincta Lee but narrower, with the sides of the thorax less
rounded, and having the striae of the elytra composed of small close set punc-
tures. The thorax is not quite twice as wide as its length at base, and di-
minishes gradually to the apex, where it is only a little wider than its length :
the transverse impression near the base each side is as distinct as in the other
species.
Lasconotus complex, linearis, sordide atra, opaca, capite concavo, thorace
latitudine fere longiore, quadrato, lateribus paulo undulatis, parallelis, rud«
granulato, margine antico costisque utrinque duabus elevatis, interna apice et
basi breviter dislocata, disco excavato, elytris margine, sutura, costisque utrin-
que 4 elevatis, interstitiis biseriatim cribratis. Long. -15.
Punto de los Reyes, one specimen. A most interesting addition to our fauna.
The genus was founded by Erichson upon a nondescript Mexican species ; his
description is quoted by Lacordaire, who had no opportunity of examining it
in nature. It will be at once recognized by its concave head and three-jointed
club of the antennae.
Odontaeus o b e s u s , rotundato-ovatus. valde convexus, piceo-niger, nitidus,
thorace basi rotundata, versus angulos vix sinuata, angulis posticis rectis,
elytris striis fortiter crenatis, antennis piceis. Long '45.'
Femina. capite dense rugose punctato, tuberculo parvo frontali, plicaque
verticali signato ; thorace punctato, tuberculis duobus anticis plicaque trans-
" versa munito. Mas latet.
Table Mountain, below San Francisco ; Mr. Davidson. Very much larger
[Oct.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2So
than any of the other species of the genus. The male is one of the finest en-
tomological prizes which will reward the collector in Western America. Diffens
from our other two species by the color, and by the base of the thorax being
less sinuate, whereby the posterior angles become more rectangular.
Lachnosterna errans, fusco-ferruginea, oblongo-ovata, convexa, capite
fortiter haud confluenter punctato. clypeo fortiter marginato, fere integro,
thorace antice angustato sat dense punctato, lateribus angu'atis, longe oiliatis,
elytris haud costatis fortius punctatis, pygidio parce subtiliter punctato, pec-
tore longe villoso, unguiculis dente mediocri armatis, Long. '70.
One male, Contra Costa, California ; Mr. J. Child. Resembles closely in
form and sculpture L. cephalica Lee, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d
aeries, 3, 245, but the sides of the thorax are fringed with long hairs, angu-
lated at the middle and then narrowed with a concave outline to the apex :
the clypeus is scarcely emarginate. The antennae are 10-jointed, the club it
as long as the basal portion ; the penultimate ventral segment has a transverse
crest concave posteriorly, and finally the fixed spur of the posterior tibise is
very short, the moveable one about twice as long, curved, flattened and sub-
obtuse.
Dichelonycha p aliens, breviuscula, testacea, parce pubescens, clypeo
reflexo, angulis rotundatis, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, apic.o fere trun-
cate, an. ice angustato, lateribus valde rotundatis, medio subangulatis, anguli?
posticis valde obtusis, confluenter dense punctato, elytris punctatis subcosta-
tis, antennarum clava nigro-picea. Long. -30.
One specimen, Punto de los Reyes. Resembles D. testacea Kirby, but
is much smaller, comparatively wider, the clypeus less rounded at apex, the
thorax more rounded on the sides, with the posterior angles more obtuse.
Adelocera rorulenta, rufo-picea, punctata, nigro-squamosa. squamisqu*
aureis parce conspersa, thorace latitudine paulo longiore, late profunde canali-
etrlato, ante medium magis angustato, lateribus rotundatis, angulis posticis
planis haud divergentibus, elytris depressis vix obsolete striatis, tarsorum
anticorum sulcis parum distinctis. Long. -59.
Steilacoom, Dr. Suckley, one specimen. Resembles A. aurorata, and in
the absence of a specimen for comparison, was incorrectly referred by me to
that species (P. R. R. Expl.. xi. 18,) ; it is, however, less elongated, with the
posterior angles of the thorax not divergent, and the tarsal grooves on the
under surface of the prothorax are much less apparent.
Dascyllus Davidsonii, fusco-piceus, dense pubescens, confertissime
punctulatus ; thorace latitudine plus duplo hreviore, antrorsum angustato,
lateribus rotundatis, basi late bisinuato, elytris striis approximatis, punctatis
antice obliteratis, antennis valde serratis, articulo 3io sequenti sequali. Long.
■ -48— -52.
Punto de los Reyes, Mr. Davidson, to whom I take great pleasure in dedi-
cating this fine species. It differs from those previously described by the
strongly serrate antennae ; these organs are half the length of the body in the
female, and a little longer in the male ; the second joint is small, the third,
fourth and fifth are triangular, and nearly as wide as long ; the following ones
gradually diminish in breadth ; the eleventh is oval elongate and constricted
at the end. The last segment of the abdomen is marked towards the base
with a semicircular impression, with the concavity behind, as though it wert-
formed by the union of two segments.
Charopu3 moerens, nigro-virescens, alutaceus. opacus, tenuissime pu-
bescens, thorace latitudine sublongiore, ovato, postice subangustato, marginc
pone medium anguste testaceo, postice transversim vage improsso, elytrit
(feminae) elongatis postice sensim latioribus, apice rotundatis, abdomine pauV*
brevi »ribus. Long. '13.
1859.J
284 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
One specimen, Punto de los Reyes, Mr. Davidson. The first example of the
occurrence of the genus upon this continent. The head is slightly wider than
the thorax : the latter is feebly sinuate on the sides behind, the elytra are
tnore distinctly green, they are twice as long as the head and thorax united,
and nearly cover the abdomen, which is subacute at tip. The antennae
are half as long as the body, with the second joint a little shorter than the
third.
Anobium gi bbic olle, fuscum, pube subtilissima sericans, valde elonga-
tum, thorace latitudine fere sesqui longiore, antice angustatum, lateribus sin-
uatis, apice basique rotundato, medio utrinque ad latera oblique profunde
impresso, disco postice melio valde elevato, ad angulos posticos profnnde im-
presso, angulis rotundatis marginatis, elytris, thorace latioribus striis puncta-
tis interstitiis paulo convexis. Long. '22.
One specimen, Punto de los Reyes : Mr. Davidson. Belongs to the division
having 11-jointed antennse : the joints 4-8 are very small ; the 3d is a little
longer ; the 2d is longer and thicker, though not as large as the basal joint :
the 9th, 10th and 11th are equal, narrow, and each one is as long as the joint
3-8 together. The body is still narrower than in A. foveatum Kirby, and
the posterior angles of the thorax are rounded : the sides near the anterior
angles are emarginate, so that the latter become distinct, though deflexed : the
eyes are small and convex, and the head is transversely impressed just behind
them.
Anobium punctulatum, rufo-testaceum, cylindrico-ovale, pnbescens,
capite confertim punetato, thorace brevi aequaliter convexo, lateribus rotunda-
tis late marginatis, confertim punctulato, elytris thorace haud latioribus sat
dense punctulatis ; antennis articulis 3 ultimis singulatim prsecedentibus
duobus sequalibus. Long. -l^lS.
Two specimens, Punto de los Reyes. Very similar to A. convexifrons
Mels. , but differs by the punctures of the elytra being less close. The antennae
as in it are 11-jointed : the joints 2, 4, 6 and 8 are a little shorter than the
others, the 9th, 10th and 11th are each equal to the 7th and 8th together.
Helops op a c u s , apterus, ater opacus, capite thoraceque densissime punc-
tatis, hoc latitudine sesqui breviore, modice convexo, lateribus tenue margin-
atis rotundatis, postice subangustato, basi truncato, angulis posticis subrectis,
elytris connatis oblongo-ovatis, convexis, thorace paulo latioribus, postice valde
declivibus, punctis oblongis striati3, interstitiis haud convexis, rugosis et con-
fertim punctatis. Long. *53.
One specimen, Sacramento, California, given me by Mr. Rathvon. The three
joints of the anterior and middle tarsi are densely hairy beneath, but scarcely
dilated.
Hypulus fulminans, elongatus piceus, parce pubescens, sat dense pro-
funde punctatus, thorace latitudine haud breviore, lateribus rotundatis, angulis
posticis subobtusis, basi utrinque late et profunde foveato, elytris fasciis tri-
bus valde angulatis, lma obliqua, intus cum secunda connexa, maculaque
magna ante apicali pallidis, antennis fuscis basi testaceis, femoribus tibiisque
medio fuscis. Long. '21.
Oregon. Mr. Davidson. This species so resembles in its characters Dircasa
Holmbergii Mann., Bull. Mosc, 1852, 347, that I cannot help suspecting
that they are identical. A renewed examination of Mannerheim's type would
be necessary, however, before such a suggestion could be admitted.
Notoxus spars us , elongatus, testaceus nitidus, pallide pubescens, capite
thoraceque rufo-tinctis, hoc globoso, cornu elongato, apice fortiter marginato
et Cdncavo, crista subito elevata, supra marginata et paulo concava, elytris
thorace paulo latioribus, parcius subtiliter punctatis, gutta utrinque subscu-
[Oct.
■
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 285
tellari, altera ante medium versus latera, fasciaque lata communi postica ad
suturam angulata nigris. Long. «13.
Punto de los Reyes, two specimens : Mr. Davidson. Narrower than N.
cavicornis, with the elytra only sparsely punctulate. The lateral spot of
the elytra is absent in one specimen. The margin of the horn has only two
or three indistinct serratures.
Salpingus alternatus, aaneo-niger nitidus, capite thoraceque sat dense
punctatis, hoc ovato, latitudine paulo longiore, postice angustiore, vage inse-
quali, elytris striis fortius punctatis, haud impressis, interstitiis 3, 5 et 7
punctis paucis notatis ; rostro capite breviore, fronte concava, antennis piceis
basi testaceis. Long. -13.
Punto de los Reyes, one specimen. Of the same form and size as S. vires-
cens Zee, but with the striae of punctures of the elytra more plainly
marked, and without the interstitial rows of equally large punctures, which
are so obvious in that species.
Cossonus scrobiculatus, niger nitidus, elongatus, rostro punctato, ad
apicem subito parum dilatato, capite fere laevi, thorace latitudine longiore,
autrorsum angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, rude punctato, dorso postice
paulo deplanato, medio subcarinato, elytris convexis, cylindricis, thorace
paulo latioribus, striis cribrosis, interstitiis striis haud latioribus. Long. -20.
Punto de los Reyes, Mr. Davidson. The rostrum has an oblong impression
at the middle, and the front is marked with a small fovea.
Hylesinus nebulosus, elongatus, piceo-niger opacus, setulis brevissimis
adspersus, capite confertim punctato, transversim biimpresso, thorace latitu-
dine paulo breviore, antrorsum sensim angustato, lateribus antice sinuatis,
apice late subtubulato, squamulis nigris obtecto, elytris thorace parum latiori-
bus, striis tenuibus punctatis, squamulis nigris cinereisque tesselatis. Long.
•13.
Table Mountain, California, one specimen, Mr. Davidson. Very distinct from
any other that I have seen.
Callidium infuscatum, elongatum, fusco-piceum parce pubescens, capite
dense punctulato, thorace latitudine paulo breviore, lateribus rotundatis, dense
punctato, linea dorsali laevi, elytris sat dense minus subtiliter punctatis, ab-
domine pedibusque testaceis. Long. -43.
Punto de los Reyes. Similar to C. aereum Newman, but differs by the
head being finely punctured, the thorax more densely punctured, and by the
abdomen being testaceous.
Brothylus conspersus, nigro-piceUs, pube brevi griseo-sordida densa
variegatus, thorace latitudine haud breviore, lateribus subrotundatis vix obsolete
tuberculatis, postice sinuatis, rude parce varioloso, cailo utrinque discoideo al-
teroque postico parvis, elytris thorace latioribus, granulis elevatis, punctisque
minus densis, postice sensim subtilioribus ; fasciis duabus/vagis obliquis minus
pubescentibus. Long. *73 — -77.
Oregon, Mr. Davidson and Dr. Kennerly. Similar toB. gemmulatus
Lee, Proc. Acad., 1859, 80, but differs by the lateral tubercles of the thorax
being obsolete. The antennas of the male are as long as the body, those of the
female one-fourth shorter.
Chrysomela sigmoidea, nigro-aenea, oblongo-rotundata, thorace sat
dense, ad latera fortius punctato, elytris thorace parum latioribus albo-testacels,
sat dense punctatis, sutura, vitta confluente antice breviter discreta, vittis
duabus curvatis, interiore antice, exteriore postice abbreviatis, guttisque ex-
terms paucis nigro-aeneis. Long. *32.
Oregon; a specimen kindly given me by Mr. Henry Ulke. More nearly
allied by its markings toC. dislocata Rogers than to any other of our
species, but differing by the much wider thorax, and more dense punctures
1859.]
286 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
both of thorax and elytra, as well as by the markings of the latter. The inner
curved stripe extends from one-sixth from the base to one-third from the apex ;
the outer one is contiguous to it, connected with a humeral spot, and abbre-
viated behind at the middle.
Haltica aeruginosa, oblongo-ovalis, modice convexa, obscure cuprea,
subnitida, thorace convexo, subtilissime punctulato, linea transversa postica
obsoleta, antrorsum subangustato, lateribus parum rotundatis, elytris thorace
latioribus, dense punctulatis. Long. *16.
San Francisco, one specimen.
Haltica e v i c t a , oblongo-ovalis, minus convexa, cuprea, nitida, thorace
punctulato, linea transversa postica subtili distincta, versus angulos posticos
foveato, antrorsum subangustato, lateribus parum rotundatis, elytris thorace
latioribus, subtiliter punctatis striis nonnullis obsoletissimis, sulcoque versus
latera parum distincto. Long. -20.
Sacramento, one specimen ; Mr. Rath von.
Haltica t i n c t a , oblongo-ovalis, modice convexa, nigro-aenea nitida, thorace
convexo, parce obsolete punctulato, linea transversa postica tenui, antrorsum
angustato, lateribus paulo rotundatis, elytris thorace latioribus, sat dense
punctatis. Long. *20 — '22.
Table Mountain, below San Francisco, Mr. Davidson : two specimens. These
three species belong to the division Grraptodera Chevr.
Dibolia o v a t a , ovata, convexa, nigro-aenea, nitida, subtiliter punctulata,
elytris seriebus punctorum subtilibus postice haud distinctis, antennis nigris
basi testaceis, tibiis tarsisque anterioribus testaceis, femoribus obscuris. Long.
•12.
One specimen, Punto de los Reyes. The posterior thighs are black, and the
tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Broader and more ovate than D. aerea Mels.,
with the rows of punctures of the elytra very fine, not impressed, and oblite-
rated behind.
Luperus smaragdinus, elongatus, cyaneo-viridis, antennis nigris
basi fuscis, thorace convexo, quadrato, lateribus paulo rotundatis, anticis
prominulis rotundatis, parce subtiliter punctulato, elytris sat dense punctula-
tis. Long. -23.
Punto de los Reyes, three specimens, Mr. Davidson. Resembles L. varipes
Lee. but differs by the entirely black legs, and by the thorax being much less
densely punctulate. The second and third joints of the antennae together are
equal to the fourth ; the third is one half longer than the second.
Coccinella melanopleura, ovalis, modice convexa, capite thoraceque
haud dense punctulatis, illo maculis duabus albis, hoc limbo antico, lateribus
late (macula nigra inclusa) lineolaapicali, maculisque duabus basalibus albis,
scutello nigro, elytris ferrugineis, confertim subtiliter punctatis ; subtus nigra,
tibiis tarsisque fusco-testaceis. Long. -21.
Table Mountain, Mr. Davidson, one specimen. Closely resembles the varie-
ties of C. p i c t a, with immaculate el}rtra, but differs by the body being entirely
black beneath, and by the elytra being more finely punctured. It is probable
that varieties will occur with white thorax having black spots, and also with
elytral markings.
Coccinella b a r d a , hemisphaerica, capite punctulato, albo, postice nigro,
thorace parce punctulato, nigro, macula magna utrinque, limboque antico
albis, elytris subtiliter dense punctatis, ferrugineis, fascia transversa communi
pone basin nigris, scutello, sutnraque ad basin nigris ; subtus nigra, epimeris
albis. Long. -21.
Punto de los Reyes, one specimen, Mr. Davidson. There is no trace of any
posterior spots on the elytra : the band stops on the humerus, and is slightly
widened there.
[Oct.
NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA 287
List of Species.
CARABIDJE.
Lebia Latr.
cupripennis Boh., Eugenies Resa, 7, 'Cal.
angulata Boh., ibid 'Cal.
an potius Rhombodera ?
Dromitts Bon.
quadricollis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 82, ... Or.
Cyminpis Latr.
abstrusa Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Nat. Sci. 1859, 82, .... Or.
Platynus Bon. (emend. Brulle.)
bembidioides Lee, ; . , . . Or.
Sericoda bembidioides Kirby.
Anisodactyltts Dej.
semipunctatus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, Or. Cal.
Agoxoderus Dej.
rugicollis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, .... Cal.
Badister Clairv.
anthracinus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, . . . Or.
Chl^nius Bon.
simillimus Chaud., Bull. Mosc. 1856, 2, 2S3, ... . 'Cal.
Chlcenius vicinus% Mann.
Bembidium Illiger.
erasum Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 83, Or.
obliquulum Lee, ibid., Cal.
aptum Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 281.
Nebria Latr.
livida Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1859, 84, Or.
DYTISCID^].
Colymbetes Clairv.
densus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, Or.
SILPHALES.
Silpha Linn,
trituberculata Lee, R.
Oiceoptoma trituberculatmn Kirby.
Silpha sagax Mann.
Necrophilus Latr.
tenuicornis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 84, Or.
longulus Lee, ibid., 282, . . Cal.
Catops Payk.
pusio Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, Cal.
Anisotoma Fabr.
morula Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, . : . . . Cal.
1859.]
21
288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
STAPHYLINID^I.
Philonthps Leach,
varicolor Boh., Eug. Resa, 29, 'Cal.
Spnius Leach.
trinotatus Boh., Eug. Resa, 32, 'Cal.
P.&DERUS Fabr.
caeruleipennis Boh., Eug. Resa, 33, 'Cal.
Stenus Latr.
chalybseus Boh., Eug. Resa, 33, 'Cal.
PHALACRIDJE.
Olibrus Er.
aquatilis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 8, 17, Cal.
piceus Boh., Eug. Resa, 38.
HISTERIDJE.
Hister Linn.
sellatus Lee, Pac. R. R. Rep. 47°, xi, 35, Cal.
Senevillii Mars., Ann. Ent. Fr. 3d ser. 5, 422,, tab. 10, f. 119'.
NITIDULIDJE.
Rhyzophagus Herbest.
puncticollis Boh., Eug. Resa, 39, ... 'Cal.
TROGOSITIDiE.
Peltis Kug.
serrata Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 84, Or;
COLYDII.
Aulonium Er.
sequicolle Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 84, Cal.
Lasconotos Er.
complex Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, Cal.
CUCUJIDjE.
PSEUDOPHANUS LeC
signatus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, Or.
SCARAB^EIDiE.
Ceruchus M'Leay.
striatus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, . . . . . Or.
Phobetus Lee.
comatus Lee, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 225, Cal.
Tryssus? comatus Lee, Pac. R. R. 47°, xi, 38,
Poltphylla Harris,
crinita Lee, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 230, .... Or. Cal.
Lachnosterna Hope,
•errans Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, Cal.
[Oct.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 289
Dichelonycha Kirby.
pallens Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, Cal.
Serica M. L.
serotina Lee, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 275, Cal.
frontalis Lee, ibid. 276, ......... Or.
robusta Lee, ibid. 276 . . . Cal.
Hoplia Illiger.
oregona Lee, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 205, .... Or.
irrorata Lee, Rep. Pac. R. R. Exp., 40.
convexula Lee, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d, 3, 285, .... Cal.
pubicollis Lee, ibid. 285, Cal.
callipyge Lee, ibid. 285, Cal.
ApHODros Illiger.
militaris Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1858, 65, Cal.
Odont^us Klug.
obesus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 282, Cal.
THROSCID^I.
LlSSOMUS.
plagiatus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 66, 'Cal.
ELATERID.E.
Phlegon Lap.
herculeanusj (Lac. Gen. Col. 4, 123,) ....... 'Cal.
Cobtmbetes Latr. (emend. Lee.)
tinctus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, Of.
protractus Lee, ibid. 85, Or.
Agriotes Esch.
opaculus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, Or.
EiiATEB Linn.
tartareus Lee, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 85, Or.
cordifer Lee, ibid. 72, Cal.
Lecontei Candere, Mow. Elat. 2, 459, (May, 1859.)
ignobilis Boh., Eugen. Resa, 68, . . 'Cal.
variegatus Boh., ibid. 69, 'Cal.
Adelocera Latr.
rorulenta Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, Or.
aurorata% Lee, Pac. R. R. Expl. 18.
cavicollis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 86, Cal.
Cardiophorps Escb.
fenestratus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat; Sci. 1859, 86, Or.
ATOPIDjE.
Dasctllus Latr.
Davidsonii Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, .... Cal.
LAMPYRIDjE.
Pterotus Lee*
obscuripennis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 86, Cal.
1859.]
*I now recognise this genus as related toPhengodes.
290 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
TELEPHORID^E.
Telephorus Geoffr.
peregrinus Boh., Engen. Resa, 80, . 'CaL
[MELYRIDJE.
Chaeopus Er.
inoerens Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 283, ..... Cal.
PTINIORES.
Xyletinus Latr.
puberulus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 88 'CaL
Axobium Fabr.
marginicolle Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sc. 1859, 87, Or.
gibbicolle Lee, ibid. 284, Cal.
quadrulum Lee, ibid. 87, ......... Or.
punctulatum Lee, ibid. 284, Cal.
cornutum Lee, ibid. 87 : . Cal.
pudicum Boh., Eugen. Resa, 86, 'Cal.
Dokcatoma Herbst.
affine Boh., Eugen. Resa, 87, 'Cal.
TENEBRIONID^).
Eleodes Escb.
grandicollis Mann., Cal.
valida Bob., Eugen. Resa, 90.
scabricula Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 187, Cal.
constricta Lee, ibid. 187, Cal.
subaspera Solier, St. Ent. 246, 'Cal.
impressicollis Boh., Eug. Resa, 90, 'Cal.
Tbis is either E. planata or E. scabrosa.
Scotob-encs Lee.
parallelus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, Cal.
Helops Fabr.
opacus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 284, Cal.
Xtstropus Sol.
opacus Zee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 78 CaL
PYTHIDjE.
Rhinosimus Latr.
pallipes: . 'Cal.
Rhinomacer pallipes Bob. (err. typ.) Eugen. Resa, 112.
Salpingus Gyll.
alternatus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, ..... Cal.
MELANDRYADjE.
Phkyganophilus Sahib,
collaris Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, .... Or.
Hypclus Payk.
fulminans Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 284, Or.
? Dirccea Holmbergii Mann.
[Oct.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 291
MORDELLONES.
Anaspis Latr.
nigriceps Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sei. 1859, 88, Or.
ANTHICID^I.
Notoxus Greoflr.
sparsus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 284, Cal.
Anthicds Fabr.
csesiosignatus Boh., Eugen. Resa, 104, 'Cal. (Puna.)
troglodytes Boh., ibid. 105 'Cal. (Tahiti.)
nitidus Boh., ibid. 105, ......... 'Cal.
atomarius Boh., ibid. 106, . 'Cal.
amplicollis Boh., ibid. 106, . . : . . . .* . 'Cal.
CURCULIONID^.
Brpchus Linn.
ramicornis Boh., Eugen. Resa, 112, 'Cal.
Cossonds Clairv.
scrobiculatus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, .... Cal.
Htlesinus Fabr.
nebulosus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, Cal.
CERAMBYCID.E.
Callidium Fabr.
infuscatum Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, .... Cal.
Ekgates.
spiculatus Lee, . . Or. Cal.
Macrotoma californica White, B. Mus. Cat. Long. *37 ((J1).
Macrotoma spiculigera White, ibid. 39 ( $ )•
Elaphidion Serv.
procerum Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, Or
Brothylus Lee.
conspersus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, Or.
Leptdra Linn,
xanthogaster Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 88, . . . . Or.
quadrillum Lee, ibid. 88, .Or.
laetifica Lee, ibid. 89, ......... Or.
sanguinea Lee, ibid. 89, Or
dehiscens Lee, ibid. 89, Or.
lugens Lee, ibid. 89, . . . Or.
Dorcadion Dalman.
Lorquinii Fairemaire, Ann. Ent. Fr. 3d, 3, 322, .... 'Cal.
CHRYSOMELINJE.
Stneta Esch.
suturalis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 89, Or.
seriata Lee, ibid. 90, . ; . Cal.
Glyptoscelis Lee.
albidus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 81, Cal.
1859.]
292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Chrysomela Linn.
elegans Olw., ........... Or.
sigmoidea Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 236, ..... Or.
Hai/tica Illiger.
aeruginosa Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 285, .... Cal.
evicta Lee, ibid. 286, Cal.
tincta Lee, ibid. 286, Cal.
Dibolia Latr.
ovata Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 286, ...... Cal.
Luperus Geoffr.
smaragdinus Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 286, .... Cal.
Galleruca Geoffr.
angularis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 90, .... . Cal.
Anoplitis Kirby.
quadrata Lee, Cal,
Hispa quadrata Fabr.
COCCINELLIDiE.
COCINELLA.
lacustris Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 6, 131, Or.
melanopleura Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 286, .... Cal.
barda Lee, ibid. 286, Cal.
Chilochokus Leach,
pleuralis Lee, Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1859, 90, Cal.
Nov. 1st.
' Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Thirty-one members present.
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings :
Notes and descriptions of foreign Reptiles, by E. D. Cope.
Description of two new species of Carboniferous Fossils, by Wm. M.
Gabb ; and were referred to Committees.
The number of the Proceedings of the Academy for October was laid
on the table by the Committee.
The recent death in London of Dr. Thomas Horsfield, late a Corres-
pondent of the Academy, was announced.
Nov. %th.
Vice-President Le Conte in the Chair.
Thirty-seven members present.
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings :
Descriptions of new species of Birds from Cape St. Lucas, lower
California, by Mr. John Xantus.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES O? PHILADELPHIA. 293
Notes on a Collection of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus, at Cape
St. Lucas, lower California, by Spencer F. Baird.
Mineralogical Notes, No. II., by William Johnson Taylor.
Description of new species of the Coleopterous family Hesteridce, by
John Le Conte ; and were referred to Committees.
Nov. 15$.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Twenty-seven members present.
A paper entitled Contributions to American Lepidopterology, No. II.,
by Brackenridge Clemens, M. L\, was presented for publication in the
Proceedings, and was referred to a Committee.
Nov. 22J.
Yice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Thirty-two members present.
A letter was read from Mr. Eugene Borda, dated Woodside, Schuyl-
kill Co., Penn'a., Nov. 21st, giving information regarding two speci-
mens of Lepidodendron presented this evening.
" One of the impressions is marked on both sides and is evidently the plant ;
the other fits exactly on one of the sides of the other. I have seen many Lepi-
dodendrons, but never any such specimen ; it is also the opinion of all those
who have seen them, and I hope they will be a valuable addition to the col-
lection of the Academy.
The locality is top slate of Back Vein on the south side of Mine Hill, at our
Black Heath Colliery, the outlet of which is a tunnel at Wolf Creek, near
Minersville. The Back vein is under the Black Heath Vein, some 20 yards
west of the Mine Hill Gap. It keeps all the time distant from the Black Heath
Vein, but east of the Gap ; the two veins form but one, called the Mammoth
Vein, and extensively worked at Clair. ' '
A letter was read from George Davidson, Esq., dated San Francisco,
Cal., Oct. 15th, giving information concerning a valuable and extensive
series of specimens from the Geysers of the Pluton Canon, presented
this evening.
By Express this steamer I shall try to send to the Academy two boxes con-
taining specimens of waters and products of the "Geysers," about 72 miles
N. N. W. of this city. I made a visit there for two or three days, and went
hurriedly over the whole ground, yet noting but a tithe of the wonders. The
collection may enable some of you to judge of this great natural curiosity. By
the same express 1 shall have forwarded a barrel containing the head, skin,
and back bone of a very large bass (?) caught in the bay a couple of clays ago,
and which I obtained, a1* ; that, if nothing new, it would at least make
up in size for the want of novelty. Note i of his size, appearance, contents of
stomach, &c, were made by Dr. Ayres, but I have not yet obtained them. How-
ever, the following newspaper item will give you an idea of the specimen.
When weighed his tail and head were just touching the ground, yet the scale in-
1859.]
294 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
dicated 360 lbs. ' ' Dimensions : His weight was 360 pounds ; length from tip
of nose to end of tail seven feet and one inch ; breadth round the shoulders,
thickest part, five feet two inches ; length from tip of nose to end of jaw, cov-
ering the gills, two feet four inches ; circumference of mouth, when braced
open, three feet two inches ; spread of tail from tip to tip, two feet three
inches."
Dr. R. E. Rogers remarked upon the great interest excited by these
specimens, and on motion a Committee was appointed to investigate
their nature, and to procure from Mr. Davidson further information
regarding their occurrence.
The thanks of the Academy were then ordered to be tendered to Mr.
Davidson for his valuable donation received this evening.
Nov. 29th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Thirty-eight members present.
The Proceedings of the Biological Department for tbe present month
were read.
The following papers, on report of the respective Committees^ were
ordered to be printed in the Proceedings.
Kotos and Descriptions of Foreign Eeptiles.
BY. E. D. COPE.
TESTUD1NATA.
The following species of Tortoises were brought by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu from
equatorial West Africa, the present Autumn.
Kinixys erosa Gray. This curious species appears to be abundant through-
out Gaboon, and the country of the Gamma aud Ogobai. Its range northward
extends as far as the Gambia.
Sternothaerus Derbianus Gray. Length, including head and neck, 14
in. 8 lin.; length of plastron, 6 in. 6 lin.; greatest breadth of do., 5 in.; breadth
of head just before the tympani, 2 in. 5 lin.
Inhabits swamps in the Cainma country.
This is probably the above named species, but judging from figures and
descriptions, it approaches closely the S. s i nu at u s Smith, of South Africa,
differing mainly in the form of the upper mandible, which is obtusely hooked
in the former, bidentate in the latter. The habits of the two appear to differ ;
the S. African species inhabiting deep rivers, and remaining long at a time
beneath the surface. It^s considered by Dr. Gray (Catalogue Brit. Mus.) as
identical with the S. caftaneusM, but there is a manifest discrepancy
between Smiths description, and the brief one of castaneus in the "Cata-
logue,"— principally with regard to tbe form of the vertebral scuta. The
resemblance to the S. Derbianus is much closer, but judging as before, it
is our impression that it is distinct from both.
Heptathyra nob.
Cartilaginous border obsolete at the sides of the disc, and destitute of ossicles
posteriorly. Sternum with two cartilaginous flaps, which cover the posterior
extremities when retracted. Sternal callosities seven; one on each side cor-
responding to the closely connected hyo- and hyposternals, one to each of the
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295
epi- and xiphisternal, and one to the discoid entosternal. Hyo- and hyposter-
nals united to the disc by suture, and separated from the episternals by a large
cartilaginous interval. Head acute, parietal region depressed, frontal slightly
arched. Nostrils not subdivided by a transverse process of the septum. Lips
greatly developed, forming biangular flaps on each side of the mouth.
Heptathyra A u b r y i . Cryptopus Aubryi Dumeril. Revue et Magasin de
Zoologie; 1856, page 364.
Total length 2 feet, 6 in.; of sternum 15 in. 6 lin.; of head and neck 11 inches.
Numerous specimens from the Fernando Vas river, Equatorial W. Africa.
The Dogania subplana of India doubtless exhibits the extreme of the
Trionychoid modification of the Chelonian type, in the tardiness of the only
partial union of the ribs into a carapacial disc, and the imperfect development
of the sternal bones. There are but two callosities. Aspidonectes exhibits
a superior grade of organization. The union of the ribs is more com-
plete, a comparatively small part of their extremities extending beyond the
disc in adult age. The sternal bones are better developed, especially the hyo-
hypo- and xiphisternals. There are four external callosities.
Those species which agree in possessing cartilaginous flaps upon the poste-
rior lobe of the sternum, are included by M. Dumeril in the single genus Cryp-
topus ; but in some respects they are strikingly dissimilar. T. uunctatus
and T. Senegalensis are very interesting, as possessing in the free marginal
ossicles the analogues of the marginal bones so universal among higher Che-
lonians. This far from unimportant peculiarity is wanting in the T. frenatus
and P e t e r s i i ; while the additional character of every sternal bone being pro-
tected by a corresponding external callosity (their number thus amounting to
nine), proves the propriety of the generic name Cycloderma assigned by
M. Peters. T. Aubryi, it is seen, agrees with the last in the absence of
ossicles, but maintains the more typical Trionychoid peculiarity of one undivided
callosity covering the hyo- and hyposternal boues. The extent of the union
of these, (hajmapophyses,) with the disc, (pleurapaphyses,) without lateral car-
tilaginous or osseous "appendage," offers as good an example of a normal
"haemal arch" as is to be found in the order.
The object of generic nomenclature being, as we understand it, to indicate
the modifications of Nature's types and the sensible steps by which they approach
each other, to ignore any such step appears to us unphilosophical. Hence we
venture to propose for the species under consideration the generic appellation
of Heptathyra.
Aspidonectes aspilus nob. — Head acute, plane, not sloping as in Platy-
peltis. Lips thin, not developed into flaps. Septum of the nasal orifice with
a short process on each side. Ribs eight paira, projecting in the adult about
two inches beyond the disc. Disc subcircular, broadly truncate behind, vermi-
culately rugose. Vermiculations transverse along the sutures of the costal
plates, longitudinal between. Vertebral line slightly depressed. Cartilaginous
border extending two inches beyond the edge of the anterior sternal callosity,
and 9 in. 10 lin. from the posterior margin of the disc, to within 3 in. 6 lin. of
the end of the tail. Sternal callosities four. The posterior subtriangular,
anterior, and posterior angles divergent, the inner almost in contact. Anterior
angle with an emarginatiou corresponding to an angular process in the posterior
border of the hyposternal. The interior and exterior borders of the anterior
callosity made nearly right angles with its anterior edge. This is not perfectly
transverse, so that the inner borders approach to within 1 in. 11 lin. of each
other, they then round off and extend much farther posteriorly than the external
borders. Episternal bones small, considerably separated, diverging anteriorly.
Claws nearly straight, compressed, sharp at their inner edges, dirty white.
Disc brown, vermiculations shaded with yellow. Border, extremities, neck and
head dark brown, without spots or markings of any kind. Sternal callosities
whitish.
1859.]
296 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
Length of disc 17 in.; of head and neck 19 in. 6 lin.; total, four feet. Length
of sternum 20 in. 6 lin.
Habitat. — The Rembo and Ovenga rivers, tributaries of the Fernando Vas,
Equatorial West Africa.
Not having at hand specimens of the Aspidonectes niloticus of W. and S.
Africa, we have been unable to compare the only specimen of the aspilu s with
it; their differences are, however, sufficiently obvious. In the latter the sternal
callosities are much smaller, and the anterior pair have their anterior and
posterior borders nearly parallel, and the outline of the inner semicircular.
The tail is shorter, and the colors are brownish green with white and yellow
spots.
The Old World Aspidonectes possess eight pairs of ribs ; we do not
know how it is with the American species, as there are no authentic specimens
in the Acad, mus., but our Amyda and Glatypeltis have but 7 pairs.
EMYDOSAURIA.
Crocodilus marginatus Geoffr. — Brought by Mr. Duchaillu, from the
Ogobai. This species is principally abundant in the Cape colony, but is found
in other parts of Africa.
OPHIDIA.
COL UBRIDJE—CALAMARINJE.
Omsthenes nob.
Head scarcely distinct from the body, depressed, especially in front. Muzzle
elliptical in outline, projecting much beyond the under jaw, as does also the
superior labial region. At the posterior extremity of the superior maxillary
bone are two curved teeth, larger than the other maxillaries, separated from
them by an edentulous space, and grooved in front. Cephalic shields normal.
Vertical broad ; loral small. Rostral prominent, broad, dividing the anterior
frontals somewhat ; not recurved. Preocular 1, postoculars 2. Urosteges and
anal shield entire. Scales very smooth.
0. euphaeus nob. — Scales subequally hexagonal on the flanks, more elon-
gate on the back, very little imbricate ; in nineteen rows. The rows diminish in
number upon the tail, by two or more running together upon the dorsal region,
thus forming short series of from four to six scales twice or thrice the usual
width. Vertical plate broad, hexagonal, the anterior angle very obtuse, the
posterior acute, dividing the occipitals. Superciliaries rather small, broader
behind in consequence of the convergence of the sides of the vertical. Posterior
frontals large, extending on the side of the head halfway along the preocular.
Anterior frontals rather small. Nostril between two nasals ; the anterior large,
separating the rostral and first labial, and nearly reaching the edge of the
mouth. Rostral broad, triangular, depressed, slightly dividing the anterior
frontals. Postoculars two. Superior labials eight, the first three small, the
eye resting on the fourth and fifth. Pupil erect, elliptical. Inferior labials
eight, the fourth largest, and in contact with the posterior geneials, of which
there are two pairs.
Gastrosteges 205, anal 1, urosteges 75.
Color uniform brown, dark on the head and anterior part of the body, lighter
posteriorly, and pale beneath.
Length 2 ft. 9 in. 6 lin. Tail 17 in. 6 lin.
Had Dr. Guntber placed his Hologerrhum philippinum among the Calama-
rinae, instead ofScytalian Colubridae, we should have felt well satisfied in re-
cording this as a second species of that genus ; we are not positive, indeed, that it
may not yet be so considered ; but with our present knowledge we must distin-
guish it generically. The head of this serpent is very Calamarian in its indistinct-
ness from the body, its depression and projecting rostral. Besides these, a broader
vertical and more distinctly divided rostrals distinguish it from Hologerrhum.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297
Rhinosimus (D. and B.) placed by Giinther among the Calamarinse, differs
only in the keeled, recurved rostral, and Rbinostoma Fitz., the only other
genus with grooved maxillaries, has the recurved rostral, with divided urosteges.
The form and glossy smoothness of the Olisthenes euphaeus admirably
adapt it for making its way among pieces of bark, decayed logs, and other
debris of the forest. Its native country is unknown to us, but as it was ob-
tained in ajar containing a specimen of the species below mentioned, it proba-
bly came from South America.
CORONELLINJE.
Liophis vittatus. Coluber vittatus Hallowell, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Vol. ii. p. 242. The serpent described as above, from specimens brought by
Mr. Ashmead from Venezuela, is a true Liophis, resembling the L. reginae,
taeniurus, and conirostris, but without the transverse markings of
the first and second, and the peculiar plating of the last. There are numerous
specimens in the Acad. Mus. It does not appear to be known to European
herpetologists.
Descriptions of two new species of Carboniferous Fossils, brought from Fort
Belknap, Texas, by Dr. Moore.
BY W. M. GABB.
Myalina deltoidea. — Shell triangular, flattened, beaks narrow, tapering
and curved anteriorly ; cardinal margin slightly curved and nearly as long as
the anterior edge ; anterior edge gently sinuous ; posterior edge nearly straight ;
basal edge rounded ; umbones subangular ; umbonal ridge running parallel
with the anterior border losing itself near the basal edge ; anterior umbonal
slope perpendicular to the plane of the valve ; posterior umbonal slope gentle,
and extends to the posterior edge ; inside, the cardinal third of the shell shows
an alation which is invisible exteriorly ; surface marked with indistinct con-
centric lamellae.
This shell was found near Fort Belknap, either in the coal or in the stratum
of dark blue shale overlying the coal. The specimens, consisting of a left
valve, nearly perfect, and several fragments of the beaks showing the hinge
well preserved, are replaced by pyrites.
Posidonia Moorei. — Shell subquadrangular, slightly gibbous, cardinal
edge straight ; beaks small, near the anterior edge, and slightly projecting be-
yond the cardinal line ; umbones prominent, anterior edge rounded ; posterior
edge straight above, rounded below to meet the basal margin, which is regulaly
curved ; surface marked by about twenty prominent round concentric ribs.
Locality and Position. From a buff colored limestone above the coal, near
Fort Belknap.
Descriptions of supposed new species of Birds from Cape St. Lucas, Lower
California.
BY JOHN XANTUS.
A sojourn of several months at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, besides
furnishing many species of birds not found by me at Fort Tejon,* has brought
to light several species, which, as far as I have now the means of judging,
seem to be entirely new. I subjoin descriptions of those which appear to be
most decidedly undescribed birds, although it is very probable that a careful
* See Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sciences, August, 1859, for a list of birds collected by me
at Fort Tejon, California.
1859.]
298 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
examination of others of the collection made will result in the detection of ad-
ditional ones.
I defer for the present any notice of the habits and peculiarities of these and
other birds of the Cape, preferring to make this the subject of a special memoir,
after a longer residence shall have enabled me to collect all the facts bearing
on this subject.
Picus lucasanus, Xantus.
General appearance that of Picus nuttalli and scalaris. Bill stout : as long as
or longer than the head. Above black, banded transversely with white on the
back and scapulars to the nape, the rump and outer tail feathers entirely black,
quills with a row of white spots on each web : the outer square, the inner
rounded, these spots on the tertials becoming transversely quadrangular. Be-
neath brownish white, with rounded black spots on 'the sides of the breast,
passing behind on the flanks and under tail coverts into transverse bars.
Greater inner wing coverts transversely barred. Outer two tail feathers white,
with one, sometimes two terminal bars, next to which are one or two bars on
the inner web only ; third feather black, the outer web mostly white, with traces
of a terminal black bar : sometimes there is a greater predominance of black
on the inner web. Two white stripes on side of head, one starting above, the
other below the eye with a tendency to meet behind and form a whitish collar
on the nape. Male with the entire top of the head streaked with red, becom-
ing more conspicuous behind ; each red streak with a white spot at base.
Feathers covering the nostrils smoky brown.
Length 7-15, extent 12-15, wing 4-00, bill above 1-00, middle toe and claw
•80.
Campylorhynchcs affinis, Xantus.
Very similar to C. brunneicapillus. Above grayish olive, each feather on the
back streaked with white, bordered externally by black. Upper tail coverts
and upper surface of tail grayish, with indistinct transverse black bars, much
broken ; quills with a marginal row of rounded whitish spots on each web.
Beneath white, sometimes very faintly tinged behind with yellowish brown ;
the whole under surface quite uniformly marked with rounded spots (more
elongated anteriorly) and of much the same size. On the breast these spots are
rather angular and generally do not cross both webs ; posteriorly, however, they
are more central, and several are sometimes strung along the shaft of the feather.
These spots are larger and rounder on the under tail coverts. Tail feathers,
excepting the two central black, each web banded from the base with alter-
nating bars of white, six or more in each series. Top of the head uniform cin-
namon brown, perhaps slightly paler towards the edges of the feathers ; a white
line from the nostrils over the eye to the nape, the white, however, streaked
with black. Bill and legs dark brown, base of under mandible paler.
Length 7-50, extent 9-75, wing 4-35, tail 4-40, bill above -90, tarsus 1-10.
Harporhynchus cinereds, Xantus.
Very similar to Mimus montanus, with longer and more curved bill. The up-
per parts are grayish brown or cinereous with a faint trace of rufous on the
rump. Beneath white with a tinge of brownish yellowish towards the vent ;
the breast and sides with sharply defined sagittate or subtriangular spots of
brown, scarcely elongated on the sides, the shade of brown similar to, but
darker than that of the back. The lateral tail feathers are tipped with white,
the outer one sometimes edged with the same. There are two narrow dull
whitish bands on the wings.
Length about 10 inches, wing 4-00, tail 4-75, bill above (in a straight line)
1-00.
This species is very abundant at the Cape, and its nests are found among the
cactuses in large numbers. The eggs resemble those of the mocking birds
much more than those of the rest of the genus.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 299
Brachyrhamphus hypoleucu3, Xantus.
Bill slender and slightly curved, about half the length of head. Tarsus scarcely
shorter than middle toe. Above dark brownish black, the edges of the feathers
with a plumbeous tinge ; the side of neck below, and the axillars with the
concealed portion of the sides of the breast, ashy plumbeous. Entire under
parts, including tail coverts and inside of the wings, pure white, this color ex-
tending on the sides of the head so as to include the eyes, the lids, however,
are tinged with dusky ; bill black ; legs apparently reddish in life.
Length 10 inches, extent 15-80, wing 4-70, tail 1-80, bill above -70, gape 1-20,
tarsus -85, middle toe 1-00.
This specimen is considerably weatherbeaten, and the old feathers of the up-
per parts are much worn, and bleached at the edges. The new ones are how-
ever as described.
Notes on a collection of Birds made by Mr. John Xantus, at Cape St. Lucas,
Lower California, and now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.
BY S. F. BAIRD.
Mr. Xantus, in transmitting to the Smithsonian Institution a collection of ob-
jects of Natural History made at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, in the
months of April, May, and June, 1859, has added descriptions of the species
which he ascertained to be new by reference to the limited number of works at
his command. These all appear to be really nondescript, and a careful com-
parison of the entire collection with supposed analogues from the north,
shows differences in other species, entitling them to specific rank.
The examination of the collections of Mr. Xantus has proved of very great
interest in elucidating the zoological peculiarities of the Cape, and especially in
showing that its fauna is almost identical with that of the Gila River, and to a
certain extent with that of the Rio Grande. It is an important fact also, that
while these relationships are exceedingly intimate, there is almost none to the
coast fauna of Upper California. As the birds were all collected during the
spring months, after the migrating species had passed northward, they may be
considered as especially characterizing the region. An examination of the list
will show that of the forty- two kinds thus far received from Mr. Xantus, seven,
or one-sixth, are peculiar to the Cape and probably new, while but two of the
land birds which characterize the Pacific region of upper California are found
there, all the other species being either distributed generally over the whole
United States, or belonging especially to the Gila or Rio Grande regions, sepa-
rately or collectively, and to that of the Southern Rocky Mountains.
Similar conclusions are to be derived from an examination of the other land
vertebrates. The most characteristic mammal is the Spermopkilus harrisii,
heretofore only found in the Colorado desert. The Perognathus penecillatus,
another Colorado species, is also met with. The Macrotus calif ornicus, a leaf-
nosed bat, heretofore only known from a single specimen taken at Fort Yuma,
is very abundant. Lepus californicus and trowbridgii, Mephitis bicolor and Ves-
pertilio pallidus, Le Conte, appear to be species common to the Cape and to
Western Upper California, the two latter occurring also in Texas.
In the Reptilia, also, very interesting facts are to be observed. Here, as far
as can be ascertained by a hasty examination, out of about twelve species of
Saurians, and as many Ophidians, not one is found in Upper California, the
species consisting (with the exception of a few new ones) of such as Dipsosaurus
dorsalis, Uta ornata and stansburiana, Sceloporus scalaris, Callisanrus ventralis,
Stenodactylus variegatus, frc. There is a Phrynosoma very similar to the " corona-
turn" of Upper California, but quite distinct. There is also a very large
1859.]
300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Ctenosaura. 'The serpents are Opkibolus splendidus, a new Crotalus, Masticophis
testaceus ? a Rio Grande Nerodia, Arizona elegans, Scotophis Emoryii, Lamprosoma
episcopum, etc., or species very closely allied to them.
The Zoology of the east side of the gulf of California is not sufficiently well
known to allow a satisfactory comparison with that of Cape St. Lucas ; it is
however probable that the Gila fauna does not extend as far down as the lati-
tude of the Cape, being displaced by the northward extension of the
fauna of Western Mexico. Even at Guaymas, species of birds and reptiles occur,
of genera different from those of the United States, as for instance the genus
Dryophis among the serpents.
It may safely be considered as very probable, that additional species of the
Gila and Colorado regions will hereafter be detected at the Cape, and that a
closer examination of the former localities will bring to light several of the
species for the first time noticed in the Cape collection of Mr. Xantus.
What the causes are which have produced this peculiar distribution of ani-
mal life on the Cape, it is at present impossible fully to elucidate. The moun-
tain crests which extend longitudinally along the peninsula might form an
impassible barrier to the passage of species from one coast to the other, but as
there appears to be no greater obstacle to the extension southward to Cape St.
Lucas from the coast region of Upper California, than from the mouth of the
Colorado along the east side of the peninsula, we would expect to find a much
greater mixture of species at the Cape than really exists. No information is at
present at our command as to the zoology of the interior of the peninsula. It is,
however, quite probable that the narrow vallies enclosed between the moun-
tainous sides of the peninsula may have species widely different from either
those of the Cape itself, and of Upper California, and more analogous to those
of Mazatlan and its vicinity.
The region in which Mr. Xantus obtained the birds hereafter enumerated, is
one which at first sight would not seem a very promising field for exploration.
The shore is sandy for about a quarter of a mile inland, whence a cactus desert
extends for a width of about six miles up to the high mountains on the West and
North. The Cereus giganteus is a prominent feature in this peculiar vegetation,
rising occasionally to a height of sixty or more feet. The ground is covered for
miles with a saline efflorescence, painful to the eye, into or through which the
feet sink to a considerable distance. There is no fresh water nearer than San
Jose, a distance of twenty-eight miles. The region, though in the spring and
summer inhabited almost exclusively by land birds, is said in the rest of the
year to be the resort of innumerable water fowl and waders, among which Mr.
Xantus will doubtless find many rare species.
Before proceeding to an enumeration of the summer birds of Cape St. Lucas,
it may be well to state that they illustrate in a remarkable degree the law de-
rived from an examination of large series of specimens in the Smithsonian
museum, and frequently referred to in the ninth volume of the Pacific R. R.
Report ; namely, that whenever species have a wide range in latitude as resi-
dent birds or as summer visitors, the farther North the species is found breed-
ing, the larger it is, and vice versa. The same principle applies, though in less
marked degree, to an increasing altitude in the same latitude. The difference
in size between the same species of bird breeding at Cape St. Lucas and in
the Colorado Valley, or in the more northern Rocky Mountains, is very strik-
ing, so much so as readily to induce the impression of a difference in the
species.
The following table will illustrate more fully what has been said in regard to
the geographical distribution and character of the species. It will be seen that
all the characteristic land species of the Cape (all supposed to be new except-
ing Colaptes chrysoides) are exceedingly abundant, breeding in large num-
bers.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.
301
US I OP SPECIES.
Cape St. Lucas.
Coast region of
Upper California.
fort Yuma and
Lower Gila.
Southern K. Mts.,
and El Paso. ,
Valley of Rio Uranae
toward its mouth.
South Atlantic and
Gulf States.
CO
si
Sot
5.2
0 13
3
S
a
<
Si
*^
=t
o
w
REMARKS.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
' *
*
*
*
*
*
*?
*
*
*
i
*r
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2*3
*
*2
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
2*5
*
*
*
* i
#
*
*?
?
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Very abundant.
a u
Abundant.
CC
((
Ono specimen.
CC CC
Rather common.
u u
Common.
Not common.
Arery abundant.
a u
One specimen.
Very common.
Common.
One specimen.
Two specimens.
CC CC
One specimen.
Three specimens.
Common.
Very abundant.
CC CC
One specimen.
Very common.
Three specimens
Not common.
Very abundant.
CC CC
Common.
One specimen.
Ono specimen.
Ono specimen.
6. Geowccyx californianus, Baird. • ■
8. Myiarchus mexicanus, var. Baird- •
15. Harporhynchus cinereus, JEantuS"
16. Campy lorhynch us af finis, Xantus-**
20. Chondestea grammaca, Bonap.-
21. Zonotrichia leucopbrys, Swain
23. Guiraca melanocephala, Swain- ■ •
31. Cyanocitta c a 1 i f o r n i c a, Strickl
33. Chanuepelia var. pallescens, Baird
40. Thalassidroma melania, Bonap..- ■■
42. Brachyrhampus hypoleucus, JTan.
42
1 18
21
20 | 18
1 8
8
4
An examination of the table will show that seven (all new) out of forty-two
species may as yet be considered as peculiar to Cape St. Lucas. Two land
birds and two water birds belong to the coast region of Western North America ;
two species are peculiar to the Lower Gila and Colorado, (Centurns uropygialis
and Colaptes chrysoides,) although both may be found in time as far east as
El Paso, i On the other hand, fourteen of the species occur in the region ex-
tending from the Gila to the lower Rio Grande, none of them found in
Upper California, although several stretch northward in the Rocky Mountain
i If this large-billed bird be considered as distinct (M.pertinax) from the true Af. mexi-
canus, it will be entered only in the Cape column.
2 Found in the extension of the mountains south-east into Mexico
3 Extending northward as far as Fort Bridger.
4 Confined to the southern end of this region ; at Fort Tejon.
5 Found on the Pecos only in this region.
1859.]
302 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
region considerably beyond the latitude of San Francisco. But a single species
( Garzetta thula, ) belongs to the South American fauna ; and this may not be
the same bird as the Chilian.
One of the most striking facts of all is that not a single land animal has
been identified as found in Mexico and not in the United States also. Not
a single bird of the Western Tierra Caliente of Mexico has been yet met with,
however abundant it may be on the opposite side of the gulf, not much over a
hundred miles across.
The case, however, is quite different with the marine invertebrates, whicb,
as might be expected, are very closely related to those of Western Mexico.
The accompanying note* from Mr. Stimpson will illustrate the character of
the Crustacea of the Cape.
List of Birds collected from the middle of April to the middle of July, 1859.
1. TiNNtracDLUs sparverius, Vieillot.
2. Bubo virginianus, Bonaparte.
3. Picus lucasanus, Xantus. — This species is intermediate in character be-
tween P. scalaris and P. nuttalli, resembling them very closely, and belonging
to the same division of the genus. It has the brown feathers on the nostrils,
the whole top of the head spotted with red, and the predominance of white
on the cheeks of the former, and the deficiency of black bars in the white of
the tail feathers of the latter ; the black bars, except at the tip, not crossing
the outer web, and the outer web of the third feather being almost entirely
white. The bill and feet, the latter especially, are very stout and large, much
more so than in the others, in nuttalli, especially. In size, it is about inter-
mediate between the other two.
4. Centurus uropygialis, Baird. — As in the other woodpeckers, the speci-
mens of this species have a peculiar weather-beaten and dull appearance.
5. Colaptes chrysoides, Malherbe. — This bird is only known from an im-
perfect description by Malherbe of a single female specimen, and this author
was ignorant of the peculiar feature of the male of this species, namely, in it
combining the characters of both C. auratus and mexicanus. Thus, with ashy
throat and cheeks, and broad, red moustache and absence of nuchal red of the
latter, the shafts and under surface of the wing and tail are gamboge yellow,
as in C. auratus. The tail feathers are more tipped with black than in either
species, the outer being of this color for more than the terminal inch, and
along most of the outer web. The jugular collar and the spots on the breast
are considerably larger than in the other species. The top of the head is
light yellowish brown. In size, this species is considerably inferior to that of
C. auratus.
C. mexicanoides of Lafresnaye has the shafts red.
In the Report on birds of Pacific R. R., Series IX. p. 125, I refer to a
female Colaptes, collected by Mr. Schott, on the line of the Mexican boundary
survey, as possibly of this species. This proves now to be the fact, and ex-
tends the range of the species to the valley of the Gila River. The following
* More than sixty species of Crustacea have already been collected by Mr. Xantus,
more than half of which are new. They belong to the genera Pisa, Thoe, Micippa, Milkrax,
Pericera, Lambrus, Alergatis, Xantthus, Pilumnus, Ozius, Eriphia, Ocypode, Grapsus,
Pachygrapsus, Nautilograpsus, Calappa, Dromidia, Pctrolisthes, Remipes, Albunea,
Lepidops, Cwnobita, Calcinus, Eupagurus, Alpheus, Palcemon, Livoneca, Ligea, Orchestia,
Hyperia, and several new ones. This new and rich Carcinological Fauna differs entirely
from that of the Upper Californian Coast, not a single species being identical, and approxi-
mates more nearly to that of the Western coast of Mexico, from Guaymas to Acapulco ;
also in some degree to that of the Gallapagos Islands. Nearly all of the species described
by De Saussure as inhabiting the Bay of Mazatlan, (Rev. et Mag, de Zoologie v. 354-368),
have been found by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas.
[N.
ov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303
detailed description of this little known species may be of interest : Above
yellowish ash transversely barred with black. Chin, throat, and sides of head
clear ash ; under parts white : a broad pectoral crescent, and rounded spots on
remaining under parts black.- Top of head light brown. Shafts of wing
and tail feathers gamboge yellow. Tail black ; the basal portion yellow ; the
outer feathers uniformly black on the exposed terminal half, including the
shafts. No red on the nape. Bill black. Iris light brown. Male with a
broad, red moustache. No trace of a moustache in the female.
Length of male about 11-00 ; wing 5-50 ; tail 4'50 ; bill above 1*50.
6. Geococcyx californianus, Baird.
7. Chokdeiles texensis, Lawrence.
8. Myiarchus mexicanus, Baird. — This bird does not appear exactly the
same with the species of the United States and Mexico, although I can see no
other difference than a rather stouter bill. This, however, appears to be a
constant character, and may one day cause its separation as a species (M.
pertinax, Baird.)
9. Sayornis nigricans, Bonaparte.
10. Empidonax obscuros, Baird.
11. Hirundo thalassina, Swainson. — Much smaller than specimens from
Oregon.
12. Progne purpurea, Boie.
13. Phaiuopepla nitens, Sclater.
14. Mimus polyglottus, Boie. — The specimens do not exhibit the same
elongation of the tail as remarked in skins from Upper California. The tail
appears, however, a little longer than in specimens from the Atlantic States.
15. Harporhynchus cinereus, Xantus. — This species is very similar in
color and markings to Mimus montanus, although rather larger, with a con-
siderably longer and more curved bill. It is nearly as large as H. longirostris,
the bill of about the same length, though more curved. It differs from it,
however, in the grayish plumage above, in the whitish tips to the tail, and in
having short sagittate spots beneath, instead of elongated black ones. Besides
the longer bill and other features, it lacks the rufous tinge of upper parts seen
in H. rufus. It is smaller than H. curvirostris, the spots beneath much more
distinct and sagittate. They are darker than the back, instead of being of the
same color.
As already remarked, the shade of the coloration and pattern of marking
are almost precisely those of Mimus montanus, while the bill is much like that
of H. longirostris.
16. CampyI/Orhynchps affinis, Xantus. — This species is about the size of
C. brunneicapillus, and resembles it closely in general appearance. The com-
parison of an extensive series of both will, however, exhibit unmistakable
differences.
The anal region and thighs of brunneicapillus have a strongly fulvous ten-
dency, (nearly wanting in qffinis,) and the spots beneath are much smaller,
in fact, scarcely more than shaft lines ; on the throat and jugulum, on the
contrary, the spots occupy almost the entire breadth of the feather, very con-
spicuously larger than the others. In G. affinis the spots beneath are very
nearly of the same size, being larger on the belly and smaller on the throat
than in the other species : the latter but little the larger.
The lateral tail feathers in brunneicapillus are black, all with a subterminal
band of white : the external feather has both webs banded with white
throughout. The next has a trace of a second terminal band, and there are
1859.] 22
304 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF
bands on the whole of the outer web. The remaining feathers, except the
central ones, are banded only on the outer webs ; sometimes not then, when
the whole feather is black, except at the tip. In the other species, C. affinis,
all the feathers (except the central) are banded uniformly with white from
the base, there being from six to eight on each web, which alternate with
each other, the bands being about equal to their black interspaces. The streaks
on the back are more distinctly denned than in brunneicapillus, and the head
above is of a clear, reddish chocolate, instead of the darker brown of the latter
species.*
17. Poljoptila melanura, Lawrence. — The single specimen of this species
sent in by Mr. Xantus has the tail feathers more broadly edged and tipped
with white, and the gray of the back lighter and clearer than in specimens in
the Smithsonian collection from the Gila region.
18. Pakoides flaviceps, Baird. — Specimens are much smaller than those
from the Gila and Rio Grande. The yellow on the head also is brighter. In
some there is a tinge of red in the yellow of the crown. "Wing of male l-90
inches.
19. Carpodacus frontalis, Gray. — Very similar to northern specimens, but
smaller. The resemblance to some Rocky Mountain skins in the Smithsonian
collection is very close.
-20. Chondestes grammaca, Bonap.
"21. Zonotrichea leucophrys, Swains. — It is an interesting fact that this
species should be found at the Cape, instead of gambelii. It is to be borne in
mind that both are found along the Rocky Mountains as far south as El Paso,
and that Z. leucophrys has not yet been detected in Upper California.
22. Calajiospiza bicolor, Bonap. — This species has not yet been detected in
Upper California.
. 23. Guiraca melanocephala, Swainson.
24. Cyanospiza versicolor, Baird. — The female of this species is very
similar to those of C. cyanea and amosna. From the latter it is distinguishable
by the absence of traces of two white bands on the wings, and from both by
the legs being black instead of dark brown. The bill appears to be more
curved, and the legs larger than in the other species.
25. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata, Bonap. — Smaller than Texan specimens.
* The following account of common and specific characters may serve to define the
species better.
Head above uniform brown ; back and scapulars grayish brown, each feather with a
central white streak bordered externally by black ; upper tail coverts and upper surface
of inner tail feathers, obscurely marked transversely with grayish and blackish, other tail
feathers black, barred with white. A white streak over the eye and along side of ^neck^
Body beneath white, with rounded spots of black; strongly marked on the under tail coverts^
C brunneicapillus.— Head above dark brown ; black spots on the throat and breast,
large, occupying the whole breadth of the end of the feather, the spots on the remaining
under parts abruptly'much smaller and less numerous. Crissum lower belly and flanks
strongly tinged with pale rufous. The black tail feathers, except the outer, scarcely
barred with white, except as a subterminal bar.
C. affinis.— Head above dull light chocolate brown ; black spots beneath of much the
same size and strongly marked on nearly every feather, and but little if any more con-
spicuous on the jugulum than elsewhere; on the jugulum they are about opposite the
middle of the feather (not at ihe tip) and do not cross both webs ; very little trace of
rufous any where beneath. All the black tail feathers are crossed wkh white bands on
both webs throughout their whole extent. Length 7-50 ; wing 3-50 ; tail 3.25 ; bill above
-SO; tarsus 1-00.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3C5
26. Cabdctahs igneus, Baird, n. s. — A Cardinal very abundant at the Cape ;
appeared at first sight to be the same with the C. virginianus. A comparison,
however, of a large number of males with as many from the eastern United
States and Texas, shows a difference, in the entire absence of black on the
forehead between the nostrils, the red of the heSd coming down to the base of
the culmen. The black of the side of the bill extends to the nostrils, but not
between them on the forehead as in virginianus. The bill is larger and de-
cidedly more tumid. The size, shape and colors are as in virginianus, the
bill too being red, instead of white as in phoeniceus.
27. Pipilo albigula, Baird, n. s. — Specimens of a Pipilo with the general
aspect of mesoleucus, exhibit a constant difference in a rather greater extent of
white on the middle of the belly. The chin and upper part of the throat are
bounded by a border of dusky spots, which does not extend as far towards the
jugulum as in mesoleucus, and is much better and more regularly defined below,
not being broken up irregularly. The space enclosed by this border of spots
is yellowish brown on the chin as in mesoleucus, but inferiorly on the throat
and in front of the spots it becomes nearly, and sometimes quite white, in de-
cided contrast to the chin color. The bill appears to be more slender. Both
forms agree in having the chestnut hood, the dusky spot on the breast, and
the white of the belly distinguishing them from P.fuscus. The size is that of
mesoleucus from the Rocky Mountains, and inferior to that of fuscus.
28. Agelaius . — A skin of a female Agelaius does not afford charac-
ters sufficient to determine a species. It was collected at San Jose, some ten
miles northeast of the point of the cape.
29. Icterus parisorum, Bonap. — The female of this species is olivaceous
above, (lighter on the rump,) and yellow beneath. The tail feathers, except
the middle ones, are greenish yellow, becoming grayish brown on the terminal
third (which is black in the male, ) and narrowly tipped with whitish. Ther «
are two distinct bands of white on the wing. The lores and throat are tinged
with dusky.
30. Icterus cucullatus, Swainson.
31. Cyanocitta californica, Strickland. — Rather smaller than more north-
ern specimens, but apparently similar. There is, however, a tendency to the
blue tinge of the under tail coverts seen in C. woodkousii, Baird.
32. Melopelia leucoptera, Bonap. — A very abundant species.
33. ChamvEPElia passerina ? var. pallescens, Baird. — A comparison of an ex-
tensive series of Cliamcepelia from Cape St. Lucas, with a similar one from the
Southern Atlantic States, shows constant differences in the shade of coloration
which may be of importance. The pattern is the same, but the shades are
considerably lighter. The chin and anal region are nearly white, the color of
the latter considerably lighter than that of the belly anterior to it, instead of
being much the same. The amethystine spots on the wings are smaller and
apparently less numerous. The bill seems darker, all the hard portion being
black, instead of this color being confined to the tip. The tertials do not ap-
pear to extend so far along the wing, falling short of the tip by about three-
quarters of an inch, scarcely reaching to the end of the eighth primary, instead
of to within less than half an inch or to the end of the fifth or sixth primary.
The tarsi appear stouter in the Cape bird.
34. LOPHORTYX CALIFORNICUS, Bonap.
35. Garzetta thula, Bonap. ? — A white heron (No. 273) closely allied to
G. candidissima appears to be immature, being without the plumose, occipital
and dorsal feathers. It differs from candidissima in the longer bill (3*50 in.
above, instead of 3.15), and in the shorter tarsi (3-60 instead of 4*05.) The
1859.]
306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
toes too are shorter. The lower mandible is yellow along the entire line of the
gonys, and laterally for the basal half. The toes, though evidently not black
orginally like the tarsi, are yet of a greenish black in the dried specimen,
quite distinct from the decide^ yellowish of the other species.
An examination of the adult will be necessary to show whether this bird is
really the thula of Chili or not. It is certainly larger and otherwise different
from specimens brought from Chili by Lt. Grilliss.
36. Aegialitis vociferus, Cassin,
37. Calidris arenaria, Illiger.
38. Fulica Americana, Gmelin.
39. Graculus dilophus? Gray. — Immature.
40. Thalassidroma melania, Bonap.— A single specimen of this species was
collected by Mr. Xantus. I have seen one other obtained near San Francisco
by Mr. Gruber of that city.
41. Blasipus heermannx, Bonaparte.— Young birds only collected.
42. Brachyrhamphus hypoleucus, Xantus. — The occurrence of a species of
this genus as a summer visitor to a point so far south as Cape St. Lucas, or at
the latitude of less than 23° N. is a fact of much interest, when we remember
that the auks have all been considered more or less arctic birds. The affinities
of the new species appear to be chiefly with B. marmoratus, although it lacks
the white scapulars, has the inside of the wing white, instead of sooty, and
much longer tarsi. Its relations to B. brachypterus, hittlitzii and wrangelii of
Brandt it is difficult to determine from the short descriptions of that author.
It come closest to the description of B. brachypterus, but the tarsus is shorter
than the middle toe, not longer.
MINERALOGICAL NOTES.— No. II.
BY WILLIAM JOHNSON TAYLOR.
The number of interesting minerals which have been referred to me by gen-
tlemen of the Academy, are but partially described in the present paper. Des-
criptions and analyses of several minerals of interest, including at least one
new species, I have been obliged to defer for a subsequent communication to
the Academy.
Clayite — a new mineral.
This mineral is remarkable as being near galena in form and composition,
being a sulphide of lead with about twenty-five per cent, of arsenic, antimony
and copper, forming the third of a series of which galena is the first, cuproplum-
bite (found in an adjoining State, Chili) is second, and which contains some
copper and sulphur, but not any antimony and arsenic. In the cuproplumbite
the lead is partially replaced by copper, and in Clayite this also is the case, but
a part of the sulphur is also replaced by antimony and arsenic.
Clayite is remarkable as containing so small a per centage of sulphur — be-
tween eight and nine per cent. only. It occurs in small monometric crystals,
the predominating form of which appears to be a combination of the tetrahe-
dron with the dodecahedron ; they occur as a coating on a layer of quartz,
about a thirty-second of an inch in thickness, which incrusts the massive por-
tion of the mineral. This massive portion of the mineral is filled with minute
quartz crystals, which are microscopic, but the presence of this quartz and the
existence of minute fissures has permitted the mineral to be somewhat acted
upon by the air, and to suffer a probably partial decomposition, as is evinced
[Nor.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
307
by the decolorization of the surface by a bronze tarnish and the occurrence in
the crevices of the blue Covelline (?).
The crystals of Clayite do not appear to be in the least acted upon. Tn color
they are a blackish gray, are quite small, the form only to be distinguished by
a strong pocket lens, and no cleavage observed. Rubbed in an agate mortar,
they are quite malleable, though at first quite frangible. Streak black gray ;
sectile. Hardness about 2-5.
Before the blow-pipe on charcoal it fuses easily, giving a yellow incrustation
surrounded by a white incrustation ; with carbonate of soda a strong alliaceous
odor, and a brilliant metallic globule when hot, which becomes dull and lustre-
less on cooling.
The crystals, as before mentioned, coated a thin layer of quartz, on which
they were associated with small crystals of chalcopyrite. They were carefully
freed from all extraneous matter, and the analyses gave the following results :
I. II.
Sulphur, 8-22 per cent. 8-14
Arsenic, 9-78 "
Antimony, 6-54
Lead, 68-51
Copper, 7-67
Silver, trace.
67-40
5-62
100-72
The less amounts of lead and copper in (II.) are to be accounted for by the
crystals taken for analysis having small particles of the amorphous portion ad-
hering.
Per cent.
Sulphur, 8-22
Lead, 68-11
Copper, 7-67
Arsenic, 9-78
Antimony, 6-54
By taking 2 Cu = 1 Pb, we have the formula
o
As
Quotient.
Ratio.
0-514
10-3
0.658
13-16
0-242
4-8
0-130
2-6
0.050
1-0
Pb
Cu
Sb
Owing to the partial decomposition of the amorphous portion, extending
generally through the specimen by the minute cracks and its minute quartz
granules, no positive composition can be assigned to it.* The following are the
results of a determination of the bases and a calculation of their ratio after the
subtraction of the quartz :
By calculation.
Quartz, 25-73 per cent.
Lead,.. 51-32
Copper, 2-31
Sulphur, 6-75
(Antimony and Arsenic) loss 13-89
100-00
Per centage.
Sulphur, 909
Arsenic and Antimony,.. 18-69
Copper,.. 3-11
Lead,, 69-11
((
6911
per cent
((
3-11
u
It
9-09
it
If
18-69
It
100-00
Quotient.
Katio.
0-564
5
0-191
2
0-098
1-
0-664
6-5
100-00
*The intimate mixture of quartz through the massive portion of the mineral gives it a
lighter color.
1859.]
303 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Again calculating 2 Cu ==Pb, we have the same formula as with the crystals.
Cu
Pb
As
Sb
S
I have seen but one specimen of this mineral, which was given me by Joseph
A. Clay, Esq., having been sent to him from Peru by his brother Hon. J. Randolph
Clay, United States Minister to that country. It was labelled — "Pabonado en
Rocicler de Aranzazu." The appearance of the massive mineral is not unlike
some of the gray coppers, though its color is more of a bluish gray. This
peculiarity together with the bronze tarnish of its surface, with the blue spots
of Covelline (?) and the excess of lead as shown by blow-pipe examination, in-
duced me to make a quantitative analysis of both the massive mineral and the
crystals. The entire specimen was small, and the proportion of the crystallized
mineral being also small, I was obliged to make the examination with a very
limited amount of material. The determination of the specific gravity must be
deferred until more of the mineral is obtained.
I name this mineral in honor of the Messrs. Clay, whose interest and exertions
in mineralogy are so well known to mineralogists in this country and abroad.
The protracted illness of Prof. J. D. Dana, and his subsequent departure for
Europe, prevented his measurement of the microscopic crystals which I had
sent to New Haven.
Stromeyerite.
The specimen of this mineral which I obtained from the cabinet of Joseph A.
Clay, Esq., was remarkable as resembling, in many of its characters, the mine-
ral Sternbergite more than Stromeyerite. A blow-pipe examination, in which
I found copper, together with the want of flexibility in the crystals, and their
high lustre, led me to refer the mineral to Stromeyerite. To decide this doubt-
ful point, I picked out with difficulty a little of the pure mineral for analysis.
The mineral is from Copiapo, Chili. It occurs in small six-sided aggregated
crystals belonging to the trimetric system, not exceeding an eighth (£) of an
inch in diameter, which are implanted on minute quartz crystals, forming
rose-like or fan-like clusters, having the striae of 0 distinctly marked, and with
striae on the edges. In its appearance (as before mentioned) it is more like
Sternbergite, but differs by the absence of flexibility, and also possesses more
lustre than any specimens of Sternbergite which I have seen.
Hardness from' 2-5 to 3. Lustre metallic: color dark steel gray: streak
nearly black and shining. Sectile, does not soil paper : crystals brittle.
The Stromeyerite occurs in small veins and fissures in barytes, the sides of
which are lined with very small quartz crystals and associated with small crys-
tals of Pyrargyrite.
Before the blow-pipe on charcoal fuses to a white globule, somewhat malle-
able, which, with the fluxes, gives the reaction of copper: with carbonate of
soda gives the reaction of sulphur.
The following are the results of my analyses :
I. II. III.
Sulphur 16-35 per cent. 16-49 per cent.
Silver 69-59 « « 66-39
Copper 11-12 "
Iron 2-86 «
99-92
The silver determination of (III.) was from
a little Pyrargyrite.
Per cent.
Sulphur 16-35
Silver 69-59
Copper 11-12
Iron 2-86
some impure cry
stals co
Quotient.
Ratio,-
1-02
10-2
0.64
6-4
0-36
3-6
o-io
10
[N-
ov
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 800
By taking 2 Cii = Ag. we have the formula (Ag Cu Fe) S or 6 Ag S +- 2 Cu
S + Fe S.
POLYBASITE.
I am indebted to Joseph A. Clay, Esq., also, for a duplicate specimen of an unde-
termined mineral, which he lately received from Peru, labelled "A compact silver
ore from San Pedro Nolasio, Tres Puntos, near Copiapo." From a fragment of
a crystal I made an approximative analysis, which proves the mineral to belong
to this species, as I have with the quantity at my disposal (0-0814 grammes,)
been able with care to determine the proportion of the sulphides of silver and
copper, which prove by the excess of base, that the mineral is of the species so
appropriately named Polybasite.
The specimen which I have, contains short tabular hexagonal crystals, the
terminal planes of which show the triangular striae. These crystals are imbed-
ed in crystallized gypsum, and are more developed by keeping the specimen for
a short time in cold water. Calcite in scaleneohedrous crystals, minute portions
of blende and pyrites were also associated in the specimen.
Hardness about 2. Lustre metallic : color between steel gray and iron black.
Streak, iron black. Opaque sectile, brittle, soft. Fracture uneven.
The following are the results of my analyses :
Per cent. Quotient. Ratio.
Sulphur 16-14 1-0 8
Silver 64-18 0-59 5
Copper 8-13 0-26 2
(Arsenic and Antimony) loss.. 11-55 0-12 1
100-00
From which may be deduced the formula : — 5 Ag S+Cu S-f-(As Sb) S3.
Glascerite (?)
In No. 1 of " Mineralogical Notes," published in the Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences for August, 1858, I mention a mineral which I
found among some specimens recently presented to the Academy, brought from
the Chincha Islands of the Pacific Ocean ; it was labelled " Ammonia."' From
its appearance I suspected it to be a sulphate. By a qualitative analysis the
sulphate of ammonia was found to be combined with a sulphate of one of the
fixed alkalies, which I then supposed to be principally soda. By a quantitative
analysis I now find that the quantity of soda is a minimum, and that the prin-
cipal alkali is potash. The salt is therefore really a double sulphate of potash
and ammonia, and notwithstanding the probability of its being a distinct salt
and a new mineral species, I will, for the present, refer it to Glascerite, with a
mark of interrogation. There is mentioned in Gmelin's Handbook of Chemis-
try, (Cavendish edition, vol. iii. p. 71.) a sulphate of potash and ammonia, which
from the description therein given, accords with this mineral, (" scaley, shining,
bitter crystals, unacted upon by the air and leaving neutral sulphate of potash
when ignited.") Not one analysis is given, neither is the proportion of potash
and ammonia mentioned, but reference is made to an article on this substance
(artificial double sulphate of potash and ammonia) by Link, Chemische An-
nalen von Dr. Lorenz Crell, 179«, i, 29, to which work it is not in my power
to refer.
The glascerite (?) is in compact lumps or concretions about the size of
hickory nuts ; the color is yellowish white, with a crystalline structure ; taste
pungent and bitter opaque ; permanent in the air. Hardness about 2. Reac-
tion with litmus paper perfectly neutral. Before the blow-pipe on platinum
foil, blackens and fuses with difficulty, leaving a white bead which is soluble
in water and tastes a little saline and bitter. When heated in a platinum cru-
cible it becomes first black and then burns perfectly snow-white, not fusing at a
high heat.
1859.]
310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The following are results of my analyses :
I. II.
Sulphuric acid 48-40 per cent. 48-30 per cent.
Ammonia 5-37 " 5-10 "
P°^sh i3:f\ « 46-49
Soda 1-68/
Organic matter trace trace
98-90 99.89
Per cent. Oxygen ratio.
Sulphuric Acid 48-35 28-96
Ammonia 5-23 1*60'
Potash andSoda 45 81 7*77
From which may be deduced the general formula (KO, NHi O) S03.
| 9-37
Description of new species of the Coleopterous family Histeridse.
BY JOHN LECONTE.
In the year 1845, when I published a Monograph of the American Histeroid3
in the Boston Journal of Natural History, my memoir contained seventy-nine
species. There were probably at that time contained in European collections,
about two-hundred and fifty species collected from all parts of the world. Since
then, the Abbe de Marseulhas published his great work, "Essai monographique
sur la famille des Histerides," and furnished accurate descriptions of six hun-
dred and twenty species, besides collecting from other writers one hundred
and twenty-six more which he has not been able to see. Of these, forty-five
species were brought by my son from California. I now add twenty-five
species from our own country, from Central America, and from Cuba, with one
from Africa, making the whole number at present known to be seven hundred
and seventy-two.
To what sum this may hereafter be increased, it is impossible to say, a great
part of California has not yet been explored, and the States of New Mexico and
Texas have as yet yielded very few. It is remarkable that among the numerous
collections made by different exploring parties, so few of this family of insects
have been found. Perhaps they may have found it disagreeable to look for
them in the peculiar situations where most of them inhabit.
I add a few words respecting the name Hister. This word is said to be derived
from the Latin Histrio, or Etruscan Histrion, meaning a player, on account of
some few of them having red marks on the elytra, or from their feigning death
(as a vast number of insects do) when first caught, which derivation appears
inappropriate. The Roman poet D. J. Juvenalis in his second satire, verse 41,
mentions a filthy fellow of the name of Hister. Linnaeus was fond of alluding
to the classic writers of Rome, and finding these insects living in the most
filthy conditions, very properly gave this name to animals found in the midst
of excrements and putrefaction.
Hololepta p r i n c e p s . Oblongus, niger, nitidus, capitis lateribus utrinque
linea lougitudinali impressis ; mento concavo profunde emarginato ; pronoto
linea dorsali a basi ad medium, stria marginali antice profundiore ; elytris
striis duabus ad basin, interna minima, externa brevi, fossa lateralis postice
attenuata ; propygidio antice ad latera persparse grosse punctato, pygidio sat
dense punctato ; epipleuris rugosulis unistriatis ; corpore subtus medio impunc-
tato, tibiis anticis et intermedins quadrirdentatis, posticis tridentatis.
Tejon Pass, California ; John Xantus, Esq.
Oblong, black, shining, sides of the head with a small longitudinal line
impressed on each side ; chin concave, deeply emarginate. Thorax with a
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311
dorsal line reaching from the base to the middle, marginal stria deeper on
the fore part. Elytra parallel, with two striae at the base near the shoulder,
the internal one very small, the external one more apparent but short, lateral
fossa profound, attenuated behind. Propygidium anteriorly at the sides very
sparsely and coarsely punctate, pygidium tolerably densely punctate. Epipleurae
rugosulous, unistriate. Body beneath impunctate, the pleurae very thickly and
coarsely punctate. Prosternum rounded at the apex, with an anterior oblique
margin on each side. Antic and intermediate tibiae four-toothed, the posterior
three-toothed. Length *67 : including the jaws -8.
By far the largest of the known species of this family. The Oxysternus,
hitherto considered the largest Histeroid, is -5 in length.
Omalodes r o t u n da t u s . Rotundus, convexus, niger nitidus, fronte stria
circulari integra medio paulo emarginata ; pronoto lateribus impunctatis ;
elytris stria dorsali prima integra, secunda postice abbreviata, tertia medio in-
terrupta, quarta utrinque abbreviata, suturali basali, parva, brevi.
Mexico.
Round, convex, black, very shining ; front impressed with a circular entire
stria, a little emarginated in the middle. Thorax stria entire, ambient, the
sides impunctate. Elytra with the shoulders projecting, humeral stria scarcely
apparent, subhumeral abbreviated in the middle, first dorsal subentire, second
abbreviated behind, third interrupted in the middle, fourth abbreviated on both
sides and placed opposite the interruption of the third, sutural small, short,
basal. Epipleurae, sternum and mesosternum impunctate, the first unistriate.
Propygidium thinly, pygidium densely punctate. Antic tibiae four-toothed.
Length -35.
Phelister af finis . Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus fronte concava; pro-
noto puncticulato, stria marginali integra; elytris laevissimis, striis punctatis,
dorsalibus quatuor primis integris, quinta et suturali aequalibus, antice ante
medium abbreviatis, subhumerali ante medium antice valde abbreviata ; py-
gidio punctato.
Mexico.
Oval, convex, black, shining, frontal stria rounded. Thorax entirely punc-
ticulate, the marginal stria entire. Elytra very smooth, the striae punctate, first
four dorsal equal, entire, the fifth and sutural equal, abbreviated anteriorly
before the middle, subhumeral anteriorly very much abbreviated. Epipleurae
impunctate, bistriate. Pygidium rather scatteringly punctured. Feet brown-
ish antic tibiae 5-toothed. Long -1.
Phelister marginellus. Ovalis marginatus, convexus, rufus, niti-
dus impunctatus, fronte concava ; pronoto stria marginali integra, ambiente ;
elytris striis impunctatis, dorsalibus quatuor primis integris, aequalibus, quinta
et suturali ante medium antice abbreviatis, subhumerali integra.
Maryland.
Oval widely margined, convex, rufous, shining, impunctate ; front excavated.
Margin of the thorax projecting and containing the marginal stria which is
entire and ambient and leaves a narrow raised cushion on the fore part. Ely-
tra with the first four dorsal striae entire and equal, the fifth aud sutural ab-
breviated anteriorly before the middle, all of them impunctate, subhumeral
entire, placed on the margin. Pygidium punctate ; antic tibiae indistinctly five-
toothtd. Length "1.
Phelister Panamensis. Ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus, fronte leviter
concava ; pronoto ad latera puncticulato, estriato ; elytris striis dorsalibus
quatuor primis integris, quinta et suturali abbreviatis, stria subhumerali antice
abbreviata, pygidio dense punctato*
Panama.
Oval, convex, pitchy, shining, front lightly concave : thorax puncticulate on
the sides, without a stria, marginal stria entire. Elytra with the four first dorsal
1859.]
312 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
Striae entire, equal, the fifth abbreviated anteriorly much behind the middle, the
sutural before the middle; epipleuree and mesosternum impunctate, the former
bistriate, pygidium densely punctate. Feet rufous, antic tibiae with six small
teeth. Length *1.
Resembles the Ph. ve r n u s ; but differs in the less concave frout, in the
longer sutural stria, and in the punctate pygidium ; the Ph. v e r n u s has this
part very finely puncticulate, it is likewise a little larger.
Hister h os p i t u s . Subrotundus, convexus, niger, nitidus, stria frontali
subsinuata; prouoto unistriato ; elytris striis tribus dorsalibus primis integris,
quarta et quinta obsoletis, suturali ante medium antice abbreviata, subhumerali
nulla ; propygidio utrinque ad latera impresso ; tibiis anticis tridentatis.
Western States.
Roundish convex, black, shining, impunctate, frontal stria subsinuate, mandi-
bles toothless. Thorax with one entire stria, the descending portion of which
forms a right angle with the part in front. Elytra with the first three dorsal
striae entire, equal, the fourth and fifth obsolete or only marked by an apical
and basal point, sutural anteriorly abbreviated before the middle, subhumeral
none ; epipleurae punctate bistriate. Propygidium with an impression on each
side and with the pygidium densely punctate, mesosternum very slightly emar-
ginate. Antic tibiae tridentate, the anterior tooth large. Length -2.
Hister regularis. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidissimus, impunc-
tatus, fronte stria subplana ; pronoto striis duabus externa abbreviata, interna
integra ; elytris striis tribus dorsalibus primis integris, quarta et quinta medio
antice abbreviatis, suturali ante medium antice abbreviata, subhumerali medio
antice abbreviata, pygidio puoctato ; tibiis anticis tridentatis.
Africa.
. Oval, a little convex, black, very shining, impunctate, frontal stria nearly
plain, a little incurved in the middle, mandibles strong, two-toothed, deeply
longitudinally excavated. Thorax bistriate, the external stria much abbreviated
posteriorly before the middle, the interior entire, sinuate in the middle, the
marginal very lightly marked. Elytra a -little narrowed behind, with impunc-
tured striae, the first three equal, entire, fourth and fifth abbreviated anteriorly
in the middle, the sutural a little before the middle, subhumeral impunctate ;
pygidium punctate. Antic tibia? tridentate. Length -35.
Hister granadensis. Suboblongiis, convexus, niger, nitidus, stria
frontali sinuata ; pronoto bistriato, striis subequalibus, subintegris ; elytris striis
quatuor dorsalibus primis integris, quinta, suturali et subhumerali antice ab-
breviatis ; propygidio utrinque impressione profunda laterali et cum pygidio
punctato ; tibiis anticis quadridentatis.
Panama.
Rather oblong, convex, black, shining. Head punctate, slightly impressed,
stria sinuate. Thorax very finely puncticulate, bistriate, striaj subequal, sub-
entire the outer one a little more abbreviated than the inner. Elytra smooth,
the first four dorsal striae equal, entire, fifth very much abbreviated behind the
middle, sutural abbreviated before, subhumeral in the middle ; epipleura? bi-
striate ; propygidium with a deep lateral impression on each side, and with the
pygidium thickly punctured. Antic tibiae four-toothed, the anterior tooth
bifid, the posterior minute. Length -26.
Resembles H. coenosus.
Hister defectu s. Rotundus niger, nitidus, stria frontali rotundata ; pro-
noto bistriato, stria interiore integra exteriore ante medium postice abbreviata:
elytris striis quatuor dorsalibus primis integris, quinta nulla vel punctum
merum, suturali abbreviata, subhumerali nulla : tibiis anticis quadridentatis.
New York to Georgia.
Roundish, black, shiniag, impunctate except on the head, frontal stria
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 313
rounded, mandibles one-toothed. Thorax bistriate, the inner stria entire, the
outer posteriorly abbreviated before the middle. Elytra with the first four
dorsal striae entire, equal, the fifth a mere point or altogether wanting, the
sutural anteriorly abbreviated before the middle and posteriorly towards the
apex, subhumeral none ; epipleurae punctate, bistriate. Mesosternum punctate,
entire; pygidium coarsely punctate. Antic tibiae four-toothed, the anterior
tooth emarginate. Length 'IS.
Hister a m b i g e n a . Subrotundus, subconvexus, niger nitidus punctulatus,
stria frontali antice plana ; pronoto striis duabus inequalibus, exteriore postice
valde abbreviata, interiore integra: elytris striis omnibus dorsalibus integris,
quinta et suturali antice connexis, subhumeralibus duabus antice abbreviatis ;
tibiis anticis tridentatis.
Vermont.
Roundish, subconvex, black, shining, punctulate ; frontal stria plane in front.
Mandibles toothless. Thorax bistriate, the interior stria entire, the exterior
posteriorly abbreviated before the middle. All the dorsal striae of the elytra
with the sutural entire, equal, this last connected anteriorly with the fifth at
the base, subhumeral two anteriorly abbreviated, the exterior one longer,
epipleurae punctate unistriate pygidium punctate, mesosternum not emarginate.
Antic tibiae tridentate ; anterior tooth emarginate. Length -175.
Hister fu rtivu s . Subrotundus, niger, nitidus, impunctatus ; pronoto
bistriato, stria exteriore postice abbreviata ; elytris striis tribus exterioribus in-
tegris equalibus, quarta antice abbreviata, quinta basali, suturali utrinque
abbreviata, humerali distincta, subhuraerali vix ulla, epipleuris punctatis, tri-
striatis ; prosterno antice truncato, utrinque dente parvo armato ; tibiis anticis
tridentatis.
Georgia.
Roundish, black, shining, impunctate, frontal stria entire rounded. Thorax
bistriate, exterior stria posteriorly abbreviated below the middle. Elytra, first
three dorsal stria? entire, fourth anteriorly abbreviated in the middle, fifth basal,
a mere point, or entirely wanting, sutural anteriorly abbreviated, humeral
distinct, subhumeral scarcely any; epipleurae punctate, with three striae, the
third one rudimentary ; prosternum truncate at the apex with a small tooth on
each side, propygidium and pygidium punctate, the first with an impression on
each side. Antic tibiae three-toothed. Length *4.
Very much resembles the H. depurator, but this last has the prosternum
rounded at the apex, bent down and margined, it likewise has the sutural stria
sometimes entire, but oftener abbreviated on both sides.
Epierus mehicanus. Ellipticus, convexiusculus, niger nitidus, fronte
convexa, impunctata ; pronoto dense puncticulato, stria marginali integra ;
elytris impunctatis, striis omnibus integris punctatis, marginali integra leviter
impressa ; epipleuris punctatis, unistriatis.
Mexico.
Elliptic, rather convex, black, shining, head impunctate, front convex. Tho-
rax densely puncticulate, marginal stria lightly impressed, entire. Elytra
smooth, impunctate, all the striae entire, equal, punctate, the marginal or sub-
humeral entire, slightly impressed, epipleurae punctate, unistriate. Pygidium
densely puncticulate. Feet black. Length -125.
Epierus ellipticus. Ellipticus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus, fronte con-
vexa puncticulata, pronoto dense puncticulato, stria marginali integra; elytris
impunctatis, striis omnibus integris punctatis, subhumerali sive marginali for-
titer impressa, epipleuris punctatis unistriatis.
Southern States.
Elliptic, rather depressed, black, shining, front convex, puncticulate. Thorax
densely puncticulate, marginal stria entire, tolerably strongly impressed. Ely-
tra impunctate, all the strias punctate, entire, the marginal or subhumeral,
1859.]
314 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
entire, strongly impressed, epipleurai punctate, unistriate. Pygidium densely
puncticulate. Feet dark rufous. Length -1.
Epierus devius. Ellipticus convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, impunctatus ;
fronte convexa ; pronoto stria marginali integra ; elytris striis dorsalibus im-
punctatis quinque integris, suturali basi valde ante medium abbreviata, mar-
ginali integra ; epipleuris punctatis unistriatis.
Mexico.
Elliptic, rather convex, black, shining, impunctate. Front convex, not punc-
ticulate. Thorax marginal stria entire. Elytra the five dorsal striae entire,
equal, impunctate, the inner ones more lightly impressed, the sutural abbre-
viated at the base much beyond the middle, the marginal or subhumeral entire ;
epipleurse punctate, unistriate. Pygidium densely punctulate, feet black.
Length -13.
Carcinops geminatus. Subrotundus, convexiusculus, punctatus, niger,
nitidus ; pronoto stria marginali nulla, antice utrinque impresso ; elytris striis
punctatis, quatuor primis dorsalibus integris, aequalibus, quarta basi versus
suturam arcuata ; quinta et suturali antice abbreviatis, interstitiis sulcatis,
subhumerali ante medium abbreviata, tibiis anticis tridentatis.
New York.
Pioundish, rather convex, punctate, black, shining. Front convex. Thorax
without any marginal stria. Elytra with the striae deeply impressed, punctate,
the four first equal, entire, the fourth curved at the base towards the sutural,
the fifth abbreviated anteriorly before the middle, sutural nearly entire, the
interstices of the elytra deeply sulcate, so that the striae appear geminate, sub-
humeral abbreviated before the middle ; epipleurae punctate, bistriate ; antic
tibiae tridentate. Length -13.
Carcinops parvulus. Ovalis, depressus, niger, nitidus, fronte punticu-
lata plana, non striata, pronoto laevi lateribus punctulatis, stria marginali in-
tegra von ambiente, elytris striis quatuor primis dorsalibus integris, quinta et
suturali antice abbreviatis, subhumerali nulla, epipleuris laevibus bistriatis ; py-
gidio grosse punctate
Cuba.
Oval depressed, black, shining, front puncticulate, plane, without a
stria. Thorax smooth, puncticulate on the sides, marginal stria entire, not am-
bient. Scutellum very apparent. Elytra smooth, impunctate, strise punctate,
first four dorsal equal, entire, fifth abbreviated anteriorly before the middle, the
sutural at the middle, subhumeral none : epipleurse impunctate, bistriate ; pygi-
dium coarsely punctate. Feet black, antic tibiae tridentate. Length -07.
Paromalus estriatus. Ovatus, depressus, niger, nitidus, supra totus punc-
ticulatus; fronte convexiuscula ; pronoto stria marginali non ambiente; elytris
estriatis.
Pennsylvania.
Ovate, depressed, black very shining, above puncticulate, beneath im-
punctate. Front convex. Thorax straight at the base, marginal stria
entire, not ambient. Elytra without any striae, the subhumeral likewise
wanting. Epipleurae bistriate. Pygidium daedalous. Antic tibiae four-toothed.
Length «1.
Paromalus parallelus. Oblongus, depressus, niger, nitidus, dense
puncticulatus, fronte estriata, pronoto stria marginali integra ; elytris stria ex-
teriore basali postice abbreviata, striis aliisque tribus medianis utrinque valde
abbreviatis, suturali medio antice abbreviata.
Cuba.
Oblong, depressed, black, shining, densely puncticulate ; front without a stria,
a little convex. Thorax marginal stria entire. Scutellum not visible. Elytra
with the sides parallel, with four dorsal striae on each, the external one basal^
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 815
posteriorly very much abbreviated before the middle, the three others in the
middle of the elytra very much abbreviated before and behind, sutural ante-
riorly abbreviated in the middle, subhumeral or marginal none ; epipleurae bi-
striate : feet dark brown, antic tibiae with four teeth. Length -1.
Saprinus latubris. Ovalis, niger, nitidus, fronte puncticulata ; pronoto
lateribus et basi punctatis ; elytris postice diagonaliter extrorsum punctatis,
lateribus impunctatis ; striis omnibus dorsalibus postice pone medium abbrevi-
atis, prima et secunda longioribus inaequalibus, tertia et quarta brevioribua
aequalibus, quarta cum suturali integra connexa, subhumerali minima ; tibiis
anticis crenatis.
Western States.
Oval, black, shining, front puncticulate. Thorax punctate on the sides and
base, marginal stria entire. Elytra diagonally and outwardly punctate behind,
the sides smooth, dorsal strias all abbreviated behind the middle, the first and
second longer, unequal, the third and fourth shorter and equal, the fourth
joined to the sutural, which is entire, subhumeral a mere point. Epipleurae
smooth. Pygidium punctata. Antic tibial crenate. Length •!.
Saprinus sterquilinus. Rotundus, niger nitidus, capite punctato, vertice
impresso, stria frontali nulla, pronoto lateribus punctatis, disco punctulato ;
elytris postice punctatis, striis dorsalibus postice abbreviatis per paria sub-
sequalibus, quarta versus suturam arcuata, suturali autice ante medium, postice
vero paulo abbreviata, subhumerali utrinque abbreviata, tibiis anticis spinoso-
denticulatis.
Cuba.
Round, black, shining, head puncticulate, vertex impressed with a small
fovea, stria none. Thorax puncticulate on the sides and base punctate. Elytra
diagonally, outwardly and downwardly punctate, except on the sides, dorsal
striae abbreviated behind, equal by pairs, the outer ones the longest, the outer-
most one deeply and broadly impressed, the "fourth one curved before but not
joined to the sutural, which is abbreviated anteriorly before the middle and
likewise a short instance from the apex, subhumeral very much abbreviated
both before and behind. Epipleurs and mesosternum punctate. Antic tibiae
spinoso-denticulate. Length *13.
Saprinus d is core. Ovalis convexus, niger, nitidissimus, fronte puncticu-
lata, stria nulla ; pronoto lateribus et basi punctatis, hoc anguste, illis latius ;
elytris postice punctatis, striis omnibus dorsalibus postice abbreviatis, prima
pone medium, ceteris medio abbreviatis fequalibus, stria suturali postice ab-
breviata, subhumerali utrinque abbreviata; tibiis anticis pluri-dentatis.
Mexico.
Oval, convex/ black, very shining. Head punctate, stria none. Thorax punc-
ticulate, widely punctured on the sides, and narrowly on the base, marginal
stria entire. Elytra diagonally, outwardly and downwardly punctate, except on
the sides, dorsal strias profoundly punctate, the first abbreviated beyond the
middle, the three others at the middle and equal, the fourth joined to the sutu-
ral, which is abbreviated behind, the subhumeral abbreviated on both sides.
Prosternum finely punctured, mesosternum the upper part coarsely punctate, the
lower puncticulate. Epipleurae impunctate. Length «15.
Saprinus scrupularis. .Niger, nitidus, fronte puncticulata, stria nulla :
pronoto puncticulato, lateribus late punctatis ; elytris punctatis, striis dorsali-
bus subaequalibus postice abbreviatis, quarta cum suturali antice connexa, tertia
paulo longiore, subhumerali antice medio abbreviata ; pygidio dense puncticu-
lato, epipleuris mesosternoque grosse punctatis ; tibiis anticis sex-dentatis.
Georgia.
Black or. pitchy, shining, front convex, puncticulate, stria none. Thorax punc-
ticulate, the sides widely punctate, marginal atria entire. Elytra entirely punc-
1859.]
316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
tate except on the sides, subhutneral stria anteriorly abbreviated in the middle,
the dorsal striae generally equal, the third sometimes a little longer than the
others, all of them abbreviated behind the middle, the fourth anteriorly united
with "the sutural, which is entire. Epipleurae and mesosternum coarsely punc-
tate. Pygidium thickly puncticulate. Legs dark brown. Antic tibiae sexdentate.
Length -09.
The smallest species of this genus.
Saprinus o 1 i d u s . Niger nitidus, fronte puncticulata ; pronoto lateribus et
basi dense puncticulato, stria marginali integra ; elytris postice dimidio et lateri-
bus dense aciculato-punctatist, area scutellari magna nitidissima, stria subhu-
merali antice abbreviata, striis dorsalibns subaequalibus quarta cum seturali
antice connexa, suturali integra.
Texas.
Round, black, shining, front puncticulate on the sides and base, marginal
stria entire. Elytra densely aciculato-punctate behind for one-half their length
and on their sides, subscutellar area large, very shining, subhutneral stria ab-
breviated before, dorsal striae equal, abbreviated behind the middle, the fourth
united to the sutural, which is entire. Pygidium densely punctate. Epipleur.x
and mesosternum coarsely punctured. Legs dark brown, antic tibiae many-
toothed. Length -1.
Saprinus fulgidus. Rotundus, piceus nitidus, fronte simplici puncticu-
lata ; pronoto toto punctato ; elytris punctatis, area subscutellari nitidissima,
striis dorsalibus postice abbreviatis, secunda longiore tertia et quarta requaii-
bus, quarta cum suturali connexa; suturali integra, subhumerali antice ante
medium abbreviata.
Cuba.
Round, pitchy, shining, submetallic, front simple, puncticulate. Thorax en-
tirely punctate, marginal stria entire. Elytra punctate with a smooth very
shining, subscutellar area, upper part of the sides impunctate, dorsal striae ab-
breviated behind, the second the longest, the third and fourth equal, the last
joined to the sutural which is entire, subhumeral abbreviated anteriorly before
the middle. Pygidium and mesosternum punctate. Legs brown. Antic tibia?
many-toothed. Length -1.
Hetserius setiger. Rotundus, convexus, rufo-piceus, nitidus; pronoto
marginato, parce granulato et setoso ; elytris seriatim setosis, striis tribus ex-
ternis elevatis, internis punctatis.
Found in Habersham Co., Georgia, in the nest of a small species of ant under
the bark of a tree.
Round, convex, rufo-piceous, shining. Front concave, with three short
diverging crests. Thorax twice as broad as it is long, narrowed anteriorly,
the sides widely rounded with a prominent margin, the disk thinly granulated,
each granule furnished with a short erect bristle. Elytra a little wider than
the thorax, the sides widely rounded with six striae on each, the internal ones
not impressed, confusedly punctate, the external ones slightly elevated, punc-
tate, all the punctures setigerous. Pygidium thinly and rudely granulate.
Antic tibiae dilated with a spinulous margin. Length -06.
Teretrius americanus. Cylindricus, elongatus, niger, estriatus, totus
punctatus, capite magno fronte convexa ; pronoto antice paulo declivi, lateri-
bus subsinuatis leviter marginato ; elytris parallelis, convexis, lateribus rotun-
datis.
Middle States.
Cylindrical, elongated, black, estriate, entirely punctate. Head large, front
convex, antennae rufous. Thorax oblong, longer than it is wide, convex, rounded
and subsinuate on the sides, with a very slight margin, the marginal stria is
only apparent on the anterior angles of the thorax and runs but a short distance
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 317
on each side. Elytra rufous on the sides, parallel, convex, cut off square at
the apex, densely and distinctly puncttyed, suture a little raised. Epipleurae
bistriate. Legs rufous. Antic tibiae dilated, fiv e-dentate. Length -1.
The European species, to which this is very n early allied, has no margin to
the thorax, but merely a marginal stria. Our sp ecies wants the small furrow
at the exterior base of the margin of the thorax. The thorax is moreover more
finely and sparsely and the elytra more coarsely punctate.
In my Monograph of these insects,, the American was considered identical
with the European species.
Contributions to American Lepidopterology.—No. 2.
BY BRACXENRIDGE CLEMENS, M. D.
TlNEINA.
LlTHOCOLLETIDwE.
Imago with pointed or almost caudate anterior wings, with the costal ner-
vure rather short and nearly coincident with the basal portion of the anterior
margin ; with the subcostal simple from the base to the apical third of the
wing, where it delivers to the costa two or three very short marginal nervules
(except in Tischeria ;) with the discoidal cell usually acute behind, with one or
two branches to the tip of the wing: with the median simple nearly to the
tip, and dividing into two approximated nervules, with the submedian simple.
Tne posterior wings linear- lanceolate, with a very short costal nervure at the
base ; with the subcostal nervure simple ; with the median nervure simple and
both rather faintly indicated.
Table of Genera.
Head with a tuft above.
Tuft abundant and hairy.
Antennas simple.
Lithocolletis . — Anterior wings with two subcosto-marginal veins and
one from the apex of the discoidal cell-
Tuft little exceeding the front, scaly.
Antennae ciliated in the ^.
Ti s che ria. — Anterior wings with four subcosto-marginal veins, the first
from near the basal third ; discoidal cell not pointed and two distinct discal ner-
vules. , l
Tuft scanty, not overarching the vertex.
Le ucanthiza .* — Anterior wings with three subcosto-marginal veins ; dis-
coidal cell acute, with two distmct veins from the apex.
Head smooth.
Phyllocnistis . — Anterior wings with three subcosto-marginal veins ; dis-
coidal cell pointed with a single vein from the apex, furcate near the tip.
Lithocolletis Zeller.
Head roughened with an abundant tuft of hairs overarching the vertex.
Front smooth, broad and retreating or much retreating. Ocelli none. Eyes
scarcely visible and partially covered with scales. Antenna? simple, hardly
shorter than the anterior wings, with the basal joint moderately thickened, but
not expanded into an eye-cap. Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi filiform
and drooping, (in the living insect ascending.) Tongue naked, about as long
as the anterior coxae.
* This genus and the one preceding it, belong to the family Lyonetidae in the system
of European writers. The close relationship indicated in the structure of the perfect in-
sects, and the general harmony of their histories, do not, however, in my own view, au-
thorize the separation of the genera here described, into distinct families.
1859.]
318 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
The anterior wings are pointed (from the outline of the cilia appearing to be
elliptical,) the posterior lanceolate. Injthe anterior wings the discoidal cell is
acute behind ; the subcostal nervure sends two short branches to the costa, and
from the apex of the discoidal cell a single vein to the tip. The median ner-
vure sends two veins to the inner margin near the tip. In Desmodiella there is
but one subcosto-marginal vein. In the posterior wings both the subcostal and
median nervures are simple.
There are two larval forms in this genus. In the first, the head is much
longer than broad, acutely ellipsoidal, with the sides rather thick and rounded ;
the body is cylindrical, submoniliform and the thoracic rings somewhat swollen.
In the second, the head is thin and flattened, with the mandibles forming an
appendage in front ; the body flattened, deeply incised and mammillated on the
sides. In both groups there are three pairs of thoracic feet, three of abdominal
and a terminal pair, but shorter in the second than the first.
The larvae mine the upper and under side of leaves, the larvse of the first
group usually throwing the leaf into a fold and feeding from the margins of the
mine to the center ; those of the second forming a flat mine, sometimes a rather
broad linear tract and sometimes an irregular blotch, their mandibles being
capable of working only in a horizontal direction. They change into pupa
within the mine, some weaving a firm cocoon, some suspended in a web, and
some forming a cocoon of grains of excrement and silk, or constructing the
outline of the cocoon with them. The cocoons of the second group are shown
on the separated epidermis as a circle and an almost hemispherical protuber-
ance on the under surface.
The perfect insects rest with the antennas thrown backward beneath the wings,
some with the head slightly elevated, others with the head applied to the surface
and the body behind elevated. I think the majority of the species here de-
scribed assume the latter position, with variations in the angle formed with the
surface on which they rest.
Table of Species.
I. — W ith an apical spot.
Without a basal streak.
Fore wings golden above the fold.
2. Robiniella, dark cinereous beneath the fold, sometimes rather silvery.
Fore wings pale reddish-saffron, with golden hue.
4. ^Eriferella, with the first dorsal streak black-margined internally
and at tip behind.
Fore wings deep reddish-orange.
10. Obstrictella, with three silvery bands ; apical spot with one or two
silvery scales.
With a basal streak.
Fore wings silvery.
Basal streak black.
6. Argentifimbriella, with the streaks decidedly dark-margined ;
golden towards the tip.
Basal streak golden.
1. Lucidicostella, with the streaks not decidedly margined ; suffused
with golden.
Fore wings pale golden.
Silvery basal streak black-margined.
7. Obscuricostella, with inner margin at base of the general hue.
Silvery basal streak unmargined.
8. Ostryaefoliella, with inner margin at base with a white streak.
II. — W ith an apical spot.
§ Apex concolorous and not dusted.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319
With a basal streak. ■
Fore wings shining ochreous-saffron.
5. Basistrigella, with first costal and dorsal streaks unmargined.
With no basal streak.
Fore wings ferruginous brown.
3. Desmodiella, ruby tinted at base, with two silvery bands.
Fore wings silvery.
9. Lucetiella, golden toward tip, with a black costal spot and opposite
black line.
\\ An oblique costo-apical white streak or spot.
Apex not dusted with dark scales.
Fore wings reddish-orange.
12. Aceriella, with a short dorsal streak near the base, two silvery
bands, an oblique dorsal streak near the tip, and a costal spot above it.
Apex dusted with dark scales.
12. Var. Aceriella?
W\ With dispersed, dark, apical scales.
Fore wings reddish-orange.
With three silvery bands.
11. Caryasfoliella, black margin of the second band produced, apical
scales on a white ground.
With two silvery bands.
13. Guttifinitella, black margin of second band not produced ; a costal
and dorsal spot near the tip,
Fore wings white.
15. Hamadryadella; branded with shining ochreous-saffron ; irrorated
with black.
With a basal streak.
5. Basistrigella, (sometimes,) with four costal and three dorsal slender
streaks.
16. Argentinotella, with five costal and four dorsal conspicuous
streaks.
WW With a median, black, apical streak.
Fore wings dark brownish-golden.
14. Crataegella, with a silvery basal streak, black-margined above.
1. L. 1 u cid i c o s t e 1 1 a. — Antennae white. Head and tuft silvery-white.
Fore wings, basal portion silvery white to the middle, witha discal pale golden
streak from the base, retreating from the costa before reaching the middle of
the wing, and somewhat suffused with golden beneath the fold. From the
middle to the tip, pale golden, with four costal silvery streaks, dark-margined
internally, and two dorsal silvery streaks, the first opposite the second costal
streak, and both dark-margined internally ; the first costal streak not decidedly
dark-margined. Apical spot, black. Hinder marginal line in the cilia, dark
brown ; cilia pale gray. Hind wings shining bluish gray ; cilia gray.
The larva mines the under side of the maple leaf, Acer saccharinum, in
July, Sept., and Oct. The head is pale brown ; body pale green, colored darker
by the ingesta. " Fras3" collected into a ball within the mine. The pupa is
suspended in a web of silk within the mine.
2. L. Robiniclla . — Antennae dark brown. Front silvery white, tuft dark
brown mixed with grayish. Thorax dark brown. Fore wings golden yellow
above the fold, and dark cinereous somewhat dusted with blackish beneath it.
About the middle of the wing is an oblique, silvery costal streak, black-mar*
gined on both sides, extending to the fold ; another beyond the middle, meet-
ing nearly in the center of the wing at an angle, a dorsal streak from the inner
margin, the former black-margined on both sides, the latter internally ; another
costal streak near the tip with an internal circular black margin, opposite to
1859.] 23
320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
a dorsal streak of the same hue and joined or nearly joined to it. Just behind
the apical spot is a straight silvery streak, black-margined internally. Between
the first and second dorsal streaks, is a short black streak in the fold. _ Apical
spot, black und round, with a hinder marginal blackish line in the cilia ; cilia
grayish. Hind wings, shining dark gray, cilia the same.
The larva mines the underside of the locust leaf (Robinia p s e u d-a c a c i a)
the separated epidermis of which is conspicuously white. It may be found in
the latter part of September and the beginning of October. The pupa is con-
tained in a white silken cocoon within the mine. The imago appears in the
latter part of October, and early in November. I have not found a spring or
summer brood in the leaf of the locust. The larva is cylindrical ; the head pale
brown ; the body pale greenish white, with a red vascular line from the 5th to
the 9th segment ; on the 9th segment are two irregular patches, chrome yellow ;
sometimes these patches are wanting.
The under side of the leaf of Amphicarpaea monoica is also mined by
a larva, which I believe is the same as that in the leaf of the locust. It may
be found in the beginning of September, the imago in October. The imago
differs very slightly from Robiniella, and I have no note of any difference in the
larval state, and like Robiniella it weaves a white silken cocoon within its
mine. The perfect insect differs from the foregoing species in the following
respects : the wing beneath the fold is blackish at the base, with a silvery dorsal
spot rather nearer the base than the first costal spot and exterior to the dark-
margin, it is silvery, dusted with blackish ; the second costal spot is not as dis-
tinctly angled in the middle and the apical spot is larger ; in some specimens
there are two dorsal white lines on the thorax. The general resemblance be-
tween the two is so marked that I consider it unnecessary to designate it as a
variety, for it is undoubtedly, I think, the same insect.
With a single subcosto-marginal nervule.
3. L. Des modi e 11a.— Antennse dark brown, tipped with a silvery hue
Front whitish, with a ruby-colored lustre ; frontal tuft dark brown. Thorax
with a splendent ruby hue. Fore wings ferruginous brown, ruby-tinted at the
base, with two silvery bands dark-margined on both sides, one near the base
and one in the middle of the wing. A costal and dorsal silvery spot near the
tip, opposite to each other, and a costal silvery spot just before the tip, the two
former dark-margined on both sides, and the latter slightly dark-margined.
No hinder marginal line ; the cilia opposite the last dorsal spot blackish, and
the wing beneath the last costal spot golden-brown. Hind wings pale brown-
ish gray, cilia the same.
The larva may be found in the leaf of Desmodium viridiflorumin July
and early in August ; it mines the under surface, usually near the margin, which
is more or less folded, and the separated epidermis brown and hairy. I have
no description of the larva. It becomes a pupa during the latter part of August,
and is suspended within the mine in a very slight web of silk. The perfect
insect is the smallest of this group that has come under my observation.
4. L. iEriferella. — Antennse dark brown above, white beneath. Front
silvery white ; tuft dark brown. Fore wings pale reddish-saffron with a golden
hue, especially from the middle to the base, with four silvery costal streaks,
the first on the middle of the costa, and all except the last black-margined to-
ward the base, the third but faintly, and the costa black from the base to the
first costal streak. Three silvery dorsal streaks on the inner margin, the first
two large and the third small, the first black-margined internally and around
the tip behind, the second by a line curved above. Apical spot small and
black, with the scales behind it having a bluish splendent lustre ; hinder mar-
ginal line blackish ; cilia dark grayish, with a fulvous hue. Hind wings dark
gray, cilia fulvous.
The larva may be found in the leaves of oaks in September and early in Octo-
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321
ber. It makes a small mine on the under surface, and the leaf is thrown into a fold
previously to pupation and the cuticles folded and corrugated. The pupa is
contained in an ovoid cocoon within the mine, composed of " frass " and silk.
The imago appears in May. The body of the larva is cylindrical. The head is
pale brown; the body yellow, with a broad, vascular, reddish brown band.
There is doubtless a spring brood, but I have not searched for the larva during
the season.
5. L. basistrigell a. — Antenna? silvery. Front silvery, tuft fulvous mixed
with silvery. Thorax pale, reddish golden, with a white streak on each side
and one in the middle. Fore wings shining ochreous saffron, with a slender,
unmargined white basal streak in the fold, a white basal streak along the costa,
narrowly dark margined on the extreme costa, extended to the first costal
streak, which is silvery white, very oblique and unmargined ; behind this are
three small costal streaks of the same hue, the two central dark-margined in-
ternally. Opposite the first costal streak is a long, very oblique, silvery white
dorsal streak, extended along the inner margin to the base, with dark brown
scales between their hinder ends, or exterior to the tip of the dorsal streak, bxit
sometimes absent. Nearly opposite the third costal streak is a dorsal silvery
streak dark-margined internally. No apical spot, sometimes with dispersed
dark brown scales beneath the last costal spot. The hinder marginal line
blackish ; cilia pale fulvous. Posterior wings gray, cilia gray with a fulvous
hue.
The larva mines the under side of the leaves of oaks ; I have usually found it
in the leaf of the chestnut oak, in September. The mine is limited by two veins
of the leaf, and when completed the external epidermis is left transparent. The
" frass " is cast on the margins of the mine, and when the larva is prepared to
enter the pupa state it collects the grains of " frass " and makes an oval outline
of them within the mine, or wall to its cocoon, leaving the cuticles transparent,
so that the pupa can be seen within. The imago appears early in May. The
body of the larva is cylindrical. It is lemon-yellow along the dorsum, except
the three anterior wings, which are whitish, with a series of dark brownish dorsal
dashes beginning on the third ring ; on the eighth ring, in some specimens, is a
dorsal reddish orange patch. Head whitish, tinged with pale brown.
6. L. ar g e n t if i m b r ie 1 la. — Antenna? silvery, annulated with darkish
brown. Head, front and thorax silvery white. Anterior wings silvery, pale
golden from nearly the middle to the tip, with a long basal dark brown streak
margined above with golden, extending nearly to the first costal streak. There
are four silvery costal streaks all dark-margined, the first very oblique, the
second convex toward the base of the wing. The first costal dark margin is
decided and extended on the costa toward the base. Two silvery dark-margined
dorsal streaks, the first opposite the second costal streak. The apical spot
black ; hinder-marginal line dark brown, cilia silver gray. Hind wings silver
gray, cilia the same.
Found in the pupa state in the same leaf as the foregoing in the latter part
of September. The pupa is suspended within the mine in a very thin silken
web. The perfect insect appears early in May.
7. L. o b s c ur ic o s t e 1 1 a. — Head and frontal tuft silvery. Thorax very
pale golden. Fore wings pale golden, with a silvery median stripe from the
base, black-margined toward the costa, extending to the middle of the wing ; with
four silvery costal streaks, the first very oblique and rather long, and all except
the last black-margined internally, the margin of the first being long and the
continuation of a black streak from the base along the extreme costa. Three,
silvery dorsal streaks, the first quite long, obliquely curved and opposite the
first costal streak, and the first two black-margined internally ; the second dorsal
obliquely opposite the third costal streak. Apical spot black ; hinder-marginal line
black, cilia grayish. Hind wings bluish gray, cilia the same. Abdomen black,
tipped freely toith yellow.
1859.]
322 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
The larva mines the leaf of Ostrya Virginica (hop-hornbeam) in Sep-
tember. I have no description of the larva, supposing at the time of capture it
was the same as the succeeding species. The pupa was not contained in an
ovoid cocoon made of "frass " and silk. The imago appears in May.
8. L. Os try aefol ie'll a. — Antennae silvery. Front silvery, tuft fuscous
and silvery mixed. Thorax silvery, with the basal part of tegulae pale golden.
Fore wings pale golden, with an unmargined, median, silvery basal stripe, and a
silvery streak along the basalportion of the inner margin. Fore wings pale golden,
with four silvery costal streaks, all except the last black-margined internally ;
with two dorsal streaks of the same hue, black-margined internally. The first
costal and first dorsal streaks opposite, quite oblique and broad at their bases,
the second dorsal opposite the second costal streak. The basal streak is moderately
broad, and extends quite to the middle of the wing. Apical spot black: hinder-
marginal line blackish ; cilia fulvous gray. Hind wings gray, cilia fulvous
gray. Abdomen pale fulvous.
The larva mines the under side of the leaves of Ostrya, and may be found
early in July and October. The mine is usually near the margin of the leaf, is
flat at first, but is gradually thrown into a fold, the separated epidermis cor-
rugated. When completed, the epidermis has changed to a pale brown color.
The larva undergoes its transformation in a cocoon composed of "fras3" and
silk, in the form of a small ovoid ball suspended within the mine. The larva
is cylindrical, with the body pale yellow, colored on the dorsum beyond the
third segment, dark green from ingesta. The imago appears in August and
May.
In the same leaf, mining the upper surface in a blotch mine, at first white and
subsequently brown, may be found in October a Litbocolletis larva of a different
type from the a6ove. It tapers posteriorly, is flattened above and beneath,
with the rings distinctly separated and mammillated at the sides ; the first ring
is rather abrupt anteriorly and much broader than the head. The head is some-
what triangular, flattened and thin, with the mandibles projecting in front as
two small, rounded appendages. The head is pale brown, the body of the same
hue, with dorsal, dark brown, elliptical maculae, placed transversely on the
segments. I have not seen the imago, and refrain from naming the species, lest
it may be identical with some one hereafater described. The cocoon is circular,
its outline being visible on the upper epidermis as a circle, while beneath it is
raised and prominent.
9. L. lucetiella. — Antennae silvery. Head, tuft and thorax silvery.
Anterior wings silvery from the base to the middle, and thence to the tip golden,
with a golden costal streak from the base not extended to the middle. About
the middle of the wing is a silvery band, broadly margined internally with
golden, and with a minute black point on the costa internally ; a costal silvery
spot, margined internally by a black spot, nearly opposite to which is a large
dorsal silvery streak margined internally by an oblique black line ; near the tip
is a costal, silvery, unmargined streak curving to the tip ; cilia golden, at the
tip and on inner margin silvery. No apical spot nor hinder-marginal line.
Hind wings silver gray, cilia the same. Abdomen blackish, tipped with silvery
gray.
The larva mines the underside of the leaf of Tilia Americana (bass
wood) in July, September and October. The mine is most frequently nearly
square in form, and when completed both cuticles of the leaf are left nearly
transparent, and the leaf is not folded. The " frass " is cast on the edges of
the mine. It weaves an oval cocoon, thin enough, however, to permit the pupa
to be seen through the cuticles. The larva is cylindrical. The head pale brown ;
the body pale greenish white, with a series of dorsal brown spots from the third
ring posteriorly. The imago appears in August and May.
10. L. o b st r ic te 1 1 a. — Antennae silvery beneath, blackish above, with
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323
a whitish band near the tip. Front silvery, with a reddish tinge on the fore-
head. Tuft and thorax reddish orange. Fore wings deep reddish orange, with
three silvery bands black-margined exteriorly, one beyond the middle toward
the base, one about the middle and one near the tip. A large black apical spot,
with a few silvery scales or minute spots; hinder-marginal line dark brown,
cilia reddish orange. Hind wings blackish, cilia blackish brown. Abdomen
black.
The larva mines the under surface of oak leaves, in September. I did not
open the mines of the specimens I secured as I had but two. The larva was
cylindrical, and through the unruptured cuticle appeared to be of a lemon yellow
color. The pupa was contaiued in a very slight web within the mine. The
imago appeared in May. The larvae which I secured were taken in the leaves
of the black oak on September 23d.
11. L. C a ry aef o 1 i e 11 a. — Antenna? silvery, annulated with blackish.
Front silvery. Tuft and thorax reddish orange. Fore wings reddish orange,
with three silvery bands, black-margined exteriorly, the second about the
middle of the wing, angulated, with the black margin broad and produced pos-
teriorly on a whitish ground, nearly to the third, which is somewhat inter-
rupted in the middle ; the first midway between the second and base of the
wing and also angulated near the costa. The apical portion of the wing white,
covered with dispersed black scales, with a few black scales on a whitish
ground, on the costa, between the last silvery band the dusted apical portion ;
with two hinder-marginal lines, one the margin of the apical scales, the
other a dark brownish line in the cilia. Hind wings pale brownish gray, cilia
gray, with a fulvous hue.
The larva mines the upper side of the leaves of the hickory tree in June,
July and September, making a white blotch, or an irregular, rather broad
tract when there is but one in the leaf ; and not throwing the leaf into a fold.
Frequently there are several larvae in a leaf, in one instance I counted twelve.
The ' ' frass ' ' is deposited along the middle of the mine. The larva is flattened,
and its physical charactei'istics are similar to those of the second larval group.
The head is very light brown ; the body dark lead color, becoming yellowish
posteriorly, with the mammillae of the thoracic rings yellowish, and a central
spot of the same hue on the first ; each ring on the dorsum with a dark brown,
shining macula, those on thoracic rings trapezoidal, the remainder oval ; on
the ventral surface the maculae are also dark brown, those on the fourth and
fifth rings being oval. The perfect insects of the spring brood appear in Au-
gust ; from the fall brood I did not succeed in rearing the imago.
12. L. aceriella . — Front silvery, tuft reddish orange and silvery mixed.
Thorax reddish orange. Fore wings reddish orange, somewhat metallic, with
a white streak black-margined exteriorly, from the inner basal angle to the
fold; with two oblique, silvery bands black-margined behind, one about the
middle of the wing and the other midway between it and the base of the
wing. Near the tip is a costal silvery spot, black-margined behind, with an
opposite, oblique, dorsal streak of the same hue, likewise black-margined be-
hind, and an oblique, costal, silvery streak continued on the line of the last
dorsal, running into the cilia just before the tip, black-margined above, at the
tip before, and below at the tip behind ; scarcely with a hinder-marginal line,
cilia of the general hue. Hind wings plumbeous, cilia with a fulvous hue.
The larva mines the leaf of maple in September. It mines the upper sur-
face of the leaf, making a flat, rather broad tract, casting its ' ' frass ' ' along
the middle of the course of it. Physical characteristics those of the second
larval group. Head pale brown ; body yellowish green, with oval, dorsal,
brown maculae, darkest on threir margins ; thoracic rings on their sides pale
yellowish. The cocoon is circular. The larva is likewise found in the leaf
ofHamamelis Virginica (witch-hazel).
1859.]
324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
I have two or three other specimens which appear to unite the specific
characters of the present and succeeding species, and I therefore decline to
describe them until I have conducted more careful observations on their em-
bryonic histories than I have instituted at present.
13. L. guttifinitella. — Front silvery, with a reddish hue. Tuft and
thorax reddish orange. Antennae blackish brown. Fore wings rather deep
reddish orange, with two silvery bands black-margined behind, one in the
middle of the wing and nearly straight, the other midway between this and
the base of the wing and obliquely placed. Before ' the costo-apical cilia is a
costal, silvery spot, black-margined on both sides, with an opposite dorsal
spot, black-margined behind. The apical portion of the wing is dusted with
blackish, dispersed scales with a white spot Dear the tip above the middle of
the wing. There are two hinder-marginal lines, one the margin of the dis-
persed scales, the other dark brownish in the cilia.
The larva may be taken in August and September in the leaf of Rhus toxi-
codendron (Poison Oak) mining the upper surface in a rather broad,
tortuous tract, and there are ordinarily several in the same leaf. The larva
belongs to the second larval group. The head is a fine pale brown ; the body
yellowish posteriorly, becoming brownish above, with dorsal and ventral dark
brown maculae. The cocoon is circular, formed within the mine as usual in
this group in a little circular depression.
It is probably unnecessary to caution the collector to be careful in hand-
ling the leaves of the food-plant of this larva ; to many persons they are
poisonous, producing a very disagreeable and uncomfortable eruption. I was
affected by it when I first collected this species, and would advise all others to
handle the food-plant " with gloves."
14. L. cratsegella . — Antennae, front and tuft dark silvery gray. Fore
wings rather deep brownish golden, with a broad silvery basal streak, black-
margined toward the costa, extended to the tegulae in front and pointed be-
hind, with the point black-margined on both sides and with the costa black.
Four costal silvery streaks, the first oblique but rounded beneath and black-
margined on both sides, the others toward the base alone. Three silvery
dorsal streaks, the first rather broad, oblique, nearly touching the first costal,
and black-margined on both sides as also the second ; the third only toward
the base. A streak of black scales in the middle of the wing at the apex,
extended backwards between the streaks to the second dorsal and costal.
Hinder-marginal line blackish, with a violet metallic hue ; cilia dark fulvous.
The larva mines the underside of black thorn during September and Octo-
ber. The mine is usually limited by two veins of the leaf. The larva is cy-
lindrical, with a very pale brown head ; the body yellowish, colored dark
green by the ingesta. The imago appears in April and May.
15. L. hamadr y adella. — Front, tuft and thorax white. Antenna;
white, annulated above with blackish. Fore wings white, with an angulated,
shining, ochreous saffron band, rather behind the basal third of the wing,
black-margined internally with dispersed scales ; a broad angulated band of
the same hue, behind the middle, black-margined internally with dispersed
black scales, produced in the middle, so as to divide it into two portions, with
the space between the bands somewhat suffused behind the second with ochre-
ous saffron, and an irregular line of blackish dispersed scales through the
middle of it. Near the tip is a costal and dorsal ochreous saffron spot, with the
white space between these and the second band dusted with blackish, with
the apical portion white, dusted with black scales, and connected with the
patch before it by a line separating the costal and dorsal spots. The basal
portion of the wing somewhat dusted with black, with a small blackish patch
on costa near the base and two small, faint saffron patches beyond it. The
hinder-marginal line blackish, cilia with a fulvous hue. Hind wings rather
dark silvery gray, cilia with a fulvous hue.
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 325
Variation F.
The first ochreous saffron band interrupted in the middle, with a broad in-
ternal margin of scattered scales, produced behind in the middle ; the second
somewhat diffuse, with the irrorated portion of the wing spreading out behind
from the produced part of its black-margin.
Variation GL
With an angulated line of blackish scales before the first band and an ochre-
ous saffron patch between its angle and that of the black-margin of the first
band.
The larva mines the upper side of the leaves of oaks in July. The head is
black, the body pale yellowish, with an ochre yellow patch on the dorsum of
the eighth segment, a dark vascular line and a few dark subdorsal spots pos-
teriorly. The imago appears early in August. The variations F and G were
specimens found in the pupa state.
16. L. argentinotella . — Antennae silvery. Front and tuft silvery.
Thorax pale reddish saffron, with a rather short, unmarginal, silvery basal
streak, with Jive costal silvery streaks and/our dorsal streaks of the same hue.
The first costal and dorsal streaks unmargined, the first dorsal being near the
inner angle of the base, tapering to a point in the middle of the wing from a
very broad base ; the first costal streak rather slender and only one-half as
long as the first dorsal ; the second costal and second dorsal connected about
the middle of the wing, and dark-margined toward the base by a line much
curved in the middle ; the third costal and third dorsal opposite, and each
dark-margined internally ; the fourth dorsal about midway between the fourth
and fifth costal streaks ; sometimes the fourth costal and dorsal streaks with
a few dark internal scales, sometimes unmargined. At the apex is a small
patch of scattered black scales ; the hinder-marginal line rather indistinct,
cilia saffron, paler on inner margin. Hind wings shining silver gray, cilia
rather darker.
I am unable to give any account of this species. The specimens were un-
marked by any number referring to my notes, and I suppose I must have
mistaken it for some other, as I did not observe its peculiar markings until I
came to write the present paper. I hope, however, to supply its larval history
next season, now that the species thus far met with are tabulated in a manner
which will facilitate recognition.
The following genus belongs, in the arrangement of European systematists,
to the family Elachistidae. I do not think any argument necessary to prove
that it is a natural portion of Lithocolletidse, which is usually regarded as be-
ing composed of a single genus.
Tischeria Zeller.
Head with a rather erect frontal tuft of scales ; the front smooth, narrow
and but little inclined. Oeelli none. Eyes rather salient, naked and not
covered with scales in front. Antennae scarcely more than one-half so long
as the anterior wing, with rather long pilose dilations beneath in the (j\ simple
in the $, with the basal joint tufted in front. Maxillary palpi very short and
scarcely perceptible. Labial palpi short, filiform and drooping. Tongue scaled,
as long as the anterior coxa?.
The wings with long cilia ; the anterior pointed almost caudate, the poste-
rior lanceolate. The discoidal cell of the anterior not pointed, closed in front
by a very faint nervure, and with . a faintly indicated secondary cell, beyond
which the subcostal nervure is almost obsolete. The subcostal nervure sends
four veins to the costa, the first of which is rather long and arises near the
basal third of the wing ; the discal emits a simple vein to the costa above the
tip and one to the inner margin beneath. The median nervure send two veins
to the inner margin near the tip. The submedian is simple.
1859.]
326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The head of the larva is circular in outline, thin, flat and nearly as broad as
the first ring. The body tapers much posteriorly, is subcylindrical andmonili-
form, with the anterior rings slightly dilated, with the segments rounded and
distinct at the sides ; with three thoracic feet, four abdominal and one ter-
minal pair, all of which are extremely short and are scarcely more than cup-
like depressions.
The mine is usually made, if not always, near the margin of the leaf which,
in this case is folded and curled so as almost to conceal the separated epider-
mis when completed, although in the beginning it is nearly flat. It contains
no "frass," and an examination of the under surface reveals the presence of
minute, round holes, through which the larva ejects its excrement. The
pupa is contained within the mine, generally not in a cocoon, but the mine is
carpeted throughout with silk, thus closing Up the holes in the lower surface.
The pupa case is thrust from the mine at maturity.
The imago reposes with its head elevated and the tips of the wings touching
the surface on which it rests. The antennae are thrown back beneath the
wings, the anterior legs folded on the breast, the insect sustaining itself by
means of the middle and posterior legs.
Table of Species.
Fore wings with isolated black atoms.
Solidagonifoliella; yellowish, slightly tinted with fuscous.
Fore wings immaculate.
Hind wings concolorous.
Zelleriella, yellowish, with reddish saffron at the tip.
Female ? the entire insect reddish ferruginous.
Hind wings with a fuscous patch near the base.
Citrinipennella, bright yellow, reddish ferruginous at tip.
T. solidagonifoliella . — Head, thorax and antennae pale yellowish.
Fore wings yellowish, somewhat tinted with fuscous, with a short line of
black atoms along the middle of the inner margin, two small patches or much
scattered, isolated black atoms toward the base of the wing, a patch near the
tip on the inner margin, with a minute patch or a few isolated atoms on the
costa between the line and patch on inner margin ; at the tip are a few
isolated atoms. Hind wings very pale yellowish, cilia the same. The male
described.
Found in the pupa state August 1st in the leaf of a species of Solidago. The
mine was on the upper surface and the leaf not folded. The pupa was con-
tained in a slight circular cocoon, attached to the upper cuticle, which formed
its upper walls. On August 9th the imago appeared, the pupa case having
been thrust through the under side of the leaf.
T. Zelleriella . — Antennae, head and thorax pale yellow. Fore wings
yellowish, with reddish saffron along the middle and toward the tip ; cilia red-
dish saffron, pale yellow on the inner margin. Hind wings bluish gray, tinted
with yellow externally toward the tip, cilia yellow on the exterior margin toward
the tip, internally pale yellowish gray.
Female ? The head, thorax and fore wings yellowish, suffused with reddish
ferruginous, darkest toward the tip. Hind wings dark gray.
The larva mines the leaves of oaks- in September, making at first a white
blotch on the upper surface, but subsequently the upper epidermis becomes
brown and the margin of the leaf curled. The head is dark brown ; the body
yellowish, with the dorsum of the first segment blackish, with two lateral
minute pale spots; a vascular dark green line. The imago appears early
in May, and there is, therefore, a spring brood.
T. citrinipennella . — Antennae pale fuscous : head and thorax yel-
lowish, tinted with reddish saffron. Fore wings bright yellow from the base
[Nov.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327
nearly to the tip ; apical portion reddish ferruginous. Hind wings dark gray,
with a fuscous patch near the base ; cilia pale fuscous. The niiile described.
There is but little difference between this and the foregoiug species, either
in the perfect or larval state. The larva mines the upper surface of oak leaves,
in September. The head is dark brown ; the body yellowish green, with a
a double dark brown macula on the dorsum of the first ring ; vascular line
very narrow and dark green. A more careful observation than I have given
these insects may prove them to be the same, or the latter a variation. I have
but a few of each of them. The imago appears early in May, and a spring
brood will be found in early summer.
Phyllocnistis Zeller.
Head smooth, elongated above and clothed with imbricated scales. Front
with scales closely appressed, slightly retreating and broad at the clipeus.
Forehead or vertex, globosely rounded. Ocelli none. Eyes scarcely visible
in front and partially covered with scales. Antennae simple, one-third less
long than the anterior wings : basal joint scarcely with an eye-cap, somewhat
enlarged and flattened, but smooth and squamose. Maxillary palpi none.
Labial palpi very slender, and drooping (in the living insect they are ascend-
ing). Tongue very slender, naked and scarcely as long as the anterior coxae.
The anterior wings almost caudate, the posterior lanceolate. In the
anterior wings the discoidal cell is acute behind ; the subcostal nervure sends
three short branches to the costa, and from the apex of the discoidal cell arises
a "branch furcate behind the tip, one of the nervulets proceeding to the costa
before the tip, the other to the inner margin. The median nervure sends two
approximated veins to the inner margin near the tip. In the posterior wings
the subdorsal is simple, ending in the tip, the median furcate near its mar-
ginal extremity.
The head of the larva is thin, flat and circular, with the mandibles forming
an appendage in front on the median line similiar to some of the lithocolletes
larva?. The body tapers somewhat posteriorly with the sides of the segments
slightly projecting and flattened, with the general form rather cylindrical.
It is without feet or prolegs, and is very inactive, making little or no voluntary
movement when removed from the mine, and does not retreat in its mine
when touched. The body is somewhat viscid.
The mine is a linear tract just wide enough to accommodate the body, long
and winding. The larva does not consume all the parenchyma of the leaf
along its tract, but simply separates the upper epidermis, so that it is not
transparent. When full grown the end of the mine is enlarged and the cocoon
woven in a little pucker of the leaf within the mine.
The perfect insect is very sluggish, at rest carrying its antennae thrown back-
ward, but arched somewhat above the dorsal surface.
P. vitegenella . — Antenna? brownish silvery, fuscous at the tip. Head
and thorax silvery white. Fore wings silvery white, slightly golden toward
the tip, with a blackish dorsal patch on the inner margin near the base.
Somewhat behind the middle of the wing is a black oblique costal streak and
a black line curving from the costa to the inner margin. At the tip is a circu-
lar black spot, and before it on the costa two short, straight, black streaks.
At the extreme tip of the wing are two blackish, diverging streaks in the cilia,
with one of the same hue in the cilia beneath the apical spot nearly joining a
black hinder-marginal line ; cilia silvery. Hind wings silvery, cilia the same.
The larva mines the upper side of the leaf of Vitia cordifolia and per-
haps other species, in September and October. The imago appears in Sep-
tember.
Leucaothiza.
Bead slightly hairy above on the vertex. The front smooth, covered with
closely appressed scales, broad, even beneath and somewhat inclined. The ■
1859.] 24
328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 01
forehead or vertex rather acutely rounded above or ridge-like. Ocelli none.
The eyes scarcely visible in front, partially concealed by scales. Antennae
wimple, nearly or quite as long as the anterior wings, the basal joint squamose
and but little larger than the stalk. Maxillary palpi none. Labial palpi
very slender and drooping. Tongue naked, as long as anterior coxae.
The fore wings are almost caudate at the tip ; the posterior lanceolate. The
liscoidal cell of the fore wings is acute, behind, with two veins emitted at its
point, one to the costa before the tip the other to the inner margin. The sub-
costal nervure sends three short veins to the costa and the median two ap-
proximated veins to the inner margin. In the hind wings the subcostal and
median are both simple, and the latter extended to the tip.
The head of the larva is very thin and flat, with projecting mandibles in
ii'ont. The body is much flattened, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly, the
rings separated by rather deep incisions and their ends on the sides mammil-
iated, the rings themselves being rather elongated ellipsoids. The thoracic feet
are three and mere mammillae ; the abdominal three, but their appearance not
very distinct, and a terminal pair. The larva approaches that of the second
group of Lithocolletis very closely.
The mine is a conspicuous white blotch on the upper surface, generally oc-
cupying the greater portion of the leaf, aud sometimes when two are present,
in the same leaf, the whole of it. A day or two previously to undergoing their
last molting, the larva cease to eat, and at the end of that time leaving its
•cast" within the mine abandons it to construct a white silken cocoon.
which is woven on some substance on the surface of the ground.
The perfect insect holds the antennas extended at the sides when at rest.
and moves them with a rotatory motion during progression.
L. amphicarpeaefoliell a. — Head golden, with fuliginous hairs above.
Antennae golden brown, with the tips silvery white. Thorax golden, fuligi-
nous in front, and abdomen golden brown. Fore wings deep orange yellow,
with the apical portion dark golden brown and a fuliginous or deep brown
patch occupying the basal part of the wing, bordered broadly behind by a cir-
cular golden streak, extending from the costa to the inner border at the basal
angle. A very oblique somewhat curved golden streak, dark-margined on both
hides, extends from the basal third of the wing near the costa, to the middle
of the costa. A large golden patch, dark-margined above, extends from the
inner angle to the middle of the wing, with the inner margin between it and
the circular basal streak dark golden brown. At the beginning of the costal
cilia is a golden dorsal streak ; cilia dark brown, in certain lights golden brown.
Hind wing dark gray, cilia the same.
The larva makes a conspicuous white blotch mine on the upper surface of
the leaf of Amphicarpcea monoicu (hog pea-nut) from August to October. The
head is pale brown ; the body pale green, with brownish maculae along the
dorsum, aud round dark brown spots on the ventral surface ; the ends of the
first ring on the sides are yellowish. After the last molting the body is uni-
form dark green, the "cast " with dorsal maculae being left within the mine.
The .imago appears about the middle of May. This insect is one of the most
beautiful I have met with.
Note. The reader is requested to make the following corrections in the paper
contained in the September number of the Proceedings. :
Page 257, line 9 from the top, after "(wo," insert or three.
Page 260, instead of A. effrentella read A. effrenatella, and also in the expia-
tion of the plate p. 262.
[Nov.
: tfnjRAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 322
December (5th.
Mr. Lea, President in the Chair.
Thirty-nine members present.
Br. Fisher presented for publication an index of the genera described
or referred to in the Proceedings of the Academy, vol. i. — viii., which
was referred to the Committee on Proceedings, with power to act.
A paper was presented for publication in the Proceedings, entitled,
" Descriptions of Three New Species of Exotic Uniones, by Isaac Lea,"
and was referred to a committee.
Mr. Lea exhibited a specimen of Unio subrotundus, Lea, from White River,
Indiana, and observed that he had in May, 1836, called the attention of the
members to a female specimen of Unio multiplicatus, Lea, which had both lobes
of the branchia on both sides charged with embryonic shells. In the following
June, he exhibited a fine female, U. rubiginosus, Lea, also with the four lobes
charged. This species differed from the former in having red ova, which were
quite intense in color, resembling arterial blood. In July, 1859, he called at-
tention to a third species, U. Kleinianus, Lea, from Georgia, which had " a
branchial uterus in both lobes of the branchia on each side." These specimens were
in alcohol, and if the ova were red when living, it was not observable in those.
The specimens of subrotundus now exhibited, prove this species to be possessed
of branchial uteri in the four lobes of the branchia, and, also, that the ova are red,
like rubiginosus. Therefore, we now know of four species which have this
remarkable provision of a branchial uterus in each lobe or leaf of the branchia,
viz:
Unio multiplicatus,
Unio rubiginosus,
Unio Kleinianus,
Unio subrotundus,
and of these, two at least have the very remarkable condition of redness of the
ova ; viz :
Unio rubiginosus,
Unio subrotundus.
It is a fact not less interesting, that the spermatic fluid of the male was found
in the glandular flattened lobules, also to be red, but the color did not appear
to be so intense as that in the ova of the female. Whether the males of other
species, the females of which have red ova, will be found to have red spermatic
fluid, remains for future investigation and observation.
That other species will be found to have uteri in the four lobes of the bran-
chia he had little doubt, and that red ova would be found to characterise other
species is also probable. The coordination of the four species, as regards their
four branchial uteri, is very remarkable, and it is the more striking, as they
appear from their shelly covering — their exo-skeleton — to belong to groups yery
different in the structure of this part. The U. multiplicatus, and U. Kleinianus,
are both plicate; the former is the largest of the genus Unio known, and the
latter is among the smallest. The U. rubiginosus and U. subrotundus are smooth,
without any appearance of folds, and in their outline are different from the '.wo
former, and they also differ much, one from the other. In the four specie3 there
is such a marked difference in the shelly covering, as to cause the species to be
recognized at once as to their distinct normal forms.
It has always been a difficulty, in the examination of alcoholic specimens, to
make exact and satisfactory differences in some of the soft parts, and these may
often be erroneously described where color or delicate organs and processes are
involved in the discussion of their characteristics. These difficulties can only
be avoided where the specimens can be examined in a living state, where all
1859.]
830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
the parts are in a normal condition. It is. therefore, greatly to he desired
that zoologists in our different zoological districts would give attention to the
anatomical structure of the species which inhabit their own districts. Eventually,
in this way, there may be built up a correct knowledge of the habits and anatomy
of this interesting family, of which we have a somewhat comparatively correct
diagnosis of the exo-skeleton.
Mr. Lea also mentioned that, in connexion with this subject, he had paid
much attention to the power of vision in the family Unionidte, since his com-
munication on the subject, in February, 1857. He found the following species
always to close the anal opening, and to withdraw the papillae of the branchial
opening when the light was suddenly intercepted, viz :
Unio cylindricus, Say.
Unio rubiginosus, Lea.
Unio subrotundus, Lea.
Unio pyramidatus, Lea.
Unio obscurus, Lea.
Unio pustulosus, Lea. ,
Unio JEsopus, Green.
Anodonta imbecilis, Say.
Dr. J. A. Meigs read some remarks of Mr. Joseph Barnard Davis,
reviewing the method of measurement, as a diagnostic means of distin-
guishing human races, adopted by Drs. Schertzer and Schwarz, in the
circumnavigatory expedition of the Austrian vessel Novara.
The number of the Proceedings of the Academy for November was
laid on the table.
December loth.
Dr. Ruschenberger in the Chair.
Thirty-three members present.
A paper was read, entitled, " Reflections upon the nature of the
temporary star of the year 1572, an application of the nebular hypothe-
sis, by Alexander Wilcocks, M.D.," and was referred to a committee.
The decease of Dr. H. C. Caldwell, late a member of the Academy,
was announced : he died at Lewisburg, Va., Dec. 1st., aged 28 years.
December 20th.
Mr. Lea, President in the Chair.
Forty-five memhers present.
Papers were presented for publication in the Journal, entitled, "De-
scriptions of New Cretaceous and Eocene Shells of Mississippi and Ala-
bama, also, with Notes on Eocene Fossil Shells, by T. A. Conrad."
" Descriptions of Exotic Unionidae, by Isaac Lea."
And were referred to a committee.
The following were presented for publication in the Proceedings : —
a Notice of the Shells collected bv Mr. J. Xantus, at Cape San Lucas,
by P. P. Carpenter."
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331
" Prodromus Descriptions Animalium evertebratorum, quoe in Expe-
ditione ad Oceanum Pacificura septentrionalem, a Republica federata
missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers ducibus observavit et
descripsit W. Stimpson : pars vii., Crustacea Macrura."
" Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Aca-
demy, with notes on the Families, Genera and Species, by E. D. Cope."
And were referied to Committees.
Dec. 27th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.
Fifty-five members present.
On report of the respective Committees, the paper entitled
" Descriptions of Exotic Unionidae, by Isaac Lea," was ordered to be
published in the Journal.
And the following in the Proceedings :
Descriptions of Three New Species of Exotic Union.es.
BY ISAAC LEA.
Unio wynegungaensis. — Testa, laevi, elliptica, inflata, insequilaterali. postice
subbiangulata, antice oblique rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassiori-
bns ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices valde divaricate undulatis ; epidermide
luteo-oliva, micante, obsolete radiata.: dentibus cardinalibus subcrassis, sub-
erectis, valde creriulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus sublongis,
crassis subrectisque : margarita, salmouis colore paulisper tincta et iridescente.
llab. — Wynegunga River, 30 miles east of Nagpoor, iu the Deccan, Bengal.
C. M. Wheatley.
Unio c.onsobrinus. — Testa, lsevi, elliptica., subinflata, ineequilaterali, postice
obtuse angulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus, antice paulisper crassi-
usculis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide micante, teuebroso-fusca, eradiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus parvis, crenulatis, compressis, obliquis, in valvulam dex-
tram duplicibus; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita sal-
monis colore tincta et valde iridescente.
Hab.— China. C. M. Wheatley.
Unio nagpoorensis. — Testa, laevi, subtriangulari, subinflata, inaequilaterali,
postice biangulata, antice rotunda; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ;
natibus prominentibus, epidermide rufo-fusea, striata, eradiata, dentibus cardi-
nalibus parvis, compressis, obliquis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus;
lateralibus longis, lamellatis curvisque; margarita salmonis colore paulisper
tincta et iridescente.
Hab. — Ambajiri Tank, Nagpoor, Bengal. C. M. Wheatley.
Notice of the Shells collected by Mr. J. Xantus, at Cape St. Lucas.
BY P. P. CARPENTER.
The Mollusca of the Cape, forwarded by Mr. Xantus, are shore shells, mostly
dead. They are, however, singularly free from ballast and other usual ad-
mixtures, one specimen only being foreign to the American shores. They
1859.]
332 PROCEEDINGS OS THE ACADEMY OF
have scarcely any species in common with the shells of San Diego, while in
general they agree with those of the West American tropical fanna. They are
more nearly related to those of Acapulc6 and Panama than to those of Mazat-
lan, although in the same latitude on the opposite side of the Gulf. The
presence of such shells as Oniscia tuberculosa, Cassis coarctata and abbreviata,
Lathirus castaneus, Oliva porphyria, Columbella hcemastoma, Conus princeps, &c,
Several of which are also found at Guaymas, though not at Mazatlan, distinctly
points to far more tropical conditions than could have been expected in so
high a latitude. The Trochidce, Patellidce, and similar intertidal families,
however, bear more near relationship to the shells of Mazatlan; while a. soli-
tary, though fine and apparently fresh specimen of Haliotis splendens, entirely
unknown in the Gulf, serves as a connecting link to the fauna of Lower Cali-
fornia.
Catalogue of the Venomous Serpents in the Museum of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, with notes on the families, genera and species.
r>Y E. D. COPE.
In the cephalic vertebra of the typical venomous serpents, we observe the
greatest modifications of the archetypal vertebra, in the ophidian order. This,
which is most excessive in the inferior arches, consists in —
First, the great shortening and thickening of the haemapophysial element
of the nasal vertebra, (superior maxillary,) to serve as a firm foundation for
the long curved venom fangs.
Second, its ginglymoid articulation with its neurapophysis (prefrontal), by
motion, upon which the fangs are erected or depressed, and —
Third, the great lengthening of the pleurapophysial element of the frontal
vertebra, (the tympanic bone), which, acting as a fulcrum, gives the greatest
mobility to the articulated pterygoid appendage, the ectopterygoid, and conse-
quently to the superior maxillary.
Thus, it is evident that this modification has immediate reference to the
complete specialization, and more perfect exercise of natural functions, — the
apprehension of living prey, and its subsequent deglutition.
From the possession of these attributes of high organization, we infer that
nature has assigned to the typical venomous serpents the first place in the
category of ophidians.
Hence, also, in attempting to define them as a natural group, we look to
those points of structure whence we deduce the evidence of superiority.
In the Colubriform venomous serpents, the hsemapophysis of the nasal
vertebra still falls considerably short of its hsemal spine, and is much thick-
ened in a vertical direction at its distal end, to give a firm support to the
fangs. But a tendency to revert to the ordinary ophidian type is seen in its
posterior elongation, its oblique articulation with the shortened ectopterygoid
appendage, and its imperfect articulation with the neurapophysis. In conse-
quence of this structure, the external pterygoid muscle plays upon the
maxillary bone at a disadvantage, having, in point of fact, but little power to
effect the depression of the fangs. The pleurapophysis of the mandibular arch
is shortened. The result of this is, that the pterygoid, articulated to a shorter
fulcrum, cannot be drawn forward by the spheno-pterygoid muscle to so great
an extent ; hence much less mobility is given to the dependent ectopterygoid
and superior maxillary. Of this group genus Naja, (Laur.) offers a typical
example ; of the first, Crotalus (Linn).
Nowhere have we a more conclusive example of the futility of attempting
to define higher groups by external characters alone ; for, in respect to these,
the groups, in question, blend in a manner beyond the possibility of satis-
factory separation. There are, indeed, external peculiarities', which are highly
characteristic of each. On the one hand there are the depressed, scaly head ;
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
the perforate fangs ; the absence of solid maxillary teeth ; the elliptical pupil.
On the other, we observe the elevated, plated head ; fangs, which, in closing
round the poison duct, have not obliterated the line of junction ;* the pres-
ence of solid maxillary teeth, and the circular pupil. But in the first, many
genera have the head more or less completely plated ; Daboia (Gray) has
circular pupil. In the latter, Vermicella (Or.,) Elaps (L.,) Cyrtophis (Sund.. )
and Sipedon (Merr.,) have no solid teeth behind the fangs; Dendraspis
(Schl.) has perforated fangs", and Acanthophis (Daud.) has the pupil erect
and elliptical.
In recapitulation, we characterize as follows the families Viperidas and
Najidse, adopting the appellations given them by the Prince of Canino, whose
genius here perceived that order, "in tracing which the human mind is only
translating into human language, the Divine thoughts expressed in Nature in
living realities."!
1. VirERIDJE.
Essential char. Superior maxillary bone vertical by excessive abbreviatiou
anteriorly and posteriorly, supporting Venom fangs alone ; united to the an-
terior fiuuiiti aL its upper extremity, and to the • ectopterygoid at the lower
extremity of its posterior face by ginglymoid articulations. Caudal vertebra-.-
normal, without greatly developed processes.
Characters not universal. Tympanic bone much elongated, giving great
breadth to the head posteriorly. Fangs having all external trace of the en-
folded canal obliterated. Pupil erect, elliptical. Occipital region scaly.
2. Najid.*:.
Essential char. Superior maxillary bone horizontal, abbreviated and sup-
porting venom fangs anteriorly ; elongated posteriorly, and united to the
prefrontal and shortened ectopterygoid by imperfectly moveable articulations.
Caudal vertebra? normal, without greatly developed processes.
Characters not universal. Tympanic bone shortened, causing the head to
be but little distinct from the body. Fangs not perfectly consolidated over the
canal. Pupil circular. Occipital region plated.
These families correspond to the Solenoglyphes and ProteroglypL.es
Conocerques, of Dumeril and Bibron. Though the arrangement of these
eminent herpetologists is certainly, in this point, more natural than that
of the British Museum catalogue, where the Najidse (Elapsidse) are placed
among the Colubrine snakes ; yet it appears to us that they are in error in
not considering the sea-snakes, Proteroglyphis Platycerques, as constitut-
ing a group of equal rank with those above defined. They are characterized
by numerous external peculiarities, and the compression of the caudal vertebra?,
and unusual development of their neural and hajmal spines, constitute a
modification whose importance may be partly measured by its striking
adaptation to a special end in their economy.
3. Hydeophid-b.
Essential char. Superior maxillary bone horizontal, possessing very little
mobility ; abbreviated, and supporting a grooved fang anteriorly ; much
elongated posteriorly, and supporting a series of solid teeth. Caudal vertebra)
compressed, inferior and superior processes much elongated, to serve as a sup-
port to the compressed, oar-like tail. Pupil round (?)
Characters not universal. Head not dilated posteriorly; in consequence Of the
shortness of the tympanic bone. Body compressed ; scales not imbricated,
nor united into gastrosteges on the belly. Head plated. Nostrils superior, j
valvular.
* Termed by herpeiologists " grooved," "canneles."
tA^assiz.
1 P^aturus Daud. is an exception.
1859.]
334 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
In the foetal Crotalus the gastrosteges are divided, but they unite into broad
shields some time before the young animal bursts its membrauous envelope.
But it is not until some size is attained that the grooved line where the grow-
ing edges of the fang unite and isolate the canal, is obliterated.
Thus we see typified the three families of the venomous serpents, and their
relative positions in the scale of being. But these characters, while parallel
to those deduced from the skeletal structure, do not, like them, define the
groups they characterize. '
Those genera of serpents which are characterized by entire urosteges, ex-
hibit a degree of development one step beyond those that have them divided,
since the latter retain that arrangement which characterizes the foetal condi-
tion of the former.
I. VIPERIDiE.
1. CROTALINJE.
Fangs without external groove. Pupil erect, elliptical. Head very distinct.
A deep fossa on each side behind the nostrils, partly occupying the excavated,
superior maxillary bone.
The genera of this group are here arranged in what appears to be their
natural succession, without reference to the position of that which exhibits the
highest typical perfection.
Total species Species in
estimated. Mus. Acad.
A. Vertex symmetrically plated.
* Urosteges two-rowed.
Numerous scale-like plates substituted for the frontals,
1. Hypnale,
Frontals, two pairs, regular. 2. Trigokocephalus,
** Urosteges, one-rowed.
Tail terminating in a horny point. 3. Ancistkodon,
Tail terminating in a rattle. 4. Crotalophorus,
B. Vertex, scaled.
* Urosteges, one-rowed.
Tail terminating in a rattle. 5. Crotalus,
Tail without rattle. 6 . Teleuraspis,
** Urosteges, two-rowed.
f Superciliary region p'lated.
Urosteges four-rowed at the tip. 7. Lachesis,
Urosteges two-rowed to the tip ; soales carinated.
8. Bothrops,
Urosteges two-rowed to the tip ; scales smooth.
9. Parias,
Superciliary plates, two pairs, 10. Meg^ra,
ft Superciliary region scaled.
A rudimental superciliary resting on the preoculars.
11. Cryptelytrops,
No rudimental superciliary plate. 12. Atropos,
2. VIPERIN^E.
Fangs without external groove. Head very distinct. Pupil usually ellipti-
cal. No lachrymal fossa.
A. Superciliary region scaled.
* Urosteges two-rowed.
TDec.
?2
4
1
2
3
5
3
3
12
4
8
2
2
1
16
3
3
2
0
0
?2
3
1
1
Total species
estimated.
Species in
Mus. Acad
2
1
?9
2
3
0
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335
Nostrils lateral ; horn-like processes over eyes.
13. Cerastes,
Nostrils vertical, surrounded by several nasals ; pupil
erect. 14. Clotho,*
Nostrils vertical, each in a single nasal ; pupil round.
15. Daboia,
** Urosteges one-rowed.
Nostrils lateral. 16, Toxicoa, 3 1
B. Superciliary region plated.
* Urosteges one-rowed.
Nostrils lateral. 17. Echis, 2 0
** Urosteges two-rowed.
Top of head scaled. 18. Vipera, 2 2
Top of head plated. 19. Pelias, 1 1
3. ATRACTASPIDIN^.
Fangs without external groove. Head not distinct from the body. Gape
small. Pupil round. No lachrymal fossa.
Head symmetrically plated : urosteges one-rowed :
frontal plates, two pairs. 20. Atractaspis, 1 0
Head symmetrically plated : urosteges one-rowed ; fron-
tal plates, one pair. 21. Brachycranion, 1 1
4. CAUSING.
Fangs with an indistinct external groove. Head moderately distinct. Pupil
round. No lachrymal fossa.
Head symmetrically plated ; urosteges two-rowed.
22. Cadsus, 1 1
Total, 83 34
1. CROTAL1NJE. .
Hypnale Fitzinger.
Systema Reptjlium, 1843, p. 28.
1. H. nepa nobis. — Coluber nepa Laurenti. Spec. Synopsis Reptilium,
p. 97, 1768. Trigonocephalies hypnale Boie, Schlegel, et aliorum.
Our specimens agree very nearly with the description of Trigonocephalus
Z a r a Gray, Brit. Mus. Catal. of Snakes, p. 15, in the narrow white vitta upon
the temporal region, the brown lips with one or two white spots posteriorly, the
white band upon the lower part of the neck, etc. ; the scales are smooth except
a few dorsal rows, which have traces of carina?. Dr. Gray's description is,
however, so brief, that we cannot, with confidence, refer them to it, the more
so as no subseqitent author notices its existence. Besides, Dr. Gray's species
was brought from Singapore. Two spec. Ceylon, Mr. Cuming.
Trigonocephalus Oppel.
Rept. p. 50.
a. Scales carinate. Trigonocephalus.
2. T. Blomhoffii-Boie.
Three spec. Ningpo, Dr. McCartee.
*It is probable that some of the species assigned by Dr. Gray to Clotho, belong more
properly to Cerastes.
1859.]
336
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Garden of Plants, Paris.
Var. meg asp ilu s nob. — Head somewhat broader than usual. Breadth
of vertical plate nearly equal to it's length. Superciliaries large. Posterior
frontals five-sided, not rounded laterally and posteriorly. Temporal region
scaled. About twenty large, annular black spots on each side, arranged alter-
nately, and often confluent on the back. These enclose rhomboidal brown
spaces, each of which has a central black spot. Gastro- and urosteges black,
with aiew white variegations. 142 X 1X46.
One spec, No. 136. Habitat? Perry Expedition.
b. Scales smooth. Calloselasma nob. Leiolepis Dum. and Bibr., 1854,
not of Cuvier, 1829.
3. T. rhodostomus Boie.
One spec. Java,
Ancistrodon Beauv.
Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, iv., 381, 1799. Cenchris Daud., Hist. Rept. 1803.
Toxicophis Troost, Ann. Lye, New York, iii., 190, 1833.
M. P. de Beauvois, in characterizing this genus, alluded to the characters
by whieVt it ma.v be known from all others, viz : the plated bead, pjit.ire uros-
teges, and absence of rattle. Hence his name cannot be set aside for Cenchris,
of later date. He spelled it Agkistrodon, but according to the universal rule
of latinizing the Greek, it should be Ancistrodon.
4. A. contortrix Bd. & Girard.
Two spec. FoxbuTg, Penna.,
One " Pottsville,
" " . South Carolina,
Two " Mobile, Ala.,
Eight " Kansas,
Three " Loc. ignot.,
5. A. piscivorus nobis. Toxicophis piscivorus B. & G., Smiths. Catal.,
p. 19.
One spec. Adams Co., Miss., H. Sargent.
Two " South Carolina, Dr. Holbrook.
• Two " Loc. ignot., Dr. Wilson and Garden of Plants.
Prof. Baird.
C. T. Hughes.
Dr. Holbrook.
Dr. Nott.
Dr. Hammond.
Dr. Wilson.
6. A. p u g n a x Ho&is. — Toxicophis pugnax B. & G., Smiths. Cat., p
Six spec.
Texas,
Crotalophorus Gray.
20.
Dr. Heermann.
Am. Philos. 205, 1825.
7. C Kir t Ian dii Holbr.
8. C. tergeminusflo/k
One spec.
<< <<
Five "
9. C. miliarius Holbr.
Three spec.
One
One "
One "
Two spec.
Ohio,
Kansas,
Loc. ignot.,
Ohio,
S. Carolina,
Georgia,
Florida,
CroTalus Linn.
Dr. Holbrook.
Col. McCall.
Dr. Hammond.
Dr. Wilson, et ah
Dr. Holbrook.
Dr. Leidy.
Dr. Jones. '
F. Party.
29.
Urocrotalon Fitzinger, Syst. Rept. Schema, p.
Uropsophus Wagler, Amphib., p. 176.
The confusion in the synonymy of some of the species of this genus is very
great, and is not diminished by the frequent reference of good species by Eu-
ropean herpetologists, as varieties of others previously described. Thus in the
[Dec,
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337
Brit. Mus. Catalogue we find terrificus (adamanteus,) and Oregonus referred
to durissus (horridus,) and Prof. Jan, Rev. et. Mag. de Zoologie, 1859,. p.
156, considers atrox and. confluentus as varieties of terrificus (adamanteus.)
10. C. durissus Linn. Syst. Nature i., p. 214., 1760, (Stockholm Edit.)
"Albo flavoque varius maculis rhombeis nigris disco albis."
Caudisona durissus Laur. Rept. p. 93, 1763. Crolalus durissus Merr. Syst.
Ampbib. p. 156, 1820. Cuvier Regne Animal, p. 122, pi. 32 (of the edit. Au-
douin, Blanchard, etc.) Griffith's edit. do. ix., p. 267. Crot. horridus Latreille
iii., 186, do. Daudin, (1803) Wagler, Schlegel, Gray, Dumeril and Bibron. C.
cascavella Wagler, Spix Serp., Brazil, p. 60, 1824.
The errors introduced into the synonymy of this species and the C. h o r r i -
dus of Linmeus, by Latreille and Daudin, and perpetuated by subsequent
writers, have been clearly set forth by Major J. Le Conte, Pro. Acad. Nat. Sci.
vol vi. p. 415.
There are four specimens of this formidable serpent in the Acad. Museum,
which illustrate very well the changes which age produces in the plates on the
muzzle.
No 141 hronwlit by Dr. Hering from Surinam, is a very ynnng individual^
marked precisely as in Regne Animal Reptilia, pi. 32. There are three pairs
cf plates all closely in contact on the median line, the first subtriangular, the
second oval, the third lie partly between the superciliaries.
No. 3. Surinam, Dr. Hering. This is 2 feet 7J inches long. The plates
are as in the preceding, except that the second pair are broader, and
concave. The head is rather narrow, resembling fig. 2, pi. 84 bis of the Erpe-
tologie Generale. This and the last belong to var. c of the Cat. Brit. Mus.
No. 2. Head and tail of a very large individual, Vera Cruz, Dr. Burroughs,
the former measuring two inches between the angles of their jaws beneath.
Second pair of plates much elongated transversly with some, small scales be-
tween and around them ; of the third pair, one is divided, the other partially ;
and there are small scales between them and the superciliaries.
No. 1. Surinam, Dr. Hering. Length four feet five inches. First pair of
plates entire ; second, divided into three on each side ; third, small, in con-
sequence of irregular subdivision.
11. C. terrificus. Caudisona terrificus Laurenti Rept. p. 93, 1763. Cro-
talus rkombifer Daud. v., p. 325, 1803. Dumeril and Bibron. 1854. Crotalus
udamanteus Beauv., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. iv., p. 368, 1824. Holbrook, Amer.
Herp. iii. p. 9, 1842. Baird and Girard, Cat. Smiths. Inst., p. 3, 1853.
One spec. South Carolina, Dr. Holbiook.
12. C. atrox Bd. & Girard.
Three spec. Texas, Dr. Heermann.
13. C. lucifer B. & G. .
One spec. S. California, Smiths. Institut'n.
14. C. oregonus Eolbr. One spec. Oregon, T. Nuttall.
15. C. cerastes Hallowell. One spec. California. D. Heermann.
16. C. confluentus Say. C. Lecbntei Hall. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vi.
p. 180. .
Fifteen spec. Kansas, Dr. Hammond.
Three " Rocky Mountains, "
" " California, Dr. Heermann.
One " New Mexico, Dr. S. Woodhouse.
C- Lecontei was stated to differ from C. confluentus in possessing two
rows of scales between the suborbitals and superior labials instead of four ; in
having a row of four scales between the nasals instead of six ; in the less number
of longitudinal rows on the body, the absence of a white border to the rostral plate,
etc. Examination of the above specimens shows that the number of scales in
1859.]
338 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
the rows between the nasals varies from two to four in the first, from four to
six in the second ; that the number of rows of supralabials varies from two
to three ; the rows of scales on the body vary from 24 (the number attributed
to L e co n te i) to 26 ; that the rostral plate is often half bordered, sometimes
not at all.
17. C. horridus Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 214, Edit. 1760. Cuvier, Regne
Animal, ii. p. 78, 1817. Crotalus durissus Daud. Hist. Rept. v. 304, 1803. Also
of Holbrook, Dumeril and Bibron, Baird and Girard. Crotalus atricaudatus
Daudin and Wagler. Uropsophus durissus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus. Urocrotalon
durissus Fitzinger, 1843.
Nine spec. Penna. Drs. Mitchell and Rand, and Mr. J. H. Slack.
One "
Penna.
Drs
. Mitchell and Rand, and Mr
New Jersey,
Dr.
Coleman Pemberton.
Kansas,
Dr.
Hammond.
Louisiana,
Dr.
P. B. Goddard.
Benton Co., Miss
' J
!< (1
S. Carolina,
Dr.
Holbrook.
Loc. ignot.
Dr.
Wilson, et al.
Ten "
No. 47 (Penna.,) dark variety. The black double rhombs become confluent
upon the plants anteriorly, enclosing the lighter ground, which thus forms a se-
ries of oblong spots. Posterior rhombs all confluent into transverse black bands.
Gastrosteges clouded with brownish black. Nos. 48 and 49 are intermediate
between this and the ordinary variety.
The remaining species of this genus are :
C. mo loss us B. & G., Catalogue Serp., Smithson. Inst. p. 10. A very
distinct species.
C. or n at us Hallowell, Pacific Rail Road Report, x., Parke's Explorations
p. 24.
C. t i g r i s Kennicott, U. S. and Mex. Boundary Survey Reptiles, p. 12, pi. 4.
C. 1 u g u b ri s Jan, Rev. et. Magasin de Zoologie, 1859, p. 156. This seems
to be most nearly related to C. lucifer B. & G.
Teleukaspis nobis.
Head triangular, depressed, covered above with small scales. Muzzle prom-
inent, bordered by a series of small scales ; a large superciliary plate on each
side as in Bothrops. Urosteges one-rowed ; tail without rattle.
The absence of a rattle distinguishes this genus from Crotalus, and the en-
tire urosteges from Bothrops. Its natural situation appears to be between
them. The two species which we have seen are both small and widely differ-
ent from each other.
18. T. Schlegeli nob. — Trigonocephaly Schlegeli Berthold, Abhand-
lungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, iii.
p. 13, 1847. Jan, Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1859, p. 155.
Two Spec. Cocuyas de Veraguas, N. Granada. Mr. R. W. Mitchell.
Since the time of its description in 1847, this rare and curious serpent has been,
as far as we are aware, unnoticed by authors. As Berthold's description is brief,
we subjoin the following : —
Snout rounded, depressed, its plane forming an acute angle with that of the
rostral, which is slightly concave. Scales on the head tuberculous or carin-
ate, as are also the supralabials and temporals, — the latter excessively. A series
of small tuberculous scales between the superciliary and orbit, two of which
are prolonged into compressed horn-like appendages, which are erect and flexi-
ble. Scales bordering the muzzle with their outer borders free and recurved.
Nasal plate large, the nostril pierced in the centre. Lachrymal fossa large. A
slender undivided subocular. Superior labials nine, the third longest ; eye
over third and fourth. Inferior labials thirteen. Geneial scales imbricate,
acute, some of them carinate. Scales of the body thin, acute, much imbricate,
in 24 or 25 longitudinal rows, all carinate except those next the gastrosteges.
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339
No. 99. Bright green with a few dark brown rhombs on the back. On the pos-
terior part of the body, narrow pinkish grey bands, alternate on opposite sides
of the median line. The whole upper surface sparsely dotted with brown
punctulations. Upper surface of head with two deep brown spots on the
muzzle ; one on the inner border of each superciliary ; a large one on the
vertex, with a smaller confluent with it on each side, and two occipital spots.
A dark band passes from the orbit beyond the angle of the mouth. Inferior
and superior labials white, punctulated and spotted with brown. Beneath,
white, shaded with cream color, (in spirits) ; posteriorly green ; the whole
punctulated with brown. A series of brown spots on the flanks, which shade
the extremities of the gastrosteges.
No. 98 differs in having fewer brown rhombs on the back ; and the light
transverse vittse extend to the anterior part of the body. The top of the head
is uniform brown, without spots, except the occipital pair. Gastrosteges 151 ;
anal 1, entire ; urosteges 52. Length 1 ft. 3 in.
19. T. Castelnaui nob. — Bothrops Castelnaudi D. & B. vii. p. 1511.
Three spec. South America. Mr. Cuming.
This species has two nasal plates, with the nostril between them. The
superciliary plate rests immediately upon the orbit.
Var. br achy stoma nob. — In this variety the breadth of the head at the
angle of the jaws is only two-fifths its length, which is perhaps the result of
accident. The labials are 8 above and below, instead of 10 superior and 9
inferior. The brown spot on the head is quadrangular, not cordate ; and the
labials above and below, and the geneials, are brownish black. In other respects
it is exactly similar to the true Castelnaui. Longitudinal rows of scales 23.
Scuta 154xlX33.
One spec. Habitat ? Mr. Cuming.
T. L an s b erg i i is a third species of this genus. We have not been able
to find the' original description, but its prominent characters have been pointed
out by Prof. Jan, loc. cit. p. 155. T. nummifer, {Trig, nummifer Kiippel)
is probably a fourth species. There is a possibility, but we have not the means
at hand for arriving at a decision, that this is identical with Atropos mexi-
canus Dam. and Bibr. Vol. vii. p. 521, which has the urosteges entire, and,
according to the plate 83, bis. Erp. generale, a small superciliary shield. The
latter at least can hardly be considered as congeneric with the Atropos D a r w i n i
and puniceus .
Laches is Daud.
Hist. Rept. 1803. Copkias Merrem, 1820.
20. L. mutus Daud. Two spec. Surinam, Dr. Hering.
Bothrops Wagler.
In Spix. Rept. Brazil, 1824, p. 50. Craspedocephalus Kuhl (IS ?) Fitzinger
(1843), Gray (1849.)
21. B. lanceolatus Wagl. Two spec. S. America.
22. B. atrox Wagl. B. leucurus and taniatus Wagl. Trigonocephalus
colombiensis Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 246.
Eight spec. S. America, Mr. Cuming.
Two ' ' Cocuyas de Veraguas, New Granada. Dr. Mitchell.
Five " Caraccas, Dr. S. Ashmead.
One " " Dr. Morris.
One " Para, Col. Abert.
Two " loc. ignot. Prof. Bache.
23. B. a 1 1 e r n a t u s D. & B.
One spec. Buenos Ayres, Mr. Kennedy.
One " loc. ignot. ?
1859.]
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
B. v i r i d i s connects the South America and East Indian species insepar-
ably ; and to ns it appears questionable whether B. sumatranus and
Hombronii are generically distinct.
Cryftelytrops nobis.
Head very distinct, depressed anteriorly, covered with small smooth scales.
Superciliary region covered with small scales, not thickened as in 'Atropos.
Superciliary plate narrow, rudimentary, resting on the preoculars. Pupil
elliptical. Urosteges two-rowed.
24. C. c arin at u s nob. — Trimesurus carinatusGray, Zoological Miscellany,
p. 48.
One spec. Hab. ? (Probably India) ?
To Dr. Gray's very brief description we add the following : — Body rather
slender, tail moderate. Scales in 25 longitudinal rows, lanceolate, strongly
carinate, except a row on each side adjacent to the scuta. Temporals small,
keeled. Superior labials small posteriorly, the third largest ; eye over the
fourth and fifth, from which it is separated by three rows of scales. Gastro-
steges 157. One entire anal. 77 Urosteges. Above, dark olive brown ; beneath
blackish green; a greenish white oval apical spot upon each scale of the
smooth series next the scuta on each side.
Trimesurus albolabris Gray, loc. cit., may be a second species of ibis
genus, which intervenes between Bothrops and Atropos.
Atropos Wagler.
Nat. Syst. der Amphib. p. 175.
25. A. D a r w i n i D. & B. Two spec. Hab. ? Dr. Wilson.
In this very vicious looking species all the scales are smooth except a few
dorsal rows. No. 100 ; gastrosteges 165 ; anal 1, entire ; urosteges 51. No. 101 :
163x1^53. Prof. Jan (Rev. et Mag. Zoologie, 1859, p. 157,) has described a
third Atropos, which has a long horn-like appendage over each eye. This
peculiarity, formerly known only in the Cerastes and Clothos of the old world,
characterizes three species of American Crotalidse, viz : — Crotalus cerastes
Hallow, Atropos u n d u 1 a t u s Jan, and Teleiiraspis Schlegeli nob.
2. VIPERINJZ.
Cerastes Wagler.
L. c. p. 178.
25. C. Hasselquistii Gray, Zool. Misc. 1832. Coluber cerastes L. Syst.
Nat. 1766. Cerastes cegyptiacus D. & B. vii. p. 1440, 1854.*
Two spec. North Africa, Dr. Wilson.
Clotho Wagler.
Gray Zool. Misc. 69, 1842. Echidna et Cerastes pars Wagler, Amphib. 177,
'78, 1830. t Echidna Dura, and Bibr. (not of Merrem,) vii. 1420, 1854.
27. C. rhino c ero s . — Cerastes nasicornis Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. iii. p. 319. Vipera rhinoceros Schlegel, Verslageh en mededeelingen der
Koniglijke Akadamie von Wettenshappen ; Amsterdam, iii. p. 316.
Three spec. Gaboon, Dr. Henry A. Ford.
In No. 154 (large specimen), there is on the muzzle, below and in front of each
horn-like supranasal, an oval scale, directed outward and upward, and free for
the greater part of its length. In No. 155, (still larger specimen,) this scale is
produced into a horn, four lines in length. The scales of the head are more
strongly carinate and spinous in this than in' the last. InC. nasicornis
Gray, the horns are all developed from the supranasal plate, which is the
character by which Schlegel distinguishes it.
* Aspis Cleopatrae Laurenti, Specimen p. 105, cannot be this species. He says, »' sguanjj*
planis appressis nee carinatis."
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
341
28. C. arietans Gray.
One spec. Senegambia, John Cassia, Esq.
One " Cape of Good Hope, Garden of Plants.
One " " " U. S. Exp. Expedition.
This is the type of Bitis Gray, in which the supranasal is not developed into
a horn. Corneous and squamous appendages are, however, common among the
vipers, and occur independently of generic characters. The position of the
nostrils and the number of nasal plates are the same in this and the last
species.
Echidna (Merrem, 1820) is employed by some authors to designate this
genus, but as its type, E. cobra, (Merrem, Systema Amphib. p. 150), cannot
be identiiied,* Dr. Gray adopts Clotho (Wagler.)
Toxicoa Gray.
Cat. Brit. Mus. 1849. (Type Echis arenicola Boie.)
29. T. s qu a m ig e r a nob. Echis squamigera Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. vii. p. 193.
One sp. Gaboon. M. Duchaillu.
Tox. chloroechis ( Viper a chloroechis Schlegel, Verslag. der Koniglije
Akad. Amsterdam, iii., p. 317, 1855) is allied to this species, bat differs in
having 23 rows of scales instead of 18 ; 13 inferior labials instead of 10; and
in having "on each side of the back one row of small spots of a light yellow
color," instead of irregular transverse fascia? of the same.
Vipera Laurenti.
Specimen Synopsis Rept. 99.
3.0. V. ammodytes Daudin.
One spec. „ Italy. Dr. Wilson.
Si. V. as pi s Merr.
Thirteen spec.
Var. oeellata Bp.
Five spec.
.Var. r u f a Bp.
Three spec.
Var. f u s c a Bp.
Three spec.
Var. nigra Bp.
Two spec.
Syst. Rept. 148.
32. P. b e r u s Merr.
One specimen.
Italy.
Italy.
Dr. Wilson.
Pklias Merr.
Four
Three
Two
Garden of Plants.
Dr. Wilson.
J. & H. Rinberg.
Dr. Wilson.
Loc. ignot.
Italy.
Lund, Sweden,
(young.) Italy.
A half grown specimen, from Italy, has the short muzzle of the variety
Ursinii Bp., with the ordinary dark coloring,
Var. n i ger Bell. {(J1)
Two spec. Lund, Sweden. J. & H. Kfnberg.
Var. dorsal is. (P. dorsalis, Gray. Zool. Misc.. p. 71.)
One spec. Lund, Sweden. J. & H. Rinberg.
Our specimen is not typical of the variety, as the dorsal band — which is
mght scales wide — is undulate on the margin, thus approaching the ordinary
variety. The muzzle and gape is shorter than usual, thus resembling Ursinii.
* His description, " Squamis maioribvs in carina dorxi," iv, at least, not applicable to
any of the true vipers.
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Var. Ursinii Bp. Pelias chersea vel Ursinii Bp. Fauna Italica.
One spec. Italy. • Dr. Wilson.
The gape and muzzle are shorter, and the latter more sloping than usual.
In its light colors, our specimen partakes of the character of a young animal.
Many specimens of this strongly-marked variety, and much observation on it
in a state of nature are needed to settle satisfactorily its true zoological value.
Until proof to the contrary can be adduced, we cannot consider it as more
than a variety. How far it coincides with the Coluber chersea of Linnseus
is a question.
3. ATRAC TASPIDINjE.
Bkachychranion Hallowell.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii. p. 99.
Differs from Atractaspis (Smith, Zool. S. Africa, facing pi. 71) in possessing
one pair of frontal plates instead of two.
In this genus the tympanic bone is short ; but in other respects the me-
chanism of the bones of the mouth is similar to that of the vipers and rattle-
snakes. The superior maxillary bone is very short and vertical, articulating
with the lachrymal by a ginglymoid joint at its superior extremity. Its whole
lower surface is occupied by the anchylosed bases of the fangs. The ecto-
pterygoid articulates with it moveably, and at a right angle, but is rather
short, and incurved posteriorly. While this structure gives its possessor the
power of erecting or depressing the fangs, weakness is indicated by the pro-
portions and form of the ectopterygoid and tympanic bones, and by the small
size of the spheno- and external pterygoid muscles. The former is hot larger
than in an adult Tropidonotus sirtalis. Though the gape of the mouth in
Dr. Hallowell's species is small, the fangs are probably as efficient as in some
species of Elaps, which, it has been shown by the experiments of Dr. Cantor,
are unable to inflict a wound on any but very small objects.
33. B. corpulentum Hallowell. Atractaspis corpulentus Hallow. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. 1857, p. 70. Giinther, Cat. Colnbr. Brit. Mus. p. 239.
One spec. Gaboon. Dr. H. Ford.
4. CAUSING. .
Causus Wagler.
Natur. Syst. Amphib. 172.
While this genus exhibits a close conformity to the succeeding group in ex-
ternal characters, it maintains that modification of the cephalic vertebrae which
we deem characteristic of the highest family of Ophidians, the' 'true venomous
serpents.
Thus it is that, while this group (Viperidas) may be distinctly defined by
that modification of the ideal by which the neuro-skeletal structure is adapted
to an end in the economy of the animal, those external peculiarities which are
of no obvious value to their possessors connect it inseparably with that suc-
ceeding, and add another to the many proofs that the works of Creation form
a graduated and connected whole.
34. C. rhombeatus Licht.
One spec. Cape of Good Hope. Garden of Plants.
Four. Liberia. Dr. Goheen.
II. NAJID^E.
1. NAJIN^E.
Fangs with an external groove, extending from the basal to the terminal
orifice.
Acanthophis Daudin.
Hist. Rept. v. p. 289, 1803.
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343
35. A. antarctica Wagler. Boa antarctica Shaw. Acanthophis cerasti-
nus, Daud. Hist. Rept. 1803.
Superior maxillary bone elongated posteriorly, not compressed, rounded oa
its outer face ; the ectopterygoid curves inward and articulates with it ob-
liquely. The'fang is long, with a delicate groove on its anterior face, extend-
ing from the basal to the terminal orifice. Behind it there are two small
greatly recurved solid teeth, the last upon the very edge of the articulation
with the ectopterygoid, and both' are concealed by the integuments.
In an undoubted and beautiful specimen of this snake, received from the
Garden of Plants, Paris, these characters are distinct. Hence we feel assured
that its true position is in the family Najidse, and that Pseudechis and Hoplo-
cephalus are its natural allies. Thus, while so large a proportion of Austra-
lia's mammals are Marsupials — her birds, Raptores, Psittaci and Cursores ;
her mollusca, Braehiopods ; her lizards, Scinks* etc. — her venomous serpents
are all Najida? ; nor has she a solitary example of the higher Viperidaa.
Hoplocephalps, Cuvier.
Regne Animal, ii. p. 95. Alecto, Dum. & Bibr. 1854. (Not of Wagler,
1830, the type of whose genus is Trimeresurus leptocephalus, Lacep.)
36. H. pallidiceps Gray (?) var.
Scales in fifteen longitudinal rows. Superior labials six, second and third
truncated above. Two inferior labials in contact with the inframaxillaries,
(three in curtus.) Row of scales next the scuta yellow at their bases, moie
conspicuous anteriorly. Beneath, yellowish olive, more yellow anteriorly.
Head above, uniform deep olive brown ; the vertical plate is nearly as broad
as long, and much depressed. The muzzle is broad and rounded. Body
above deep olive brown. Where the epidermis is lost, olive-yellow transverse
bands, about two half scales in Width, alternating with the darker, which
occupies a width of one scale and a half, appear, but they are very indistinct ;
obsolete anteriorly.
One spec. Australia. Gard. of Plants. (As Alecto cu ta.)
Our specimen approaches very near to the pallidiceps Gray, but its identity
cannot be established without additional examples.
Sepedon Cuvier.
E. An. ii., 86.
37. S. hsra achates Merrem.
One sp. Cape of Good Hope. Garden of Plants.
One sp. " " Dr. Wilson.
Naja Laurenti.
Specimen, p. 90.
38. N. h aj e Merr. One sp. Garden of Plants.
Var. melanoleuca Halloicett. Four sp. Gaboon. Dr. H. A. Ford.
39. N. tripudians Merr. Var. with the spectacle-like marks.
One sp. Bengal. W. Jones.
Three sp. ? ?
Var. uniform brown, without the spectacle-like marks.
One sp. Java. Dr. Ruscbenberger.
Var. scopinucba nob. — Light brown, annulated with narrow white rings,
which are not continued upon the pale brown belly. Throat nearly white, with
a black annulation covering from the fourteenth to the seventeenth gastros'eges.
The back of the neck black, with a white circle, emarginate in front, and having
a central black spot, with a small dot on each side of it.
One sp. Canton River. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.
A specimen nearly similar to this singular variety, brought from China by
Mr. Gernaert, came under the notice of the authors of the Erpetologie Geuerait.
and is described vii., p. 1297.
1859.] 25
344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Bungarus Daudin.
Hist. Rept. v., 263.
40. B. semifasciatus Kuhl.
One sp. Java. Dr. Ruschenberger-
One sp. •
41. B. fas ci at us Cantor. Var. B. (Brit. Mus. Catalogue.)
Three sp. Ceylon. Mr. Cuming.
One (young) sp. "
Elaps Schneider.
Hist. Amphib. ii., p. 289.
a. Asiatic.
42. E. calligaster Weigmann.
One sp. Philippine Is. Mr. Cuming.
b. African.
43. E. lacteus Schn. {Coluber lacleus L. 1754. Col. Hygice Shaw, 1792.
Elaps ffygicE, Merr. 1821.)
One sp. Cape of Good Hope. Garden of Plants.
c. American.
*Body with complete isolated rings, with spots between them.
44. E. fulvius Cuv.
One sp. ^r- Baxne.
One sp". Charleston, S. C. Smithsonian Inst,
Four sp. ? •
One sp. South Carolina. Jas. Reade.
One sp. " Dr- Blanding.
One sp. Texas. Dr. Heermann.
45. E. ag 1 ee o p e nobis. Head slightly distinct from the body, oval, muz-
zle elliptically rounded. Not a slender species. Tail long, one-seventh of the
total length.
Rostral plate small. Anterior frontals very small; posterior frontals nearly
as broad as the length of the vertical, and a little longer than the superciliaries.
Vertical small, two-fifths of its length between the occipitals. Scales in fifteen
longitudinal rows. Rings black, three scales (in a straight line,) and three or
four gastrosteges in width. Spaces between, five or five and a half scales wide,
with a delicate light brown ground color, but divided by a vermillion ring, three
scales wide. This is wider on the belly and adjacent to the black, except when
occasionally separated by a yellow gastrostege. In the middle of the vermillion
is a series of elongate black spots one scale wide, sometimes confluent into a
band, not reaching the gastrosteges. A black collar involves the tips of the
occipitals, half the last superior and inferior labial, and the first three gastros-
teges. In front of this a baud of delicate brown includes the occipitals and
extends to the labials ; the latter are yellow. The inferior labials (except a
black spot on the second and third,) and the inframaxillaries, are also yellow.
The rostral, and anterior frontals are brownish yellow, (perhaps shaded with
red in life). The rest of the head, extending backward from the first and second
superior labials, to the postoculars, and anterior edge of occipitals, is black.
There is a spot of the same color on the line between the occipital plate3.
Gastrosteges 207, anal one, urosteges 52, first seven undivided.
Total length 31 inches. Tail 4 inches, 6 lines.
One specimen, brought by Dr. Jno. L. Le Conte from Honduras.
A beautiful species, related to fulvius, apiatus, tener, etc,
**Body with rings at equal distances, without spots between.
46. E. c i r c i n a 1 i s D. $ B.
One sp. West Indies. Mr. Engstrom.
Two sp. ? ?rr.
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 845
In one of our specimens all the rings are complete, in another several are
incomplete, appearing as elongate oval spots bordered with yellow, and in the
third, as many as five successive rings are wanting on the gastrosteges. This
appears to be a smaller and darker colored species than corallinus, of which
some consider it a variety.
47. E. corallinus Neuwied.
Two sp. South America. ?
48. E. nigrocinctus Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii., p. 226, 1854???
U. S.' Astronomical Exped. ii., p. 210. Aug. 1855. E. divaricatus, Hallow. Jour
Acad. Nat. Sci. iii., p. 36, May, 1855.
Three sp. Honduras. Dr. J. L. Le Conte.
Two sp. Panama. "
One sp. Nicaragua. Mr. Amory Edwards.
The coloring of the body of this species is that of corallinus, while the
head has that of f u 1 v i u s.
***Rings complete, arranged three and three.
49. E. altirostris, nobis. Head scarcely distinct, lanceolate, compressed,
its height and breadth at the eye equal. Muzzle rounded, narrow, high, pro-
minent. Cephalic shields large ; superior labials seven, high ; the eye resting
on the division line of the third and fourth. Tail short, (possibly mutilated,)
one eighteenth of the whole length.
Scales in fifteen rows.
Colors in spirits. Body with fourteen triads of complete rings of a deep
chocolate brown, sometimes confluent on the belly. Spaces between these four
or five scales wide, of a pale yellow brown shade, each scale tipped with darker.
Spaces between outer and central rings of the triads covering two scales, which
are broadly tipped with chocolate. The color of the head is a continuation of that
of the anterior outer ring of the first triad. The following, however, are the mark-
ings of white : The occipitals (except the outer borders) and plate3 surround-
ing them ; the anterior borders of the inframaxillaries and inferior labials ; a
line bordering the fifth superior labial above, and reaching to the occiput.
Gastrosteges 194; anal 1, divided; urosteges 15. Length 29 inches, 6 lines;
tail 1 inch, 5 lines.
One sp. ? ?
A robust species, resembling E. lemniscatus, except in the color and form
of the head. In respect to the latter, it differs from any other species which we
have seen, but resembles the figure of E. Bertholdi, Jan. loc. cit., except in
the absence of the preocular.
50. E. dissoleucus nobis. Head slightly distinct, muzzle acutely
rounded and projecting. Body not slender, not stout. Tail distinct, tapering,
short, one-eighteenth of the total length.
Vertical plate small, elongate, obtuse behind ; superciliaries broad; occipitals
very elongate ; eyes very small. Scales fifteen rows. Body red, with seven sets
of three black rings together ; the central ring not twice as wide as the exterior
ones, and separated from them on each side by ring of white, four scales wide ;
each white scale bordered with black. Viewed from above the head, and for
four scales behind the occipital plates is black, except a band of red, which
includes the fifth, sixth, and most of seventh superior labials, nearly all the
postoculars, anterior part of the occipitals, but not extending across the median
line, which is black. On the throat and chin the black only appears on three
gastrosteges, and the front inferior labials.
Gastrosteges 200; anal 1, divided; urosteges 19. Length 22 inches, 6 lines;
of tail 1 inch, 4 lines.
One sp. Venezuela. Dr. Chas. D. Meigs.
One of the most elegant species of the genus, and having some similarity to
E. e 1 e g a n s Jan, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1858, p. 524. The rings which are white
1859.1
346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
in diss ol eu cus, are yellow, and much narrower in elegans; the latter
has a yellow ring round the neck, and the black does not extend upon the throat.
51. E. Mar cgravii? Neuioeid. Two sp. Dr. Wilson.
52. E. lemniscatus Schneider.
One sp. Surinam. Dr. Hering.
One sp.
53. E frontalis D. $ B.
One sp. South America. Dr. Wilson,
Two sp. " ?
54. E. baliocoryphus nobis. Body rather stout. Head broad, depressed,
but still distinct. Tail short, one-fourteenth of total length. Scales in fifteen
rows.
Fifteen triads of black rings four scales apart posteriorly, increasing in dis-
tance anteriorly to eight. Scales in these intervals broadly tipped with brown-
ish black. Exterior ring of the three, two and two and a half scales wide,
separated by a space of equal width from the central, which is three and four
scales wide. The first ring is four scales back of the occipital plates. The
scales in this interval, and the temporals are broadly tipped with black. Occi-
pitals black, anteriorly and posteriorly edged with the light color, perhaps red
in life. A spot below and in front of the eye, the superciliaries and vertical
black, the last pale-edged anteriorly. Fost-frontals immaculate, pre-frontals
black, anteriorly light-edged ; apex of rostral black. Except three black blotches
on the chin, the other plates of the head are of the light color.
Gastrosteges 226 ; anal one, divided ; urosteges 26 pairs.
Length 2 feet, 8 inches. The tail 1 inch, 9 lines.
One sp. Buenos Ayres. Dr. Kennedy.
This species resembles E. lemniscatus somewhat: it is peculiar for the
shortness of the head.
55. E. surjn amen sis Cuv.
One sp. Surinam. Dr. Colhoun.
2. BENDRASPIDINJE.
Fangs without external trace of the canal.
Dendraspis Schlegel.
Verslag. Zool. geuootsch. Amsterd., 1848. Dinopkis Hallow., Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci., 1852, p. 203.
56. D. Jamesoni Schlegel. Maps Jamesoni Traill, Trans. Schlegel's Essai,
p. 179, 1843. Dinophis Hammondii Hallow., loc. cit.
Two sp. Liberia. Dr. Goheen.
In this species the superior maxillary bone is elongate, and much compressed,
not offering any plane surface for the attachment of solid teeth. There is a
malar process of considerable length, which is connected by ligament with the
posterior frontal bone.
III. HYDROPHID.E.*
Platdrus Latr.
Kept. Tome iv., p. 185.
57. P. fascial us Daudin.
One sp. East Indian Ocean. C. Guillou.
Disteira Lacep.
Ann. Mus. Fr., iv., p. 199.
*Swainson, Fishes Amphibia, etc. Lardner'sCab. Cyc, 1839. Hydridae, Gray,
Zooleg. Miscell., 1842.
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.
347
We suspect that the true ground of separation of this genus from Hydrophis
will be found to be the separation of the frontals from the superior labials by
the intervention of the fronto-nasals and preocular, and not the presence of
rudimentary gastrosteges. The latter peculiarity is possessed in a less degree
by Hydrophia striata, H. nigrocincta, and others. The genus thus
defined would include H. p achy c e r c u s, Fischer, loc. cit, pi. 2. Should it,
however, be the opinion of herpetologists that the genus be referred to Hydro-
phis, as has been done by Dr. J. G. Fischer, the species which we possess must
Still continue distinct, as observed by Prof. Jan, its describer.
58. D. Dumerilii Jan, Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1859, p. 149. Aline
from the nostril to the posterior border of the frouto-nasal separates a part of
it, which is analogous to the nasal. One postocular. Except two on the neck
the slate-black rings are complete, and occupy three gastrosteges. The back
between the rings is light slate-color. Tail slate black.
One sp. ? ?
Hydbophis Daud.
Hist. Rept. vii.
59. H. Schlegeli Fischer. Abhandl. der Naturwissenschaftlichen Ham-
burg, iii., p. 50, 1856. Thalassopkis Schlegeli Schmidt, ibid, ii., p. 83, 1848. ?
Chitidia inornata G-ray, Cat. Brit. Mas., p. 56, 1849.
One sp. Manilla. Dr. Burroughs.
60. H. gracilis Schlegel.
Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus.
One sp. Gulf of Siam.
61. H. striatus Schlegel.
One sp. ?
Microcejphalophis gracilis Lesson, Voy. Belauger.
A. A. Henderson.
Lapemis Hard-
62. H. p e 1 a m i d o i d e s Schlegel. Fauna Japonica, 1838
wickii, Gray, Zool. Misc., 1842.
Four sp. Gulf of Siam.
One sp. " "
One sp. Java.
Five sp. ?
Two of our specimens have two postoculars on each side.
a large loral on each side.
the other.
Var. annulata Fischer
One sp. Manilla. Dr. Burroughs
While our specimen coincides in all important particulars with Dr. Fischer's
plate cited, it differs in having the bands of a chocolate color, each dark scale
with a light shade in the middle. The body is rather more compressed than in
the ordinary pel am idoides , and there are no traces of carination. Nam
Lapemis curtus, Gray, loc. cit ?
Pelamis Daud.
A. A. Henderson.
Dr. Burroughs.
Capt. Harwick.
?
One of these has
Another has two postoculars on one side, one on
loc. cit., pi. 3.
Rept. vii., p. 366, 1802.
63. P. b i c o 1 o r Daud.
Two sp.
One sp.
Four sp.
Tbree sp.
One sp.
Gulf of Siam.
Philippines.
East Indies,
u
Pacific coast of Panama.
A. A. Henderson.
Mr. Cuming.
Dr. Burroughs.
Dr. J. L. Le Conte
Total number of species :
Viperidas,
Najidas,
Hydrophida?,
34
22
7
348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
The Reports of the Recording Secretary, Librarian and Curators were
read, as follows :
REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY FOR 1859.
During the year ending 30th Nov., 1S59, there have been elected fifty-nine
members and twenty-nine correspondents.
One member has resigned.
One member has been expelled.
Sis members have died, to wit : Dr. Charles F. Beck, Dr. Thomas D. Mutter,
Dr. Henry Bond, Mr. Henry Pepper, Augustus E. Jessup, Esq., and Dr. H.
C. Caldwell, U. S. Navy.
The deaths of the following correspondents have been announced : Mr. W.
J. Broderip, Alexander Von Humboldt, Mr. Thos. Sutton Nuttall, Mr. Thomas
Horsfield.
During the same period, the following Papers have been read before the
Academy, and ordered to be published :
By Walter F. Atlee, M. D., "Observations on a probable cause of Haemor-
rhoids," read before the Biological Department.
By Spencer F. Baird, M. D., two, to wit: "Description of new Genera and
Species of North American Lizards, in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion." " Notes on a Collection of Birds, made by John Xantus, Esq., at Cape
San Lucas, Lower California.
By W. G. Binney, " Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5.'
By John Cassiii, two to wit :" Catalogue of Birds, collected on rivers Camma
and Ogobai, Western Africa, by Mr. P. B. Duchaillu, in 1858, with notes and
descriptions of new Species," two papers.
By E. D. Cope, two, to wit: " On the primary Divisions of the Salamandri-
dae, with a description of two new Species." " Notes and Descriptions of for-
eign Reptiles." ,
By Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., three, to Wit: "A Synopsis of the North
American Sphingidae." "Contributions to American Lepidopterology," two
papers.
By William M. Gabb, two, to wit: "Catalogue of tbe invertebrate Fossils,
of the cretaceous formation of the United States." " Description of two new
Species of carboniferous Fossils."
By Theodore Gill, ten, to wit: "On Datyloscopus and Leptoscopus, two
new Genera of the family Uranoscopidse." '-On the Genus CallionymUs of
Authors." "Decription of Hyporhampus, a new Genus of Fishes, allied to
Hemirhamphus Cuv." "Notes on a collection of Japanese Fishes, made by
Dr. J. Morrow." "Description of a third Genus of Hemirhamphira?." "De-
scription of a new Genus of Salarianisa, from the West Indies." " Description
of a new Species of Callinidea Ed." " Descriptions of new generic Types of
Cottoids, from the collection of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, under
Com. John Rogers." " Description of a Type of Golioids, intermediate between
Dobina and Tridentigerina." " Description of a new North American Type of
Siluroids, allied to Calliophvsus."
By Charles Girard, M. D., six, to wit: " Ichthyological Notices," five pa-
pers. "Herpetolngical Notices."
By W. A. Hammond, M. D., "Observations on the colorless Blood Corpus-
cles," read before the Biological Department,
By J. J. Hayes, M. D., "Observations upon the relations existing between
Food and the capabilities of men to resist low temperatures," read before the
Biological Department."
By T. Charlton Henry, M. D., " Catalogue "of the Birds of New Mexico, as
compiled from Notes and Observations made while in that Territory, during a
residence of six years."
By R. Kennicott, ' ' Notes on Coluber Calligaster Say, and Descriptions of
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA. 349
new Species of Serpents, in the Collection of the Northwestern University of
EvanStown, 111."
By Isaac Lea, LLD., eight, to wit: "Description of eight new Species of
Unionidae, from Georgia." "Description of twenty-one new Species of Exotic
Unionidae." "Description of two new Species of Unionidae, from Georgia."
"Description of seven new Species of Uniones." " New Unionidae, of the United
States." "Description of twelve new Species of Uniones, from Georgia."
" Description of four new Species of exotic Unionidae.-' "Description of a new
Species of Unio, from the Isthmus of Darien."
By John Le C'onte, three, to wit: "Description of two new Species of Tor-
toise*" " Observations on the Species of Nicotiana." " Descriptions of new
Species of the Coleopterous Family Histeridae."
By John L. Le Conte, M. D., two, to wit: "Catalogue of Coleoptera, of Fort
Tejon, Gal." "Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Northern California and
Oregon."
By Joseph Leidy, M. D., "On the seat of the vesicating principle of the Lytta
vittata,">read before the Biological Department.
By F. B Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D., two, to wit : " Remarks on the lower
cretaceous Beds of Kansas and Nebraska, with descriptions of some rare Species
of carboniferous Fossils from the Valley of the Kansas River." "Geological
Explorations in Kansas Territory."
By. S. W. Mitchell, M.'D., two, to wit : ".Observations on the exposed Hearts
of Animals," and " On the production of Cataract in Frogs by the injection of
large doses of Sugar." Read before the Biological Department.
By S. W. Mitchell, M. D., and W.'A. Hammond, M. D., two, to wit : "On
two new varieties of Woorara, Coroval and Vao," and "An experimental Ex-
amination of the Physiological Effects of Sassy Bark, the ordeal Poison of the
Western Coast of Africa," read before the Biological Department.
By James .Aitken Meigs, M. D., "Description of a deformed, fragmentary
human Skull, found in an ancient quarry cave at Jerusalem, with an attempt
to determine by its configuration alone the Ethnical type to which it belongs."
By R. Von Ostensacken, " New Genera and Species of North American Tipuli,
with sho/t Palpi, with an attempt at a new classification of the Tribe."
By J. H. Packard, M. D., " The pathological Relations of Cancer and Tuber-
cle," read before the Biological Department.
By H. D. Schmidt, M. D., "An Abstract of the most important Points of Re-
searches on the minute Anatomy of the Human Liver," read before the Biolo-
gical Department.
By Win. Stimpson, " Prodromus Descriptions Animalium evertebratorum
quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum septentrionalem, a Republica Fede-
rata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rogers ducibus, observavit et
descripsit W. Stimpson. Pars septa, Crustacea Anomoura."
By Wm. J. Taylor, " Minerological Notes," No. II.
By J. J. Woodward, M. D, "On Suppuration in Cancerous Growths," read
before the Biological Department.
By John Xantus, two, to wit : " Catalogue of Birds collected in the vicinity
of Fort Tejon, Cal., with a description of a hew Species of Syrnium." "De-
scriptions of new Species of Birds from Cape San Lucas, Lower California."
In all sixty-two papers.
During the same period the By-Laws have been amended as follows :
Art. VI. of Chapter V., altered to read thus :
The duty of the Librarian shall be to attend daily at the hall, at such hours
as may be deemed expedient by \he Library Committee, to take charge of all
books belonging to the Academy, under the rules prescribed in Chapter VII.,
to keep a correct list of all donations or deposits of books, of those missing,
and to report on the state of the Library at the last Stated Meeting in Decem-
ber.
Art. VIII. of the same chapter was repealed.
IS 59. J
830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Art. VI. to XI., inclusive of Chapter VII., were repealed, and a new Article
^•ibstituted to read thus :
Art. VI. No book, the property of the Academy, shall be loaned from the
Library under any pretence or for any purpose whatsoever.
And that Article XII. of Chapter VII. be called Article VII.
Adopted 25th January, 1859.
Chapter XII. was amended as follows :
Strike out from Art. VI. the words " and members" at the end of the second
line.
Strike out Article VII. and insert instead thereof — Any member of the
Academy may become a member of any Department by addressing a written
notice to its Director, and by signing an obligation to conform to its regula-
t-ms in every respect.
Amend Art. VIII. by striking out from the first line the words "elect," and
also the last sentence of said Article, to wit : In other respects the By-Laws
(Chap. II.) which govern the.election of members and correspondents of the
Academy, shall apply also to the election of members of any of its depart-
ments."
Amend Art. XIX. by striking out from second line the words "in the Pro-
lings of the Journal of the Academy."
Adopted 31st May, 1S59.
All of which is respectfully submitted
B. HOWARD RAND, M. D.
Recording Secretary.
Hall f>f the Academy, 21th December, 1859.
REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN FOR 1859.
Daring the year which has just closed, the Library of the Academy has been
;::• reased by 389 volume?, and 714 periodicals and pamphlets, all of them
directly connected with the Natural Sciences. Of these works 94 are from the
ors, 103 from editors, 348 from Societies, 120 from members, correspondents,
the Biological Department and others, and 428 from Dr. Thomas B. Wilson;
;ing in all, 1093 additions to the Library. 1032 volumes have been bound
during the year, 992 at the expense of Dr. Wilson and 40 by the Academy.
The rapid increase of the Journals and Periodicals of the various scientific
societies, as well as of those published by individuals with whom the Academy
exchanges, will soon require additional room for the accommodation of this
very important part of the Library. This can readily be obtained by construct-
ing two rows of cases on the top of those in the middle of the west, or Journal
room of the Library, with galleries such as are on the sides of the room. By
removing those journals which are least frequently consulted to these upper
cases, room will be gained for the increase of several years.
It is proposed during the coming year to commence, and, if possible, com-
plete a full catalogue of all the works now in the Library. Few students are
aware of the great and varied richness of the collection of books belonging to
the Academy, because no catalogue of it has been published since 1836, and
: e number of volumes has been more than tripled since that time. It is be-
lieved that, in some of the departments of Natural Science, almost every im-
portant work that has yet been published may be found. A complete and full
catalogue would make known to many at a distance, where the works which it
is important for them to consult can be found, and thus students would be
1 from much perplexity and loss of time, and the progress of Science
materially aided, while the Academy would derive great benefit from the in-
crease of scientific men among us.
respectfully submitted,
JAMES C; FISHER, M.D.,
-' Librarian.
[Pec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 351
REPORT OF THE CURATORS FOR 1859.
The Curators take pleasure in referring to the excellent state of preserva-
tion of the Museum, and to its nearly complete arrangement.
Mr. J. H. Slack, who has taken charge of and labelled the collection of mam-
malia, informs us that, the cabinet contains 740 mounted specimens of 379
species of 123 genera. The arrangement of the ornithological collection, to
which Dr. T. B. Wilson has devoted so much time, is rapidly approaching its
conclusion. The care of the herpetological cabinet, which for some tiro* had
lost the valuable services of Dr. Hallowell, in consequence of illness, has now
been undertaken by E. D. Cope, a young man who gives promise of much
future usefulness, both to the Academy and to Natural History. Dr. Bridges
continues with the arrangement of the fishes, as well as to give the aid of his
valuable judgment in everything appertaining to the welfare of the Academy.
In relation to the conchological cabinet, Mr. W. G. Binney informs us that he
has arranged and labelled all the American species of shells, and has prepared a
catalogue for publication. He adds, that our respected President, Mr Lea, has
kindly offered to arrange all the Naiades of the collection. Mr. L. has already
completed several of the groups into which he divides them, following the
plan of his admirable synopsis. The arrangement of the long-neglected col-
lection of invertebrate fossils has been undertaken by Win. M. Grabb, a young
and zealous naturalist, who gives many evidences of future usefulness to the
Natural Sciences.
Additions to the Museum during the year about closing are as follow :
Mammals.— -Of these, there were presented 38 specimens of 32 species,
principally from the Smithsonian Institution, J. W. Gregory, and Geo. David-
son.
Birds. — Of these, Dr. T. C. Henry presented 68 skins of 50 species from
New Mexico. There were 19 other specimens of 14 species, together with 2
nests and 3 species of eggs, received from various members.
Reptiles. — Of these, there were presented 24 specimens of 16 species, prin-
cipally by Dr. J. E. Semple, C. Herring, and Major Le Conte. Collections
from Central America, the species not indicated, were received from J. S.
Hawkins, Df. J. L. Le Conte, and Dr. John Gallaer ; and small collections were
given by John Krider and Joseph Hanson.
Fishes. — Of these, there were presented 92 specimens of about 60 species
by Prof. Holbrook, of Charleston, J. H. Slack, Geo. Davidson, C. C. Abbott,
Dr. Corse, and others.
Molluslcs — Of these, there were presented 38 species by W. G. Binney,
Isaac Lea, and others. Small collections were also received from Mr. Whelan,
J. H. Slack, and S. Powel.
Articulates. — Of Crustacea, 22 species were presented, most of them from
Mr. Slack. Of insects, there were 18 species presented, besides a collection
of Hymenoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera of California, from John Xan-
tus. A large collection of Arachnides, from Western America, was presented
by Dr. W. A. Hammond. There were also received two Myriapods, and a
small collection of Marine Annelides.
Radiates. — Of these, there were 20 species presented.
Anatomy. — A fine skeleton of a horse was presented by James Hammill.
Six skeletons and 40 skulls of 37 species of mammals were deposited by Mr.
Slack. Twelve human skulls, of various races, were presented or deposited
by Dr. J. Letterman, Dr. J. D. Bruns, of Charleston, C. C. Abbott, and others.
There were also presented 29 skeletons, skulls, and other anatomical speci-
mens by various members.
Fossils. — A collection of remains of the Hippopotamus, etc. of Europe was
presented by Isaac Lea; a collection of remains of Mosasaurus, an unknown
Saurian, Sharks, Pycnodus, and Enchodus, from New Jersey, by J. H. Slack ;
remains of a whale and shark, from Virginia, by Dr. Al. Bryant ; remains of
reptiles and fishes, from the Phcenixville slates, by Messrs. Vaux, Sergeant,
1859.]
352 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP
and Powel ; remains of ganoid fishes, from carboniferous deposits of Virginia,
by Dr. P. W. Mosblech ; the humerus of a Mosasaurus, by M. P. Rue; the
lower jaw of Dromatherium sylvestre, and other interesting fossils, from North
Carolina, by Prof. E. Emmons ; remains of Holcodus, by W. P. Eoulke ; and
remains of mammals, reptiles, and fishes, from the post pliocene formations of
South Carolina, by Prof. F. S. Holmes. There were also presented S3 speci-
mens of vertebrated remains, principally by O. R. Willis, T. M. Perrine, Dr.
John Evans, D. Baird, W. J. Taylor, A. H. Smith, Dr. Hartman, and W.
Stimpson. Small collections were also received from J. R. Snowden, Mr.
Slack, and Mr. Gabb.
A collection of Permian and Carboniferous fossils, obtained by Messrs. Meek
and Hayden in Kansas, was presented by Drs. Wilson and Leidy, and Messrs.
Jeanes, Harris, Lea, and Harrison. There were also presented 37 specimens
of 24 species of fossil shells, etc. ; and small collectkms of the same, princi-
pally by Prof. Emmons, C. M. Wheatley, Dr. Moore, R. E. Rogers, T. A. Conrad,
J. H. Slack, and Wm. M. Gabb.
Of fossil plants there were presented 16 specimens, among which was a
magnificent Lepidodendron, from Eugene Borda.
An interesting collection of muds and lignites of Washington Territory, and
of waters and minerals of the Geysers of California, were presented by George
Davidson.
Minerals. — Of these, 60 specimens of about 20 species were presented, prin-
cipally by W. J. Taylor, Mr. Hoopes, Mr. Rand, W. P. Foulke, and Dr.
Semple. A large collection of polished tablets of minerals was likewise de-
posited by Ed. J. Willcox ; and a collection of volcanic minerals was presented
by J. H. Clark.
Botany. — In this department, J. H. Lapham presented 60 species of plants
of Wisconsin, and Chas. R. Buckalew 43 species from the Andes. There were
also received 10 botanical specimens of various kinds. ■
Miscellaneous. — Of various objects, not coming under the head of the above
departments, twenty were presented, among which was a fine stereoscope
from J. W. Queen, and a dissecting microscope and Camera lucida from the
executors of the late Dr. Beck.
There was also purchased for the use of the Academy one of Zentmayer's
excellent microscope stands, together with some accessory apparatus. The
expense was defrayed through subscription of the executors of the late Dr.
Mitchell, and partly from the sale of an old microscope formerly deposited by
Mr. Wetherill, and finally, according to the promise of the latter, becoming
the property of the Academy on his death.
In conclusion, the Report is respectfully submitted by
JOSEPH LEIDY,
Chairman of the Curators.
Dr. Fisher made the following statement :
Mr. Doubleday having given the specific name " Astarte " to a Me-
litsea which he has himself since transferred to the genus Argynnis, his
name will, of course, have the priority, and it is therefore proposed to
change the name of the Lepidopteron described in the Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences for 1858, page 179, to Argynnis Ash-
taroth, the ancient Phoenician name of Venus.
The death of Augustus E. Jessup, Esq., late a member of the
Academy was announced ; he died at Wilmington, Del., on the 17th
inst., aged 63.
[Dec.
NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.
35o
The election of officers for the ensuing year was held in accordance
with the By-Laws, with the following result :
President, . Isaac Lea.
Robert Bridges,
John LeConte.
Thos. Stewardson.
B. H. Rand.
Jas. C. Fisher.
Geo. W. Carpenter.
Joseph Leidy,
Wm. S. Vaux,
John Cassin,
J. D. Sergeant.
Wm. S. Vaux,
Joseph Jeanes,
Aubrey H. Smith.
Wm. S. Vaux,
Isaac Lea,
Robert Bridges,
Joseph Leidy,
W. S. W. Ruschenbevter.
Vice- Presidents,
responding Secretary,
Recording Secretary,
Librarian,
<mrer,
Curators,
tors,
ration Committee,
1859.J
:J54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP
Elections in 1859.
The following persons were elected members, viz : —
Jan. 25. Benj. H. Shoemaker, Jonathan C. Letterman, M. P.,
(J; 8. A., Emlen T. Littell, Francis Peters, Francis E. Patterson, W.
C. Henszey.
Feb. 22. Robert Harford Hare, John Bohlen, Wilson C. Swann,
M. P., Louis Audenreid.
March 29. J. Hinckley Clark, Joseph Lesley, Jr., Thomas A.
Riddle, John T. Darby, M. P., Saunders Lewis, John Krider.
April 26. John Haseltine, Ward B. Haseltine, Edward Peace,
ML P., John McCanles, Thomas Stewardson, M. P., Joshua Lippin-
cott, Andrew P. Cash, Henry H. Smith, M. P., Ed. F. Prayton,M. P.,
J. Norris Emlen, John K. Kane, M. P., F. S. Seitzinger.
May 31. Jno. M. Foltz, M. P., U. S. N., Thomas Sparks, Samuel
H. Williams, Oliver W. Barnes.
June 28. John B. Budd, Thomas Smith, John C. Pavis, Alfred
Horner, James S. Cox,. Wm. P. Grier, M. P., Owen J. Wister, M. P.,
George W. Tryon, Jr.
July 26. Henry S. Schell, M. P., Nicholas H. Maguire.
Aug. 30. T. C Pownie, Thomas Y. Field, U. S. M. C, George W.
Peterson.
Sept. 27. John T, Piggott, Miss Margaretta H. Morris, L. A.
Frampton, M. P., H. St. George Hopkins, M. P.
Oct. 25. Capt. T. J. Cram, U. S. Top. Eng., John P. White, M. P.,
Richard M. Greenbank, M. P., Washington Townsend.
Nov. 29. Albert Fricke, M. P., S. S. White, Henry J. Feltus.
Dec. 27. James Postell, Brinton Coxe, John Welsh, Horace B.
Fry.
The following persons were elected Correspondents, viz : —
April 26. Celedonio Carbonell, Porto Rico; Lewis M. Rutherford,
New York ; Brackenridge Clemens, M. P., Easton, Pa.
June 28. Prof. George Frauenfeld, Vienna ; Charles Pesmoulin,
Bordeaux ; Prof. Wm. Punker, Hassel ; Prof. Edward Swess, Vienna;
Joachim Barande, Prague ; Constantino von Ettinghausen, Prof Os-
wald Heer, Zurich.
Aug. 30. Wm. H. Pe Camp, M. P., Grand Rapids, Michigan.
Sept. 27. Henri de Saussure, Geneva ; Edward Claparede, Geneva ;
Morris Homes, M. P., Vienna ; Johann G. Neumann, Gorlitz ; Prof.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355
Edward Rbmer, Marburg; P. Flourens, Paris ; Prof. George Jager,
Stuttgard ; W. J. Hamilton, London.
Oct. 25. W. W. Wright, York Springs, Pa.
Nov. 29. G. C. Swallow, St. Louis, Mo. ; Prof. W. P. Schimper,
Strasburg; Thomas Rymer Jones, F. R. S London; Prof. T. H.
Huxley, F. R. S., London ; Ch. J. F. Bunl. ry, London; Prof. Fred.
Krauss, Stuttgard; Prof. C F. Rammel < rg, Berlin; Ferdinand
Romer, M. D.,Bonn, Carl Theo. Von Siebo Muuich.
Dec. 27. Edward S. Morse, Portland, Ma le.
CORRESPONDENCE.
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY, 1859.
Jan. 4th. From Captain A. Pleasanton, Fort Vancouver, Washington Ter-
ritory, Nov. 22d, 1858, acknowledging his election as a correspondent of the
Academy.
From I. L. La Porte, Bordeaux, November 2d, 1858, regarding exchanges.
Feb. 1st. From Prof. Christopher Johnston, Baltimore, January 23d, 1859,
acknowledging his election to membership.
From Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, dated Newark, Del., Jan. 29th, 1859, tender-
ing his resignation as a member of the Committees on Palaeontology and the
Library.
From Lieut. G. K. Warren, dated Washington, Jan. 18th, 1859, transmitting
the maps acknowledged by the Librarian this evening.
Slh. From S. W. Wilson, M. D., Darien, Gra., Jan. 31st, 1859, acknowledg-
ing his election to membership.
From K. K. Greolog. Reichsanstalt, dated Vienna, Nov. 10th, 1858 ;
The Acad. Royale des Sciences a Amsterdam, dated June 23d, 1858 ;
The Societe des Naturalists de Moscou, dated June, 1858 ;
The Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, dated Copenhagen, Julv
1st, 1858 ;
Societas Natura Artis Magistra, dated Amsterdam, March, 1858 ;
K. Sachs. G-esellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipsic, July 18th, 1858, several-
ly transmitting their publications.
From K. K. Greolog. Reichsanstalt, Nov. 30th, 1857 ;
Acad. Royale des Sciences a Amsterdam, Dec. 10th, 1857 ;
Zoolog. Botan. Verein, dated Vienna, March 15th, 1858 ;
K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen, July 1st, 1858 ;
American Antiquarian Society, Jan. 4th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the
receipt of the Publications of the Academy.
From Robert E. Peterson, Crosswicks, N. J., dated Feb. 3d, 1859, trans-
mitting a note from Prof. Francis Lieber, of New York, accompanied by a
letter from Humboldt, regarding the sale of the library of the late Prof. Muller.
15th. From the Minister of Public Works of France, dated Paris, Oct. 25th,
1858, transmitting the 2d part of Annales des Mines, 1858.
March 1st. From the Trustees of the British Museum, dated Jan. 29th,
1859, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.
Sth. From Wilson C. Swann, M. D., Philadelphia, Feb. 25th, acknowledg-
ing his election to membership.
15th. From the Society of Northern Antiquaries, dated Copenhagen, May
20th, 1858 ;
The Trustees of the New York State Library, Albany, Feb. 24th, 1859 ; sev-
erally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.
22<2. From the Lyceum of Natural History, New York, March 12th and 19th,
acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy.
April 12th. From Mr. John Krider, dated Philadelphia, April 12th, acknow-
ledging his election to membership.
From the Municipality of Bologna, dated March 22d, transmitting donations
to Library.
19th. From the Royal Society of London, April 1st, 1859, acknowledging
the receipt of the publications of the Academy, and advising that the Acade-
my had been placed on the list of Societies entitled to receive the Proceedings
of the Royal Suciety.
From Pottsville Scientific Association, April 13, 1859, acknowledging the
receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy.
2 CORRESPONDENCE.
May 3d. From Celedonio Carbonell, dated Philadelphia, April 28th, ac-
knowledging his election as a correspondent of the Academy.
From U- S. War Department, Washington, April 18th, transmitting dona-
tion.
Commission de Statistique, dated Madrid, Feb. 17th, 1859, transmitting do-
nation.
Royal College of Surgeons of England, April 4th, 1859, acknowledging the
receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy.
10th. From E. F. Drayton, M. D., Philadelphia, April 29th, and A. D.
Cash, May 9th, acknowledging their election to membership.
From K. Preussische Akad. der Wissenschaften, dated Dec. 8th, 1858 ;
British Museum, April 21st, 1859 ;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Berne (no date), three communications :
Verein fur Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau, Wiesbaden, Dec. 1st, IK
Acadimie Royale des Sciences a Amsterdam, Dec. 20th, 1858 ;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft at Basle, Switzerland, Nov. 23d, 1858 ;
Royal Society of Sciences at Upsal, Dec. 22d, 1858 ;
Oberhessische Gesellschaft fur Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen, Dec. 2d,
1858;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig, Jan. 16th, 1859 ;
University of Gottingen, Dec. 16th, 1858 ;
Acadamie Impcriale des Sciences de Toulouse, Dec. 9th, 1858 :
K. Bayerische Akad. der Wissenschaften, Munich, Dec. 29th, 1858 ;
K. Leopold. Carol. Akad. der Naturforscher, Jena, Nov. 13th, 1858 :
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, Dec. 16th, 1858 ;
Societe d'Histoire Naturelle du Departement de la Moselle, Sep. 27th, 1858,
Academie Royale des Sciences de Stockholm, Nov. 15th, 1858 ;
Naturlorschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, zu Altenburg, Nov. 20th,
1858;
Societe Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, Sep. 1st, 1858; sev-
erally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.
From the Academie Royale des Sciences de Stockholm, Nov. 15th, 1858 ;
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-Main, Oct.
1st, 1858 ;
Societe des Sciences de Finlande, Helsingfors, Sep. 27th, 1858 ; severally
transmitting their publications.
From the K. Bayerische Akad. der Wissenschaften, Munich, Dec. 26th, 185b ;
Verein fur Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau, Wiesbaden, Nov. 11th, 1858 :
severally transmitting their publications, and acknowledging the receipt of
those of the Academy.
11th. From Brackenridge Clemens, M. D., dated Easton, Pa., May 10th,
acknowledging his election to membership.
2Ath. From Thos. Roham, Superintendent of the Government Survey of
India, transmitting donation, and desiring exchange.
June 1th. From J. M. Fbltz, A. M., M. D., U. S. Navy, Philadelphia, June
4th, acknowledging his election to membership,
Mrs. Sarah R. G. Beck, Philadelphia, May 31st, accompanying donation to
Library.
The executors of the late Dr. Ch. F. Beck', of same date, accompanying do-
nation to Museum.
Juan Ondarza, New York, May 24th, accompanying donation to Library.
Natural History and Philosophical Society of Belfast, June 30tb, 1858, ac-
knowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy.
W. Haidinger, Vienna, Dec. 2d, 1858, of same tenor.
21st. From the Natural History and Philosophical Society of Belfast, May
19th, 1859 ;
Royal Society of London, April 6th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the i
eeipt of the publications of the Academy.
CORRESPONDENCE. 3
Dr. C. A. Helmuth, Chicago, June 6th, describing a monstrous specimen oi
Hydaticus zonatus, from the shores of Lake Michigan.
July 5th. From the Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift, June 8th, 1859,
and Dr. Adolf Weiss, Vienna, Dec. 15th, 1858, severally transmitting publi-
cations.
Prom H. De Saussure, (no date) acknowledging the receipt of certain du-
plicates.
12th. From the K. Slichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipsic.
Feb. 14th, 1859 ;
Acadomie des Sciences, Arts et Belles Lettres de Dijon, Nov. 7th, 1858 ;
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna, Nov. 25th, 1858 ;
Bataafsch Genootschap der Proofondervindelijke Wigsbegeerte, Rotterdam,
March 7th, 1859 ;
K. Leopold. Carol. Akad. der Naturforscher, Jena, June 28th, 1859 ;
Naturhistorischer Verein in Augsburg, (no date);
Sociite de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, Nov. 20th, 1858 ;
Verein far Vaterhindische Naturkunde in Wiirttemburg, Stuttgart, Dec. 5th.
1858; severally transmitttng their publications and acknowledging the receipt
of those of the Academy.
July 19th. From C. J. Hering, Surinam, June 16th, 1859, accompanying
donations.
Aug. 2d. From Nicholas H. Riley, New York, July 30th, 1859, accompany-
ing papers on Terrestrial Magnetism and Gold.
2th. From Mr. E. P. Wright, Dublin, regarding exchanges.
Idtk. Erom the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association,
May 21st, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.
23rf. From N. Holmes, corresponding Secretary of the St. Louis Academy
of Natural Sciences, July 6th, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of specimen-.
From G. P. Fisher, Sing Sing, New York, July 26th, 1859, describing a frag-
ment of the antler of a Reindeer, from a peat bed in that vicinity.
Oct. 4th. From E. Uricoechea, dated Bogota, Sep. 10th, announcing the
formation of the Society of Naturalists of New Grenada, and desiring donations.
llth. From T. C. Downie, Brunswick, Geo., Sep. 30th, 1859, acknowledg-
ing his election to membership.
American Board of Foreign Missions, Oct. 5th, 1859, acknowledging the re-
ceipt of an invitation to visit the Museum of the Academy.
Geological Society of London, April 7tb, 1859, acknowledging the receipt of
the publications of the Academy.
ISth. From Eli Bowen, Pottsville, Pa., Oct. 11th, offering for sale a collec-
tion of carboniferous fossils.
Nov. 1st. From Lingard A. Frampton, Charleston, S. C, Oct. 29th, ac-
knowledging his election to membership ;
E. Ferreira Franga, in the service of his majesty Don Pedro II., Emperor of
Brazil, Leipsig, Nov. 10th, desiring exchanges ;
F. A. Bockhaus, Librarian in the service of the same, accompanying the
letter of Dr. Franga ;
Royal Society of Sciences of Gottingen, May 23d, 1859 ;
K. Preussische Akad. der Wissenschaften, Berlin, April 12th ;
Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalenf,
Bonn, Feb. 10th, 1859 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications
of the Academy.
Societe Imperiale des Naturalists de Moscou, June 5th and 11th, 1859;
Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt-am-Main, June
9th, 1859 ;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, June 22d, 1859, severally trans-
mitting their publications.
26
4 CORRESPONDENCE.
Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Natnrwissenschaften, Marburg,
June 13th, 1859 ; transmitting publications and acknowledging the receipt of
those of the Academy.
Eli Bowen, Pottsville, Oct. 29th, in relation to his collection of carboniferous
fossils.
8th. From W. W. Wright, York Springs, Penna., Oct. 3 1st, 1859, acknow-
ledging his election as correspondent.
Prof. W. A. Beneke, Manheim, Sept. 22d, 1S59, acknowledging his election
as correspondent.
22d. From Mr. Eugene Borda, Woodside, Pa., Nov. 21st, 1859, and from
Mr. George Davidson, San Francisco, Oct. 15th, 1859, severally accompanying
donations to the Museum.
Dec. 6th. From the American Geological and Statistical Society, New York,
Nov. 28th, transmitting their publications and desiring exchange.
20th. From Dr. Albert Fricke, Philadelphia, Dec. 13th, acknowledging his
election to membership.
Dr. J. L. Le Conte, Philadelphia, Dec. 20th, declining to be considered a
candidate for re-election as Corresponding Secretary.
Elliott Society of Natural History, Charleston, S. C, Dec. 15th, acknowledg-
ing the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy.
K. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipsig, September, trans-
mitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the
Academy.
Dr. Otto TJhle, Halle, Nov. 5th, 1859, accepting a proposition for exchange.
DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. J
Donations to Museum. — 1859.
Jan. 4th. Horns of the Rocky Mountain Sheep. Presented by Dr. T. G.
Richardson.
A collection of Lizards and Serpents from Honduras. Presented by J. S.
Hawkins and J. L. LeConte, M. D.
A collection of Reptiles from the Isthmus of Panama. Presented by Dr.
John Gallaer.
Cones of Pinus pungens. From the Alleghany Mountains. Presented by
W. Parker Foulke.
Jan. 11th. Canis occidentalis, Meles labradorica ; 30 skins, 25 species,
Birds. New Mexico. Presented by T. Charlton Henry, M. D., U. S. A.
Nyctea nivea. Berks county. Presented by Dr. Bertholet.
Two Numulites. Gizeh, Egypt. Presented by J. A. Slack.
Three Palseotrochus, Emmons. Montgomery county, N. C. Three speci-
mens of Pyrophylite. Orange county, N. C. Presented by S. B. Buckley.
Feb. 1st. Fine mounted specimen; the famous trotting Horse "Edwin
Forrest." Presented by James Hammill.
An Emys, from Honduras. Presented by J. S. Hawkins and Dr. J. L. Le
Conte.
Feb. 8th. Nearly entire lower jaw, fragment of the cranium, atlas, axis,
astragalus, and head of os femoris, of the extinct Hippopotamus of Europe ;
five bones of the extinct Horse, and one bone of the extinct Ox. Presented
by Isaac Lea.
A collection of fossils from the permian and carboniferous rocks of Kansas,
described in the recent papers of Messrs. Meek and Hayden. Obtained by
purchase with part of the subscription fund of Messrs. T. B. Wilson, Joseph
Leidy, Joseph Jeanes, Thomas Harris, Isaac Lea, and Joseph Harrison.
Specimen of elastic Marble. Pittsfield, Mass. Presented by T. B. Wilson.
Two specimens Cursorius isabellenis. Africa. Presented by W. S. Vaux.
Sternum and trachea of Grus americana. St. Simon's Island, Ga. Presented
by P. B. Wilson.
Specimens of Bursatella and larvse of a Myrmeleon. From the coast of
Florida. Presented by P. B. Wilson.
Three Cymothoa. Gulf of Spezzia. Lieut. Geo. H. Hare.
Two vertebrae of Priscodelphinus. Miocene, New Jersey. Vertebra of
Carcharodon. Green Sand, New Jersey. Presented by Mr. W. M. Gabb.
Skull of an Apache child ; do. of an Utah Indian girl ; 2 do. of Moqui
Indians. Presented by Dr. J. Letterman, U. S. A.
Sixty species of plants collected in Wisconsin. Presented by T. A. Lapham
through Mr. Durand.
March 1st. Tooth of Lamna, and a fossil shell. Piece of brown Coal.
From Switzerland. Presented by Mr. F. Dimpfels.
Fragments of Sandstone, from Connecticut, with obscure vegetable remains.
Presented by Miss Mary Powel.
Two specimens of native Copper. Portage Lake, Lake Superior. Two spe-
cimens of Mice. Lake Superior. From B. A. Hoopes.
March Sth. Two Lesbia Gouldii. New Granada. Presented by J. C. Traut-
waine.
Kinosternum Henrici, Le Conte. Gila river, New Mexico. Presented by
T. C. Henry, U. S. A.
Gar Fish, Lepidosteus bison ? Caught in the Delaware river at Bombay
Hook. Presented by Mr. Andrew Vanderslice.
ii. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.
Obsidian. Ascension Island, South Atlantic. Presented by J. M. Semple,
M. D., U. S. N., througb Dr. Ziegler.
Seven perfect teetb and fragments of others, with portions of jaws, ribs,
&c, of Mosasaurus. Tooth of Otodus obliquus, and vertebrae of do. Mon-
mouth Co., N. J. Presented by T. M. Perrine.
A tooth of Mosasaurus. Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by D. Baird.
Humerus of Mosasaurus, and fragments of a fish jaw. Presented by Mr. M.
P. Rue.
Several fossil shells. Presented by Mr. Forman.
Specimen of Egyptian wheat, and seven Egyptian figures of Osiris. De-
posited by Mr. Slack.
Acorns of Quercus rubra. Wissahicon. Presented by Mr. J. Goucher.
Twelve specimens of insects from China and Japan. Presented by Dr.
Henderson, U. S. N.
Thirty-eight specimens 25 species birds, from New Mexico. Presented by
Dr. T. C. Henry, U. S. A.
Zeolite. Manayunk Tunnel, Montgomery Co., Pa. Presented by W. G. E.
Agnew.
Chabazite and Stilbite, from the same locality. Presented by Theo. D.
Rand.
A fine Stereoscope. Presented by J. W. Queen.
April 5th. Vertebra, humerus, and four teeth of a Spermaceti Whale.
Large metatarsal bone. Tooth of Carcharodon megalodon. A collection of
shells. From the Miocene marls of Virginia. Presented by Dr. Alexander
Bryant.
Pumice stone. From Syria. Presented by H. S. Osborn.
Shark teeth, fragments of Turtle bones, shells, and corals, from the Green
Sand of New Jersey. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb.
A collection of muds and lignites, from Washington Territory. Presented
by Geo. Davidson, Esq.
Calamite. Pictou, Nova Scotia. Mr. Struthers.
Teeth of three genera of reptiles, scales, and bones of ganoid fishes, copro-
lites, and vegetable remains. From the slate rocks of Phcenixville Tunnel,
Chester Co., Pa. Presented by Messrs. Vaux, Sergeant, Powel, Tilghman,
and Leidy.
Specimens of Alosa manhaden, with a parasitic crustacean adhering to the
roof of the mouth. From the coast of North Carolina. Presented by Dr.
Norcom of Edenton, N. C.
April 12ih. Fragments of jaws and teeth of Mosasaurus. A collection of
bones of an unknown Saurian. Teeth of three species Sharks, palate of Pyc-
nodus, and jaw of Enchodus. Several fossil shells. Green Sand, Monmouth
Co., N. J. Presented by J. A. Slack.
Three Unio Shepardianus, Lea. Georgia. 1 U. capax, Green. Missis-
sippi. 2 U. Boykinianus, Lea. Georgia. 2 U. patulus, Lea. U. clavus, Lam.
Ohio. Presented by I. Lea.
Three specimens of opalized wood. Little Colorado, New Mexico. Pre-
sented by Dr. Woodhouse.
Numerous fragments of a ferruginous rock containing remains of ganoid
fishes. From Bethany, Va. Presented by P. W. Mosblech.
A small collection of shells. Juan Fernandez. Presented by Ed. S.
Whelan.
Skins of Lupus occidentalis, Platte river ; Erethizon spixanthus, Fort De-
fiance ; Mustela pennantii, Fort Umqua ; Procyon hernandezii, California ;
Putorius vison, Astoria; Lynx fasciatus, New Califormia; Ovis montana,
Cervus macrotis % % Vulpes virginianus, Taxidea arnericana, Lynx rufus,
var., Lepus californicus, L. trowbridgii, 3 Spermophilus beecheyi, Sciurus
fossor, Neotoma mexicana. Fort Tejon. Skulls of Lynx rufus, and Cervus
macrotis. Presented by the Smithsonian Institution.
DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 111.
Skull of a Bear (Ursus americanus ?) and a fragment of a mastodon bone,
found in the drift of the Mississippi. An Albino mole, Scalops. Presented
by W. D. Moore of Oxford, Mississippi.
Two large masses of phosphatic rock with imbedded turtle bones. From
Sombrero, West Indies. Presented by Joseph B. Hanson, Esq.
One Partula and two Achitinella. Sandwich Islands. Presented by Dr.
Thos. J. Turner, U. S. N.
Fine specimen of a male Bengal Tiger. Presented by J. W. Gregory, Esq.
May 3d. One Serpent. Mrs. Bussier. One Serpent and one Frog. Mr.
Slack. Jaw of Centrophorus. Presented by Dr. I. I. Hayes.
A collection of Hymenoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera. From Fort
Tejon, California. Presented by John Xantus.
Fragment of jaw of Mosasaurus with the teeth. Phosphate of .Iron. Free-
hold, N. J. Presented by 0. R. Willis.
Meerschaum. Presented by Dr. Rand.
Large slab of Coal shale with ferns. From Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented
by Messrs. Haas and Brenizer.
Dynastes hercules. San Juan, Del Norte. Presented by Henry Etting,
U. S. N.-
Two Hanging Birds' nests. Island of Penang, Straits of Malacca. Pre-
sented by J. E. Semple, M. D., U. S. N.
Fine specimens of infusorial earth, from Richmond and Rappahannock river,
Va. Presented by Prof.' R. E. Rogers.
Two eggs of a Tern. Island of Ascension. Three Grasshoppers, two Mole-
crickets, one Beetle. China. Three young Turtles and a Crab. Island of
Ascension. Fruit of Dimocarpus Litchi. Reunited fractured thigh bone of
a'bird. Presented by J. E. Semple, M. D., U. S. N.
Lumpus anglorum. New Jersey. Presented by
Lepidodendron in shale. Horton, Nova Scotia. Presented by J. C. Traut-
wine.
Cocoons of the Emperor Moth, filled with those of an Ichneumon. Presented
by J. R. Remont.
May VJth. Cast of a Chinese skull, cast of an Icelander's skull, and two
Swedish crania. Deposited by Drs. T. J. Turner and J. A. Meigs.
One Water Snake. Gulf of Siam. One Snake. Siam. An Opium pipe.
Presented by J. E. Semple, M. D., U. S. N.
Nine Specimens, two species Palseotrochus. North Carolina. Reptilian tooth
and scales of fish. Coal of Chatham Co., N. C. Two teeth of a fish. North
Carolina. Presented by Prof. E. Emmons.
Specimen of the preserved vegetable food which was prepared for the Cri-
mean army. Presented by Mr. Tilghman.
Lignite coal with amber, from Puget's Sound. Presented by Dr. T. J. Turner,
TJ. S. N.
Large skeleton of the Frog. Presented by Dr. Leidy.
Specimen of crystallized lead. Presented by Charles Lennig.
May 2ith. Four vertebrae of an extinct Delphinus. From Gloucester Co. ,
New Jersey. Large specimen of Madrepora securis. Tortugas. Deposited
by J. H. Slack.
Cervus comix. Upper Egypt. Presented by J. H. Slack
June 1th. Two specimens, male and female, Chatoessus, n. s. Sturgeon
Pond, two miles below Trenton, N. J. Presented by Charles C. Abbott.
Five fossils. Green Sand of New Jersey. Skeletons of the Cat, Musk-rat,
Mole, and Mouse. Deposited by J. H. Slack.
Fossil Spatangus. Eocene of North Carolina. Specimen of a lower jaw of
Dromatherium sylvestre. Coal of Chatham Co., N. C. Presented by Prof.
E. Emmons.
Ten specimens, 4 species small fishes, from near Trenton, N. J. Presented
by Charles C. Abbott.
IV. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.
A tliree-toed Sloth. Presented by Dr. S. P. Brown.
Small collection of fossil bones, Mastodon, Deer, and Bear. From near
Pemberton, N. J. Presented by Joshua Hoopes.
Three hundred and twenty-five specimens of Arachnidse. From the country
between the Mississippi river and the Rocky Mountains. Presented by Dr.
Wm. A. Hammond.
A fossil Crab, Lupa ? from the tertiary of Maryland. Presented by
W. C. Taylor.
Tooth of Holcodus acutidens. Green Sand of Mullica Hill, N. J. Presented
by Dr. Hartman.
Teeth, vertebrse, and fragments of other bones of Holcodus acutidens.
Green Sand of New Jersey. Presented by W. Parker Foulke.
Specimen of Neviusia Alabamensis, a new genus of Rosaceae. From Ala-
bama. Presented by Prof. Asa Gray.
Specimens of Pyrophylite. Montgomery Co., N. C. Presented by Prof. E.
Emmons.
Lignite. Marl of New Jersey. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb.
A dissecting microscope, of Powel and Leland, and a fine Camera lucida.
Presented by the Executors of Dr. C. F. Beck.
June 11th. Collection of Volcanic minerals. Mount Vesuvius. Presen'ed
by J. Hinckley Clark.
Large Balani. Panama. Presented by H. C. Hanson.
Two casts of skull of Rutiodon, one cast of tooth of Ontocetus. Presented
by Prof. E. Emmons.
Two fossil Corals. Seneca Co., Ohio. Presented by Dr. Noah Kollar.
Arragonite. From the Himalayas. Presented by Dr. J. Thomas.
Hesperomys. Cape May Co., N. J. Presented by Mr. Krider.
Frog, from Falls of Niagara, and Lizard, from Delaware Water Gap. Pre
sented by Mr. Krider.
DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. V.
July §th. A Chinese, Hindu and N. American Indian skull. Presented by
Dr. J. Dickson Bruns, of Charleston, S. C.
Fragment of Anthracite, with peculiar bird-eye fractures. Presented bv
W. P. Foulke.
Two fossil shells, head of a femur of a fossil Turtle, jaws of Scarus, several
fragments of rocks, a Scolopendra, and a collection of Lizards. Sombrero,
W. I. Presented by Joseph Hanson, Esq.
Tringa himantopus, and hybrid of Tetrao cupido and T. phasianellus. NeM-
York. Mr. J. G. Bell.
A collection of post-pliocene land shells. Washington Co., Texas. Pre-
sented by F. Moore.
Plagiostoma, n. s. Cretaceous, Tennessee. Presented by Mr. Safford.
Slag, from a Copper-ore furnace — Chile. Presented by Dr. Ruschenberger.
Deformed Rat. Presented by Cornelius Moore.
Papyrus, from Syracuse, Sicily. Ostrich eggs. Africa. Tusks of Boar.
Tunis, Africa. Seed vessel, Africa. Presented by Lieut. Thos. Y. Field.
U. S. N.
JtdylSth. Collection of vertebrate remains from the post-pliocene forma-
tion of South Carolina, consisting of teeth of Bos taurus, teeth of Hog, teeth
of Sheep, teeth of Equus fraternus, of deer, of Fiber zabethicus, of Castor
Canadensis, of Megatherium, of Cervus Canadensis, of Elephas Americanus.
of Alligator Mississippiensis, of Tapir Americanus, and some fragments of
Bird bones. All from Ashley river. And teeth of Horse from Cooper river.
Also bone of Turtle from same, and teeth of Mastodon from Christ Church
Parish and from Cooper river, and Vertebra of Mastodon from same. Pre-
sented by Prof. Holmes, of Charleston, S. C.
Aug. 3d. Peltocephalus. Skull of ? Skin of small Lizard. Amazon.
Presented by John Krider.
Specimen of Peat coal. Bahia, Brazil. Bnlimus ovatus. Brazil. Presented
by G. W. Farquhar.
Three specimens of Ictinea Mississippiensis, male, female and young. Red
Fork, Arkansas. Presented by S. W. Woodhouse.
Vireo fiavifrons. Grand Rapids, Michigan. Presented by Wm, H. DeCamp.
M. D.
Upper jaw of Crocodile. Skull of Dicotyles, of Tapirus americanus, of Procyon
cancivorus. Specimen of Gutta surinamensis, made from juice of Bally tree.
(Lucuma mammosa.) Hides of Myrmecophaga jubata and of Procyon cancri-
vorus, Testudo, Peltocephalus, Kinosternum. Surinam. Presented by C. J.
Hering.
Collection of fossil shells and deer's horn, from the marl of New Jersey. Pre-
sented by Mr. Slack.
Aug. 9th. Molar of Elephant, from the tertiary deposit of Williamette
Valley, Oregon. Presented by Dr. John Evans.
Aug. 22d. Three Salamanders. Little Rock, Arkansas. Presented by
Francis Richards.
Several Beetles, from New Jersey. Presented by W. G. E. Agnew.
A water Beetle, New Jersey. Presented by G. W. Fahnestock.
1 Lepus, 1 Felis, 2 Sciurus, 1 Scalops, 1 Vespertilio. Presented by George
Davidson.
Fragments of a fossil Turtle. Mullica Hill, N. J. Several Shark teeth.
Presented by Mr. Gabb.
A large Diodon. St. Domingo. Presented by Edward L. Clark.
Seven Spiza ciris. St. Simons, Georgia. Presented by S. W. Wilson, M. D.
One Rana Catesbyi. Georgia. Presented by Major Le Conte.
Sept. 6th. Two fossil antlers of the existing Elk, from the loam above the
VI. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.
Green Sand. Near Deal, New Jersey. Several fossil shells, rresente ■"'
Aubrey H. Smith.
Sigillaria in Anthracite. Hazleton, Pa. Presented by Franklin Peale.
Two Picas ricensis. Presented by Mr. Swift. St. Thomas, W. I
Salamander. California. Pr sented by George Davidson.
Bottle of milk of the Cow-tree, Galactodendron. From Venezuela. Pre-
sented by Miss Maria Lewis.
A Cuttle fish, Scolopendra and Phrynosoma. A Pomoxis and Platirostra.
From J. A. Florat through Thad. Norris.
Egg of .the String-ray, with the embryo. Presented by Dr. Dunn, of New-
port.
12 specimens Umbrina alburnus, Leiostomus obliqmis, Seriola chloris, Homo-
prion xanthurus, Cybium maculatum, Pomoxis hexacanthus, Bothrolacmus
pampanus, Vomer Brownii, Pristopoma fulvomaculata, Elapsaurus. South
Carolina. Presented by Dr. Holbrook.
8 species of fishes, Otolithus, Leiostomus, Temnodon, Bothrolsemus, Pristo-
poma, Mugil, Chatcessus. Presented by Dr. J. M. Corse.
Sept, 13f/i. 13 vertebrae of cetaceans and fishes, 23 shells, 30 teeth of shark?,
vegetable impressions, fossil crustaceans, lignite and suite of clays. 3'
Gay Head, Martha's Vineyard.
9 sterna of birds, horn core of Cervus euryceros and do. of Bos primigenius.
From Germany. Presented by J. H. Slack.
Skeleton of Hyla arborea. Deposited by the same.
5 star fishes, from S. Tufts, Jr. Manchester, Moss.
Sept. 20th. A small collection of cretaceous and carboniferous fossils from
Texas. Presented by Dr. Moore.
Astrophyton Agassizii St. Eastport, Me. Presented by J. G. Cooper, of
Hoboken.
Specimen of Gold bearing quartz, from the Kansas goldmines, (Pike's Peak).
Presented by R. H. Hare.
Numerous specimens of Mica, from Chester Co. Presented by W. Patter
Foulke.
Oct. 4ih. Sandstone concretion, with a nucleus of metallic iron. Narragansett.
Point, R. I. Presented by Dr. Boker.
Poisoned arrow point. Isthmus of Darien. Presented by Lieut. Thos. Y.
Field.
Fossil fish cranium. From Gayhead. Presented by Mr. Stimpson.
39 skulls, 36 species mammals. Deposited by Mr. J. H. Slack.
6 specimens of an Etheostomoid fish. N. Jersey. Collection of fragments
<;f a fossil Callianassa. Collection of fossil shells. Crosswicks, New Jersey.
Presented by Mr. J. H. Slack.
Cossack skull from Balaklava. In exchange.
2 Salmo fontinalis. Lake George. Presented by R. W. Davids.
3 teeth of Carcharodon and Lamna. Monmouth Co., N. J. Presented by
Dr. W. P. Grier.
Oct. 11th. A large Septaria. From Win. Worrell.
26 species fishes, 16 Crustacea, 3 radiata, 5 mollusca. From Boston, Martha's
Vineyard and Cape Cod. Presented by J. H. Slack.
Oct. 18th. 8 specimens, 6 species fishes; 6 jars, 6 species mollusca: 9 ra-
diata 4; 2 Crustacea 1. 2 jars marine annelidos. Coast of Massachusetts.
Presented by J. H. Slack.
A collection of plants from the Andes, consisting of 43 species. Presented
by the Hon. Chas. R. Buckalew, U. S. Minister to Ecuador.
Nov. 1st. Two large living specimens of Pityophis Sayi, from Rock Island
Co., Illinois. Presented by J. D. Sergeant.
Fossil fern. Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented by Robt. Pearsall.
DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Vll.
Skull of Equus asinus and skeleton of Arctomys monax. Deposited by J.
H. Slack.
Nov. 9>h. Mounted specimens of Antelocapra atnericana, m. and f. From
the Yellowstone river.
Cervus macrotis. Obtained by Dr. Hayden during Lieut. Warren's Expedi-
dition. Arctomys pruinosus. Puget's Sound. Obtained by Dr. Kennerly.
Vulpes virginianus. From the Smithsonian Institution.
Large specimen Cyanosite, (Sulph. Copper.) From Eureka Mine, Polk Co.,
Tennessee. Prom Prof. W. J- Taylor.
Several carboniferous fossils. Fort Belknap, Texas. Presented by Dr. Moore.
Monstrous human finger nail, (8 in. in length, ) from a negro of Georgia. A
double catfish, from the coast of Georgia. Presented by James Postell.
Lame Hornet nest. From Bucks Co., Pa. Presented bv E. S. Whelen.
Nov. 22d. Two very large and very line specimens of Lepidodendra. From
Mine Hill, Schuylkill Co., Pa. Presented by Eugene Borda.
A collection of minerals and mineral waters, from the Geysers, about 72 m.
N. N. W. of San Francisco, California. A large Acanthopterygian fish, 7 feet
in length. From the Bay of San Francisco, California. Presented by George
Davidson.
A large collection of polished tablets of minerals. From Edward J. Willcox.
An Indian skull and stone adze. From the neighborhood of Trenton, N. J.
Presented by Charles C. Abbott.
A small collection of miocene fossils from Virginia, and cretaceous fossils
from New Jersey. Presented by T. A. Conrad.
Several post-pliocene fossils, from the Ohio river. Presented by W» M.
Gabb.
Bituminous coal. Texas. Presented by Dr. Moore.
Dec. 6th. 5 specimens ores of zinc, 1 fossil. Lehigh and Monroe Co., Pa.
.Presented by W. Thos. Roepper.
1 Pustorius noveboracensis. Philadelphia. Presented by Horatio C. Wood.
Iron ore. Lake Superior. Sciurus Carolinensis. ' Rock Island Co. Pre-
sented by Mr. Sergeant.
Coal plant. Tamaqua, Pa. Presented by Wm. M. Gabb.
Dec. 13th. 18 species of land and fresh-water shells of the United State?.
Presented by W. G. Binney,
Dec. 20th. 3 mounted birds. Presented by John Krider.
Specimen of "Millerite " from Gap Mines. Presented by John Williams.
Specimen of "Gold ore," from Kelly's Lead, 2 miles S. of Russell's Gulch,
Jefferson Territory, (head of Elkborn.) Presented by A. G. Reed, Mo.
Snake, from Indiana. Presented by Isaac Lea.
Bugula, Halichondrium, ova of a mollusk, from Newport, R. I. Presented
by Messrs. Bridges, Leidy and Powel.
Gorgonia, from Mazatlan. Presented by Dr. Engelmann.
Collection of cretaceous fossils from near Santa Ft-, New Mexico. Presented
bv Chas. M. Wheatley.
DONTIONS TO LIBRARY.
Donations to Library — 1859.
January 4th, 1859. Natural History of the Amphivinidae, with Remarks and
Observations on Organic Science, Physiology, Crocodilian Hibernation, and
Instinct. By Bennet Dowler, M. D. From the Author.
On Marcou's Geology of North America. By Prof. Agassiz. Reply to the
same. By J. D. Dana. From J. D. Dana.
Eleventh Annual Exhibition of the Maryland Institute. Baltimore, 1858.
From the Institute.
Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October 21, 1858. From
the Society.
On the Microscopical Structure of Crystals. By H. C. Sorby. London, 1858.
From the Author.
Norton's Literary Letter. 1859. No. 3. From C. B. Norton.
Sixth Supplement to Dana's Mineralogy. From Prof. Dana.
Cotton Cultivation in Africa. By B. Coates. From the Author.
United States Exploring Expedition. During the years 1838-42, under com-
mand of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. Vol. 8. Mammalogy and Ornithology. By
Jno. Cassin. With a Folio Atlas. Philada., 1858. ' From the Author.
American Geology. By Jules Marcou. Zurich, 1858. From the Author.
Beitrage zur Triasischen Fauna und Flora der Bituminasen Schiefer Von
Raibl. Von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Stuttgart, 1858. From Dr. J. Leidy.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
* De la Plurality des Races Humaines. Par G. Pouchet. Paris, 1858.
Essai sur 1' Inegalite des Races Humaines. Par M. A. De Gobineau. 4 vols.
Paris, 1853-55.
Untersuchungen sur Naturlehre der Menschen und der Tbiere. Herause.
Von J. Moleschott. Bd. 1, Heft. 1, 2, 3 ; Bd. 2, Heft. 1, 2, 3 ; Bd. 3, Heft. 1, 2,
3 ; Bd. 4, Heft. 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Bd. 5, Heft. 1, 2.
Dr. A. Th. V. Middendorfs. Sibirische Reise. Bd. 1. Th. 1, Klimatologie,
Geognosie; Th. 2, Botanik; Bd. 2, Th. 1, Wirbellose Thiere ; Th. 2, Wirbel-
thiere ; Bd. 3, Th. 2, liber die Sprache der Jakuten.
Etude Generale du Groupe des Euphorbiacees. Par M. H. Baillon. Paris,
1858. 1 vol. and Atlas.
Histoire de 1' Organisation, du Developpement des Mceurs et des Rapports
Zoologiques du Dentale. Par F. J. H. Lacaze-Duthiers. Paris, 1858.
Physiologische Untersuchungen iiber das Sehen mit Zwei Augen. Von Dr.
P. L. Panum. Kiel, 1858.
Skandinaviens Fiskar. Af. W. Von Wright, med. text af. B. Fr. Fries och C.
U. Ekstrom. 1-10 Hafter. Stockholm, 1836-1857.
Geology of North America. By Jule9 Marcou. Zurich, 1858.
Beitrage zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica. Von Dr. A. Th. von Middendorff.
Abthei. 1-3. St. Petersburgh, 1847-49.
Die geognostischen Verhaltnisse Neu-Granadas. Vou H. Karsten. Wien,
1856.
Die Conchylien des Manzer Tertiiirbeckens. Von Dr. F. Sandberger. lste
Lief. Wiesbaden, 1859.
Reptilien ans der Steinkohlen-Formation in Deutschland. Von H. von
Meyer. Cassel, 1857.
Des Appareils Electriques des Poissons Electriques. Par A. J. Jobert, (Dr.
Lamballe.)
Centurie de Lepidopteres de 1' He de Cuba. Par Ph. Poey. 2 Decades.
Paris, 1832. From M. W. Collet.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New Series
vol. 4, part 1. From the Publication Committee.
2
ji. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
January Ulh. American Journal of Pharmacy. January, 1859. From the
American Journal of Science and Arts. January, 1859. From the Editors.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. January, 1859. From the Editor.
Notices of Insects that are known to form the Bases of Fungoid Parasites.
From the Author.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions
Handbuch des oryktognostischen Theils der Mineralogie. Von J. F, W
Widenmann. Leipzig, 1794.
Nicolai Klimii Iter Subterraneum, etc. Hafniae et Lipsiae, 1766.
La Creation du Monde. Par un Austrasien. 1816.
De danske Ostersbanker. Af H. Kroyer. Kjobenbavn. 1837.
AusderNatur. 11. 1858.
XJber einige Farngattungen. Von Dr. G. Mettenius. 2. Plagiogyria. 3. Uber
die mit einem Schleier Versehenen arten von Pteris. 4. Phegopteris und As-
pidium. Frankfurt, A. M., 1858.
Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung Parasitischer Crustaceen. Von Dr. (
Claus. Cassel, 1858.
Die Silurische Fauna des Unterharzes. Von C. Giebel. Berlin, 1858.
Meletemata Entomologica. Fasc. 3, 4, 5. Petropoli, 1846.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs CEufs. Par Ch. F.
Dubois. 108, 109. Livr.
Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet Von Martini und Chemnitz. 7 Bd.
Heft. 7.
Novitates Conchologicse. 1857, 10 Lief. 1858, 2 Abthei., 1 Lief.
Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt. Von Dr. A.
Petermann. 1858. No. 10.
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. 1858. 3 w. 4. Vierteljahrsheft.
January 18tk. New York Journal of Medicine. January, 1859. From the
Editor.
New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. November, 1858. From the
Editor.
Notes on American Land Shells. No. 4. By W. G. Binney. From the
Author.
Report of the North Carolina Geological Survey. By Ebenezer Emmons.
Raleigh, 1858. From the Author.
Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution.
Washington, 1858. From the Institution.
The following were presented, on the usual conditions, by Dr. T. B. Wilson :
Die Vorziiglichsten Character-Pfianzen, Siiugthiere, Vogel und Amphibien
der Erdtheile. Von Dr. H. Pompper. Leipzig, 1842.
Two Memoirs on the Ferns, Flowering Plants and Land Shells of Madeira and
Porto Santo. By R. T. Lowe, M. A. London, 1851.
Hanbuch der Conchyliologie und Malacozoologie. Von Dr. Philippi. Halle,
1853.
Fiinftes Supplement zu dem Handworterbuch des Chemischen Theils der
Mineralogie. Von C. F. Rammelsberg. Berlin, 1853.
A Journey through Norway, Lapland and part of Sweden. By the Rev R.
Everest. London, 1829.
Aristotelis Stagiritae Libri Omnes, etc. T. 4. 1580.
Catalogue des Oiseaux Composant le Cabinet de M. le Comte de Riocour.
Nancy, 1829.
Sketch of the Natural History of Yarmouth and its neighborhood. By C.
and J. Paget. Yarmouth, 1834.
Catalogo dei Coleopteri della Lombardia. Comp. dai A. E. G. Battista
Villa. Milano, 1844.
Museum Heineanum. 1 Theil, die Songvogel enthaltend. Halberstadt,
1850-51.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 111.
Degli Uccelle Liguri Notizie raccolte dal Marchese. C. Durazzo. Geneva
1840.
Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae. 4 Auflage. Berlin, 1852.
Beitriige zur Fauna des Osterlandes. Von J. H. Apetz. Altenburg, 1840.
Indicis Generum Malacozoorum. Supplementa et Corrigenda. Auc. A. N.
Herrmannson. Cassellis, 1852.
C. Linnaei Systema Naturas. Leipsias, 1748.
Natuur en Ontleedkundige Opmerkingen over den Chameleon : door. W.
Vrolik. Amsterdam, 1857.
Disertazione sopra le fisiche e vere cause de Terremoti del Sig. de Scotti di
Cassano. Praga, 1788.
Traite de 1' Education des Abeilles. Par M. de Frariere. Paris, 1843.
Auleitung zum Ausstopfen und Auf bewahren der Vogel und Siiugethiere.
Von G. Pistorius. Darmstadt, 1799.
Der Kukuk. Von Dr. A. J. Lottingers. Strassburg, 1776.
Parasitae corporis humaui Interuae. A. J. C. Zenker. Leipsiae, 1827.
Specimen Faunas Insectorum Lipsicae. A. G. B. Schmeidlein. Leipsias, 1790.
Observations addressed to the Coal Owners of Northumberland and Durham.
By T. J. Taylor. New Castle, 1846.
Cenno sui Molluschi Vivente e Fossili della Sicilia di P. Calcara. Palermo,
1845.
Svnopsis of the Edible Fishes at the Cape of Good Hope. By L. Pappe, M. D.
Cap'e Town, 1853.
February 1st. Journal de 1' Instruction Publique. Vol. 2. Nos. 11, 12.
From M. Huguet Latour.
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. December, 1858. From the Natural
History Society of Montreal.
Annales des Mines. 5 Serie ; T. 13; 2e Livr. de 1858. From the Minister
of Public Works.
Transactions of the Albany Institute. Vol.4. Parti. From the Institute.
Denkschrift zur feier des Zehnjcehrigen. Stiftungsfestas des Vereins Deuts-
cher iErzte in Paris. From the Union.
The Geology of Pennsylvania. By H. D. Rogers. Vol. 1. Philadelphia,
1858. Also, Geological Maps of the State of Pennsylvania, constructed from
original surveys, &c, under the superintendence of H. D. Rogers. From the
Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Revue et Magasin de Zoologie. 1858. No. 10.
Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. 1858. No. 11. Geneve.
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, etc. Auc. A. De Can-
dolle. Pars 14.
Comptes Rendus. 1858. Nos. 19, 20, 21, 22.
L' Organisation du Regne Animal. Par Emile Blanchard. Livr. 24, 25, 26.
Description des Animaux sans Vertebres decouverts dans le Bassin de Paris.
Par G. P. Deshayes. 17 et 18 Livr.
Eneyclopedie d'Histoire Naturelle. Par le Dr. Chenu. Mammals, 5 vols. ;
Botany, 2 vols. ; Birds, 3 vols, and 2 livr. ; Reptiles and Fishes, 1 vol.
Untersuchungen liber die Entwicklungs geschichte der Geburtshelferhraste.
Von C. Vogt. Solothurn, 1842.
G. A. Langguthii Opuscula Historiam Naturalem Spectantia, etc. Witte-
bergae, 1784.
Map of the Territory of the United States, from the Mississippi to the Pacific
Ocean, &c. From Lieut. G. K. Warren.
February 8th. Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. January ,
1859. From the Canadian Institute.
Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen
jy. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Afdeeling Setterkunke. 3 Deel ; 1, 2, 3, Stuk; 7 Deel, 1, 2, Stuk. Afdeeling
Natuurkundes, 7 Deel, 3 Stuk. From the Academy.
Verhandlungen des Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins ia Wien. Bd. 7. 1857.
From the Society.
Catalogus van de Boekerij der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen.
1 Deels, 1 Stuk. From the Academy.
Jaarboek van de Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. April, 1357-
April, 1858. From the Academy.
Tidschrift voor Indische Taal. Landen Volkenkunde, Uitgegeven door het
Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, onder redaktie van
P. Bleeker, J. Munnich en E. Netscher. Jaargang 2, Afler. 1,2,3,4,5, 6;
Nieuwe Serie, Deel 1, Aflev. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ; Deel 2, Aflev. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. From
the Society.
Archiv fur Naturgeschichte. 23 Jahr., 5 Heft. 24 Jahr., 1 Heft. 32 Jahr.,
6 Heft. From the Editor.
43 Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gessellschaft in Emden. 1857. Von
Dr. H. Metger. From the Society.
Kleine Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden. Beitrage
zur Kenntniss des Klima's von Ostfriesland. Von Dr. M. A. F. Prestel. From
the Society.
Neues Jahrbuchfur Mineralogie, Geognosie, GeologieundPetrefakten-kunde.
1858. 4 Heft. From H. G. Bronn.
Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. 2 Theil. ltes
Heft. From the Society.
Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Koniglich Siichsischen Gesellschattder
Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. Mathematisch, Physische Classe 1857, 2, 3;
1858, 1. From the Society.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft. 9 Bd., 4 Heft. 10 Bd.,
1 Heft. From the Society.
Oversight over det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Ferhandhnger
og dets Medlemmers Arbeider i Aaret, 1857. From the Society.
Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. 1857. Nos. 2.
3 4. 1858. No. 1. From the Society.
Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen. Deel, 4, 5,
6. From the Academy.
Bulletin de la Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, T. 5. Bull. No.
41.
Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich. Koniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1857,
Nos. 2, 3, 4. From the Institute. .
Giornale dell' I. R. Institute Lombardo di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti e Bibho-
teca Italiana. Fascic, 47-54. From the Institute.
Atti dell' I. R. Instituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti. Vol. 1, Fascic
1-5. From the Institute.
Theorie der Sonnenfinsternisse und Verwandten Erscheinungen. Von P. A.
Hanson. Leipzig, 1858. From the Author.
Elektrische Untersuchungen von W. G. Hankel. Leipzig, 1858. From the
Author. . .
Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde rietgegeven door het Koninklijk Zoologisch Ge-
nootschap Natura Artis Magistra te Amsterdam. 7 Afler.
March Blh. Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Managers of the Pennsyl-
vania Institution for the Instruction of the Blind. Philadelphia, 1857. From
the Managers.
Reply to the " Statement of the Trustees " of the Dudley Observatory. By
B. A. Gould, Jr. Albany, 1859. From the Author.
American Journal of Science and Arts. March, 1859. From the Editors.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. March, 1859. From the Editor.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. V.
Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. 2, part 1. 1856-57. From the
Institute.
Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Board of Directors of the Young Men's
Mercantile Library Association of the City of Cincinnati. From the Directors.
Report of the Twenty-sixth Exhibition of American Manufactures, held in the
City of Philadelphia, from October 15th to November 13, 1858. By the Frank-
lin Institute. From the Institute.
Catalogue of the Officers and Students of the State University of Michigan,
for 1859. From the officers of the University.
Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. November, 1858. From the
Editors.
The Historical Magazine. May, 1858. From Col. Graham.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Feb., 1859. From the Editors.
Journal of the Society of Arts. London. Vol. 6. Nos. 280-284. From the
Society.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago. Vol.2. No. 4. From the Editor.
Annales des Mines. 5 Ser., T. 13. 3e Liv'r. de 1858. From the Minister of
Public Works of France.
Collection of Autograph Letters. From Geo. M. Connaroe.
Journal of Education. Vol. 2. No. 12. From M. Huguet Latour.
Cabinet d'Antiquitees Americaines a Copenhague. Rapport Ethnographique.
Par C. C. Rafn. Copenhague, 1858. From the Royal Society of Northern An-
tiquities.
Sur la Construction des Salles dites des Geants. Par S. M. le Roi Frederic
VII de Denmark. From the same.
The Discovery of America by the Northmen. The same in Spanish. From
the same.
An Address on the Life and Character of James Deane, M. D. By H. J.
Bowditch, M. D. Greenfield, 1858. From the Author.
The Medicinal, Poisonous and Dietetic Properties of the Cryptogamic Plants
of the United States. By F. P. Porcher, M. D. New York, 1854. From S.
Austin Allibone.
Address by Richard Owen, M. D., &c. From S. Austin Allibone. %
Synopsis of the Report of Zoophytes of the U. S. Exploring Expedition around
the world. By J. D. Dana. From the Author.
On the Classification and Geographical Distribution of Crustacea. By J. D.
Dana. Philadelphia, 1853. From Dr. R. Bridges.
The following were presented by Dr. Joseph Leidy :
Catalogue of Plants growing without cultivation in the counties of Monmouth
and Ocean, in the State of New Jersey. By P. D. Knieskern, M. D.
Synopsis of a Course of Lectures on Mineralogy. By F. Hall. Washington.
1836.
Description of the Family of Animals now extinct, but known to the scientific
world under the appellation of Hydrachen, etc. By Dr. A. Kock. New Or-
leans, 1353.
Recherches sur la Structure des Organes de 1' Homme et des Animaux les
plus conneus. Par C. F. Boucher. Paris, 1848.
Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Physiologie und Pathologie fur Aerzte
und Naturforscher von Dr. P. F. H. Klencke. Leipzig, 1848.
Transactions of the American Medical Association. Vol. 9. Philadelphia
1856. r '
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Zoological Sketches. By Joseph Wolf. Edited with notes by D. W. Mitchell.
The Mammals of Australia. By J. Gould. Part 10.
Monograph of the Trochilidae, or Humming Birds. By J. Gould. Parts 15
16. '
Monograph of the Trogonidas or Trogons. By J. Gould. Parti.
Birds of Asia. By J. Gould. Part 10.
Bonplandia. 6 Jahr., Nos. 10-22.
2*
VI. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Comptes Rendus. T. 47. Nos. 23-26.
Die Natur. 1858. Nos. 47-52.
Naturwissenschaftlicher Literaturblatt. Nos. 7, 8.
Kosmos. 1858. Nos. 11, 12.
Traite de Fauconnerie. Par H. Schlegel and J. A. Derster van Wulverhorst
Livraison 3. Leide, 1S53.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. February, 1859.
London Athenaeum. December, 1858.
Journal fur Ornithologie. Von Dr. Jean Cabanis. 1858. 5 Heft.
Revue et Magasin de Zoologie. 1858. No. 11.
Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles. 1858. No. 12.
Archives Entomologiques. Par M. James Thomson. 17e Livraison.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs (Eufs. Par Ch. F.
Dubois. 110-111 Livraison.
Synopsis des Echinides Fossiles. Par E. Desor. Paris, 1858. Planches, Gnu
et derniere Livraison.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. 2 Bd.
Bryologia Javanica. Fasci. 12.
Zeitschrift fur Wissenschaftliche Zoologie. 9 Bd. 4 Heft.
Biographisch-Literarisches Handworterbuch zur Geschichte der Exactor:
Wissenschaften. Von J. C. Poggendorff. Leipzig. 1859.
Iconographie der Land-und Susswasser Mollusken Europa's. Von E. A.
Rossmassler. 3 Bd. 5 und 6 Heft.
Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt, etc. 1858. No.
11.
Das Gebis der Schnecken. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. 3 Lieferung. Berlin,
1858.
March 15th. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. February, 1857. From
the Natural History Society of Montreal.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 6, pp. 401-431.
From the Society.
Report of the present state of the knowledge of the Entomological Fauna of
St. Petersburgh and its environs. By Baron R. Osten Sacken. From the
Author.
American Journal of Pharmacy. March, 1859. From the Editor.
New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. March, 1859. From the
Editors.
Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, at a special meeting, held
in Worcester, February 10th, 1859. From the Society.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. March, 1859. From Dr. T. B. Wilson, on
the usual conditions.
New York Journal of Medicine. March, 1859. From the Editor.
An Apology for the Doctrine of Pythagoras, as compatible with that of Jesus
Christ; being a defense of the new sect of Christians. By the Hon. Foreign
Secretary to the Animals' Friend Society. Boulogne sur Mer, 1858-9. From
the Author.
Report on the History and Progress of the American Coast Survey, up to the
year 1858. By the Committee of Twenty, appointed by the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, at the Montreal Meeting, August, 1857.
From the Committee.
Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee. By S. B. Buckley. From the
Author.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. March, 1859. From the Editors.
History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D. Humphrey Storer. Pp. 131-
194. From the Author.
13 Topographical Maps. From Lt. Col. J. D. Graham, U. S. Top. Engineers.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions .
The Farmers' Almanac and Calendar, for 1853, 1854, 1855 and 1856.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. VU.
Beitriige zur Entornologie, Herausg. Von den Mitgliedern der Entomologische
Section der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fur Vaterlandische Kultur. Is Heft.
Breslau, 1829.
De Vermibus in Circulatione Viventibus. Auc. F. J. Schmitz. Berolini.
1826.
Entomologia Schalarum in usus concinnata. Hanovise, 1784.
Physiologus Syrus sen Historia Animalinm 32. in s. s. mem., Syriace, e codice
bib. Vatican* nunc primum edidit, verbit et illustravit 0. G. Tychsen. Ros-
tochii, 1*795.
Sammlung vermischter Abhandlungen znr Auf kliirung der Zoologie und der
Handlungsgeschichte. Von J. G. Schneider. BerliD, 1784.
Naturgeschichte der Schlesisch-Lausitzchen Amphibien. Von J. C. Neu-
mann. Gorlitz, 1831.
Observationes de Oestro Ovine atque Bovino factse. A. J. L. Fischer. Leip-
siae, 1788.
Die Thierwelt. Leipzig, 1841.
Prospetto Storico-Fisico degli scavi di Ercolans e di Pompei. Di G. d'An-
cora. Napoli, 1803.
Notice sur le Phlocerus. Par G. Fischer de Waldheim. Moscou, 1833.
Uber die Ansarbeitung einer Fauna des Erzherzogthumes Oesterreich. Von
L. J. Fitzinger.
Ornithologiskt System. Af C. J. Sundeval!.
Beobachtungen uber jiihrlich peviodisch wiederkehrende Erscheinengen im
Thier, und Pflanzenreich. Von H. Werner. Tubingen, 1831.
System des Thier Reiches. Von Dr. F. J. C. Mayer. Bonn, 1849.
Die Vertebraten Wiirttembergs. Von F. Berge.
April 5th. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 6. No.
60. From the Society.
Address by Richard Owen. From the Author.
Additional Notes on the Post-Phocene Deposits of the St. Lawrence Valley.
By J. W. Dawson. Montreal, 1859. From the Author.
Directions for collecting, preserving and transporting Specimens of Natural
History. Prepared for the use of the Smithsonian Institution. 3d Edition.
Washington. March, 1839.
Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.
12th Meeting. Cambridge, 1859. From the Association.
Narrative of the Expedition to the River Niger in 1841. By Capt. Wm. Allen
and T. R. H. Thomson, M. D. London, 1818. 2 vols. From Dr. Joseph
Leidy.
Military Map of Nebraska and Dakota. By Lieut. G. K. Warren. From the
Author.
Catalogue des Insectes Coleopteres recueillis p^r M. G. Osculati, pendant sur
exploration de la region equatoriale, sur les bords du Napo et de 1'Amazone.
Par M. F. E. Guerin. Meneville.
Meletemata Entomologica. Auc. Dre. F. A. Kolenati. Fase. 7. Homoptera
Stridulantia Caucasi, etc. Mosquae, 1857.
Separatabdruch naturwissenschaftlicher Abhandlungen aus den Schriften des
Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien, 1836. From the Union.
Uebersicht der naturhistorische Beschaffenheit des Herzogthums Nassau. Von
Dr. G. Sandberger. Weisbaden, 1857. From the Author.
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-Land-en Volkenkande-Nieuwe Serie. Deel 3,
Aflev. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6. From the Batavian Society of Sciences.
5de Opgare van Boekwerken waarmede de Bibliotheek van het Bataviaascb
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen is Verrijkt. From the Society.
Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-
schappen. Deel. 26. From the Society.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Broylogia Javanica. Fasc. 13-15.
Vlll. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Conchylien Cabinet. Lief. 164.
Conchologia Iconica. Parts 166-182.
Geographische Mittheilungen, etc. 1858. No. 12.
Hewitson's Exotic Butterflies. Parts 28, 29.
Owen's British Fossil Reptiles. Part 6.
Oiseaux de Belgique par Dubois. Livr. 112-113.
Adam's Genera of Recent Mollusca. Parts 34, 35, 36.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Decade 9.
Flora India? Batavae. Vol. 1, part 2, fasc. 1.
Journal de Physiologic No. 4.
Pfeiffer's Monog. Heliceorum Viventium. Vol. 4. Part 1.
London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Supplementary
number completing the volume for 1858.
Revue et Mag. de Zoologie. 1858. No. 12.
Malacozoologische Blatter. Bogen 5-6. Bd. 5.
Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 26.
Memoires sur la famille du Fougeres. Livr. 7, 8, 9.
April 12th. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. April, 1859. From
the Editors.
Leqons sur la Physiologie et l'Anatomie Comparee de 1' Homme et des Ani-
maux. Par H. Milne Edwards. Paris, 1857-9. T. 1, 2,3, et4, Ire partic. From
Celedonio Carbonell.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. 10. City of Washington,
1858. From the Smithsonian Institution.
Compendio Storico della Scuola Anatomica di Bologna Scritto da Michele
Medici. Bologna, 1857. From the Municipality of Bologna.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Journal of the Franklin Institute. April, 1859.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs oeufs. Par Ch. F.
Dubois. 114, 115 Livr.
Tresor des Livers Rares et Precieux. Par J. G. T. Graesse. 4me Livr.
Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiarbeckens. Von Dr. F. Sandberger. 2e
Lief.
Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie und Wissenschaftliche Medicine. 1858.
Heft 5. Bogen 29-34.
Beitrage zur naeheren Kenntniss der Urweltlichen Saeugthiere. Von Dr. J.
J. Kaup. 4tes Heft.
Iconographie des Pigeons, etc. Par C. L. Bonaparte, Paris, 1857.
Quarterly Journal of the London Geological Society. No. 57. From the
Society.
Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society of
London. By Major General Portlock. London, 1858. From the Author.
May 3d. On Measurements as a Diagnostic means for distinguishing the
Human Races. By K. Scherzer and E. Schwarz. From Dr. J. Leidy.
Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vol. 6. Noa. 10-13.
From the Lyceum.
American Journal of Pharmacy. May, 1859. From the Editor.
New York Journal of Medicine. May, 1859. From the Editor.
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. April, 1859. From the Natural History
Society of Montreal.
Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. March, 1859. From the
Editors.
On the lower Coal Measures, as developed in British America. By J. W.
Dawson. From the Author.
Catalogue of Canadian Plants in the Holmes Herbarium, in the Cabinet of the
University of McGill College. Prepared by the late Prof. Jas. Barnston. From
be Canadian Institute.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. IX.
Researches into the Phenomena of Respiration. By E. Smith. From the
Author.
Observations on Longevity. By B. Dowler, M. D. From the Author.
Reports of Explorations and Surreys to ascertain the most practicable and
economical Route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean.
Vol. 9. From the War Department.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions:
Contributions to Ornithology, for 1852. Parts 5 and 6.
Paleontologie Lombardie ou Description des Fossiles de Lombardie publiee a
1' aide de plusieurs savants par l'Abbe Antoine Stoppani. 1858. 3, 4, et 5
Livr.
Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 3 Bd.
Heft. 30.
Zoologischer Hand- Atlas. Von Dr. E. Burmeister. 2 Lief.
May 10th. Verhandlungen der K. K. Mineralog. Gesellschaft zu St. Peters-
burg. 1857-1858. From the Society.
Bidrag till Finlands Naturkannedom Etnografioch Statistik, utgifna af Finska
Vetenskaps-Societeten. Forsta Andra Fjarde H&ftet. From the Society.
Notiser ur Sallskapets pro Fauna and Flora Fennica Forhandlingar. Bihang
till Acta Societates Scientiarum Fennicae. 1848, 1852, 1857. From the
Society.
Sveriges Rikes Stadilag ofversiittuing pii Finska Spraket. Af Ljungo Thomas :
Pa Finska Vatenskaps-Societetens bekostuad utgifven af W. G. Lagus. Hel-
singfers, 1852. From the Society.
Sveriges Rikes Landslag, Stadf iistad af konung Christopher ar 1442. Ofver-
sattuingPa Finska Spraket af Ljunge Thomas ; Pa Finska Vetenskaps Societe-
tens bekostuad utgifven af W. G. Lagus. From the Society.
Commentationes Societates Scientiarum Fennicae. T. 1. From the Society.
Acta Societates Scientarium Fennicae. Tomi 1, Fascic, 2, 3 ; T. 2, Fascic,
1, 2, 3, 4 ; T. 3, Fascic, 1, 2 ; T. 4 ; T. 5, Bascic, 1, 2. From the Society.
Palaeontologie Suedrusslands. Von Dr. A. von Nordman. 1, 2, Taf. 1-12.
From the Finnish Society of Sciences.
Ofversigt af Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Forhandlinger, 1-4. From the
Society.
Observations faites a 1' Observatoire Magnetique et Muteorologique de Hel-
singfors sous la direction de J. J. Nervander, 1-4. Helsingfors, 1850. From
the same.
Memoires de 1' Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Arts and Belles-Lettres de
Caen. 1856-1858.
Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg. T. 5.
From the Society.
Recueil des Actes de 1' Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et
Arts de Bordeaux. 20eme Annee. 1858. 1-2. From the Academy.
Zeitschrift fur die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften-Herausg. von dem
Naturw. Vereine fur Sachsen u. Thiiringen in Halle, redigirt von C. Giebel
und W. Heintz. Jahrgang, 1858. Elfter Bd. Berlin, 1858. From the Union.
Jahrbiicher des Vereins fur Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau. Herausg.
Von C. T. Kirschbaum. 12 Heft. From the Union.
Observations sur les Mceurs de Divers Oiseaux du Mexique par H. de Saussure.
From the Author.
Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. 14 Bd. 1, 2, Heft.
Neues Jahrbuch furMineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie undPetrefakten-Kunde.
Herausg. Von K. C. von Leonhard und H. G. Bronn. 1858. 5 Heft. From
the Editors.
Die Entwickelung der organischen Schopfung. Von H. G. Bronn. From
the Author.
Bulletin de la Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. T. 6. No. 43.
From the Society.
X DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.
Die Rhynchoten der Gegend von Weisbaden. Von C. L. Kirschbaum. 1
Heft. From the Author.
Die Athysanus Arten der Gegend von Weisbaden. Von C. L. Kirschbaum.
Weisbaden, 1858. Der Wetterauer Gesellschaft fur Naturkunde zur Feier
ichres funfzigjahrigen Restehens am 11 Aug. 1858, etc. Both from the Society.
Die Leitflanzen des Rothliegenden und des Zechsteingebirges oder der per-
mischen Formation in Sachsen. Von Dr. H. B. Geintz. Leipzig, 1858. From
Dr. J. Leidy.
Mathematische Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin, 1857. Physikalische Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1857. Both from the Academy.
Abhandlungen. herausg. von der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden
Gesellschaft. 2 Bdes. 2 Lief. From the Society.
Verhandlungen des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den Konig-
lich Porussischen Staaten. 4 Jahr., 3 Lief. ; 5 Jahr., 2 Heft. From the
Union.
Monatsbericht der Koniglichen Preuss. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin,
1857. Sept., Oct., Nov., Dec, 1858, Januar, Februar, Marz, April, Mai, Juni.
From the Academy.
Archiv fur Naturgeschichte. Herausg. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. 24 Jahr.,
2 Heft. From the Editor.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft. 10 Bd., 2 Heft. From
the Society.
Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademie F'irhandlingar. 14 Argiingen.
1857. From the Academy.
Kongl. Svenska TJetenskaps. Akademiens Handlinger. Bd. 1, Haft. 2. 1856.
From the Academy.
Kongl Svenska Fregatten Eugenies resa omkring Jorden-under befal af C. A.
Virgin Aren 1851-1853. Botanik 1, Zoologie, 1, 2. From the same.
London Journal of the Society of Arts. Vol. 7. Nos. 306 to 323. From the
Society.
Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester. 2d series.
Vols. 13, 14 and 15. Part 1. From the Society.
Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society. 1857. No. 1. From
the Society.
Natural History Review. October, 1858. From the Editors.
North American Medico-Chinirgical Review. May, 1859. From the Editors.
Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. 8. Part 1. From the
Society.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. May, 1859. From the Editor.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. May, 1859. From the Editors.
The Iron Manufacturer's Guide to the Furnaces, Forges and Rolling Mills of
the United States, &c. By J. P. Lesley. New York, 1859. From the Author.
Synopsis of the Fresh Water Fishes of the Western portion of the Island of
Trinidad, W. I. By Theodore Gill. New York, 1858. From the Author.
Description of a new Generic form of Cobinae, from the Amazon River. By
T. Gill. From the Author.
Description of a new genus of Pimelodinae, from Canada. By T. Gill. From
the Author.
Description of two new species of Terrestrial Crapsoid Crustaceans, from the
West Indies. By T. Gill. From the Author.
Prodromus descriptions subfamiliae Cobinarum squamis cycloideis piscium,
cl. W. Stimpsono in mare Pacifice acquisitorum. T. Gill, auctore. From the
Author.
Prodromus descriptions familiae Cobioidarum duorum generum novorum.
T. Gill, auc. From the Author.
May llth. Pacific Medical and Surgical Journal. April, 1859. From the
Editors.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XI.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. April, 1859.
Cosmos. Par A. de Humboldt. T. 4. Paris, 1859.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. May, 1859.
Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Theire. Herausg.
Von J. Moleschott. 5 Bd. 3 Heft.
Malakozoologische Blatter. 5 Bd. 14-15 Bog.
Journal fur Ornithologie. 1858. Heft. 6.
Archives Entomologiques. 18 Livr.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs CEufs. 116,117
Livr.
Echinides du Departement de la Sarthe par Cotteau et Triger. 3 Livr.
Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. Von W. Dunker und H. von
Meyer. 5 Bd. 5, 6 Lief. ; 6 Bd. 6 Lief.
Kosmos. No. 10. 1858.
Zer Fauna der Vorwelt-Reptilien ans dem Litbographischen Schiefer des
Jura in Deutschland und Frankreich. Von H. von Meyer. 1 Lief. Frankfurt
am Main, 1859.
Engraving of Linnaeus in Lapland Dress, 1732. From Dr. J. L. Le Conte.
May 24th. Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Iowa ; embracing
the results of investigations made during portions of the years 1855, 1856 and
1857. By James Hall and J. D. Whitney. Vol. 1. Parts 1 and 2. From Jas.
Hall.
Contributions to the Palaeontology of New York. By James Hall. From the
Author.
Annales des Mines. 5 Ser. T. 14. 4e Livr. de 1858. From the Minister of
Public Works of France.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. 1. Part 2. Calcutta.
1858.
Essai gur les Soulevemens Jurrasiques. Par J. Thurmann. 2 Cahier.
June 7<A. Mapa de la Republica de Bolivia, mandado publicar por el
Gobierno de la Nacion. Por el Feniente Coronel Juan Ondarza, Comandante
Juan Mariano Mujio y Mayor Lucio Camacho. From Juan Ondarza. Ano de
1859.
The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New Series. No. 21.
For May, 1859. From the Institute.
The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. 7.
Nos. 324 to 331 inclusive. From the Society.
Traite Complet de T'Anatomie de 1' Homme Comprenant la Medecine Opera-
toire, par le Docteur J. M. Bourgery, avec planches lithographiees d'apre?
nature par N. H. Jacof. 6 vols. 4to text, and 7 vols. 4to plates. Paris, 1840.
From Mrs. Sarah R. G. Beck.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Annales des Sciences Naturelles Botanique, Tome 9. Zoologie Tome 9. For
1858.
Exotic Butterflies. By William C. Hewitson. Part 30.
Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Part 183.
Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Lieferunc
166.
Beitrage zur Palaeontographie von Oesterrich von Franz Ritter von Hauer.
1 Band. 2 Heft.
June 2lst. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. 7th.
June, 1859, and title page and index of vol. 6. From the Society.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15th. No. 6. June, 1859.
From the Editors.
Xll. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
The Medical and Surgical Reporter. New Series. Vol.2. No. 11. From
the Editors.
Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society, at the semi-annual meet-
ing, in Boston, April 27th, 1959. From the Society.
Quarterly Jourual of the Geological Society. London. Vol. 15. Part 2d.
May, 1859. From the Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Vols. 7 and 8. Nos. 28 to 32
inclusive. For 1857 and 1858, and pages 181 to 411 inclusive, with title page
and index for vol. 6. From the Royal Society.
Proceedings of the Belfist Natural History and Philosophical Society. 1859.
From the Society.
A new theory of the flight of birds. By R 0. Davidson. 8vo. tract. 1858.
Washington. From the Author.
List of the known species of Pisidium, with their synonymy. By Temple
Prime. 8vo tract. 1858. New York. From the Author.
Reply to the criticisms of James D. Dana. By Jules Marcou. 8vo. tract.
Zurich, 1859. From the Author.
The following were presented by Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions:
Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol.36. June, 1859. No. 6.
Joh. Baptistse Portse Neapolitani Magiae Naturalis Libri viginti Lugd.
Batav. 1650.
Joan Ludovice Gansii M. D. Coralliorum Historia. 18mo. Francofurti, 1669.
Claudii iEliani, de animalium natura. libri 17. 18mo. Lugduni, 1616.
Francisci Redi di animalculis vivis quae in corporibus animalium vivorum
reperiuntur observationes ex Etruscis Latinas fecit Petrus Ooste. Amstelaedami
18mo. 1708.
Biblioteca Agraria o sia raccolta di scelti instruzioni economico-rurali
diretta dal signor Dottore Giuseppe Moretti. Vol. 7. 12mo. Milano, 1835.
Clavis Rumphiana Botanica et Zoologica, scripsit Aug. Guil. Ed. Th. Hen-
schel, Uatislaviae. 8vo. 1833.
Memoire scientifiche di Paolo Savi Decade Prima 8vo. Pisa, 1828.
Verseichnitz der bisher hinlanglich bekannten Eingeweidewurmer von Franz
von Paula Schrank. 12mo. Munchen, 1788.
Journal der Naturwissenschuft und Medezin. Herausgegeben von F. J.
Schelvea. 12mo. Frankfurt am Main, 1810. Ersten Bandes, Erstes Stuck.
Abhandlungen der Hallischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Ersten Band.
8vo. Dessau und Leipzig, 1783.
Geschichte einiger den Menschen Thieren Oekonomie u. Goatnerei schad-
Jicken Insekten nebst den besten mittelugegen dieselben. Ans dem Franzoses-
chen und mit Anmerkungen von J. A. E. Goetze. 8vo. Leipzig, 1787.
2 Record Books for Mammalia and Crania, except human. From J. H. Slack
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Xlll.
July rMh. Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Bd. 3 Nos. 1 to 6, inclu-
ive, for 1859. From the editors.
Untersuchungen uber den Zusatnmenhang in den Aenderungen der dichten
und Brpchungs Exponenten iD Gemengen von Flusigkeitan und Verbindungeii
von Gaaen von Alois Handl und Adolf Weiss. 8vo. tract. Wien, 1858. From
the authors.
Ueber die Entwickelungs-geschichte und den anatomischen Bau der hand-
forrnigen Answiicbse an den Bliittern und Stengeln von Gireoudia mauicata
Klotsch von Adolf Weiss. 8vo. tract. Wien, 1858. From the author.
Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spaltoffnungen von Adolf J. G. Weiss. 8vo. tract.
From the author.
Ueber ein neues Vorkommen der Spaltoffnungen und einige andere Bemer-
kungen iiber dieselben. Von Adolf Weiss. 8vo. tract. Wien, 1857. From
the author.
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions :
Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the collection of the British Museum, part I.
Testudinata. By John Edward Gray. 4to. London, 1855.
Catalogue of Apodal Fish in the collection of the British Museum. By Dr.
Kaup. 8vo. London, 1858.
Catalogue of the Coleopterous insects of Madeira in the collection, of the
British Museum. By F. Vernon Woilastou. 8vo. London, 1857.
Catalogue of the Batrachia Salienta in the collection of the British Museum.
By Dr. Albert Giinther. 8vo. London, 1858.
Catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds of New Guinea in the collection of the
British Museum. By J. E. Gray and G. R. Gray. 8vo. London, 1859.
Guide to the Systematic distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum. By
John Edward Gray. 8vo. London, 1857.
Forty-five duodecimo catalogues of Natural History in the collection of the
British Museum.
Archiv fur Anatomie, Physiologic und Wissenschaftliche Medicin. Von Dr.
Johan.Muller. Jahrgang, 1858. Heft 6.
Malakozoologische Blatter, Band 5. Bogen 11-13. 1858.
Bryologia Javanica*seu descriptio Muscorum frondosum Archipelagi Indici.
Iconibus illustrata. Auctores F. Dozy and J. H. Molkenboer. Fasc. 16. Leyden,
1858 4to.
Tresor des livres rares et precieux ou nouveau dictionnaire bibliographique.
Par Jean George F. Graesse, cinquiemeLivr. 4to. Dresden, 1858.
Icones Pbysiologicas. Von Alexander Ecker. Vierte lief. 4to. Leipzig,
1859.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs Oeufs. Par
Ch. F. Dubois. 118 and 119 Livraisons.
Archives Entomologiques. Par M. James Thomson. 19 Livraison.
Flora India? Batavife, vol. i. part 2. Fascic. 2.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Vol. x. Nos. 1 and 2, 1858.
Edinburg New Philosophical Journal. Vol. 8, No. 2, 1858.
London, Edinburg and Dublin Philosoph. Mag. and Journal of Science, No.
13, 14, 15, 21, 22 and 100, fourth series.
Journal of the Boyal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, Vols. 15
and 16, with 3 maps.
Genera species et Synonyma Candolleana alphabetico ordine disposita. Auc-
tore H. W. Buek, M. D. Pars 1 and 2. 8vo. Berolini, 1842.
July 12th. Neue philosophische Abhandlungen der baierischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften, Vols. 7. 4to. Munchen. 1778 to 1797. — Gelehrte Anzeigen,
herausgegeben von Mitgliedern der K. bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Vols. 28, 2.9, 30, 31, 45 and 46 4to. Munchen, 1849 to 1858.— Abhandlungen der
Philosoph. Philologischen Classe der Kon. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissen-
schaften, 7th Band and 8th Band, 2 and 3 Abtheilung. 4to. and Historischen
Classe. — 7th Band 2 and 3 Abtheilung and 8th Band, 1st and 3d Abtheilung.
— Bulletin der Kdnigl. Akad. der Wissenschaften. Jahrgang, 1844 and 1845. —
XIV. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Physikaliscbe Abhandlungen der Konigl. baierischen Akad. der Wissenschaften,
Lst Abtheil. Munchen. 8vo. 1803. — Ueber Johan. Miiller und sein Verhalfr-
uitz zum jetzigen Standpunkt der Physiologie Von Dr. Tb. L. M. Bischoff.
1858. — Annalen der koniglichen Sternwarte bei Munchen, lOtb Band — Meteor-
ologische Beobacbtungen aufgezeichnet an der konigl. Sternwarte bei Munchen
ia den Jahren, 1825-1837. — Ueber neu aufgefundene Dicbtungen Francesco
Petrarca's. Von Prof. Dr. George Martin Thomas. 4to. tract. Munchen, 1858.
— Ueber die geschiclulichen Vorstufen dei Neuern Rechtsphilosophie. Von
Prof. Carl. Prantl. Miincheu. 4to. tract. 1858. From the Royal Academy of
Sciences of Munich.
Wurttembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. 15th Jahrgang, 1859.
! and 2 heft. From the Society at Stuttgart.
Jahrbuch der kalserlich-koniglrchen Geoiogischen Reichsanstalt. 1 1th Jahr-
gang. Nos. 1, 2 and 3. 1858. Wien. From the Institution at Wien.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen geoiogischen Gesellschaft. 10th Band, 3d heft,
1859. Berlin. From the Society.
Archiv far Naturgeschichte, 24th Jahrgang. 4th befr. From Prof. Troscbjel.
Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefi-ktenkunde.
Von Leonhard und Bronn. 1859. lst heft. From Professors Leonhard and
Bronn.
Siebenter Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fur Xatur- und Heilkunde.
Giessen. 1859. From the Society.
Correspondenz-Blattdes zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Regensburg.
12th Jahrgang, 1858. From the Society.
Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins iu Augsburg, 1855, '56, '57 and '58.
From the Society.
Linnsea Entomologica, 13th vol., and Entomologische Zeitung, 19th Jahrgang.
Von dem Entomologischen Vereine zu Stettin. From the Society.
Description de diverses especes nouvelles ou peu connues du Genre Scolia.
Par H. de Saussure. 8vo. tract. Paris, 1859. From the author.
La Bourgogne, Revue cenologique et viticole. Par C. Ladrey. lst Livraisou.
1359. Dijon. From the Editor.
Memoifes de l'Academie Imperials des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de
Dijon. 2d series, Tome 6. 1857. From the Academy.
Meinoires de la Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve.
Tome 14, 2d part. 1858. From the Society.
Novorum Actorum Aeademiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae Naturae Curio-
sorum. Vol. 26, pars posterior. Breslau und Bonn, 1858. From the Academy.
Atti dell' I. R. Instituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Vol. 1.
1858. Fasc. 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10. Monumento al Cavaliere Dottoie Luigi Sacco
eretto nello spedale maggiore per voto e cura dell' Academia Fiscio-Medico-
stitistico di Milano. From the Institute.
Le plante fossili dell' Oolite descritte ed illustrate dal Barone Achille de Zigno.
Parts 1 and 2. Padua, 1856 and 1-858. Folio. From the author.
July 19/h. Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the
progress of the survey during the vear 1859. 4to. Washington. 1858. From
Prof. A. D. Bache.
Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1857. Agriculture. 8vo.
Washington, 1858. From the Smithsonian Institution.
Annales des Mines, Fifth series. Vol. 14, 3d livr. 1858. From the Minis-
ter of Public Works, France.
Prodrome d'une iconographie descriptive des Ophidiens et description som-
maire de Nouvelles especes de serpents venimeux par M. Le Prof. Jan. 8vo.
tract. Paris, 1859. From the Author.
Walpers, Annales Botanices Systematicse. Vol. 5, 1 and 2 parts. Dr.
Carolo Mueller. Berlin. From the author.
The Atlantis, a register of Literature and Science. Conducted by members
of the Catholic University of Ireland. No. 2, July, 1849, and No. 3, Jan., 1859.
From the Editors.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XV.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Pages 49 to 54 incl.
Vol. 7. From the Society.
Proceedings of Elliott Society of Natural History, Charleston, South Caro-
lina. Vol. 1. From the Society.
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. New series, Vol.
t3, part 2, and Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Vol. 4, pages 89 to 248 inclusive. From the Academy.
The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 2, No. 82. July, 1858.
From the Editors.
The North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 1, No. 4. July, 1853.
From the Editors.
The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 4. July, 1859.
From the Editors.
The American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d series, Vol. 4, No. 4. July, 1859.
From the Editor.
The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 9 7. July, 1859. From the Editors.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14, No. 4. July, 1859. From
the Editor.
The Druggist, Cincinnati. Vol. 1. No. 23. From the Editor.
The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 4, No. 3. June, 1859. From
the Society.
Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for
1868. From the Institution.
First Report of a Geological Reconnaissance of the northern counties of Ar-
kansas, made during the years 1857 and 1858, by David Dale Owen, principal
geologist. 8vo. Little Rock, 1858. From the Author.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 7. July, 1859. From
the Editors.
The following are from Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Tarts 184 and 185. Columbella
and Trochita.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, Vol. 38, No. 1. July, 1859.
Traite de Physiologie. Par F. A. Longet. Tome 1, 2d Part. 8vo. Paris,
1859.
The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. No. 75, new series. July,
1859. From the Editor.
August 2d. Annual Report of the Trustees of the New York State Library
for 1858. From the Trustees.
Allgemeine Zeitung fur Wissenschaft. Wien, No. 1. April, 1859. From the
Editor.
Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the
West. Riding, of Yorkshire. China and its trade, read by John Crawford, F.R.S.,
to the Phil, and Literary Society of Leeds, 17th Nov., 1858. Sensorial Vi?ion,
read by Sir J. F W. Herschel, to the Phil, and Lit. Soc. of Leeds, 30th Sept.,
1858. " Comets, their constitution and phases, by Christopher Kemphiy. 8vo.
1849, Leeds. Leeds Philosophical Society's Annual Report for 1857-58. From
the Society.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No. 7. July, 1859. From
the Editors.
De la formation et de la fecondation des ffiufs chez les Vers Nematodes. Par
Edouard Claparede. From the Author. 4to. Geneve, 1859.
The Gardener's Monthly and Horticultural Advertiser. Vol. 1, No. 6. June,
1859. From the Editor.
Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practical and eco-
nomical route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean.
Vol. 10, 4to. From the War. Department.
The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science, and Art. New series, No. 22.
July, 1859. From the Institute.
XVI. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
De Kultuur en de bewerking van het Suikerreit. Door C. J. Hering. Vol. 1,,
8vo. Rotterdam, 1858. From the Author.
Aug. 9th. The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual condition :
List of the specimens of birds in the collection of the British Museum. By
G. R. Gray, F. L. S., &c. Part 3, section 2. Psittacidoe, 12mo. 1859.
List of the specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the Coll. of the Brit. Mus.
By Francis Walker, F. L. S., &c. Part IT. Pyralides. 1859. 12mo.
Histoire Naturelle Generate des Regnes Organiques. Tome 2, part 2. 8vo. Paris,
1859.
Legous sur La Physiologie et L'Anatomie comparee de L'Homme et des Ani-
maux. Par H. Milne Edwards. Tome 4, 8vo. Paris, 1859.
Annale3 des Sciences Naturelles comprenant La Zoologie, &c. 4th series,
Tome 10, No. 3. 1858.
Naumannia. Journal fur die Ornithologie. 2d and 3d Heft. 1858.
Planches colorees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs (Eufs. Par Ch. F.
Dubois. 120 and 121 Livraisons..
Orthopadisckes Institut. Von Jr Heine. 4to. tract. Cannstatt, 1834.
Die Metamorphose der Monaden. Von Dr. A. F. J. C. Mayer. 4to. Bonn, 1840.
Anatomische Untersuchung des Qrycteropus Capensis. Von Hermann Freidz.
Jiiger 4to., tract. Stuttgart, 1837.
Die Wahre Ursache der Baumtrockniss der Nadelwalder durch die Naturgesch.
der Forstphaliine (PhalaenaNoct. Piniperda,) &c. Von D. J. Johann Andr., Kob.
4to, tract. Nurnberg, 1786.
De Proctostego, novo piscium genere, specimen ichtbyologicum. Joan. Dorai-
nicus Nardo Patavii. 4to, tract. 1827.
Anatomisch-physiologishe Beobachtungen iiber die Sagitta bipunctata. Von
Dr. August Krohn. 4to, tract. Hamburg, 1844.
Gronlands Amfipoder beskrevne af Henrik Kroyer. 4te, tract. Kiobenhavn,
1838.
Dipterologische Beitriige. Von Dr. H. Loew. 4to, tract. Posen, 1845.
Specimina Zoologica Mosambicana. Fasciculus 4 and 5. 4to. Bouonias,
1851. J.Joseph Bianconi.
Essai sur le Ver Solitaire de l'Homme. Par Chretien Kiefer. Strasbourg,
1806. 4to, tract.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d ser., Vol. 38, No. 2. August, 1859.
Aug. 16lh. Eleventh Annual Report of the Maryland Institute for the years
1858 and 1859. From the Institute.
The following are from the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna :
Die Principien der heutigen Physick beiderFeier de Ubernahme des ehema-
ligen Universitats. Gebiiudes von der Kaiserlichen Akadamie der Wissen-
schaften am 29 October, 1857. Von Dr. Andreas Ritter V. Ettingshausen.
Wien ii.
Festredebei derfeirlichen Uebernahme des ehemaligen Universitats. Gebaudes
durch die Kaiser. Akad. der Wissen. gehalten am 29 October, 1857. Von Vice-
Prasidenten Dr. Theo. Georg Von Karajan. Wien.
Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akad. der Wissen. Mathematisch-Natur-
wissenschaftli'che Classe. Band 24, heft 3. Bands 25 to 32 incl.and Band 33,
heft. 1, 2, and 3.
Denkschriften der Kais. Akad. der Wissen. Math. Naturwis. Bamlen 14 and 15.
Jahrbiicher der K. K. Centralanstalt far Meteorologie und Erdmugnetismus.
Von Karl Kreil. Band 5. Jahrgang, 1853.
Almanach der Kaiser. Akad. der Wissenschaften, 1857.
The Microscope Made Easy. By Henry Baker, F. R. S. London. 8vo. 1769.
From Dr. James A. Darrach.
August 23d. Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 8,
August, 1859. From the Editor.
On the distribution of the forests and trees of North America, with notes on
its physical geography. By J. G. Cooper, M.D. From the Author.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XVll.
Proceedings of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. Vol. 7, July, 1859, pages 65 to 96.
From the Society.
Antediluvian Antiquities recently discovered in France and England. From
W. F. Kintzing.
September 6lh. Thirty-eighth Annual Report of the Mercantile Library
Association of New York for 1858-59. From the Association.
Hutching's California Magazine, Nos. 37 and 38, for July and August, 1859.
From the Publishers.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No. 8, for Aug. From the
Editors.
Fragmenta Phytographiss Australia, contulit. Ferdinandas Mueller. 8vo.
Melbourne, 1858-59. Vol. 1. Fasc. 1 to 4. From the Author, through Prof.
A. Gray.
Report on the plants collected during Mr. Babbage's expedition into the North-
western interior of South Australia in 1858. Fol. tract. Melbourne, 1858. From
the Author, through Prof. A. Gray.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14, No. 5, Sept. 1859. From
the Editor.
The American Journal of Pharmacy. 3d ser., Vol. 7, No. 5. Sept. 1859.
From the Editor.
On the Geology of the Mayence Basin. By William J. Hamilton. 8vo. tract.
London, 1854. Anniversary Addresses before the Geological Society of London,
in the years 1855 and '55. By Wm. J. Hamilton. Anniversary Addresses be-
fore the Royal Geographical Society, in the years 1848 and '49. By Wm. J.
Hamilton, President. From the Author.
Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Vol. 9, and Vol. 10, No. 1. July,
1859. From the Editors.
Leopoldiua. Am'liches Organ der Kai3erlichen. Leopoldin* Carolinischen
Deutschen Akademie der Naturforschen. Jena, No. 1, June, 1859. From the
Academy.
Etudes sur les infusiores etles rhizopodes par Edouard Clapaiede et Johannes
Lachmaun. Vol. 1; 4ro. Geneve, 1859. From the Authors.
Auatomie und EntwicklungSrgeschichte der Neritina fluviatilis, von Edouard
Claparede. 8vo. From the Author.
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions:
Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology, by Robert Todd. Parts 51 and 52.
Genera, species et syuonyma Candolleana, alphabetico ordine disposi'a seu
Index Generalis et Specialis. Auctore H. W. Buek, M.D. Pars 3, 8vo. Ham-
burg, 1859.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles, comprenant La Zoologie, &c. 4th serie.
Tome 10, Nos. 4 and 5, 1858.
Journal fur Ornithologie von Dr. Jean Cabanis. Jahr. 6. Sept. 3, May, 1858.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. Sept. 1859, No. 3.
Systematische Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, Lieferung, 167.
Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Echinoderm Zweite Abhandlung.
Von Job. Miiller, 4to. Berlin, 1849.
Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Holothurien und Asterien Von
Joh. Mulier, 4 to. Berlin, 1850.
Description de Fougeres exotiques rares ou nouvelles, par A. L. A. Fee,
fascic 6th.
September \3th. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquee. Nos. 1 to
7. 1859. From the Editor.
The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 28, 2d series. Sept. 1859.
From the Editors.
New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 5. Sept. 1859.
From the Editors.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 9. Sept. 1859. From
the Editors.
XV11I. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 3, No. 5. Sept. 1859.
From the Editors.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14, No. 5. Sept. 1859. From
the Editor.
The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 2. Sept. 1859. From the Editors.
Journal of the Elliott Soc. of Natural History. Vol. 1, Nos. 1 and 2. From
the Society.
Geological Report of the country along the line of south-western branch, of
the Pacific Railroad. By G. C. Swallow. 8vo. St. Louis, 1859. From the
Author.
September 20th. A treatise on problems of Maxima and Minima, solved by
Algebra, by Rarachundra. 8vo. London, 1859. From the Hon. Court of Di-
rectors of the East India Company.
The Naturalist in Bermuda, a sketch of the Geology, Zoology and Botany of
that remarkable group of Islands. By John Matthew Jones, Esq. 8vo. London,
1859. From the Author.
Report of the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British Associa-
tion fir procp-in^ r continuation of the Magnetic and Mcte^r^ljgleal Obser-
vatories. Address of the Rt. Hon. the Lord '^'rottlesley, &c. &c &c, Prest. at
the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Society, Nov. 30th, 1858. The Royal
Society, Nov. 30th, 1858. Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. 9, Nov. 34,
1859. From the Royal Society.
The New York Journal of Medicine. No. 88, Sept. 1859. From the Editors.
October 4tk. Annual of Scientific Discovery, or Book of Facts in Science and
Art. By David A. Wells. 8vo. Boston. 8 vols, for 1850, '51, '52, '53, '54,
'56, '5V, '59. From David M. Warren.
Descriptions of and observations on some species of Rhododendron, collected'
in Assam and Bootan, by Thomas J. Booth. By Thomas Nuttall. 8vo. tract.
From the Author.
On collecting, preparing and mounting Diatomaceoe for the Microscope. By
Arthur M. Edwards, New York. 8vo. tract. From the Author.
The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 4, No. 4. August, 1859. From
the Society.
Walpers, Annales Botanices systematicae. Vol. 5, Fasc. 3. From the Author.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No. 9. Sept. 1859. From
the Editors.
Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquee. No. 8, 1859. From the
Editor.
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, Dritter Jahrgang, 1859. Erstes Zweites
und drittes Vieiteljahrsheft. From the Entomological Society.
Bulletin de La Societe Paieontologique de Belgique^ Tome Premier, feuilles.
No. 1 a 4, 1859. From the Society.
Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Vol. 7, part 1.
Philadelphia. From the Author.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New series,
Vol. 4, part 2, 1859. From the Publication Committee.
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Coraptes Rendus des Seances et Memoires de la Societe de Biologie. Tome cin-
quieme do la deuxieme serie, Paris, 1859.
Legons sur La Physiologie et L'Anatomie comparee de L'Homme et des
Animaux, par H. Milne-Edwards. Tome cinquieme premiere partie. 8vo. Paris,
1859.
Archives Entomologiques, par James Thomson, 20th Livr. Pari?, 1858.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles comprenant la Zoologie la Boianique, &c.
Tome 10, No. 6. 1858.
Naumannia Journal fur die Ornithologie, Jahrgang, 1858. Viertes bis sech-
stestheft. •
Elements of Botany, or outlines of the Natural History of Vegetables. By
Benj. Smith Barton, M.D. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1803. From Dr. Thomas Betton.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XIX.
October llth. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. Vol. 15, No.
59, Part 3d. August 1st, 1859. Prom the Society.
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 7, No. 61. Jan..
to June, 1859. From the Society.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 10. October, 1859.
From the Editors.
The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 3. October, 1859. From the Editors.
The Architect's and Mechanic's Journal. Vol. 1. No. 13. October, 1859.
From the Editor.
EsUtutos de la Sociedad de Natnralistas Neo-Granadinos. From the Society.
D. Marcus Elieser Bloch's Abhandlung von der Erzeugung der Eingeweide-
wiirmtT und den Mitteln wider dieselben. 4to. Berlin, 1782. From Dr. Fricke.
Geological sketch of the Estuary and Fresh water deposit forming the bad
lands of Judith river. By F. V. Hayden, M. D. On Extinct Vertebrata from
the Judith river and great lignite formations of Nebraska. By Joseph Leidy,
M.D. 4to. Philadelphia, 1858. From Dr. Leidy.
October 18th. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol.
7, pages 1 to 32, and .97 to 128. From the Society.
The Eclectic Medical Journal of Philadelphia. Vol. 2, No. 10, From the
Editor.
The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. No. 23, Sept. 1859.
From the Institute.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. No. 10. Band 3, October, 1850. From
the Editors.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol.12, New series,
part 11.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. Vol. 38, No. 4, October, 1849. From Dr.
T. B. Wilson on the usual conditions:
November 1st. The Dental ^Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 4, Nov. 1859. From the
Editors.
The Farmer and Gardener. Vol. 1, No. 2. October, 1858. From the Editors.
Recueil des Actes d L'Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et
Arts de Bordeaux. 1st part, 1859. From the Academy.
Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. 1, No. 3. From
the Academy.
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Novitates Conchologicae. Par Dr. Louis Pfeiffer. llth Livraison. 1857.
Paleontologie Lombarde, 6th, 7th and 8th. Livr.
Bryologia Javanica. 17th Fasciculus.
Ueber.einige Farngattnngen von Dr. G. Mettenius, 5 Cheilanthes, 6 Asplenium.
Palacontographica von Hermann von Meyer siebenter Band. ErsteLieferung.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. 2 Band, No. 8, August, 1858.
Arcbiv fur Anatomie Physiologie, &c. Von Dr. Johan Miiller, No. 6, 1857.
Abel's Aus der Natur. Vol. 12.
Biographisch-Literarisches Handvvorterbuch von J. C. Poggendorff. 3 Lief.
Monographia Heliceorum Viventium. Dr. L. Pfeiffer. Vol. 4th pars 2d.
Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Von Martini und Chemnitz. 168 Lie-
ferung.
Tresor de Livres rares et precieux ou Nouveau Dictionnaire Bibliograpbique,
par J. G. T. Graesse. 6th Livr.
Monographia des Picides ou Histoire Naturelle Generale et particuliere, par
Alfred Malherbe. 1st Livrais.
Revue de Zoologie pure et applique, par M. F. E. Guerin Meneville. No. 9,
1859. From the Editor.
Annales des Mines. Vol. 14, 5th series, 6th Livr. 1858. From the Minister
of Public Works.
November 8th. Recueil des Actes de L'Academie Imperiale de9 Sciences,
Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux. 4me trimestre, 1858. From the Academy.
XX. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Bulletin de la Societe Lineenne de Normandie. 3 vol. Annee, 1857-58.
From the Society.
Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome 4, 2d and
3d caliier. From the Society.1
Katalog. des Biicherlagers. Von F. 0. Weigel Erstes supplement. Verzeich-
ness von manuscripten, Beiberdrucken ersten Erzeugnissen der Druckerpresse,
&c, von F. 0. Weigel in Leipzig; Verlags-Werke von F. 0. Weigel, 1858:
Katalog. Naturwissenschaftlicher Werke aus dem antiquarischen Lager, von
F. 0. Weigel ; Catalogue Mensuel de Livres Anciens, Rares, et Curieux qui se
trouvent chez. F. 0. Weigel a Liepzig, Nos. 1-6. From F. 0. Weigel.
Nachrichten von der George Augustus-Universitat under Konigl. Gesell-
schaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, 1858. No. 1-28. From the Royal
Society of Sciences at Gottingen.
Vierundvierzigster JahresberichtderNaturforschenden Gesellschaft in Emden,
1858. Von Dr. H. Metzer. From the Society.
Allgemeiue Theorie der Curven Doppelter Kriimmung in rein geometrischer
Darstellung. Von Dr. Wilhelm Schell. 8vo tract. From the Author.
Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie, &c. Von R. C. von
Leonhard und H. G. Bronn, Jahrgang, 1859. 2d and 3d heft. From the
Editors.
Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den K.
Preuss. Staaten. Sechster Jahrgang, 2d heft. Novem. und Decern. 1858, Berlin.
From the Society.
Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. 24th vol. 5th part.
From the Editor.
Jahresbericht uber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens die Krankenanstalten
und die Oeffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaeltnisse der frien Stadt Frankfurt, Von
dem Aertzlicheu Verein 1st Jahrgang, 1857. From the Society.
Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs wissenschaftl. dargestellt in
Wort und Bild. Von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Erster Band, 1-4 Lieferung. Leipzig,
1859. From the Author.
Jahrbuch der Kaiser-Konig. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 9th Jahrgang, No.
4, Oct. Nov. Dec. From the Institute.
Uebersichtder Witterung im nordlichen Deutschland nach den Beobachtungen
des meteorolgischen Instituts zu Berlin Jahrgang. 1855, 56, 57, 58.
Monatsbericht der Koniglichen Preuss. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin,
1858. July, Aug., Sept., Oct., Nov. and Dec. From the Academy.
. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande
und Westpbalens. 14th vol. 1857. 2d and 3d parts, 1858. 1st, 2d, 3d, and 4th
parts. From the Society.
Sitzungs-Berichte fur das Gesellschaftsjahr, 1858. From the Society. (Wiirz-
burg.)
Zeitschrift fur die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, 1858, 12th vol. From
the Nat. Hist. Society of Saxony and Thuringia in Halle.
Report of the Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the
West-Riding of Yorkshire, 1858-9. Annual Report for 1858—59 of the Leeds
Philosophical and Literary Society. From the Soc.
Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. 10, Nos. 35 and 36. From the Royal
Society.
Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. 7th,
Nos. 332 to 353. From the Society.
The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 4, No. 5, 1859. From the
Natural History Society of Montreal.
The California Farmer, containing notes on the Condors of Chili and Califor-
nia. By Alex. S. Taylor. From the Author.
Hutcuing's California Magazine. No. 36. June, 1859. From the Editor.
The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vol. 28, No. 84. Nov. 1859.
From the Editors.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. XXI.
Nov. 15th. On the microscopic structure of some Canadian Limestones. By
J. W. Dawson. 8vo tract. . 1859, Montreal. From the Author.
Notes upon some Rubiaceoe, upon some Polynesian Loganiaceas and Diagnosis
of the Sandal-woods of the Sandwich Islands. By Asa Gray, M. D. 8vo tract.
Boston, 1858-59. From the Author. *
American Journal of Pharmacy 3d series, vol. 7, No. 6. Nov. 1859. From
the Editor.
North American Medico-Chirurgical Review. Vol. 3, No. 6. Nov. 1859. From
the Editors.
American Journal of the Medical Sciences. No. 76, new series, October, 1859.
From the Editor.
The New York Journal of Medicine, No. 99, November, 1859. From the
Editor.
The New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 16, No. 6. Nov. 1859.
From the Editors.
The Atlantis, a Register of Literature and Science. No. 4, July, 1859. From
the Editors.
Description of " Two New Dioecious Grasses of the United States." By George
Engelraan, M. D., St. Louis. Aug. 1859, and systematic arrangement of the
species of the Genus Cuscuta, with critical remarks on old species and descrip-
tions of new ones. By George Engelmann, M. D. St. Louis, 1859. From the
Author.
The Terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States and adjacent
Territories of North America. By W. G. Binney. Vol. 4. Boston . From Mrs.
Lucy W. Say.
Arctic Explorations in the years 1853, '54, '55. By Elisha Kent Kane, M. D.,
U. S. N. Vols. 2. Philada., 1856. From Dr. John K. Kane.
Nov. lid. Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the years 1857 and 1858,
Agriculture. 8vo. Washington. 2 vols. From the Smithsonian Institution.
Southern Medical and Surgical Journal. Vol. 15, No. 11, Nov. 1859. From
the Editors.
Charleston Medical Journal and Review. Vol. 14, No. 6. Nov. 1859. From
the Editor.
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, vol. 38, No. 5. Nov. 1859.
List of the specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the collection of the British
Museum. By Francis Walker. Part 18. Pyralides, 1859.
Comptes Rendus des Seances et Memoires de la Societe de Biologie, Tome
quatrieme de la deuxieme serie. Annee, 1857. Paris.
Exotic Butterflies, being Illustrations of new species. By William C. Hewit-
son. Part 31 and 32.
Conchologia Iconica. By Lowell Reeve. Parts 186 and 187.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique. Livr. 122 and 123.
Expedition dans les parties centrales de L'Amerique due Sud, — sous la direc-
tion de Comte Francis de Castlenau. Sixieme Partie Botanique. Livr. 9 — 11.
Dec. 6tk. Report of the Secretary of State on the Criminal Statistics of the
State of New York. 8vo. Albany.
A Statistical view of American Agriculture. By John Jay, Esq. 8vo. New
York, 1859.
The Geography and Resources of Arizona and Sonora. By Sylvester Mowry.
8vo. Washington, 1859.
On the Statistics and Geography of the Production of Iron. By Abram S.
Hewitt. 8vo. New York, 1856. .
Memoir of the Physical and Political Geography of New Grenada. By Gen.
F. C. de Mosquera. Translated from the Spanish by Theodore D wight. 8vo.
New York, 1853.
Access to an open Polar Sea, in connection with the search after Sir John
Franklin and his companions. By E. K. Kane, M. D. 8vo. New York, 1853.
XXli. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Eailr ail to the Pacific, Northern Route. By Edwin F. Johnson, C. E. Svc.
New York, 1854.
Report on the extension of the Decimal system to the Weights and Mea-
sures* of the United States. 8vo, New York, 1857.
Charter, By-laws, Formation of Sections and List of Memhers of the Ameri-
can Geographical and Statistical Society. 8vo. New York, 1857.
Annual Report of the Council and Officers of the American Geographical and
Statistical Society, for the year ending Dec, 1857. 8vo. New York, 1858.
Bulletin of the American Geographical and Statistical Society'. 2 vols. 8vo.
New York, 1852 to 1857. Journal of the American Geographical and Statisti-
eal Society. Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 9, inclusive. 4to. New York. Jan. to Nov.,
1869. From the Society.
The Dental Cosmos. Vol. 1, No. 5. December, 1859. From the Editors.
Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et appliquee. No. 10. 1859. From
the Editor.
Tiie Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New series, No. 24.
From the Institute.
Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Genera des Coleopteres. Par M. Th. Laeor-
daire. Tome cinquieme et Atlas. 8vo. Paris, 1859. From the Author. .
Illustrated Natural History of the Animal Kingdom, being a systematic ard
popular description of the habits, structure and classification of Animals, from
the highest to the lowest forms. By S. G. Goodrich. 2 vols. imp. 8vo. New
York, ' 1 85 9 . From the Author.
Rubi Germanici. By Weike and Nees von Esenbeck. Folio. 1822 to 1826.
Fasciculi 3 to 10. From B. Westerman & Co.
The following are from Dr. T. B.. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
Pust-Pleiocene Fossils of South Carolina. By Francis Holmes, A. M. 4tc
Nos. (J and 7. Charleston; 1859.
Photographs of Edward and Jules P. Verreaux, of Paris. From E. and J. P.
Verreaux, through Dr. S. W. Woodhouse.
Photograph of Dr. T. B. Wilson. From Dr. J. C. Fisher.
Photograph of Isaac Lea, LL. D. From the President of the Academy.
Bee. Villi. Geological Report of the country along the line of the South-
western branch of the Pacific Railroad, State of Missouri. By G. C. Swallow.
Svo. St. Louis, 1859. Fiom the author.
Views on the Vine-growing resources of St. Louis and adjacent counties of
Missouri. By Charles H. Haven. 8vo. tract. From the Academy of Sciences.
St. Louis.
The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. 1, Nos.
1 — 3. From the Academy.
The following is from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
The complete writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America.
Edited by John L. Le Conte, M. D., with a memoir of the Author, by George
Ord. 2 vols. 8vo. New York, 1859.
Dec. 20zA. Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift. Band 3, No. 11. Nov.
1859. From the Editors.
Dyas et Trias ou le Nouveau Gres Rouge en Europe dans L'Amerique 6"u
Nord et dans L'Inde. Par M. Jules Marcou. 8vo. tract. Geneve, 1859.
From the Author.
Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in union. Vol. /, Nop.
354 to 358, inclusive. For September, 1859. From the Society.
Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New series, Vol. 10, No. 2. Oct.,
1859. From the Editors.
The following are from the Biological Department :
Cuvier. Histoire de ses Travaux. Par P. Flourens. 12mo. Paris, 1845.
Fontenelle ou de la Philosophie moderne relativement aux Sciences Phy-
siques. Par P. Flourens. 12mo. Paris, 1S47.
U.stoire des Travaux et des Idees de Buffon. Par P. Flourens. 12mo.
Paris, 1850.
DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. . XXlll.
Legons sur les effects des substances toxiques et Medicamenteuses. Par M.
Claude Bernard. 8vo. Paris, 1857.
Legons de Physiologic exptirimentale appliquee a La Medecine, faites au
College de Prance. Par M. Claude Bernard. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 1855-56.
Legons sur La Physiologie et La Patholoscie du Systeme N.erveux. Par M.
Claude Bernard. 2 Vols. 8vo. Paris, 1858.
Recherches Anatomiques et Physiologiques sur L'Organe de L'Ouie et sur
L' Audition, dans L' Homme et les Aniniaux vertebres. Par G. Breschet. 4to.
On animal and vegetable Parasites of the human body, a Manual of their
Natural History, Diagnosis and Treatment. By Dr. Fred. Kiichenmeister,
translated from the 2d German edition by Edwin Lankester, M. D. 2 vols.
8vo. London, 1857.
On Tape and Cystic Worms, with an Introduction on the origin of Intestinal
Worms. By C. T. von Siebold, translated by T. H. Huxley, F. R. S. 8vo.
London, 1857. Bound with the 2d vol. of Kiichenmeister on Parasites.
ffiuvres de Car. Legallois. Vols. 1 and 2 in one, 8vo. Paris, 1830.
Planches Anatomiques et Descriptives. Text, 8vo. Atlas, 4to. Paris, 1838,
1839.
Observations on the structure and functions of the Spinal Cord. By R. D.
Grainger. London. 8vo. 1837.
On the structure and use of the Spleen. By Henry Gray, F. R. S. 8vo.
London, 1854.
An Introduction to Medical Literature, including a system of practical
Nosology. By Thomas Young, M. D. 8vo. London, 1823.
The works of William Hewson, F. R. S., with an introduction and notes.
By George Gulliver, F. R. S. 8vo. London, 1846.
The works of Wm. Harvey, M. D., translated from the Latin, with a life of
the Author. By Robt. Willis, M. D. 8vo. London, 1847.
Wiirttembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte, fiinfzehnter, Jahr-
gang, 3 Heft. From the Society.
Verhandlungen des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den Konig-
lich Preussischen Staaten. 5 Jahrgang, 3 Heft, and 6 Jahrgang, 1 Heft. From
the Society.
Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich Koniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 10th
Jahrgang, No. 1. From the Institute.
Leber ein Psychophysisches Grundgesetz und dessen Beziehung zur Schatzung
der Sterngriissen.
Elektrische Untersuchungen. Von W. G. Hankel.
Neue Beitriige zur Kentniss der Embryobildung der Phanerogamen. Von
W. Hofmeister,
Berichte uber die Verhandlungen der Koniglich Sachsischen Gesellschaft
der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. 2 and 3 Heft. 1858. From the Society.
Archiv fur Naturgeschichte. Von Dr. F. H. Troschel. From Dr. Troschel.
1st and 2d Heft, 24th Jahrgang. 6th Heft and 25th Jahrgang.
Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petrefakten-
Kunde. Von R. C. von Leonhard und H. G. Bronn. Jahrgang, 1859. 4th
Heft. From the Editor.
Crania Selecta, Thesauris Anthropologicis Acad. Imperialis Petropolitania;
Iconibus et descriptionibus illustravit. <J. E. de Baer. 4to. Petropoli, 1859.
Uber Papuas und Alfuren. Von K. E. von Baer. 4to. St. Petersburg,
1859. From the Author.
Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool during
the 48th session. 1858-59. No. 13. From the Society.
The following are from Dr. T. B. Wilson, on the usual conditions :
The Natural History of the Tineina. Vol. 4th, containing the Coleophora,
part 1st. By H. T. Stainton, London, 1859.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d series, Vol. 38, No. 6. December.
1859.
27
XXIV. • DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.
Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de La Belgique et leurs (Eufs. Par Ch. F.
Dubois. Livrs. 124 and 125.
Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or figures and descriptions of recent Shells. By
G. B. Sowerby. Part 19.
Post-pliocene Fossils of South Carolina. By F. S. Holmes, A. M. 4to, Nos.
8, 9 and 10. Charleston, 1859.
New York Journal of Medicine. 1st series, 10 vols. 2d series, 16 vols. 3d
series, 7 vols. From the Biological Department.
Journal of the American Geographical and Statistical Society. Vol. 1, No.
10.' Dec. 1859.
On the claims of the Materia Medica, an Introductory Lecture delivered in
the University of Pennsylvania, Oct. 10th, 1859, by Joseph Carson, M. D.
From the Author.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT
OF THE
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
OF PHILADELPHIA.
1859.
Reported by Dr. Walter F. Atlee, Recorder pro tem.
Dr. Joseph Leidy, Director.
January and February.
I. — Anatomy.
1. Dr. Hammond exhibited the stomach of a musk rat (Fiber zibethicus,) in order
to show the peculiar glandular apparatus of the organ in this animal.
Dr. Hammond stated that having occasion recently to dissect one of these
animals, he had observed a fact calculated to prove of interest to this Depart-
ment.
On opening the stomach, a round spongy mass about an inch in diameter was
found to occupy the pyloric extremity of this viscus. Upon subjecting it to
microscopical examination, it was ascertained to be composed of a mass of
tubules similar to those found in other parts of the stomach in the vertebrata
generally. The whole secretory apparatus was concentrated in this mass, the
remaining portion of the stomach being entirely devoid of any such arrange-
ment, consisting simply of a rugous mucous membrane, the muscular layer,
and the serous coat.
A somewhat similar construction exists in the beaver, (Castor fiber,) and is
described by Cuvier in his Anatomie Comparte.
Dr. Hammond had also ascertained that in the genus Arvicola (embracing the
common water rat,) the same formation and arrangement of the gastric tubules
exists.
Dr. Hammond was not aware that attention had hitherto been directed to
the structure of this peculiar formation in the animals in question, and hoped to
be enabled to extend his researches on the subject.
II. — Physiology.
1. Dr. Mitchell exhibited a microscopical specimen of prismatic blood crystals
obtained from the dried blood of the opossum, (D. Virginiana.) Dr. Mitchell
also exhibited blood crystals obtained from the putrescent blood of the mnsk-
rat, Fiber zibethicus. These crystals were rhomboidal tablets measuring a half
to two-thirds of a millimetre in length. They formed spontaneously in a phial
of blood which had stood in a warm room for five weeks, and was very putrid
and of a most unbearable odor.
la
2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Biolog.
In connection with the first named specimen, Dr. M. referred at some length
to the importance of the study of blood crystals in connection with the medico-
legal study of the blood, and the examination of blood stains. Dr. M. remarked
upon the difficulty of discriminating between the blood of man and that of
some other mammals, even when the blood was comparatively fresh and fluid.
Here, he thought, the blood crystal might serve to determine the point in
question.
Usually in murder cases, only the dried blood was to be obtained, and here
the possibility of making use of the varied forms of blood crjrstals to determine
the source of the blood, was a more doubtful matter. Several questions pre-
sent themselves.
Can blood crystals be obtained from the dried blood of man and animals?
Dr. M. has so far been unsuccessful in obtaining the characteristic form from
dried human blood. Some of the German observers have been more fortunate.
The failure to obtain the human blood crystal is not, or would not be,
decisive as to the inutility of this mode of research, if the blood of other
animals does not present a like difficulty. On this point, our information is
not altogether complete, because the number of animals whose blood has been
examined, is as yet rather limited. The blood of birds, whether in its wet
state, or dried, has not afforded crystals under any method as yet employed.
This is unfortunate as regards judicial questions, because it is often a question
whether a blood stain may not have been derived from pigeon or chicken
blood. Dr. M. referred to such a case as within his own experience.
The blood of fishes in general affords crystals with great readiness, even after
the blood has been long dried. The forms are characteristic, and are not
likely to be confounded with those of human blood.
The blood of all reptiles is difficult to crystallize. Dr. M. would say, after
many trials, impossible, were it not for the results which others have observed.
At all events no observer has obtained crystals by treating the dried blood of
reptiles, nor is it likely that the blood of this class will ever- play any part in a
judicial investigation. In regard to birds, fishes and reptiles, it is to be observed
that the form of the blood globule, and its nuclear condition, may be decisive
as to its not being human, and that the production of blood crystals from the
blood of these classes is not, therefore, so important as in the case of mammalia,
and especially of the domestic animals. In some of these, as the cat, the blood
affords good crystals when properly treated, either in afresh state, or still better
when decomposing. Dr. Mitchell was unable to obtain crystals by treating the
dried blood of the bullock or sheep, but he obtained crystals easily from the
dried blood of the opossum, and from several of the rodentia. It is probable
that we shall be able at some future time to obtain crystals from the dried
blood of any animal.
Dr. M. especially insisted on the greater ease with which putrescent blood
yielded crystals. He thought that exposure to light and the decomposition of
the blood, previous to its being dried, were the most favorable conditions. The
disappearance of the fibrinous mass under these circumstances, placed the
process of crystallization in the best circumstances by setting free the mass of
blood globules. Dr. Mitchell was accustomed to obtain crystals from dried
blood by moistening the dried clot and occasionally supplying water until
pii' refaction began, when the blood was treated as though it was fresh.
The blood thus moistened was examined for crystals by the usual method
from day to day, but the best results were commonly observed at the period of
decomposition.
Dr. Mitchell's remarks gave rise to an animated discussion of the medico-
legal examination of blood stains.
Dr. Woodward was of opinion, that it generally is impossible to state the
particular mammal from 'which the blood of a dried blood stain has come, by
any mode of microscopic inspection. Dr. Schmidt had constructed tables of
[Feb.
Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3
the relative size of the " dried blood globule in man and many animals." Dr.
Woodward thongbt too much stress had been laid upon these measurements,
and conceived, that a question which it was very difficult to answer in regard
to fresh blood, must become almost unanswerable with dried blood. He had
himself been examined in a case where those concerned evidently expected that
the microscope would enable him to say of the specimen of dried blood, this is
the blood of man, or of this or that mammal. He had found himself unable to
decide, and had stated as his fixed opinion, that no examination by the micros-
cope of the blood globules fresh or dried and remoistened would enable any
one to swear as to the source of the specimen. He mentioned this, because in
this city and elsewhere other opinions are held and taught by many medical
men.
Dr. Leidy stated his opinion to be the same as that held by Dr. Woodward.
He would feel it to be very unsafe to declare positively to what particular
animal certain blood corpuscles belonged. He alluded also to cases where,
when judicially examined, he had been obliged to correct erroneous opinions
similar to those spoken of by Dr. Woodward.
Dr. Hammond agreed entirely with the opinions held by these gentlemen.
Dr. Hartshorne stated that he had come to the same conclusion as to the im-
possibility of deciding positively as to the source of blood stains, with or with-
out the use of the microscope.
Dr. Hammond declared that in only one class of cases did he believe that the
microscope could be of any service ; it would enable the physician to pro-
nounce with confidence that certain stains did not come from the blood of a
human being when the corpuscles contained therein were oval or nucleated.
Dr. Atlee stated that he had never observed any white corpuscles in speci-
mens of dried blood. Drs. Leidy and Hammond added the remark, that, as far
as their recollection served, they had not observed them.
Dr. Woodward declared that he had seen them very distinctly after six
months had elapsed, when blood had been dried rapidly on a slide.
This difference of opinion was attributed by Dr. Morris to not using oblique
lights, by which these bodies are much more readily distinguished.
2. Dr. Hammond read a paper entitled " Observations on the Colorless Blood-cor-
puscles," which was referred to a committee.* From a series of experiments Dr.
Hammond was led to infer that the white corpuscle is not so persistent in dried
blood as the red disc, and therefore not so capable of affording reasonable indi-
cations as to the presence of blood as the latter.
III. — Pathology and Pathological Anatomy.
1. Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of a Trichina found in the muscles
of a human subject. He stated that he often meets with this parasite, and,
most frequently, in the biceps muscle of the fore-arm.
2. Dr. Mitchell described a gall-stone found in the gall bladder of a musk-rat.
It was a soft, amber-colored mass, dissolving readily in hot alcohol. As to the
exact nature of this substance he was not determined ; it was not, however,
either bile, pigment, or cholesterine.
Dr. Uhler, as the result of very considerable study of organic substances,
stated he was inclined to believe that many bodies, described as such, are never
found in the organism during life, but are the product of chemical manipula-
tions. Moreover, he wished to lay stress upon the point that when vitality
-See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, April, 1859.
1859.]
4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
leaves any substance, as, for instance, albumen, it loses something it had
before, and is no longer the same. In his opinion, bile in the gall bladder is
not bile in the chemist's capsule.
3. Dr. Mitchell stated that in a case which had recently occurred to him after,
the death of the mother from phthisis, the abdomen was opened three quarters
of an hour after her death, and the child, a well developed infant, was found
dead and perfectly rigid. He believed the child to have died some time
before the mother, from the fact that rigor mortis does not occur so soon as the
time mentioned in well nourished bodies.
In connection with this subject, Dr. Darrach recalled the ease with which, in
some persons, the cutis could be made to rise into weals like those of urticaria.
Considerable discussion ensued as to the interpretation of the phenomena
above mentioned, and as to the amount and situation of the non-striated mus-
cular fibre in the skin.
4. Dr. Hammond exhibited the liver of a rabbit (Lepus domesticus) containing
an immense number of eggs of a parasite. The liver was enormously enlarged,
and to the naked eye its whole tissue appeared to be supplanted by granular
masses contained in cysts ; these bodies when examined by the microscope
were seen to be composed of numberless oval cells, containing a distinct nucleus
— the yolk. Attached to the liver and hanging in the peritoneal cavity were
several masses of hydatids, no taeniae or other parasites were found in the
stomach or intestines. Eggs of the same character as those above referred to
were found by Dr. H. in the spleen.
Dr. Hammond also alluded to the constant occurrence of entozoa eggs in the
spleen of Chelonian reptiles. In a considerable number of specimens of Emys
guttata, Emys terrapin, Emys insculpta, and Emys picta which he had dissect-
ed, he had never found these bodies absent from the spleen. Drawings of these
eggs, as also of those found in the rabbit, were exhibited.
Dr. Hammond also referred to the common opinion that the lower animals
were but little subject to disease. This idea he regarded as erroneous, and
tnought that the numerous examinations now made of all classes of animals,
would soon demonstrate that man is proportionately much less liable to dis-
ease than is generally supposed.
5. Dr. Leidy exhibited a specimen of human muscle containing numbers of
the peculiar cysts described by him in a former number of the American Jour-
nal of the Medical Sciences. These cysts appear not to contain entozoa or
their eggs. He had also frequently observed them in the skin. They were
irregularly stelliform, and consisted of a fibrous investment enclosing numer-
ous extremely small granules.
Dr. Woodward stated that he had been requested to examine these bodies,
and that upon so doing microscopially he was able to confirm Dr. Leidy's opin-
ion of their structure. The minute granules were insoluble in ether, and there-
fore if consisting of fat were probably enveloped in an albuminous coat.
March.
I. — Anatomy.
1. Dr. Packard called attention to the structure of the swimming bladder of
the Gar Pike (Lcpidostexis) recently caught in the Delaware, and exhibited a
portion of the wall. The inner surface of the air bladder of the gar fish re-
cently dissected, presented an arrangement closely resembling that of the
heart ; viz : papilliform muscles, or columnee carnce, arising from the wall, and
fastened by fine tendinous cords to the edges of tendinous valves, likewise
connected with the wall of the bladder.
Between these structures the surface of the wall displayed ridges of mus-
[March,
Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5
cle running in various directions, the result of their actions being to diminish
in all directions the calibre of the organ. The muscles first alluded to had
their attached ends towards the caudal extremity of the fish, and ran nearly-
parallel with the axis of the body : their length, not including the tendons,
was about ^ inch, or less.
Under the microscope, fully-formed striated muscular fibre was observed in
these structures. The fibres measured about l-1350th of an inch in diameter,
and the ultimate fibrillar were very coarse. In the heart, the muscular fibres
measured about l-1200th of an inch, but their ultimate fibrillar were much
more delicate.
Dr. Packard was at some loss to recognize the use of this peculiar structural
arrangement. Dr. Hammond had examined many fishes, but had never met
with striated muscular fibre in this organ. Dr. Mitchell thought that the great
rigidity of the scaly covering on this fish might render necessary some addi-
tional means of contracting the air sac. He thought the question as to how it
was filled a more difficult one. The gar can have no suctorial power, and the
air sac is surmounted by a glottis admirably calculated to exclude the air.
Dr. Hammond called attention to the degenerated state of the muscular tis ■
sues of this specimen. They were more or less converted into fatty matter,
and this was especially the case in the muscles of the belly.
Dr. Mitchell described the peculiarities of the circulatory apparatus of
the gar pike. In this fish a hepatic vein and a vein from the muscles
of the left side open at the same point into the auricle ; a third vein from the
muscles of the right side opens into the auricle by a separate orifice. The mouths
of all these veins are provided with more or less perfect valves, whose edges
are attached to the walls of the auricle by tendinous cords and muscular
columns. The auricle is very large and easily dilated. The auriculo-ventri-
cular opening has a short fringe-like valve which extends around two thirds of
the aperture. The ventricle is small, and very thick. In the specimen exam-
ined, no distinct valves could be seen at the orifice through which the ventricle
delivers its blood into the bulbus arteriosus, nor were there any valves such as
are usually found in the arterial bulb itself. The interior of this organ was
furnished with six rows of projecting wart-like prominences, each of which
was connected with the one above and the one below, in the same row, by deli-
cate and nunieroiis tendinous filaments whose office it was difficult to compre-
hend.
II. — Physiology.
1. Dr. Mitchell drew the attention of the Department to a peculiar contraction
which is produced when a blow is struck over any of the muscles which are not
very firmly bound down by fascia.
Dr. Stokes of Dublin, long ago observed that when he percussed the skin
over the pectoralis muscle, its fibres contracted responsive to the stimulus
of the blow. While percussing certain consumptive patients, Dr. Mitchell noticed
that as the bar of muscle ceased to contract, a second contraction took place
nearly at right angles to the first one. By it the skin was raised into a promi-
nence, some lines in breadth and rather longer than the space covered by the
percussing finger end. This secondary contraction so slowly disappeared that
it seemed to be due rather to the action of organic non-striated muscle, than
to the striated variety of which voluntary muscles are composed, and which is
habitually rapid in its mode of contraction and of relaxation. Further observa-
tion showed Dr. Mitchell that a large part of the muscles, which are neither
deeply, placed or firmly bound down by fascia, are able to exhibit both ot the
forms of contraction here alluded to. Thus the extensor muscles of the leg and arm
are not very susceptible to this form of direct stimulus, while the flexors and most
of the muscles of the trunk, both before and behind, can be made to exhibit
both forms of contraction by tapping them smartly and quickly with the finger
1859.]
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Bioloc
point of a percussion hammer. The primary contraction, or that which involves
the whole length of a fasciculus of muscle, is best seen when we strike upon
the region of the pectoralis major or that of the gluteus maximus. The second-
ary and local contraction is best developed by percussing the pectoral region
and the skin which covers the infra spiaatus scapular muscle. Illustrations
of the phenomena in question are so frequently within reach of the members
that Dr. M. did not consider it necessary to describe them more fully.
Several circumstances had already convinced Dr. Mitchell that the secondary
contraction, described by him, was not due to the action of the non-striated
muscle of the skin. A very obvious and simple experimental test at once
referred the phenomenon in question to its proper source, — the voluntary
muscles beneath the cuticle.
A small rabbit was rendered insensible by the aid of chloroform, and the
skin was removed from the chest so as to expose the surface of the pect.
major muscle. Upon striking the muscle with a scalpel handle or any blunt
body, two distinct reactions ensued. — 1st. The fasciculus of muscle which was
stretched by the blow, instantly and rapidly contracted and relaxed. As the
relaxation took place, a local contraction occurred at the point struck, so that
a small portion of the muscle could be seen to gather itself into a little' mound,
which again disappeared within from twenty seconds to half a minute. Both
phenomena, then, are due to the contractibility of voluntary muscular fibre.
Dr. Hammond, who had witnessed the experiment, and who had also seen the
phenomenon in question, agreed with the explanation given by Dr. M.
2. Dr. Hammond stated that having had occasion recently to vivisect a bat,
(V. novaboracensis) he had observed that the heart continued to beat for some
minutes after the chest was laid open. Upon seizing the organ with a pair of
forceps a short distance above the orifice of the larger vessels, and severing the
connection of the heart by dividing these above the place where they were
compressed, pulsation still continued both in the auricles and ventricles for a
minute and a half. At the end of that period the heart ceased to act, and
could not be re-excited by pricking it with the point of a needle. On opening
the forceps so as to allow a little blood to escape, pulsation recommenced and
continued for about a minute. It then ceased and could not be excited by
irritation. A little more blood was then suffered to escape, and pulsation
immediately followed, continuing for several seoonds. The same thing was
repeated two or three times with a like result, until all the blood had flowed
out. The heart then remained perfectly quiescent ; its irritability was entirely
gone. Dr. Hammond regarded this experiment as tending to disprove the
hypothesis that the blood is the excitor of contractility in the heart.
III. — Pathology.
1. Dr. Atlee exhibited a vesicle from an Hydatid Mole, mounted in a slide for
convenience of examination under the microscope. The specimen came from
a patient who was enormously swollen, with albuminuria to a very high degree,
and vomitings smelling most offensively of urine. Although but four or°five
months gone in her pregnancy, the uterus was above the umbilicus. The
mass which was spontaneously discharged from the uterus was about as large
as the head, and almost entirely similar to the specimen presented. A small
part, perhaps as large as two or three fingers, presented the usual color and
consistence of the placenta, while all the rest was colorless and of the consistence
of ordinary gelatine. All this latter portion was divided into grape-like masses
of vesicles full of liquid, varying in size from a pin's head to that of an or-
dinary marble. There was no vestige of an embryo.
These moles are caused by what might be styled dropsy of the" villosities of
the chorion. The villosities of the chorion are hollow and composed of a large
pedicle, from which a trunk proceeds that is subdivided into many branches.
Each one of these ramifications terminates in a cul-de-sac. These moles are
[March,
H
Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7
formed by dilatations of the ramifications filled with fluid, taken, of course, by-
imbibition from the uterine caduca. This condition of things is recognizable
not only from the exterior aspect of the mass, but on examining one of these
grape-like bodies under a microscope, the same peculiar amorphous substance,
with nuclei and granulations interposed, is seen, that characterises the vil-
losities of the chorion.
It is worthy of mention that this is the second time this woman had this
tame false conception, as it is termed.
Dr. Woodward read a paper entitled " On Suppuration in Cancerous GVoiwfAs."
After stating that many of the purulent looking fluids found in connection
with cancers were not pus, but softened cancer matter, this paper proceeded
to detail a minute anatomy of a case of ulcerated cancer of the breast, in which
a true pus was discharged from the ulcers.
Attention was called to the absence, in this and in many other cases, of the
train of peculiar symptoms designated as the cancerous cachexia, and the
probability was hinted that these phenomena (as distinct from mere exhaustion
by suppuration or hemorrhage,) might, perhaps, bear less relation to cancer
per se, than to cancerous infiltration of certain internal organs.
In connection with the minute anatomy of the tumor, various doctrinal
points were discussed. Especially were the phenomena of suppuration in
cancer, as here noted, regarded as confirming the doctrine of the homology of
cancer with new formations of connective tissue, and as antagonistic to a
purely humeral view of the pathology of cancers.
The paper will be published in full in the American Journal of Medical Sciences.
April.
I. Pathology.
1. Dr. Morris presented to the Department, a human embryo, accompanied
with its membranes. The membranes were developed as much as they gene-
rally are at two and a half months. The embryo itself appeared to have been
arrested in its development at one and a half mouths. The chorion and amnion
were separated by effused blood, which was also found beneath the coverings
of the foetus and immediately around it.
2. Dr. Leidy called the attention of members of the Department to specimens
on the table of three kinds of dipterous larva? from man. As he had not made the
tiies an especial subject of investigation, he could not say postively to what
genera and species the larvae belonged.
No. 1, of which there are seven specimens in the vial, appear to be the larvae
of the Blue-bottle fly. They are part of a number which were given him by
a physician, and had been vomited from the stomach by a child.
These larvae are half an inch in length, and 1£ lines at the broadest part;
elongated conical, anteriorly acute, posteriorly obtuse ; everywhere minutely
shagreened ; anterior articuli strongly marked ; posterior ones with a transverse
row of minute papillae becoming obsolete anteriorly. Head bipapillate, with
a pair of hooks projecting from the mouth. Succeeding articuhis with a spira-
cle on each side. Caudal articulus with an elliptical pit margined with a
corona of conical tubercles, and having at bottom a pair of large spiracles.
Anal aperture bounded on each side with a large trilateral wart, and posteriorly
with a transverse crest terminating at each end in a conical tubercle.
No. 2, of which there are five specimens in the vial, appear to be the larvae of a
species of Anthomyia or Flower-fly. These are part of numerous specimens, which
were given to him for examination, by a physician who had obtained it from his
own person. He had been seized with all the symptoms of cholera morbus,
and in the discharges he had detected numerous specimens of this, to him,
unknown parasite. It was in the latter part of summer ; and the larvae, it If
suspected, had been swallowed with some cold boiled vegetables.
1859.]
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Biolog.
The larvse are from three to three and a half lines long, and from one to one
and a quarter lines broad ; demi-elliptical ; articnli strongly marked, every-
where minutely shagreened ; body anteriorly subacute, posteriorly obtuse.
Head bipapillate, with a pair of hooks projecting from the mouth. Articuli
furnished dorsally and laterally, each with six long, posteriorly divergent,
flexible, compound spines ; ventral segments transversely subdivided, the
posterior subdivision furnished with a transverse row of papilla?. Caudal arti-
culus dorsally sloping, furnished with a pair of prominent spiracular tubercles,
and fringed with six spines. Anus ventral.
The same larva Dr. L. had observed in another case, accompanied with the
ordinary phenomena of cholera morbus.
No. 3, of which there are nine specimens in the vial, are of especial interest,
as being the larva? of a Bot-fly obtained from man. These specimens were
procured by our friend, the accurate naturalist, Dr. Le Conte, during the sum-
mer of 1857, in Honduras, Central America. They are part of a larger number
of specimens obtained by Dr. L. from his travelling companions. Dr Le Conte
had not observed the perfect insect, nor was it known when the latter deposited
its eggs. The larvje were usually found beneath the skin of the shoulders,
breast, arms, buttocks, and thighs, and were suspected to have been intro-
duced when the persons were bathing. Thomas Say was the first to describe
the larva of a bot-fly from man ; the specimen having been taken by Dr. Brick,
from his own leg, while in South America.
Recently, Keferstein (Verb. d. Zool. Bot. Vereins, vi, 1856, 637) has pre-
pared an elaborate essay in which he discusses the question as to the existence
of a true Oestrus hominis. The result of the discussion appears to be that the
latter does not exist, but that the oestrus larva obtained from man is that of
the Cuterebra noxialis, which is especially obnoxious to domestic cattle.
The specimens of larva? of Dr. Le Conte, however, appear to differ from those
generally referred to by Keferstein, but agree with that described by Say, and
are not like those described and figured by Goudot, in the An. d. Sc. Nat.,
1845, Zool. iii., 221.
According to F. Midler, quoted by Keferstein, the deposit of the egg of the
bot-fly in man is very painful. Dr. Le Conte informs us that his companions
were not aware of the time when the eggs of the larvse obtained by him were
deposited in their body. He also states the presence of the larva gave rise to
comparatively little uneasiness.
These larva? are from two and a half to five lines long : clavate, incurved ;
anteriorly ovate, from three-fifths to one and a half lines wide ; posteriorly
cylindro-conical, from one-fifth to half a line wide. Head bipapillate, with a
pair of hooks projecting from the mouth. Succeeding three articuli covered
with minute, black, uncinate spines ; the next three articuli each provided
with large, black, conical, uncinate spines, with a broad striated base and the
sharp apex directed backward, arranged in a double row dorsally and forming
a single row ventrally. Remainder of the body abruptly narrowed, indistinctly
articulated, and smooth, except the last pair of articuli, which are separated by
a constriction, and are covered with minute recurved black hooks. The last
articulus is oblate spheroidal, enclosing a pair of spiracles and the anal aper-
ture bounded by a pair of papilla?.
Dr. Leidy further called the attention of the Department to a drawing of pus-
like corpuscles, which he had obtained from an abscess in the adductor muscle
of an oyster. The corpuscles were spherical, granular, and nearly uniform in
size. Acetic acid rendered them paler ; did not evolve a compound nucleus,
but rendered evident one or two isolated oil-like nuclei.
1. Dr. I. I. Hayes read a paper entitled On the Relations existing between
Fova and the capacity of Man to resist low Temperatures.
This paper was recommended for publication in a Medical Journal. The
following is an abstract of the contents :
[April,
Dept.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
II. Hygiene.
Dr. Hayes stated that during the late cruise of the Advance to the Arctic
seas, his attention was directed to some facts in relation to the capabilities of
men to resist low temperatures, which, at the friendly suggestion of Dr. Ham-
mond, he had grouped together, and, with permission, would submit them to
the Department.
He thought that' there was a great misapprehension existing in the popular
mind upon the subject of Arctic life, it being generally thought that Arctic
travellers were necessarily subjected to great hardships, in consequence of the
lowness of the atmospheric temperatures. This he could but consider a great
mistake. The animal economy everywhere adapts itself with greater or less
facility to surrounding circumstances, and this power of adaptation is no where
more strikingly exhibited than in the Arctic regions. The appetite and diges-
tive powers are doubtless more intimately concerned than any other of the
animal functions, and, in the quantity and quality of the food consumed we
are led to look for an explanation of the cause which enables the inhabitants
of Polar countries so successfully to resist the cold.
The Esquimaux, with whom he had had communication in the far North,
were found living mainly without fire. They have no wood, and no means of
creating an artificial temperature, except with a small lamp, using blubber for
fuel and moss for wick. The flame of this lamp gives very little heat, and is
barely sufficient to melt from the snow the water which they require, and to
light their huts during the dark period of the winter. During the coldest
season they often live in snow-houses, the temperature of which ranges from
zero to the freezing point, being kept thus elevated above the temperature
outside, which rangesjfrom — 30° to — 70°, idiiefly by the heat radiated from the
persons of the occupants; yet, with this seemingly unendurable tempera-
ture they appear to live in comfort. They do not hesitate to expose themselves
to any degree of cold, when engaged in hunting, and often sleep upon the snow,
with no other protection than a piece of bear skin, on which they lie. Never-
theless, these people are strong, robust and healthy. Scurvy is unknown
amongst them, and Dr. Hayes had never heard of, or seen, a case of tubercu-
lar disease.
Dr. Hayes thought that we must look for an explanation of this wonderful
power of resistance to the character of their food. They subsist entirely
upon an animal diet, the flesh mainly of the walrus, seal, narwhal and
bear ; and the quantity which they consume seems really enormous. He had
frequently seen an Esquimaux hunter, when preparing for a long chase, eat
from six to twelve pounds, at least one-third of which was fat, and he would
place the daily consumption of the men at from twelve to fifteen pounds. In
this large consumption of animal food they find their shield against the cold,
and he does not believe that they could live upon a vegetable diet under such
exposure. The same laws govern the Esquimaux and the white men, and
just in proportion as the crew of the Advance accustomed themselves to the
diet of the natives, did they gain power to expose themselves with impunity
to low temperatures. They found themselves continually craving animal
food, and especially fatty substances. The process of acclimation went on in
proportion to their ability to eat and digest this kind of diet. During the early
part of the cruise, they suffered much from temperatures, which, at a later
period, produced no impression whatever upon them.
Dr. Hayes thought it was worthy of more than a mere passing remark, that
scurvy and strumous diseases were unknown to the natives of the region, so
far, at least, as his observations extended. In relation to the last, he would
merely submit the fact : with regard to the former, he would say that where-
ever scurvy has occurred in the Arctic regions, it has been owing to accidental
causes, which experience has taught us to remove or avoid. The' long con-
tinned use of a salt meat diet had much to do with its development, and, as
1859.]
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
accessories, the cold, darkness, and excessive exertions. There is now, how-
ever, no necessity for the use of such a diet, and with abundant supplies of fish,
animal food, and especially of fat, the last mentioned predisposing causes of
disease ceased to have existence. Dr. Hayes thought that it was owing to their
weakened condition, resulting from the use of salt food, — of which they could
eat only small quantities, — allowing the cold and darkness to prey upon them,
that an epilepto-tetanoidal disease exhibited itself amongst the men of Dr. Kane's
command, and affected similarly their dogs.
While fresh animal food is absolutely essential to the inhabitants of Arctic
countries, Dr. Hayes considered alcohol in any shape not only useless but
positively injurious ; and in this opinion he was fully sustained by the expe-
rience of the enterprising and indefatigable traveller, Dr. Rae, whom we had
recently the highly gratifying opportunity of welcoming to the Academy. On
the other hand, tea and coffee are most useful ; and he found himself at a loss
to say which is best. The English and Russian's prefer tea, while Dr. Kane's
men took most kindly to tea in the evening when retiring, and coffee in the
morning when preparing for a day's journey.
In relation to the animal diet used by the Esquimatix, Dr. Hayes observed
that they eat it chiefly uncooked and frozen. This fact had been useful to
Mm, and he would suggest it to his brethren of the profession as having, per-
haps, some importance. He had frequently found that stomachs of scorbutic
patients, which rejected cooked meats, would readily take raw meat in this
state, or, as they expressed it, " cooked with frost." By this process the re-
pulsiveness of the uncooked flesh is entirely destroyed.
Dr. Hayes said, in conclusion, lhat he submitted these facts to the Depart-
ment without comment, leaving for those better qualified to determine as to
whether they threw any new light upon the highly interesting and important
physiological questions which they involve.
May.
I. — Pathology.
Dr. Packard read a paper " On the Pathological Relations of Cancer cend Tu-
bercle,*" of which the following is an abstract:
There are several ways of accounting for the property called malignancy, so
commonly attributed to these formations.
1. A new element may be supposed as formed in or entering the blood, and
to be eliminated as if by a gland.
2. The new growth may be considered as the starting point, infecting the
system by a sort of radiation.
3. It may be assigned to a mere deterioration of the nutritive material.
4. Some abnormal element may be imagined, determining an erratic devel-
opment of tissues not themselves essentially abnormal.
The subject is capable of some elucidation from clinical history as well as
from morbid anatomy.
I. Under the head of etiology must be considered
(1). Predisposing causes: (a), Inheritance; (6), Age; (c), Sex; (d), Com-
plexion; (e), Residence in the city or country; (/), Occupation; (g), De-
pressing influences.
(2). Exciting causes : (a), Mental or other depression; (6), External vio-
lence; (c), Contagion.
(II). Under the head of symptomatology, all the phenomena occurring in
the course of these diseases must be considered.
(a), Seat of disease ; (6), Mode of attack ; (c), Duration ; (d), Amount and
* See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, July, 1859.
Dept.'] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11
kind of pain; (e), Mental state; (/), Hectic fever; (g), Formation of hu_
mors; (A), Modes of termination ; (i), Convertibility ; (/), Coexistence.
The relations of cancer and tubercle to other growths may be readily summed
up.
(III). Under the head of morbid anatomy may be mentioned (a), The the-
ory of special anatomical elements, characteristic of cancer and tubercle.
(6), The theory that those elements are analogous to, or identical with certain
normal elements of the body.
This latter theory is, perhaps, the most convenient, but there are some very
strong arguments against it, mainly derived from the preceding considerations.
The object of this discussion has been to show that at the present time the
material at command is not sufficient for the establishment of any general law,
but that we must endeavor to accumulate evidence both from clinical obser-
vation and from minute anatomy, until some definite conclusion presents itself.
II. — Physiology.
Drs. Hammond and Mitchell read a paper entitled ''Experimental Researches
relating to Corroval and Vao, two new varieties of Woorara, the South American
arrow ■poison.*''''
After detailing the history, mode of preparation, physiology and chemistry
of the woorara, the authors state their own experiments with the two new va-
rieties of this poison, obtained by Drs. Ruscheuberger and Caldwell of the
United States Navy, from the Rio Darien, Soutli America, and given to them
by Prof. Carson of the University of Pennsylvania.
From these substances they obtained an alkaloid possessing when adminis-
tered in exceedingly small doses, all the power of the corroval or vao. The
corroval yielded a much larger per centage of this principle than the vao, which
accounts for the greater activity of the former. This alkaloid is uncrystalliza-
ble, but forms salts with many of the acids. AVhen pure it is of a very light
green hue, somewhat resembling tannin in appearance. It is intensely bitter.
For this alkaloid they propose the name of corrovalia.
_ Numerous experiments were made with the corroval and vao, from which
the authors deduce the following conclusions :
Corroval. — 1st. That it differs essentially from any variety of woorara hitherto
described, both in its chemical constitution and physiological effects.
2d. That it acts primarily upon the heart, through the medium of the blood,
producing an arrest of the action of this organ.
3d. That it produces a cessation of the movements of the lymph hearts in
from twenty to thirty minutes after its introduction into the circulation.
4th. That the annihilation of voluntary and reflex movements is a secondary
result of its action, depending primarily upon the discontinuance of the func-
tions of the heart.
5th. That it acts upon the nerves from the periphery to the centre, .and
abolishes both the sensory and motor functions.
6th. That it destroys muscular irritability.
7th. That it paralyzes the sympathetic nerve, this being one of the primary
effects.
8th. That it is absorbed both from the intestinal canal and skin of frogs .
9th. That its poisonous qualities are due to an alkaloid hitherto undescribed.
Vao. — 1. Vao, either in a solid, or more quickly in a liquid form, can be ab-
sorbed from the areolar tissues of cold-blooded animals, as the frog.
2. It is also absorbed, if in solution, by the stomach, oesophageal mucous
membrane, rectum, and skin, .with a degree of rapidity which varies, and is
rapid or slow as the animal is well supplied with water.
3. Warm-blooded animals absorb vao from the stomach and intestine when
*See American Journal of Medical Science, for Ju!y, 1859, for this paper in full,
1859,]
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
they are fasting, but suffer no ill effects when the vao is given during digestion.
That this protection is not due to a mere mixture of the vao with the food of
the full stomach, is shown by the fact that rabbits, whose stomachs are always
more or less distended with food, are protected only when owing to the entry
of fresh food, digestion becomes active.
4. The demands of the system for water do not affect to any perceptible ex-
tent the absorption of vao from the stomach of the rabbit.
5. The circulation of the frog is arrested within from ten minutes to one
hour by the introduction of vao under the skin. The same result obtains
within from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, when the poison is .swallowed in
small doses.
6. The first effect of vao is to increase the force of the heart without increas-
ing the number of its pulsations.
7. The next effect is a paralysis of the musciilar tissues of the heart, so that
the ventricle stops first, and the right and left auricles next, in the order in
which they are named. In a majority of the frogs poisoned by vao, the heart
remains galvanically irritable for a certain time after the organ has ceased to
pulsate.
8. The heart stops before the voluntary motions are at an end, in all-cases
of rapid poisoning. When poisoning occurs by absorption from a mucous sur-
face, the phenomena march more slowly, and voluntary control and reflex
power are both lost before the heart has entirely ceased to beat.
9. Vao stops the respiration in warm-blooded animals by arresting the cir-
culation, and so paralyzing the nervous system, without which respiration is
impossible, so that the checked respiration is a consequence and not a cause
of the injury to the cardiac functions.
10. In'the batrachia also, the respiratory movements cease before the heart
has entirely lost the power to pulsate.
11. In the alligator poisoned by vao the respiration is perfect some time after
the heart is at rest.
12. The facts last quoted and the inability of artificial respiration to restore
or sustain the cardiac movements in warm-blooded animals poisoned by vao,
prove sufficiently that the first effect of the poison is upon the heart, and that
the appearances of asphyxia observed post-mortem in rabbits, cats, etc., are of
secondary importance so far as concerns the cause of death.
13. The temperature of warm-blooded animals poisoned by vao falls with
considerable rapidity, and does not undergo any elevation after death.
14. The nerves of sensation first lose their power to convey impressions — the
motor nerves are next affected. The paralysis of the nerves extends from the
periphery to the centre. The affection of the nervous system may be due to
the sudden arrest of the circulation, and not of necessity to the direct in-
fluence of the vao. The irritability of the voluntary muscles in the frog is
lost much-earlier than is the case when the animal dies by decapitation.
15. The sympathetic nerve is paralysed, at least in the upper portion of its
distribution, before the nerves elsewhere have lost their functional power.
16. The ciliary motion is unaffected by the use of vao.
17. The blood of animals thus poisoned coagulated as usual, and had not
lost the power of changing color when exposed to oxygen or carbonic acid.
18. So far as we are aware, no true physiological antidote exists for vao
poison, since even artificial respiration fails to sustain life in animals affected
by it.
19. The vao poison olosely resembles corroval in its physical, chemical, and
physiological reactions. The alkaloids extracted from the two poisons produce
in. animals of equal size effects which cannot be distinguished.
20. We, therefore, are inclined to consider vao as merely a weaker variety of
corroval, and to conclude that the apparent difference in the effects produced
by the original extracts is due to a difference in their strength.
[May,
Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13
June.
I. — Physiology.
A paper was read entitled ' ' An Experimental Examination of the Physiologi-
cal effects of Sassy-Bark, the ordeal poison of the Western Coast of Africa ; by
S. Weir Mitchellj M. D., Lecturer on Physiology in the Philadelphia Medical
Association, and William A. Hammond, M. D., assistant Surgeon U. S. A.*
The following is an abstract of this paper :
Sassy-Bark is derived from a tree described by Prof. Procter as Erythraph-
leum Judiciale, and in the Gardener's Dictionary of Mr. George Dow, as E.
Guineense.
The bark occurs in pieces four inches and upwards in length, and half an
inch in thickness. It is of a deep red color, a slight odor and a marked as-
tringent, taste due to tannic acid. Both alcohol and water extract its active
principles. Mr. Procter failed to obtain from it any crystallizable alkaloid.
The preparations used by us were the dry alcoholic extract — the alcoholic
tincture.
The effects of sassy, when used as an ordeal poison, have been described by
Wilson, Winterbottom, Beecham and Christison, and are fully detailed in the
paper of which this is an abstract.
The bark is given in aqueous infusion to the suspected person, who is re-
quired to drink large quantities, (several pints). If it produces emesis
the person is esteemed innocent ; but if he becomes giddy or confused, he is
considered guilty and is put to death.
The sassy employed by us was first given to animals, and was finally
taken in considerable amount by the authors of this paper.
As is usual in such examinations, frogs were first employed to test the pecu-
liar characters of the poison.
Experiment. A large frog received under the skin of his back one drachm
of the tincture, previously warmed to drive off the alcohol. At the close of two
hours he had become very sluggish, and indisposed to move. He continued i:i
this condition during twenty-four hours, and then gradually recovered.
Experiment. A frog received a similar dose in the same manner. His heart
wa3 then exposed, and attentively watched. It became more feeble as the frog
became sluggish, but no alteration in the number of its pulsations was observed.
In the course of two or three hours the frog became extremely torpid, hut was
still able to move when roughly irritated. A. second frog, which received 15
of the evaporated tincture in his back, and three grains of the extract in hi*
stomach, became inert like the others, but at the close of forty-eight hours was
again active, and on being replaced in water was well two days later.
Still larger doses were tried upon other frogs, with so little result of interest,
that we turned at length to warm-blooded animals for more satisfacory and
definite conclusions.
Experiment. A large rabbit took internally twelve grains of the dried extract.
Within an hour he became languid. At the close of two hours he would remain
in any strange position in which he might be carefully and gently placed. He
could be laid upon his side, or seated on his gluteal muscles in the corner,
without an attempt to escape or resist. If disturbed while in these strange
postures, or if placed in them suddenly and roughly, he instantly recovered In-
activity, and sought to escape, although his efforts were characterized by a
certain languor and difficulty which brought him to rest again almost im-
mediately. There was, at this period, no change in the pupils. His sensibility
was thought to be diminished, since his skin could be pinched sharply without
eliciting any expressions of pain. Six hours later no change was perceptible.
He wa9 motionless, unless disturbed, when he moved a few steps and then
See the Charleston Medical Journal and Review, for November, 1859.
1859.]
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
stopped again, and remained with his head couched on his fore paws. He de-
clined food, but drank a little water. Seventeen hours later lie was found
dead. His urine contained neither sugar, albumen, nor the coloring matter of
the sassy. His stomach contained a mass of hay, lettuce, etc., as is usual with
rabbits, whose stomachs are never quite empty. The coloring matter of the
sassy seemed to have disappeared, and there was not the least evidence of in-
flammatory action in the stomach or intestines. The heart was large and
relaxed, the right cavities containing most blood. The blood vessels of the
meninges of the brain were considerably injected, but no other abnormal ap-
pearances presented themselves.
Experiment. A small doe rabbit received under the skin of her back eighty
drops of the tincture of sassy, previously warmed until it scarcely retained any
odor of alcohol, and was thick and turbid. At the same time forty drops were
given internally. At the close of half an hour, she was sluggish and unwilling
to move, although able to do so when pushed. This torpor gradually increased,
the skin became insensitive, the eyes remained half closed, and the limbs ap-
peared feeble, especially the hind legs. When roughly shaken, the torpor passed
off for a time, and the rabbit even ate a small quantity of lettuce. In a few
minutes, however, the animal again sought the corner, and relapsed anew into
the sjate of stupor above described. If carefully handled, it was then possible
to place the animal on her side, or even to suspend her, head downwards, with-
out the least show of resistance or discomfort. During the continuance of these
symptoms, the heart beat feebly and the respiration was labored, and sometimes
jerking in character. Eighteen hours after receiving the sassy, the rabbit was
more active, but not free from a marked languor or difficulty, which appeared
in all of her motions. Twenty-five hours after the poisoning, the stupor seemed
to have deepened again, and was so profound that the eyes remaiaed nearly
closed, and the head, resting on the fore paws, rolled to one side or the other.
The rectal temperature was now 102f° F., or about one to two degrees below
the normal standard. So insensible was the rabbit at this time, that she did
not appear to feel the passage of the thermometer bulb through the sphincter,
although the operation is usually resisted by all animals with great energy.
Within ten minutes she slept again, notwithstanding that the thermometer was
still in the bowels. Fifty hours from the date of the first dose, the animal was
again reviving. At this time she received I3 of the tincture in the stomach,
and 1,5 in the rectum, where it was confined by suitable means, In twenty
minutes chewiDg motions of the jaws were observed, the head fell and was
caught up again, and at last reposed on the fore paws, the pupils contracted,
the heart became slow and irregular, the respiration quick and labored, and at
length, in one hour from the last dose, death occurred with general convulsions
and sudden dilatation of the pupils. Upon examination, post mortem, the mem-
branes of the brain were found to be highly congested, but no other appearance
of specific value presented itself.
Experiment. A small cat received internally five grains of dried extract of
sassy. At the close of two hours she was sluggish, and, half an hour later,
vomited with great violence. The matters rejected had none of the color of the
extract. Another dose of four grains was vomited up within an hour, and ap-
parently caused great discomfort, due perhaps to the nausea caused by the
drug rather than to pain. The disposition towards stupor, which was seen
after the first dose, appeared to be relieved by the emesis. The cat survived,
and next day was none the worse for the ordeal.
Experiment. A large pigeon received, under the skin of the belly, eighty gtt.
of the partially evaporated tincture of sassy. At the same time twenty drops of
the tincture were given internally. Within half an hour the pigeon sought a
corner, and assumed the usual sleeping posture, the eyes closing and the respi-
ration being rather uneasy and laborious. Now and then it awoke and stag-
gered about, only to sleep again in a few minutes. When thoroughly aroused
[June,
Dept,]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15
by rough shaking, it exhibited more activity. Fifty-five minutes after receiving
the sassy, the pigeon vomited very freely. Occasionally, the sleep, into which
it always relapsed, became so profound that it staggered and fell down. At the
end of two and a half hours the sleep had become comatose, and no agency mid
power to break it. Meanwhile the sensibility of the surface was impaired, the
respiration suffered, the temperature fell to 97£° F. in the cloaca, and death
took place, without convulsions, three hours and a half from the time the first
dose was given. A second pigeon, similarly treated, except that the doses were
smaller, survived twenty-four hours and exhibited no symptoms of importance
which have not already been noted, except that at the time of death very slight
convulsive movements were seen.
It was apparently plain, from the above detailed observations, that the sassy
bark contained a narcotic, or at least a stupefying principle, and it was also
probable that it possessed emetic activity. This, however, could scarcely be
inferred from the effect upon the cat or the pigeons, because these animals
vomit upon very slight provocation. The experiments upon animals had, how-
ever, convinced us that we were dealing with an agent that could be safely
used in large doses, and which was certainly not a potent poison. Moreover, it
was possible that the emetic effect, observed during its liberal use in half pint
doses for ordeal purposes, might be due to the bulk of the infusion, which the
person suspected was forced to take. Should this have proved correct, and its
emetic powders be really feeble when taken in moderation, we should possess a
drug in which co-existed narcotic and astringent activity. Such a remedy
would have had a certain value, and, considering the poverty of our pharmaco-
poeia in good narcotics, could not have been overlooked. We were also aware
that Dr. Thomas Savage, formerly a practising physician on the coast of Africa,
had made use of sassy bark in dysentery, but with what effect we were then
uninformed.
With these considerations in view, we resolved to test still further the proper-
ties of sassy bark, by experimenting upon ourselves. Accordingly one of U3
took, fasting, three and a half grains of dried extract of sassy. Four hour?
later he took forty-five drops of the tincture. No effect was perceived, and
fourteen hours later he took, fasting, one hundred and twenty drops of the
tincture. These repeated doses had no effect, except to interrupt the regular
daily action of the bowels. Again, in five hours, another dose of one hundred
and twenty drops was taken. Up to this time no symptoms were developed
which could be referred with confidence to the effect of the sassy. On a second
occasion the same individual took, at one dose, one tablespoonful and a half of
the tincture of -sassy bark. This large dose was taken two hours after a light
meal, at about 9 p. m. Half an hour afterwards, while engaged in writing, he
experienced some little giddiness and slight frontal pain, with a sensation of
fulness, chiefly at the front of the head. None of these symptoms were of
marked intensity. About ten o'clock the tendency to sleep became so apparent
that he ceased writing, in which occupation he had been previously engaged,
and left the house in the hope that a brisk walk would lessen the effect of the
dose. This proved to be the case, but as the narcotic influence faded, a rapidly
increasing nausea took its place, and resulted in violent emesis at one a. m..
five hours after the tincture was employed. In both instances the pulse fell
about fifteen beats below the normal standard.
The effects of the sassy upon another of the authors of this paper is recorded
in the following statement:
At- 11 a. m. he took four drachms of the saturated tincture of sassy. At the
time his pulse was ninety-one per minute. He experienced no unusual sensa-
tion till about 12 m., when slight dizziness ensued. At this time his pulse was
eighty-three. The narcotic influence was not increased, and at 1 p. m, the
pulse beat ninety-three. At this hour he took four additional drachms. At 2
p. m. his pulse had fallen to eighty, and' the sedative effect was very sensibly
1859.]
]lj PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
experienced. Repeated the dose. The pulse continued at from eighty to eighty-
four till 5 p. m., when it began to rise. At 7 it was ninety-three. After
the third dose the narcotic effect was well marked, but was not greater than
wSuld have been produced by a grain of opium. The principal feeling was a
pleasant lassitude, a desire for quiet, and an indisposition for either mental or
physical exertion.
When the first dose was taken his bowels were slightly loose, and there was
some little griping. Both, however, were relieved, and the following morning
'he bowels were somewhat constipated.
Two days after the foregoing experiments he took, at 10 a. m., one ounce of
the tincture. Its effect, marked by a decline in the rapidity and force of the
pulse, and the feeling of lassitude above mentioned, was experienced in half an
'.■our. The narcotic was well marked, and was accompanied with headache and
slight nausea. The pleasant feelings, experienced with the smaller doses, did
not accompany the action of the larger quantity. The pulse remained at from
eighty to eighty-five per minute, till about 4 p. m., when the effects began to
wear off, although the face was unusually flushed as late as 7 o'clock the same
night.
Upon careful consideration of the foregoing experiments, we are disposed to
■onclude :
1. That sassy bark is a feeble narcotic.
2. That it is nauseant and emetic.
;;. That it has a marked astringent effect, and that we have seen nothing jus-
tifying the belief in the purgative powers ascribed to it by some writers
II. Pathology.
Dr. Mitchell related some curious observations made by him, in the course
of experiment, as to the effect of sugar in rendering the eyes of frogs cataractous.
When a solution of sugar is injected into the stomach of a frog, or thrown
into the subcuticular cellular tissue of the animal, it becomes torpid and dies.
In these cases the eye was observed by Dr. M. to present a cataractous appear-
ance. On extracting the lens, the white appearance was found extending into it
more or less deeply, as the death had been more or less slow. When the eye
was allowed to macerate in water, the appearance of the lens changed and the
opacity disappeared.
September*
I. — Anatomy.
Dr. Schmidt read a communication containing an abstract of the most im-
portant points of his researches on the minute anatomy of the human liver.
He said :
During the last 18 months, the greater part of my time has been devoted to
the investigation of the microscopic anatomy of the liver. The results of that
portion of these investigations which had reference to the minute anatomy of
the hepatic lobule, I published in the last January number of the Amer. Journal
of Med. Sciences. Continuing my researches, I directed them especially to the
general construction of the human liver. Besides having found further evi-
dences of the correctness of my observations in reference to the commence •
ment of the hepatic ducts, I have discovered other interesting facts relating to
the liver. These facts, although complicating our idea of the construction of
the liver, nevertheless will explain certain phenomena which have been no-
ticed long ago by various observers.
* No meetings were held during the months of July and August.
[Sept.
Dept.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17
As some time will yet elapse before the completion and publication of my
next essay on this subject, I wish to give to-night an abstract of the most im-
portant points of my researches. It is as follows :
The parenchyma of the human liver consists of two distinct networks of capilla-
ries, with hepatic cells, free nuclei, and granules. These networks of capil-
laries are not divided by partitions of fibrous tissue into lobules, but are con-
tinuous throughout the whole organ. The meshes which they form are occu-
pied by the cells, nuclei, and granules. One of the networks is formed by the
ramuscules of the portal vein and hepatic artery, and joins the smallest branches
of the hepatic veins. The other commences independently near the smallest
branches of the hepatic veins, and is continuous with the finest ramuscules of
the hepatic duct, and most probably also with those of the lymphatic vessels of
the organ ; so that an injection thrown into the hepatic duct, will return by the
latter set of vessels. The capillary vessels forming the last-mentioned net-
work I have described in my former paper on the liver, and called ' ' biliary
tubules," to distinguish them from the capillaries that carry the blood.
The whole organ is closely surrounded by a capsule of areolar tissue ; from
this, processes are given off which enclose the vessels, ducts, lymphatics and
nerves, and thus become their proper sheaths.
The portal veins, hepatic artery, and hepatic duct, accompanied by lymphatics
and nerves, enter the organ in close proximity at its inferior surface ; their lar-
ger branches spread out laterally, in a radiating manner, like a fan; some of
the vessels, forming the lateral margins of which, run forward, and some
backward. The hepatic veins, proceeding from the ascending vena cava, enter
the organ posteriorly, and their larger branches run in a postero-anterior di-
rection ; but their secondary branches also radiate, and then run almost paral-
lel with those of the portal vein and hepatic duct.
The sheath which surrounds the portal vein, hepatic artery, &c, has usually
been known under the name of the "capsule of Glisson;" but as the capsule
of the hepatic veins is strictly analogous to it, I shall, for the sake of simplicity,
in referring to it, designate it the " capsule of the portal vessels," or "that o
the hepatic veins." - *
Besides the vessels, ducts, lymphatics, and nerves already enumerated'
there are in the liver very extensive plexuses, formed by the ducts of racemose
glands, which I regard as a special system. This system of glands has been
noticed and described to a certain extent by several observers, yet their rela-
tionship to the hepatic ducts and lymphatics has to my knowledge never been
thoroughly investigated. They are found on the lower surface of the liver,
establishing an extensive communication between the larger ducts. They are
very abundant on the capsule of the portal vessels, as far as the point where
the true interlobular ducts commence, and also exist in the walls of the gall-
bladder. The details of this system of glands I shall give in my next essay.
For the present, may it suffice to say that their ducts, the diameter of which
ranges from l-700th to l-4000th of an inch, anastomose freely with each other
and form with branches of the hepatic artery and portal vein (given off within
the capsule) a very intricate plexus. From the smallest branches of the lat-
ter vessels a capillary rete results, which surrounds the lobules of the glands.
Judging from the size of the blood-vessels forming the plexus, the supply of
blood to these organs must be very abundant.
Another set of vessels, or ducts, of a diameter from l-500th to l-2500th of an
inch, with single follicular appendages, proceeds from the plexus of racemose
glands to communicate freely with the plexus of microscopic lymphatics.
These vessels I have also found in the capsule of the hepatic veins. The lobules
and larger ducts of the racemose glands are lined by an epithelium of flat
hexagonal cells, with large, distinct nuclei, resembling in form and appearance
those of the epidermis of the frog.
1859:]
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
The interlobular and lobular hepatic ducts do not arise from the glandular
plexus, but they can always be traced back to larger ducts.
In front of the vena cava, where it passes the substance of the liver, I
have found a very dense plexus of the peculiar vessels with follicular appen-
dages already described, and of others without them. A portion of it, about
one inch long and half an inch wide, consisted of several layers of these ves-
sels, distinctly enclosed between two layers of the capsule. A network of ar-
teries, similar to that found in other parts of the capsule, was seen in the lay-
ers of the latter. The plexus itself I observed both in the injected and fresh
specimen, communicating or arising from large vessels, which, by a close ex-
amination, proved to be the lymphatics of that region, by the valves they pos-
sessed. Almost around the whole vena cava at this place, anastomoses of the
above described vessels can be seen.
The description of the microscopic lymphatics of the liver I shall give in my
next essay on this subject.
The interlobular branches of the portal vein and hepatic artery are derived from
a plexus which is formed by some of their branches in their capsule.
Some of the branches of the hepatic artery penetrate to the surface of the
liver ; they are tolerably large and anastomose freely with each other in the
capsule. From the anastomoses thus formed, .smaller branches proceed, which
again in their turn give origin to still smaller ones. The latter vessels, when
viewed under a low magnifying power, have the appearance of a broken net-
work of large capillaries with large meshes, and as such they have been re-
garded and described by other anatomists. However, if examined more closely
in well injected specimens, we find that they form no network of their own, but
terminate in the capillaries of the lobule.
The portal vein also sends small branches to the surface, which, however,
do not anastomose with each other. They accompany the larger branches of
the hepatic artery, (mostly the second set in size, above mentioued, ) to termi-
nate likewise in the capillary- network of the lobule. Thus, there exists no other
communication between the branches of the hepatic artery and those of the por-
tal vein on the surface of the liver, except through the medium of the capillaries
of the lobule; and the blood of the artery, instead of returning, to the portal
vein, as has been asserted, is with that of the latter discharged into the car
pillar ies of the lobule, by which route it arrives directly in the branches of the
hepatic veins.
The analogy of the blood vessel on the surface of the liver to those in the
interior of the organ I shall prove in my next essay.
II. — Therapeutics.
Dr. Leidy read a paper, entitled " On the seat of the vesicating principle of the
Lytta vinata.'*
From the experiments detailed in this paper, it appears that the vesicating
principle of the Lytta vittata belong to the blood, the peculiar fatty substance of
certain accessory glands of the generative apparatus, and to the eggs.
III. — Toxicology.
Dr. Morris related several cases of poisoning from the sting of the common
bee. In one case, a man died in a very short period of time after the injury
was received. In this instance the sting was received in the cervical region
In a second case, an adult was seized with convulsions, which lasted for a con-
siderable time. There was during these convulsions complete opisthotonos.
He stated that some thirty or more cases, similar to these, have been reported.
*See the American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for January, 1860.
[Sept.
Depart.] natural sciences op Philadelphia. 19
October,
I. — Anatomy.
Dr. Schmidt, with reference to a communication made by him at a meeting
held in September, exhibited two livers of sheep, in order to show the method
pursued by him, in making his injections. It is as follows :
The liver is placed in a basin from which the air is exhausted. The appara-
tus is so arranged, that, when desired, a communication can be established with
the blood vessels. In making an injection, the pressure is exerted chiefly by the
weight of the fluid, which is in a column about six inches in height. So soon
as the injection is made in this way into the hepatic duct, the fluid used issues
from the lymphatics. The injections are also made in a second manner, the
organ not being kept in a vacuum. In this, the lymphatics and their glands
are also injected, though the pressure of the air prevents the liquid from flow-
ing from the opened mouths of the lymphatic vessels, as it does when this
pressure is removed.
In both the preparations exhibited by Dr. Schmidt, one having been injected
in a vacuum, the other not, in the way just described, the lymphatic vessels,
and also their glands, were seen injected.
II. — Physiology.
Dr. Morris read the following paper:
Remarks on the Digestive Principle. By J. Cheston Morris, M. D.
In the course of some observations offered to the Department at the session
of June 7th, 1858, on the subject of endosmose, I suggested the hypothesis that
during digestion a watery fluid was secreted from the gastric mucous mem-
brane, containing a principle which was capable of splitting, or undergoing a fer-
mentative change, so as to produce lactic acid and so-called pepsin. I now have
the pleasure of laying before the Department the facts necessary to substantiate,
that hypothesis.
When a very dilute solution of ov-albumen is exposed to the air at a moder-
ate temperature for several days, it becomes cloudy and has a slightly acid
reaction. This change is hastened if air is forced through the solution from
time to time. If a small portion of this be added to fresh milk it will cause
coagulation of the latter in a short time ; boiling the solution previously, dimin-
ishes this property. When a thin portion of coagulated albumen is placed in
the solution at a warm temperature, it is dissolved in the course of a few hours ;
if the solution be previously boiled, no such change occurs. When the solution
is distilled, the distillate yields a white curdy precipitate with nitrate of silver,
soluble in an excess of ammonia.
The above facts correspond so closely, as far as they go, with the properties
of the gastric juice that I have no hesitation in stating my belief that they af-
ford the explanation of the mode of formation of the latter. We have, in
effect, an albuminous fluid in the stomach, placed under appropriate circum-
stances as regards oxygen and temperature for the occurrence of fermentative
changes ; and if by imitating these conditions out of the body we produce
analogous results, we have the strongest reasons for believing that the causes
and mode of operation are the same in the living body.
The foregoing experiment offers also a satisfactory solution of the apparently
discrepant views held by different investigators as to the digestion of azotised
food. It becomes no longer difficult to comprehend that the gastric juice, the
pancreatic fluid, and the intestinal secretion, as well as decomposing albuminoid
matters, may all possess the power of causing a solution of coagulated albumen,
&c; inasmuch as a splitting of an element common to them all, viz. albumen,
gives rise to an acid, (probably lactic,) and a digestive principle. I regret
that I have, not been able to make an ultimate analysis of the substance obtained
by evaporating the solution above mentioned to dryness at a low temperature.
These experiments also set at rest the mooted question of the free acid of the
1859.]
20 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [Biolog.
gastric juice ; proving that the lactic acid developed during the fermentation of
albumen is capable of decomposing during distillation the alkaline chlorides
found in the white of the egg.
I should state, however, that I do not regard the above facts as finally con-
clusive on the subject. More experiments are required to demonstrate the
identity of the principle obtained with pepsin.
Dr. Woodward objected to considering the ferment thus produced identical
or even closely similar to that of the gastric juice. The gastric juice which
this fluid was supposed to resemble did not putrify if kept even for months,
whereas the solution produced from albumen, as was stated by Dr. Morris,
rapidly putrified. So also the peptones did not undergo putrefaction even in a
considerable period of time ; the gastric juice acting as an antiseptic, which
it appeared from Dr. Morris' statement was not the case with the solution of
albumen formed by the new ferment. He suggested the following points for
investigation before the similitude should be hastily determined upon.
1. Is the solution of albumen in the new ferment albuminose, and has it its
peculiar reactions ?
2. Will flesh and similar nitrogenous compounds be dissolved ?
3. Will the new ferment interfere with the transformation of starch into grape
sugar, as does the gastric juice ?
And, lastly. Is the peculiar fungus of the gastric juice developed in it when
kept?
II. — Pathology.
Dr. Mitchell read a paper, entitled " On the Production of Cataract in Frogs ly
the injection of large doses of sugar."*
November.
I. — Pathology.
Dr. Woodward exhibited a specimen of foliaceous crystals of the Phosphates
formed during the slow alkaline fermentation of urine in a close stoppered phial.
These crystals were remarkable for their huge size, some of them being f- of an
inch in length. In chemical behaviour they exactly resembled the smaller
sized stellar and foliaceous crystals common to alkaline urine.
Dr. Woodward also exhibited a specimen of highly acid urine, in which the
acid fermentation had been progressing several days, accompanied by a sedi-
iment of uric acid. On the surface was a scum of Penicilium glaucum, which
entangled in its meshes numerous crystals of the ammoniaco-magnesian phos-
phates in fine prisms. This observation, which was the first of the kind he had
made, contradicted the general statement made by some, thatphosphatic crystals
only fall in alkaline urine.
December.
I. — Pathology.
Dr. Woodward'read a paper entitled " Remarks on errors in the anatomical di-
agnosis of Cancer." \
Tn accordance with the By-Law of the Department to that effect, the officer*
of the Department for the ensuing year were elected at the first meeting of the
month. They are as follows :
Director — Dr. Leidy.
Vice-Director — Dr. S. W. Mitchell.
Recorder — Dr. Walter F. Atlee.
Treasurer — Mr. Queen.
Conservator — Dr. J. Cheston Morris.
Auditors — Messrs. Slack, Sergeant and Dr. Wurts.
* See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for January, 1860.
t See American Journal of the Medical Sciences, for April, 1860,
[Dec
CATALOGUE
OP THE
INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS
OF THE
CRETACEOUS FORMATION OF THE UNITED STATES.
WITH REFERENCES.
BY
WM. M. GABB.
September, 185 9.
CATALOGUE.
CRUSTACEA.
Balanus Lam.
B. peregrinus Morton, 1834, Synopsis, p. 72, pi. 10, f. 5.
Calliasasba Leach.
C. D a n a i Hall & Meek, 1855, Memoirs, Am. Acad. 2d series, vol. 5, p. 379,
pi. 1, f. 1.
There are several crabs found in New Jersey, but they hare never been
described.
Cythehina Lam.
C T i p p a n a Con., 1858, Jonrn. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335,
pi. 35, f. 31.
ANNEL1DES.
Hamulus, Morton.
H. onyx S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 73, pi. 16, f. 5.
H. s q'u a m o s u s n. s. This isahamulus from Prairie Bluff, very closely
allied to H. onyx, but differing, in having a strongly marked raphe, which
nearly doubles the width of the shell. It is placed on both sides and in the
plane of the curve. Museum of Acad. Nat. Sci.
Vebmetes.
V. rotula S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 81, pi. 1, f. 14.
Serpula Linn.
S. b a r b a t a S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 73, pi. 15, f. 12.
S. tenuicarinatus Meek & Hayden, 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 134.
CEPHALAPODA.
Ammonites Lam.
A. acuto-carinatns Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Rep. p. 209, pi. 1, f. 3.
A. angustus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 7, p. 168.
A. B e 1 k n a p i i Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 34, pi. 2, f. 1.
A. binodosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168.
A. carinatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168.
A. complexus Hall & Meek, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 394, pi. 4,
f. 1.
A. Delaware ns is S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 37, pi. 2, f. 5.
A. Vanuzemi, S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 38, pi. 2, f. 34.
A. d e ntato-carin atu s Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 33, pi.
l,f. 2.
A. flaccidicosta Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 33, pi. 1, f. 1.
A. geniculatus Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 159, pi. 15,
f. 2
A. Gibbonianus Lea, 1840, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. and Marcou, Geol. o
North America, p. 35, pi. 2, f. 2.
A. Guadalupae Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 32, pi. 2, f. 1.
A. Hall i Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 70.
A. 1 o b a t a Tuorney 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168.
A. lenticular is, Owen, 1852, Report, p. 579, pi. 8, f. 5.
A. Leonensis Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 160, pi. 16, f. 2.
A. magnificus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168.
A. Marciana Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Rep. p. 209, pi. 4, f. 5.
A. Novi-Mexicana Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 35, pi. 1, f. 2.
A. 0 p a 1 u s Owen, 1852, Report, p. 579, pi. 8, f. 6.
A. Pedernalis Von Buch. Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 34, pi. 1, f. 3.
A. percarinatus H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 394, pi. 4,
f. 2.
A. Peruvianus Von Buch. Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 34, pi. 5, f. 1 .
A. p 1 a c e n t a De Kay, 1828, Ann. Lyceum, vol. 2, pi. 5, f. 2.
A. pleurisepta Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 159, pi. 15.
f. 1.
A. ramosissimus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168.
A. Shumardi Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 33, pi. 1, f. 1.
A. syr talis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 40, pi. 14, f. 4.
A. t e 1 i f e r S. G. M.. 1834, Synopsis, p. 38, pi. 2, f. 7.
A. Texanus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 31, pi. 3, f. 1.
A. vesper tinus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 40, pi. 17, f. 1.
Ancylocekas D'Orb.
A. approximans Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266.
A.? Mortoni Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, pp. 396, 411, pi.
4, f. 3.
A.? N i c o 1 1 e t i H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 397, pi. 4, f. 4.
Baculites Lam.
B. annulatus Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 265.
B. asper S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 43, pi. 1, f. 12, 13, and pi. 13,
f. 2.
B. carinatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p, 44, pi. 13, f. 1.
Compare B. anceps, Lam.,Anim. Sans. Verteb., tomevii. p. 648.
B. column a S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 44, pi. 19, f. 8.
B. compressus Say, 1821, Am. Jour. Sci. vol. 2, p. 41, and Hall & Meek,
Mem. Am. Acad. 2d series, vol. 5, p. 400, pi. 5, f. 2.
B. grandis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p.402, pi. 6, 7 and 8.
B. labyrinthicus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 44, pi. 13, f. 10.
B. o vat us Say, 1829, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 6, pi. 5, f. 5, 6, and Hall <fc
Meek, Mem. Am. Acad. 1st series, vol. 5, p. 399, pi. 5, f. 1, and pi. 6, f. 1-7.
B. Spillmani Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335, pi. 35.
f. 24.
B. Tippaensis Con.. 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 334, pK 35.
f. 27.
Belemnites Agricola.
B.?ambigous S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 35, pi. 1, f. 4. 5.
Belemnitella D'Orb.
B. Americana.
Bslemnites Americanus, S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 34, pi 1, f. 1-3.
Compare B. mucronata, Schlotheim.
B. b u 1 b o s a Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 70.
Crioperas Morris.
C. C o n r a d i Con., 1855, Proc. A. vol. 7, p. 266.
Ammonceratites Conradi, S. G. M., 1841, Proc. Acad. vol. 1, p. 109.
Hamitks Parkinson.
H. A r cuius S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 44, pi. 15, f. 1, 2.
H. Fremonti Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 36, pi. 1, f. 3.
H. larvatus Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 265.
H. rotundatus Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266.
H. torquatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 45, pi. 15, f. 4.
H. trabeatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 45, pi. 15, f. 3.
Nautilus Breynius.
N. D e Kayii S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 33, pi. 8, f. 4.
JV.perlatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 33, pi. 13, f. 4.
X. elegans Sow., Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 37.
• N. simplex Sow., Rcemer, 1 852, Kreide von Texas, p. 37.
X. Spillmani Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 167.
N. angulus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 167.
Xautilites Martin, Brown.
X. Alabamensis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335.
Nautilus Alabamensis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 33, pi. 18, f. 3.
X. orbiculatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335.
Nautilus orbiculatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 167.
Ptychoceras D'Orb.
P. annulifer.
Hamites annulifer S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 8, pi. 11, f. 4.
P. Mortoni Meek & Hayden, 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 134.
Scaphites Parkinson.
S. C onradi.
Ammonites Conradi S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 39, pi. 16, f. 1-3, and pi. 19,
f. 4.
A. borealis S. G. M., 1841, Proc. Acad. vol. 1, p. 107.
A. Mandanensis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol.
f. 2.
A. Nicolletli S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol.
f. 3.
A. Abyssinis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol.
f. 4.
A. Nebrascensis Owen, 1852, Report, p. 577, pi. 8, f. 3, and pi. 8a, f. 2.
A. Moreauensis Owen, 1852, Report, p. 579, pi. 8, f. 7.
• A. Cheyennensis Owen, 1852, Report, p. 578, pi. 7,1. 2.
Scaphites comprimus Owen, 1852, Report, p. 580, pi. 7, f. 4.
5. bippocripis.
Ammonites hippocripis De Kay, 1828, Ann. Lyceum, vol. 2, pi. 5, f. 5.
6. Cuvieri S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 41, pi. 7, f. 1.
S. iris Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 335, pi. 35, f. 23.
S. nodosus Owen, 1852, Report, p. 581, pi. 8, f. 4.
S. reniformis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 42, pi. 2, f. 6.
Compare S. striatus Mantell.
S. semicostatus Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 35, pi. 1, f. 5.
S. Texan us Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 35, pi. 1, f. 6.
Turrilites Lam.
T. alternatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 168.
T Brazcensis Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 37, pi. 3, f. 2.
T. Cheyennensis M. <fe H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8. p. 280.
Ancyloceras ? Cheyennensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 71.
T. X e b r a s c e n s i s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 280.
Ancyloceras? Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 71.
8, p.
208,
pi.
10,
8, p.
209,
pi.
10,
8, p.
209,
Pi
10,
GASTEROPODA.
Acteon Montfort.
A. subellipticus Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 63.
A. concinnus Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 390, pi. 1,
f. 4.
Acteonella D'Orb.
A. dolium Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 43, pi. 4, f. 4.
Aporrhais Petiver.
A. decemlirata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 330, pi. 34,
f. 11.
AvALANA.
A. snbglobosa Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p 64.
Bcccikdm Lam.
B. constrictum (Fmus constrktus) Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad.
2d series, vol. 5, p. 391 and 411, pi. 3, f. 7.
B.? vinculum Hall & Meek, 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 390, pi. 3,
f. 5.
Buccinopsis.
B. Parryi Con., 1857, Emory's Report, vol. 1, part 2, p. 158, pi. 3, f. 4.
Bulla Klein.
B. minor Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 69.
B. Morton i Forbes, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 1, p. 63.
B. occidentalis Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 69.
B. volvaria Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, 69.
B. subcylindrica Meek & Hayden, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 270.
Bullopsis Con.
B.,cretacea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 334.
Bosycon Bolten.
B. Bairdi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 126.
Pyrula Bairdi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 66.
Capulus Montfort.
C. fragilis M. &H, 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68.
C. occidentalis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 381, pi. 1.
f. 13.
Orbicula (undet.) Owen, Report, pi. 7, f. 11.
Cerithium Adamson.
C. nodosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
Chemnitzia D'Orb.
C? d i s t a n s Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333, pi. 35. f. 30.
C. gloriosa Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 40, pi. 4, f. 3.
C? interrupta Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333, pi. 35.
f. 15.
Cirrus Sow.
C. crotaloides S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 49, pi. 19, f. 5.
Conus Linn.
C. canal is Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pi. 35, f. 22.
C. gyratus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 49, pi. 10, f. 13.
Delphinula Lam.
D. lapidos'a S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 46, pi. 19, f. 7.
Dentalidm Linn.
D. fragilis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 69.
D. gracilis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 383, pi. 3, f. 11.
D. subarcuatum Con.,*1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 276, pi. 24,
f. 13.
Dkillia Gray.
D. novemoostata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pi.
35, f. 13.
D.? T i p p a n a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pi. 35,
f. 5.
Fasciolabia Lamarck.
F. buccinoides M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 67.
F. cretacea M. & H., 1856, Proc, Acad. vol. 8, p. 66.
Ficus Klein.
F. octoliratus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 332. pi.
35, f. 6.
Fusus Klein.
F. co ntortus M. & A., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65.
F. Culbertsonii M. & H.,1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65.
F. D a k o t e n s i s M. & H., 1*856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65.
F. Enfauliensis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
F, f 1 e x u i c o s t a t u s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 66.
F. G a 1 p i n i a n u s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65.
F. i n t e r t e x t u s M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65.
F. Newberryi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 66.
F. Pedernalis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 38, pi. 4, f. 13.
F. Scarborough! M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 139.
F. Shumard ii H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 391, pi. 3, f. 6.
F. subturritus M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 139.
F.? tenuilineat a H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 392, pi. 3.
f. 8.
F. turriculus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
F. Vaughani M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 138.
Globiconcha D'Orb.
G. c o n i f o r m i s Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 42, pi. 4, f. 5.
G.? ele vata Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Report, p. 208, pi. 4, f. 3.
G. plan at a Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 41, pi. 4, f. 6.
G. tumid a Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Report, p. 208, pi. 5, f. 3.
Habpago Klein. rPterocera Lam.)
H. Tippanus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pi. 35,
f. 25.
Helcion Montfort.
H. alveolus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68.
H. carinatus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68.
H. patelliformis M. & H., 1856, Poc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 68.
H. subovatus M. & H.,1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p, 68.
H. Borealis.
Bipponyx Borealis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. vol. 8, p. 210.
Eulima Risso.
E. subfusiformis Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Report, p. 208, pi. 4, f. 3.
E. T e x a n a Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 40, pi. 4, f. 2.
8
Natica Ris9o.
N. Abyss in a S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 49, pi. 13, f. 13.
N. arnbigua M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64.
N. collina Con., 1857, Emory's Report, vol. 1, part 2d, p. 15 7, pi. 13, f. 2
This may be the young of T e x a n a , according to Conrad.
N. concinna H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 389, pi. 3, f. 2.
N. Moreauensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64.
N. o c c i d e n t a 1 i s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad,, vol. 8, p. 64.
N. obliquata H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 389, pi. 3, f. 1.
N. paludinaeformis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 389, pi .
3, f. 3.
N. Pedernalis Reamer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 43, pi. 4, f. 1.
N. (Lunatia) petrosa S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 48, pi. 19, f. 5.
N. praegrandis Roetner, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 44.
N. T e x a n a Con., 1857, Emory's Report, vol. 1, part 2d, p. 157, pi. 13.
f. 1.
N. (Lunatid) rectilabrum Con., 1858, Jonr. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p.
344, pi. 35, f. 28.
N. subcrassa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 87.
N. T u o m e y a n a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 270.
Nerinea Defrance.
N. acus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 42, pi. 4, f. 10.
N. Schotti Con., 1857, Emory's Report, vol. 1, part 2d, p. 158, pi. 14, f. 3.
N. Texan a Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 41, pi. 4, f. 7.
Nodosaria Lam.
N. T exana Con., 1857, Emory's Report, vol. 1, part 2, p. 159, pi. 14, f. 4.
Patella List.
P. tentorium S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 50, pi. 1, f. 11.
Phorus Montfort.
P. lep r osus.
Trochus leprosus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 46, pi. 15, f. 6.
P. umbilicatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
Pseudobuccinum Meek & Hayden.
P. N e b r a s c e n s i s M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 140.
Buccinum Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 67.
Ptrifusus Con.
P. subdensatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 332, pi. 35,
f- 12.
Pyrula Lam.
P. Richardsonii Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
P. troc h if or mis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
Rapa Klein.
11. s u p r a p 1 i c a t a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, val. 3, p. 332, pi. 35 ,
f. 20.
RlMELLA Ag.
R. curviliratus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 331, pi. 35,
f. 9.
RosTELLARrA Lam.
R. arenarum S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 48, pi. 5, f. 8.
R. biangulata M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 65. ?
R. collina Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 138, pi. 13, f. 3, 4.
9
R. f u s i f o r m i s H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 393, pi. 10, f. 3.
R. Nebrascensis Evans & Sbumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 164.
R. pennata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 48, pi. 19, f. 6.
ROSTELMTES Con.
R. T e x a n a Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 268.
R. . Casts of a species resembling the above, and probably identical,
are found in the lower cretaceous beds of New Jersey. A comparatively
perfect specimen was figured by Forbes in the London Jour. Geol. Soc, vol. 1,
p. 63, f. a, under the name of v o 1 u t a.
Scalaria Lam.
S. annulata S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 47, pi. 3, f. 10.
S. c e r i t h i f o r m i s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 63.
S. S i 1 1 i m a n i S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 47, pi. 13, f. 9.
S. Tex an a Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 39, pi. 4, f. 11.
Solarium Lam.
S. flexuistriatum Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 173.
Solidulus Fischer.
S. linteus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 334, pi. 35, f. 11.
Strombus Linn.
S. den.satus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 330, pi. 34, f. 6.
Tornatella Lam.
T. b u 1 1 a t a S. G, M., 1834, Syn. p. 48, pi. 5, f. 3.
Trichotropis Sow.
T. cancellaria Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333, pl.35,f. 8.
Turbo Linn.
T. Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64.
T. tenuilineatus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 64.
Turris Rumphius (Pleurotoma Lam).
T. Ripleyana Con., 1858, Jour .Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 332, pi. 35, f. 21, 29
Tdrritella Lam.
T. altilis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 333.
T. c o n v e x a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 70.
,T. encrinoides S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 47, pi 3, f. 7.
T. f a s t i g i a t a Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7. p. 169.
T. irrorata Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 268.
T. M o r e a u e n s i s M. & H. , 1856, Proc. Acad, vol 8, p. 70.
T. planilateris Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. l,part 2, p. 158, pi. 14, f. 1.
T. seriatim-granulata Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 39, pi. 4,
f. 12.
T. Tippana Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. vol. 3, 2d series, p. 333, pi. 35, f. 19.
T. vertebroides S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 47, pi. 3, f. 13.
Voluta Linn.
V. cancellata Tuomey 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
V. fusiformis Tuomey, 1855. Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
V. j u g o s a Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
V. S p i 1 1 m a n i i Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 169.
VOLUTILITHES SOW.
V. cretacea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2dser., vol. 3, p. 333, pi. 35, f. 16.
10
ACEPHALA.
Anomia 0. F. Mull.
A. argent aria S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 61, pi. 5. f. 10.
A. sellaeformis Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 330, pi. 34, f. 6.
A. tellinoides S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 61, pi. 5, f. 11.
Arca Linn.
A. subelongata Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. l,part 2, p. 148, pi. 6, f. 3.
A. uniopsis Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pi. 24, f. 17.
Arcopagia Leach.
A. Texana Rcemer, 1852, Kreidevon Texas, p. 46, pi. 6, f. 8.
Astarte Sow.
A. lineolata Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 51, pi. 7, f. 8.
A. p aril is Con, 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 276, pi. 24, f. 16.
A. Texana Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 152, pi. 5, f. 9.
A. Washitensis Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Rep. p. 206, pi. 3, f. 3.
A. gregaria M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84.
Avicula Klein.
A. abrupta Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pi. 24, f. 5. 6.
A. con vexo-pl an a Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 61, pi. 7, f. 9.
A. cretacea Con., 1845, Nicollett's Rep. p. 169.
A. Haydeni Hall & Meek., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 382, pi. 1 f 5.
A. 1 a r i p e s S. G. M.. 1834, Syn. p. 63, pi. 17, f. 5.
A. 1 i n g u a e f o r m i s Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 163.
A. pedernalis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 61, pi. 8, f. 1.
A. planisulca Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 62, pi. 7, f. 7.
A. petrosa Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pi. 24, f. 15.
A. triangularis Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 163.
Cardium Linn.
C. congestum Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 149, pi. 6, f. 5.
C. elegantulum Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 48, pi. 6, f. 5.
C. hem i cyclic us Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
C. me dial e Con., 1857, Emory's Rep., vol. 1, part 2, p. 149, pi. 4, f. 4.
C. protextum Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. vol. 2, 2d series, p. 275, pi. 24, f. 12.
C. Ripleyense Con., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326.
C. Tippanum Con., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326, pi. 34, f. 8.
Subgenus Lotvicardium Swainson.
C. Spillmani Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326, pi. 34, f. 3.
Subgenus Protocardia Beyrich.
C. Arkansense Con., 1858, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266.
P. filosum Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pi. 6, f. 7.
C. multistriatum Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Rep. p. 207, pi. 4, f. 2.
P. Texanum Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pi. 6, f. 6.
C. Hillanum, Roemer, (not Sow.) Kreide von Texas, p. 39, pi. 6, f. 12.
C. s p e c i o s u m M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 274.
Cardita Lam., Blainville.
C. e m i n u 1 a Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pi. 6, f. 8.
Cirota Brown (Byssoarca Swainson).
C. lintea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. vol. 3, p. 328, pi. 34, f. 11
C. rostellata.
Arca rostellata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64, pi. 3, f. 11.
Clavagella Leach.
C armata S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 67, pi. 9, f. 11.
11
Corbula Brug.
C. caudata Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
C. occidental is Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 150, pi. 6, f. 9.
Corbclamella Meek & Hayden.
C. gr eg are a M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 142.
Corbula? gregarea M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84.
Crassatella Lam.
C. Evansii H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 583, pi. 1, f. 9.
C. Ripl e yan a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 327, pi. 35, f. 3.
C. subplana Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pi. 24, f. 9.
C. vadosa S. G. M., 1834, Syu. p. 66, pi. 13, f. 12.
Ctenoides Klein (Lima Brug.)
C. acutilineata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pi. 34, f. 2.
C. crenulicosta.
Lima crenulicosta Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 63, pi. 8, f. 8.
C. Leonensis.
Lima Leonensis Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 151, pi. 5, f. 3.
C. Wacoensis.
Lima Wacoensis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 63, pi. 8, f. 7.
C. reticulata.
Lima reticulata Lyell & Forbes, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. vol. 1, p. 62.
Cuculaea Lam.
C. antrosa S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 65, pi. 13, f. 6,
C. cap ax Con , 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328, pi. 35, f. 2.
C. cor data M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86.
C. exigua M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 275.
C. Nebrascensis Owen, 1852, Rep. p. 582, pi. 7, f. 1 and 1 a.
C. Shu mar di M. &. H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86.
C. terminalis Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pi. 4, f. 2.
C. Tip p ana Cou., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328, pi. 35, f. 1.
C. ungula Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
C. vulgaris S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64, pi. 3, f. 8 and pi. 13, f. 5.
Ctpricardia Lam.
4
C. Texan a Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 50, pi. 6, f. 6.
Cyprina Lam.
C. ar en area M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 143.
C. c o m p r e s s a M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 3, p. 144.
C. c o r d a t a M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad, vol 9, p. 143.
C. ovata M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p, 144.
C. s u b t u m i d a M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, 144.
Cytherea Lam.
C. Deweyi M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83.
C. e x c a v a t a S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 67, pi. 5, f. 1.
C. Leonensis Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 153, pi. 6, f. 1.
C. Mis sour iana S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 8, p. 210,
pi. 11, f. 2.
C. Nebrascensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83.
C. or biculata M. & H., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 382, pi. 1, f. 7.
C. O w e n a n a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 273.
C. p e 1 1 u c i d a M. & H., ] 856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 272.
C. tenuis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 383, pi. 1, f. 8.
C. Texan a Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1. part 2, p. 153, pi. 6, f. 2.
12
Dosinia Scapoli.
D. densata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 325, pi. 34, f. 13.
Dreissena Van Beneden.
D. T i p p a n a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328, pi. 34, f. 14
Exogyea Say.
E. a r i e t i n a Rcemer, 1852, Kriede von Texas, p. G8, pi. 8, f. 10.
E. caprina Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 273, pi. 24, f. 3 and 4.
E. costata Say, 1821, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 2, p. 43.
E. costata S. G. M., Syn. p. 45, pi. 6, f. 1 and 4.
Ostrea Americana Desh., Encyc. Method, vol. 2, p. 304.
Gryphcea Americana Desh., Lam., Anira., Sans. Verteb., 2 ed., vol. 7, p. 207.
Ostrea ioroso S. G. M., Syn. p. 52, pi. 10, f. 1.
E. ponclerosa Rcemer, 1352, Kreide von Texas, p. 71, pi. 9, f. 2.
E. fimbriata Con., 1855, Pro. Acad. vol. 7, p. 269.
E. fragosa Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 269.
E. interrupta Con., 1858, Journ. Acad. vol. 3, 2d ser. p. 330, pi. 34,
f. 15.
E. Matheroniana D'Orb., Sp., Con., Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 154,
pi. 8, f. 1, and pi. 11, f. 1.
K. Texana Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 69, pi. 10, f. 1.
E. jlatellata Goldfuss, Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 41.
E. laeviuscnla Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 70, pi. 9, f. 3.
Gervillia Defranc.
G. 'ensiformis Con., 1858, Journ. Acad, vol.3, 2d series, p. 328, pi. 34,
f. 10.
G. snbtortuosaM. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 276.
Glycimeris Lam.
G. decisa.
Panopcea decisa Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series,, vol.2, p. 215, pi. 24, f. 19.
Gryphaa Lam. .
G. vesicnlaris (subgenus Pycnodonta, Fiscber de Wald.)
Ostrea vesicularis Lam.
Ostrea convexa Say, Am. Jour. Sci. 1st series, vol. 2, p. 42.
G. convexa S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 53, pi. 4, f. 1, 2.
G. mutabUis S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 53, pi. 4, f, 3.
G. Pit cher i S. G. M., (Pycnodonta?) 1834, Syn. p. 55, pi. 15, f. 9.
G. dilatata, var. Tucumcarii Marcou, 1858, p. 43, pi. 4, f. 1.
G. vomer S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 54, pi. 9, f. 5.
G. plicatella S. G. M., Am. Jour. Sci.
G. sinuata Sow., Min. Conch. Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 37, pi. 3, f. 1.
Hettangia.
H. Americana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 274.
Hemomya Agg.
H. a It a Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 45, pi. 6, f. 11.
Inoceramus Parkinson.
I. a 1 v e a t u s S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 63, pi. 17, f. 4.
I. argenteus Con., 1858, Journ. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pi. 34,
f. 16.
I. Ba r ab i n i S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 62, pi. 17, f. 3, and pi. 13, f. 11.
I. biformis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
I. c o nfertim-annulatus Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 59, pi. 7,
f. 4.
I. C o n r a d i H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, 2d ser. 387, pi. 2, f. 5.
13
I. convexus H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 386, pi. 2, f. 2.
I. costellatus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pi. 34,
f. 1 ~.
I. cri s p i i Mantell, sp., Roomer, Kreide von Texas and Con. Emory's Rep.
I. fragilis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 386, pi. 2, f. 6.
I. gib bus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
/. Barabini, var. Morton.
I. incurvus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 277.
I. inflatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171.
L 1 at u s Mantell, sp., Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 60.
I- L e ro ux i Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 36, pi. 2, f. 3.
I. mytilopsis Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1. p. 2, p. 153, pi. 5, f. 6.
/. mytiloides Roemer, (not Mantell) Kreide von Texas, p. 60, pi. 7, f. 5.
I. Nebrascensis Owen, 1852, Rep. p. 582, pi. 8a, f. 1.
I. perovalis Con. 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 299, pi. 27, f. 7.
I. pertenuis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 276.
I. proximus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171.
I. pseudomytiloides Schiel, 1855, Pacific R. R. Rep. vol. 2, j p. 1 08,
pi. 3, f. 8.
I. Sag ens is Owen, 1852, Rep. p. 582, pi. 7, f. 3.
I. salaebrosus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171.
I. sublsevis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 386, pi. 2, f. 1.
I. striatus Mantell sp., Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 60.
I. tenuilineatus H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 387, pi. 2,
*• Do
I. triangularis Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171.
I. undulat o-p 1 i c a t u s Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 59, pi. 7, f. 1.
I. ventricosusM. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 87.
Isocaedia Lam. (
I. Washita Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 37, pi. 3, f. 2. 2a. 2b.
[Legdmen Con.
L. appressus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. vol. 3, 2d series, p. 325.
L. ellipticus Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 325, pi. 34,
f. 19.
Leda Sebum.
L. Moreauensis M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 284.
Corbula Moreauensis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83.
L. ventricosa M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p, 284.
Corbula ventricosa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83.
Lucina Brug.
L. occi den talis M. & H., 1S56, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 273.
iTellina occidentalis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. S, p. 210,
pi. 11, f. 3.
Mould o/Lucina? Owen, Rep. Iowa, Wis. & Minn., pi. 7, f. 8.
L. pinguis Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pi. 24, f. 18.
L. subundataH. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 382, pi. 1, f. 6.
Mactra Linn., Lam.
M. alt a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, 271.
M. formosa M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 271.
M. Tex ana Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p, 269.
M. Warrenana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 271.
Meretkix Lam.
M. Tippana Con., 1855, Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 326, pi. 34, f. 18.
14
Modiola Lam.
M. concentrice-constellata Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 54,
pi. 7, f. 10.
M. granulato-cancellata Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 54,
pi. 7, f. 12.
M. Pedernalis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 54, pi. 7, f. 11.
MONOPLEURA.
M. T e x a n a Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 81, pi. 5, f. 3.
Mytilis Rondelet.
M. attenuatns M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86.
M. Galpinianus Evans & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 164.
M. semiplicatns Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 55, pi. 7, f. 3.
M. subarcuatus M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 276.
M. tenuitesta Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 55, pi. 7, f. 13.
Neithea Drouet.
N. dnplicosta.
Pecten duplicosta Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 65, pi. 8, f. 2.
N. Mortoni.
Janira Mortoni D'Orb., 1850, Prod, de Palaeont. vol. 2, p. 253.
N. occidentalis Con., 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 269.
Pecten quadricostata (in part) Rcemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 64, pi. 8, f. 4.
N. quadricostata.
Janira quadricostata D'Orb., Pal. Franc, vol. 3, p. 644, pi. 447, f. 1, 7.
Pecten quadricostatus Rcemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 64, pi. 8, f. 4.
N. quinquecostata.
Pecten quinquecostatus Sow., Morton, Synopsis, p. 51, pi. 19, f. 1.
N. Tex ana. '
Pecten Texanus Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 65, pi. 8, f. 2.
Nucula Lam.
N. cancel lata M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 85.
N. e q u'i 1 a t e r a 1 i s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84.
N.EvansiM.&H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84.
N. o b s o 1 e t a s t r i a t a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p . 275.
N. percrassa Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 327, pi. 35,
f. 4.
N. p 1 a n o m a r g i n a t a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 6, p. 35.
N. scitula M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 84.
N. s u b n a s u t a H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 384, pi. I, f. 10.
N. s u b p 1 a n a M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 85.
N. ven trie osa H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 385, pi. 11, f. 1.
Opis Defranc.
0. bell a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 317.
0. bicarinatus, 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 417.
Ostrea Linn.
0. anomiaformis Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 75, pi. 9, f. 7.
0. b e 1 1 a Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pi. 10, f. 4.
0. carinata Lam., Rcemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 75, pi. 9, f. 5.
0. confragosa Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pi. 34,
f. 4.
0. congesta Con., 1843, Nicollett's Rep. p. 169.
O. cortex Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pi. 11, f. 4.
0. crenulata Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171,
0. crenulimargo Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 76, pi. 9, f. 6.
15
0. cretacea S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 52, pi. 19, f. 3.
0. denticulifera Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, toI. 3, p. 329, pi. 36,
f 1—8.
0. g 1 a b r a M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 146.
0. lugubris Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pi. 10, f. 5.
0. Marsh ivi Sow., Marcou, Geol. N. A. p. 43, pi. 4, f. 4.
0. multilirata Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pi. 12.
f. 1.
0. larva Lam., 1819, Anim. Sans. Verteb., 1st ed. vol. 6, p. 216.
O.falcata Morton, (not Sow.) Syn, p. 50, pi. 3, f. 5, and pi. 9, f. 6, 7.
0 patina M. &. H., 1856, Proc. Acad. 1858, p. 277.
0. peculiaris Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 329, pi. 36,
f. 7.
0. subovata Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Rep. p. 505, pi. 5, f. 2.
0. subspatulata Lyell and Sow., 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1,
p. 61. ■
0. t r a n s 1 u c i d a M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 147.
0. robustaCon,, 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pi. 11, f. 3.
0. vellicata Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 156, pi. 11, f. 2.
P anopsia Menard de la Grove.
P. cretacea Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
P. o c c i d e n t a 1 i s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 270.
P. Texana Shumard, 1853, Marcy's Report, p. 207, pi. 6, f. 1.
Pecten Rondelet.
P. calvatus-S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pi. 10, f. 3.
P. ana tip es S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pi. 6, f. 4.
P. c r a t i c u 1 a S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 57.
P. m e m b r a n o s u s, S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 59, pi. 10, f. 4.
P. N e b r a s c e n s i s M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 87.
P. Nilssoni Goldf. sp. Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 67, pi. 8, f. 6.
P. orbicularis Nilsson, Petrif. Sulc. p. 23, Roemer Kreide von Texas.
P. p e r p 1 a n u s S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pi. 5, f. 5, and pi. 15, f. 8.
P. Poulsoni S. G. M., Synopsis, p. 59, pi. 19, f. 2.
P. quinquenaria Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pi. 24,
f. 10.
P. r igida H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. 2d series, vol. 5, p. 381, pi. 1,
f. 4.
P. v e n u s t u s S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 58, pi. 5, f. 7.
P. virgatus Nilsson sp., Rcemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 66, pi. 8, f. 5.
Axinea Poli, (Pectunculus Lam.)
A. Siouxensis.
Pectunculus Siouxensis H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 384, pi. 1,
f. 12.
A. subimbricatus.
Pectunculus subimbricatus M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 146.
A. australia.
Pectunculus australis S. G. If.-, 1834, Syn. p. 64.
A. h am ula.
Pectunculus hamula S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 64, pi. 15, f. 7.
Papyridea Swainson.
P. be 11 a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 326.
Periploma Schum.
P. applicata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 324.
PHOLAS-List.
P. cithara S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 68, pi. 9, f. 2
16
P. pectorosa Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 293, pi. 57
f. 9.
Pholadomya Sow.
P. Americana M. & H., Proc, Acad, vol. 8, p. 283.
Goniomya Americana M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 8.
P. elegantula EvaDS & Shumard, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 164.
P. f i b r o s a M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 283.
Avicula? fibrosa M. & H., 1858, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 86.
P. occidental is S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 68, pi. 8, f. 3.
P. Pedernalis Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 45, pi. 9, f. 4.
P. Sancti-sabae.
Cardium Sancti-sabce Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 48, pi. 6, f. 7.
P. subventricosaM. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad.
'P.tenua Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
P. Texan a Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 152, pi. 19, f. 3.
P. T i p p a n a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 324, pi. 34, f. 9.
P. undata M. & H.. 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 81.
Pinna Linn.
P. laqueata Con,, 1858 Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 328.
P. rostiformis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 8, p. 214, pi.
10, f. 5.
PlANUXARIA.
P. cuneata S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad. 1st series, vol. 8, p. 214, pi. 11,
f. 5.
Plagiostoma Sow.
P. dumostim S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 59, pi. 16, f. 8.
P. gregale S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 60, pi. 5, f. 6.
P. pelagic um S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 61, pi. 5, f. 2.
Plicatula Lamarck.
P. incongrua Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 153, pi. 6, f. 10.
P. urticosa S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 62, pi. 10, f. 2.
Psammobia Lam.
P. cancellato-sculpta Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 46, pi. 6,
f. 10.
Pulvinites Defrance.
P. argentea Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 330, pi. 34, f. 5.
Siliquaeia Schum.
S. biplicata Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 324, pi. 34, f. 17.
SlMOPSIS.
S. parvula M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 285.
Pectunculina parvula M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 85.
Solemta Lamarck.
S. planulata Con., 1853, Journ. Acad. vol. 2, 2d series, p. 274, pi. 24,
S. subplicata M. & H., Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 283.
Solen subplicata M. and H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82.
Solen Arist.
S. Dakotensis M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 142.
S. irradians Rcemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 45, pi. 6, f. 9.
IT
Spondylus Lang.
S. cap ax Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 274, pi. 24, f. 8.
S. Guadalupse Rcenier, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. <J2, pi. 8, f. 9.
Tellina Brug.
T.? Cheyenensis M. &H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82.
T. derisata Con., 1853, Jour. Acad., 2d series, vol. 2, p. 275, pi. 24, f. 14.
T. equilateralis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82.
T? Occident a lis S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad., 1st series, vol. 8, p. 210,
pi, 11, f. 3. Meek & Hay den (Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 273,) consider this a
lu cina.
T. Prouti M..& H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83.
T. Rip ley an a Con., 1858, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 3, p. 327.
T. s.citula M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82.
T. subelliptica M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 83.
T. subtortuosa M..& H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 272.
Tekedo Sell.
T. calamus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 170.
T. tibialis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 68, pi. 9, f. 2.
Thkacia Leach.
T. ? gracilis M. & H., Proc Acad. vol. S, p. 284.
Tellina gracilis M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 82.
Trigonia Lam.
T. crenulata Lam., Sp., Roemer, Kreide von Texas, p. 51, pi. 7, f. 6.
• T. Emory i Con., 1857, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pi. 3, f. 2.
T. Texana Con., 1857, Emory's Rep., vol. 1, part 2, p. 148, pi. 3, f. 3.
T. thoracic a S. G. M., 1S34, Synopsis, p. 65, pi. 15, f. 13.
Venilia Morton.
V. Conrad i S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 67,. pi. 8, f. 1 and 2.
Cardita decisa S. G. M., Synopsis, p. 66, pi. 9, f. 3.
V. rhomboidea Con., 1S53,. Jour. Acad. 2d ser., vol. p. 275, pi. 24, f. 7.
Xylophaga.
X. elegantula M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 141.
X. Stimpsoni M. & H., 1857, Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 141.
Venus Linn.
V.? cir cuius M. & H., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 8, p. 272.
BRACHIOPODA.
LlXGULA.
L. subspatulata H. & M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 380, pi. 1.
Requiexia Matheron.
?R. Senseni Con., 1853, Jour. Acad. 2d series, vol. 2, p. 229, pi. 27, f. 8.
Teeebeatella D'Orb.
T. Sayi.
Terebratula Sayi S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 71, pi. 3, f. 3, 4.
Terebratula plicata Say, Am. Jour. Sci. vol. 2, p. 43.
T. Vanuxerai.
Terebratula Vanuxemi Lyell & Forbes, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. p. 62.
Terebratula Lhynd.
T. Atlantic a S G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad., 1st series, vol. 8, p. 214.
T. Choctawensis Shumard, Marcy's Rep., p. 207, pi. 2, f. a b.
18
T. Guadaloupse Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 82, pi. .6, f. 3.
T. Harlani S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 70, pi. 3, f. 1 and pi. 9, f. 8, 9.
T. Floridana S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 72, pi. 16, f. 7.
T. fragilis S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 70, pi. 3, f. 2.
T. lachryma, S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 72, pi. 10, f. 11, and pi. 16, f. 6.
T. Wacoensis Rceiuer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 81, pi. 6, f. 2.
RUDISTIDES.
Caprina Dessal.
C. crassifibra Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 79, pi. 5, f. 6.
C. Guadalupte Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 79, pi. 5, f. 4.
C. Occidentalis Con., 1856,, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 268.
C. quad rat a Con., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 266.
C. planata Con., 1856, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p, 268.
Caprotina D'Orb.
C. Texan a Roemer, 1S52, Kreide von Texas, p. 80, pi. 4, f. 2.
Hippurites Lam.
H. Texanus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 76, pi. 5, f. 1.
Ithyosarcolites Desm. (Caprinella D'Orb.)
I. coraloidea.
Caprinella coraloidea II. &'. M., 1855, Mem. Am. Acad. vol. 5, p. 380,
pi. i, f. 3.
I. cornutus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172.
I. loricatus Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172.
I. quadrangular is, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172. -
Radiolites Lam. (Sphazrulites Delam.)
R. Aimesii Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172.
R. Austin ensis Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 77, pi. 6, f. 1.
R. lamellosus Tuomey, 1S55, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171.
R. Orniondii Tuomey, 1855, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 171.
R. undulata Tuomey, 1S55, Proc. Acad. vol. 7, p. 172.
ECIIINODERMS.
Ananchytes Lam.
A. cirictus S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 78, pi. 3, f. 19.
A. fimbriatus S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p, 78, pi. 3, f. 20.
Cassidulus Lam.
C. aa quorum S. G. M., 1834, Syn., p. 76, pi. 3, f. 14.
ClDAEIS.
C. armiger.
Cidarites armiger S. G. M., 1842, Jour. Acad., 1st series, vol. 8, p. 215,
pi. 11, f. 1.
C. diatretum.
Cidarides diatretum S. G. 3VL, 1834, Synopsis, p. 75, pi. 10, f. 10.
C. splendeus .
Cidarites spl udeus S. G. M., 1841, Proc. Acad. vol. p. 132.
Clypeaster.
C. flo re ali s S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 76, pi. 3, f. 12, and pi. 10, f. 12.
C. geometricus S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 76, pi. 10, f. 9.
Cyphosoma.
C. Te xanum Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. S2, pi. 10, f. 6.
Diadema Texanum P. Roemer, 'Texas,' p. 392.
19
DlADElIA.
D. Texanum Rcenier, 1S52, Kreide von Texas, p. 83, pL 10, f. 5, not
D. Texanum F. Rcenier, ' Texas, ' p. 392.
Echinus.
E. inflatus S. G. M., 1S34, Syn. p. 75, pi. 10, f. 7,
Holaster Agg. (Spatangus Auct.)
H. Comanchesi Marcou, 1858, Geol. N. A. p. 40, pi. 3, f. 3.
H. simplex Shumard,"1853, Marcy's Rep. p. 210, pi. 3, f. 2.
H. parastatus.
Spatangus parastatus S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 77, pi. 3, f. 1.
S. Stella S. G. M.,' Am. Jour. Sci. vol. 18, pi. 3, f. 11.
H. u n g u 1 a .
Spatangus ungula S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 7S, pi. 10, f. 6.
Holectypus.
H. planatus Rcenier, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 84, pi. 10, f. 2.
Hejiiastek.
H. Tex anus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 85, pi. 10, f. 4.
H?Humplireysanus M. & 11., Proc. Acad. vol. 9, p. 174.
Kucleolites Lam.
N. crucifer S. G. M., 1S34, Synopsis, p. 75, pi. 3, f. 15.
Pyrixia.
P. Parryi Hall, 1857, Emory's Report, vol. 1, part 2, p. 144, pi, 1, f. 1.
Scutella Lam.
S. crustuloicles S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 75, pi. 15, f. 10.
S. Lyelll and S. Rodgersi of Morton, are not cretaceous fossils. They belong
to the eocene but were supposed by him to be cretaceous.
Toxaster Ag.
T. elegans .
Hemiasier elegans Shumard, Marcy's Rep. p. 210, pi. 2, f. 4.
T. Texanus Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 85, pi. 10, f. 3.
POLYPARIA.
Alveolites Lam.
A. cepularis S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 80.
Astroccema Edwards & Haime.
A. Guadalupse Roemer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 87. pi. 10, f. S.
Cellepora Lam.
C. tubuluta Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. , p. 70.
Eschara Lam.
E. digit at a S. G. M., 1834, Syn. 1, pi. 13, f. 8.
Escharina Milne Edwards. (Lcpralia Johnson.)
E.? Sagena Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 71.
Flustra Sagena S. G. M., 1S34, Synopsis, pi. 13, f. 7.
Idjioxea Lamoroux.
I. contortilis Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. G8.
Moxtivaltia.
M. Atlantica Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 65.
Anthophyllum Atlanticum S. G. M., 1834, Syn. p. 80, pi. 1, f. 9, 10.
20
TrBfLiPORA Lamarck.
T. M e g ae r a Lonsdale, 1845, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. G9.
Turbinolia Lamarck.
T. inaurua S. G. M., 1834, Synopsis, p. 81, pi. 15, f. 11.
T. Texana Con., 1S57, Emory's Rep. vol. 1, part 2, p. 144, pi. 2, f. 3.
Orbitulites Lamarck.
O. Texanus Romer, 1852, Kreide von Texas, p. 86, pi. 10, f. 7.
FORAMINIFER.
Cristellaria Lam.
C. rotula D'Orb., Lyell, Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. 1, p. 64.
NOTICE.
In consequence of the increase of size and cost of the Proceedings
of the Academy, the subscription price from January, 1860, will be two
dollars annually, and the completed volumes for 1857, 8 and 9, will be
furnished at two dollars each, and the eight volumes previously pub-
lished at two dollars per volume, as heretofore.
Under authority of the following resolutions, adopted by the Academy,
March 29th, and April 26th, 1859, the Committee on the Publication
• Fund, is prepared to receive subscriptions.
" Resolved, that the Academy will establish a permanent fund, to be
called the Publication Fund, the principal of which shall always be
kept invested in good securities, and the interest accruing thereupon
shall be applied to the payment of the expenses of publishing such mat-
ter, stated or occasional, as the Academy may think proper to issue."
" Resolved, that every person who shall pay to the Treasurer of the
Academy the sum of twenty-five dollars in aid of this fund shall be
entitled to receive a copy of the Proceedings during life, and any person
who shall in like manner pay the sum of fifty dollars additional, shall
be entitled to receive a copy of the Journal during life."
Your aid in establishing this fund is respectfully requested.
Address,
W. S. VAUX,
Treasurer of Committee,
Acad. Natural Sciences, corner of Broad and Sansom Streets, Philadelphia.
QGP* Subscribers who do not wish to continue the Proceedings at the
advanced rate, will please notify W. S. Vaux, at as early a period as
possible.
Proc.A.N.S . Philada 1859.
Plate 1.
i. M EX 113-ti b." XIL I s
2. HETAERODES INSIG-JNTIS. CAS 5 IN
Ofto KoeHei del .
L'ltLet col.Bowsn 8c Co . PhilacL?
Proc.AN S PMada L859 ,
H
'r*v*Wf«''
Plate 2
%
OttoKoc'hler del.
MS .
Litti.et col. 3 owe™ 8c Co PMada.
Proc.AN S. Philada 1659.
PLatfc
Otto Koehler del.
Lith el col Bowen ec Co.TLitai
:559.
Plats 4*.
Otto ICoehls** do
I/rth.et col Bowen & Co "Phi] ad.
\
lit*
UH IB"32 X
fin
:;,:;
111
ill
'IK?
IsggB
oniifi
*'i ,; • ■ ■
'i ' WCtJti'ti fir \ *W£#l) f >
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11